Images of the moai have regularly appeared in popular culture, from comic books, computer games, cartoons, and advertising, to film, animation, children's toys, and household objects. This page is an attempt to record, review and understand the many rich instances in which the moai have been popularised. Furthermore, the popularisation of other Easter Island cultural artefacts are addressed, from rongorongo and tangata manu to moai kavakava and makemake. Significantly, this has occurred predominantly in the cultural economies of the USA, Japan, and Western Europe. Initially, this page will focus on considering animation, film, television, comic books, novels, novellas and plays, poetry, music, board games, computer games, magazine covers and advertising, with links made to the Education part of this website, where appropriate.







Animation

Ōgon Bat [Golden Bat]
'The Star of Polynesia'
(season 1, episode 18, 1967)

The Polynesian island is explored by Dr Steele and his companions

Maria deciphers the hieroglyphs

Dr Steele and his companions land on a volcanic island in Polynesia, where an extremely ancient, but advanced civilisation once lived. All that remains of this people is the Haua temple surrounded by several moai-shaped heads, which represent the Hapuhapu divinities. Dr Steele's mission is to find 'The Star of Polynesia', a diamond-like crystal that could advance humanity's technological and industrial progress.

Of course, Dr Steele is not the only one looking for the Star. Secretly following him is Gorgo, the evil but inept assistant to Dr Zero, a black-clad, four-eyed mad scientist who wants to rule the world. As Dr Steele's party walks towards the temple, a small spaceship emerges from the bowels of the earth carrying Titano, the king of the underground people, who also pursues the crystal to conquer the world. Titano's soldiers attack Dr Steele's team, but the latter are rescued by the superhero Ōgon Bat, a gold-armoured, skull-headed, reawakened divinity from Atlantis who fights evil and protects the weak and the righteous.

Titano points towards the volcano where the crystal is believed hidden

Dr Zero's men attack


52 episodes of the Ōgon Bat anime were originally broadcast on Japanese television in 1967 and 1968, with the stories developed from the popular manga which features in the title role the world's first superhero, a caped defender who was created in 1931. This is the earliest known animation to engage with Easter Island. Even though the location is a nameless island in Polynesia, the moai-like giant heads and the rongorongo-style inscriptions clearly identify Easter Island as the point of reference for the episode. These statues are giant stone figures sticking out of the ground with large ears, unusually elephantine and pointing outwards. They are presented as artefacts of a long-gone civilisation and function as curiosities to fill the frame. Several statues are easily destroyed in this episode, either at the hands of Titano, Dr Zero's soldiers, or Ōgon Bat, who crushes them to pieces to use as weapons against his opponents. Nonetheless, they retain some of their special qualities as they are depicted as the containers and protectors of the precious Star of Polynesia, a diamond that appears inspired by the immensely valuable Star of Africa, which was found in 1905.

What renders this animation especially significant is the presence of the glyphs in the Haua temple, where they are etched onto a wall. Unlike the rongorongo inscriptions, which remain undeciphered, Maria is able to interpret these temple hieroglyphs in a very short space of time. The glyphs do not faithfully reproduce the rongorongo symbols – but then Easter Island fiction rarely does. They do, however, display a certain degree of connection with the originals, indicating that the cartoonists may have had some visual knowledge of the actual inscriptions.

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents

GeGeGe No Kitarô
'The Strange Tale of Easter Island'
(season 2, episode 35, 1972)

Kitarô watches the crook scale a moai

Bats fly forth from a hollow moai

A crooked fortune-teller murders a competitor – a more successful teller from Peru, who had recently moved to the neighbourhood. He steals her fortune-telling crystal and inspired by the work of his adventurer father, he flees to Easter Island. His father had been able to summon the evil spirit of Aku-Aku, which the crook tries to recreate with guidance from the crystal and precisely at the point that the sun turns red.

Watched by Kitarô and his companion Nezumi, a rat-like human-monster hybrid, the crook climbs up a moai only to disturb a group of bats, which fly out of the moai from its hollow head. Aku-Aku appears and he is the harbinger of death, causing a moai to topple onto the crook and crush him completely. Aku-Aku picks up the dead crook and takes him down within a hole that has been exposed by the fallen moai, and deep into the underworld. Kitarô and Nezumi return to Japan, where they are surprised to hear that the crook is now in jail. They visit him, whereupon he crumbles and becomes a skeleton.

Aku-Aku, the harbinger of death

The dead crook is taken by Aku-Aku beneath a moai and deep into
the underworld


Along with the earliest known animation to engage with Easter Island – Ōgon Bat (1967; see review above) – GeGeGe No Kitarô shows that Japan was clearly ahead of other countries in exhibiting a creative fascination with the moai within the medium of television. Both are based on long-running manga; in fact Ōgon Bat is regarded as the first comic book superhero. Kitarô is a different type of hero and one that encounters in each episode ghouls and demons from the Japanese folklore of yōkai. The stories were initially considered too unsettling for children and they have consequently been adjusted through different versions. Originally titled Kitarô of the Graveyard, the GeGeGe in this series is the cackling sound made by a monster. Kitarô, who was born in a graveyard, is 350 years old, and the last survivor of the Ghost Tribe, although he carries around the living remnant of his father, a talking eyeball that resides in Kitarô's empty eye socket.

'The Strange Tale of Easter Island' is one of 65 episodes that appeared in a series that ran from 1968 to 1972, with stories often featuring monsters from foreign cultures. Aku-Aku in this episode is from Rapanui mythology (where it is the spirits of the dead). It first emerges as large glowing eyes on a rock not dissimilar to the Rapanui god Makemake, but which is revealed to be the sockets of a living skull. Here, Aku-Aku is depicted as a figure that is more Japanese in design: an old skeleton man with long grey hair and beard, carrying a crooked stick with a small skull on top. The horror narrative extends to bats flying out of a moai (there are in fact no bats on Easter Island) and a gooey dark liquid that secretes from a moai's eye. There are many examples in Easter Island fiction that imagine stairs or cavern entrances within/ beneath the moai, but this story is alone in seeing an opening to the underworld.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Gaiking
Italian broadcast title: 'Gli Dei dell'Isola di Pasqua' ['The Gods of Easter Island']
(episode 24, 1976)

Running moai give chase to a plane of escaping tourists

The moai prepare to attack with their axes and spears

A couple of tourists stop to admire a giant moai on Easter Island. As the man is about to take a picture of the woman with one of the statues, the moai comes alive. Other moai rise up and as they emerge from the ground, revealing full bodies complete with arms and legs, they start chasing the tourists. The humans try to flee on an airplane but it is hit by laser beams fired from a moai's eyes, which causes it to crash into the ocean.

Employing their flying armoured vehicle, Great Space Dragon, Dr Daimoni and his team (Sanshiro, Pete, Sakan, Midori, Fan Lee, Yamatake and Bunta) travel towards Easter Island to investigate the event. According to the local lore, the statues can be animated by a witch. As soon as the Dragon lands, it is attacked by the moai, who as well as firing lasers from their eyes, are now armed with stone axes and spears (which appear primitive in comparison). The Space Dragon fights back with its powerful weapons, destroying all the statues. The remains of the statues reveal a robotised skeleton beneath their stone shell.

Dr Daimoni and his crew suspect that the Island may be the hiding place of the Dark Horror Army, an alien and extremely advanced civilisation from planet Zela in the Cignus galaxy, which had been swallowed by a black hole. Pete, one of the team's pilots, asks permission to explore the extinct volcano on Easter Island which they know is linked to the ancient cult of the birdman. Accompanied by Midori, the two discover across the island rock carvings of birdmen and turtles. Suddenly the two are attacked by masked men, who were the inhabitants of Zela, but have been brainwashed and turned into cyborg birdmen enslaved by the evil sentient robot Black Darius and his four generals. While Pete manages to escape, Midori is taken prisoner and taken beneath a sliding boulder to the underground lair of the birdmen. The plan is to offer her as a sacrifice to the goddess Olongar in order to bring the deity back to life.

An axe-wielding moai attacks the Great Space Dragon

The Great Space Dragon turns its weapons on the fleeing moai


Sanshiro, Pete and Fan Lee, save Midori from the sacrificial ceremony, with the birdmen dancing around a pyre invoking the divinity. Suddenly, from the erupting volcano, Olongar emerges in the form of a monstrous fire-breathing turtle-shaped robot. A battle between the monster and the Space Dragon ensues, but the Dragon falls back pretending to be defeated. While the four generals celebrate, the Space Dragon goes in search of Pete and Sanshiro – who were about to be killed by a firing squad of birdmen – and sets them free. In the final confrontation with Olongar (aptly called 'Operation Turtle') the Gaiking robot appears, formed by detachable parts of the Great Space Dragon in the style of the Transformers. Gaiking is assisted by the Space Dragon, which tunnels from underneath the turtle and flips it over revealing its weaker belly and then slices off its head. Together, they destroy Olongar and defeat the four Generals.

Produced by Toei Animation, Gaiking is one of the less famous robots created by the celebrated Japanese mangaka Go Nagai (aka Kiyoshi Nagai), the author of renowned manga and animation series such as Grendizer, Mazinger, Devilman and Getter Robot. Belonging to the mecha genre, Gaiking is a human-controlled robot, fighting against an evil alien civilisation that has been trying to dominate the world and destroy mankind with terrifying mechanical monsters. While most of the mecha animation series take place in Japan, and numerous battles are fought at the feet of Mount Fuji, in this episode Easter Island offers an alternative setting – albeit at the base of another volcano – for the confrontation between the forces of good and evil.

Despite being an early example of Easter Island animation, the episode reveals a degree of interest in Rapanui culture with some accuracy in its depiction. Throughout the episode several characters offer viewers bits of historical information about the island, its discovery, its lore and its mythology. A central reference in the story is the figure of the birdman, an evident source of inspiration for the warriors from Zela. These fantasised warriors, who hide underground, carry out their ceremony inside the extinct volcano of Rano Kau, near Orongo, the ceremonial village and centre of the birdman cult. The name of the turtle-shaped divinity Olongar is a transliteration of the name Orongo, with petroglyphs of the turtle (that do exist on Rapanui) included alongside the birdman carvings that can be seen at the ceremonial site. And whilst this sea creature does have mythical powers within Polynesian culture they are not those represented in this story which shows its real origins in Japanese kaiju eiga (colossal creatures) and where there already existed the giant flying turtle, Gamera.

The episode also makes considerable use of popular tropes and myths about Easter Island. One is the reference to the alleged outer space origins of the Rapanui people, with the Zela people functioning as the ancient settlers of the island and as the creators of the moai thanks to their advanced scientific knowledge. The actual ecological history of Rapanui and of its people may also have functioned as a source of inspiration for the people of the planet Zela. Indeed, the Zela people are faced with an ecological disaster caused by the nuclear explosions on the surface of their sun which gradually destroyed their ecosystem, forced them to move underground, and on the verge of extinction flee to planet Earth. The figure of Black Darius who commands the Dark Army and was initially created to help save the Zelans, eventually enslaves many of them. Such an idea may have been inspired by the intestine wars among the Rapanui tribes and the later enslavement of the Rapanui in 1862 by the Peruvian slave raiders.

Similarly, the episode capitalises on the myth of power with the moai coming alive in the most dramatic way, where unusual for moai fiction they are depicted carrying weapons. The running moai in the opening scene offers a captivating start to the episode. These moai are correctly shown facing inward, in this instance toward the volcano to honour the goddess Olongar (or so Pete hypothesises).

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents

Super Friends
'Sinbad and the Space Pirates'
(season 3, episode 7, 1978)

Sinbad's flying galleons steal the precious moai

From a flying boat, the space pirates watch the moai being lifted skywards

Captain Sinbad, an intergalactic pirate who commands three galleons that fly through outer space, comes to Earth. His aim is to plunder the treasures that have been buried by earlier space pirates and these are located at Earth's ancient monuments. The flying ships contain powerful cannons that can hypnotise people to be slaves, and rays that can lift cities and buildings to retrieve the treasure beneath, as well as activate forcefields and smoke screens.

At Easter Island, the moai are lifted into the air and into a galleon through a beam of energy. Apparently, hidden inside each moai is 50 tonnes of solid gold. Batman and Robin fly down to stop the pirates "before they dig up the whole island", but the plunderers manage to escape with their treasure. Eventually, and with help along the way from Wonder Woman and Aquaman, the pirates are caught and handed over to the Intergalactic Police Force. The Super Friends advise that they will return the treasures and stolen artefacts back to their original locations.

This episode was originally broadcast on 30 September 1978. Part of a long running series of 109 episodes spanning 14 years, the Super Friends were formed when Hanna-Barbera acquired the rights to characters from DC Comics and decided to rename the Justice League of America. Whilst many of the characters are recognisably from the DC universe, the voices and storylines are more Hanna-Barbera. Introducing pirates as the villains is designed to appeal to children who would seemingly appreciate a mix of buccaneers and space ships. Yet, the notion is made especially bizarre with the pirates depicted in historical attire and with ships and accessories that have barely evolved from centuries past and in the context of space travel are highly impractical. For they require no spacesuits – pirate clothing is sufficient – and galleons are shown anchored to the land below.

The moai are plundered as giant treasure chests with their enhanced value as hidden hordes of gold. Alas, within history, numerous moai have been stolen from Easter Island and taken to foreign museums and lands. This has been done with sailing ships that are akin to the pirate ships. The plundering in this animation is very imaginative and undertaken with greater ease than the actual thefts that have been recorded in the history of Rapanui. Significantly, in this fiction the moai are returned.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Cyborg 009
'Sleep, Giants of Legend!'
(episode 5, 1979)

A moai stands over a victim

The team gathers at Rano Raraku

It is a foggy night on Easter Island and a man is terrified to discover that he is being followed by moai. He tries to escape, by climbing up the side of a cliff, but he falls and breaks his neck. The moai return to their positions.

The Cyborg team are gathered at Gilmore Labs, where Dr Gilmore gives his thoughts on the legend of the moai and how they were perceived to have the power to move independently. It is believed that they may hold an answer to the Stone Giants found elsewhere which have been threatening mankind. In particular, an examination of an arm of one of the Stone Giants shows it is similar to the moai in terms of its molecular stone structure. The team head to Easter Island, aboard their craft Dolphin II, to investigate further.

On arrival, they meet Professor Milton, an archaeologist, and explore Rano Raraku, but they are interrupted by an earthquake, which is found to be caused by the moai shifting up and down, a phenomenon called the "shaking rocks". This is followed by boulders being hurled through the air which narrowly miss the team. The whole episode is a warning to the visitors to stay away.

Back on board the Dolphin II, Milton relays that he has been on the island looking for his missing twin brother, Galton, also an archaeologist, who had apparently got close to unlocking the mysteries of the moai. The brothers had ventured to Easter Island thirty years ago; entranced by the moai, Galton stayed, whilst Milton returned to Norway. Milton's return to Easter Island was triggered by an unexpected letter received from his brother urging him to come back.

Suddenly, the Dolphin II, which has been positioned underwater, is surrounded by moai, who have entered the ocean and are trying to ram the craft. Dolphin II surfaces and flies upwards, managing to lose the moai. It is decided that the team must locate the source of the moai energy, which is coming from the sea, so Dolphin II re-enters the ocean waters whereupon the moai again give chase. Dodging the threat, they locate the energy source to be inside a cavern, which is fronted by a moai, and through whose mouth they must pass.

The cavern contains booby traps, which fail to halt the team. Deeper inside they discover a moai-filled factory. And in the middle of the moai is a strange square stone, which opens up whilst Milton is attempting to decipher its writing. Horrifyingly, Galton is inside the object, and he is now a crazed human-stone hybrid who is able to control the moai, desires global domination and believes he can become a god.

Galton assembles a giant moai, which attacks the Cyborg team. They struggle to destroy the colossus, as each time a part – such as its head – is smashed or severed, it is simply re-attached. Milton manages to divert the moai's attention and make it accidentally destroy the supporting machinery. This brings Galton's psychic control of the moai to an abrupt halt with the stone giant collapsing into pieces.

Free of the controlling devices, Galton is now able to warn the team before he dies and turns to stone. He tells them that the Gods of Asgard have begun plans to take over the world. A new tremor is triggered by the technology, causing the collapse of the cave. The team escape safely and reflect on the successful demise of Galton's evil operations.

This was the second (the first in 1968) of several Japanese television series in the long-running Cyborg 009 stories, created by Ishinomori Shotaro, which has turned to the moai at points in its long running adventures (anime – reviewed below and manga - reviewed below). The series views the moai as sources of great power that allow them to move and become objects of destruction. Like the television series Gaiking (reviewed above) this episode employs significantly the myth of movement, with the moai able to follow and threaten visitors, attack vessels, and create earth tremors through moving up and down in unison. The moai that has an ability to reassemble itself if smashed has also appeared in Giant Girl Adventures (reviewed below).

Easter Island may not be a large land mass but in moai fiction it is a site where scientists and archaeologists can easily go missing. Strangely, the English sounding Milton is associated with Norway; an idea perhaps developed from real-life Norwegian archaeologist, Thor Heyerdahl.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Drak Pack
‘International Graffiti’
(season 1, episode 15, 1980)

The Drak Pack cling onto the leg of Mummyman in a desperate attempt
to stop the villains escaping

Frankie and Drak Jr. look out for Howler as he swims back to shore

The Drak Pack gang – Drak Jr., Frankie and Howler (descendants of Count Dracula, Frankenstein and the Wolfman) – arrive on Easter Island in their flying car, the Drakster, for a vacation. Frankie finds the moai “scary”; Drak Jr. tells him to relax and that the statues have been there for centuries. He adds that “nobody knows for sure who created them and why”. Very soon after they arrive, their great foe, Dr Dred, head of the evil organisation O.G.R.E. (that includes Mummyman and Vampira), begins transforming the moai into stone effigies of his own face, using his ‘facemaker’ device. His plan is to turn all the famous statues of the world into monuments of himself. Drak Jr. advises him that in altering the moai he has just “defaced a famous artefact”. The Drak Pack try to stop him flying away in his airship, but they end up crashing into a moai that crumbles to pieces. Dr Dred flies next to the Great Pyramids in Egypt setting a trap for the Drak Pack, who are helpless to stop the face of the Sphinx being altered. Finally, he flies to Mount Rushmore, but this time the Drak Pack are prepared and using a mirror they manage to deflect the power of the facemaker device. The contraption is then grabbed by the Drak Pack, with Dr Dred’s airship receiving a puncture that sends it crashing.

Villains altering the faces of the moai to be in their own image have appeared elsewhere, in the television animation series M.A.S.K. (1985) and the comic book Joker: The Last Laugh (2001). This Hanna-Barbera episode, which was the penultimate in a total of sixteen, is no more than the basic idea of a villain changing the faces of world monuments. The idea is repetitive and runs thin, with the time on Easter Island occupying almost half of the 21 minute episode. The moai which surround a single volcano are simply famous artefacts to be transformed and serve no other function. Easter Island itself is devoid of a population or society and any other form of culture. The only original element to the story is the visit of so many classic movie monsters to the island.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Moby Dick 5 (1980)

The five heroes watch the great white whale emerge from the Pacific

The moai are destroyed as the spaceships of Atlantis attack

A 26-episode anime originally broadcast on Japanese television between April and September 1980, this programme’s original title literally translates as Mu’s White Whale. The giant sea creature, which is the reincarnated kingdom of Mu, is capable of flying and spectacularly emerges from the sea off Easter Island. It acts as a vessel into outer space for four heroic Mu warriors who are reincarnated as youths alongside the king’s daughter whose life has been sustained in the form of a cyborg. The team have their own flying gondolas that enter into the whale’s mouth where they unite. Before the series locates to outer space, it presents the five heroes spending their time on the shores of Easter Island preparing for their battles with Zarkon, the ruler of Atlantis. For 30,000 years ago, in a fight for planet Earth, Atlantis had defeated Mu sending it to the bottom of the Pacific. But the force sent the continent of Atlantis into space; now a colossal spaceship it has returned to Earth to recommence war where in its destruction of Easter Island the moai are blasted with its laser cannons.

The legendary lost continents of Mu and Atlantis have repeatedly been sources of inspiration for Easter Island fantasies, but this is the only instance in which they are in conflict with each other. Imagining the two continents as respectively a giant whale and spaceship is also original, with the inhabitants of Atlantis depicted as dark warmongers. In contrast, the inhabitants of Mu are now peace-loving and nature-based, dressed in clothes akin to Ancient Greece. It adds to the Arcadian appearance of Easter Island as these heroes of Mu stand around the fallen moai and remnants of a past civilisation. Other than the scene where the moai are destroyed by the laser cannons of Atlantis, the statues (as well as an ahu/ stone platform) are shown very much as scenery, monuments around which the Mu warriors debate and contemplate.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Spider-Man
'When Magneto Speaks.... People Listen'
(season 1, episode 6, 1981)

Landing on Easter Island, Spider-Man finds himself surrounded by a circle of moai

Spider-Man suddenly discovers that the moai have the power to move

Following a period of relative peace and quiet in New York City, a blackout on the East Coast reveals the country's satellite communications system has been taken over by Magneto. Masquerading as Mr M, he demands $100 million in gold in return for the re-activation of the communications and electricity. Spider-Man realises that Magneto aims to take over a major new satellite that is about to launch, and that would give him ultimate control of global communications. Attempting to thwart the plan, Spider-Man ends up trapped aboard the rocket heading into space.

Spider-Man reverse engineers the navigation system on the satellite, and returns to Earth. It leads him to Easter Island, where he lands manoeuvring the satellite between a series of stone heads and coming to rest within a circle of moai. Standing among the imposing carvings, Spider-Man is concerned: "I knew Easter Island was an odd place, but these ancient statues really give me the willies, it's almost as if they're alive". The moai then actually begin to move, controlled by Magneto, with one nearly falling on Spider-Man and two others colliding with each other. Spider-Man refers to the moai as "Magneto's toy soldiers", and he contains the threat by spinning his web around the stone figures preventing them as a group from moving any further.

Spider-Man defeats Magneto using a modified form of the villain's technology and sends the world's satellites back to their rightful orbit, allowing global communications to return to normal. Magneto escapes and Spider-Man goes home to New York, swapping crime fighting for academia.

By shooting a web around the moai the threat is contained

Under Magneto's control, a moai fires lasers from its eyes


This series was developed by Stan Lee, through the newly created Marvel Productions animation studio, and as a way to attract the attention of the major television companies. First aired in September 1981 the series ended in March 1982 after 26 episodes. It is less well-known than Spider-Man and His Amazing Friends, the NBC series that followed and which aired between 1981 and 1983.

In this episode, which was first broadcast on 17 October 1981, there is no logical reason as to how Magneto's power, which involves the manipulation of metal, would enable him to move stone statues. No attention is paid to the history of the island or its culture, with the action focused on one circle of moai. This depiction creates an uneasy collision with notable stone circles, like Stonehenge, which are familiar in western civilisation. On another level, it prefigures the ring of moai that would appear a year later in DC Comics Presents – Superman and the Global Guardians (see the review below). As in many other examples of Easter Island fiction, a moai has laser weapons in its eyes. Spider-Man uses a satellite dish to reflect the power back at the moai, blowing it apart in the process. The simplicity of the story, the ease with which the moai are appropriated and Spider-Man's typically flippant approach to crime fighting, means there is no second thought about the destruction of such cultural artefacts.

Laura Sedgwick

Jump to contents

Miss Machiko
'The Messenger from Easter Island’
(episode 53, 1982)

Yamagata is frustrated by the moai following his every move

Yamagata, the chosen birdman, is accompanied by Machiko
in a dance to appease the moai

Miss Machiko takes school children from the Arama Academy to a Japanese exhibition focused on Easter Island, that promotes cultural ties between Japan and Chile. Inside, the children ask various questions and Machiko responds with confidence and knowledge on the facts of Easter Island. The group then turns to a television monitor which demonstrates a most likely method for transporting the moai. A young male teacher, Mr Yamagata, tries to engage the children by showing them a moai eye made of coral and obsidian that he advises had been discovered for the first time in 1978, but they are more interested in what Machiko has to convey and follow her instead.

Later that evening, a delivery truck that has taken a wrong turn, reverses into the school yard before heading off at speed back in the direction it had just come from. The manoeuvre, however, leads to the truck doors flying open and a large crate being accidentally left behind in the playground. The next morning, the teachers and school children prise the crate open to discover inside a large moai complete with pukao. A child tries to touch the moai, but a teacher warns him away as she thinks it is “sinister” and may have been placed there by aliens.

Yamagata emerges from under the debris of the collapsed crate and protests at the moai for being in the school playground. Each time Yamagata moves, the moai turns of its own accord to face him. A clever student, Hiroshi, who refers to a book that she is carrying, concludes that the moai must be drawn to Yamagata as it sees the teacher as the “chosen sacred birdman”. The school principal concurs and says Yamagata and carvings of the birdman bear a resemblance. Hiroshi advises that they must now proceed with the birdman ritual, starting by shaving Yamagata’s head. If they complete the ritual the moai will be able to return home; if they do not, a lost moai can bring “terrible misfortune”. The children part shave Yamagata’s head and then place on him a birdman mask, before he is told he will need to pray.

On Hiroshi’s instructions, everyone hangs objects, such as wristwatches, from their ears, to give them status like the Rapanui. Yamagata has now changed into a toga and carrying a staff he invites Machiko to join him in performing a strange dance in front of the moai, whilst everyone else kneels down in respect of the statue. Yamagata plays a tune to accompany the dance, which Machiko thinks is an Easter Island “folk song”; Yamagata says he is simply playing a tape backwards. Machiko finds the whole experience, which is having no effect, “ridiculous”. So, they next invite to the school a local priest from the Arama shrine who tries to encourage the moai to return to Easter Island. He advises that it may help if Machiko becomes a Shinto princess and performs a ritual dance. Everyone joins in with the dance to help “quell the god’s wrath”. The moai shakes and wobbles in unison, which results in its pukao crashing to the ground and starting an earthquake. Both the surrounding school infrastructure and the moai begin to crack and crumble.

Meanwhile, a helicopter arrives with the original delivery men on board looking for their lost cargo. They explain that it is not a real moai and was intended for a display in the entrance to the exhibition. The earthquake was a natural occurrence – nothing to with the moai – and the carving turned each time Yamagata moved as inside the sculpture (as part of its attraction) there is a magnetic device. Yamagata, who is besotted with Machiko, had carved a metal pendant in her image, which he wears around his neck, and it is this which attracted the movement of the moai.

Based on a manga series that appeared between 1980 and 1982, this made for television anime ran for 95 episodes between October 1981 and October 1983. There were also nine Japanese live-action feature films made between 2003 and 2009. Viewed from outside Japan, the anime is rather startling for its overt depictions of school sexuality between staff and students, with Miss Machiko repeatedly presented as a sexual object and both the male teachers and students forever desiring ways of touching intimate parts of her body or seeing her underwear and exposed flesh. Equally startling is Machiko’s easy forgiving of such harassment and sexist behaviour.

The Easter Island exhibition at the start of the episode is unusually correct in its information and reveals that the episode was based on proper research. In particular, the inclusion of the moai eye follows an actual archaeological discovery, just four years before, making its inclusion commendable and the first instance in moai culture for such a reference. The birdman is also incorporated, but whilst it begins by engaging with some of the Rapanui ritual, such as the head-shaving, it soon descends into a folly, ridiculing indigenous practices with silly objects hung from ears and a tape played in reverse to create an inane tune. The episode is most revealing in the ways the school deals with the unexpected moai arrival, which on one level is treated with suspicion and as an outer-space gift. On another more significant level the moai is revered and treated as a god, an idol to be appeased and helped in being returned to his rightful home.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Special Armoured Battalion Dorvack
'When the Moai's Light Shined'
(episode 22, 1984)

A moai weapon is transported into position

A moai empowered as it connects with a platform

Four spaceships carry a moai across a rocky wasteland in Japan as the Dorvack team try to stop the alien invaders from placing the statue onto a circular platform. When the statue and the platform meet, sparks fly and the earth begins to quake. Both sides of the battle react in shock as the stone head begins to rise into the air. The eyes of the Moai begin to emit blue beams of light whilst three other statues around the world – in Africa, North America and on Rapanui – begin to shoot similar rays. Their beams all converge to create a ball of blinding light. Before the process is continued, however, the Dorvack team use all their firepower to bring down the statue in Japan, destroying the platform it was on and causing it to plunge back down to the ground.

Dorvack is a Japanese anime that ran from 1983-1984 across 36 episodes, and alongside a toyline. It takes place in the future of 1999, as an alien race called the Idealians attack the Earth in order to make it their new home. A specialised battalion named Dorvack defend the planet against the invasion, using humanoid machines that contain human pilots.

From Africa, a moai fires its laser beams

As the battle builds, the main moai levitates

The moai are portrayed as sources of great power with the ability to create a doomsday-like event. It is unclear whether the moai were designed to be used as weapons or if their power is being manipulated by the Idealians. Their role, however, can also be seen to be a part of a trend of augmentation that is prevalent in Japanese culture. The blending of technology with the natural or historically symbolic reflects the country's own relationship with its advancements in machinery and their uses in society.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

Kinnikuman: Justice Superman vs Ancient Superman (1985)

Kinnikuman plays the clown in front of the moai

Kinnikuman's foe, Stone Satan

Suguru Kinniku, aka Kinnikuman, is an idiotic superhero, from the planet Kinniku. He learns that he is the prince of Kinniku, a planet known for its great superheroes, but he must prove his worthiness for the throne through a series of wrestling bouts with brutish supermen, called Chojin.

In this film we learn that the evil Satan King, leader of the Kodai Chojin (Ancient Supermen), has long ago hidden his minion around the world where they have been lying in wait for the moment to attack. On vacation on Easter Island with a group of school children, Kinnikuman is the entertainer pulling faces at the moai and acrobatically prancing on their heads. But he is seriously challenged when faced with Stone Satan and his army, a group of moai that rise up from the ground, that Kinnikuman has to wrestle. Other superheroes, also on vacation, are faced with the Ancient Chojin at heritage monuments around the world. Kinnikuman looks to have lost, but superhero Buffaloman (who partially resembles a minotaur) comes to the rescue and defeats the moai. Satan King, however, has kidnapped the school children, who now have to be rescued from Mount Everest.

Employing his wrestling moves, Kinnikuman fights with the moai army

Overwhelmed, Kinnikuman is beaten by Stone Satan


Kinnikuman is widely popular in Japan, where he began as a manga in 1979, developed into a made-for-television anime in 1983, and has generated an array of associated video games, action figures and merchandise. Kinnikuman: Justice Superman vs Ancient Superman was the third of seven theatrically released short-feature films first exhibited between 1984 and 1986. As with the other Kinnikuman stories, the world of the superhero is parodied and united with the fandom, mania and drama of pro-wrestling. The stories, which are obviously aimed at children, are basic and structured around a stream of wrestling bouts. Nearly 30 years later the WWE Superstars visited Easter Island for a wrestling match that did not see the moai come alive, but instead they were used as weapons for slamming and whacking an opponent (see the review below).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

G.I. Joe: A Real American Hero
'Operation: Mind Menace'
(season 1, episode 22, 1985)

The G.I. Joes are chased by monolithic moai

Inside one moai Cobra have mounted laser weapons

Flash and Airborne fly over Easter Island while trying to rescue a hostage lashed to the railings of a Cobra FANG helicopter. They fly between moai statues, drawn here so large that they dwarf the helicopters. Cobra have mounted laser guns in the eyes of one statue. Meanwhile, the Joes’ scientists discover that Airborne’s little brother, Tommy, is telekinetic. Cobra agents break into the lab and kidnap Tommy, and it is revealed that Cobra have a secret training camp on Easter Island for psionically gifted individuals, its entrance marked with a moai. Cobra use Tommy to bring two of the moai to life - the statues haul themselves out of the earth and lumber towards the Joes. Flash refers to them as "stone bozos". Airborne and Flash are rescued by Duke and Lady Jaye as Easter Island explodes, sending the moai crashing into the sea. The action follows the Joes to Cobra's hideout in the Himalayas, and there the Joes thwart Cobra's plans regarding the psionically gifted individuals and rescue Tommy.


G.I. Joe is based upon the action figure first released by Hasbro in 1964 - his UK counterpart is known as Action Man. The line was relaunched in 1982 to provide vehicles and playsets, along with a story arc that followed the struggles between the G.I. Joe team and Cobra Command, a terrorist organisation seeking world domination. A cartoon began in 1983, consisting of two five-part mini series, until the regular series began in 1985. Created by Ron Friedman and produced by Sunbow Productions, series one consisted of 55 episodes, and episode 22, ‘Operation: Mind Menace’, first aired on 15 October 1985.


There is no single character named G.I. Joe, as the name refers instead to the team, described in each episode’s opening sequence as “America's daring, highly-trained, Special Mission force”. Each individual has special abilities that help them in their fight against Cobra. The series was primarily created in order to sell the toys, meaning that episodes often focused on particular characters and their individual adventures as they seek to end Cobra’s evil schemes. Every episode featured a public safety lesson at its conclusion, with the G. I. Joe characters giving tips to their young audience. These short scenarios gave birth to the catchphrase: "And knowing is half the battle".


Previous episodes in the first series include a cargo cult story, in which a military satellite crashes in the South Pacific and is then claimed by a primitive tribe as a god. The inclusion of the moai in the episode ‘Operation: Mind Menace’ is not surprising considering other storylines within the series. The moai are treated less as cultural artefacts in their own right, and more as monolithic props that can be moved around according to the story - even hosting weapons if it suits the needs of the plot. The island's history and culture is stripped back, becoming secondary to its existence as a location for a secret base. At no point is it considered that Easter Island may have its own local populace - the island provides more of an exotic location for the training base.

Laura Sedgwick

Jump to contents

M.A.S.K.
'Panda Power'
German broadcast title: 'Entführung auf die Osterinsel' ['Kidnapped to Easter Island']
(season 1, episode 27, 1985)

Pandas graze at the foot of a moai

A moai altered to display the face of the villain, Miles Mayhem

M.A.S.K. is a Canadian-French co-produced animation series (employing Japanese animators) that was broadcast over two series in 1985 and 1986 in the US and later translated into German. The series was developed to support the marketing of the M.A.S.K. action figures with specialty masks and transforming armoured vehicles (best viewed as G.I. Joe meets Transformers). A range of paperbacks faithfully adapted the television series. The paperback for this episode (with M.A.S.K. changed to MASK), for which there was very little difference in the story, was released in 1986 (reviewed below).

Sonja Mausen

Jump to contents

Saber Rider and the Star Sheriffs
‘Legend of the Lost World’
(episode 45, 1987)

On a faraway frozen planet, a line of moai on an ahu

The elders idolise a moai

Moai appear briefly in two segments in this episode. It is revealed that moai means “sweetness of life, when there is no more war”. The stone heads here are ancient symbols of peace across different planets and dimensions, where they also act as beacons for a fleet of spaceships dispersed following a space storm. Built by a civilisation scattered across space and time, the moai are intergalactic figures that are meant to be seen by telescopes and by a race attempting to reunite. They are best understood by peace-promoting elders, who idolise the moai. These brown-hooded-robe elders bear a similarity to key Jedi in the Star Wars films, whilst the epic narrative of a lost in space civilisation and spaceships protecting settlers appears indebted to the original Battlestar Galactica (1978-9).


Saber Rider and the Star Sheriffs is an American version of the 1984 Japanese anime series Star Musketeer Bismarck and is a space western in the style of the film Battle Beyond the Stars (1980) and the cartoon series BraveStarr (1987-8) and Adventures of the Galaxy Rangers (1986-9). At its core it displays many of the characteristics of mecha anime with giant robots, transformations, and teams of youthful fighters who combat aliens. The moai are depicted in a landscape that is not dissimilar to Easter Island, but also in the icy terrain of a faraway frozen planet. These beacons apparently appear throughout galaxies and act as symbols of hope.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Three Eyed One
'The Easter Island Voyage'
(episodes 40-43, 1991)

The first view of the moai of Easter Island

The monkeys of Easter Island attack

During a trip to the local zoo, Hosuke Sharaku is kidnapped by escaping monkeys – led by the human-like Pogo – and taken to a ship. There they are joined by Hegeoyagi and police detective Umei, who have climbed aboard to rescue Sharaku. As Sharaku, Hegeoyagi and Umei search the ship, a voice from the speaker system tells them that there is no way of escape and to come below deck for dinner. At the dinner table, a wall moves to reveal a mask with glowing eyes. It tells Sharaku that it instructed Pogo to bring him alone before zapping the monkey with a laser that is emitted from its mouth. Sharaku comforts Pogo, as the mask then fades away.

Pogo awakens at night and tells Sharaku that she was coerced into kidnapping him and the two play a game in which they choose a word that links to the one said before. In the morning, the ship arrives at an island and the passengers leave. During their exploration of the island, Sharaku and Pogo split up from the adults and are attacked by a swarm of flesh-eating dragonflies. This leads to the bandage that is covering Sharaku's third eye being devoured, causing him to turn into his alter ego. With his unleashed power, Sharaku defeats the swarm.

Pogo tells Sharaku that she was taken from her homeland, Rapanui, to this island via submarine. Sharaku finds the submarine below the island. They enter and encounter Wanfo, an antagonist in previous stories, and Miste Mali, who invite Sharaku to join their organisation, which is set on taking over the world. Sharaku refuses, mostly due to their treatment of Pogo. They leave the submarine and return to the island, as the ship moves on. Sharaku offers to take Pogo back to Rapanui and, after reuniting with Umei and Hegeoyagi, he uses his powers to push the island across the sea. During the voyage, Pogo reveals to the adults that she can speak, much to their bemusement, and tells them that she is the queen of the Naji family, the monkeys on Rapanui who did not evolve into humans.

Once they reach the deserted Rapanui, Umei and Hegeoyagi rush to admire the moai, discussing their beauty and the mystery of who built them. Sharaku follows Pogo to her tribe of monkeys and it is there that she attempts to marry him, placing a ceremonial crown on his head. This causes Sharaku's eye to close and he turns back into the childlike figure from the beginning of the story. Sharaku tells Pogo he cannot marry her before fleeing with the Naji monkeys in pursuit. Hiding from Pogo and her tribe, Sharaku once again comes across Wanfo who tells him he believes the third eye family created the moai. Wanfo shows Sharaku a rock with rongorongo carved upon its surface and tells him that, with his third eye, Sharaku could read it and reveal the mysteries of Rapanui. Sharaku refuses and draws the attention of Pogo and the monkeys, who chase Wanfo and Sharaku.

The moai glow as Pogo anguishes over Sharaku's plight

Hosuke Sharaku, the Three-Eyed One, wishes to read the
rongorongo inscribed on a rock

Escaping the clutches of both Pogo's tribe and Sharaku's allies, Wanfo forcefully takes Sharaku back to the submarine to where Mali is waiting. Pogo sends her monkeys to attack the ship but they are halted by its electrified hull. In anguish, Pogo exclaims "Don't go!" and her tears splash across the stone face of a moai. The statues all begin to glow red and a pool of light appears at the surface above the submerged submarine. The ship is lifted into the air and then broken into pieces but a red aura surrounds the unconscious Sharaku, keeping him from harm and levitating him back to the island.

Pogo takes off Sharaku's crown, once again turning him into the evil genius. Sharaku leads Pogo, Umei and Hegeoyagi to the rongorongo text. He admits he cannot read it but asks Pogo to instead. Reading the rongorongo, Pogo explains that the Naji family built the moai to protect their descendants. Having read the writing, however, Pogo regresses back into a normal monkey so that she will not be able to reveal the secret to anyone else. She tearfully plays the word game with Sharaku one last time until she can no longer understand the words. Pogo leaves the others, not recognising them. Sharaku, Umei and Higeoyagi then return home.

The Three-Eyed One is a Japanese animated series that ran for 48 episodes between 1990 and 1991 and was adapted from a weekly manga (reviewed below). The series follows Sharaku, a young boy and the last surviving member of the three-eyed family. When his third eye is open, he becomes a confident evil genius with special powers. With his group of companions, Sharaku investigates historical ruins in order to learn about their mysteries and his family's history. A number of the supporting characters are also frequently seen in other productions based on author Osamu Tezuka's drawings, such as Astro Boy and Black Jack.

The moai in The Three-Eyed One are a magical force that tap into the emotion of the monkeys they were built to protect. The fact that they simply glow red – rather than levitating and moving across the island in a path of destruction, as in the original manga – essentially lessens their impact. As in other stories, the translation of rongorongo reveals an origin narrative, and the source of the moai construction. In this fiction, not only is the Three-Eyed One's ancestors the constructors of the moai, thereby giving them a mysticism, but Easter Island is established as a site of primary evolution where monkeys became humans, an idea that also appears in the animation The Real Adventures of Jonny Quest (see the review below).

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

Montana Jones
'Emergency! Landing on Easter Island'
(episode 25, 1994)

Lord Zero employs one of his contraptions to lift up moai, in his search for treasure

A petroglyph (rock carving) of the birdman is discovered on Motu Nui

Montana Jones, a pilot and adventurer, is travelling on a seaplane to Easter Island with his relative, Professor Alfred Jones, who is an archaeologist, and Melissa Thorn, a wealthy and young reporter, who is multilingual. The trio have to make an emergency landing on Easter Island due to a tornado, and it is there that they hide in the basement of a home, a hare vaka (a traditional house in the shape of an upturned canoe), which is damaged by the storm. As the storm passes, the three protagonists meet at the home a boy (who later turns out to be a girl) and whose mother was abducted by the villains of the story: Lord Zero, a rich, and eccentric master thief/ lover of precious art who is constantly seeking treasures, Professor Nitro, an inventor who constructs the villains' unique contraptions, and their two helpers Slim and Slam, who usually do more harm than good because of their clumsiness. The villains are looking for the fabulous treasure of Hotu Matua, to the extent that they have been lifting moai up out of the ground with a special machine to see if anything has been buried underneath. The three protagonists are normally guided by instructions from their mentor and sponsor, the Boston-based Professor Gerrit, whose advice on this occasion has been provided on a record. The villains manage to listen to the record on a gramophone player, with the protagonists hiding in earshot; Professor Gerrit says they should search the rocky islet of Motu Nui.

The protagonists race to get to Motu Nui first, cycling over land and then rowing over the sea that separates the rock from Easter Island. It is there that the protagonists find the nesting sooty tern, whose eggs are a sacred part of the birdman competition. Nearby, they also discover a petroglyph (rock carving) of tangata manu/ the birdman. The villains suddenly emerge and attack the protagonists, destroying the rock featuring the petroglyph in the process and revealing underneath a secret hole, which the protagonists enter. The villains follow in their contraption, which burrows into the rock and then scuttles along the underground passageway, forcing its way along as the path narrows. It is revealed that the passageway leads back to Easter Island and to a ceremonial chamber directly under the crater-lake of Rano Kau, where the protagonists find a large cavern adorned with rock carvings of the birdman on the walls and floor. The centerpiece is a moai carved from whale bone. On examining its back, the protagonists discover it is covered in rongorongo glyphs.

Montana Jones walks within the underground chamber, with its
floor marked by birdman carvings

Professor Alfred Jones explains the importance of rongorongo, found on
the back of a moai

The villains try to steal the moai for Lord Zero's personal collection, but in doing so they trigger a magnetic mechanism that was beneath the statue. The mechanism attracts metal and the 'eggs' which are held in the 'hands' of each of the birdman carvings in the chamber. These combine to form an eye with a pupil, with the final 'egg' dropping from directly above, where it was acting as a plug keeping out the water from the lake. The vault under the lake subsequently breaks and everyone is close to drowning. At the last moment, they manage to escape, where back on the surface they watch this special moai re-emerge from a lake. The villains fly away but in the distance crash into the sea. The Rapanui woman decides that Professor Jones should record the glyphs of rongorongo in an attempt to have them deciphered. The conclusion is that the true treasure of Easter Island is its archaeological legacy.

Montana Jones is an anime television series, of 52 episodes, which was co-produced by the Italian studio Rever and the Japanese studio Junio. It is clearly inspired by Indiana Jones, from the name of the lead protagonist, the archaeologically-focused global adventures and the mechanisms that are triggered when treasures are stolen, through to the music and the period of the 1930s, in which it is all set. The series has also been conceived in the style of other animal animation – such as Dogtanian and the Three Muskehounds (1981-1982) – where whole worlds are imagined with specific species or breeds anthropomorphised. It is a common feature of children's fiction, which has seen dogs and rabbits populating an Easter Island-set Hungarian novel (see the review below). In that novel, the moai were dog-shaped; in this story, the moai are in the form of lions, uniting with the characters who are all anthropomorphised big cats. The broad fantasy also imagines a large cavern under Rano Kau and, uniquely in moai fiction, a secret entrance to an underground passage on Motu Nui. As that rocky islet is some distance out to sea from Easter Island it is highly fanciful to conceive a story where the underground passage joins Motu Nui to the main island.

The rongorongo glyphs in detail

The villains attempt to steal the special moai

The moai in this story are more figures in the landscape and it is only the one discovered underground that is viewed as exceptional. Instead, the animation is drawn to the birdman, whose symbol is found at Motu Nui and on the floor and walls of the cave under Rano Kau; the undeciphered writing system of rongorongo; the eyes of the moai, that are recreated here in the pattern formed by the metal eggs; and the uniquely built homes of the Rapanui, which are boat-shaped as their vessels were used to form the rooves of their buildings, when they were not being used at sea. Both the depiction of the birdman petroglyph and rongorongo are largely faithful to the originals and show a degree of research. It is therefore a shame that the island is imagined as near-deserted, with just a Rapanui mother and daughter present. However, it is worth mentioning that in this animation the Rapanui woman is portrayed as independent and both a skilled engineer and professional doctor who intervenes proactively in the plot.

Hermann Mückler and Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Gargoyles
'Sentinel'
(season 2, episode 39, 1996)

Nokkar, an ancient sentinel from outer space, alongside one of the many moai carved in his honour.

Nokkar and Goliath the gargoyle: The mighty warriors meet.

Finding themselves on the shores of Rapa Nui, as part of their ongoing world quest, the travelling group of companions - living gargoyles Goliath, Angela, and the dog-like Bronx, along with New York City policewoman Elisa - investigate the dark and mysterious island. Though unbeknown to them, they are being watched by Nokkar, an alien with moai features, who resides in his spaceship buried within a hillside. The alien temporarily kidnaps Elisa and erases her memory. Later she is discovered by Goliath being cared for by two archaeologists. Goliath tries to remind Elisa of her identity, but he is captured by Nokkar and imprisoned along with Angela and Bronx in the hidden spaceship. It is revealed that Nokkar is an ancient soldier who had been sent to the strategic outpost of Easter Island, to defend Earth from an army of interstellar invaders that has never emerged.


The gargoyles fail to assure Nokkar that they are native to Earth, leading to a clash of mighty powers. Goliath destroys the vessel's controls, with the companions escaping the spaceship. Above ground, Nokkar re-emerges and is about to blast the gargoyles with his space cannon, until Elisa intervenes leaving Nokkar to trust the human’s judgement and leave the gargoyles unharmed as friends rather than foe.


The cult animation series Gargoyles, was first aired in 1994 and ran for three years over 78 episodes. Created by Greg Weisman for Disney, this American television programe depicts the adventures of a clan of stone creatures who were hauled from Scotland centuries after their creation and placed into New York City were they act as urban guardians. In this episode, two mythical stone forms meet, but the moai carvings play no significant role other than as eerie figures within the landscape. Much of this episode of the animated series is shot during the night, with daylight permitted only at the end of the story.


Nokkar is a sentinel, an intergalactic protector, and a warrior, not unlike the almost mythical Japanese soldiers in World War II, who were found resolutely defending isolated Pacific islands long after the conflict had ended. The actions of Nokkar were so revered by the Easter Islanders of centuries past that he was honoured with moai erected in his image. This fantasy of the moai is not uncommon within popular fiction, and comic books in particular.


Whilst this animation is firmly within the realm of science fiction, one of the more surprising concepts within the story is the idea of a vast nine-storey high hotel, The Islander, providing hospitality to tourists. It belongs to another island culture and it is a building that is more akin to those on Hawai'i's Waikiki beach than to Easter Island.

Lauren Jenkins

Jump to contents

The Real Adventures of Jonny Quest
‘The Secret of the Moai’
(season 1, episode 21, 1996)

A moai skeleton, discovered on a spaceship

A metal rongorongo tablet beside the moai skeleton


An alien, with a distinctly moai-shaped head, is shown experimenting on an ape when a volcanic eruption seals the alien and the ape inside the alien’s spaceship on Easter Island. Years later, Dr Quest locates the spacecraft in a cave beneath the lava flow, and Jonny finds the skeleton of the ape and the alien inside. The alien bears a tablet covered in strange markings, and Dr Quest recognises it as a rongorongo tablet, although he has never seen a metal one before. The markings turn out to be music, instead of language, and they translate the characters into musical notes. The show’s villain, Surd, attempts to use the alien technology, which appears to be an evolution-device, to regress Dr Quest and his companion, Race Bannon, to an ape-like state. Another alien ship comes down and destroys both the rongorongo tablet and the skeleton, while returning Race and Dr Quest to normality. Surd and his cronies are transported to Peru.


The Jonny Quest franchise originally began with a series that aired in 1964 and 1965, produced by Hanna-Barbera Productions. By the mid-1980s, the show had become part of The Funtastic World of Hanna-Barbera, and thirteen new episodes were made in 1986. Work began on new episodes in 1993, and the creative team were keen to utilise accurate depictions of physics and machinery for the series. Research was even conducted into child psychology to ensure that the action would not create adverse effects on young viewers, while sci-fi and fantasy themes were explored in each episode as they investigated mysteries. The show, The Real Adventures of Jonny Quest, premiered in 1996. 65 episodes were originally planned, but the creative team was changed in order to finish the first 26 episodes, loosely collected under the title of 'season one'. A new team created another 26 episodes, originally intended for a separate series, but later released as a second season. The show was cancelled after 52 episodes, and the series ended in 1999.


The moai space traveller commences his experiments

Jonny Quest, the tourist, on Easter Island


Keeping in line with its remit to provide fantasy and sci fi mysteries for children, previous episodes in the first season investigated ghost pirates in Bermuda, the lost city of El Dorado, sea monsters, quartz statues, the Philosopher's Stone and the Mary Celeste. Alongside such narratives, the variety of myths surrounding the moai make Easter Island a rich choice as a setting. The episode ‘The Secret of the Moai’ explores the origin myths that see the statues related in some way to aliens or space travel as well as addressing ideas surrounding the evolution of mankind. However, the decision to focus upon the rongorongo tablets and not the heads is an interesting one, as it engages with the mystery of the as-yet-untranslated language. The discovery within the story that the language of rongorongo is actually musical notation is novel and differs from the warnings of doom that can occur within other Easter Island narratives.


This episode is essentially an evolution narrative, which positions the moai as being of superior intelligence and their technology as coveted devices for altering the future of mankind. Typical with such narratives the Easter Islanders are absent. Though in this story, there are, inexplicably, apes on the island. Presenting these primates as subjects of alien moai experimentation for the apparent evolution of apes into humans, positions the island as central to world science, yet it also denigrates the history and image of the island’s actual human inhabitants.

Laura Sedgwick

Jump to contents

Les Aventures de Blake et Mortimer [The Adventures of Blake and Mortimer]
Le secret de l'île de Pâques [The Secret of Easter Island]
(episodes 21 and 22, 1997)

A Rapanui man from the past carves a statue of moai kavakava in
the shadow of the giant alien moai

Blake and Maurata visit a Santiago antiques shop as they try to locate the
stolen rongorongo tablets

General Cambon is travelling by car when suddenly he is ambushed and kidnapped by gunmen hiding in a hay lorry. The villain behind the plan is Colonel Olrik, who wears a mysterious helmet that helps him to force the General to tell him the location of a secret missile site. The General manages to write Olrik's name on the ground before he dies, giving Captain Francis Blake, a MI5 (British secret service) operative, and his associate Philip Mortimer, a leading Scottish nuclear physicist, a clue for their investigations.

While Blake and Mortimer attempt to capture Olrik, a man from Easter Island intervenes and manages to steal the helmet. He is shot by Olrik, but before he dies he tells Blake and Mortimer to return it to a man named Maurata, a Rapanui archaeologist based on Easter Island. Blake realises the helmet grants the wearer the ability to hear the thoughts of others and resolves to return it to Maurata. Having distracted Olrik's henchmen, Blake and Mortimer head to the airport and fly to Easter Island.

On arrival, Mortimer in particular (who carries a guide book) is deeply impressed with the island's history. As they drive to the archaeological site in search of Maurata, they pass many moai. They encounter half-finished statues at Rano Raraku, the volcano from which the moai are quarried. There, they find Olrik has somehow got there first, and he has persuaded the locals that Blake and Mortimer have profaned the island. Blake gives the locals the helmet to enable them to hear Olrik's thoughts, which reveals him as the true villain.

Olrik escapes, and Maurata leads Blake and Mortimer into a tunnel beneath the island. There, they discover "the real mystery of Easter Island". A giant moai stands in a cavern, and Maurata takes them inside the statue. He explains the helmet was originally found within the moai, along with ten rongorongo tablets. Olrik stole nine of them along with the helmet, leaving Maurata unable to complete his translations. He tells Blake and Mortimer that the great moai was already on the island when the early Rapanui first arrived. Back then, one of the villagers put on the helmet and communicated with aliens, known as Markabians. He and the Rapanui believed the Markabians to be benevolent, and erected their own moai in preparation of the aliens' arrival. Meanwhile, the helmet caused a power struggle, so both it and the giant moai were declared taboo and buried.

The Paris museum, with its extensive collection of Rapanui artefacts

Muarata hurriedly makes a rubbing of the rongorongo hieroglyphics

As Maurata is finishing the story, Olrik returns and steals the helmet again but as he flees he is trapped under a fallen moai. With the help of the helmet, Murata and Blake learn that Olrik sold the stolen rongorongo tablets to an antiques dealer in Santiago, Chile. They also learn that Olrik spoke with the Markabians, with the aid of the helmet. The aliens will therefore soon return to earth and Maurata insists he must decipher the remaining tablets to discover what happened to the earlier invading force of Markabians. He is convinced these aliens mean harm.

Maurata and Blake go in search of the tablets, leaving Mortimer on the island, where unbeknown the aliens have now arrived. A local girl, Maria, encounters tall beings with moai-like faces wearing helmets. Impervious to bullets, they stun Maria and take her as a specimen aboard their ship. Mortimer sneaks on to the ship where he is captured by Markabians and subjected to brain scans. They question Mortimer, intent upon finding out what happened to their invasion force 900 years earlier. Their quest to understand, mirrors Maurata's desire to translate the rongorongo tablets. In the process, Mortimer learns that the giant moai are in fact transmitters, scattered across the galaxy to allow the Markabians to communicate. These aliens travel through space, removing "inferior life forms" to enable the domination of their own species. Their plan involves defeating humanity using lethal psychic waves.

Meanwhile, Blake and Maurata have travelled to Paris in search of the tablets. The antiques dealer had sold them to a Parisian museum, where they are now on display. Unable to access them during opening hours, Blake and Maurata sneak into the museum at night so that Maurata can make rubbings of the hieroglyphs. They are not alone as two aliens arrive, but Maurata and Blake manage to escape in the aliens' spaceship. Suddenly there is a thunderstorm, and the noise of thunder causes the two moai aliens to disintegrate into sand on the museum floor.

The alien moai subject Mortimer to brain scans

Mortimer learns of the distant worlds where the moai have destroyed other
life forms

Back on Rapanui, Maurata explains that according to the rongorongo, an earthquake caused the destruction of the aliens. Mortimer has noticed their vulnerability to low frequency noises, so they set off dynamite on the island, which causes the remaining aliens to disintegrate. Their abandoned spaceship becomes an ultra secret research facility; Blake and Mortimer note the potential for the Markabians to return, or threaten life elsewhere in the universe.

The original Blake and Mortimer comic, an action-adventure mixing the detective and science fiction genres, first appeared in the Belgian Tintin magazine in 1948. The subsequent television series in 1997 was produced in French (and made available dubbed in other languages) by Ellipse, with thirteen stories filmed, each divided into two episodes. Le secret de l'île de Pâques is the eleventh story, and whilst the first nine were based on the comic book by Edgar P. Jacobs, the last four – which includes Le secret de l'île de Pâques – were created especially for television. Part Bulldog Drummond and part Sherlock Holmes, of all the moai culture made-for-television animation this is probably the richest and most rewarding of the storylines, offering a wealth of material and ideas.

Most notable is how the Rapanui are represented. Where so much of moai fiction presents Easter Island as abandoned or uninhabited, this story actively populates the island with an indigenous community, moreover with contemporary representations of the Rapanui. They are generally shown to be proud people, interested in their ancestry and intent upon preserving their history and culture. Maria is a positive depiction of an independent and astute Rapanui woman, and the new ultra-secret research station, which the story shows being disguised at the end, is left in the hands of the Rapanui to manage. It is also significant that the rongorongo tablets are translated by Maurata, an indigenous scholar, and not the common figure of a visiting white man. Learning of Maurata's intent to urgently translate rongorongo, Mortimer declares "are you serious? So many scientists have struggled for years to discover their meaning!", to which Maurata responds, "yes, but remember I was born here".

Maurata's reverence for the tablets stands at odds with the position of both the antiques dealer and the museum, who treat them as a commodity to be exchanged and acquired. No other example of moai fiction has placed rongorongo so central to the story and whilst the tablets became the writings of the moai themselves in Jonny Quest (see the review above), here they are given a chance for the earlier Rapanui to communicate the evolution of their culture – which interestingly fictionalises a preference for revering moai kavakava before the giant alien moai acquired its importance – as well as providing clues for destroying the invading alien species. Here, the idea of something as basic as sound being able to destroy the mighty invaders appears inspired by H.G. Wells's novel The War of the Worlds, where the aliens are defeated by the common cold. In reality, there are 26 existing rongorongo 'tablets', not the ten presented here, and all the known tablets are scattered across the world's museums and archives with none on Easter Island.

Laura Sedgwick

Jump to contents

Rex the Runt
'Easter Island'
(season 1, episode 3, 1998)

The Eddie Izzard voiced trio of moai from the planet Thribb, holidaying on Easter Island

To the rescue: Bad Bob, Vince, and Wendy arrive on the planet Thribb in their old tin can


Rex the Runt and his loyal gang - Bad Bob, Wendy, and Vince - get together once again, this time to go on holiday in New Zealand. Unfortunately, whilst flying their helicopter over the Pacific Ocean, they run out of fuel, crash-landing on the island of “people with big fat heads”, also known as Easter Island. Here, they are greeted by Moai and his travelling companions – brother-in-law Damien and old school friend Rick. Much like Rex and his gang, the moai state that they are on “a bit of an expedition, doing Earth type things”, caravanning on the Island as they do every few thousand years. The moai are from outer space and they abduct Rex and take him to planet Thribb, as a specimen and a mascot. Once there, Rex is put on display before a crowd of moai and treated as a “lower life form”. Not far behind, Bad Bob, Wendy, and Vince are travelling through space in a tin can they found on the beach. They crash on to planet Thribb, interrupting the proceedings, and rescue an ungrateful Rex.


This Aardman animation short, from their earliest television series, foregrounds their trademark plasticine animal escapades. The scenarios in which the gang find themselves are surreal, yet the charm of the animation invites the viewer to follow the fantasy and share in the adventure. The idea of four dogs travelling to New Zealand in a helicopter is absurd enough, but Aardman’s depiction of the moai as walking, talking aliens - voiced by Eddie Izzard - extends the bizarre nature of the narrative.


The moai begin as seemingly ominous characters, but soon emerge as talkative aliens on holiday. In this comedy, the moai are sophisticated pipe-smoking adventurers, which contrasts dramatically with the sausage-eating gang of dogs who are naïve and a bit dim. In particular, there is Bad Bob with his obsession with “meat derivatives” whose idiocy synchronises with Vince – "the one with the teeth". Crucially, the island is devoid of any local population, with the moai imagined as a foreign and unearthly presence.

Lauren Jenkins

Jump to contents

Flint the Time Detective
'Moah'
(season 1, episode 19, 1998)

Moah the friendly time shifter

Moah transformed into Moah Monster

Dr Goodman presents another adventurous assignment to Flint and the Time Team. They must retrieve Moah the time shifter who has been located on Easter Island. Flint and the team hop on to the time cycle, setting the co-ordinates for the year 1560 to the remote and “pretty” island of Rapa Nui. Upon arrival, they are greeted by a cute looking Moah and the friendly islanders. But not all is as pretty as it seems following the arrival of Petra Fina and her cronies - the mischievous thieves of time itself.


Moah is turned by Petra Fina into a giant evil moai, which Flint and his team is initially unable to stop in his attempt to wreak destruction on the island. Eventually transformed back into the loving Moah, Petra Fina next sends a tsunami towards the island. Moah now transforms into Moah Monster and with a stamp of his mighty stone foot, he awakens the moai guardians who emerge from the sand and along the seafront, forming a huge seawall of statues. Proving their role as protectors, the large stone faces save the team and the islanders from the tsunami, enabling Flint, Moah and the time team to safely make it back to the Bureau of Time and Space.


This colourful anime, directed by Hiroshi Fukutomi, was first aired in Japan in 1998 as part of a series that ran for 39 episodes. The characters resemble those from Digimon and Pokemon in the way that they transform, fight, unite, and possess special powers. Moah, in particular, emphasises his shape shifting abilities as he transforms from the small stone face with big pink lips and large eyes, who is not dissimilar to a Mr Potato Head, to the ominous and indestructible giant Moah with a mighty stone fist for smashing and crushing, and molten lava gushing from the top of his head.

The islanders depicted as childlike figures

The evil Moah spewing hot lava from the top of his head

In popular culture the maoi are regularly represented as either aggressive or comic figures. Flint the Time Detective is no exception to this tradition as Moah, who is repeatedly referred to as the guardian of the island, portrays both character traits. Nevertheless, when the moai of the island emerge from the sand, they act as the final guardians forming a collective wall protecting the islanders from peril.


Although the moai are depicted facing out to sea when saving the islanders, they do in fact face inland, and this is a common misunderstanding in popular culture interpretations of Easter Island. However, there are references to Anakena beach and the sweet potato, which suggest a certain degree of basic research within the animation. At several points, the Time Team discuss the creation of the moai, and are advised that their origins remain a mystery. Drawn to the popular myth of creation, this programme ignores the fact that there is no ambiguity as to who created the moai.

Lauren Jenkins

Jump to contents

Superman: The Animated Series
'Knight Time'
(season 3, episode 2, 1998)

After an encounter with Roxy Rocket in Metropolis, Superman discovers that Batman has gone missing from Gotham City. In his absence, Robin has been battling criminals on his own. Superman investigates and suspects that Batman has been put under mind control. He dresses as Batman and, together with Robin, breaks into the Explorer's Club in Gotham, a museum-like space filled with relics and antiques, where masks evoking African art and stuffed animals crowd the edges of the room.

Bane, the Riddler and the Mad Hatter are using the Club as their criminal headquarters. Bane voices a desire to "break" anyone who stands in their way, also threatening to crush Batman's spine. Here, he references an iconic moment from the Knightfall storyline in the Batman comics, in which Bane breaks Batman's spine over his knee. Having thrown Superman (dressed as Batman) across the room, Bane picks up a moai and throws it at the superhero. The ease with which he does so underscores his incredible strength, which has been supplied by the Venom chemical which has been pumped directly into his body. The monolithic stone head appears to have crushed the Caped Crusader, but from underneath he suddenly kicks the moai free and launches it back across the room.

Robin imprisons the Riddler and Superman subdues Bane. The Mad Hatter provides a clue allowing Superman and Robin to track down Batman at an abandoned Wayne Aerospace facility. There, they discover Superman's old nemesis Brainiac is the villain behind Batman's mind control. Superman defeats Brainiac and Batman regains control of his mind, allowing Superman to return to Metropolis.

Superman: The Animated Series ran for three series between 1996 and 2000, following the success of Batman: The Animated Series, which aired originally between 1992 and 1995. An additional spinoff series, Justice League, allowed for the introduction of Wonder Woman, Aquaman and Green Lantern.

Like an episode of the Justice League cartoon, which saw Aquaman throw a moai at Wonder Woman (see the review below), this story reduces the moai to an object to be tossed freely at enemies. Yet, unlike the Justice League episode, this sequence divorces the moai from its Easter Island context, transforming it into a convenient prop found in a museum. The moai is not displayed at all, and is part of a seemingly private collection of an Explorer's Club, hinting at the institution's exclusivity and ability to acquire the rarest of artefacts. The cultural connotations of the moai are stripped away, and the sequence relies on its status as a monolithic stone object that is included purely to showcase the strength of both Bane and Superman.

Laura Sedgwick

Jump to contents

Histeria!
'Really Oldies but Goodies'
(season 1, episode 9, 1998)

A dancing egg helps to introduce Jacob Roggeveen

A chorus of singing moai

The episode begins with a series of skits focused upon the practices of ancient Egypt. An advert explains mummification practices while riffing on the techniques employed by used car salesmen, and a later segment uses a quiz show format to present facts about the ancient Egyptians and an infomercial explains the use of trephination. Each of the sketches is designed to present facts about ancient Egypt to educate young viewers.

A rousing musical number closes the episode, exploring the history of Easter Island from the moment of its "discovery" in 1722. Singing moai take centre stage covering aspects of the island's history. The moai even acknowledge the theories of "crackpots", such as the notion that aliens left the moai on the island – shown here in a spaceship literally dropping moai from above – advising young viewers to be skeptical of what they hear about the statues. In the closing credits, moai briefly reappear as happy pilots of a spaceship.

Histeria! aired on Kids' WB between 1998 and 2000. The show used a Saturday Night Live-style sketch format for its 52 episodes and it follows in the footsteps of the widely successful Horrible Histories, which also presents history and education through a mix of popular culture and humour. The Horrible Histories book, Awesome Egyptians, one of the first in the series, had been published in 1993. Histeria! was explicitly designed to comply with FCC regulations regarding the educational nature of children's programming. Each episode features a historical focus, such as the American Civil War, the Vikings, famous inventors, the Tudors, and women's history.

The Histeria! kids try to lift a moai

Moai from outer space fly past in their craft at the close of the episode

Much like Time Warp Trio, Doki and Go Jetters, Histeria! explores Easter Island in an educational context aimed at children. Its focus is commendable as is the engaging and entertaining manner in which information is relayed. Jacob Roggeveen is introduced and so that children can easily remember the date the year 1722 is emphasised on an egg that dances past the Dutch explorer.

Unfortunately, Roggeveen is said to have "discovered" Rapanui, which completely removes the islanders that were there before. In fact, they are nowhere to be seen in a western-centric musical number that even has the children of Histeria! demonstrating the construction of the moai as opposed to a foregrounding of the active skills of the indigenous population. There is an attempt at accuracy through the inclusion of the pukao (which they call "hats") in the song, but the volcanic crater, Rano Raraku, a major moai quarry, is bizarrely shown to be on a neighbouring island. The segment lasts for just ninety seconds at the episode's end, making it feel like a 'filler' in an animation otherwise dedicated to the ancient Egyptians.

Laura Sedgwick

Jump to contents

Dilbert
‘Art’
(season 2, episode 3, 1999)

The moai are displaced by large stone blue ducks in one episode of Dilbert, in which the office worker is given the task of manufacturing art. With the aim of exploiting the art world, Dilbert succeeds in creating an art phenomenon. In a scene which never made it to the final version of this episode, the moai are toppled over a cliff and lie on top of each other, as the blue ducks triumph. The episode is a satire demonstrating the fallacies of modern art. The supremacy and absurdity of the ducks is clear in which ancient stone wonders are pushed aside by false idols.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Cyborg 009: Conclusion God's War
(parts 1–3, 2002)

The all-powerful moai, with its three eyes that glow red

A taxi driver, a token Rapanui depicted on Easter Island, takes Joe to the moai


This made for television anime of the concluding parts of the popular manga is a free adaptation that adds and alters much from the original source that was left unfinished following the sudden death of author Ishinomori Shotaro. See below for the two reviews of the manga, that was a later attempt at adapting the unfinished story and which differs in many ways. For instance, the television adaptation does not contain the crocodile men, the capture of Francoise or the giant female moai that all feature in the manga version.

The moai that is discovered in the undersea cave off Japan is in both versions, but in the television adaptation is depicted with a third eye in the middle of its forehead, with all three eyes glowing red when it comes alive. This adds to the appearance of power and superior ability/ control that the moai has over people. The three parts of the adaptation combined extend over slightly more than an hour and this permits in some places room for the story to be developed and have added context. So the transportation of the moai from the cave to mainland Japan is shown in a montage of images that includes it being carried first by helicopter and then by lorry. Though both the manga and anime conveniently avoid showing how the large moai is possibly removed from the undersea cave.

A group of birdmen stand ready to attack Joe

In his hallucination Joe is attacked by levitating moai


When Cyborg 009, Joe Shimamura, travels to Easter Island he is shown in the manga to be completely alone, driving to the moai by himself. Interestingly, the anime adds an islander, a Rapanui taxi driver, who drops Joe off at a site that appears near to ahu Tongariki. The driver says that he will pick Joe up later that evening. The appearance of a local driver connects the story to the island's contemporary society and an industry built around tourism, but it still fails to properly populate the location.

Amongst the archaeology, Joe experiences a hallucination of levitating moai that try to crush him and the birdman, which swoops down and attacks. In the manga, the birdman is singular; in the anime, there is a gathering of birdmen who stand atop of the moai heads, before attacking Joe with their piercing spears, beaks and talons. Finally, the anime adds a floating island at the end, upon which a titanic battle will take place. As the island emerges from the sea and rises into the sky its architecture is shown to be a combination of ancient and arcane designs consisting of pyramids, temples and moai. Floating islands in Japanese popular culture can be traced back to at least the anime Laputa: Castle in the Sky, which was inspired by Jonathan Swift's novel Gulliver's Travels.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Rokunga: el último hombre pájaro [Rokunga: The Last Birdman]
(2002)

Moai kavakava, old and tired, begins his narration

The competitors line up at the start of the birdman race

On a windy and dark Easter Island, a wooden carved figure with a skeletal body and short chin beard walks around, old and tired, clutching a stick and a flaming torch. This moai kavakava narrator tells the story of the last birdman on the island and blames the white race for bringing illness, slavery and civil war to Rapanui. The land given by the Creator, Makemake, has been devastated and a foreign god aims to usurp his position. Many Rapanui were taken away as slaves in big wooden ships and those who returned brought with them death. The narrator mourns that no one will ever be able to read the sacred tablets (rongorongo) and the only ceremony left is the birdman cult (tangata manu), although the chief resulting from this competition will soon have no tribe to rule. As this apocalyptic story is narrated, another moai kavakava is carving a petroglylph, that is not displayed to the audience until the end of the animation film.

This gloomy atmosphere gives way to past images of the birdman cult, which is narrated by the moai kavakava in a luminous presentation of Easter Island with tribal music and a procession of the main contestants. Rokunga is introduced as the last birdman, destined to replace the current tangata manu by collecting the first sooty tern egg of the season from the rocky outcrop of Motu Nui. After a fierce race, including swimming under water and between sharks, Rokunga climbs the sea cliff and proclaims his victory with a 'Bird's Cry' supported by Makemake (the protector of migratory birds), here, depicted as a fiery god accompanied by thunder. A storm forms and the sound of thunder echoes back in the final scene while Rokunga raises the egg triumphantly.

The moai kavakava's torch brings us back to the sombre volcanic setting, now with two other wooden figures chiselling stone. As a colossal petroglyph of the birdman is revealed, the narrator claims that Rokunga was the last chief of the Rapanui. Only his image remains on the stone, but he will rule forever. The moai kavakava closes the narration with a chant and his senile and tired voice suggests, with a strong elegiac tone reminiscent of the ubi sunt motif, that the Rapanui and their traditions have been wiped out.

Directed by Erwin Gómez, with a script by Erwin Gómez, Gonzalo Oyarzún and Ignacio Iriarte, this 8-minute 3D animation film from Chile (in Spanish) is the second one directed by Gómez and tells the story of Rokunga, the last registered birdman, who was given the title in 1866 or 1867. With this film, Gómez intended not only to entertain, but also to spread the history of Easter Island beyond the usual focus on the moai. In fact, the moai are entirely absent from a narrative in which moai kavakava presents a story which is centred on the island's culture after the last moai had been erected.

The figures in this short – moai kavakava and tangata manu – are all inspired by actual carvings, which are brought to life as animated characters that continue to exhibit the surfaces and movement of objects that otherwise have been made of wood. The birdman is especially interesting as these are not humans competing in the annual race, but a group of wooden artefacts associated with the folk crafts of Rapanui, complete with accentuated features.

Gerardo Rodríguez-Salas

Jump to contents



Justice League
‘The Terror Beyond’
(season 2, episode 15, 2003)

Wonder Woman and Aquaman battle in a moai-filled arena

Aquaman employs a moai as a weapon against Wonder Woman

This episode sees erstwhile Justice League member Aquaman team up with Dr Fate and former gangster-turned-zombie Solomon Grundy to defeat an ancient evil. Superman, Wonder Woman and Hawkgirl track down Aquaman and Dr Fate, but to prevent anyone from further interfering with his plans, Dr Fate teleports everyone away from his headquarters. Aquaman and Wonder Woman are sent to Easter Island, where they engage in a battle among the moai. Here, the moai are depicted as silent monoliths. During the battle, Aquaman picks up one moai and drops it on Wonder Woman. She lifts it off herself and tosses it aside, demonstrating her Amazonian strength, before hurling Aquaman into a second statue, which leaves a crack in its forehead. Aquaman throws Wonder Woman into the ocean and their fight continues underwater. The rest of the episode is dedicated to the fight between the Justice League and the interdimensional creature that Dr Fate and Aquaman have been attempting to contain.

The Justice League series began in 2001 and ran for two seasons, becoming Justice League Unlimited after the end of season two in 2004. Both seasons consist of twenty-six episodes, with narratives that often span two or three episodes. 'The Terror Beyond' comprises episodes fifteen and sixteen, although the battle among the moai occurs in episode fifteen. The series is based on the Justice League of DC Comics, and is not dissimilar to Marvel Comics’ team The Defenders. Produced by Warner Bros. Animation, most of the characters retain their origin stories from their individual story arcs.

While this episode engages with Lovecraftian mythology and the legends surrounding Atlantis, ‘The Terror Beyond’ ignores the rich mythology of Easter Island. Instead, the island is presented as desolate and devoid of life. Moreover, it does not engage with the moai, which are scattered in a very haphazard style and which function as little more than set dressing. The moai are used as visual shorthand to ground the battle between Wonder Woman and Aquaman in a location that is ancient and far away. As within other popular fictions of Easter Island, the moai aid a narrative that needs to emphasise isolation and distance. Neither superhero shows any regard for the status of the moai, which is problematic since both characters have origins in mythical places: Wonder Woman originates among the Amazons and Aquaman hails from Atlantis. The sequence in which the moai appear is less than 90 seconds long.

Laura Sedgwick

Jump to contents

One Piece
'Jinginai Time'
(episode 282, 2006)

A group of moai declare they are bored

The story is revealed to have been a moai's dream

A group of moai standing in a line complain they are bored. Cut to a story involving three mafia-styled gangs who fight over who will be the leader of an island. The gangs and their associates end up killing each other leaving a last man standing, who declares he must therefore be the leader. Realising, however, he is now alone he is desperate for this all to have been a dream. The story suddenly moves back to Easter Island with one of the moai saying this had been his dream. The declaration frustrates the dreamt gangsters, dead and alive, and they demand "who the hell are you?".

Originally broadcast in February 2006, this short television anime is built around a simple joke with the moai bookending the story. Comic moai create humour either through an ability to move or through their immobility and fixed position. Like the moai in Night at The Museum, these stone figures are going nowhere, yet they do exhibit the myth of movement with their power of speech. The story of the mafia gangs also goes nowhere, as the gangsters are all 'alive' at the end. It is a circular narrative within a bigger circle that presents island life as repetitive.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Time Warp Trio
‘Birdman or Bird Brain?’
(episode 15, 2006)

The time-travelling trio arrive on the island at the foot of a moai,
moments before it is toppled

Kai holds a rongorongo tablet

Freddi, Samantha, and Fred arrive on Easter Island, where they discover a giant moai. The statue is pushed over by Maki Puhi, a hostile local, and it narrowly avoids hitting the children. They are rescued by another islander, Kai. It is revealed that the trio have ended up on the island after the text in their time travelling book morphed into rongorongo script.

Kai believes that the children have arrived on the island to help him win the birdman competition so that he can oust Hanga Ui, the current birdman. Hanga Ui has become tyrannical after four years in charge and seeks to destroy all of the other clans. Kai and his uncle aim to end his rule, and the kids offer to help. Freddi has to climb down the cliff and swim to the birdman island, Motu Nui, where she not only finds the required sooty tern's egg, but also the copy of the book that they need to send them back to their correct period in time.

Meanwhile, Kai's uncle teaches Samantha how to read the rongorongo tablets while recounting the history of the island. This new knowledge enables her to read the found book, allowing her to translate it back into English. The trio's involvement sees Hanga Ui ousted from power, and Fred crowned as birdman, although he passes these powers onto Kai's uncle so that he may return home.

Whilst trapped in a cave Samantha learns to read the
language of rongorongo

Kai explains the birdman race with Motu Nui in the background

Time Warp Trio is an American/Canadian animated series, based on the children's books of the same name by Jon Scieszka. The show was originally aired on Discovery Kids in the US. Its original run lasted from July 2005 until September 2006, with 26 episodes aired. The series followed the adventures of Joe, who receives a book from his magician uncle that allows him to travel through space and time with his friends. Other episodes in the series deal with journeys to twelfth-century Mongolia, ancient Egypt, nineteenth-century New York and mediaeval Scotland. The educational remit of the series extends to the availability of teaching resources online, which accompany the episodes and further explore the mythology and history of the locations visited by the children.

Unlike many other cartoons, Time Warp Trio actively considers the Rapanui, their language and belief systems. This episode is divided between the action typical of cartoon series aimed at children - in this case following Freddi's quest to bring back a tern's egg - and an exploration of Rapanui's history and culture, with some words and concepts emphasised. The customs of the island form the basis of the narrative, particularly surrounding the birdman cult and the rongorongo tablets, and while the moai are depicted they do not constitute a central part of the story. The extent to which the language of rongorongo is featured is exceptional and the episode is largely accurate in covering the birdman cult. Dates are, however, muddled, with the story set in 1765. The destruction of the rongorongo tablets is blamed, for instance, on competing tribes in the mid eighteenth century, approximately one hundred years before many of the tablets went missing.

Laura Sedgwick

Jump to contents

Pokémon
‘Nosing 'Round the Mountain’
(season 11, episode 6, 2008)

Nosepass

Probopass

The Pokémon series is known for presenting unusual characters and creatures who possess strange powers. A moai-like Pokémon made an appearance in the animation episode ‘Nosing ’round the mountain’. This rock-type Pokémon character is called Nosepass. In this episode, Turtwig, who belongs to the main character Ash, battles Alan who is the trainer of a Nosepass Pokémon. The battle takes place on Mt Coronet, the highest mountain in the Sinnoh region (a realm of the Pokémon world). The battle must take place on Mt Coronet otherwise Nosepass will not evolve into Probopass (an advanced form of Nosepass). The evolution into Probopass is successful, but then Team Rocket kidnap Probopass and take over his mind with their mind control machine. Alan, Ash and the rest of Ash’s friends join together to save Probopass.

This animation is part of the wider popular Pokémon (or Pocket Monsters) media franchise, which was created in Japan in 1996. In this episode Nosepass/Probobass have an electromagnetic energy force that they use to battle other Pokémon. Bizarrely, the main source of this power is located in the character’s big red nose. Combined with the hat, which Probopass wears and which resembles a pukao, this character would appear to have been influenced by the moai. Japanese popular culture has shown a significant interest in the moai and Easter Island and in a kid culture where power is acquired and employed, it is unsurprising that the moai have served as inspiration for such fantastic creatures.

Catherine Welsh

Jump to contents

Inazuma Eleven
‘Can they Defeat It! The Impregnable Fortress’
(episode 4, 2008)

A Japanese football team (Inazuma translates as lightning) face a series of unexpected obstacles and powerful opposition in matches that go far beyond the ordinary. The concept was originally a computer game, then a manga and anime television series – 127 episodes produced between 2008 and 2011 – with also four spinoff films released between 2010 and 2014. In this episode, the obstacles facing the Inazuma Eleven are immense as they try to win their game against a ‘fortress’ team called Minodouzan, whose route to goal is literally protected by a large castle-like wall and a colossal moai that suddenly rises up from the football pitch. An opposition player summons the moai through thumping his clasped hands on to the ground in a move called ‘mokkori oka no moai’ or ‘rising hill moai’.

The moai summoning functions in a manner similar to so much manga and anime in which powerful figures/objects – part of a protagonist or antagonist’s arsenal of weapons or defences – can be brought into the action out of nowhere. In this episode, the rising hill moai, an impenetrable object, appears primal and of the earth and is striking example of the myth of presence. Moai and football are an unlikely combination and the only other instance in which they have been united is in the Spanish comic Mortadelo y Filemón – World Cup 78 (reviewed below). Whilst not directly about football, mention should also be made of the Italian animation Strikeball Match on Easter Island (reviewed below).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Toot & Puddle
‘Swing Shift’ and ‘Doors, Drawers and Floors’
(episodes 1 and 5, 2008)

Puddle receives a postcard from Toot

Toot, the happy tourist on Easter Island

Toot and Puddle are two pigs who live in Woodcock Pocket with other animals, such as a kangaroo. Puddle generally likes to remain at home and explore the surrounding area, whilst Toot likes to travel to new places and countries – “the more places you go, the more you know” – sending and bringing back photos and souvenirs of his adventures. In the first episode, whilst Puddle tries to fix a broken tyre swing, toot visits Easter Island, mailing home a postcard of the moai and taking lots of photos whilst on Rapanui. This segment is brief and surprisingly conveys extremely little about Easter Island other than it offers a tourist destination.

An American-Canadian animation for National Geographic Kids, Toot & Puddle lasted for just one series of 26 episodes. It seemed designed in part to introduce children to the wonders of the world, whilst simultaneously maintaining the security offered by home. In episode 5, ‘Doors, Drawers and Floors’, it emerges that Toot had brought a small moai back home as it appears suddenly in a bathtub.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

La Pallastrike sull'Isola di Pasqua [Strikeball Match on Easter Island] (2008)

Nemesis' throne room, adorned with moai carvings

The stadium dominated by a central moai

Yara, Mike and Lez live in a city where a number of kids have mysteriously disappeared while playing strikeball, a ball game which is now forbidden. Despite the ban, they decide to go and train in that same square where the other kids have vanished, dominated by a moai statue at its centre. When the statue is hit by a ball, it suddenly comes to life: from its eyes a tremendous ray of energy emanates opening up a space-time vortex that swallows up the kids and transports them to Easter Island. There they come across three Mohip, moai-looking locals who welcome them revealing that the strikeball game was in fact invented on the island, where it is played with a flatball, that resembles a frisbee.

Unfortunately, Easter Island is ruled by an evil tyrant, Nemesis, who loves to organise strikeball matches. The problem is that whoever loses against his players, the so-called Moaia, is turned to stone. The Moaia suddenly appear and challenge the kids to a strikeball match; Yara, Mike and Lez lose and aided by the Mohip run away in order not to be captured by Nemesis' henchmen. The Mohip decide that they will challenge Nemesis and his team of Moaia to set their people free from the tyrant's yoke. They face Nemesis in his own throne hall adorned by many moai. At stake is Yara, Mike and Lez's freedom, and since the odds are against the Mohip, the kids decide to help them train for the big match.

The game eventually takes place in a packed stadium dominated by a giant moai and includes the kids who had disappeared from the city who have now been turned to stone. The Moaia resort to all sorts of tricks to win the game, and seem to have the better of the Mohip. Yet, when Yara enters the pitch, she drives the Mohip team to victory. Nemesis is thus defeated and the spell imprisoning the kids is broken. Yara, Mike, Lez and the other kids are transported back home, the Mohip are now the Island's heroes and Nemesis, together with his pet frog, is left to sell drinks and merchandise to the stadium crowds.

La Pallastrike sull'Isola di Pasqua is one of the last in a series of extended short animations that was produced in Italian by chocolate/ confectionary company Ferrero to promote its goods between 2001 and 2008. Available as a collectible inside Ferrero's Kinder range of chocolates and sweet cake packs, Pallastrike was also turned into a computer game and board game. The plot and theme is rather generic, showing a group of good kids championing values such as fair play, team spirit and sacrifice to help the locals defeat a ruling villain. This children's animation effectively unites Italy's football obsessed culture and its Roman history of gladiators in arenas where loss of life awaited the loser. Many of the ideas were echoed in the very British animation Early Man (2018), that combined cavemen, eccentricity, and football.

The setting of Easter Island for a soccer-like match in Pallastrike is an exotic one, and rather unexpected with the isolated Pacific locale also depicted as the home of this imaginary strikeball game. The moai on Easter Island are nothing more than ornamental statues, adorning Nemesis' throne and throne hall, the old abandoned stadium, and the new strikeball arena. By contrast, the statue in the city reflects the popular myth of moai as statues capable of coming alive, of wielding great powers and of functioning as a dimensional or spatial passage between different places. However, no explanation is given as to how or why the statue has ended up in this western city.

Nemesis is a pantomime villain who is often ridiculed, either through his passion for knitting or by the presence of his pet, a big frog that wears a Polynesian-styled koru-like pendant. In fact, Nemesis' attire more recalls the Incas than the traditional costumes of Rapanui, with one of the Moaia also dressed in a Mexican wrestling costume. Furthermore, the Island is depicted as covered in luscious vegetation from which the moai stick out, and is more in keeping with certain representations of the Mayan and Incan jungles that have been popularised by action and adventure fiction, such as those involving Indiana Jones. Such conflation of South American history with Rapanui is unfortunately common in popular culture. Beyond mere appropriation, the animation does not provide any insight into the culture of Rapanui.

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents

YooHoo & Friends
‘The Meerkat Conspiracy’
(season 1, episode 20, 2009)

A wooden fish tablet with rongorongo carvings, emits a special power

The YooHoo team look everywhere amongst the moai for the secret

The YooHoo gang arrive on Easter Island searching for another magical “Green Seed”, but the villainous meerkat brothers have followed them there and tie the team to the base of a moai. Worse still, they snatch the “seed pouch” in which the team have been storing other Green Seeds, which they have been collecting on their adventures. The meerkats go in search of the next Green Seed following the direction indicated by the magical light emitted from the seed pouch. At a cave with a closed entrance, the meerkats press a stone button bearing hieroglyphs, whereupon it reveals a miniature moai from behind a sliding panel and the door to the cave subsequently opens.

Deep within the dark cave the meerkats find a glowing Green Seed atop a pile of brightly shining crystals. The greedy meerkats decide to take not just the seed but all of the discovered treasure, which unbeknown to them immediately activates a wooden fish carving, bearing rongorongo, and which is positioned just outside the cave entrance. The carving glows brightly and triggers the door to the cave which closes shut, trapping the meerkats inside. This in turn sparks the moai that holds the gang captive. As the moai’s eye sockets glow, the team are set free, with the rope that holds them dropping magically to the ground.

Upon reaching the cave, one of the YooHoo team, Roodee, tries to decipher the rongorongo hieroglyphs on the fish carving, but finds the words it reveals – which include “rattlesnakes” and “flowers” – to be too cryptic. However, after a bit of time and effort, and using his encyclopaedia, Roodee manages to decipher the hieroglyphs which reveal that “the island is full of ancient treasure”. The rongorongo further reveals that the cave can only be opened from the other side of the island where a row of moai hold the secret. There, only one particular moai holds the “key” and that figure is facing in a different direction. The problem is that all the moai that they find at this particular location face the same direction, so the team spread out to solve the puzzle. It is only then that they discover a miniature moai buried in the grass. This figure is turned 180 degrees and it immediately opens the cave door. Behind it the YooHoo team find the meerkats asleep, who are forced to hand back the seed pouch. The YooHoo team fly out of Easter Island on their hang-gliders made of leaves to start a new adventure.

YooHoo & Friends is a South Korean made for television animation aimed at very young children. Sold globally and dubbed into numerous languages it grew from a range of South Korean plush toys that were marketed first in 2006. Each of these toys is based on an endangered animal with the ‘cute’ factor increased by giving the critters big exaggerated eyes. As part of the extended merchandising world of YooHoo, a series of children’s books were later released, with this Easter Island episode transferred into a storybook that makes a number of significant changes (reviewed below).

Whilst the magical Green Seeds are constant to both the animation and the storybook, the concept that Easter Island is also a location of special powers is present alone in the television episode. Roodee, a capuchin monkey, consults his encyclopaedia at several points to better understand Rapanui and on the first occasion he relays that “based on what I have read this is a magical island”. For moai act as devices to operate cave doors, and they also emit energy triggered by rongorongo. It is here, that the animation is most interesting with not only the rongorongo hieroglyphs introduced to a story for children of an early learner age, but unique within all moai fiction is the depiction in this YooHoo adventure of rongorongo on a fish carving. This artefact is based on the Concepción ika tablet, which can be seen in a Chilean museum. Alas, such a depth of research is partly spoilt by having the episode open with Latin American music on the soundtrack.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Simpsons, The Critic, Futurama, and American Dad

Sight gags and verbal references to Easter Island have occurred across a number of episodes of the popular television series The Simpsons, where the moai are used as easy references for an exotic and faraway holiday destination. In the episode ‘The Two Mrs Nahasapeemapetilons’ (season 9, episode 7, 1997), Moe mentions Easter Island as a place that he has been planning to visit “for years”, and his attraction to the location is further emphasised by an Easter Island T-shirt that he wears whilst working behind the bar. The T-shirt commercialises the island in a fantasy image that depicts two moai kissing, but the joke is on Moe, who in conversation with Homer appears unaware that there are “giant heads” on the island. In contrast, the much travelled Selma and Patty Bouvier have visited the island and a holiday snap appears in the episode ‘The Black Widower’ (season 3, episode 21, 1992), and a framed picture in ‘Much Apu About Nothing’ (season 7, episode 23, 1996). In the episode ‘The Wettest Stories Ever Told’ (season 17, episode 18, 2006), Bligh and his crew on The Bounty, disembark in Tahiti, where crew members that include Bart observe Easter Island heads being carved. The moai here are yet again short-hand gags for the exoticism of Polynesia, with Tahiti in the Simpson’s world able to unite a variety of South Pacific references into one location.


The producers of The Simpsons, Gracie Films, also made The Critic, a short-lived animation that lasted for just two seasons and 23 episodes between 1994 and 1995. In the series, there is a repeated gag about a boy from Easter Island who attends the United Nations High School in New York. The show’s surrealism extended to an awkward imagining of this native Easter Islander having a large moai-like stone head, its monstrosity and abstract form isolating and marking the child out from a number of social situations.



The Simpsons-inspired Futurama, similarly drew freely on popular culture and a simplified history of the world, with brief gags involving the moai. In the Emmy-nominated episode ‘Jurassic Bark’ (season 4, episode 7, 2002) the robot Bender aims to impress and show he can be like a dog, by fetching a large moai. The supposed difficulties in moving the moai and the distant location of Easter Island, make this ‘fetch’ particularly surreal. And in the episode ‘When Aliens Attack’ (season 1, episode 12, 1999), a group of moai appear at the tourist site Monument Beach, where other great monuments, such as Mount Rushmore and Big Ben, have been relocated since the 27th century thanks to the efforts of a super-villain. These beach-sited monuments positioned out of context echo the famous Statue of Liberty scene at the end of The Planet of the Apes (1968). But as aliens then proceed to destroy each monument, the scene also evokes the destruction in Mars Attacks! (1996).



A super-villian is also connected to Easter Island in the ‘For Black Eyes Only’ episode of American Dad (season 8, episode 13, 2013). As the second part of the 2-part episode ‘The Tearjerker Saga’, this is heavily indebted to James Bond and has CIA agent Stan Smith visiting Roger the alien in an Easter Island maximum security prison. Roger has various lives throughout the series, and in this episode he plays a bond super-villian, Tearjerker, who is so depraved that he is held captive in a prison cell deep under the ocean under Easter Island. Some of the world’s greatest maximum security prisons, such as Alcatraz and Devil’s Island, have been on inaccessible rocky lands, surrounded by sharks. The isolation of Easter Island within the Pacific, in shark-infested waters, lends itself to the surreal imagination of American Dad creator Seth MacFarlane. Once again within popular culture, Easter Island is fantasised as a location for a super-villian.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Scrat’s Continental Crack-Up (2010)

Between Ice Age: Dawn of the Dinosaurs (2009) and Ice Age: Continental Drift (2012), Twentieth Century Fox released a two-part short animation featuring Scrat, its popular acorn obsessed critter. In part one of this extreme adventure, Scrat pushes his acorn into the ground creating a vast fissure that takes him and the acorn all the way down to the Earth’s inner core. There, as he continues to pursue his precious acorn he manages to move the Earth’s tectonic plates and create the continents that are known today. And as Scrat is pinged around the Earth’s inner core, hitting its sides, he also manages to alter or create versions of several of the world’s most famous monuments – the moai of Easter Island, America’s Mount Rushmore and Egypt’s Sphinx – where this critter’s features are immediately imprinted into stone. The result sees a Scrat-moai joining a line of Easter Island statues. This absurdist fantasy is closest to Mars Attacks! (reviewed below), in which humour emerges from an outside force dramatically altering moai which for centuries had remained unchanged.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Phineas and Ferb
'Candace Disconnected'
(season 3, episode 10, 2011)

An alert on Perry's watch shows Candace in peril

Norm's old head transported to Easter Island feels at home amongst the moai

Having lost her fourth phone in four months, Candace is bereft after having her final replacement accidentally crushed. She asks Phineas and Ferb to build her a new one. Their version includes a voice activated transporter app, capable of moving the user to any location, providing they use the trigger phrase "go to...". While talking to her friend, who is watching a documentary about Easter Island, Candace asks her why anyone would want to go to Easter Island. The app translates her innocent question into a command and transports her to Rapanui. A shot of the island shows her standing atop a cliff, looking down at a range of heads looking out to sea.

Meanwhile, Dr Heinz Doofenshmirtz has invented a Pick'em up-inator to collect Vanessa from school in his stead. He also discovers Norm's prototype head in the basement, which he takes back to his lab. Back on Easter Island, a bird steals Candace's phone and takes it to her nest, forcing Candace to climb down a cliff in order for it to be retrieved.

Fortunately, a passing sea turtle is a secret agent and notifies Carl that Candace is in trouble. Carl alerts Perry the Platypus, who sends the Pick'em up-inator to the island. It grabs Candace just as she falls from a broken branch on the cliff face and returns her home, albeit without the phone. The Pick'em up-inator takes Norm's old head to Easter Island. There, deposited among the moai he exclaims, "finally, a place where a head can be a head".

Phineas and Ferb ran from August 2007 to June 2015, and was broadcast on the Disney Channel. It follows the adventures of stepbrothers Phineas Flynn and Ferb Fletcher. A sub plot explores the attempts of Perry to foil the schemes of Doofenshmirtz, a mad scientist whose inventions often go awry. The show uses a 'gag of the week' format to frame their adventures.

This episode uses Easter Island as an inaccessible destination to underscore how far Candace is transported, since there is no other narrative reason for the choice. Timbuktu is used as a second far-flung destination at the close of the episode. As with many other depictions of Easter Island, the local population is removed, which aids in reinforcing its status as remote. Yet Rapanui's apparent isolation is contradicted by the speed with which the Pick'em up-inator reaches Candace and returns her home.

The relatively short episode does not engage with the moai but it does connect in an abstract way with the island's cult of the birdman (tangata manu), with the bird egg replaced by a mobile phone. Candace's scramble down the cliff face recalls that of warriors at the start of the birdman race, though the competition is not emphasised. Few viewers would be directly aware of the cult of the birdman, turning the sequence into a simple adventure for the unaware.

Laura Sedgwick

Jump to contents

Total Drama World Tour
'Rapa Phooey!'
(episode 22, 2011)

The team's plane knocks over a moai on its inbound flight

The host for the series dresses as an islander to convey the challenges

When the remaining four contestants of Total Drama land on Rapanui, they are given indigenous headwear of different colours and told to collect the eggs of their own colour from moai-like statues, which feature the faces of the contestants that have already been eliminated in previous episodes (these are toppled like dominoes at the episode's end). Alejandro and Cody work together, as do Heather and Sierra. The four of them are then chased by a giant condor before being instructed to return the eggs to the bird's nest whilst simultaneously singing. Three of them fail, but Heather manages to return all her eggs and thus wins this particular competition. The contestants are then given a vote as to who will be eliminated, leading to Sierra receiving three votes against her. All four stay on, however, as it is revealed that nobody can be voted out this round.

Total Drama World Tour is the third season of the Canadian animation series Total Drama, in which nineteen fictional contestants compete in a game against each other in a range of challenges. Characters are also voted out of the competition, until only two remain to compete in the final. The third season, which is located in a different part of the world for each episode, brought in the new rule that the contestants must burst into song when a specific bell is wrung. The contestants are instructed throughout by the weekly host, who this time is dressed as a Rapanui man (in place of the island's complete lack of a local population) and whose surfer dude mannerisms are incongruous. Near the start it is conveyed that the island is a world heritage site, but only after the team's airplane has knocked over a moai on its way to landing on Rapanui. The airplane pilot does manage, however, to haul the moai back to an upright position, and miraculously all by himself.

Unfortunately, there is little depth to this children's programme which casually borrows the moai and the birdman race for an adventure which is inspired by the format of contemporary television programmes such as Shipwrecked, Coach Trip and Big Brother. The latter is especially referenced in the frequent cuts to the contestants' video diaries.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

Yu-Gi-Oh! Zexal
'A Dubious Duo'
(episode 42, 2012)

The powerful Chronomaly Moai is briefly introduced during the battle

Chronomaly Moai, a level 5 monster, as he appears on
the Yu-Gi-Oh! trading cards

Yuma and Kite play in a tag duel against the brothers Quattro and Trey in an attempt to rescue Kite's brother. During the battle, Quattro and Trey work as a team, defending each other and reinforcing their monsters. This is in contrast to the protagonists' team as Kite uses abilities that weaken his teammate. During his turn, Trey plays the card 'Chronomaly Moai' before sacrificing it in order to summon 'Chronomaly Machu Mech', a 'number' card with incredible powers. Due to Kite's arrogance and disinterest in playing as a team, he falls for the brothers' trap with the episode ending on a cliff-hanger.

Yu-Gi-Oh! Zexal is an anime series that ran from 2011 to 2012. It is based on the manga written by Yoshida Shin and is part of the Yu-Gi-Oh! franchise, originally created in 1996. Central to all versions of Yu-Gi-Oh! is the card game of the same name. Players use cards representing monsters, spells and traps to attack the other player, taking away their 'life points' until a player has no more. Yu-Gi-Oh! Zexal takes place in the near future, where a young boy named Yuma and the spirit, Astral, hunt down players with 'numbers', incredibly powerful cards that have the ability to possess the owners, in order to claim them and regain Astral's lost memories.

The card 'Chronomaly Moai' is a level 5 monster with a significant amount of power in both attack and defence. As a medium tier monster, one card must be discarded in order for it to be played. Its special ability is that if it is in attack mode when being destroyed, it can quickly change to defence mode. This use of a moai, depicted here with an immense jaw, implies its durability and strength as it is able to survive devastating attacks. Its defence mechanism also causes it to be seen as more a force of protection than an aggressor.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

Toriko
'Who are the Strongest Partners? Whole Island Cooking!'
(episode 131, 2013)

Toriko faces the giant Oyster Island

A golden light emanates from the opened oyster

As the cooking competition intensifies and enters its third round, the contestants are given a challenge to cook an entire island. Each pair has to choose an island and they range widely in nature. Komatsu has partnered with Toriko, a renowned Gourmet Hunter, and having collected the ingredients from their Gourmet Island, they realise that the greatest food riches and nutrients are actually within the sea. Toriko dives into the ocean and manages to retrieve a giant oyster, which is the size of an island. The oyster is covered in many moai, and after Toriko administers an almighty punch to its hard shell it opens up to reveal its delicious meat. The judges, the Gourmet Seven, taste all the meals cooked by the contestants and those that are put through to the next round include an elated Komatsu.

First appearing as a serialised manga in 2008, Toriko was made in 2011 as an anime for Japanese television that lasted for 147 episodes. This episode combines reality television with the contemporary craze for competitive cooking programmes, but all set within a futuristic gladiatorial environment complete with chefs with hyper-masculine bodies and magical powers. Within such a surreal concept anything is possible, including a giant Oyster Island unexpectedly covered in moai. The anime cares little for why or how these moai are on an oyster, but they help to add to its phenomenal appearance.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Doki
'Mysterious Moai'
(season 1, episode 14a, 2014)

A book on Easter Island provides the young Doki with advice

Doki and Oto arrive on Easter Island near ahu Tongariki

Anabella has made a totem out of modelling clay which proves too heavy to move without assistance. While pondering the solution, Doki draws their attention to the moai, establishing parallels between moving the giant stone figures and their totem. Reading from a book on Easter Island, Doki notes the origins of the moai in a quarry and their movement down to the shore some 22km away. The gang decides to solve a "famous mystery" – how were the moai moved – in order to address their own problem.

Oto and Doki fly to Easter Island (as an "expedition team") looking for clues to solve the mystery while the rest of Team Doki try out suggestions to move their totem at the clubhouse. They discount the use of magic or dragging the statue using a rope. After standing on a pencil, Doki realises the statues could have been moved using rolling logs. The group combine the use of a pulley – demonstrated earlier in the episode while moving a heavy tyre – and a skateboard to move their statue.

Doki is a Canadian children's television programme aired on Discovery Kids. It made its debut in April 2013 in Latin America and 57 episodes have been screened so far across three seasons. The show follows the adventures of Doki, a dog, and his friends, which include Oto the aardvark. Other episodes see the gang explore underwater shipwrecks in the Aegean Sea and play musical instruments at a festival in Rio de Janeiro.

Doki ponders the mystery of how the moai were moved

Oto and Doki re-imagined as moai

The educational content of this episode is higher than that of other children's cartoons involving Easter Island, with it addressing environmental and historical issues and physics. The programme has clearly engaged in a degree of research and it is sensitive to some cultural issues. For instance, the group point out that the moai are protected by law, preventing anyone from now touching them. However, the islanders are talked about in the past tense and Rapanui is depicted as abandoned.

Doki repeats the ancient legends of the islanders that "the statues walked to the shore", though the point is undercut by the irreverent image of Doki and Oto in moai form walking. Meanwhile, their joke that a giant moved the statues is a simple fantasy. Both theories are ultimately disproven through the gang's use of physics, grounding the transportation of the moai in reasoning. That said, in reality how the moai were transported is yet to be proven conclusively, with there being a number of existing competing theories. One of these theories does give the appearance of the moai moving as if 'walking', as the upright carvings could have been toggled into position using a coordinated group of rope pulling movements.

Laura Sedgwick

Jump to contents

Rick and Morty
'Something Ricked This Way Comes'
(season 1, episode 9, 2014)

Summer starts working at a new shop, 'Needful Things', that is run by the Devil. Inside is an array of strange, exotic and special objects ranging from shrunken heads to aftershave that can make men irresistible to women. On one side of the shop is a moai, part of the collection of items that people apparently desire most. Scientist Rick refers to the goods as "Twilight Zone, Ray Bradbury, Friday the 13th the Series, voodoo crap magic". Bradbury is also referenced in the episode's title with a play on his novel Something Wicked This Way Comes. The episode, however, borrows more from Stephen King's novel Needful Things, which is indebted to Bradbury's story.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Inspector Gadget
'Head Case'
(season 1, episode 14, 2015)

A variation on the pukao, with a moai wearing a hat similar to the one
worn by Inspector Gadget

Gadget, Penny and Brain arrive at Easter Island by flying car

With the use of dynamite, MADtana Dan who is working for the evil Dr Claw and the secret organisation M.A.D., reveals an ancient artifact that had been buried underground on Easter Island. Opening the casket he finds inside a helmet but he has no idea how it is activated, much to the frustration of Dr Claw, who desires its powers without delay. Inspector Gadget, a bumbling cyborg, is sent to Easter Island to investigate and intervene and flies in his car with his niece Penny and Brain, the dog.

Gadget arrives on Easter Island, which he foolishly believes is called "Easter Egg Land" and he is left wondering "where are all the eggs?". Admiring the moai he also wonders where "are their bodies…and their hats?", which he thinks have been stolen by Dr Claw. He wanders off to find their "hats…and chocolate eggs…and that Easter Bunny", but accidentally activates the helmet, which is being worn by MADtana Dan. Its activation awakens the moai, who rise up out of the ground. The movements of the moai are controlled by MADtana Dan, with the stone giants copying everything he does – this includes a moai being directed to grab Penny and Brain.

The evil Dr Claw watches from remote link the moai on the move

The moai echo Inspector Gadget's attempts to remove the powerful helmet

Completely oblivious to the moai threat, Gadget is not engaged until he receives his new car. This transforms at the push of a button into a giant robot (Transformers-style) and leaves him prepared to fight the moai. Unfortunately, in a simple blow a moai crushes the robot-car and then its fist pounds down repeatedly onto Gadget. Brain tries in vain to steal the helmet, though Penny successfully manages to infiltrate its frequency and she takes control of the moai before they can fly off to destroy a city. The helmet is dislodged and lands on the head of Inspector Gadget, who cannot see what is happening. The moai imitate Gadget's behavior, which includes flying high above Easter Island. As Gadget tugs at the helmet he pulls off his own head; the moai do likewise and consequently crash back down to earth, landing as detached heads on the island and narrowly missing a family of tourists. Dr Claw is defeated; he wonders how hard would it be to destroy Fiji.

Originally a popular children's television animation that began in 1983, and that was later made by Disney into a live-action film in 1999, the series was remade in 2015 using CGI. Alas, the quality of animation is poor and more akin to an inferior computer game, but Inspector Gadget remains the lovable fool who solves crimes by accident (and with the help of his assistants). He is a combination of the incompetence of Inspector Clouseau – from whom his fashion sense is borrowed – and the gadget enhanced James Bond.

The fact that he is a cyborg allows for a diversity of tools to appear from within his body and especially from his ever-present hat. It is this hat that is imitated in the opening credits, where a moai sports a new pukao (many foreigners see the pukao as a hat when it represents a topknot of hair) and which extends into a running joke with Gadget erroneously believing that the crime committed has been the theft of the hats for the moai. Much of the episode's humour is unoriginal, involving eggs and the Easter Bunny, as is the idea that the moai can be awoken and rise from the ground. Though the flying moai who pull off their own heads is a creative answer for how the stone heads appear dotted around the landscape.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Pichintún
‘Mana: Un niño Rapa Nui’ [‘Mana: A Rapanui Child’]
(episode 131, 2015)

Mana surveys his town, Hangaroa, and the surrounding land

Moai kavakava figures welcome the visitor to the Tapati festival

Mana, a Rapanui child, guides us on a colourful and musical journey around Easter Island and his town Hangaroa. As Mana walks along the island, and past a toppled moai, he describes his homeland as colourful with many flowers and fruits. The wind, however, is strong leaving him clinging to a tree before literally being blown away together with his pet pig.

This child describes one of the oldest traditions on the island, here presented as curanto, a cooking technique whereby seafood, meat, potatoes and vegetables are prepared in a hole which is dug in the ground. The bottom is covered with stones which have been heated in a bonfire until red. Mana speaks of the variety of fish around Easter Island, particularly the nanue, which is his favourite, and one called titebe, a balloon fish that inflates when threatened and can be poisonous.

Mana introduces us to Rapanui’s most important festival: Tapati. The festival began in the 1970s to promote the Rapanui culture and in particular for generating interest and a sense of identity amongst the children. During the festival, dancing and singing competitions take place, together with traditional sporting events such as swimming, canoeing, horse racing, haka pei (a sledge race employing trunks of the banana tree) and the island triathlon. The entrance to the Tapati main stage is framed by two wooden carvings of moai kavakava. There, Mana dances tamuré, a primarily male dance originally from Tahiti. His uncles paint his body with kiea - white, black and red paint. Mana proudly shows the painting of Makemake on his chest and manu tara/ the birdman on his back, which are similar to the carvings his ancestors made in stone.

Rapanui people love music. When they are together, Mana’s father plays the guitar, his mother sings, one of his brothers plays the drums and the other the ukelele. Mana loves singing too and playing football, but what he loves more is to row the vaka (outrigger canoe). Races are frequent, with Mana winning this one as his opposition come across a balloon fish that makes them stop right before the finish.

The episode ends at the line of moai with their pukao at the beach at Anakena. Mana says this is a sacred place – “they remind us of our ancestors” – and he builds his own miniature moai out of sand in homage to the stone colossi. There is a view at night, by the beach, as spirits appear to rise upwards from the moai forming the image of Makemake in the sky. The last image is a photo of an actual child, who is presumably the inspiration for the protagonist: Mana Henua Hugueño Araki, aged 10, who lives with his family on Easter Island.

Directed by Patricio Veloso for the Cultural and Education TV Department of CNTV (Chile), with a script by Juan José Parada, this 7 minute animation is intended for young children. It is part of the Pichintún series whch introduces the viewer to everyday scenes of life and culture of young children from the different Chilean ethnic groups – such as the Aymara and the Mapuche. A companion episode, Florencia: Una niña Rapa Nui (reviewed below), shows other aspects to Easter Island, but from the perspective of a young girl.

Mana: Un niño Rapa Nui is part of a welcome growing trend to show, in the context of education, the society of contemporary Rapanui or the myths and legends from the islanders’ perspective. Most of these texts are being produced regionally, within Rapanui itself or within Chile, a country which sees the island as part of its geopolitical territory. On one hand it is encouraging to see a positive engagement with contemporary Easter Island, but on the other hand the desire to contain Rapanui as an ethnic group of Chile is wrong. The Rapanui’s origins are Polynesian and not South American. This leads to some fundamental misdirections within the animation with the earthen cooking technique described as curanto, which is a Chilean word, when the practise which is similarly found in Polynesia is called on Rapanui umu pae. There is also a conflict in the depiction of Mana and other islanders, who are sometimes shown in contemporary clothes but elsewhere spend much of the animation (Mana in particular) wearing a primitive dress/ loin cloth. This can be excused in part by the Tapati festival which is a time of the year in which tradition is celebrated, but Mana’s entire time spent out of contemporary clothes (even at night and away from the festival) gives an unfortunate impression to the viewer, which in this instance is quite young.

Gerardo Rodríguez-Salas

Jump to contents

Pichintún
‘Florencia: Uua niña Rapa Nui’ [Florencia: A Rapa Nui Child]
(2015)

Florencia ventures underwater, swimming past sunken moai

A collage of snapshots of island life

A young Rapanui girl, Florencia Araki, is introduced along with a song that relays the sports that she enjoys: riding, snorkeling and canoeing. She states that she lives on Easter Island, a land of moai, which for her is always blue skies and white clouds. Florencia helps her father with his garden, planting fruits and vegetables. She explains how they sow, putting sticks next to the seeds to secure them against the wind and bricks around them for protection. They plant parsley, tomatoes and bananas.

Florencia provides a list of the animals they own – pigs, cows and horses – as she mimics each one. Next she rides her horse, arriving soon at the beach where both she (and unexpectedly her horse) snorkels. Underwater, she names various local forms of sealife, in particular the balloon fish and tuna. Then she bathes in a pool whilst speaking about the island’s turtles.

Her favourite place on the island is Anakena, and it is there whilst watching the moai with their pukao, that she explains their construction. She proposes that perhaps the Rapanui moved them with the aid of ropes and banana sticks. After sledging down a hillside with her father, she speaks about the Tapati festival, an event held every February, which attracts people from all over the world. The entry to the venue is framed by two moai kavakava figures. The party ends with fireworks and the election of the Tapati king and queen. Florencia, who loves dancing, looks up at the camera and says, “In my house, I am the queen”, before being embraced by her father. The animation concludes with images of the real Florencia (aged 9) singing, and an indication that she lives with her family in Hangaroa.

Very similar in structure, design and style to Mana: A Rapa Nui Child (reviewed above), this 7 minute short copies its sister animation, which was produced by the same company as a companion for an evolving Chilean television series aimed at young children. As companion films, Mana presents Rapanui culture from the perspective of a young boy, whilst Florencia is from the perspective a young girl. Such is the relation between the two that Mana and Florencia (along with their pet animals) even appear briefly in each other’s stories.

The Pichintún series attempts to unify the different ethnic cultures within Chile’s geopolitical territory, but in doing so it mythologises lands with utopian narratives established through the eyes of children. As Florencia swims underwater off the Rapanui coast she encounters a sunken moai, an experience that is found in reality, but where it exists as a fake placed in the sea by a modern diving company, which the programme fails to convey. Likewise, whilst the Tapati festival gives Rapanui the opportunity to dress and perform in traditional costumes, Florencia wears hers beyond the realms of the event, which gives a false impression that her clothes form part of her regular/ everyday appearance. The animation is, however, positive in its aim to include aspects of contemporary Rapanui life, from the domestic to the social, with the Tapati festival central. The body art of Florencia’s father is also notable with the motifs of Makemake and the birdman included on his chest and back.

Gerardo Rodríguez-Salas

Jump to contents

Go Jetters
'Easter Island'
(season 1, episode 34, 2016)

Tourists are drawn to the wondrous moai

Ubercron provides advice on Rapanui culture and history

The Go Jetter pilot, Xuli, is tasked with a quest to develop her navigational skills. Having requested "somewhere hard to find", she is given the coordinates to Easter Island, introducing young viewers to the concept of longitude and latitude. The point is repeated that there is "nothing there" at the location, underlining the remote nature of the island. The show's villain, Grandmaster Glitch, is also on Easter Island, ostensibly to enjoy its isolation. Instead, he finds himself overrun with tourists flocking to see the nearby moai. In frustration, he commands his robot helpers to build a new statue elsewhere on Easter Island to draw the tourists away. They build a giant neon pink poodle which Glitch destroys in a fit of pique. The Go Jetters arrive, wishing to see the moai for themselves. Seeing parts of the broken poodle hurtling down the hill, they employ their skills and use futuristic technology to save both the tourists and the ancient moai. With disaster averted, the Go Jetters take a group selfie in front of the moai.

Go Jetters is an animated television series for young children, aired on the BBC's CBeebies platform. The programme was originally only shown on its website as a one-off but its popularity led to a more traditional series-based format. Go Jetters is aimed at the 4-6 age group, and focuses upon teaching children about the countries of the world and their history. The first episode was aired in 2015, while a second series began in 2017. Created by Barry Quinn and Katie Simmons and produced by Boulder Media and Giant Animation, series one consisted of 52 episodes, and episode 34, 'Easter Island', first aired on 22 September 2016.

In each episode, the Go Jetters mentor, Ubercron (a brightly coloured unicorn), passes on information about each new destination with three "funky facts". The four Go Jetters are a combination, in part, of the Power Rangers and the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles, with their assembled powers and overseeing mentor. Each Go Jetter possesses different abilities, such as fixing things, gymnastics, or marked intelligence. The plots revolve around the Go Jetters thwarting the nefarious schemes of Grandmaster Glitch, a former Go Jetter cadet. Many of his plans involve locations associated with famous world landmarks, feeding into the educational remit of the show.

The moai in this episode are treated as cultural artefacts and represent the heritage of this remote island. Ubercron notes that the first settlers arrived on the island using their "amazing navigational skills", before telling the Go Jetters that the islanders built the moai to honour families and protect the island. Significantly, the educational nature of the programme aims to establish a number of facts, rather than the myths of Easter Island. That said, the island is depicted as largely barren and desolate, with no inclusion of the local Rapanui. Instead, the focus remains on the largely white horde of tourists that flock around the moai with cameras. The piece of modern art – the Jeff Koons inspired large pink poodle which Glitch's robots build – is quickly destroyed as worthless, with its broken remnants subsequently acting as a threat to the genuine works of wonder. As with the episode of the television animation Dilbert (see the review above), the existence of the ancient moai is threatened by absurd constructions of modernity.

Laura Sedgwick

Jump to contents

Dimension W
(13 episodes, 2016)

Locating Easter Island as the site of a great scientific disaster

Snow-covered moai line a coastal road

This television adaptation exhibits striking animation and it sticks faithfully to the original story published a few years earlier (see below). Frames, situations and dialogue are repeatedly directly copied from the manga, with a notable difference being the slightly changed order in which it cross-cuts to particular narrative strands. On encountering the moai in the manga, Mira stops to admire them and poses alongside. In the anime, the car is still forced to stop due to boulders on the road that need moving, but Mira is no longer drawn to the moai, whose backs now face the protagonists. In this adaptation, the attraction of the moai has been removed; they are kept in the background and are of even less interest for the narrative.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Pokémon: Sun and Moon
'Mallow and the Forest Teacher!'
(episode 39, 2017)

The twentieth season of the long-running Pokémon series was subtitled 'Sun and Moon'. The format followed previous seasons with the opportunity to introduce creatures, objects and devices with some ease. The tropical island location for Sun and Moon also allows for an engagement with images of exotica and is a strange mixture of Hawai'i – with "aloha" used as a greeting – Australia, Borneo and Sumatra with koalas and orangutans in the forest. With previous stories introducing moai-inspired images (see the review above) it is perhaps not a complete surprise to see a central character being suddenly replaced by a moai, with its frozen features helping to establish a protagonist's look of disappointment. The function of this occurrence can be understood through the myth of presence, where in popular culture moai can seemingly emerge anywhere.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Ollie & Moon Show
'Easter Island Art Adventure'
(season 1, episode 39, 2017)

Ollie and Moon, together with a slab of clay, arrive at a line of moai
seeking inspiration

Ollie, Moon and Sophia slalom down the slopes of Rano Raraku on their
banana tree sledge

Ollie and Moon are two cats that live together and who love to travel the world to understand other cultures. In this episode, the two cats are trying to make clay statues of each other in their back garden. Moon has finished hers, but Ollie is struggling whilst also impressed by the “amazing” statues on Easter Island that he sees in a book. With twelve hours left before the clay sets, Ollie and Moon take a plane to Easter Island – complete with the lump of clay in tow.

Arriving on Easter Island, Ollie and Moon are in awe of the line of moai at ahu Akivi. Moon poses in front of the moai, whist Ollie tries to sculpt her likeness. But Moon is an impulsive and easily-distracted cat, challenging Ollie’s attempts at creating art. A local called Sophia, who is a tattooed rhino, appears and tells Ollie and Moon of a Tapati festival that afternoon that features music, dance, food and a competitive race.

Knowledge of the festival further distracts Moon, making Ollie’s task even harder. Meanwhile, the islanders take a surfing break, followed by hill sledging on “banana tree trunks”. Unfortunately, Sophia loses control and as a desperate Moon tries to get out of the way she splatters into Ollie’s sculpture. Ollie, however, is not disappointed as he realises that the chaotic sculpture that he now has reflects the essence of the impulsive Moon.

Based on a series of books, this French children’s animation, consisting to date of 52 episodes, is like other children’s animation, such as Doki (reviewed above), in which Easter Island becomes a necessary destination to solve a local conundrum. However, unlike other similar examples of children’s television, Ollie & Moon combines animation and actual photography, but with moai often placed out of context: the moai which are found on the slopes of Rano Raraku are reused here numerous times and positioned rather freely. It is pleasing that the Tapati festival is mentioned, but there is no attempt to properly engage with the event. And Sophia the Rapanui rhino is certainly original, but on an island where all the characters are animals – including a lion, ostrich and a giraffe – narrative decisions are focused on the young audience for whom the animation is intended

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Wacky Races
'Easter Express'
(season 1, episode 4, 2017)

The Rapanui problematically presented as a primitive make-do culture

The giant alien moai awakens

The perpetual racers are on Easter Island. With the race in progress the mouth of a moai opens up and the competitors find themselves within a large cavern. There in front of them is a giant alien moai seated on a throne. Muttley steals a precious idol from an altar, which awakens the giant moai. The giant subsequently turns to the moai dotted around the island and commands them to awaken: "arise my brothers, the Earth is finally ours!". With laser beams from the giant moai's eyes the moai awaken and pull themselves out of the ground. They in turn blast laser beams at the Rapanui, "the puny heads", whose heads increase in size, causing them to topple over. The beams continue across the world causing humans to fall over as a result of growing big heads. It is left to the Wacky Racers to save the day, with Muttley and Penelope Pitstop combining to return the idol to the giant. The heads of humans everywhere return to their normal size and the moai are fixed back in the ground around the island landscape.

The dominant army of moai

From an isolated position in the Pacific, a powerful beam is emitted out
from Easter Island and across the world

With a number of racing computer games setting the action on Easter Island it is not surprising to find Wacky Races eventually drawn to the location. In this reboot of the popular children's animation, Hanna-Barbera incorporates the moai, where previously in its many cartoons and comics they had largely been ignored – unlike DC and Marvel who seem obsessed with Easter Island. The moai have multiple functions in this cartoon, from being the subject of puns and sight gags, such as a car pinging like a pinball against a collection of carvings, through to aliens that exhibit both the myth of power and the myth of movement, emerging from their slumber and having the ability to fire body-altering beams from their eyes.

Like other fiction before, the cartoon borrows from Indiana Jones with the theft of an idol, which commences a narrative strand of action and danger. It also borrows from tiki culture with Muttley, the committed tourist, wearing a Hawaiian shirt and lei flower garland. It extends to the depiction of the Rapanui, who are grass-skirt wearing natives. However, the representation of the Rapanui is extremely problematic, as it contains the locals within a Flintstone-like primitive make-do culture that includes a microphone consisting of a coconut on top of a bone, and an overweight male wearing a coconut bra.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Legend of the Three Caballeros
'No Man is an Easter Island'
(episode 5, 2018)

The moai are free to party

A male and female moai enjoy a cocktail

The moai are guardians preventing evil lava lizards on Easter Island from flowing out of a volcano and destroying the world. Two villains, the wealthy Baron von Sheldgoose, and his talking staff, that contains his imprisoned ancestor, the dark sorcerer, Felldrake, land abruptly on Easter Island. There, they manage to relieve the moai of their guardianship duties, by convincing them they should take a holiday. The joyous moai rise up out of the ground and party in a style akin to tiki culture and popular images of Polynesian beach vacations.

The lava lizards are now free to flow, but José, Panchito, Donald Duck, Ari the Aracuan bird and Xandra, the Goddess of Adventure, come to the rescue to stop the impending disaster. Through Xandra’s Golden Atlas, a book that contains information on mythological places, they are immediately transported to Rapanui. Donald’s inane movements inspire a new dance in the moai, whose stomping inadvertently causes the lava lizards to retreat back into the volcano and their queen to sink to the bottom of the ocean. Sheldgoose and Felldrake manage to escape and set their sights on another group of stones – Stonehenge. Meanwhile, with the moai back in the ground, Ari leaves them his boom box, to help with the boredom; the music-loving statues tapping their underground feet to the rhythm.

The Three Caballeros was a 1944 Disney live-action and animated musical feature film (Disney’s seventh animated feature), designed as an attempt to connect culturally with Latin America. Each of the three central characters/ the caballeros – Donald Duck, the Brazilian parrot José and the Mexican rooster Panchito – were reintroduced for a contemporary audience in a television series that began in November 2018 (premiering first in the Philippines, before a January 2019 release in Southeast Asia) and has so far established 13 episodes. The series sees the caballeros travel to different world locations, accompanied by Xandra, the now requisite Disney all-action princess. Many of these locations involve world wonders such as the Pyramids, the Nazca lines and Mount Rushmore.

The deep-voiced moai in this episode are presented stuck in a “rock-bottom job” committed to an “endless, boring, sacred duty” and in need of a vacation: as one declares, “I haven’t had a vacation in five hundred years”. They awaken with the introduction of a catchy musical number very much in keeping with a Disney style, that mixes entertainment, clever lyrics, energy and humour. Here, the partying moai – male, female, and a baby moai – limbo and conga dance, water-ski, water-slide, wear Hawaiian shirts and sunglasses and drink cocktails against a background of tiki torches and exploding fireworks. One, whose feet “are killing me”, even reclines in an easy chair. The humour borrows from the many comic strips and single frame cartoons that humanise the moai, whilst associating island life with a leisure culture that is more commonly depicted via Hawai’i within the Disney world. Previously, Easter Island as a party-like celebration of a tiki culture had only occurred in Joker: The Last Laugh (reviewed below), in which the villain also sought a vacation.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Nuku-Nuku
(20 episodes, 2019)

A moai tells the children how the carvings were moved

A young girl practices the string game kai kai

Funded by Chilean television, this series of 20 short Spanish-language episodes (each approximately 4 minutes long) is located entirely on Easter Island. Intended for children, the stories are presumably set in the very early 1950s, as the first episode features Roberto Parragué, flying the ‘Manutara’, which was the first plane to land on Easter Island, in January 1951. Alongside Parragué on this flight is a young Chilean boy, Martín, who leads the viewer through a range of cultural experiences.

The series is notable for its use of stop motion animation, which is interspersed with hand drawn/painted 2D animation, that are favoured for moments of storytelling, history and more complex motion. Episodes focus on a diversity of cultures and traditions and include the moving of the moai, the birdman competition, wood carvings, body paintings, sealife, food and cooking, the string game kai kai, and the origins of the Rapanui people. The series emphasises togetherness (nuku-nuku means to gather and come together), community and friendship with Martín sharing his adventures with three Rapanui children. It is designed as an educational programme and the filmmaker, Vivienne Barry, sees a connection with the Montessori approach to childhood learning.

The idea for the series came from workshops on Easter Island, where the Rapanui presented suggestions for the content. This has been carried through to production with numerous Rapanui involved in the crew. The music is authentic and performed by the Rapanui using local instruments, whilst the islanders provide the voices for many of the characters. Conceived as a programme in which the Rapanui presented their culture to an overseas audience it is part of a growing range of cultural products disseminating Rapanui life and legends from the perspective of the islanders. Other examples include the comic Varua Rapa Nui (reviewed below) and the children’s book Varua, A Boy of Easter Island (reviewed below).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

SpongeBob SquarePants (1999- )

SpongeBob and Patrick outside Squidward’s home

Mrs Tentacles’ home

There is a popular perception that a moai features in the episodes of SpongeBob SquarePants. The series draws repeatedly on cultural aspects of the Pacific, in particular Hawai’i. The references can be quite abstract and in this context both Squidward’s home and Mrs Tentacles’ home are more a fishtank version of a tiki than a moai. There are elements of a moai in these homes, such as the elongated head and high forehead, but not enough to make them a significant form within Moai Culture.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Ogú y Mampato en Rapa Nui [Ogú and Mampato in Easter Island] (2002)

An upright moai is carved out of the rock at Rano Raraku

Ogú and Mampato share a meal with Marama's tribe


A film adaptation of the popular comic by Themo Lobos, which was only Chile's second feature-length animation (and the first since 1921), Ogú y Mampato en Rapa Nui was also Chile's submission for Best Foreign Language Film for the 2002 Oscars. The film is also known as El Misterio en la Isla Encantada (The Mystery on the Enchanted Island) and Mampato: The Movie. For a plot synopsis, see the review of the comic below.

A proud Rapanui explains his culture

In the hall of the king, moai flank both sides of the room


Compared with other film adaptations this is very close to its source, yet there are important differences. The Rapanui men have been hyper-masculinised for the film and they now display broad and muscular chests. Consequently, they appear more heroic and noble and less comic, whilst the women in the film have been sexualised. The villain, the king/ Grand Chief is much darker – he now has pointy teeth and red skin, and resides in an imposing room with a line of moai flanking his throne. The film has added musical numbers – which would be less successful in a comic – and a man who constantly carries a guitar, an instrument that is anachronistic in a film set in pre-European contact times. The pineapple that Ogú finds is also out of place, originating from South America.

Mampato learns about the birdman through the rock carvings at Orongo

With the moai erected, the eyes are added to the face


There is less of the detail to the range of cultural artifacts of Rapanui, that was found in the comic, with references to rongorongo removed. The film, however, does add a moment where eyes are added to a newly erected moai, a ceremony that the Rapanui believed brought the carving to life. It is significant that the Rapanui were consulted in aspects of the film's production, which may explain some of the changes. Rapanui singer-songwriter Mito Manutomatoma wrote a number of the songs and performs here with his band Fusíon Rapa Nui. The music was in collaboration with Chilean guitarist Joe Vasconcellos and most likely explains the appearance of the guitar-playing islander.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Incredibles (2004)

Superhero Mr Incredible attempts to infiltrate the inner realms of the island hideout of the villain Syndrome. In one room, he is faced with a giant curtain of molten lava, bookended by two monolithic moai. Mr Incredible picks up one of the moai with the aim of using it to split the lava curtain. Just as he is about to make his dramatic move, the curtain parts to allow a female assistant from the other side to casually enter the room.

The design of the space in this brief scene appears inspired by the post-war boom in tiki bars and restaurants that frequently combined volcanoes and moai. It is in keeping with the look of the rest of the film, which director-scriptwriter Brad Bird said was a homage to the popular culture of the 1960s. The immense size of the moai, which dwarfs the superhero, is necessary not only for the ominous task but to emphasise the strength of Mr Incredible, who just about manages to carry the carving.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Sergeant Frog the Super Movie 5 (2010)

The island's town, Hanga Roa, is introduced

Sergeant Frog imagines his army of mechanised moai

An adaptation of a Keroro Gunso (Sergeant Frog) manga, this feature length animation was shown widely at cinemas in Japan – its country of production. The fifth film in a highly popular animation franchise, it is up to a point a faithful adaptation – see below for the review of the original manga story.

A 75-minute film permits greater opportunity to expand and explore a story that was originally a relatively short manga. Half of this adaptation is devoted to an extended battle between Sergeant Frog (a harmless extra-terrestrial army-styled frog now living on Earth) – along with Fuyuki, a Japanese boy, and their companions – and a giant aku aku creature that threatens to destroy everything. The film, unlike the manga, has Sergeant Frog's special platoon of soldiers, each with their own unique skill, absorbed into the aku aku, giving it increased strength and power.

Io and Rana are told to respect the island's cultural heritage

Moai kavakava appears during an extra-sensory experience


Moreover, the film adds a monolithic moai-faced mountain (bearing carvings of tangata manu/ the birdman) that erupts out of the ground, and that acts as a form of transmitter. As it shoots a laser beam into the sky, it is encircled by a series of rongorongo hieroglyphs. This releases from far out in space an army of golden moai (made from star fragments), with each etched on their torsos tangata manu patterns. These moai hurtle to Earth and are stopped by Sergeant Frog with moments to spare.

Assisting Sergeant Frog and Fuyuki are two Rapanui children, a boy and girl, who look like twins and are called Io and Rana, which combined translates as "hello", in the indigenous language. These children are the ancient power of the island, its "mana", who have taken human form. In the original story there was just one child, a boy; the film creates a gender balance, but it also populates the island with a community, albeit one that appears for a small section of the film. Here, contemporary Rapanui women are seen in the island's town of Hanga Roa, with a group of children also engaged on their way to school. A problem with the manga was that it had shown just one Rapanui on the island – the boy spirit – which was as good as suggesting the island was uninhabited. The manga had also made this Rapanui boy unintelligible; for much of the story he speaks in rongorongo that not even a special device, a translation badge, can decipher. Yet, in the film, the same badge now works and the Rapanui are therefore understood.

The moai mountain encircled by rongorongo begins to transmit

The outer space army of golden moai descend on Earth


Like the manga, the animators appear to have researched the moai and the geography of the island. In addition, the animators of the film have depicted with some accuracy aspects of buildings in Hanga Roa, including the main church. It is positive that a number of the bad mistakes in the manga have been addressed and corrected, with makemake no longer conflated with tangata manu. Both appear at various points in the film, with Io and Rana first appearing wearing moai kavakava masks. The character reappears in an extra-sensory experience, where he is re-interpreted by the story as a "mana" or power residing within a moai. That moai is levitated through the touch of Io and Rana and is a source of energy, with other moai realigned to acts as weapons to destroy the aku aku. Like the original manga there is some sensitivity to the heritage of the island, with Io and Rana told by Fuyuki that they should not touch the moai.

Creative additions made by the film to the manga include the miniature moai figure – which motivates the journey to Easter Island – now depicted in the shape of Sergeant Frog. And always looking for a new military opportunity, Sergeant Frog re-imagines Easter Island as a Thunderbirds-inspired island complete with launch sites that will be his new base of operations. Later on, he fantasises that within the crater of Rano Raraku he could build his own army of mechanised moai. These are clearly shown to be the foolish imaginings of a driven but lovable anime character.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Pirates! In an Adventure with Scientists!, The Adventures of Tintin, and Hop

The Pirates! In an Adventure with Scientists!

The Adventures of Tintin

The 2012 claymation comedy The Pirates! In an Adventure with Scientists! (in the US titled: The Pirates! Band of Misfits) continues an interest in Easter Island that was previously shown by the producers Aardman in an episode of the animation short Rex the Runt. This feature-length film includes two short scenes featuring moai, one of which also shows Easter Island’s location on a map. In this film, the Pirate Captain and his crew team up with Charles Darwin to try to win the Pirate of the Year Award, while attempting to avoid the pirate-hating Queen Victoria. During the opening credits sequence, the pirate ship is shown crossing the globe and visiting certain islands and continents. Upon arrival on Easter Island, the ship knocks over several moai as if they were bowling pins (a gag found previously in the film Mars Attacks!) and continues on its way. In a later scene at Darwin’s home filled with artefacts collected during his sea voyages, the pirates are chasing after the thief of the Captain’s dodo bird when they fall into a bathtub which then crashes through the floor and slides at speed down the staircase. A moai is in the corner of the landing into which the bathtub collides, causing it to tumble face-first down the stairs. As exotic figures in the home of the founder of the theory of evolution, the moai alongside the dodo is an unusual pairing that briefly unites two powerful island myths.

In The Adventures of Tintin (2011), the most well-known moai which is now in the British Museum, Hoa Hakananai’a, appears in the background of a scene which takes place at the palace of the wealthy merchant Omar ben Salaad, in the fictional city of Bagghar, Morocco. The opera singer Bianca Castafiore is performing for ben Salaad and his guests, and many of his prized possessions can be seen behind Bianca as she sings. Similar to The Pirates!, the appearance of the moai in The Adventures of Tintin is rather brief and merely illustrates the importance of the owner.


Easter Island, the home of the Easter Bunny's candy factory in Hop

E.B leaves home by climbing down a moai's nose

Using Easter Island as the location of the Easter Bunny’s home and workshop is a recurring theme in fiction. It is not surprising that the Easter-themed film Hop (2011) places the Easter Bunny’s candy factory on the island. The Easter Bunny and his son, E.B., are shown entering the underground factory through the mouth of a moai, which lowers its lips to reveal an elevator. Later, the young E.B. decides that he does not want to replace his father as the next Easter Bunny and runs away to Hollywood instead to pursue his dream of becoming a drummer. Climbing out of the moai’s nose using a rope, E.B. enters a circle of moai facing each other where he chooses his destination on a computer screen. The eyes of the moai begin to shine and a hole opens in the ground in the centre of the circle into which E.B. jumps in order to be transported to Hollywood. This circle of moai is shown again when the Pink Berets, the royal guards, are sent to Hollywood to bring E.B. back to Easter Island. The moai are employed in this fiction as objects of power and mystery able to create a portal to another land. They are also a part of a common fantasy that the moai are supposedly hollow and contain secret lairs.

Jennifer Wagner

Jump to contents

Minions (2015)

Following the success of Despicable Me 2 (2013), Universal Pictures and Illumination Entertainment made a spin-off feature film, Minions, starring the lovable yellow critters. At the home of supervillain, Scarlet Overkill, Minions Kevin, Stuart and Bob are shown a room full of treasures: “just a few things I stole to help fill the void”, Scarlet informs. The room is filled with golden treasure and artworks that include Michelangelo’s David and Andy Warhol’s Campbell's Soup Cans. There is also in this treasure room a moai, with the suggestion that it too is unique, priceless and highly desirable. Its brief appearance is similar to a scene in The Adventures of Tintin, in which the power of an individual is underlined by the ownership of a moai.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Fiction Films (excluding animation)

Der Goldene Abgrund. Schiffbrüchige des Lebens [The Golden Abyss. Castaway of Life]
(French release title: Rapa-Nui; Italian release title: Atlantis; Austrian release title: Frauen im Abgrund [The Woman of the Abyss])
(1927, directed by Mario Bonnard)

Based on the novel Rapa-Nui by André Armandy (see the review below) this is the earliest known film to feature Easter Island. An adventure-romance – a common fiction of the time – it has only recently been restored and screened publicly after long being unavailable. The director, Mario Bonnard, had fled to Germany from Italy following Mussolini's coming to power in 1922, and was subsequently hired for this German/French co-production (the third of his films for the German film industry). Filmed in studios near Berlin and on location in Sicily and Rome – which provided the necessary exotic foreign land – the eruption of the volcano, however, was stock footage taken from an earlier film depicting Mount Vesuvius.

The film is relatively faithful to the original novel, but there are some key differences. In the novel, the heroine, Oedidée, the daughter of a sun god, is the last survivor of an all-powerful ancient race of superior humans, that lived on a continent (of which Rapanui is all that remains) and which disappeared in a natural disaster. In the film, Oedidée is divided into two women – twin sisters – who were separated at birth following a maritime disaster, with one sister Jola (renamed Oedidée in the French version) rescued and living on Rapanui.

The film's sex and violence pushed the boundaries of the time, with the German censor, for instance, requiring six cuts to intertitles and specific scenes. Internationally, The Golden Abyss, which was titled differently across its markets, received mixed reviews, especially regards the performance of the cast – which included notable stars of the period such as Liane Haid, who played both twins. A German critic interestingly described this Gothic adventure as a cross between Edgar Allan Poe and a Karl May western.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Aloma of the South Seas
(1941, directed by Alfred Santell)

Aloma (on the right) relaxes at a pool surrounded by moai

As the volcano erupts the islanders flee

As children, Tanoa is betrothed to Aloma, by his father, the king of a Pacific island. Soon after, Tanoa travels to the USA to acquire an education. Fifteen years later, the king dies and Tanoa returns to take the throne, but Aloma has been having romantic meetings at a secret pool with Revo, Tanoa's cousin and childhood friend.

Revo is the film's villain and he casually murders a man, shooting him from distance, to maintain his control of Aloma. Tanoa learns of the crime and after a fight with Revo banishes him from the island. However, Revo returns for Tanoa's coronation and shoots dead the priest, who is conducting the service. Revo then begins firing on the islanders from above with a machine gun. The island's volcano erupts, spewing rock and molten lava, apparently angered by Revo's crimes. The islanders flee, Revo is killed by a rock fall, and Tanoa saves his wife, Aloma.

Released less than four months before Japan's attack on Pearl Harbor, which brought America into a war in the Pacific, Aloma of the South Seas is the second time that LeRoy Clemens' Broadway play of 1925 had been filmed (the previous occasion was in 1926). The film betrays its theatrical origins and is very staged and constrained as a production. The island action and sets are clearly studio-based, with the landscape behind appearing on an obvious canvas. The studio setting was also the result of the film's aesthetic choices, with this being an early three-strip Technicolor film (the first feature, Becky Sharp, filmed entirely in this process had been only six years earlier; The Wizard of Oz, just two years earlier). Filming in a studio enabled the control of the colours in front of the camera and this is maximised through an array of Pacific island artifacts, not least the fabrics (including the sarongs) and flowers on display. The film was subsequently nominated for an Oscar for Best Cinematography.

It was also nominated for an Oscar for Best Visual Effects, presumably for the scenes at the end where the volcano erupts. In retrospect these are poor and film critics at the time were not convinced, nor with the film as a whole. The two lead actors, Dorothy Lamour and Jon Hall, were taken from another more successful Pacific island production, John Ford's The Hurricane (1937), and were recast for a film that was clearly looking to exploit that screen partnership and the increasing appeal of Technicolor (despite its expense). From the performance, musical numbers and design, the film feels forced and is unconvincing with the images of the Pacific an awful hash of cultures and myths from Hawai'i, French Polynesia, Samoa and Easter Island (with seemingly bits of Africa and Ancient Greece included). From Easter Island, the moai are borrowed and they first appear in the last third of the film dotted in and around a pool and a ceremonial space. Some are toppled and crushed when the volcano erupts and they largely function, like so much else, as set decoration.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Wake of the Red Witch
(1948, directed by Edward Ludwig)

In the early 1860s, Captain Ralls of the 'Red Witch' sinks his ship, with the help of first mate Sam Rosen, sending its cargo of gold to the depths of the Pacific. The two later claim that the ship was wrecked somewhere else, not giving the real location to the shipping company. After Ralls and Rosen are lured to an island where they find the head of the shipping company, Mayrant Sidneye, waiting for them, they realise they have been trapped for their knowledge of the Red Witch's whereabouts. Sydneye and Ralls appear to have a more personal rivalry, however, leading to Rosen becoming suspicious.

During a dinner, Sidneye tells Rosen their past. The film then enters a long flashback where Sidneye finds Ralls adrift in the ocean and lets him aboard his boat. Ralls tells Sidneye about a treasure on a certain island and the two make course for it. At the island, Ralls is seen by the natives as the son of their god. This is furthered when he kills an octopus that has been terrorising the natives and brings a box of pearls from its lair. Whilst on the island, Ralls also falls in love with Angelique, the niece of a wealthy American. During a religious festivity Angelique's uncle tries to tell the natives that Ralls is not the prophet they think before attempting to shoot him. Ralls punches the man, and with a single blow he is killed falling into a fiery pit. Angelique is horrified and Ralls leaves the island, with Sidneye taking the pearls and making Angelique his wife.

After the story is told, Rosen leaves but is approached by Sidneye's niece, Teleia, who tells him that Ralls did reunite with Angelique and he was still the man she loved. Teleia and Rosen then try to help Ralls escape the island but the plan is foiled. Ralls tells Sidneye the location of the 'Red Witch' in exchange for Rosen and Teleia's freedom. The wreck, however, is teetering on an ocean floor ledge, and would be such a perilous mission that Sidneye's men refuse to go down to retrieve the gold. Ralls is persuaded by Sidneye to go down instead. He manages to retrieve some of the gold before the ship falls off the ledge, taking Ralls to the bottom of the ocean to drown.

An adventure film and star vehicle for John Wayne, Wake of the Red Witch was made by Republic Pictures on a relatively high budget in the hope that the studio could rise from the identity it had for 'B' grade productions. The film was based on the first novel by Garland Roark, who would become known for his seafaring adventures.

A single moai appears in just one part of the film, during a ceremony, where it is designed to add an element of the exotic and esoteric to a faraway event. Like other Hollywood films of this period, such as Aloma of the South Seas (see review above), Polynesia is raided for a mixture of images, culture and ideas, that includes the islanders wearing the Hawaiian lei and Hawaiian surfing legend Duke Kahanamoku in a supporting actor role. The islanders' belief that Ralls is the son of a god is also seemingly borrowed from Hawai'i, where Captain James Cook had once briefly been elevated to a deity. For its time, the moai is an unusually good rendition of those on Rapanui, but it acts as a background figure that would appear to be worshipped and is just placed in front of a fiery pit to loom large over the scene in which it appears.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

Mothra (1961)
(1961, directed by Honda Ishirō)

In a ritual to awaken Mothra, the Polynesians perform in
front of moai-like carvings

A Japanese scientist explores a cave of strange plants, where a moai is also positioned

A vessel near the Caroline Islands is caught in a typhoon and shipwrecked. Some of the crew are discovered on a Polynesian island that has been used for nuclear testing. It was believed that the island was uninhabited but natives remain and are immune to the high radiation due to a special juice drink. A Japanese expedition to the island is undertaken but many of the locals are shot at and killed. The natives turn to the revered Mothra, a giant caterpillar/moth, for protection. In a ritual involving chanting and dancing, Mothra is hatched from a huge egg.

Either the film's geography is very wayward or the typhoon must have been powerful as the ship is blown a vast distance from Micronesia to Polynesia. Whilst in reality the Japanese have never have been allowed to conduct nuclear testing, this fantasy borrows from the actions of the French and imagines islanders who were left behind despite planned evacuations prior to the tests. It is an original element of this film's fiction, but the other points of reference are an awful muddle. The Polynesians are poorly disguised Asians, who are depicted as primitive (almost stone age) islanders. Little if any research has been conducted for cultural accuracy with the ritual dancing unlike anything in Polynesia, or the wider Pacific islands. The giant man-attacking plants and two miniscule island women, who can fit into the palm of a hand, extend the fantasy's extremes.

During the ritual to awaken Mothra two large moai carvings are visible in the background, but they are nothing more than basic artefacts meant to signify a Polynesian culture. Reference is briefly made to a lost continent that apparently united Polynesia, which borrows from the legend of Mu. Furthermore, a Japanese expert discovers in a cave an unknown writing system, which loosely connects with rongorongo, and in this instance is deciphered using other Polynesian languages.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Lt. Robin Crusoe, U.S.N.
(1966, directed by Byron Paul)

Wednesday approaches the great god Kaboona

Flames shoot from Kaboona, in an attempt to scare the islanders

Lieutenant Robin Crusoe, of the United States Navy, is forced to eject from his airplane over the Pacific Ocean, 300 miles west of Port Moresby. He drifts at sea for more than 4 days until he finds an island that appears deserted. As well as discovering the wreck of a Japanese submarine and a NASA space chimp on the island, he also encounters a huge statue, called Kaboona, a “great god” that apparently only speaks to a visiting chief. This empowers the chief, giving him control of all the women in his tribe, keeping the men in servitude and having a system of sacrifices. Crusoe finds a secret back entrance into the hollow statue and by using a series of devices found on the Japanese submarine he is able to project his voice from within Kaboona and create effects where its eyes flash red and green, and fire and then water are shot from its mouth. The ruse is exposed, but with the chief trying to regain control his men flee in panic as the Japanese flares within Kaboona accidentally explode. Finally, as all sides reconcile, the chief says he wants his daughter to marry Crusoe; the American has other plans and he and the astro-chimp escape the island whereupon they are rescued by a US Navy helicopter.

Of the many film versions of Daniel Defoe’s castaway story Robinson Crusoe, this Disney production most revisits the Douglas Fairbanks 1932 adventure film, Mr Robinson Crusoe. Both feature spirited Americans who ingeniously (and rather implausibly) craft modern-day amenities and a comfortable standard of living from the island’s resources. Of the two, Lt. Robin Crusoe, U.S.N. is more of a comedy, albeit an inane family film, with Dick Van Dyke in the lead role. The astro-chimp, which Crusoe calls Floyd, is a topical inclusion to the story at a time of the USA-USSR space race, whilst the chief’s daughter (played by Hong Kong-American Nancy Kwan) is given the name Wednesday. Together, the three become Disney’s own Tarzan/Jane/Cheetah. Socially and politically, the film is also interesting for its overt inclusion of protesting island women, complete with placards – including “We Fight for Rights” – demanding equality, at a time when the feminist movement of the 1960s was in its infancy.

The island is unnamed and in the cultural mélange it sucks in a wide variety of sources. The women appear Asian-American, some perhaps even Micronesian, the men wear giant masks that belong to Papua New Guinea, and the outriggers are arguably more Polynesian. Unsurprisingly for an American film, the biggest source of ideas for this Pacific-set fantasy is Hawai‘i, visible for instance in the dancing and lei flower garlands. Moreover, Kaboona is inspired by the Hawaiian word kahuna, which itself is a modern invention from the Hawaiian language which has come to mean a shaman or sorcerer (often also associated with sacrifices). This great statue is a remnant of another civilisation, with vines growing over its features suggesting an ancient past. Hawai‘i and Polynesia have their tiki carvings, but this statue – its circular mouth aside, which the film employs to dramatic effect – bears the greatest resemblance to the moai of Easter Island.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Boom!
(1968, directed by Joseph Losey)

On a secluded island in the Mediterranean, a young man named Christopher Flanders arrives unannounced, seeking Mrs Goforth, a rich widow of five husbands who lives there, and who rules over both her servants and the nearby villagers. After Flanders is attacked by her dogs, Mrs Goforth takes him in and becomes intrigued by this stranger. A friend tells her that Flanders has been nicknamed "the angel of death", due to his history of being present at the end of a number of rich old women's lives. During their time together, Mrs Goforth decides to take Flanders as a lover but warns him that he was mistaken to believe her death to be near. Eventually she succumbs to illness, however, and dies with Flanders by her bedside.

Boom! is adapted from the Tennessee Williams play The Milk Train Doesn't Stop Here Anymore. It stars the then-married couple Elizabeth Taylor and Richard Burton, although the characters they play are supposed to have a much bigger age gap. Noel Coward also appears in a supporting role as 'the witch of Capri', an old friend of Mrs Goforth. The film failed to make a profit at the box office and received mostly negative reviews. It was the third of Taylor's four Tennessee Williams films, but she could not rekindle the success of her earlier adaptations Cat on a Hot Tin Roof (1958) and Suddenly, Last Summer (1959). Its main attraction was the on-screen partnership of Taylor and Burton. By 1968, Taylor was on the fifth of her eight marriages (two eventually with Burton), such that it was not difficult to see some parallels between Taylor and her on-screen character, Mrs Goforth, a serial-marrier.

Moai appear in a number of shots, on the cliffs overlooking the sea. They are often in the background and are part of the wealthy-lifestyle of Mrs Goforth, suggesting opulence. Along with the cryptic dialogue and elaborate costumes, such as Flanders' samurai garb, the moai also add to the otherworldly atmosphere of the film.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

Chariots of the Gods
(1970, directed by Dr. Harald Reinl)

Two years after the publication of Erich Von Däniken's best-selling book, Chariots of the Gods?, and a year after his book Gods from Outer Space, this West German documentary adaptation was produced. The film benefitted from an international release and a cultural climate in which the books had remained very popular. Von Däniken's book claimed the word's ancient wonders showed proof of alien visitation. Seven minutes of the ninety-minute documentary focuses on Rapanui, with the segment drawn first to the birdman petroglyphs at Orongo, accompanied by the absurd suggestion that the carvings of a bird head with beak on a human body, could actually be of "helmets equipped with oxygen masks". Unsurprisingly, the documentary is also fascinated by the moai and in a mixture of fabrication and twisted fact the viewer is erroneously advised that the moai were carved from extremely tough rock that stone tools would barely scratch, that Rapanui has strong magnetic forces across the island landscape and that two priests, who then suddenly disappeared, moved the moai using the power of flight. Despite a few verbal references to the islanders, they are not shown and the island appears barren and windswept, the point underlined by an exaggerated sound of the wind on the film's soundtrack. The moai are foregrounded on the film's artwork, with two large heads looming over Egypt's pyramids. One moai looks skywards turned towards a rocketship that is blasting into space and beyond the poster's frame. The watching moai is most aligned with space travel, making clear the proposal that the archaeology of Easter Island is of another world.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Les Soleils de l'île de Pâques [The Suns of Easter Island]
(1972, directed by Pierre Kast)

The celestial encounter aligned with a row of moai

In different countries, seven people/ six strangers with extraordinary minds are undertaking areas of research attempting to understand celestial patterns and special phenomena. These include Norma, a Brazilian astronomer who has been studying the positioning of statues at a church, which she comes to realise present a map to the stars; Helvio, a Chilean entomologist; and Alexandra who borrows a plane to observe newly discovered Nazca lines. Each suddenly experiences an intense hallucination – rapid images of world civilisation combined with brightly coloured shapes, ending with an image of a moai – which leaves them with a small shiny disc embedded in the palm of their left hand. Following the hallucination each feels compelled to journey to Easter Island.

The individuals become acquainted in Chile, where they realise they are not alone in their strange experience, and travel by ship together to Easter Island. On arrival, they explore the archaeology, and enter a cave where they meet in the darkness the "Guide", who has been expecting their arrival. Emerging from the cave they rest at the site of ahu Tahai, awaiting a visitation from outer space/ an "extreme elsewhere".

There, six of the group (three men and three women) stand in front of the six plinths/ five moai at ahu Tahai, with six glowing yellow circles hovering above each spot. The celestial visitors communicate telepathically with the six humans and learn of the state of the world. A rapid montage of images is conveyed, which emphasise conflict and death, and enough to deter the celestial visitors from establishing further contact on this occasion. It is time for the six chosen people to depart Earth and they say farewell to the seventh member, a psychologist, who is witness to this extraordinary event. He will wait in the cave for the next visitation in 500 years time.

There are surprisingly few fiction feature films that have been set on Easter Island. This French production was the first to be actually filmed there and is the only art-house example. It has a cult following for its esoteric quest, obsession with form and style, and an experimental synth soundtrack. The central characters are introduced separately and then joined in different combinations, most notably on board a ship, before becoming a group that walks and moves in unison. The film predates Close Encounters of the Third Kind, and it belongs with the radical French cinema of Jean-Luc Godard and of Chris Marker's La Jetée, with its abstract science fiction. Les Soleils de l'île de Pâques is very much of a period of a fascination with cosmic intelligence, which was popularised in Erich von Däniken's best-selling Chariots of the Gods?. This was a book which promoted a theory that ancient sites, monuments and artifacts, such as those on Easter Island, are evidence of visitation a long time ago from extra-terrestrials.

In this fantasy, the moai function as beacons for unearthly telepathic communication. Easter Island dominates just the last third of the film, where the production becomes almost a tourist adventure/documentary exploring the island by foot and on horseback, whilst relaying archaeological details. Throughout, the group encounter on the island just one priest and a group of children, who are playing amongst a line of moai. The other islanders and the tourists are absent. The latter is perhaps understandable when in 1972 few had the opportunity to visit Easter Island.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Godzilla vs Megalon
(1973, directed by Fukuda Jun)

The Godzilla series of films are Japan-centric, yet this should not disguise the fact that the narratives are fantasies born from the wider Pacific. Godzilla is a creation of nuclear testing in the Pacific and Pacific islands feature throughout the series. Godzilla vs Megalon emphasises the high impact of nuclear testing (by foreign powers) in the Pacific, with earthquakes at the start of the film. The testing is also destroying the ancient kingdom of Mu/Lemuria, referred to here also as Seatopia, which is located under the Pacific Ocean. A third of their three million year old peace-abiding kingdom has been destroyed, so they awaken Megalon to annihilate the human race (with the help of an old Godzilla foe, Gigan).

Mu is a mythical kingdom, which was created by James Churchward in the 1890s (with his first such book published in 1926) in an attempt to convince people of a possibility of a lost continent of the Pacific, similar to Atlantis. Churchward presented Easter Island and the moai as remnants of Mu, and all that remains visible of the sunken continent. Godzilla vs Megalon continues the association with the citizens of Mu communicating with Easter Island, which is represented here by the line of moai at Tongariki. Mu itself is a futuristic vision very much design-dependent on the ideas of modernity of the early 1970s, with the sets and costumes all pure whites and silver. There is within this civilization a distinct cult of the moai, with a large silver moai standing over the citizens of Seatopia as they worship and dance at its feet. Such scenes are brief and appear to have been inspired in part by Beneath the Planet of the Apes, made three years earlier, with its hidden and evolved civilization who worship an atomic bomb.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Sky Pirates
(1986, directed by Colin Eggleston)

Lieutenant Harris and Melanie in a publicity shot for the film

In ancient times, extra-terrestrials visited Earth and scattered artefacts across the globe, at Stonehenge, the great pyramids of Egypt, and the moai of Easter Island. Buried at the base of one moai was a sacred tablet that held a great energy, which if harnessed could be used for either good or evil. In 1886, a band of grave robbers dug up this tablet and split it  into three pieces. Only when pieced back together, can the true power of this extra-terrestrial key be possessed.

Fast forward to 1945 and Lieutenant Harris (John Hargreaves) is assigned the duty of flying a plane from Australia to Washington D.C. to deliver a mysterious cargo. Among his crew are fellow military man Savage (Max Phipps), and the Reverend Mitchell (Simon Chilvers). Whilst in the air, a drunken crew member opens the cargo crate and, in doing so, forces their aircraft into a supernatural thunderstorm, crashing them into the ocean and leaving them stranded 5000 miles off course. They leave their sinking aircraft via a rubber dingy and head for what they believe to be Easter Island. As they get closer, the island vanishes as if it was a mirage. After drifting for days without food or water, Savage makes one last bid for survival and fires off a flare gun at a passing ocean liner.

Back in Australia, Harris finds himself court martialled for striking a superior officer and leading the plane off course. He explains what happened, but no one believes him. With the Reverend nowhere to be seen, Savage testifies against him and Harris is escorted out of the building to serve a sentence in a military prison. Eager to find out what really did happen, he steals a gun from one of his escorts and escapes. His exit is interrupted, however, when he comes across the Reverend’s daughter Melanie (Meredith Mitchell) trapped inside an elevator that is about to crash. Upon rescuing her, Melanie explains that it was Savage who trapped her and that he is chasing after the three pieces of the sacred tablet; one of which belonged to her father and was the content of the cargo that Harris was told to deliver. Melanie adds that her father believes that the ancient people of Easter Island had mystical powers to move mountains and levitate stone structures with their minds. She explains that when the three pieces are put together, there is a source of unbelievable power. Harris and Melanie proceed to hijack a plane from the base, and chase after Savage, eventually landing on Easter Island.

On Easter Island, Savage is found in a cave with the tablet pieces and stood in front of a toppled moai. As these parts of the tablet are united they glow bright with energy and the toppled moai rises into an upright position. The third segment of the tablet that was buried on Easter Island then unearths itself from the dirt. Such is the power of the complete tablet that the moai glows with a blinding light and the cave begins to shake. As Harris and Meanie flee, avisible force fires from the moai towards Savage, reducing him to dust and bone. Observing this, Harris repeats the curse “He who disturbs the sacred Moai meets death”.

The Australian produced Sky Pirates (also known as Dakota Harris) is a clear attempt at an Indiana Jones style film. The success of Raiders of the Lost Ark (1981), led to imitations such as Savage Islands (1983), High Road to China (1983), King Solomon’s Mines (1985), Allan Quartermain and the City of Lost Gold (1986), and the TV series Tales of the Gold Monkey (1982-3). In fact, Indiana Jones managed to visit Easter Island twice, once in a novel for the English market,and then again in a separate adventure as Young Indy, published solely for German readers. Sky Pirates imagines Easter Island as part of a series of ancient alien landing sites (that includes places such as Uluru). Within the completely uninhabited island the film presents a large cave network with the now clichéd Indiana Jones collapsing cave floors and hidden chambers filled with snakes and gold. The moai around the island are exploited for basic moments - accompanied by a soundtrack suggesting mystery - in which the figures whilst presented in situ are removed from the island's culture. Other than the final scene when a fallen maoi is effortlessly raised with the power given by an ancient tablet, they are poorly mythologised to serve the film's fantasies.

Savage raises a fallen moai with the power received from an extra-
terrestrial tablet

A secret cave of golden icons that includes golden moai kavakava

The film’s most interesting moment is at the end where Harris and Melanie confront Savage in an Easter Island cavern. In the preceding cave passages, golden icons are discovered and include, rather bizarrely, basic gold statues of moai kavakava and of tangata manu.  Even more fantastic, the film positions the western idea of a library of ancient books stored in this cave. Whilst the idea of a hidden library is far-fetched and the islanders never had books before the arrival of Europeans, the idea appears to be inspired by the rongorongo tablets, the earliest form of Polynesian writing of which the majority of examples have been destroyed.

Ian Conrich and Adam Crowther

Jump to contents

Rapa Nui
(1994, directed by Kevin Reynolds)

Two classes exist on Rapa Nui – the long ears and the short ears. The current reigning chief of the island, Ariki-mau (Eru Potaka Dewes), a long ear, requests that his grandson Noro (Jason Scott Lee) race for an egg in order for him to continue reigning as the birdman – Noro reluctantly agrees. In anticipation of the race, Ariki-mau asks the short ears to build an additional moai, even bigger than the last. They are given six moons to complete the carving; just in time for the race. Unknown to Ariki-mau, Noro is involved in a secret relationship with a girl he wishes to marry, a short ear by the name of Ramana (Sandrine Holt). Eventually, Noro asks his grandfather about the marriage, but upon hearing that the girl is a short ear he becomes outraged, claiming that an inter-marriage will anger the Gods. However, Ariki-mau agrees that if Noro wins the birdman race, he will allow the two to be wed. The only condition is that Ramana must remain in the 'cave of the white virgin' until the day of the competition. Despite the challenging nature of the cave, Ramana agrees. She is sent to the cave and Noro begins training for the race.

In the meantime, the short ears begin carving the larger moai. Tensions arise when the short ears are given less food than usual by the long ears. The short ears declare that they will stop work on the new moai, unless they receive a larger amount of food, as well as a chance to compete in the birdman race. Fearful that the Gods may be angered if the new moai is not constructed, Ariki-mau agrees to these demands. Noro's friend, Make (Esai Morales), stands forward as the short ear's race competitor. If he wins, he becomes the new birdman as well as acquiring the right to claim Ramana as his wife.

On the day of the race, Noro wins by a small margin, continuing the long ear rule. Ramana is released from the cave both pale and pregnant. Before celebrations can begin, an iceberg appears in the distance. Ariki-mau assumes this to be a white canoe sent from the Gods and departs to investigate. During this time, the Priest attempts to take rule of Rapa Nui and demands even more of the short ears. Angered at these demands and their loss, Make kills the Priest and the short ears begin a rebellion, killing many of the long ears. Baffled at the actions of those surrounding him, fearing for his life, Noro, Ramana and their newly born daughter depart the island on a canoe – a wedding gift from Ramana's father.

It is significant that this film was directed by Kevin Reynolds and produced by Kevin Costner. In the vein of their earlier films Dances with Wolves (1990), Robin Hood: Prince of Thieves (1991) and the later movies Waterworld (1995) and The Postman (1997), Rapa Nui is a fantasy that romanticises threatened folk cultures, and 'primitive' civilisations, and exploits cultural-histories of ingenuity, independence and isolation to explore geo-political eco-narratives. Various consultants were employed in making Rapa Nui, leading to a factual depth that is unusual for Rapa Nui fiction films. Moreover, the film was largely made on the island itself employing genuine locations. That said, the film was still unable to extricate itself from the demands of Hollywood and genre filmmaking, which dictated that the commercial value of the production lay in emphasising the drama, romance, and action of the film at the expense of sections of historical veracity.

The tribal divisions between the long ears (the rulers) and the short ears (the ruled) enable a convenient version of Romeo and Juliet, where the star-crossed lovers come from different clans. The central protaganist, played by Hollywood action star Jason Scott Lee (who in an earlier movie had played Bruce Lee), is given the opportunity to compete in the birdman (tangata manu) race, where his strength and athleticism can be foregrounded. The toppling of the moai - this film sees some of those, which have been broken, destroyed in a drive for perfectionism - provides moments of high drama and spectacle. Whilst the film's focus on the very last of the trees to be chopped down, which leads to a form of tree-hugging, reveals the narrative's Californiaised eco-politics and a subtext that employs the island as a parable of mankind's destructive nature.

Throughout this film the maoi loom large and are the production's most dominant image as can be observed from much of the marketing material. Here, whilst the maoi do not headline on the posters, they capture more of the promotional space and as the poster's narrative image are central to a promise of action and drama in which a monolithic stone figure is hauled into life.

Ian Conrich and Adam Crowther

Jump to contents

Mars Attacks! and Night at the Museum

Arguably the two most popular appearances of moai in film have been comic cameos in action-fantasy blockbusters. In the science fiction feature Mars Attacks! (1996), based on the trading cards and directed by Tim Burton, alien invasion includes the destruction of significant landmarks. In one brief sight-gag, the aliens treat a line of moai like skittles and bowl them over employing a giant bowling ball. The scene is short but for many is highly memorable.

More significantly, in the Night at the Museum films (2006, 2009 and 2014), a moai at New York’s Museum of Natural History comes alive after hours. This moai talks (but otherwise does not move) and repeatedly requests that he is given bubblegum. The humour is in the stupidity and in the simplicity and catchiness of the moai’s expressions: “dum-dum”,“gum-gum”, “fun-fun” and “son-son”. The nature of the statements, and the voice of this moai, suggests that this statue is devoid of intellect. Yet in most popular imaginings of the moai, in which they come alive, they are depicted as having a superior intelligence.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Television (excluding animation)

Gilligan's Island
'Voodoo'
(episode 73, 1966)

The skipper finds Gilligan in a cave where he has discovered hidden treasures buried in the ground. Whilst Gilligan is in awe of the jewellery, the skipper becomes wary of "Voodoo" that may be protecting the treasure. As the two leave the cave, a witch doctor, who had been spying on the pair and disrupting their plans, sticks a pin in the neck of a voodoo doll that looks like Gilligan. The subsequent reaction from Gilligan indicates the effectiveness of the voodoo.

After Gilligan gives out the cave's findings to the other islanders, he and the skipper are persuaded by Thurston to go back and look for more treasure. All of the shipwrecked islanders convene at the cave and watch as Gilligan digs up a small golden moai statue. The witch doctor again waits outside and this time places a fire beneath dolls of all seven of the islanders, which leads to them running into the sea to cool down.

The next day, the witch doctor turns the professor into a 'Zombie', who stares into space without moving or talking. The skipper and Gilligan decide to return all of the treasure to the cave, which allows the professor to regain consciousness. In the final scene, Gilligan makes a voodoo doll of the witch doctor and stabs his behind as the man, who emerges from the bushes, then howls in pain and runs into the sea.

Gilligan's Island was a popular American television sitcom that ran for 98 episodes from 1964 to 1967. The series featured seven characters that were shipwrecked on a tropical island with the various episodes focusing on their attempts to interact with and escape their environment. The series also spawned two sequel films made in 1978 and 1979.

The moai briefly seen in this episode is both a treasure and an unobtainable object as the castaways have to return it along with the other buried items in order to lift the curse. As a seemingly recognisable symbol of another culture – extricated from its cultural origins and merged with Caribbean dark practices to satisfy an American fantasy – the moai stresses the exotic more than the other gems or jewellery. But like the feature film Sky Pirates (see the review above), which features golden objects of Rapanui culture, the idea is an utter fabrication with Easter Island containing no gold deposits.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

The Muppet Show
(episode 320, 1979)

In one of the many musical numbers that were featured on The Muppet Show, a jazz-styled 'Hawaiian War Chant' is sung (in Hawaiian) by a variety of puppets. These include singing penguins, parrots and pigs in grass skirts in an animal melee that is overseen by a cliff top monkey that throws coconuts on the performers below. Predating the talking moai in Night at the Museum (see the review below) and the musical number in Histeria! (see the review above) is a singing moai, who not only speaks Hawaiian but says words such as "hubba hubba". Whenever moai speak or sing, they are given a deep voice, presumably as that matches their monolithic form. The guest star for this episode was Sylvester Stallone.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Comic Books

Puck
‘Rob the Rover’
(no.1091–1095, 20 June–18 July 1925, Amalgamated Press)

Rob and his companions Dick and Old Dan are flying over the Pacific when they decide to head to Easter Island. Dan has been there before, voyaging by ship from San Francisco to the South Seas, and he says it is “an interesting place and well worth a visit”. Unable to see a landing site they set their hydroplane on the water near to shore, where the observe a hillside of moai – “[h]uge heads […] and exactly all alike”. The three travellers conclude that what they are seeing is “very likely […] some native place of worship”. They take pictures of themselves amongst these wondrous carvings, which they say are “on a par” with the Sphinx and the pyramids of Egypt. Then out of nowhere a herd of wild pigs emerges and charges at the adventurers, who clamber up on to the moai to a position of safety. It is only when a group of Rapanui “dusky warriors” who are “skilled hunters” chase the pigs away that the three companions can come down. The Rapanui are friendly with the chief greeting the strangers in English and offering them food and rest. A banquet of food is provided with the Rapanui supplying “amusement in the form of a war dance”.

Soon after the three companions depart Easter Island, but they do not get far before they are forced to land their plane at sea to conduct repairs to a wing. Approaching them fast, however, are twin waterspouts which will wreck their plane if they cannot to take to the air quick enough. They climb high, but are still caught in the tempest of the waterspouts which toss them around before they manage to regain control of their plane. Down below they spy a group of indigenous fishermen clinging to their upturned canoe, with others trying to stay afloat whilst floundering in the sea. The hydroplane touches down again and picks up the survivors who are extremely grateful and bestow a necklace upon Old Dan. The plane takes the survivors back to their nearby island, where their community is delighted to see them. Rob, Dick and Old Dan are “hailed as wonders” and made special guests of the chief, who speaks a little English. Suddenly, a native man comes running and alerts everyone to the fact that a number of “fully-manned” war-canoes from a rival tribe at the other end of the island is fast approaching.

The friendly islanders try to halt the intruders, but this tribe is too numerous and they swarm on to the land taking control and imprisoning Rob, Dick and Old Dan, who had been the focus of their intentions. Along with the chief and a number of his warriors they are tied up and taken on the canoes back to the enemy tribe’s home, where the captives are presented with great local satisfaction and celebration. The three companions are placed under guard in a tribal hut. Later that evening as two locals bring them water and food, Rob sees his chance to escape, with support provided by Dick and Old Dan, who tackle the guards. Pursued all the way to the beach, Rob finds an outrigger and manages to sail at speed out to sea, under a “brisk breeze”. At dawn, however, Rob fears he is now lost with no land in sight.

Despairing and exhausted, Rob lowers his sail and decides to have a nap. This results in his boat drifting, whereupon he is rescued by a group of friendly pearl fishermen. Unbeknown to Rob, the friendly rescuers are from Rapanui, who take him to the island and nurse him back to health. As soon as he can walk again, Rob climbs back into his airplane and he takes to the skies to locate his missing friends. He is able to identify the island they are on and from there he flies to “civilisation”, a “busy trading port of the South Seas”, where a British warship is anchored in the harbour. His hydroplane is met by a boat which takes him to meet the British Consul. The diplomat offers Rob two planes which accompany his into the air and to a planned rescue of his “chums”.

Back on the island of “savages”, Dick, Old Dan, the friendly chief and his warriors are each being tied to large carved posts, “weird wooden figures” as part of a ceremony that involves a war dance. At that point, the three airplanes fly past and scatter the panicked savages. The captives are untied and the protagonists fly the friendly islanders back home, where “a fuss” is made of Rob, Dick and Old Dan, before they set off on another adventure.

By far the earliest known comic to feature Easter Island – serialised over five weekly issues in 1925 – this was from an age when European comics were largely text based and had not fully turned to drawing speech bubbles. Puck was a British comic “for boys and girls” that had existed since 1904, with the ‘Rob the Rover’ stories created by Walter Henry Booth, and first appearing in 1920. An extremely popular and early boys’ own adventure comic, ‘Rob the Rover’ was translated into various languages and reprinted overseas, where it had an especially strong following in Scandinavia, and was renamed Willy på eventyr (The Adventures of Willy). There it was read by a young Thor Heyerdahl, who was later to convey that this particular story had been his original inspiration for wanting to voyage to Easter Island.

In fact, only part of the story takes place on Rapanui, with nine frames depicting anything that could be recognised as belonging to the island. Eight of those frames occur in the first part of the story which is dominated by images of the moai – presented here as identical, but also positioned incorrectly – and that create a sensational beginning to the adventure. But after this first instalment the moai are forgotten and do not reappear, even after the protagonists return to the island. However, in a single frame in the fourth instalment, when Rob has returned to Rapanui and is being nursed back to health, he is depicted lying in bed in a hut, with a statue that appears to be moai kavakava behind him and another carving of presumably tangata manu/ the birdman, hanging from the ceiling. Alas, the Rapanui, who are welcoming and hospitable, appear nothing like they should and are spear-wielding grass-skirt-wearing primitives. They play pipe like instruments have carvings adorning the posts to their homes, and speak pidgin English. The wild pigs are a further anomaly and unique to this example of moai fiction.

The story also problematically shrinks the Pacific, now positioning what was an isolated Rapanui in proximity to at least one other island – populated by a tribe who also appear more Melanesian – and within an easy flight of a South Seas port with a British consular office. The story, filled with words such as “chums” and “savages” is very much a colonial fantasy where the white man is the hero, either saving the friendly native, or resourcefully defeating islanders who present a threat.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Action Comics
'Three Aces'
(no.28, September 1940, DC Comics)

Three fine pilots, Fog Fortune, Gunner Bill and Whistler Will are paid well to explore Easter Island, in an "attempt to discover who put those giant statues there". They fly to Easter Island in their three planes, but on arrival are warned by a resident foreigner to be careful of the Rapanui, as they "have grown resentful of white explorers".

The Three Aces establish a plan to chart the island by flying first over a mountain range and then into the "mysterious valley of the giants!", where on the ground they discover a row of monolithic stone carvings. Suddenly, the Three Aces are attacked by the Rapanui and, as the aviators retreat, Fog Fortune slips and falls off a cliff edge and on to a tree branch which functions as a lever causing a section of the cliff to open revealing a hidden tunnel. Deep inside they find a cave of fossilised giant men, and a chest of scrolls on which are written in Egyptian the secret of Easter Island.

The scrolls reveal that these giants tried to reach the moon, but their experiments unfortunately attracted a comet, which brought with it a deadly germ that turned the men into stone. As a smaller species of man, humans were unaffected and survived. The Three Aces find a way out of the cave, carrying the "precious scrolls" with them. Their delighted sponsor tells the Three Aces they will be given "full credit" for their discovery.

This is the second earliest known comic to depict Easter Island. It is an action adventure that unites jungle fiction and fantasies of heroic pilots from an age in which the Pacific and aviation were very much associated with heroism, risk and exploration. The native Rapanui are referred to as "savages" and live within the jungle. They emerge from the dense vegetation and attack the Three Aces with bows and arrows, with one native depicted with a large ring through his nose. The geography of Easter Island is similarly of another land, with mountain ranges and a valley introduced that are more suited to a Tarzan adventure.

At a time when the perceived mysteries of the distant Easter Island fuelled myths related to a primary question of who could have created the monoliths, the Three Aces are tasked with solving the riddle and they do this easily, by accident and within a short 6-page story. The revelation that the moai are in fact fossilised giant men, make this comic the first fiction to reimagine the stone carvings as 'frozen' inhabitants of another time or place. The narrative that is established here indirectly equates the ancient race of giant men with the dinosaurs, who generally have been assumed to have been destroyed by an Earth-bound comet or meteor. The linking also of this race of giants to Egypt is brief (mentioned in just one sentence) but opens up fascinating questions as to why the comic felt the desire to work within the story this reference to another ancient civilisation.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Zig et Puce et le Professeur Médor [Zig and Puce and Professor Médor]
(no.12; Paris: Hatchette, 1941)

Two young boys, Zig and Puce, are at home with their companion, Alfred, an auk. They are all frustrated and bored, as they are not on their regular travels. Their ennui is broken by Professor Médor, who calls at their home saying he would like to borrow the auk to attract the flying oryctérope, a strange creature that is a cross between a giant kangaroo and a bat. Apparently, the cry of the auk is similar to that of the oryctérope. For the adventure, Zig and Puce take with them their horse, Marcel.

The team travel by boat to Mexico, where Zig, Puce and the Professor are kidnapped and taken on a second boat. Alfred and Marcel swim after them and provide an escape for the others from the vessel. They are subsequently rescued by another boat heading for Australia, but that captain soon regrets taking them on board, especially after the behaviour of Marcel. He drops them off at the next piece of land – Easter Island.

On Rapanui, they admire the “famous statues”, and then discover a little egg. The Professor says it is the egg of the flying oryctérope; a barefooted islander arrives and says it is the egg of the manu tara (the sooty tern). The Rapanui man disappears, but soon returns with a group of friends. They call the Professor a king, as he has found the first manu tara egg of the year, and say his head must therefore be shaved, only to discover that under his hat he is already bald. The Professor is held aloft and carried away, whilst another Rapanui man shows Zig and Puce petroglyphs of a birdman (that resembles Alfred, the auk), and of a reimiro (ceremonial breastplate), alongside the words “Make Make”. The man advises that the Professor is now the tangata manu (birdman) for the year, having been chosen by Make-Make, their god.

A feast is prepared for the Professor, who is now installed on a throne in an underground house. Zig and Puce realise they cannot wait for a year until the Professor’s honorary position ends, so they devise an obstruction. Alfred sits on Zig’s shoulders and Puce places his coat around them to make them appear as one – as the birdman. Zig-Alfred enter the underground home astride Marcel the horse, who thinks the whole idea is ridiculous, and declare they are the birdman come to take the Professor. Part of the plan succeeds with the Professor freed, but the Rapanui now want to keep the ‘birdman’, and form a dancing circle around Zig-Alfred, whilst sharing a song. The Rapanui offer the ‘birdman’ a fish, which is too tempting for Alfred and he breaks disguise. Alfred and Zig make a quick escape with the help of Marcel. Puce creates a distraction for the chasing Rapanui and manages to defeat them all, in doing so saving his companions, who call him a hero.

Next, they encounter a man, Pakomio, in a military uniform complete with epaulettes. He says he is a “big official” who registers everyone who arrives by boat at Hanga Roa, and he is not a savage like the islanders they have so far met: “other residents of the island are civilised”. He orders the team to the home of the Governor. On meeting the Governor, they are told that such visits to Easter Island are rare, yet only the day before two other foreigners had arrived to study local antiquities. They are the Governor’s guests, but Zig and Puce recognise the two as the dastardly men who had earlier been their kidnappers.

The Governor is suddenly brought a telegram that advises him there is a pirate ship nearby, which is carrying war contraband. As the telegram is read out, the two kidnappers flee but not before leaving a note demanding 100 sheep and three million pesos, or their ship will bombard the island that evening. They escape on Marcel, but he refuses to comply and smashes them against a tree. Now captive they are brought back by Zig and Puce to the Governor’s residence. Defiant, the kidnappers say their ship will attack that evening. At night, Zig rows out to the pirate ship and tells the crew that if they fire on the island they will kill their bosses. The pirates, however, do not care as they were planning to mutiny, so they commence firing on the island. Zig rows back to shore and with Puce, Alfred and Marcel, runs for cover. In the process, they observe the giant flying oryctérope. The team tries to capture the creature, by baiting it with a carrot, but it grabs Zig in its mouth and flies away.

Puce, Alfred and the Professor chase after the creature and discover a bad smelling underground passage, with petroglyphs on the walls to its entrance. The Professor believes the entrance to the passage was opened as a result of the pirates’ bombardment. Inside they discover the flying oryctérope, who drops Zig from its mouth and instead chases after the Professor. As the Professor runs through a narrow opening, the creature tries to follow but it becomes stuck. The team escapes from the underground system, but so does the creature which now flies after the pirate ship, sending the vessel fleeing. As the team celebrate, Alfred’s cry of delight attracts the creature. It first goes after Marcel, who initially is unafraid, but then gallops away in fright and hides behind a moai.

As the team regroups they wander further into Easter Island, where they are confused as the terrain now seems very different. A moai they observe proves they are still on Easter Island, but now they encounter dinosaurs including a diplodocus and woolly mammoths. The Professor believes they have been transported to another time, possibly as a result of the underground system. As he sits down on a rock to try and comprehend the situation, the Professor reflects on his knowledge of the lost continent of Lemuria, which sunk into the Pacific Ocean, following a cataclysmic event. He concludes that the moai and the underground system are remnants of Lemuria. The island was “forgotten by man” whilst the animals of old continued to live in favourable conditions. The Professor decides that if he can capture the creatures and present them in a zoo back home he will be rich. But as the Professor turns to rejoin the rest of the team he is attacked by a cave bear.

Awakening in bed at the home of the Governor, the Professor talks of the dinosaurs they saw, but Zig and Puce have no idea what he is saying. Puce relays that actually the Chilean navy arrived to save the island and they arrested the pirates. The Professor now doubts that he even saw the flying oryctérope. The Governor asks the team to join him for dinner as there may not be another boat passing by for two or three years. The Professor asks the Governor if he has a book that explains dreams.

A pioneering comic that began as a comic strip in 1925, this was amongst the first of the Franco-Belgian publications to include speech bubbles. Zig and Puce is also the earliest known French language comic to feature Easter Island. The story and characterisations are quite simplistic and the story is fragmented, with narrative gaps and key plot elements forgotten – symptomatic perhaps of a serialised comic. This, however, needs to be placed in context, and seen as a product of its age. The earliest examples of moai fiction are adventure-fantasies, and they are devoid of science fiction, but populated with pirates, smugglers and jungle tribes. Zig and Puce also reflects the last stage of a great age of exploration that had been strongest in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries when new lands offered weird and wonderful fauna. It is not surprising that the kangaroo - seen as a most curious creature, when first encountered by Europeans on Captain James Cook’s initial voyage of 1768-1771 – is employed as the major component in this comic’s hybrid animal. Giving the marsupial bat wings, enables it to fly whereas many other new fauna, that were found in the Pacific, were distinctly flightless. The creature is a wild fantasy that was later echoed in the giant kiwi birds of Easter Island found in the comic Kona (reviewed below), which saw another relocation of indigenous fauna in order to fulfil a myth of Rapanui.

Alfred the auk, a regular in the comic since 1925, when he was found on route to the Arctic, is a fauna of interest as he becomes a stand-in for the birdman – here, literally, part bird and part man – with the illustrations keen to find commonality between Alfred’s appearance and the birdman as it appears on rock art. For such an early comic, the narrative is actually progressive in its inclusion of images of the reimiro and Makemake, especially, on the walls of an entrance to a cave. Yet, the Rapanui, are again depicted as fools and barefooted savages, fitting the stereotype that was so often given to natives in faraway lands. In contrast, the Chilean Governor is presented as civilised, though overly associated with ceremony and, curiously, on an island of only men. But then, in this entirely male-centric story, even the animal companions are male.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Whiz Comics
'Lance O'Casey'
(vol. 3, no.13, February 1941, Fawcett Comics)

Lance O'Casey is a "swashbuckling sailor of fortune" based in the South Sea port of Maloana. Looking for adventure he sails the seas in his schooner accompanied by his pet monkey, Mister Hogan. On this adventure, they are joined by Captain Doom, a pipe-smoking man with a big white beard. As they pass Easter Island, they realise that the beacon from the lighthouse is shining from the wrong place. They decide to investigate as there have been many ships wrecked recently in the region.

The wrecking of the ships has been planned by Weasel Wiggins, "one of the worst men in the South Pacific". He is based on Easter Island and aided by the subservient native islanders. Meanwhile, Lance, his monkey, and Captain Doom land on Easter Island and discover the moai and a tribe of small monkeys. Mister Hogan makes friends with these monkeys who help the simian scout the island. They find Wiggins and his gang, who shoot at the monkeys, alerting O'Casey and Doom to the danger, who then take refuge in a ruined altar.

A storm approaches and Wiggins sets the fake beacon to lure another ship on to the rocks. O'Casey, Doom and Mister Hogan manage to get the real lighthouse working and overpower a group of Rapanui who try to thwart their efforts. Mister Hogan is sent to destroy the fake beacon, whilst O'Casey and Doom fight with Weasel and more Rapanui on a nearby beach. This is two against many, with the odds stacked against O'Casey, but Mister Hogan and his fellow monkeys arrive to the rescue and help win the battle.

O'Casey and Doom help refloat the boat that has just been stranded on the rocks. At the same time Wiggins and his henchman try to escape on another boat, but that is wrecked on a sunken rock and they are killed by sharks. The heroes leave Easter Island and Mister Hogan bids a tearful farewell to his fellow monkeys. Later, it is revealed that Mister Hogan has sneaked on board the schooner a monkey girlfriend, a wife to be who will be named in the next issue.

At a time when popular culture had barely engaged with Easter Island and research/ studies had not be widely disseminated, this comic presents a fantasy that is far removed from reality. In essence, this is a pirate adventure, with Captain Doom speaking in pirate-talk, and Weasel Wiggins acting like a modern day wrecker, creating false beacons to lure ships to their demise. Precisely why, is never answered by the story. The manner in which Wiggins lords over the subservient Rapanui is out of tropical island fiction where a sole westerner creates a new lifestyle away from the city and as a figure superior to the natives.

The idea of a lighthouse on Easter Island is fanciful, bringing western technology to a story that otherwise presents the Rapanui as primitive. The lighthouse belongs to pirate fiction, whilst the 'native' monkeys have also been transplanted on to the island from another part of the world. Moreover, the Rapanui are of another continent, and are more African, or Afro-Caribbean, than anything else. They speak in pidgin, "what you tink?", says one; more worryingly, they are referred to as "blacks" at several points in the story. This is very much a boy's own adventure, with no men in the fiction and the only female being a monkey introduced in the final two frames of the story.

The moai appear on just page 3 of this 8-page story and are poor renditions of the carvings appearing here as just a few flat stones no taller than a human. As Captain Doom advises, nobody knows where they come from.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

True Comics
'Voyage of Mystery'
(no.12, May 1942, The Parents' Magazine Press)

1785, and French explorer La Pérouse is tasked by the King of France with a scientific expedition to the Pacific. La Pérouse's ship sails around the Pacific for three years including visits to Easter Island and Samoa. But then he disappeared and after 38 years the natives of a "tiny South Sea isle" gave the captain of a British ship a sword hilt bearing the initials of La Pérouse. Apparently, the French had been shipwrecked nearby in 1788, with some of the men leaving in a row boat never to be seen again, whilst those that remained "mistreated the natives" and died. The story ends with the question, "who will ever know the true end of La Pérouse and his voyage of mystery?".

This account of legendary sailor La Pérouse fills four pages of an educational comic that focused on illustrating true stories. This is the earliest known example of an educational Easter Island comic strip and it is revealing that the focus is on a white European as opposed to the Rapanui. In fact, the frames depicting La Pérouse on Easter Island (he had arrived on 9 April 1786) show no Rapanui, yet natives (as savages) appear in the frames devoted to Samoa, where La Pérouse's crew was attacked and twelve died. The title page for this story presents La Pérouse standing confidently in front of a moai with a sword in his left hand and a flag in his right hand as if the land has just been conquered.

As with other early comics attempting to illustrate the moai there is some distance between the drawings and the actual carvings. The mysterious moai serve to enhance the story of La Pérouse who disappeared somewhere in the Pacific. As La Pérouse declares, "those statues belong to a lost civilisation" and "what race of supermen carved these statues?". Unfortunately for a comic that aims to be educational it gives the impression that La Pérouse was the first European to sight Easter Island and that nothing was known in 1785, yet the Dutch, Spanish and British respectively had all visited the island earlier in 1722, 1770 and 1774 and had surveyed and documented aspects of the geography and culture.

The captain who was given the sword hilt was actually Irish and he captained the St Patrick. The anonymous "tiny South Sea isle" was in fact Tikopia, part of the Solomon Islands, with the ship wrecked on neighbouring Vanikoro. La Pérouse was the subject of a more extensive narrative in a 2016 French bande dessinées (see review below).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Super Magician Comics
'Blackstone Discovers the Lost Land of Lemuria'
(vol.2, no.5, September 1943, Street and Smith Publications)

Blackstone the magician is stranded on a floating island with his assistant, Rhoda, and their three native helpers, Ketchum, Fetchum and Fixum. These three helpers are held enthralled by Rhoda, who wears a costume to make them believe that she is a sun goddess. With Blackstone's airplane fixed they plan to "hop" to Easter Island, which is "only a few hundred miles" from their current location. But they are jolted by a tremendous tidal wave, which picks up this small floating island with the team on board. They are transported by the wave to another, bigger island, which has suddenly been "lifted up from the ocean floor". Blackstone concludes that this is Davis Land (and Lemuria), a submerged continent, "which had disappeared a few centuries ago and was due to return".

A tribe, called the Kenawa, arrives by canoe on this resurfaced continent and they believe Blackstone is Hotu Matua, who has come from a land called Bolatu, "where nobody ever die". Blackstone performs a quick magic trick, using a seashell, to convince them of his power. Another tribe, called the Menehune, arrives by canoe and they are pacified by Rhoda, who makes them believe she is Namaka, "the great sea goddess". The two tribes are normally enemies, but Rhoda convinces them to be friends.

The team discover moai on the island and as Rhoda explores further she slips and falls into a volcanic crater containing a steaming asphalt lake; luckily she is rescued by Blackstone. The tribes are becoming uneasy, so Blackstone performs two more magic tricks to maintain his control. But the Kenawa chief discovers how one of the illusions was achieved, so Blackstone creates a further two magic tricks; unfortunately, this results in inter-tribal warfare. The tribes then turn on Blackstone and Rhoda as they think they are fakes. The magician and his assistant use a magic cabinet first to deflect the spears and then to enable their vanishing act.

The duo, chased by the angry tribes, arrives at a ring of moai. Astonishingly, the central moai comes alive and topples the other stone figures pushing over the natives. However, as this moai surges forward it stumbles on a rock, falls down and breaks open, revealing inside Ketchum, Fetchum and Fixum. Blackstone says that he had earlier cased them in molded asphalt to make them look like a moai, and as part of another trick. The team runs for cover and a ship of passing whalers, "bound for the Antarctic", rescues Blackstone and Rhoda. Ketchum, Fetchum and Fixum decide to stay on the island, and watch the two feuding tribes quickly annihilate each other. This leaves Ketchum, Fetchum and Fixum as the new owners of Lemuria, as Blackstone and Rhoda sail off to their next adventure.

In terms of its racial depictions, this is without a doubt the most offensive of all moai culture comics. The cover image bears very little relation to the story inside, which stretches across an unusually long 34 pages. The native depicted on the cover is not featured within the story, there is no scene in which Blackstone hurls the skull of an ape-man, and there are no pygmies of Lemuria. There are, however, two Polynesian tribes who land on the resurfaced island of Lemuria and they are depicted as simpletons and savages, who either speak few words – a mixture of Hawaiian, Rapanui and a made-up language – or miraculously moments of English, where necessary for the story. Worse still, Ketchum, Fetchum and Fixum are deeply racist thick-lipped black stereotypes. They are easily controlled buffoons who speak an awkward English and are designed to offer humour at their own expense. Blackstone is seen as Hotu Matua, who was actually Rapanui's legendary first leader and original settler, even though the magician is a white American. Here, the comic is probably borrowing from the voyages of Captain James Cook, who was apparently seen by the Hawaiians as their returning god, Lono.

Super Magician Comics began in 1941 and lasted for 56 issues until 1947, with Blackstone (based on the real-life magician, Harry Blackstone Sr.) appearing in many of the adventures where trickery helps to overcome threats and challenges. Yet the magic – the process for which is often explained to the reader – is crude and unconvincing and the situations full of holes. These include a barefoot Rhoda, surviving completely unharmed from a steaming volcanic crater and Ketchum, Fetchum and Fixum manipulating a giant hollow moai made from asphalt. The story is more interested in emphasising racial stereotypes than exploring the moai and it is not until near the end that the stone figures have a narrative function.

The comic is, however, a very early and significant example of moai culture and is the first to imagine the moai coming alive, albeit as a trick. Such a fantasy would not be explored again for another twelve years, when it was then evolved into the idea of the moai as actual slumbering giants (see the review for House of Mystery below). The notion of a fake moai was also a first and was next explored in World's Finest Comics (1947), and more importantly in Laugh (1962; see the review below). Yet, the essential difference is that House of Mystery and Laugh introduced science fiction and alien encounters to their stories. In contrast, in the 1940s, moai fiction was focused on the natives as the unfamiliar beings in adventures that were closer to jungle narratives than anything conceived from outer space. In such stories, the mythical lost continent of Lemuria – a nineteenth century fantasy – serves as the basis for a repositioning of Easter Island and the moai as fictional remnants of this sunken civilisation. In Super Magician Comics, it is casually merged with the legendary land mass that English buccaneer, Edward Davis, supposedly found in 1687, whilst he was searching for a mythical new continent. To date just two other comics, Konga (review below) and Lion and Thunder (review below), have built into their story a Davis Land/ Davis Island.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Le Téméraire
'L'Étrange Ile de Pâque' ['Strange Easter Island']
(no.17, 15 September 1943, Société Nouvelle La Platinogravure)

The second earliest known French comic to focus on Easter Island, Le Téméraire, was published in Paris during the Nazi occupation in World War II. It was permitted as its stories were somewhat sympathetic to Nazi ideologies, and typically featured blonde haired heroes in cartoon strips that could be viewed as racist or anti-Semitic (as on the back page of this edition). The comic was for the French "modern youth", as its subtitle states, and it was just one of two such publications for children published in occupied France.

Printed on large format paper, it is just eight pages in length with two pages in this issue devoted to Easter Island. This includes the cover, which presents a colourised copy of an earlier illustration that emerged following Pierre Loti's 1872 voyage to Rapanui. The image, which suggests the collapse of a race of people, is highly manufactured and presents a cluster of moai, of which one has fallen, alongside a collection of skulls. A Rapanui man, his head resting in his hands contemplates two skulls, whilst a nearby man sits on a ledge, his long hair blowing in the wind.

Inside the comic, the information references the French expeditions of Loti, La Pérouse (1786), and Lafontaine Aube (1877), with La Pérouse featuring on the opposite page in his own separate account. The comic pushes narratives of mysteries and knowledge/people lost and unknown, as well as cataclysms and disasters, which connects back to the cover image. It has a section on rongorongo and even offers translations of ten hieroglyphs – suggesting they represent amongst others 'eyes', 'sun', 'lizards' 'god'. However, the boldest part of the page attempts to position the Rapanui as proto-Aryan/ "primitive Aryan people". Through rongorongo it argues that the Rapanui can be traced back to the civilisations of Egypt, Elam and the ancient settlement of Mohenjo Daro (found in modern day Pakistan).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Vaillant
‘La mystérieuse Île de Paques’ [‘Mysterious Easter Island’]
(no.53, 4 April 1946, Vaillant)

First published illegally as Le Jeune Patriot (The Young Patriot) during World War II, and then after the war formally as Vaillant, this French weekly magazine that combined comic strips, puzzles, stories and education, was originally overtly republican. A large format paper that was folded in a way that it became 8 pages, it often contained accounts of distant foreign cultures and world history, with this 1946 issue featuring a splendid front cover colour illustration of an imagined fire dance on Easter Island. The story inside is given one full page and is a cultural-historical record framed as the account of the magazine’s “dear friend”, Winchester, the ace of reporters.

What follows is text that is largely uncontentious and accurate for its time, including facts about the homes of the Rapanui looking like upturned boats and that vegetables are grown in subterranean openings in the volcanic ground that allow the vegetation to be protected from the wind. The magazine asks Winchester some inviting questions, such as “Is it true that the Rapanui are red?”, to which Winchester talks about body and hair being painted red for cultural practices. The page is supported by numerous sketches including one of moai kavakava and another of tangata manu in the top left and right corners respectively. Elsewhere, there is artistic licence in an imagined scene, where warriors ready themselves on a cliff top before the start of the civil war, with their women and children standing on a high vantage point to watch the combat. On the opposite side of the page and, most interesting, is a drawing of a scribe, engraving rongorongo on to a wooden tablet (albeit with the hieroglyphs appearing too large). These latter two images and the front cover were illustrated by Jacques Souriau.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

World's Finest Comics
'The Boy Commandos – The Faces of History!'
(no.29, July 1947, DC Comics)

A freighter at sea is caught in a magnetic storm that renders the ship helpless, whereupon it is drawn up on to a reef around Easter Island and wrecked. In the morning, a gang of criminals emerge, headed by Rollo, introduced here as the "world's fattest man". They use machinery to offload the cargo and then set fire to the ship destroying all evidence, in an act of modern day piracy. The next day another ship is sailing through the Pacific with the Boy Commandos on board, which includes Rip, Andre, Brooklyn, from New York, and Texas, a Texan. They are on a mission to Easter Island, sponsored by a museum: "we promised the museum we'd bring back one of them!", states a team leader as they arrive on the island. The group stands in awe at the size and number of moai. They start to haul one of the moai ("weighing about 50 tons") towards their ship, employing a crane and ropes, but they are suddenly halted by Rollo's gun-carrying thugs.

The unseen Texas swings into action on his lasso and temporarily helps to stop the thugs, but he and Rip fall from a severed rope and onto the face of the moai they were trying to haul. They crash through the face of the moai, which is exposed as false and hollow, with inside a secret control room and look-out post. The rest of the team are outnumbered and overpowered. Rollo explains his "diabolical" operations and his underwater electromagnet that is switched on at night and is "powerful enough to attract any metal object two miles away!". The magnet is powered by steam from deep inside the island's volcano, where the captured members of the team are now taken and suspended over its edge from a rope on a crane's slowly descending winch.

They are left dangling as a cargo-laden ship is spotted, which distracts Rollo and his gang. Whilst they are gone, Rip and Tex rescue their colleagues. To stop the wrecking of the ship the team then start rolling boulders over the volcano's edge to block the steam. At the shore, the Boy Commandos attack Rollo's gang and this time win. Rollo escapes in a boat, free to appear in another story. Back on their own ship, the Boy Commandos have new cargo – Rollo's thugs as prisoners and a moai that they have taken from the island.

In only the second DC comic to visit Easter Island, a key question that persists for the writers is who built the moai and why. The story is dominated by the dastardly actions of Rollo, but the moai are also largely centralised, featuring prominently on the title page and opening the narrative with the statement, "mystery of the ages!": "why and when were the great stone heads placed in this remote isle, looking out to sea?". Removing the native islanders from the narrative allows the myth of creation to grow. At least the earliest-known comic depicting Easter Island – 'Three Aces' in Action Comics (see the review above) – had presented the Rapanui. That said, the 'Three Aces' story is so problematic/ offensive in its depictions of the Rapanui, that their absence entirely from that fiction would have been preferable.

Despite a cover with Batman, Robin and Superman, none of the DC superheroes were yet to visit Easter Island, a location that would later become popular for DC. This would have to wait until 1954 and a story involving Wonder Woman (see the review below). Instead, the Boy Commandos, none of whom have superpowers, are left to halt the criminal actions of Rollo, a mastermind who would not be out of place in a Batman adventure. Written in 1947, when political correctness was seemingly much less of an issue, Rollo's deviousness is partly defined by his obesity. For he is man so overweight that he has to be carried and moved around by machinery. This man is described as a "bizarre figure" and "a massive blob of flesh so immense that he cannot walk". Strangely, the fake and hollow moai that is hauled is described as weighing "50 tons", and the evil genius Rollo has a magnet that can attract metal ships from two miles away, which seems pointless when considering Easter Island's isolation and the lack of ships that would have sailed that close to the land (particularly one that is described here as abandoned).

Rollo and the leaders of the museum expedition wear pith helmets, suggesting the foreign (and perhaps tropical) challenges faced by these adventurers. The helmets also suggest a colonial presence on an island that is described as "lonely", and from which the expedition plans to take a moai – without, of course, any permission. The tragedy of such cultural plundering is unwittingly reinforced in the final frame of the story, which states that the team with its moai onboard sails for home "peacefully".

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Operation Peril
‘The Time Travelers’
(no.7, October 1951, Michel Publications/ American Comics Group)

Dr Tom Redfield owns a spaceship, which he uses for time-travelling adventures. Professor Brice of Central University asks Redfield to travel back to the year 750 to Easter Island to gather answers about the creation of the moai. Accompanied by his girlfriend Peggy, Tom lands on an island “swarming” with warriors. To blend in, Tom and Peggy change into Polynesian floral-patterned clothes. “It shoudn’t be hard to slip into the main camp now!”, says American Peggy. As an added advantage, the time machine allows Tom and Peggy “to understand the language of any place we visit”. As they approach the main camp they find a row of moai in a straight line, as Tom notes unlike the scattered moai in the photo shown to them by Professor Brice.

The warriors are not native to the island but invaders from Rotuma and they cannot sail home until they have made “a suitable sacrifice to our gods!”, who will give them the favourable winds they need for their voyage. The warriors start with a firewalk over hot coals, but within the frenzy Peggy is separated from Tom and her disguise is exposed. This is particularly dramatic as she is the only woman amongst men. Peggy is given a hypnotic drink by Tarako – the leader of the warriors and chief of the Rotuma Federation – who desires Peggy as his queen

Peggy exposes Tom as an outsider and he fights off the warriors by throwing at them the burning coals. But he is thwarted by Peggy and subsequently becomes the necessary sacrifice to the gods. Tom is strung between two moai with a fire lit beneath his dangling body. He is saved by using his remote control to turn on the turbo boosters of his spaceship which blasts a wall of air, “moving at two hundred miles an hour”, setting Tom free. The blast also scatters the moai, which are still upright but no longer in a straight line.

Meanwhile, Tarako and his war party have journeyed to Peru and the gold-laden city of Cuzco where, on the snowy slopes of the Andes, he and Peggy dream of enslaving one hundred thousand Incas. The Incas fear the Rotuman invasion but are saved by Tom’s spaceship, which zooms past and creates an avalanche that wipes out many of the Rotuman warriors. The grateful Inca princess, Lanura, rewards Tom with a passionate kiss. Tom proceeds to lead the Incas to triumph over what remains of the invading Rotumans. He also defeats Tarako and threatens to kill him unless he releases Peggy from the spell. She is restored to Tom by a powder and Tarako returns “peacefully” to his islands, whilst Tom and Peggy fly home.

One of the very earliest comics to fictionalise Easter Island, this adventure owes much to the popular weekly cinema serials of the time. These were noted for their impossible situations and last minute dramatic escapes, improbable technology, romance, resourceful heroes and stories of women needing to be saved. Popular culture’s fascination with Easter Island began to really emerge in the 1940s at a time when the islands of the Pacific were becoming increasingly important and less remote for American audiences. With Easter Island still very much an enigma for many foreign writers and readers, it is not surprising that this comic takes great freedom in its storytelling and imagines the small Polynesian island of Rotuma as being a mighty warrior nation. They are all-conquering across the Pacific – for them there are no more islands “left to conquer” – and even up to the Peruvian coast where their next assault is on the Inca Empire. This amalgamation of cultures into a single story includes firewalking, which has been practiced in parts of Fiji, feathered headbands, and Rotuman canoes with moai prows. The story can even be read as presenting the construction of the row of moai on the beach as part of Rotuman culture.

The Indigenous peoples of the Pacific and Pacific rim feature in most of the frames in this story, but yet again the Rapanui are marginalised and are entirely removed from Easter Island. They are not even mentioned in dialogue. Instead, there is one row of moai, which the story presents as positioned contrary to how they are scattered over the island today. As Tom declares after activating his spaceship’s rockets, “every one of the idols has been shoved out of position by the blast – exactly as they’ve been found by explorers in modern times!”. In fact, in reality, the moai are both “scattered” and in lines, but on ahu, or platforms. Moreover, the moai are not as old as the year 750, as this story posits.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Strange Adventures
'The Secret of Easter Island!'
(no.16, January 1952, DC Comics)

An archaeologist has a desire to solve the mystery of the moai. In order to fund his expedition to Easter Island he is accompanied by a friend's wealthy father and some of his rich business associates, who have little interest in the cultural and scientific aspects of the trip. On the island, the archaeologist blasts charges on a slope and uncovers a buried metal crypt. Behind its door the diverse group of four humans discover a "great hall of mysterious relics". They also find two extra-terrestrials, with faces resembling the moai, who awake from their slumber and through telepathy offer the men gifts of whatever they desire.

The archaeologist asks for knowledge so that he may understand who these visitors are, where they are from and the purpose of their visit to Earth. He is told, "Our civilisation on a planet of the star Sirius was a great one! We desired to civilise all other worlds in the universe". In a flashback, an exchange occurs between two aliens as the original spaceship approaches earth: "A beautiful world this third planet - but still barbaric", "Yes, but we can civilise its people – the science we teach them will bring them peace and plenty!".

The spacecraft subsequently lands not on the Easter Island as we know it today but on the mythical Pacific continent of Mu, of which Easter Island was the highest point. The inhabitants of Mu create moai statues resembling the extra-terrestrials which were located on the top of Mu's highest mountain. The islanders were offered advanced technology but did not use it wisely. As an alien informs, "we taught the people of Mu, giving them great scientific secrets...But they misused their powers to fight each other, and unchained a terrible disaster! […] They were not worthy of their knowledge!".

One aspect of the "terrible disaster" was the flooding of underground volcanoes and the sinking of Mu into the sea, leaving only the highest mountain still visible above the ocean. As Mu all but disappeared the indigenous population was wiped out leaving only the extra-terrestrials, who put themselves into a state of suspended animation in the hope that future generations would discover them and that these, hopefully, more advanced humans would be 'worthy' of the knowledge and powers that could be shared.

Two of the other men accompanying the archaeologist ask for wealth, which is given in the form of diamonds and strength, the latter provided via a 'Z-ray' that stimulates the growth of muscle tissue. The final man asks for the power to control others, which comes via a 'psycho-helmet' which would allow him to command anyone near him. The man with the 'psycho-helmet' attempts to gain all of the extra-terrestrials' powers and threatens to destroy them if they do not cooperate.

It transpires that the giving of the initial powers had been a test to see how humans would use, or misuse, them. Once again, the human race is seen to be not yet worthy and the extra-terrestrials return to their state of suspended animation, having erased the memories of the three men who failed their test. Only the archaeologist who simply asked for knowledge is praised by the extra-terrestrials. He is allowed to keep his knowledge of them and their mission, but only on the condition that he tells no-one else. In the final frame of this story the archaeologist asks himself, "How long before they wake again? How long before Earthmen are wise enough to receive the scientific powers of those who sleep beneath Easter Island?".

Oddly, the front cover illustration to this comic depicts humans being threatened by an aggressive-looking alien with moai features, who declares "You have betrayed the secret of Easter Island! Now – await your doom!". As with many other publishers of comics there is a perception that greater financial returns can be achieved from appealing to the stereotype of threatening, combative aliens rather than more peaceful and beneficial encounters. In fact, the visitors from outer space described in the pages inside are far from aggressive. Apart from being unusual in presenting extra-terrestrials in a more positive light this storyline goes further than most other comics of the time in providing a back-story for the origins of not only the moai but also Easter Island itself and the fate of the original human inhabitants. In doing so, it was the first comic to connect Easter Island with extra-terrestrials and it is telling that the story was written by the well-known science fiction author Edmond Hamilton, who was the first person to introduce aliens into moai culture with his 1926 short story Across Space (reviewed below).

This narrative can be read as a form of morality tale concerned more with the frailties of the human characters than the advanced abilities of the extra-terrestrials. Published just seven years after the end of World War II and during the early years of the Cold War it can also be read as a tale of unease and an inability to trust human intentions. For technology can equate to power, but as advances are made there are serious questions as to whether humankind exhibits sufficient responsibility to harness it appropriately. The story warns that any abuse of the technology will lead to destruction.

There is a brief mention of tablets containing "ideographic script" which the archaeologist has deciphered, but this early comic book reference to rongorongo is undeveloped. The opening page also presents the archaeologist within a San Francisco museum, where he stands staring at a moai on display. Comics up to this date had generally depicted the moai as distant objects. This is the first time in a comic that a moai is shown on display within a western institution, though the carvings continue to be regarded as mysterious: "the greatest secret of the past – I could solve it, but no one is willing to give me a chance", says the archaeologist. As popular culture was starting to discover Easter Island it was convenient for the moai to remain unfamiliar and devoid of their real cultural and historical context. In doing so, fiction could populate the void with its broad fantasies.

Roy Smith and Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Il Vittorioso [The Victorious]
‘Rapa-Nui – Isola misteriosa’ [‘Rapa-Nui – Mysterious Island’]
(vol.16, no.40, 5 October 1952, Azione Cattolica)

Like the French weekly publications Vaillant, Le Téméraire and Tintin, Il Vittorioso (1937-1966) is part comic and part educational magazine, with the stories/ reports predominantly addressing history and world cultures. Interestingly, Il Vittorioso was published by a Catholic association, which promoted wholesome and morally positive comic content as a direct response to the dominant Italian comics that were being read by young people.

One page of this Italian language large format publication is devoted to Rapanui, with three supporting sketches included. This feature is typical of the period with fact mixed with imagination, unfortunately leaving the reader believing the entire piece as true. In this account, moai are wrongfully depicted adorning the rooftop corners and ends of buildings at Orongo. A strange-looking moai is also drawn with a gripping hand. But it is the magazine’s cover that is unquestionably its most spectacular element, with a full-page colour image of three people – who are possibly tourists – riding across a landscape populated with an excess of moai. Most striking is the large head and shoulders drawing of an indigenous woman, who dominates almost half the cover but does not appear elsewhere within the magazine. The implication is that she is a Rapanui woman but her appearance is far from reality with her nose rings and braided hair placing her more within Africa.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Action Comics
'Tommy Tomorrow – The Easter Island of Space!'
(no.180, May 1953, DC Comics)

The story begins with a reference to Easter Island, with its "weird, giant statues" existing as "one of the greatest mysteries of all time". Fast forward to the future and Colonel Tommy Tomorrow of the Planeteers, who "tries to solve the perilous puzzle of The Easter Island of Space!".

Astronomer Dr John Garrow observes through his telescope a strange new planet, a "cosmic mystery" and "a world such as no one ever dreamed could exist!". It lies in an "unexplored sector" and is considered inhabited or "was so once!". Believing it may contain "valuable scerets", Tommy and fellow Planeteer, Brent Wood, are assigned to fly Garrow and his assistant Kaimes to the new world. Garrow is hiding from the Planeteers the full details of what he saw through his telescope and Kaimes proposes that any secrets they may find should belong to them only.

Travelling through a meteor storm, they arrive at a "weirdly silent world" where in the sky above are three moons each bearing giant faces, which have been carved into their rock. Tommy says that they remind him of the moai on Easter Island. They discover an abandoned and destroyed city, whereupon a television screen is automatically activated.

The transmitted message warns the team of the evil of Tarnach, which had wrecked the metropolis. Tarnach was a great but evil scientist who desired power and was therefore exiled from the planet to the third moon. Promising revenge, Tarnach then set about carving his terrifying image into the rock of the third moon, which then in an attempt to gain control fired atomic bolts from its eyes at his home planet. The planet's remaining great scientists, Karrul and Dorn were sent to this moon and they managed to destroy Tarnach but they were mortally wounded in the fight. The inhabitants of the planet evacuated for another world, but first they carved the faces of Karrul and Dorn into the other two moons as monuments to the deceased heroes.

Kaimes imagines how powerful he could be in possession of Tarnach's weapons so that night he steals Tommy's rocketship to fly to the third moon. There he starts firing on his marooned comrades. Tommy realises they can use "space-sleds" left by the previous inhabitants and he and Brent fly these straight into the eyes of the moon's face. As the eyes explode, Tommy and Brent use hand-rockets to parachute to safety. They climb inside the mouth of the moon face where Kaimes is found inside. A hand-rocket thrown by the Planeteers brings a rock fall crashing down on to Kaimes. Tommy and Brent flee the cave-in and escape in their spaceship. Reflecting on their visit to the newly discovered world, the Planeteeers conclude that "those great faces will watch it forever, as they have watched it for ages!".

On the surface, Easter Island is a tangential reference point for this outer space fantasy. It is never depicted, and mentioned in just three separate frames, with the moon faces more reminiscent of Georges Méliès A Trip to the Moon (1902). However, the writers of this comic clearly had Easter Island firmly in mind when constructing their story. The new world that is discovered is faraway and in a previously unexplored space sector. The vastness of the Pacific is swapped here for the vastness of the galaxy, with the new planet abandoned by its population who have left behind monumental giant faces carved into rock, that look across the silent terrain. By the early 1950s, the possibilities of Easter Island for popular fiction led to an opening up of new adventures, which saw this comic take an immediate broad turn to extend the fantasy far into outer space.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Adventure Comics
'The Girl of Steel'
(no.189, June 1953, DC Comics)

The father of one of Superboy's classmates, Lana Lang, is an archaeologist who has recently returned from Easter Island. Whilst there he uncovered a small belt made of strange metal, which Lana tries on and in doing so immediately acquires new powers. She now has the ability to fly and lift heavy objects (the device has "anti-gravitational powers") and be invulnerable to bullets (the device also has "anti-magnetic qualities"). The belt proves Lana's father's theory that the carvers of the moai were extra-terrestrials. As he tells a fellow archaeologist, "I believe these were carved by a race of superior people, who landed here many years ago from another planet". Alongside the belt they also discover a space helmet.

Lana discovers that her new powers make her almost like Superboy, so she fashions herself a costume and becomes a superhero, Sky Girl, saving Smallville from crime and danger. This provides competition for Superboy's heroism, but Sky Girl is vulnerable to heat and wood. Superboy discovers that Lana is behind Sky Girl and speaks with her father who suggests the belt is destroyed. The belt is hurled by Superboy, "far out into space".

The storyline develops around the superpowers Lana Lang temporarily acquires as a result of wearing a special belt. The original owners, the extra-terrestrials, are never shown but are established to be a highly advanced race: "people thousands of years ahead of us in scientific development". The moai appear in a single frame but they are a poor rendition of the actual stone figures – a symptom of a time when popular culture's myths of Easter Island were primitive. Yet, as comics were beginning to incorporate Easter Island into their narratives the distant civilisation clearly functioned as an easy tool for introducing technology and powers that were found nowhere else on earth. In this story, the powers are comparable to those of Superboy, a refugee from another planet.

Like many of the comics of this period, romance is also a central element of the story with the belt briefly giving Lana equality alongside the young Clark Kent, whom she idolises. The independent young girl is soon, however, contained by masculinity with her father and Superboy agreeing to permanently remove the device that gave her the special powers.

Ian Conrich and Roy Smith

Jump to contents

Wonder Woman
'The Stone Slayer!'
(no.65, April 1954, DC Comics)

Important scientists have started to disappear – eleven so far – and if their knowledge fell into enemy hands it would be "catastrophic to America!". In a military intelligence projection room a film is screened that mysteriously shows there is a stone carving of Wonder Woman on Easter Island, despite the fact she has never been there before. Wonder Woman, accompanied by military man Steve, flies to Easter Island in her special jet, where en route they witness an ocean liner being lifted into the air in 4 severed parts, damaged as a result of quadruple lightning strikes. Wonder Woman lassos the parts together again and lowers the liner back to the ocean surface and to safety.

Once on Easter Island, Wonder Woman and Steve gaze upon the moai and question how and why they were built. But they are suddenly paralysed by rays shot from the eyes of the Wonder Woman statue. A door opens from within the statue and men with giant heads emerge taking the captive Wonder Woman and Steve down a staircase, deep inside and into "a huge underground chamber". There they discover the kidnapped scientists and Wonder Woman is told that she has been lured to the island through the statue of her, which was constructed as a decoy. These large-head men reveal they are from the planet Lapizuria and another solar system. They had come to Earth as an advance party to observe the planet before an invasion force arrives, but they crashed into the sea off Easter Island.

The moai were constructed in their likeness as a signal to fellow Lapizurians that they were marooned on Earth. Passing ships were attacked simply as target practice in preparation for the invasion, and the scientists were then kidnapped to help the aliens build a spaceship. The scientists did not possess the necessary knowledge, but through telepathy the aliens learnt from their captives that Wonder Woman was the sole person on Earth who did possess spaceship-building knowledge. Wonder Woman refuses to help and is told she must therefore die.

Suddenly, and unexpectedly, a Lapizurian spaceship arrives, the aliens decide that as they depart they should destroy Wonder Woman by tying her between the spaceship lifting off and her stone carving. The effect actually awakens Wonder Woman from her paralysis and she hurls the carving of herself at the spaceship which is destroyed and prevented from blasting further rays at Easter Island and the prisoners.

This was the first time Wonder Woman visited Easter Island, but it was not the last. She later visited the island in the comic Super Powers (1985), where yet again a stone figure was carved in her likeness (see review below), in an issue of the comic JLA (2000; see the review below), and in a children's animation, Justice League, in 2003, where she fought Aquaman (see the review above). The four fantasies produced across different decades reveal much about the evolution of Wonder Woman, the ways in which she has been drawn, and the narratives in which she featured in American popular culture.

In a world of male scientists and soldiers, Wonder Woman's power and knowledge are supreme, but she still acts within their service. The story contains fragments of a cold war narrative/fear, with kidnapped scientists, captives forced into building a spaceship, decoys and mindreading for gaining information. The final frame has Wonder Woman issuing a warning to the men (and to readers): "we all have to be constantly alert for a treacherous blow – no matter from whence it may come!".

Significantly, this is the first comic to associate the moai with a fear of alien (or foreign) invasion. It therefore needs to be noted that the origins of the thread of alien invasion moai narratives that runs through so many later fictions, commenced here with a cold war fear. It is also the first story to bring secret moai doorways, stairs and underground passages to the fiction, as well as the first to imagine the carvings as weapons and therefore as active rather than passive figures. The aliens in this story are more human looking than those that were to follow in other fantasies, and these are funny-looking kilt and cap wearing men that seem part Scottish and part Egyptian, albeit with very large heads that would surely unbalance their bodies.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Mystery Tales
‘The Stone Heads!’
(no.24, December 1954, Atlas Comics)

A man lands by boat on Easter Island to research the moai for his new book: “I was hoping to throw some light on the origin of the giant, fantastic stone heads”. The researcher takes photographs of the moai, but when he compares them to the images published in the “standard text on the island” he observes that over a twenty-year period they have not only moved, but also “their facial expressions had subtly changed”. Looking further back in older books he learns that half of the moai were once “lying flat” whereas all are now standing upright.

The man speaks to the Rapanui, “of which only a few hundred still lived on the island”. One advises, “Always here! But how got here, we not know!”, although he adds that his grandfather had been told by his grandfather of long ago “big fire thing like volcano fly into ocean by shore!”. The researcher investigates and discovers by the shore increased radiation in or under the water. He dons his scuba diving gear and swimming to the sea bed the man finds a flying saucer and climbs inside. In its control room, he sees a map of the world, on which spots are marked, leading the man to conclude that these aliens were planning a conquest of Earth.

Back on land, the man realises that the moai are not statues but “they were living, alien creatures who had reached Earth”. He digs at the foot of a moai and to his horror finds that they have bodies. He concludes that the moai came from a different “time dimension” where things are slower giving them their apparent “stoniness”. Moreover, the gravity of their world has allowed them to grow very large. As he writes his diary entry he wonders why the moai are looking skywards, as if “watching for the coming of the other ships”. In the final frame, a fleet of flying saucers arrive as the moai rise up and in doing so suck the man into the ground.

The Myth of Movement can be traced back into Rapanui legends in which the moai were said to have walked into their positions. A modern version of the myth began in a 1943 issue of the American publication Super Magician Comics (reviewed above), in which a moai comes alive, albeit the result of a trick, with three men inside a model manipulating its animated body. It is, however, in this 1954 Mystery Tales comic that the defining version of the modern Myth of Movement was born, with the moai seen as slumbering aliens awaiting the point at which they would arise. Unlike Rapanui legends this is not a story of the moai moving into position, but of the moai removing themselves from the places in which they have been buried. The Mystery Tales story was written at a time of alien invasion narratives, when post World War II, scenarios imagining world conquest were increasingly leading to a fear of unfriendly visitors from another planet and Earth’s advances in rocket technology rapidly gave life to new stories of unidentified flying objects.

The result is a comic which, as the progenitor of the modern Myth of Movement, establishes a path in fiction that ‘resolves’ the mystery of the unearthly moai by viewing them as survivors of a crashed spaceship. Appearing in an Atlas Comics publication, a label which would become Marvel Comics, this particular myth was then magnified through later Marvel stories with a similar theme, that appeared in Tales to Astonish (1959, reviewed below), Tales to Astonish (1961, reviewed below) and Tales of Suspense (1962, reviewed below), with each republished in later Marvel issues. It is in these stories that the movement of the moai is made more dramatic as they walk and talk; in this Mystery Tales story, movement is unseen (even the final frame is a little unclear), with the researcher concluding the statues move very slowly and their changed position and appearance is detected only through studying differences in photographs. The story was republished in the UK in the comic Secrets of the Unknown (no.41, 1966).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Tintin
(no.336, 31 March 1955, Dargaud Editeur)

March 1722 and Jacob Roggeveen, captaining his Dutch ship which is sailing from Santiago, Chile to New Zealand, becomes stuck at sea when the wind drops. Going nowhere, the drinking water on board becomes fetid and the crew becomes restless and talks of rebellion. Lieutenant Jan reads in a book that 36 years previously an explorer had found an unknown island towards the 27th parallel. Jan takes a crew of men in a row boat to explore the possibility of such land whilst also following the flight of an albatross. Upon later sighting Easter Island, and after a period at sea, the men exclaim "Happy Easter!" and "It's a true resurrection!".

Reaching the shore, the crew observe the Rapanui to be like other indigenous people of the Pacific, and describe the moai as a "wall of bizarre statues". The Rapanui, who have never seen white men before, are friendly and offer the Dutch sailors baskets of fruit containing bananas and oranges. They also delight in eating local eggs. The sailors erect a wooden cross near the coastline in recognition of Christ and their salvation. With the wind having now picked up, the main ship with Roggeveen arrives soon after. The Rapanui are "brave people" but they ran into the hills when the main ship fired cannon shots to announce its arrival.

Roggeveen instructs his crew to collect provisions – water and fresh fruit – to enable their onward journey. But they also decide that they should take one of the lighter moai as it will be of interest to Dutch scientists. The sailors find the moai they select to be very heavy and after a few hours decide to pause for the night and continue in the morning. That evening they watch fires in the distance and Jan says that the Rapanui will have the Dutch crew "on spikes". Roggeveen dismisses Jan's active imagination. In the morning, the crew again works hard to move the moai down a hillside and towards their ship. This time, the Rapanui, wielding spears and bows and arrows, are watching them closely from behind rocks. The Dutch grab their guns, but Roggeveen tells them not to fire for fear of "provoking a carnage".

Roggeveen approaches the Rapanui and tells them he is a "friend". The captain is unable to communicate but one of his crew says he can understand a little as the Rapanui speak the language of "the islands of the South". The crewman says that the Rapanui will leave them alone if they stop trying to remove their god. Roggeveen subsequently orders his men to abandon trying to move the moai. The Rapanui furthermore ask that the sign that the Dutch built to their own god, the wooden cross that was erected, is also left on the island to give protection. The cross is left in the middle of a cluster of moai as the Dutch sail away. The Dutch note the exact position of the "unknown" place and decide to give it the name of 'Easter Island'.

Roggeveen has been the subject of a range of moai comics, but this was the first. A four page untitled story, it appeared a year before the British comic Topper, with its one page feature (reviewed below) and three years before Spirou with its fanciful narrative imagining the Dutch encounter with the Rapanui (reviewed below). This edition of the French comic Tintin is equally fanciful in its story. So much of what it presents was never recorded in Roggeveen's log, whilst most of what was recorded is absent. The story is yet another Easter tie-in designed to foreground the link between the religious holiday/ festivities and a distant Pacific island. In this comic, the moai are sacred gods and are compared with the wooden cross that the Dutch erect amidst the stone colossi. Roggeveen never recorded the cross (three crosses were erected by the Spanish in 1770) or an attempt to remove a moai. With later foreign ships taking moai without permission, this comic surprisingly offers a more peaceful and respectful conclusion to an act of cultural plundering.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Topper
'Easter Island: Mystery Island of the Pacific'
(no.165, 31 March 1956, D.C. Thomson)

Topper was a British comic for children, printed on A3 tabloid size paper. Filling one complete page of this issue is a series of eight coloured stand-alone frames each detailing a specific fact about Easter Island. This is the earliest known British comic to engage with Easter Island and one of the earliest anywhere to relay educational information. By the time of this comic, celebrated Norwegian explorer Thor Heyerdahl had been on Easter Island for five months and was attracting interest in his work, which is repeated in one panel that states "it is possible that the first natives to settle on the island came by rafts from South America". But with the associated best-selling book, Aku-Aku: The Secret of Easter Island, not published until 1957, the Topper comic freely fills in gaps, makes many mistakes and employs some artistic licence to illustrate points.

For a British comic it is rather strange that Dutch explorer Jacob Roggeveen is presented but there is no mention of Captain James Cook. The moai are bizarrely shown singular on small and short square plinths and not the ahu (platforms) that are rather different. It states that each moai had a pukao (topknot), which is incorrect and this is repeated in the drawing for the moai that was taken by the British in 1868. In fact, moai Hoa Hakananai'a, which the British stole aboard HMS Topaze, never had a pukao. The birdman race depicts the competitors racing ashore on a sandy beach with no sign at all of the reality of a steep rocky cliff. Here, a waiting elder is shown wearing a birdman hat, whilst the penultimate panel is wrong to say that "[t]he King and all his wise men died in captivity" following the Peruvian slave raids of 1862. Such narratives further romanticise a series of images that are designed to appeal to young readers.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Pepito
'L'Ile des Surprises' ['The Island of Surprises']
(no.43, 19 July 1956, Georges Lang)

Little pirate captain Pepito and his fellow buccaneers, Ventempoupe and Crochette, are stuck on an unknown island after their little boat sinks. They maintain a fire in the hope that they can be seen by their mother ship, the 'Peanut', and be rescued. A volcano on the island suddenly erupts resulting in earth tremors and lava flowing towards the sea. The trio hurriedly build a raft but Ventempoupe sees they are being watched by a native and gives chase. He soon discovers it is a trap: he is ambushed by a group of natives and tied to a stake whereupon he finds they have already captured Crochette, but not Captain Pepito.

The buccaneers, the "white men", are blamed for the volcanic eruption and will be sacrificed. From Pepito's hiding place he hatches a plan to rescue his companions. He discovers what he believes are cannonballs and has the idea of firing them from a volcanic vent. Alas, these are found to be balls of cheese that splat on impact. Meanwhile, a flow of lava has burnt through the ropes restraining Ventempoupe and Crochette, setting them free.

Pepito restarts his cheese ball cannon, but the first missile lands straight in the face of a fleeing Crochette. The natives are not far behind and Ventempoupe and Crochette turn to face them and fight. They are backed up by Pepito and his cheese ball cannon which fires missiles at the natives. The trio now spy their ship, the 'Peanut', and race to the sea. They swim to a rescue boat, just managing to escape a shark which a sailor bashes on the head with an oar. The sailor declares he does not want to be told anymore about unknown islands for they have far too many unwanted surprises.

Pepito is an Italian comic book that began in 1955 and lasted just two years, but it was more popular in France, where issues were published for twenty-eight years. This edition is one of the earliest known French comics to engage with Easter Island, though the place is never mentioned by name – it is simply an unknown island, or an island of surprises. However, populating this volcanic island is a series of stone heads, some of which bear a pukao (or topknot) as can be seen on the front cover. These are stone carvings inspired by the moai and are drawn in a style of modernism that was popular in the 1950s. Also of the period are the heavily stereotyped islanders whose difference is exaggerated as spear-carrying nose-pierced toothy simpletons or as primitive stone-age brutes who believe in human sacrifices to placate a volcano god.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Mystery In Space
'Riddle of the Runaway Earth!'
(no.40, October-November 1957, DC Comics)

Archeologist Joel Cobb discovers an unusual machine within a moai. It transmits a telepathic message to him revealing the history of a race of aliens, with facial features resembling the moai. Exploring the universe they found only lifeless planets until they reached Earth, which at this distant time was the ninth planet of the solar system. Discovering primitive ape-men the aliens constructed a “cosmic engine” within the planet to move it closer to the sun as “warmed by the sun … those primitive creatures will evolve”. Leaving behind the moai as representations of themselves they departed to outer space. As Cobb discovers this the earth suddenly leaves its orbit of the sun, seemingly returning to its position as the ninth planet in the solar system. Cobb suspects this is because the alien’s cosmic engine has somehow become reactivated. Digging beneath the moai he discovers a vast chamber containing the engine. He deciphers the controls and fixes the Earth’s course. As the Earth returns to its original orbit Cobb learns that it is about to collide with a white dwarf star and manages to stop the planet just in time. Earth returns to its position as the third planet from the sun and Cobb realises that the unexpected movement of the planet was designed to avoid a collision with this star. He hides the chamber the machine inhabits and destroys his research to prevent something of such power being abused in the future.


This highly fantastic story, published in 1957, can be seen as an example of the common portrayal of the moai in comic books and science fiction as being closely linked to extra-terrestrials. The story ignores entirely Easter Island’s native population and history, instead choosing to view the presence of the moai on the island as a complete mystery. Within the tale the moai were created by benevolent aliens in their own image in order to show that they had visited Earth and also as a marker of the site of their hugely powerful technology. Therefore, this is a story that can be seen to be engaging with both the myth of power and the myth of creation in its treatment of the moai.


The story follows the common trope that suggests that as the moai are such huge and weighty creations whoever created them must be in possession of a vast amount of power. In this instance, this power extends as far as being able to move the Earth itself. Whilst the aliens within the story are depicted as using this power for good it is important to note that the story takes a dimmer view of the human race. The lead character decides to conceal the presence of the earth-moving technology fearing that, if revealed, it will be used irresponsibly. The comic also engages with the myth of the Easter Island archaeologist as a great adventurer and with the idea that there may be a hollow moai concealing a secret to the island's activities.

Peter Munford

Jump to contents

Spirou
'L'ile Mystérieuse' ['The Mysterious Island']
(no.1042, 3 April 1958, Editions J. Dupuis)

It is Easter Sunday 1722 and Dutch explorer Jacob Roggeveen and the crew of his three captained ships spy previously uncharted land, which they decide to call Easter Island. As Roggeveen deliberates how best to engage with the islanders, a canoe comes alongside and a sole Rapanui boards a boat. They give this "savage" a meal and he mistakes the knife and spoon as pendants and sticks one in each extended ear lobe. And unsure what to do with a glass of wine he throws the liquid into his face.

As night falls, the canoe is sent back with gifts to show the good intentions of the Dutch visitors. At dawn, the Dutch approach the island with care and realise that the giants that they saw from a distance are not the islanders but in fact stone statues, which they understand are the gods of the Rapanui. One sailor declares Rapanui to be a "funny island", whilst another says he is scared. They note that there are no trees and cannot comprehend the great achievement of making, transporting and erecting the moai.

A high priest invites Roggeveen and his crew to follow him up a slope and into a cave, where inside a crater they witness the place where the moai are created. They also discover a large example of rongorongo, which they cannot decipher. Meanwhile, the high priest has climbed the high ridge of the crater, where he then pushes a moai that begins to wobble. Fearing this is a trap, one of the sailors shoots at the high priest, and without any orders from Roggeveen. The sailor is reprimanded by Roggeveen and told he will be put in irons.

As Roggeveen and his men leave the crater they encounter an angry population shouting for the Europeans to die. Roggeveen orders his crew to be careful and to not shed blood needlessly. Back on board their ships, Roggeveen realises that they left their rations behind on the island and they cannot sail without them. His officer warns that they cannot go back as the population is enraged. Roggeveen says they will fire their cannons at the moai with the aim of demolishing two or three. This quells the unrest and, to placate the Dutch, the Rapanui send them canoes of food. In return, the Dutch leave the islanders fabrics and glassware, and treat the wounded high priest.

Roggeveen departs pondering the unanswered history of the island and wishes rongorongo could be deciphered. The modern-day host, pipe-smoking Uncle Paul, who heads the story, concludes by telling the reader that Jean-François Champollion had deciphered the Egyptian hieroglyphics and he asks who will translate rongorongo. Uncle Paul advises the reader that they can observe a moai – one taken from the island by Pierre Loti in 1872 – by visiting the Museum of Man in Paris.

For a story that gives the impression it is educational, there are a worryingly high number of mistakes and fabrications. This French comic says Roggeveen saw Easter Island on 6 April, when it was 5 April. A high priest is shot and survives, with nobody dying, when in reality the Dutch shot and killed ten or twelve Rapanui (according to Roggeveen's own account). Moreover, the Dutch cannons in this story fire at and demolish three moai, when that definitely never happened. The official log of Roggeveen records that a sole Rapanui did board a Dutch ship, but no meal, cutlery or wine was given though it was recorded that the man was startled by a mirror where he saw his own reflection and that he was gifted the mirror, a pair of scissors and two strings of blue beads. A chief showed Roggeveen the site of plantation and food production but not Rano Raraku, as the comic imagines. Much of the encounter in this comic is an embellishment of Roggeveen's visit and at worse a fiction. Certainly, Roggeveen makes no record of rongorongo (or rock carvings of the birdman, which appear in one frame), but the comic is particularly interested in this aspect of the island's culture as it connects with and promotes the work of the French scientist Champollion (for a French readership).

Finally, the comic encourages readers to see for themselves a moai in Paris. Admittedly, the illustrations in this publication manage to capture a reasonable likeness of the moai but a visit to Easter Island (or better research) would have added to the resemblance. In this comic the moai are positioned all wrong – one balanced on the crater edge of Rano Raraku is especially dramatic but completely detached from reality. Presenting the moai singularly on high-raised plinths also removes them from the truth.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

House of Mystery
'The Stone Sentinels of Giant Island'
(no.85, April 1959, DC Comics)

A group of scientists are sailing across the Pacific studying ocean currents. It is a route that many ships have sailed previously so they are surprised to sight an uncharted island. They land on the island and discover three giant stone head carvings which they note are reminiscent of those on Easter Island. When they investigate inland they find pools of seawater and marine vegetation. This leads them to conclude that the island must have risen from the ocean relatively recently, which only deepens the mystery of who had carved the statues.

One of the scientists finds an inscription that he is starting to decipher when there is a rumbling sound and the group are astonished to see one of the statues coming to life with its full body emerging from the earth. The scientists run away and are pursued by the monolith. They manage to hide in a cave where Spears, who had been deciphering the inscription, tells the others what he has learned. Many centuries ago the island had been part of the mainland where a spacecraft had landed and the aliens on board had built a dome-covered base that was protected by giant sentinels. These sentinels were needed to protect the base from dinosaurs and were powered by a ray from a distant star. When the aliens departed the sentinels remained to continue their guarding duties. Since that time the island had sunk beneath the sea, and being disconnected from the controlling ray the sentinels became immobile with silt and sand covering the lower part of their bodies.

Exploring the cave system they have entered two of the scientists find the alien base. Meanwhile, the other sentinels are also awakening. Spears is able to read instructions in the base's control room and activates a mechanism which produces clouds of blue smoke on the surface of the island. This acts as a barrier to the ray that has been powering the sentinels and they become immobile again. The scientists take this opportunity to make their escape. As they sail away from the island they see it sinking below the surface of the sea.

Whilst Rapanui is not named, this isolated Pacific island is clearly inspired by Easter Island, of which one of the scientists is reminded when he sees the stone monoliths. A common storyline in moai fiction is the imagining of the stone figures as slumbering giants. This comic follows on from Mystery Tales (reviewed above), which then seems to inspire rival company Marvel Comics to revisit its own idea five months later in Tales to Astonish (reviewed below). Another root of the fantasy would appear to be in Thor Heyerdahl's best-selling book, Aku-Aku: The Secret of Easter Island, which was published just two years earlier in 1957. That book presented Heyerdahl's studies of the island and the moai, which included the excavation of some of the figures revealing that they had significant bodies extending below ground.

In moai fiction, the moai were yet to talk – that did not come until Tales to Astonish (September 1959). There is therefore no verbal interaction between the humans and extra-terrestrials, but the communication void is filled by the deciphering of a carved inscription that is undoubtedly a reference to rongorongo. Popular culture has fantasised that the inscription would helpfully reveal the answers to the perceived mysteries of the moai, and unlike the researchers who have spent decades trying to unlock the writing system the scientist in this story has the wonderful ability to understand what it says within minutes

With the indigenous population absent the story allows the moai to have a history that extends back into prehistoric times, where they are shown forming a defence against attacking dinosaurs. Such Pacific islands neither had nor could possibly sustain these dinosaurs, but the introduction of a beached sperm whale into the story (referred to here as a blue whale) allows for a demonstration of the moai's strength and guardian duties which requires that all beasts are repelled from the site. A whale-tossing moai is arguably the story's most unique moment.

Roy Smith and Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Tales to Astonish
‘I Was Trapped By The Things on Easter Island’
(no.5, September 1959, Marvel Comics Group)

The first of two issues of Tales to Astonish that were drawn to the myths of Easter Island, this story was later reprinted in Where Monsters Dwell no.24 (October 1973; see the review below). The cover image here was largely retained for the reprint, with the only differences in the colours employed. But they have led to a significant change for the image, with the blue sky of this cover changed to red for the reprint and the yellow daytime sun changed to a night-time moon. The alterations have the effect of making the cover more sinister for the reprinted story in Where Monsters Dwell.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Tales to Astonish
‘Here Comes Thorr the Unbelievable’
(no.16, February 1961, Marvel Comics Group)

Marvel returned to the moai of Easter Island for the second time in Tales to Astonish, in a story set on an unnamed Pacific island. The story was reprinted in Where Creatures Roam no.3 (November 1970; see the review below), which features a cover similar to this one but with some interesting differences. The stone giant in Tales to Astonish is called Thorr, but he is changed to Thorg in the reprint – possibly because that name sounds more threatening, or more likely it was to avoid confusion with the superhero Thor, who first appeared in a Marvel comic in August 1962. The name change is the only alteration to the story.

When Marvel re-used the cover of a similar moai fantasy from Tales to Astonish no.5 (1959) for the cover of Where Monsters Dwell no.24 (1973) they simply altered the blue sky of daytime to a more ominous red sky. The same approach has occurred here, with the bright blue of the Pacific darkened for the later reprint. However, the image here has undergone additional changes that are more notable with the reprinted cover redrawn and the borders altered. For the reprint cover, Marvel have either added detail and extended the borders of the original image, or they have returned to a drawing which could have been trimmed when it was first employed for Tales to Astonish.

The reprinted cover for Where Creatures Roam has added two rowboats to the bottom of the image, indicating both the party’s arrival and a route for their escape. Four additional figures – three in the bottom left corner around the boats and another falling off the top of Thorr/Thorg – appear on the cover of Where Creatures Roam, but are absent here. Meanwhile, Tales to Astonish has an additional figure of a man standing on the head of a second stone giant and firing a gun at Thorr/Thorg – which is missing from the cover for Where Creatures Roam. Removing this character renders the humans defenceless and without firepower. On the cover for Tales to Astonish, the character that tells the group that they had been warned not to awaken the giant is an intrepid female, but the responsibility for relaying that statement is switched on the cover of Where Creatures Roam to a fleeing man, and in doing so silences a previously vocal woman. The zoomed-out image on the cover of the later comic also adds a smoking volcano to the left side of the frame. An erupting volcano is part of the fiction, but the large group of companions has nothing to do with the story inside which features just an archaeologist and his wife who travel to the island alone.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Tales of Suspense
‘Back from the Dead!’
(no.28, April 1962, Marvel Comics Group)

Later republished in Chamber of Chills no.11 (July 1974; see the review below) and Tomb of Darkness no.16 (September 1975; reviewed below), the moai of Easter Island are featured on this cover in the top left corner of the 4 frames. The covers for the later reprints both take creative liberties and introduce a woman that is not present in the story. This cover image is the most faithful to the story and is the only one to feature the old man who commands the slumbering moai to rise. Marvel’s sister title Tales to Astonish, which also ran between 1959 and 1968, published two further moai-inspired fantasies that saw the stone figures come alive.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Konga
'The Lost Worlds'
(no.7, July 1962, Charlton Comics)

Professor Trams relays the legends of lost continents: of Mu, Lemuria and Atlantis. Focusing on Atlantis, Trams says that some believe that it existed and that "people of the lost land survived!". Trams takes the reader next to Central America and the mighty Mayan civilisation to present evidence of the survival of the Atlanteans. The Spanish conquistadors had destroyed much of ancient Mayan culture, but in 1930 a Brazilian scholar translated a rare preserved Mayan manuscript. The text revealed that the Mayan's ancestors had long ago survived the sinking of their homeland. Professor Smart turns to the Olmec heads of Mexico and the moai on Easter Island as further proof of a once formidable lost world. He concludes by stating, "some feel that Easter Island was the burial ground for a chain of lost islands that vanished soon after being discovered by Captain John Davis in 1687. And so we leave the answers to you. Did the lost worlds really exist?".

Drawn by Steve Ditko, who was later to join Marvel Comics and help create Spider-Man, this short 3-page story is presented as a fact-based history lesson that is designed to create more questions (the final image ends with a giant question mark) than answers and to raise the fascination of its readership in an unfamiliar part of the world. Professor Trams (which is 'Smart' written backwards), smoking his pipe, standing next to a globe and appearing in various headshots at points in the story, is a man of knowledge and a figure of authority who guides the reader through the 'facts' much like the narrator or guide in a documentary film.

Mu is mentioned, but surprisingly is abandoned for Atlantis as the story's focus for the legends of lost Pacific lands. The buccaneer Edward Davis, appears here as John Davis and he is credited with discovering "a chain of lost islands", which mixes some fact with plenty of fiction. Davis was searching for a mythical new continent and seemed to have discovered a new island, which he called Davis Island in 1687. It is that discovery that inspired the voyage of Dutch explorer Jacob Roggeveen, who was then acknowledged as the first European to encounter Easter Island in 1722. The fantasies that Davis Island opens up are rarely developed in moai culture and the possibilities have occurred on just two other occasions, in Super Magician Comics (see the review above) and the British comic Lion and Thunder (see the review below).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Justice League of America
'The Challenge of the Untouchable Aliens!'
(no.15, November 1962, DC Comics)

Phantom stone creatures emerge and disappear out of nowhere. They can touch objects on Earth, but earthlings cannot connect back leaving the Justice League of America (JLA), with their assembled superpowers, unable to fight effectively. The JLA in this comic are Batman, Superman, Wonder Woman, Flash, Green Lantern, Aquaman, J'onn J'onzz, the Atom and Green Arrow.

High above the Earth in a Sky Fortress, a new American defence system is being tested which can rapid-fire nuclear shells thereby intercepting and destroying incoming missiles. Before, however, the test can begin it comes under attack from an unseen force, leaving the people inside falling out of the sky. Superman and Wonder Woman are on hand to help catch the hurtling humans who are placed back on board the fortress whilst it is gently brought back to earth. But neither can stop the atomic cannon from being stolen by the invisible force. The cannon is now turned on a skyscraper, leaving Flash to evacuate the entire building in quick time. Wonder Woman and Superman next focus on the missile from the failed test, which is lassoed and thrown into outer space, and then on the cannon, which is crumpled beyond use.

An emergency meeting of the JLA is called where they learn that the USA, the Soviet Union and "England" have had their "most destructive weapons" stolen. The message also alerts them to sightings of stone giants in three global cities. The JLA split into three teams to investigate.

J'onn J'onzz, Green Lantern and Aquaman arrive in Tokyo, where they see a stone giant staring skywards. He has been waiting for a nuclear missile to arrive. The JLA attempt to send the missile away from harm and into outer space but they are initially stopped by the giant. Another giant is found under the sea firing nuclear missiles and is attacked by Aquaman. The trio succeed in containing the threat, but all are now in the clutches of the two giants. Then suddenly the giants disappear, releasing the trio.

Next, Superman, Wonder Woman and the Atom arrive in Brasilia, Brazil, where they find two stone giants waiting. Strange lightning follows, commencing a defence system that coats the city with a material that protects it from foreign attack. The system has been activated, as a weapon within the clouds is causing a rain to fall that would otherwise dissolve the city. The JLA intervenes to try and halt the rain, but they are hindered again by the giants. The Atom manages to switch off the rain machine but as he falls back to earth he is caught in a giant's fist. Wonder Woman and Superman are held too by a stone fist before all three superheroes are abruptly released as the giants disappear.

At Central City, Batman, the Flash and Green Lantern find the giants using another stolen device, pushing this one into the ground and causing an earthquake. Green Lantern grows multiple hands, which manage to hold the shaking city buildings together. Batman and Flash go after the giants but they are caught in the stone fists unable to fight back. Green Lantern is powerless too as the giants go after him with the aim of stealing his magic ring. He lets them have his ring but he has willed it inert and as part of his plan the giants now disappear to their own dimension. There, the ring probes the giants' minds allowing Green Lantern to understand the situation.

A few days before, the giants had exploded a cobalt bomb at the same time and place as Earth had detonated a nuclear bomb. The giants live in another dimension alongside Earth, separated by just a single minute. The simultaneous exploding of the two bombs created a shift in the time continuum. The giants are scientists (six of them), who have now been able to peer into the human dimension of Earth for the first time. The minute that separates the two worlds is narrowing and the three cities of impact that would lead to an immense nuclear holocaust are where the giants have appeared and intervened, trying to destroy the human cities first.

Batman, Flash and the Green Lantern, with the help of Lantern's ring now enter the dimension of the giants where they try to move these alien cities out of the way, whilst also battling the monoliths. The giants plead with the JLA to stop fighting and listen, because if they manage to move the cities everything will be destroyed in both worlds. Quick-thinking Green Lantern realises that he can save both worlds if he simply resets Earth back to the one minute that separates the two dimensions. All is saved and the grateful giants thank the JLA.

By late 1962, there had been a small rush of Marvel comics depicting the moai in fantasies where they come alive and as stone giants threaten helpless humans. Whilst Easter Island is not directly referenced in this comic, the depiction of these stone giants bears sufficient connection to the moai, who act here as figures trying to warn the Earth about the unfolding global crisis as a result of nuclear testing. 1961-1962 was a particularly acute period in the Cold War with the arms race and strategic missile deployment creating an increased fear of permanent and catastrophic world damage, that this comic reflects. In a tale of nuclear destruction it is no coincidence that one of the cities of concern in this story is Tokyo.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Laugh
'The Jaguar – The Immortal Alien'
(no.141, December 1962, Close-Up, Inc.)

Archaeologists digging on Easter Island believe they may have found the answer to the origins of the moai. Major Kress's theory is that the statues had been built by aliens in their own image. Unfortunately, Kress died in a shark attack off Easter Island. Excavating beneath a moai the team find a sarcophagus made from volcanic rock, from which suddenly emerges alive an alien whose head resembles the stone carvings.

The creature of curiosity is taken to the USA, where scientists test and examine it "before we take him on a world tour!". The alien's body is made of "indestructible metal", which survives experiments in which a hand grenade is exploded and flames are introduced to a testing chamber. Superhero The Jaguar, has been watching these experiments and decides to introduce his own – poison gas. This makes the moai panic and run, as it speaks for the first time "no!". The Jaguar grabs the moai and rips open its metal 'body', revealing inside Major Kress. His plan, along with two associates, had been to collect "millions" from being exhibited globally and then to disappear.

In the decade since 1952, when a comic had become the first to visualise the fanciful idea that the moai and aliens are connected, there had been a handful of stories that had explored the possibilities of extra-terrestrials within moai culture fiction. Despite its simplicity, this comic takes an original alternative approach and counters those stories presenting the notion that such thoughts of aliens is hokum. Of the countless comics that have since followed, the revelation that an archaeologist/ scientist is responsible for enhancing or manufacturing the mysteries of Easter Island has been rarely repeated and can be found in a much later adventure involving Scooby-Doo (see the review below).

The fake alien moai in the Jaguar story chalks a series of hieroglyphics onto a blackboard; an early comic book depiction of rongorongo. Under the watchful gaze of a group of white male experts, who are not "able to decipher his hieroglyphic language", there is talk of taking this wonder on a world tour. It evokes the way that first encounters saw inhabitants of new lands taken on western ships, whereupon their cultural and biological difference was exhibited on foreign stages.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

El Eternauta [The Eternaut]
(no.14, January 1963, Buenos Aires: Editorial Vea y Lea)

First published in 1957 in weekly newspaper instalments, El Eternauta is a classic science fiction Argentinian political comic, that was created by Hector Germán Osterheld and Francisco Solano López. It featured space and time travel, radioactive snow, dystopian worlds and alien invasion, and a protagonist, The Eternaut, a traveller through eternity, who is part of the human resistance. The story is set in the near future in 1963, when this new edition was published. Despite moai appearing on the front, the image does not relate to the content within, which is a comic combined with short fiction and non-fiction news, and includes a republication of El Eternauta. The cover image is reminiscent of others from around the same period, such as Amazing Stories (reviewed below) and Las Esferas de Rapa-Nui (reviewed below), in which a large moai is foregrounded either against a sky of alien worlds or of recently arrived space travellers whose rocketship is in the background.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Tarou
‘Le Secret de l’île de Paques’ [‘The Secret of Easter Island’]
(no. 111, April 1963, Artima)

Voyaging around the Cape Horn and into the Pacific, Tarou, his girlfriend Denise, and their friend Gérard experience a storm before sailing into calm seas. They are heading to Rapanui and Gérard advises that it has just 230 inhabitants. On reaching the volcanic island, they moor their yacht in an inlet and the three, along with Tarou’s companions, Salvator the lion, and Bali the monkey, take a smaller boat to the shore. The island appears deserted, but Denise spots some islanders at a distance; Tarou thinks they may be afraid of his lion and monkey. Gérard approaches the islanders, but he finds he is unable to speak their language. The islanders therefore communicate using hand signs and indicate that the visitors should go to another side of the island, where there is “something unusual”. The friends proceed, but with caution.

As they venture, they see their first moai, whereupon Gérard advises that the statues have existed for a long time and were carved by the ancestors of the current islanders. Gérard, however, realises there is something strange and he goes back to the boat to fetch some photos he has of Rapanui. Returning to Tarou and Denise he is able to show them with the help of a photo that this moai they have been observing was previously not part of the landscape. They compare the moai with others nearby and conclude they are made of the same volcanic material. Gérard thinks the new moai could by a sailors’ hoax.

As they are conversing, Bali, the monkey, climbs to the top of this new moai, making it wobble and leading Tarou to realise it is hollow. Suddenly, the moai topples over, narrowly missing Tarou. Now on its side, a voice emanates from within the fallen moai. Tarou is asked to control his lion and only then does a strange-looking man, wearing a telepathy helmet with an aerial-like device on top, feel comfortable to emerge from the moai. The stranger, an electrical engineer, says he will take the trio to his laboratory – a vast room which is located beneath the moai and reached via a series of stairs – but he asks that Bali and Salvator remain behind as his appliances are very fragile.

The stranger talks of his past. He had manipulated a rare metal and realised that whenever he transported it whilst passing by people he could hear their thoughts. With the help of a friend, called Storm, he developed the telepathy helmet and then sold the invention to an unnamed nation, which gave him an advance to perfect the device. The money allowed him to build his installation on Easter Island, with the new moai scaring away the islanders and making sure he would be left alone. Gérard is concerned about the impact such a device will have on mankind, whilst the stranger insists that Tarou tries on the helmet so he can demonstrate its power. But without warning, Tarou punches the stranger and knocks him unconscious. Tarou’s friends are confused by this moment of brutality, but they soon understand that they were actually in danger. The stranger had forgotten that whilst wearing the helmet Tarou could read all his thoughts. Tarou had therefore intervened before the stranger was able to use a gun he had stored in a draw. It appears that the stranger had been planning to eliminate Tarou and his friends.

The villainous inventor is tied up, whilst Gérard now puts on the helmet to communicate telepathically with Storm, who is based “nearby” in Tahiti. Gérard deceives Storm into thinking he is communicating with his inventor friend and so he reveals the coordinates for his location. Without further delay, the team with the inventor as a captive (and still unconscious) leave Easter Island and travel by yacht to Tahiti. An hour after being knocked out by Tarou, the inventor awakens on board the yacht, but he remains dazed, which Gérard says will aid them in capturing Storm. After five days at sea, Tarou, Denise and Gérard land on a small Tahitian island and, as their continued attempt to deceive Storm, and make him think nothing is amiss, they force the inventor (still dazed) to walk in front of them whilst wearing the helmet, which has now been deactivated. At the point at which Gérard reveals to Storm they are armed and attempts to take him prisoner, Storm knowing he has been betrayed lunges at the inventor sending the two of them off a cliff and to their deaths on the rocks below. Gérard says they will pass the knowledge of the metal and the invention to honest scientists.

Tarou, subtitled ‘son of the jungle’, was a French Tarzan, brought up by tigers as a child, when he lost his French father and indigenous mother in a Pacific storm. He first appeared in the French Aventure magazine in 1949, later in Dynamic and Ardan, before featuring in his own publication, Tarou, in 1954. That lasted for 222 issues until 1973, when his creator, Bob Dan (the pseudonym of Robert Dansler), died. Despite the cover for this adventure, where Tarou wears a singlet, and other adventures in which he appears bare-chested and more Tarzan-like, Tarou spends his time in this comic dressed as an ordinary man in a thick jumper and a pair of trousers. His unusual companions – the lion and monkey – which would also establish him as a Tarzan-figure, have minimal function in this story (halfway through they are left outside of the laboratory and practically forgotten) and appear more like pets. As with the adventures of Tarzan, Tarou is the man of action and the white saviour, whilst the indigenous people he encounters are either savages or frightened, and therefore need to be fought or rescued (in this story the latter).

Whilst this is a relatively early comic for moai culture, it is surprisingly unsophisticated in its use of Easter Island as a location, with the story also astonishingly simple, interventionist and full of narrative weaknesses. Easter Island was presumably chosen by the inventor so he could experiment in isolation, but there are better and easier places to build such a hideaway in the world – and one that would not require an underground construction, with a decoy moai on top. The islanders also would have surely seen the ‘secret’ laboratory and moai being built and consequently not been afraid. But in this story, Easter Island as a perceived land of wonders and mystery becomes an appropriate location for a telepathy helmet, albeit one that looks rather silly. And with the comic reducing the population to a small number of 230 people, they become disposable figures, imagined as primitive inhabitants, wearing loin cloths and forced to gesticulate to communicate, and who bear no resemblance to the Rapanui.

Within moai culture, evil geniuses and mad scientists have been easily attracted to Easter Island, and there have been other stories imagining a hollow moai containing a secret – see, for instance, World’s Finest Comics (reviewed above) and Mystery in Space (reviewed above). In the fantasy that is Tarou, there seems little need for research, with Easter Island simplified to one large volcanic cone. But interestingly the moai in one frame, which are unlike those found in reality on the island, have been copied from a sketch originally drawn in 1877 by a French explorer, Alphonse Pinart. It has been re-used elsewhere, but only within French popular culture – on the cover of the comic Big Boss (reviewed below), on a trade card (reviewed below) and on the cover for the 1990 edition of the novel Les sphères de Rapa-Nui (reviewed below).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Pilote
'Ile de Pâques: Mystérieuse et Sauvage' ['Easter Island: Mysterious and Wild']
(no.209, October 1963, Dargaud)

Appearing in a French comic that was best known for introducing popular characters such as Astérix, this double page centre spread presents a full colour illustrated education map of Easter Island. Post publication of Thor Heyerdahl's best-selling book, Aku-Aku: The Secret of Easter Island, in 1957, there was greater knowledge available for comics that wished to be educational, as opposed to fictional, in their narratives. This is clear in one side image in this double spread that shows a moai head consisting of a much larger body below ground, a fact established through Heyerdahl's excavations of a number of the carvings. Furthermore, it is clear in a series of images on the right side of the page that illustrate one of the theories tested by Heyerdahl as to how the moai were raised into position.

Much of this comic is accurately drawn and labelled and includes good illustrations of rongorongo, moai kavakava and even Makemake, though the carvings of the birdman at Orongo have erroneously been given an extra leg. Further errors include a pukao being moved by just two men, and many of the moai depicted facing out to sea, albeit they function here as simple icons showing specific locations. Tellingly, the map and images are historical and show the Rapanui and its culture in the past. It is frustrating that the people and culture of contemporary Rapanui are apparently of no interest for a text that was aiming high in its educational value.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Superman’s Girlfriend Lois Lane
'How Lois Lane Fell in Love with Superman!'
(no.53, November 1964, DC Comics)

Lois Lane is assigned to cover earthquakes on a remote jungle island and her editor arranges for Superman to fly her there. Upon arriving, Superman loses his powers due to a discovered piece of kryptonite. The island features large moai-like statues and is populated by oversized plants and creatures. Superman is required to use ingenuity rather than his powers to protect Lois. This impresses Lois and they kiss, but as they do a snake attacks them. Superman manages to defend Lois, but is bitten by the snake. The bite has no harmful effect though and Superman discovers his powers have returned.

In this comic book, the moai feature in a single panel of artwork. For the purposes of the story they are situated on the fictional Bamboo Island. Unlike many comic book stories featuring the moai this one offers no thoughts on their presence, and nor does it depict them as living creatures or of extra-terrestrial origin. Instead, they function purely to demonstrate the foreign, mysterious and, therefore, threatening nature of the island. This is reflected in Lois Lane’s remark “I want to film them!”, which positions the statues as objects of curiosity. This comic is therefore a clear example of how the moai became shorthand for denoting the exotic and the mysterious in Western Culture.

Peter Munford

Jump to contents

Aventuras de la Vida Real [Real Life Adventures]
‘Kon-Tiki’
(no.108, December 1964, Editorial Novaro)

Whilst focused on the 1947 journey by raft by adventurer Thor Heyerdahl – that crossed the Pacific from Peru to French Polynesia and did not include Easter Island – this comic cannot resist bringing in a few references to the moai. Mexican comics have exhibited a continuous fascination in the life, work and theories of Heyerdahl, for which this is the earliest known example. Presumably the level of interest is due to Heyerdahl’s beliefs in the connections between South America, Rapanui and Polynesia, which Aventuras de la Vida Real is keen to emphasise where possible.

Early in the comic, on a date of April 1940, Heyerdahl and his wife are on the Polynesian island of Fatu Hiva when suddenly in the jungle they come across a monolithic statue. It resembles more a moai than anything found on Fatu Hiva and Heyerdahl comments that it is similar to prehistoric monoliths found in Peru. In reality, the statues of Peru and Fatu Hiva are distinctly different. Towards the end of the comic another moai (badly drawn) is depicted with the reader told that Easter Island contains remnants of the Peruvian culture that once flourished there. Both moai depicted in this comic are poor representations, with one quite amateurish and the other relocated appearing as a stand-in for statues found on a different island. Meanwhile, Heyerdahl’s theories on the settlement of Polynesia from South America have since been proven wrong.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Kona
‘The Island of Buried Warriors’
(no.13, January 1965, Dell Publishing)

An earthquake strikes near the deserted Stonehead Island in the Pacific. Fearing the “famed statues” may be destroyed before their secret has been solved, an ultra modern hydrofoil, called ‘Explorer’, rushes to the location. On board are Dr Henry Dodd, his daughter, two grandchildren, and Kona, ‘Monarch of Monster Isle’. The hydrofoil’s rudder is damaged in a tidal wave and as the gang attempts to steer the craft they are attacked by a giant tentacled sea creature that pulls Kona under the water. Kona breaks free and climbs back on board the hydrofoil, just before a second tidal wave strikes that pushes the helpless craft up on to the shores of Stonehead Island, where they encounter many moai figures. As a pre-planned mechanism, water flows from behind resting moai and in doing so pushes them upwards forming a circle of stone heads that appear to be protecting a volcanic crater.

Suddenly from within the crater a group of giant kiwi birds surge forth. But they are called back to the crater by a native blowing on a conch shell. He commands the kiwi and they start to remove a water-proof covering that has been placed over many warriors: “long ear Polynesians […] considered extinct for five hundred years!”. They are the “mighty Akuns”, conquerors of all neighbouring islands who had the moai built by slaves. The warriors have since been under the covering inside the crater in suspended animation waiting their time to return to rule. Henry tries to rationalise with the Akuns that the world has moved on and the are no longer rulers, but they refuse to listen.

The kiwi birds attack Henry, his family and Kona and the Akuns throw a net over these foreigners. The leader of the Akuns blows again on his conch and giant albatrosses arrive. These are harnessed to the Akun’s outriggers and pull them at speed through the ocean, with Henry’s grandchildren on board as captives. Henry, his daughter and Kona give pursuit in their hovercar, a hexagonal-shaped airplane. The giant albatrosses attack the hovercar forcing it to crash.

Meanwhile, the Akuns arrive ashore startling the “pygmies of a primitive Pacific island”, who thought the Akuns were only legend. The Akuns tell them to submit or die. The pygmies quickly yield and the Akuns declare a tribute to the war gods and start to sacrifice Henry’s grandchildren. Shoved into an “escape-proof pit”, the helpless children see a wooden panel raised in a side wall, releasing into the arena a giant crab. Just in time, the hovercar arrives with Kona leaning down to grab the trapped children. The giant crab attacks the hovercar, but Kona fights back and delivers a fatal stab to the crustacean.

The Akuns, with the pygmies under their command, launch their outriggers for another island to conquer. Realising the power of the conch, Kona jumps from the pursuing hovercar into an outrigger and grabs the prized shell. Kona blows on the conch and directs the albatrosses to pull the outriggers back to Stonehead Island. There, the giant kiwi birds now under Kona’s control re-emerge and pierce the arms of the warriors with their long beaks injecting them with a fluid. This sends the warriors into a trance that directs them back into the crater where they will sleep for another seven thousand moons. The kiwi birds cover the warriors with the waterproof sheet and the albatrosses topple the moai.

Arguably the most creative and imaginative of all moai fiction, this fantasy seems inspired by the novels of Edgar Rice Burroughs, in particular his prehistoric tale The Land That Time Forgot and his jungle adventures starring Tarzan. For Kona is a loincloth-wearing hero who leaps and swings from heights, controls animals (in this story birds) and fights giant creatures without hesitation. He is encountered by the Dodds family in the early Kona comics, when in a story that is indebted to Jules Verne’s novel The Mysterious Island, their blimp crashes on a lost prehistoric Pacific island of giant creatures. In later comics, like this one, Kona travels with the Dodds family to faraway lands.

This is a wondrous story of a giant squid-like creature attacking a hydrofoil and a giant crab attacking a flying car. The giant kiwi birds are particularly fanciful with their long beaks being re-imagined as giant needles for injecting drugs. In reality, the harmless kiwi bird is a small and rare semi-nocturnal animal native to New Zealand that has external nostrils on its beak for sniffing out food. In this story they are the guardians of an island that is clearly meant to be Easter Island.

The Easter Islanders could be viewed as being represented by the Akuns, long-eared warriors who had the moai constructed by slaves. These are, however, blue-skinned warrior people with no redeeming qualities, who seek to conquer and rule over a wide expanse of Pacific islands, whilst offering human sacrifices to their gods. This is in a manner similar to the mighty warrior Rotumans depicted in a 1951 Operation Peril comic also involving Easter Island (see review above). In these stories, the moai are associated with a powerful race of Pacific island warriors, but crucially there is a refusal to recognise the Rapanui people as the true creators of these impressive stone carvings. For the sake of popular fiction, Easter Island functions in this comic and many others as an abstract space. As this comic advises on its opening page this is a “silent, sinister island, populated only by huge stone faces of some alien people”.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Walt Disney Lt. Robin Crusoe, U.S.N.
(1966, Gold Key/ K.K. Publications)

From the 1960s into the 1970s Gold Key published countless licensed comics that were adaptations of popular film, television and cartoon releases of the time. It had a particular commercial relationship with Walt Disney and adapted a number of its productions, including Lt. Robin Crusoe, U.S.N. (1966, reviewed above), a castaway film which was received much better at the box office than it was by critics. This 32-page comic is largely a faithful adaption of the Disney film, judicially selecting and condensing the essential parts of the story. Within the film is a moai-like statue in the jungle, called Kaboona, which apparently only communicates with a local chief, thereby giving him control over his tribe. The artists for the comic have interestingly made this statue less moai-like and more human in appearance. Most noticeably, gone is the jutting mono-brow, replaced by separate curved eyebrows. Its eyes and mouth are now oval, instead of respectively square and circular, and its nose is now more regular in its form, with the nostrils removed. The changes show how with a few adjustments a moai-like statue can lose its resemblance to the figures on Easter Island. The comic has also replaced the jungle floor in front of the statue with a stone-built platform upon which a native woman now kneels – both additions helping to make the arena in which this deity functions more sacrificial and like an altar.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Spirou
'La Tragique Expédition de La Pérouse' ['The Tragic Expedition of La Pérouse']
(no.1448, 13 January 1966, Editions J. Dupuis)

Spirou had previously depicted the voyage of Jacob Roggeveen to Easter Island, in a 1958 Uncle Paul historical story (reviewed above). Elsewhere, La Pérouse has been the subject of comic book stories in True Comics (1942, reviewed above), Le Téméraire (1943, reviewed above), Die Eroberung der Welt (first published 1979, reviewed below) and as La Boussole & L'Astrolabe (2016, reviewed below). This particular Uncle Paul story, which is designed to be educational, shrinks the tragic voyage of La Pérouse into 4 pages, where La Boussole & L'Astrolabe had employed 46 pages for the adventure. Consequently, Easter Island appears in just two frames. In the first, the senior crew stare at a moai and reflect on the abilities of the Rapanui people. They recognise that the Rapanui revere the statues, but they do not understand how the same people could have built them when they live in huts shaped like overturned canoes. There is no mention of the statues having been toppled, which is believed to have begun before their visit. In the second frame, they are shown gathering provisions from the island – grain and sheep – before continuing on their voyage. Few comics mention the voyage of Edward Davis, who supposedly was the first European to find Rapanui in 1687. This comic is more confident about the discovery and asserts that he found Easter Island and that it was in 1686.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Captain Marvel
'The Invisible Aliens'
(no.1, April 1966, M.F. Enterprises)

On board a plane, Captain Marvel along with fifty passengers is caught in an electro-magnetic storm that forces them to land on a paradisiacal island. There, he discovers giant footprints and a colossal computer in the middle of a jungle. After deciphering an ancient tablet, he finds that the advanced civilisation that used to inhabit the island discovered the fourth dimension and was subsequently destroyed by ‘creatures’. A door opens and Captain Marvel enters the giant computer, where he meets these creatures who are shaped like giant stone heads, and battles them using his superpowers. The creatures are too strong and he is forced to escape through an underground tunnel. He makes his way back to the plane only to find the giant stone heads have encircled it and are asking the crew and passengers for help. Suspicious of their intentions, he follows them back to the computer where the giants ask the plane’s crew to seal a hatch, but when they become suspicious, the heads threaten to take them hostage in exchange for Captain Marvel. When the crew fight back, the heads beg for Marvel’s help as he is the only one who can help them get back to their own dimension. Captain Marvel agrees and helps to send them back home by using his body as a lightning conductor; in return, the giants help to teleport him back onto the plane.

M.F. Enterprises, who published this comic, were a minor outfit who began with this particular edition and had collapsed by the end of the following year. Captain Marvel was originally the name given to Fawcett Comics’ character between 1940 and 1953; M.F. Enterprises took the name and conceived a different superhero, most notably one who is capable of splitting his body into different parts. Although this particular story does not make a direct reference to Easter Island and the moai, the comic book clearly depicts moai-inspired stone figures as Captain Marvel’s ‘Invisible Aliens’. The ‘heads’, as Captain Marvel calls them, walk, talk and have superpowers, but they appear rather strange as they are shown as having a head, arms and legs but no body. Another aspect which hints at Easter Island is the mysterious ancient tablet written in a forgotten language, which is reminiscent of the rongorongo tablets. Today’s linguists and anthropologists are some way from understanding rongorongo, but the superhero that is Captain Marvel takes only seconds to decipher his tablet using his “computer-like brain”. The tablet is an oddity within the story and even Captain Marvel remarks on its anachronism: “Strange such an advanced civilization used tablets to write on…when they built a giant computer!”.

The presence of the computer, like the message left by the ancient civilisation which was destroyed by the heads, remain unexplored in the text, as the reader is given no developed explanation about the people and their ancient knowledge. Similar to other such texts, these natives are quickly put aside as the island becomes a mystery devoid of people, but inhabited by giant stone statues. The presence of the moai in this comic book is a simple way of exploiting the myths behind Easter Island in an attempt to create new adventures and villains for Captain Marvel to battle. This is understandable due to the period when the comic was released, 1966, when interest in Easter Island had risen significantly, due not least to the publication of Thor Heyerdahl’s 1958 book Aku-Aku: The Secret of Easter Island.

Patricia Porumbel

Jump to contents

Dossier Negro [Black Dossier]
'El Diablo de Rapa Nui' ['The Devil of Rapa Nui']
(no.8; Barcelona: Graficas Jorba, 1969)

Augusto Breck, a much-travelled man and collector of artefacts, is awoken during the night by a hideous floating face. When he switches his bedroom light on it disappears, but he is so worried that he phones his friend, a doctor, Bertold Coleman, during the middle of the night, and he arrives at Augusto's home without delay. Augusto shows Bertold his collection of world artefacts including a stone carving of a head, which is the face he has seen in his nightmares. He tells Bertold that he had stolen the carving from a secret and sacred cave of a family on Rapanui, that was guarded by an aku-aku spirit. Those who intrude into the cave are said to suffer punishment followed by death. Augusto does not believe in witchcraft, but every time he has gone to sleep, this demon carving has appeared in his nightmares growing bigger and bigger, where it is on the verge of crushing him. Bertold has not been listening properly to this story as he has been overcome by the eyes of the demon carving; Augusto says, "do you understand now?".

Bertold thinks that Augusto has been too obsessed with his books and travels. He suggests that Augusto takes a break, leaves the city, and stays with him at his villa by a lake. They leave together in Bertold's car. Upon arriving at the villa, they discover that the carving is in Augusto's luggage, but he assures Bertold that he did not put it there. Bertold does not believe him; Augusto says he is not crazy.

The two friends row to the middle of the lake, whereupon Augusto tosses the carving overboard, and it sinks twenty metres down into the mud. The two friends can now relax and they spend the rest of the day playing tennis, horse riding and fishing. They return to the villa for dinner and are shocked to see that the stone carving has re-emerged and is now sitting on a mantelpiece. Bertold is a rationalist and does not understand how this is possible. One of the rangers for his estate arrives and reveals that he placed the carving in the villa as he had found it on the edge of the lake, but this does not explain how it rose from the watery depths. Augusto takes a hammer and smashes the carving into pieces; Bertold instructs his servant to take the bits and scatter them in all directions.

The two friends retire to their rooms for the evening. Bertold is worried about Augusto's mental health; he admits there is something about the mask, but he does not subscribe to Augusto's belief that it is demonic. Suddenly, Bertold hears the horrific screams of Augusto coming from the bedroom next door. Augusto screams for help and that "it's growing…growing! It will crush me!". Another scream, then silence. Bertold asks his servant to help him break down the door. Augusto is discovered lying dead on his bed.

Bertold calls the police, telling them a man has died in "very strange" circumstances. The police investigate and the coroner reports that Augusto's bones had been broken by a heavy object. Bertold decides to tell the police superintendent everything but he does not accept the story. Demoralised and knowing that nobody will believe him, Bertold returns to his home in the city. He begins to question what he has experienced, but as the day turns to night and his room darkens the carving reappears floating in front of his eyes and growing in size. Bertold orders it to go and throws his glass at its head. He switches on the light and the mask vanishes; Betold wonders whether he had dreamt the demon and that he is going crazy like Augusto. But there on a cabinet sits the stone carving staring at him. As the carving then rises, Bertold is terrified that he will be its next victim.

Dossier Negro, Spain's first horror comic, began in 1968 and lasted for 218 issues. It was noted for its striking covers – graphic and often gruesome – and for publishing the early work of many famous Spanish illustrators. The publication's emergence coincided with a wave of popular interest in Gothic narratives that was especially strong in countries such as Germany, Italy, Spain and the UK, with the films of Hammer Studios most notable in the latter. Other British producers of Gothic horror films include Amicus, who was known for its omnibus format of several short stories linked by a framing narrative. This story, 'El Diablo de Rapa Nui', could easily have appeared in one of those omnibus films, where the horror was frequently constructed around stories of guilt and revenge, theft and inanimate objects that come alive. In fact, this story is reminiscent of the Amicus feature film, The Skull (1965), based on a short story by Robert Bloch, in which a collector of unusual objects is affected by the possessed skull of the Marquis de Sade. It also appears to borrow from Edith Wharton's short story 'The Eyes' (1910), in which a pair of haunting eyes repeatedly appear at night at the side of a terrified man's bed. Following familiar Gothic narratives, 'El Diablo de Rapa Nui' is a tale of the uncanny that sees the protagonists and the supporting characters questioning what they have seen, experienced and heard and whether it can be explained as the result of drinking or madness.

The entire story takes place at three homes – those of Augusto and Bertold – but the country is never made clear. Rapanui appears in just one simple frame as a flashback in a cave and the location would have been unknown if it had not been stated in the text. The comic essentially exploits Rapanui as a faraway place that can conveniently become shorthand for the 'exotic' and thereby 'demonic', through an object of cultural importance (which appears in colour on the front cover). The stone carving of the demon head, which is an ancestral possession and is associated with the sacred, is twice referred to as 'she' though the drawings do not make the gender explicit. Aku-aku is once again referenced to give a semblance of anthropological 'depth' to the fantasy, but the carving is unlike anything found within Rapanui culture (unsurprisingly) and is pure fiction. What is interesting is the subtext that the theft of such objects is wrong – Augusto later repents and wishes he had not stolen the carving – and that the act will haunt those who have transgressed.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Grandes Viajes [Great Journeys]
‘La Trágica Expedición de La Perouse’ ['The Tragic Expedition of La Perouse']
(no.72, 1 January 1969, Editorial Novaro: Mexico)

Of the thirty-two pages in this comic, Easter Island fills just five frames and less than one page of images in total. As a rather improbable crew of three land a small boat on Easter Island, they stand on the shore in awe of a moai and pause to reflect on the ancient Rapanui civilisation that “must have been admirable”. Roggeveen’s 1722 voyage to the island is mentioned as is Captain Cook’s visit twelve years earlier. The text states that La Pérouse’s task was to conduct a more thorough study of the island than Cook’s. So, La Perouse’s small team take measurements of the statues, employing a ladder to reach the top of a moai head, whilst another crew member states, that if he had more time he would make a dictionary of the Rapanui language as it shares similarities with Polynesian. The ship then departs for the Gulf of Alaska.

As a forerunner to Grandes Viajes’s focus on Easter Island and Thor Heyerdahl, which began in the August 1969 issue (reviewed below) and continued in the December 1971 issue (reviewed below), this comic detailed the voyages of the French explorer Jean Galoup de la Pérouse, borrowing the same title for the story as a 1966 issue of Spirou (reviewed above). La Pérouse’s expedition was designed by the French to follow and expand upon the voyage of Captain Cook, but interestingly of the moai culture comics it is the former that features more often – La Pérouse has been the focus of five comics compared to just the one for Cook. Whilst Cook was tragically killed on a Hawaiian beach and his great voyages would make an excellent comic, La Pérouse’s disappearance for many years and his almost mythical lost expedition appears to make a more sensational story. As with so many comics that claim to be historical, the original ship logs are barely respected and this comic (like others) presents the island as initially abandoned, with the Rapanui only appearing in the last frame.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Grandes Viajes [Great Journeys]
‘El misterio de la Isla de Pascua’ ['The Mystery of Easter Island']
(no.79, 1 August 1969, Editorial Novaro: Mexico)

On the evening of Easter Day 1722, the ships of Dutch sailor Jacob Roggeveen suddenly spot smoke coming from an island that was not recorded on any maps. The next day, an islander with long ears and a European appearance – fair skin and ginger-blonde hair – rows up to Roggeveen’s ship. When asked with sign language about the name of the island, he replies “Te pito o te henua”, but Roggeveen decides to call it ‘Easter Island’, because of the day on which it was ‘discovered’.

A group of ten Dutch men subsequently visit the island and are received warmly by the indigenous people. The visitors are first shocked by the lack of women present (they might be hiding in the hills) and then by the colossal moai, which they call “devils” and “monsters” and wonder how these weird statues had been carved and moved into position. Back in the village, the islanders are more relaxed and curious about the Dutch, but tragedy soon follows with several Rapanui killed. A Dutch sailor shoots a Rapanui man, which results in the islanders’ violent reaction and further shots fired. Roggeveen is on board his ship at the time when he hears the gunshots and returns to the island with a group of 50 men, but it is too late. Many innocent natives have been killed leaving Roggeveen feeling guilty.

48 years later, in 1770, the viceroy of Peru sent two frigates (the San Lorenzo and the Rosalía) led by captain Felipe González, to navigate the western side of the Pacific. The Rosalía arrives at Easter Island, a place they recognise as the one discovered by Roggeveen. Accompanied by two priests, the crew plant a cross on a hill and call the island ‘San Carlos’, which they declare to be part of the Spanish crown under the reign of King Charles III.

The visitors are curious about the scarce presence of women and children on the island. One of the islanders indicates that the women and children are under the earth. The visitors inspect the islanders (who are tall and well-built and with extremely long ears) and try to make them learn some Spanish. Before the crew departs they leave the islanders some nice clothes for the women, who subsequently appear from their places of hiding and say farewell.

In 1774 another expedition appears led by Captain James Cook. The islanders deliberate and decide to again hide their women and children in their caves, before gauging the visitors’ real intentions. Cook lands with his crew and an interpreter who can speak Polynesian. With the interpreter, Cook exchanges clothing for fresh fruit and food. They ask also for a moai, and an islander explains that their ariki (chiefs) or ancestors are buried there, as well as mentioning the aku aku (or protective spirits). Twelve years later, Captain La Pérousse’s expedition visits Easter Island and brings many presents for the natives in the name of King Louis XVI. This visit is very short.

Until the first years of the nineteenth century, the island does not receive many other foreigners until one day an American schooner arrives. The islanders still have the memory of the French expedition and its presents, but this crew has the aim of recruiting islanders to repopulate Juan Fernández Islands (which includes Robinson Crusoe’s), where a company from the United States has established a base for seal hunting. The visitors capture ten men and twelve women, but after three days of navigation, the islanders jump ship. Unfortunately, they do not survive, being so far away from land. Two years later, an English brigantine that had survived a storm and was without water for six days visits the island and the islanders. No longer trusting strangers, the Rapanui take revenge, attacking the visitors. In the mid nineteenth century, a Russian boat tries to stop at the island, but they are rejected by the natives. After a long and dramatic fight, the Russians leave.

In 1862, a Peruvian whale fleet approaches the island. Although the islanders are eager to attack, they are surprised when they hear their language spoken with just a request for an exchange of clothing for sweet potatoes. But this is a trick of the Peruvians, for they are actually slave traders, who capture 1000 islanders to be sold to work on guano islands, off the Peruvian coast. The remaining islanders cry that shameful night of 24 December 1862. The news spreads to Lima, and the government there orders the repatriation of the islanders. Only 15 out of the 1000 natives returns home, but they are ill with smallpox, which causes an outbreak on the island. Only 111 islanders survive.

Later a friar arrives on the island and starts preaching to the Rapanui, who tell him stories about the land, which he collects in a book. One of the stories involves a confrontation between the long and the short ears, with the latter subjugated by the former. The short ears revolted and defeated the long ears, who had devised the moai and had come from the East.

After a number of other missionaries and anthropologists, Thor Heyerdahl’s expedition arrives. Heyerdhal knows how to gain the natives’ trust and they reveal many details, which he collects in his studies. Together with the close friendship of the Rapanui mayor, he researches the moai and even replicates a construction of one of them. He visits the mysterious caves and gets to know about the Rapanui ship-building techniques, similar to those found around Lake Titicaca. He also discovers the origin of the red-haired, long ears on Rapanui, who are apparently the descendants of the Incas, although their arrival on Easter Island using ships made of bulrush is still to be proven.

This was the first of five Mexican comics that were published over the next eleven years – those that followed are Grandes Viajes (1971, reviewed below), Duda (1972, reviewed below), Duda (1978, reviewed below), and Aunque usted lo dude (1980, reviewed below) – and it functions as a template for the themes and motifs that occur throughout the group. Grandes Viajes displayed an interest in Rapanui in two comics – 1969 and 1971 – but in the later issue the island was a small element in a wider story about Heyerdahl’s attempts to sail the Pacific on a raft made of bulrushes. It both adds to the stories found in this 1969 comic and repeats ideas.

Whereas the 1971 issue of Grandes Viajes is about voyaging, this 1969 issue is more about visitation. Each of the accounts that this 1969 comic illustrates are about foreign ships – from Europe and the Americas, and significantly not Polynesia – encountering the Rapanui and the connections or, more often, the tragic events that occur. Alas, such a comic is pseudo-educational, appearing to provide facts and information on world histories and cultures, but with a spread of fiction. Some of this fiction could be the result of the writers wishing to sensationalise – the stretched ears of the Rapanui are a particular obsession of the comic and are hyper-extended beyond how they were in reality. In other places, it is presumably due to laziness, with a surface scratched for a history, and then the rest of the details made-up. For instance, Cook did not venture far on Easter Island as he was ill at the time, and in his notes he observed that some of the islanders appeared malnourished, and a number of the moai had been toppled, but none of this is reflected in the comic. When González arrived, prior, he placed three crosses on the island, not the single one that is shown here. And there are many more errors.

A third cause for the inaccuracies is the contested work of archaeologist Heyerdahl, who promoted the view that South Americans settled Easter Island and were the originators of much of its culture of carving. That has since been proven incorrect, with the island widely believed to have been settled from the west, but the comic takes Heyerdahl’s scientific work and allows it to enhance and advance its own approach to the island’s history. This is most visible in the depiction of the Rapanui, who are never shown to be Polynesian. Instead, they appear as the Adonis-like bodies of a race of tall and muscular men alongside slim and youthful women, with modern hairstyles. The Europeanising of the Rapanui continues in their attire with the women wearing twentieth-century bikinis. It is a particular re-imagining of the islanders that is not unique, with similar figures seen, for instance, in Weird War Tales no.95 (reviewed below) and the Polish comic The Secrets of Easter Island (reviewed below), with the latter also inspired by Heyerdahl’s work.

Gerardo Rodríguez-Salas and Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Where Creatures Roam
‘Here Comes Thorg the Unbelievable’
(no.3, November 1970, Marvel Comics Group)

An archaeologist, Linus, and his wife Helen fly to a newly discovered South Pacific island, which has been “reported to contain strange stone statues”. Linus and Helen meet the friendly natives who inform them that they have no idea who created the giant stone heads, which have been there “before our ancestors first came to this island!”. Linus is given permission to dig around the statues and soon he discovers a door made of metal that is superior to steel. Behind the door is a room of electronic equipment but when Linus explores inside he accidentally sets off a trigger which awakens one of the giant stone creatures called Thorg. Initially angry at having been awakened, Thorg reveals through flashback that he has waited for a million years, and since he was sent out by his leaders as part of an advance expedition force. These warriors were instructed to lie dormant across many planets waiting for the moment to be awakened whereupon they would conquer the universe.

Thorg plans to awaken the other stone giants, but fearing the annihilation of the world, Linus convinces Thorg that planet Earth is simply the extent of the Pacific island and that he could destroy it alone and take the glory for himself. The stone giant duly crushes the huts and homes of the natives who flee in terror. Having conquered the island, Thorg sends a message to his leaders in the far reaches of the universe. They arrive the next day but, whilst they are distracted, the heroic Linus throws dynamite into a volcano which causes it to erupt and send a sea of molten lava across the island. The heavy stone giants, who cannot swim, sink into the sea. Linus has saved the Universe and he is rescued by canoe by Helen and the native chief.

The story does not mention the name of the Pacific island, but there are enough references present to read Easter Island as the inspiration for another Marvel story that has been drawn to the moai. This is a reprint of the story that appeared in Tales to Astonish no.16 (1961) and it is quite similar to the one that originally appeared in Tales to Astonish no.5 (1959), which was reprinted in Where Monsters Dwell no.24 (1973), as well as the story in Tales of Darkness no.28 (April 1962), which was reprinted in Chamber of Chills no.11 (1974) and Tomb of Darkness no.16 (1975). These all fantasised that the stone creatures are slumbering aliens from long ago, awaiting the moment upon which they will be awakened by their space-travelling leaders in order to conquer or depart Earth.

Thorg is actually a robot with a secret doorway leading inside this slumbering giant – concepts which often appear in other moai fiction. Unlike many other comics that tend to depict a vacant island, a community of natives is present but whilst it is encouraging to see them depicted, and as friendly people, they are shown to be primitive (despite the contemporary setting of the story) and they function largely as a culture that is crushed by the giant with ease in images that evoke the film King Kong (1933). Thorg and his warriors are threatening figures, even when asleep. They are described as “grotesque” and giving Helen “the creeps”. Yet, rather strangely, when the spaceship of the leaders arrives they are drawn as harmless-looking characters filing off their craft with a friendly little wave of a hand. As Thorg rises from the ground the story emphasizes that there was so much of this giant beneath the surface. It is possibly a reference to the work of Thor Heyerdahl who whilst excavating around moai on Easter Island had revealed that they had bodies that extended far down into the ground.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Les Aventures de Néron et Cie [The Adventures of Neron and Co.]
‘Le mystère de l’île de Pâques’ [‘The Mystery of Easter Island’]
(no.24; by Marc Sleen; Antwerp-Brussels: Editions Erasme; October 1971)

Néron, his son Adhémar and Captain Patfolle are resting on the idyllic tropical island of Paprica. They are enjoying a life of ease but Néron is bored; he believes he is a man of action. Adhémar arrives and urges his father to follow him to the water’s edge. There he shows him a raft, with ‘Neron Tiki’ written on its sail and a flag flying from the mast bearing the name ‘Magellan’. Adhémar thinks the raft could get them home, with the tradewinds blowing them towards Europe and through the Straits of Magellan. Patfolle advises Néron that Adhémar may be a genius at most subjects, but not in Navigation. Néron responds that he has faith in his son. Adhémar swaps hats with Patfolle, so he is now a proper sea captain. Néron and Adhémar wave goodbye to Patfolle and the native islanders and set sail.

Early into their journey, Adhémar fishes for their dinner, but finds himself dragged into the ocean by a hammerhead shark which he hooks. Néron jumps in to save his son and punches the shark on its nose. Next, as Néron sleeps, Adhémar tries again to fish but finds a sawshark has cut their raft into two. Thankfully, Adhémar manages to unite the two separated halves of the raft. As Néron again rests at the back of the raft he now finds himself being kissed by two beautiful sea sirens and then greeted by Neptune, who takes him down into his undersea kingdom, where Néron is pierced through the stomach by a swordfish. He wakes up back on the raft with everything apparently a bad nightmare, but still wearing the ring he was given by Neptune. There is no respite as Néron is now attacked by an octopus, that drags him to the ocean floor and engages him in a boxing fight. As Néron punches the Octopus in the face, the creature blows out a jet of thick black ink. Néron returns to the raft covered in enough ink to allow Adhémar to write a journal of their sea adventures thus far. Next, the two voyagers find themselves riding on the back of a great whale, with Néron taking the opportunity to have a shower from the water spouting from the cetacean’s blowhole. Finally, Néron finds himself helpless astride a dangerous blue shark. Adhémar dives into the ocean armed only with his fountain pen to rescue his father, but Néron is saved just in time with the shark killed by Neptune’s trident.

Suddenly they spy land and find themselves on Easter Island. Adhémar demonstrates his knowledge of all things by advising his father that the moai wear red hats, not much is known about the figures and the Rapanui completely disappeared several centuries ago. On the side of a moai, Adhémar finds a panel which he touches and the mouth of the stone figure opens. Adhémar crawls inside and the mouth firmly shuts. Néron punches and kicks the moai to make the moai reopen its mouth but to no avail. Meanwhile, Adhémar is inside descending a very long series of steps. At the bottom, he finds a large petroglyph of the birdman, with its finger pointing in a specific direction, which Adhémar follows. There he finds another world, the Kingdom of the Longears, which has existed for a millennium, and which is populated by strange people with very big and long ears, wearing pseudo-medieval clothing. The Chancellor of this kingdom tells Adhémar that a law states he will have to remain in this underground world for “eternity plus three years”. First, however, they must stretch Adhémar’s ears which are far too small.

Adhémar tries to leave but is stopped. The Chancellor says he will take Adhémar to the king and the royal palace. Showing Adhémar their subterranean city made of gold, he advises that they have been able to survive underground as a result of radium providing them with light and heat. Taken to the throne room, Adhémar, who is the first visiting stranger for 500 years, meets the “young” king, aged 90, who has the air of a child. The king explains that his people have discovered the secret of longevity. The king introduces Adhémar to his ministers, one of whom is 700 years old. The subject of Adhémar’s small ears returns and the king says that in their current form they will be ridiculed. As the ministers laugh, Adhémar asks for everyone to stop and he advises that where he comes from what is most important is what is in the heart or the head. The king and the ministers are taken by Adhémar’s knowledge and theories of the wider world, so the ruler decides to appoint Adhémar as his Minister for Foreign Affairs. Unfortunately, this upsets the man who had been the incumbent minister, who decides to kill Adhémar, by trapping him in a box and throwing him off a bridge.

Above ground, Néron manages to reopen the mouth of the moai. Inside is a Longear who is in the process of cementing the mouth shut forever. Néron punches the man in the face and descends down the long staircase inside. As Néron encounters different Longear officials he overpowers each one, in his commitment and desire to find his son. Whilst defeating soldiers on a bridge, he hears Adhémar crying out from the box which had miraculously managed to snag on a pole under an arch. At this point, however, Néron is overpowered and taken to a cell where he is chained to a wall. Adhémar is rescued and asks the king for clemency for his father, but a minister is more persuasive in relaying an account of the aggression and thuggery of Néron as he journeyed through the underground kingdom. Néron is therefore sentenced to a death in which he is downed in a large fishbowl. An hour later he is still alive – having managed to survive the ordeal with ease as he is still wearing Neptune’s ring – an accomplishment that astonishes the king.

Néron is released and made a new minister, yet at that point the volcano of Orongo erupts. A minister falls to his knees and asks for Saint Longears to protect them, whilst Néron and Adhémar make a dash to safety, employing a bicycle to quicken through the latter stages. Along with the bicycle, they are spat out of a moai’s mouth and find themselves back on the surface. Using the bicycle and their raft, Adhémar creates a pedalo which takes them far out to sea. But the sky turns black and the raft is hit by a sea storm, throwing Néron overboard.

Back home, friends and family have been worried, with no news from Néron or Adhémar. Their friends turn to a giant computer to give them answers. Feeding in the question “where are Néron and Adhémar”, they receive the reply “they have been shipwrecked off Easter Island”. The friends telephone Valparaiso, Chile, and arrange for a boat to sail out and rescue Néron and Adhémar. There, the captain of the ship finds that Néron’s life has been saved by Neptune. Back home, over a family feast, Néron raises a glass to Neptune, whilst Adhémar proudly displays his fountain pen containing octopus ink.

Originally published in Dutch, Néron’s adventures have extended to many publications with, for instance, 101 titles in the French language series which was published in colour by Editions Erasme, between 1967 and 1987. The creator, Marc Sleen, was fond of referencing news events and adding figures from popular culture. In this bande dessinée the adventure across the Pacific Ocean, on a ‘Neron Tiki’ raft, which dominates the first half of the story, is clearly inspired by the voyage of Thor Heyerdahl, made in 1947, aboard his raft ‘Kon-Tiki’. On Heyerdahl’s crossing he and his fellow sailors had numerous encounters with sea creatures, including sharks, which in Néron’s adventure are exaggerated to the level of being ridiculous.

Other comics have had the idea of a moai concealing an entrance to a secret underground passage – see, for instance, Basil and Moebius (reviewed below) and WWE Superstars (reviewed below). Elsewhere, in the comic Hewligan’s Haircut (reviewed below), an entrance to another world was also through a moai’s mouth. More common in moai fiction is the fantasy that the Rapanui have built a subterranean civilisation, which helps to explain in these worlds the absence of a society on the surface. The moai depicted in Les Aventures de Néron et Cie are good copies of the originals, but the Rapanui (here referred to as the Longears and every one of them male) are distinctly caricatures, with their features exaggerated. In particular, there is an obsession with ears – theirs and those of Adhémar. Unfortunately, Rapanui simply serves as the basis for a fantasy of the absurd, which began before Néron and Adhémar even reached the island. There is little reference to Rapanui culture, except for a volcano called Orongo (there is no such volcano in reality) and one wall of a cavern displaying birdman petroglyphs introduced in order to establish a brief moment of humour.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Grandes Viajes [Great Journeys]
‘Las fantásticas travesías del “Ra”’ [‘The Fantastic Voyages of “Ra”’]
(no.108, 13 December 1971, Editorial Novaro: Mexico)

The comic begins with the presentation of the ancient Egyptians’ tradition of papyrus ship-building as an agrarian craftwork that allowed them to travel along the Nile, but which was then used by Faraoh Sahure to explore distant lands, such as the coast of Somalia, Mozambique, South Rhodesia, and other places around the Mediterranean and the Red Sea. Currently, this technique is used in Lake Chad, 2000 kilometres away from Egypt, and in Lake Titicaca (Peru) and in Easter Island, where instead of papyrus they use an equivalent plant – bulrush (totora). The narration clarifies that part of the culture of Rapanui, such as the moai carving, comes from the coast of Peru, and can be traced to a pre-Incan civilisation, 8 kilometres away from Lake Titicaca. This therefore connects the bulrush shipbuilding technique on Rapanui to practices in Peru.

What if ancient Egyptians had reached the American coast in their papyrus ships? With this hypothesis in mind, the Norwegian adventurer Thor Heyerdahl (who led the Kon-Tiki expeditions between Peru and Polynesia, Easter Island and the Galapagos islands) meets in Mexico the anthropologist Dr Genovés, who agrees to the idea of sending a papyrus boat from Africa to America in similar circumstances and with inexperienced sailors, that is, themselves and a few others: the Russian Seinkewich and the Italian Masi. In Cairo, they start to organise the expedition and, in an institute for papyrus research, they are advised to find shipbuilders from Lake Chad, but they are warned that papyrus boats sink after a maximum of twelve days. Far from discouraged, Heyerdahl travels to Lake Chad, where an indigenous man, Oma, and a group of men are persuaded to go to Cairo to build a papyrus boat, which, according to Oma, would float on water for several months.

The boat (5 metres wide by 15 metres long) is given the name of ‘Ra’ in honour of the sun God and is taken to Safi, the Western coast of Morocco since, a few miles from this coast, the northern Ecuadorian current would take them directly to the Antilles. On 25 May 1969, the Ra sets sail. The crew experiences a variety of obstacles during the voyage: sharks, whales, storms, and dermatitis as a result of the ocean salt. They also discover how polluted the water is in the middle of the ocean. After 50 days, the sailors are rescued by a boat that takes them to Barbados, but they do not give up their mission. A second papyrus boat, Ra II, is built by Titicaca ship builders with less and thicker papyrus stems, and with the help of a local man, Demetrio, and his team. They all fly to Africa, and to Safi, where the boat is built (4.5 metres wide by 12 metres long). After six weeks, the boat is ready to set sail on 17 May 1970. This crew experiences perils similar to the first Ra boat, but after 57 days they manage to reach American soil.

Mexican comics had a phase where they were fascinated by Pacific voyaging and Easter Island, as can be observed in five comics published between 1969 and 1980 and that include Grandes Viajes (1969, reviewed above), Duda (1972, reviewed below), Duda (1978, reviewed below), and Aunque usted lo dude (1980, reviewed below). Significantly, all five are interested in presenting pseudo-educational stories that relate a mixture of facts, fantasy and unproven/ contested theories, and which unhesitatingly position South America as the source of first discovery and settlement of Easter Island. In doing so, they often feature or foreground Heyerdahl, who was a prominent promoter of the South American theory as well as the idea of a possible Egyptian connection. As this comic, Grandes Viajes, demonstrates most emphatically, Egyptian sailors are perceived to be a part of the history of the Pacific. Easter Island appears on just one page, with the others dominated by acts of voyaging as would be expected by a publication titled Great Journeys. The comic is a cousin to others that have illustrated the Pacific voyaging of great explorers – La Pérouse (True Comics, reviewed above), Jacob Roggeveen (Spirou, reviewed above), and Captain Cook (The Conquest of the World, reviewed below). But the closest publication to the narrative interest of this particular comic is probably Walt Disney’s Donald Duck and Friends (reviewed below).

Gerardo Rodríguez-Salas

Jump to contents

Duda: Lo Increible es la Verdad [Disbelief: Incredible but True]
‘A quién esperan los gigantes de la Isla de Pascua?’ [‘Who are the Giants of Easter Island Waiting for?’]
(no.38, March 1972, Editorial Posada: Mexico)

When Hernán Cortés and Francisco Pizarro conquered Mexico and Peru for the Spanish crown they were told that long before them there was an extraordinary god with a white beard, white skin and long ears. He was called Viracocha, and he had founded the Inca civilisation beside Lake Titicaca, before his descendant, Cápac, founded the city of Cuzco, the capital city of the Inca Empire. However, some of Viracocha’s nobles did not believe in Cuzco as the central city and a group of 400 of them sailed on a boat towards what would later be called Easter Island. Were they the artists who carved the moai? How could they carve those sculptures – 10-metres high and weighing 50 tons?

On Easter Sunday in 1722, the Dutch explorer Jacob Roggeveen arrived on Easter Island with two ships, after watching smoke signals from afar, and was received by indigenous people swimming to the boats. He was surprised to see that one of them was white. They visited the island the next day and were drawn to the moai (which at that time had pukao, or topknots, on their heads) and the huts where the Rapanui lived which took the form of inverted boats. The indigenous people stole a Dutch sailor’s three-cornered hat unfortunately leading to thirteen of the Rapanui being killed.

In 1770, the Spanish captain, Don Felipe González y Ahedo, arrived with his crew and planted three crosses on a hill, calling the island San Carlos in the name of their Spanish king. When he asked the natives to sign the contract ceding sovereignty, one of them, with fair skin and red hair, drew hieroglyphs. They also discovered that the moai were made of stone, not of clay, as concluded by Roggeveen. Like Roggeveen’s crew, the Spanish visitors had their hats stolen by the islanders, an action which they found funny.

Next, Captain Cook visited the island, in 1774, and he wrote in his book his impressions. Before leaving the island, Cook and his crew were given a good supply of sweet potatoes, but, when they reached their ships, they realised that below the vegetables the baskets were full of stones. Cook was surprised that the island had changed so much since Roggeveen’s visit, so poor now, with thieves as inhabitants.

When in 1786 the French navigator Jean-Galoup de la Pérouse visited the island, the moai no longer displayed the pukao and the inverted-ship huts mentioned by other visitors had vanished. In 1808, the North American ship, ‘Nancy’, fought the natives and upon departing took with them 12 indigenous men and 10 women to be sold as slaves. Far out to sea, all of them jumped into the ocean, but they probably died, as they were very far from home. Seven Peruvian ships visited the island in 1862 and took a thousand islanders as slaves to work on guano mines back in Peru. They killed those who resisted and many of the slaves died in the mines. The English government pressed Peru to cease the slavery, but it was too late. Only fifteen Rapanui had survived, but they returned home diseased with smallpox. The illness spread through the island and three quarters of the remaining population died, including the elders and, with them, the secret to the hieroglyphs of rongorongo.

Two years later, the first missionary, Father Eyraud, arrived on the island, but the Rapanui no longer believed in western people, and he died alone. In 1864 some other missionaries tried to catechise the Rapanui, and in 1914 the English anthropologist, Katherine Routledge, drew a map of the island and made an inventory of the moai. Later, in 1934, a Franco-Belgian expedition stopped at Rapanui and the French ethnologist Alfred Métraux wrote the first book on Easter Island, but it contributed little to an understanding of Rapanui’s origins.

Norwegian Thor Heyerdahl crossed the Pacific Ocean, in 1947, on board a raft, voyaging from Puerto de Callao (Peru) to the Tuamotu Islands to prove that men from the Americas might have reached the islands of Oceania many centuries before. When he arrived, he noticed that the Rapanui were highly civilised thanks to their connection with Chile as a colony. The Norwegian became a friend of the mayor, Pedro Atan, a redhead who was said to be a descendant of Viracocha. He explained that originally the population was divided into the long-ears and the short-ears. The latter worked as slaves for the former carving the moai. These statues were taken to the ahu (or family mausoleums) in doing so giving the family an aku-aku (or protecting spirit). During the civil war, the long-eared Rapanui created a ditch across a section of the island, separating it into two. But a woman warned the short-eared, who attacked the long-eared that night and killed all of them bar one, by throwing them into the ditch. The one that survived is the ancestor of Atan, the mayor. Heyerdahl started a series of excavations, with the mayor’s permission, to corroborate the story, and in doing so he found human bones which, after carbon-dating back in Chile, were shown to be from 1680.

Heyerdahl also dug around the moai and discovered on the chest of one a drawing of a ship that might have been a vessel used by the Incas to arrive on the island. This excavation leads to a debate as to whether Rapanui culture comes from the Americas or from Polynesia. Heyerdahl defends the former; the latter is favoured by William Mulloy, who is an American archaeologist on the island at the same time. Heyerdahl asserts that the use of big monoliths with human form are only to be found south of Mexico and in South America. In addition, the rafts made of bulrushes found in Lake Titicaca are similar to the ones found in the lake located in the crater of the Rapanui volcano Rano Raraku. And the name the Incas gave to this rush was totora, which is the same as the name it has been given by the Rapanui. The stones of the ahu resemble those of the Incan empire, and there are many other similarities, such as the obsidian knives, the sweet potatoes that Incas called ‘camotes’, the manu tara (birdman) myth, and the particular way of cooking, involving an earth oven.

They also speculate about cannibalism. After the slaves’ rebellion against their masters, anarchy became the norm and islanders started to live in caves and, out of despair, they ate their enemies’ bodies. Part of the revenge consisted in toppling the moai. When Roggeveen arrived on the island, this civil war had begun, but there were still some moai standing. Heyerdahl tries to explain what the pukao represent – they are not hats, but are intended to be hair. Made from a distinct type of lava, the red colour of the pukao was supposed to represent the redheads that were the original descendants of Viracocha.

Mulloy takes over and makes his arguments, establishing a different position. According to another legend, the king Hotu Motua, from a race of people that had come from Asia, landed first on Easter Island by canoe. According to Frenchman Guillaume de Hevesy, writing in 1932, the hieroglyphs found on the rongorongo tablets are reminiscent of a type of writing found in India, and in a culture that had disappeared 5000 years ago. These tablets could have been preserved by the Polynesians since the day they left their original land, but then progressively lost or destroyed. Heyerdahl argues back that this writing is similar to that of the Cuna Indians, in Panama. After an intense argument, each concludes that the influence might come from both sides. But they conclude there is a mystery that they cannot fathom: how were the statues sculptured and moved? The mayor and some men try to move a small moai, but it is impossible. Atan tells Heyerdahl and Mulloy in secret that the statues were first carved and, before given their eyes, they were instructed to move and were guided by the sculptor.

Later in 1969, the German writer Erich Von Däniken advanced another theory that the moai were made by beings of high intelligence from another world. Due to a technical problem, the aliens had landed on the island where they began a programme of moai carving. The islanders killed all the aliens and subsequently ceased the building of the statues. The comic ends with a number of questions concerning the mysteries of the moai – reflected in the names for Easter Island, such as ‘the navel of the world’, ‘the eyes that look to the sky’, or ‘the sky frontier’ – which will never be solved.

Unlike the earlier Grandes Viajes Mexican comic (reviewed above), with which this publication shares many similarities in terms of form, there is more attention here given to following historical facts. This pseudo-educational comic, with considerable accompanying text for each frame, correctly illustrates González erecting three crosses on a hill. The stealing of a sailor’s hat did occur during Roggeveen’s visit and during Cook’s in 1774, but also when La Pérouse was on the island. Cook is correctly presented recording some of the Rapanui as impoverished and clearly there has been research conducted employing source material as a print from La Pérouse’s visit, in which he inspects a moai, is reproduced as an inner title page, although the image has been altered with curiously the hat thief removed. Elsewhere, the comic is wrong to present the British (with a supporting image of the Houses of Parliament) as the power that had the Rapanui slave trade dismantled. In reality, it was the French bishop of Tahiti, Florentin-Étienne Jaussen, who intervened. The civil war was not prior to Roggeveen’s visit and the toppling of the statues was first recorded by Cook. It is also wrong to say Metraux was the first to publish a book on Easter Island, when others such as Routledge and Walter Knoche had done so earlier. Moreover, it is unfair to describe Metraux’s book as superficial.

Few instances of moai culture include the moai excavated by Heyerdahl that was found to bear a carving on its chest of a ship, so it is pleasing to see it featured. But, this comic adjusts the vessel’s structure from a multi-sailed European ship with an ‘anchor’, to a more primitive looking craft. In doing so, it allows the comic to exploit this great discovery as further evidence that the island was settled from the Americas. Such a distortion undermines the value of the comic, one which unusually includes (and illustrates) Routledge, Eyraud and Mulloy. The latter is particularly interesting as he is included as an alternative to the theories of Heyerdahl. Yet, it is clear that this comic and the others that were published in Mexico in this period are committed to promoting Heyerdahl and his theories, which favour Mexicans as great voyagers. The comic begins with the Incas, and despite suggesting at the publication’s end that mysteries remain, the importance of the pre-colonial Americas is elevated within the narrative.

Gerardo Rodríguez-Salas and Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

tintin
'Mr Magellan – Le réveil des géants' ['Mr Magellan – The Awakening of the Giants']
(no.1231, 1 June 1972, Dargaud Editeur)

Part 3 of a 4-part French-language story, which was originally published in 1972 as the French market version of the original tintin Belgian comic. This was the only issue to feature the Mr Magellan story on the cover. It significantly foregrounds the moai in an image that is both a composite and an adjustment of the actual story. The cool Mr Magellan, the hero who seems to forever be smoking a cigar and wearing sunglasses, does drive a motorbike off a cliff edge, but the cover supplies added skill with Magellan performing more of a dramatic stunt bike manoeuvre. The villain that he appears to be leaping afterwards is an imagined scene for the sake of the cover and curiously the villain here appears older than the character depicted within the comic. In the story it is Magellan’s companion, the intrepid Capella, who displays greater heroism by following Magellan off the cliff on her own motorbike and then hurling it and herself at the villains. Unfortunately, Capella’s heroism is removed from the cover in favour of Magellan acting solo. His individualism is further promoted on the cover of Mr Magellan – L’Île des Colosses (reviewed below), the 1986 bande dessinée that collected the four stories into one volume.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Mickey Rat
'The Rot Expedition'
(vol.1, no.2, October 1972, Kitchen Sink Enterprises/ Krupp Comic Works)

Mickey Rat wishes to escape the routine and stresses of life so he distances himself from everyone on a barge tied up near a warehouse. Whilst asleep, the shoring for his boat snaps; when Mickey awakes he finds himself drifting out at sea. An octopus attacks the boat and snaps it in two. Now floating at sea on just a piece of wood Mickey Rat begins to hallucinate and imagines he is in hell. There, pitchfork carrying imps force him off a cliff and into the mouths of hungry crocodiles that bite him in half. The two halves become two rolling balls that tumble skittle-like into a row of moai. These moai bring the two Mickey halves to their leader, a giant seated moai, who orders them to fix the rat. Now whole again, Mickey is tied to a string and like a necklace is dangled from the giant moai's neck. The moai think the necklace looks "rotten" and that it smells. The moai leader orders for the rat to be destroyed and he is fed down a conveyer belt, into a deep chute and straight into a meat grinder, where he becomes a dollop of meat in a frying pan cooked over a fire.

Cut to a shipwrecked Mickey exhausted, lying on a beach, where he has been cooking and hallucinating in the sun. As he stumbles up a hill he finds he is on Easter Island. The Rapanui nurse him back to health, but he is desperate for sex and he forces himself on a local woman. He is consequently chased by a group of Rapanui men carrying spears and falls into a pit. Calling for help, he is heard by a large-built local woman who rescues him and carries him back to her isolated hut. There he enjoys his idea of a perfect life, relaxing in a hammock, whilst the woman cooks, laughs at his jokes and tends the land.

Mickey Rat was conceived by the artist Robert Armstrong, a friend and contemporary of the more famous cartoonist Robert Crumb. It is drawn in the same crude style as Crumb's more celebrated work, which includes Mr Natural and Fritz the Cat. Like Crumb, Armstrong's alternative comic is for an adult readership and is obsessed with drugs, the sexualised body and the experience of the surreal. Both artists also exhibit problematic depictions of race and women.

The anti-hero Mickey Rat is a counter-cultural expression against the corporate power of Disney's Mickey Mouse and is everything the latter is not: sleazy, hedonistic, perverted, vulgar, exploitative, self-centred, abusive and extremely lazy. In fact, it was Armstrong in his comics who is credited with having popularised the term 'couch potato'. Most challenging is Armstrong's treatment of the Rapanui, which is deliberately offensive. These are primitive, grass-skirted, bare breasted islanders who are viewed as sex objects, and who speak gibberish. The comic should be placed in its context of the early 1970s and the underground scene in America from which such cultural expressions emerged. The richest part of the story is the surrealism in the hallucinations of the Rat and these are a rudimentary mixture of Salvador Dalí and Hieronymous Bosch.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Lion and Thunder
‘Adam Eterno: The Weird Menace Under the Waves!’ (Part 1)
(27 January 1973, IPC Magazines)

Adam Eterno, an Alchemist’s apprentice from 1580 who is cursed to live forever, wanders through time and history after having drunk an Elixir of Life. Practically immortal, he can only be destroyed by a weapon of solid gold. In the first part of this new 4-part adventure, he finds himself on Easter Island, which has been abandoned by the terrified islanders. There, Adam helps rescue a seaman, Martin, whose drifting ship has been attacked by a strange power from beneath the seas around Easter Island. From a glowing whirlpool emerges a giant plant. Its petals open out emitting a strong light, which strikes the moai and makes them come alive. The moai turn towards Adam and Martin, who start to flee.

Long before the immortal Highlander and Ivar the Timewalker (see the review below) there was Adam Eterno, a wanderer through time who talks in an old-English style of speech not dissimilar to Marvel’s character Thor. Appearing in British comics between 1970 and 1976, this apprentice from the medieval times is a near-immortal hero with rock-star long blond hair and a cloak, which at times appears like a cape as he dashes to the rescue. Moai controlled by extraordinary forces is a recurring theme in Easter Island fiction, though the idea of powerful marine vegetation being the transmitter of the energy is original.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Lion and Thunder
‘Adam Eterno: The Weird Menace Under the Waves!’ (Part 2)
(3 February 1973, IPC Magazines)

Adam and Martin flee the moai, which have been brought alive by a light projected from “weird marine vegetation”. The moai monoliths are unstoppable, as they crunch through trees and wooden buildings, but the “fiendish brutes” stop once they think they have killed Adam and Martin. Unscathed, the companions row back to Martin’s abandoned ship, which had been conducting oceanographic tests. One of their depth charges has awakened an undersea power. Martin relays that some say “Easter Island was the cemetery of a bigger island – Davis Land – which long ago sank beneath the sea…!”. Adam and Martin ride a sea-scooter to the seabed where they discover a large glowing dome surrounded by the glowing vegetation.

This action story that functions as a serial with cliff-hanger endings has a look and feel that is both of its time in the early 1970s and of its culture of British produced weekly comics. Adam Eterno is a combination of an immortal action superhero with super-human powers and a movie-styled hero from the weekly kids’ serials. Unusually for such fiction, the moai that come alive have no feet but move at some speed on a neck stump. The “weird marine vegetation” are a fascinating addition to the moai myths, especially as this alien plant-life is not too distant from John Wyndham’s novel The Day of the Triffids.

Most interesting, is the comic's mention of Davis Land, which is a reference to a forgotten aspect of early European engagement with Easter Island, and one that does not appear anywhere else in moai popular culture. Edward Davis was an English buccaneer, who attacked mainly Spanish ships and settlements around the Caribbean, Central and South America. He encountered a new land mass on December 1687, which was subsequently called Davis Island. It inspired Dutch explorer Jacob Roggeveen on a voyage that led him in 1722 to a land mass that he called Easter Island. It is possible that Easter Island was Davis Island, and in this comic the fantasy joins the two and mythologises the age of discovery with a sunken civilisation.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Lion and Thunder
'Adam Eterno - Monsters in the Weird City on the Sea-Bed!' (Part 3)
(10 February 1973, IPC Magazines)

'Adam Eterno – 'Zaal the Destroyer versus the Golden Colossus!' (Part 4)
(17 February 1973, IPC Magazines)

In part 3 of this story, Adam Eterno and his companion, Martin, are enveloped by an undersea bubble, which sweeps them through a metal hatch. Inside, they discover a kingdom beneath the sea, of which Easter Island was once a part. They are chased by robots and a giant man made of gold and take refuge in a building from which erupts a giant snake from beneath the sand. The snake, called Zaal the Destroyer, thwarts the robots but Adam and Martin cannot escape the giant man of gold.

In the final instalment, the escaped snake coils around the colossus and brings it crashing down. Adam and Martin dash back to their sea-scooter, but are held back by the glowing vegetation, one of which forms into a shark and attacks Adam. By now the giant has defeated the snake but Adam and Martin flee through the metal hatch just in time leaving the colossus locked within the undersea kingdom. A rockslide buries the hatch and, back on the surface, where the threat has now been removed, the native population begins to return.

Much of parts 3 and 4 of this rather undeveloped story take place in an undersea kingdom, which like the myth of the lost continent of Mu (itself inspired by Atlantis), is said to have been joined once to Easter Island. There is just a brief mention of what exactly this undersea kingdom is in part 2, where Adam refers to a "bigger island" called Davis Island. Who or what is Davis the story never explains. It operates simply to provide an underwater adventure for the heroes with further ominous figures for them to defeat or escape.

The robots have moai-like features, but there is no link explained between them and the moai above ground. The un-original colossus, meanwhile, is perhaps too close in design to the Amazing Colossal Man (1957), even down to the trunks that he wears. He and the robots are made of gold, with the reason being that the sole thing that can destroy Eterno is this precious metal. This fact, which is part of Eterno's stated character within the comics, is unfortunately repeated often throughout this adventure. The story is a boy's own fantasy of heroism, camaraderie, voyaging, foreign lands and 'history', that was typical of many British children's comics.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Where Monsters Dwell
'I Was Trapped By the Things on Easter Island'
(no.24, October 1973, Marvel Comics Group)

While flying over the South Pacific, a plane develops engine problems forcing its pilot to crash-land on Easter Island. In his quest to find some means of communication, the pilot stumbles upon a few moai heads. To his surprise, the moai begin to move and rise, pushing themselves out of the ground. The pilot hides near the statues so that he can learn more. He discovers that they are from outer space, and they are lying in wait for their orders to begin an invasion of Earth. Eventually discovered by the “things”, the pilot hides in a cave where he finds a native boat which he boards in order to escape. Back in the civilised world, he tells his story to the authorities, but he is met with disbelief and derision. Defeated, he returns to his home on a remote island in the Pacific. There, whilst falling asleep in his bed, he tries to convince himself that he imagined everything. Outside, the moai are gathered at his bedroom window, and now assured that the earthling believes this was all part of his imagination, the statues return to Easter Island to continue their wait for the signal to invade.

This story is an exact reprint of the publication that appeared in the Marvel comic, Tales to Astonish (September 1959). Clearly promoting the myths of movement and creation, the story imagines the moai statues as alien invaders who have been waiting for centuries to hear from their home planet. Their intention is to enslave earthlings and turn Earth into a colony of their mother-planet Lithodia Rex (which can be roughly translated into Kingdom of Stones). The myth of movement reveals the ability of the statues to walk, talk, see and hear. Apart from the obvious movement of the statues when they rise from the ground and chase the pilot, there is also the question of communication between these monoliths. The pilot is amazed at their ability to talk to each other and hides “within earshot” of the statues. Supporting the myth of creation, the pilot initially remarks that Easter Island has giant statues of unknown origins. Furthermore, the comic extends the popular notion that the island is devoid of people. However, the pilot does manage to find a native boat, which interestingly for the context in this story suggests the island once supported an indigenous culture.

To contain the broad fantasy, the narrative explores basic ideas of hallucination and delusion. The pilot’s entire experience takes place after a forced landing on the island. It is made clear from the beginning that he has hurt himself and that he suffers from a severe headache. This is re-enforced later on in the comic when he tries to relate his story to the authorities, who advise "you must've hurt your head real bad! It's given you hallucinations!". His story is considered so "fantastic" that in a self-reflexive approach, someone even suggests to the pilot that he sells his story to a science fiction magazine.

Patricia Porumbel

Jump to contents

Supergirl
'The Super-Amazon!'
(vol.2, no.9, December 1973, DC Comics)

Supergirl removes herself from the world and all men, after bad experiences with her boyfriend, a pilot and a rock star. "Men – they're nothing but trouble!", she declares. Flying over the Pacific she saves a boat from attack by half-human half-shark creatures. The grateful passengers are Nubia and Queen Hippolyta, Wonder Woman's sister and mother. They travel together to Paradise Island, the home of Wonder Woman and the Amazonians in urgent need of a medical support for the injured Nubia. Queen Hippolyta tries to convince Supergirl to join their ranks and be her "adopted daughter". Supergirl accepts the invitation as it will mean she will not have to see another man again, with men forbidden on Paradise Island. A more than capable warrior she passes the Amazonian's tests and is crowned Kara, The Amazon Princess.

Nubia's injuries have left her in a coma and the serum is found in the root of the wild cologi, a rare plant that grows only an a "small unchartered island two thousand miles away in the South Pacific!". Despite the dangers, Supergirl offers to help and flies there at speed. She finds and collects the plant but just as she is about to leave she is attacked with magical beams blasted from the mouths of three stone heads. It is revealed that the heads are hollow and out of each one clambers a "trio of menacing witch-doctor types". Helpless, as a result of their magic, Supergirl is saved by Sugua, a giant white gorilla, which scares away the witch-doctors. The gorilla is revealed to be a costume, worn by Fong, a Chinese man whose ancestors were stranded on the island. He is their sole survivor.

The witch-doctors have stolen Supergirl's powers leaving her unable to fly away. Without her female powers, she discovers that Fong is another aggressive and dominating male. He desires her submission as his "golden-haired captive". Supergirl escapes and attacks the witch-doctors whilst dressed in the white gorilla costume. In their panic, the witch-doctors leave behind their magical instruments, which allow Supergirl to regain her powers. She hurriedly flies back to Paradise Island with the cologi plant and saves Nubia's life. Despite Fong's aggression, Supergirl believes he meant no harm and his isolation has shown that she should not exile herself from mankind and the rest of the world. She departs Paradise Island happy again.

The muddled politics of this comic are a symptom of the time in which it was produced. On one hand the comic is progressive, presenting a sisterhood of super-women (Supergirl is described as becoming a "sister Amazon"), with men absent from the harmonious middle third of the story. Where men are shown, they are depicted as bullies, lotharios, rude, aggressive, ungrateful and villainous – and in almost all instances in behaviour that is directed towards women. Women easily understand each other, whilst the encounters with men are full of misunderstandings and dangerous surprises. On the other hand, the comic is unable to allow Supergirl complete freedom and the final frame has her stating with delight that it is great to be herself again and "guess I'll give men another chance after all!". Ultimately, Supergirl rejects a collective of women, where she would be embraced, for a society in which she is forgiving of men's abuse of power. She is shown here to be a mighty and independent woman whose weakness appears to be a need for ordinary (and flawed) men.

The story is further problematic in its racism, with the Chinese man, Fong, both a saviour and an aggressor: "Oww! Fong's grip is hurting my arm!", Supergirl says, "without my super-powers, I'm no match for his strength". Arriving first within a white gorilla costume, Fong is introduced initially as a primitive creature, creating the fascinating scenario of an Asian, dressed within the costume of a great African mammal, rescuing a newly-crowned Amazonian, from witch-doctors who are dressed in Mayan/Aztec-like clothing and headdresses, on a South Pacific island. Moreover, the story borrows here from the jungle narratives of popular fiction and films such as White Pongo (1945) and The White Gorilla (1947), in which an albino gorilla captures a helpless woman. In these stories of race and skin colour there are questions of inter-racial relationships and this Supergirl story moves between a fear of miscegenation – where Fong and his desires are a threat – to acceptance, with Supergirl saying "I think Fong means well".

Easter Island is never mentioned in the story but it is clear that it is represented by the isolated South Pacific island with its moai-like heads. These are actually quite small, compact enough to contain just a single man inside who can hop around and sneak up on the unsuspecting Supergirl. The island is yet again a fantasy far removed from the world (and reality) described here as "unchartered", "deserted" and "overrun with nightmarish dangers!".

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Chamber of Chills
‘The Man Who Melted’
(no.10, May 1974, Marvel Comics Group)

A moai features on the cover of this issue but does not appear inside. The cover image sensationalises the featured story that it promotes, making the thawing caveman a more fearsome figure. In adding a moai to the gallery space depicted on the cover, the museum appears as an exceptional institution with artefacts both esteemed and arcane. The moai also presages the following issue of Chamber of Chills (no.11), and its featured story ‘Back from the Dead!’, in which the moai rise up and ‘Live Again!’.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Chamber of Chills
‘Back From the Dead!’
(no.11, July 1974, Marvel Comics Group)

Harry Dawes escapes South American police by jumping into a small, motorised boat and heading to Easter Island. After one day at sea he runs out of fuel but is near enough to Easter Island to swim the remaining distance. There he finds the moai and declares “the famous stone heads […] no one knows who built them – or how they got here!”. But he is not alone on this island. He soon encounters a strange-looking old man with an enlarged head who tells him the moai are “not statues! They are slumbering creatures from another world!”. This strange man insists that what he says is “true” and that he has long been searching on the island for a “hidden parchment” that will awaken the moai. He adds that they will forever serve the one who has freed them from their slumber.

The old man promises Dawes a handsome reward if he helps him find the parchment. Dawes dreams of buried gold and begins scouring the island – including digging in the sand, swimming underwater and climbing up trees. The parchment is eventually found by Dawes in a remote cave. To a disbelieving Dawes, the old man reads from the parchment, commanding the moai “to awake from your centuries old sleep”. The moai duly rise up out of the ground. “We…have…been…summoned”, they announce as they lurch forward. Dawes tries to take control seeing great power in commanding the moai: “I’ll be able to commit the greatest crimes of all time”, he says.

The moai call Dawes a “fool”. They say they are from outer space and will not be commanded by a “puny earthling”. They recount how they arrived on Easter Island, a story which is told in a series of flashbacks. They were flying past Earth when their spaceship developed engine trouble. They bailed out and landed on Easter Island where they placed themselves in suspended animation to conserve energy and await their captain who had planned to return and rescue them. When the captain arrived he had unfortunately forgotten the words to revive them and the back-up parchment had been hidden too well by the moai.

Dawes is told he will be taken with the moai to their planet as he “will make an interesting specimen” for their “intergalactic zoo”. Terrified, he runs towards the old man for protection and use of his nearby canoe. But Dawes is rejected by the old man for having turned on him in his desire for power. In the final twist, the old man peels the skin from his face to reveal that he is the alien captain of the spaceship.

One of the most striking comics to imagine the moai as slumbering giants and visitors from outer space, this Chamber of Chills story written by Jack Kirby follows the formula of many other related stories that appeared in sister comics of the period. It was originally published in Tales of Suspense no.28 (April 1962). Typically, these stories of horror and mystery established a moral, with crimes punished and the tale ending in retribution, even if it was particularly cruel. Dawes will spend the rest of his life in an intergalactic zoo, but the moai tell him “don’t worry! You will be given a clean cage and be well taken care of!”. The sensational front cover of his comic is deceiving, as there is no woman on the island; employing stereotypes, this prone woman is established as vulnerable and in need of help from a shirtless man.

As certain questions about the moai and Rapanui culture remained unanswered and unknown, the mysterious moai were fantasised from afar and most often in American comics. Alternative theories were put forward for the existence and creation of the moai and in an age of rocket-fuelled fiction and a desire to be the first to land a man on the moon there was an obsession with science fiction and intergalactic visitors that saw a popular reimagining of the moai as slumbering giant aliens. Interestingly, the treasured parchment, buried on the island, and with its words to be incanted, is not too dissimilar to the rongorongo tablets, with their hieroglyphics that were chanted aloud.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Perry: Unser Mann im All [Perry: Our Man in the Universe]
Atlan: Der Einsame in der Zeit. Das Geheimnis der Osterinsel [‘Atlan: The Lonely one in Time. The Secret of Easter Island’]
(no. 116, Moewig Verlag, November 1974)

Atlan is descended from the Arkonids, who travelled the Universe long ago in their spaceships. Stranded on earth, Atlan was given a Cell Activator by the Immortal Wanderer. Thus, Atlan himself became immortal, whereupon he observes the evolution of the human race through the cosmic bloom and up to the epoch of American astronaut Perry Rhodan, and his space landing in 1971, which was to change the Universe. The humans and human-like beings depicted here all originate from the planet Santayaar.

This is the prelude to a story that takes place on Easter Island and which has significance for the whole world and beyond. A strange energy awakens Atlan from a deep sleep in his undersea dome. He discusses the situation with his servant, the robot Rico, and decides to voyage in his rocketship to the source of this power. He notices that the energy comes from a remote island, Easter Island, which is attracting ancient tribes and people from across the world - here called Larsaf III. Rico thinks the people could be on a recurring pilgrimage to a religious site.

Against Rico’s advice, Atlan decides to land on Easter Island. Soon he witnesses a colossal moai falling, the ropes around it snapping, as it buries beneath it many “primitive” people who were trying to erect the carving. On a hill-side he observes an old wizard-like man, wearing a cloak, and radiating power from his eyes and hands. He was overseeing the construction of the moai and he now raises the fallen statue through the use of his immense mental powers. The locals revere such a god-like man, but Atlan suspects that the wizard is a mutant. He decides to follow the man, who enters a cave, where strange symbols are written on the walls and which correspond to those on the wizard’s cloak. Now exposed, Atlan is suddenly paralysed by the strange man’s powers, but he is mentally able to resist the force and begins to communicate.

The old man says that he is descended from Santayaar and that he is the reason for the migrations to Easter Island. He decides that Atlan must die, but just in time Rico comes to the rescue and with his gun immobilises the old man. Rico takes Atlan outside to show him a strange phenomenon, with six vertical cosmic rings now appearing above the heads of moai positioned on an ahu (or ceremonial platform). These rings begin to communicate with Atlan by sending thought impulses to his brain. Atlan learns that the old man was actually meant to be the guardian of the people as they emerged into the world, ages ago, observing and guiding this race as it developed. The old man, however, was no longer able to cope with the loneliness of his task and he consequently endangered all mankind by persuading them to come to him. The powers of the original planet Santayaar, which are manifested in the rings, determine Atlan as the new guardian of the so-called “Children of the Star Wanderers”, as the humans are called. As the rings begin to disappear, Atlan, who stands on a cliff surrounded by moai, concludes that the inhabitants of Larsaf III and the Arkonids all have a common origin.

Whilst an Atlan adventure, this twelve-page story is part of the extensive science fiction universe of Perry Rhodan books and comics, which since the first publication in 1961 has continued to be extremely popular in German-speaking countries, in particular. The story and its design are a striking amalgamation of contemporary forms of moai fiction and artwork that was popular in the early 1970s. In its depiction of an ethereal beauty of a distant time before man, the opening pages draw on the neo-bohemian art of psychedelia, which incorporated the abstraction, patterns and forms of art nouveau. The wizard-like old man could easily be a Merlin figure borrowed from Arthurian legend, the symbols on his cloak possibly bearing a loose connection to rongorongo, but also runic inscriptions. This continues into the realisation of Atlan, a science fiction immortal with an exaggerated masculinity and thick flowing hair, who appears part inspired by the depictions of 1970s rock music ‘gods’ (see also Lion and Thunder, reviewed above).

The imagined technology is quaint, with Rico the robot, the rocketship and the television monitor devices little evolved from 1930s fiction, but Atlan is also a product of a time when space operas of epic narratives, melodrama, exotic interplanetary settings and grand adventures and battles were being re-established and just a few years later were reinvented in the blockbuster film Star Wars (1977). By then, music (most often prog rock) and graphic artists had combined to create entire new worlds and imagined empires, imagescapes and soundscapes in which warriors and outer space castles created a new mythology, borrowed from the relocated mysteries and medievalism of an ancient Earth (see the review below for Evidence). The effect was to position Earth within a greater lineage of life within the galaxy and where the seeds of mankind could be traced to a distant civilisation, one in which the moai have repeatedly been foregrounded. In other stories in the Perry Rhodan series, it is revealed that the Arkonids long ago lived on the Pacific’s lost continent of Lemuria, which has often appeared in moai fiction as the destroyed civilisation for which Easter Island is all that remains.

Besides the moai – many of which are either copied from those found on the slope of Rano Raraku or the row of seven moai at ahu Akivi – there are unfortunately very few references to Easter Island culture. The Rapanui appear in just four frames and always as people that are in the distance, tiny, faceless and controlled. Wizards and shaman figures, able to levitate or erect the moai through extra-ordinary powers, are part of Rapanui local legends and they have appeared elsewhere in moai fiction (see The Adventures of Ogu, Mampato and Rena, reviewed below). In fact, the comic appears influenced by the writings of Erich von Däniken, and his best-selling book Chariots of the Gods?, which was subsequently filmed in 1970 (reviewed above). Significantly, Däniken’s work promotes the story of priests who through their immense powers were able to make moai fly. Moreover, this comic copies the 1972 French film, Les Soleils de l'île de Pâques (reviewed above), with its image of a celestial encounter above a row of moai. Whereas the film depicted six yellow glowing discs, one above the head of each moai, which communicate telepathically with selected humans, the comic has six bright rings, one above the head of each moai, directing intense thought-waves to the immortal Atlan.

Hermann Mückler and Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Weird War Tales
'The Common Enemy'
(no.34, February 1975, DC Comics)

Spring 1942. Chief Petty Officer Phil Randel is washed onto a deserted island when the Japanese destroy his U.S. Navy boat. He finds a giant moai and assumes it represents a god and that he is on a “ceremonial island” that is seldom visited. Over the next two years, he builds a hut and survives by foraging. One day, he hears shots and sees that a Japanese soldier has also been washed ashore. They immediately engage in a gun battle. Neither is wounded and the Japanese soldier runs away. For the next few months, they continue to shoot at each other with neither man gaining the upper hand.

On one occasion Phil uses the top of the large moai as a lookout point, but when a grenade is then tossed by the Japanese soldier it causes a chain reaction to be unleashed in the statue. It rises up from the ground revealing hands, a torso, legs, and feet. Both men abandon their battle and turn their guns on this perceived new threat. Suddenly, a spaceship arrives and lands just out to sea. The moai walks out to meet it, climbs aboard, and departs. The two soldiers celebrate their survival together but suddenly the Japanese soldier resumes his attack on Phil. The comic ends with the two continuing their endless battle. A final caption states: “The war between the United States and Japan has been over for 29 years – except here, on this far-off battleground of – The Weird War!”.

Taking clear inspiration from the 1968 John Boorman film Hell in the Pacific, this comic book tale moves the basic narrative set-up of that film into the realm of science fiction with the addition of the moving moai. The island in this comic book is far from being the actual Easter Island as it is uninhabited and contains only one moai. Therefore, it is apparent that the moai is being used here as a marker of exoticism and mystery. Despite being published thirty years after the end of World War II the comic book employs very negative stereotyping in its depiction of the Japanese soldier. He is drawn with clichéd slanted eyes, is shown as the aggressor when he and the American soldier first meet, and he is the one to initiate conflict again at the story’s conclusion. This negative attitude towards the Japanese is reflected in the speech of the American soldier (and reader point of identification). He refers to the Japanese soldier as a “jap” and a “glory-hungry son of the Emperor” and the comic's depiction of the Japanese soldier suggests that it is not inappropriate for him to do so.

In contrast to the depiction of the human characters, the moai is presented as a peaceful being, beyond earthly concerns and generally uninterested in the way that it is attacked. Its only goal is to reach the spacecraft and return to its home in the stars. This contrasts with many depictions of the moai that engage with the myth of movement where the moai’s animation is shown in order to convey either threat or humour. The soldiers’ immediate response upon the revelation that the moai can move is to turn their weapons on it, which is followed by their quick return to fighting each other once it has departed. Within the story this indicates a negative view of the human race as a predominantly aggressive species.

Peter Munford

Jump to contents

Look and Learn
‘What Really Happened? The Stone Secrets of Easter Island’
(no.682, 8 February 1975, IPC Magazines)

A British educational magazine, that contained well-illustrated stories from history and contemporary life and industry, as well as comic strips, Look and Learn lasted between 1962 and 1982, absorbing other similar publications into its identity as it became the most known UK weekly of its kind. The publication had a reputation for solid education, but its content, viewed now, is extremely suspect.

In the first of three separate issues in which Easter Island was given prominence, a two-page feature presents text supported by three very wrong illustrations. The first image, which dominates the opening page, has a group of European sailors (who are presumably meant to be Jacob Roggeveen and his crew) examining moai around the slopes of Rano Raraku, but with each of these carvings bearing pukao, when in reality none of these particular statues have the topknot. On the second page a pith helmet wearing explorer ponders a large stone tablet bearing hieroglyphs. The accompanying text says there remain “67 stone tablets covered with writing” and that “the natives have hidden them all. And so well that years of digging has failed to find them”. Which means the image contradicts the accompanying text. More importantly, there are in fact just twenty-six rongorongo tablets and they are made of wood, are much smaller and only found now in foreign museums. As the explorer contemplates the finding, a Rapanui man looks on, but the depiction of this islander seems more inspired by African natives. This is more explicit in the final image which shows a battle in which the workers fought the long-eared rulers, but everything in this drawing from the physiognomy of the warriors to the weapons is plain wrong. It is as if the image has been taken from another story and from another continent, with the long ear warriors carrying long shields and wearing helmets and even one of them employing a metal sword.

The accompanying text is shoddy. Buccaneer Edward Davis is reported in this magazine to have spied a large land area near Easter Island in 1856, when it was December 1687. It says there are 387 moai on the island, when the number is just short of 900, and that many of them adorn “either side of a five-mile long avenue”, which is completely untrue. Even more absurd, it states that the moai “point to the conclusion that Easter Island must at one time have been near to a much larger island, or a series of islands. Some scientists believe that Easter Island was the holy island and cemetery for its bigger neighbour”. Such imaginative narratives masquerading as fact appeared in sensationalist magazines such as Sir! (reviewed below), but its readers would presumably have been aware of the fiction of those stories. What is worrying is the arena in which Look and Learn operated, and from which generations took the ‘knowledge’ within as true.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Tomb of Darkness
‘Back from the Dead!’
(no.16, September 1975, Marvel Comics Group)

This is the second and last of Marvel’s reprints of a story that had first appeared in Tales of Suspense no.28, (April 1962). The fiction was first reprinted in Chamber of Chills no.11 (July 1974; see the review above). Of the three versions, this cover is the most distant from the actual story. Not only does it a feature a woman, when there is no woman in the story, but the man on the cover declares they had come to “study” the moai, when in the comic he is a man who has fled to the island having escaped South American police. The cover presents a manmade jetty when the island is actually deserted but for an old man and there is no evidence within the story of island civilisation. Furthermore, the protagonist is depicted on the cover aboard a motorised boat seemingly ready to depart in a hurry, yet in the story his boat had run out of fuel before reaching the shore and he had to swim the remaining distance. Once on the island, the story certainly does not present him with any manmade craft for mounting an escape. The changes made to the story within this cover image are significant and they fundamentally alter the actions of the protagonist. Echoing the man on the Chamber of Chills cover the protagonist declares the stone figures “are alive” but whilst they had been referred to on the cover of the former as “statues”, they are now elevated on the cover of Tomb of Darkness to “gods”.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Imagine
(no.1, December 1975, Editions Procodif)

Easter Island appears on the cover only for this French magazine which combines science fiction, contemporary art and counter culture, across comic strips, erotic sketches and interviews (including one in this issue with director Alejandro Jodorowsky on his plans for his forthcoming film, Dune). The front cover features the artwork of celebrated British illustrator Chris Foss, and his painting for ‘Visitors from Outer Space’, which extends around to the back of the magazine. In 1975, Foss was working with Jodorowsky, helping to design a vision for Dune, but primarily his commissioned work has been found in/on magazines and the covers of science fiction paperbacks.

Great spaceships, marvellous machinery and futuristic cities are common to Foss’s science fiction illustrations, with scale emphasised through planets or occasionally people appearing alongside. The image for Imagine is no exception, with not only the spaceship but the moai establishing the monumental nature of the fantasised scenario. The small figures (possibly humans) that surround the site in which the central moai is being positioned, wear ceremonial robes displaying a red symbol, which appears birdlike, but certainly reflects Foss’s interest for including esoteric symbols in his art. Moai culture has repeatedly resorted to aliens as an explanation for how the moai were transported and erected, and this image is the most sophisticated example of them all. A second related image (now vertical), titled ‘Easter Island’, and painted by Foss around the same time also features a spaceship positioning a moai with the use of cables, with another statue in the foreground bearing alien symbols/coding on its back. In addition, a companion painting subtitled ‘Atlantis Before the Fall’, that appears to share the same main title, ‘Visitors from Outer Space’, was painted in this same period of Foss’s creativity and shows a continued focus on mythologised and lost civilisations.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Sub-Mariner
‘Death is the Symbionic Man’
(no.27, April 1976, Marvel Comics Group)

Sub-Mariner is Namor, prince of Atlantis. He stands on the shores of Easter Island and declares vengeance for the way his people have been treated over time, from the submarines of World War II and their depth charges to his unhealthy alliances with other superheroes and characters of the Marvel universe, who ultimately betrayed his trust. Sub-Mariner says that the moai have forever been looking out to sea, but the story says they have actually been staring skywards. Unbeknown to Sub-Mariner a spaceship emerges, piloted by Captain Simon Ryker, with a cyborg super-solider on board designed to destroy the aquatic prince. This cyborg is the Symbionic Man, who draws great power from the ocean world in which he now swims. Symbionic Man latches his tendrils on to Sub-Mariner and begins to extract from him the power that is needed to control the planet. As the fight continues, Symbionic Man takes control of a giant squid to attack the weakened Sub-Mariner. Finding his inner strength Sub-Mariner fights back and after a long struggle defeats both the Symbionic Man and the squid, which is hurled out of the ocean. The giant squid slams into the spacecraft, which crashes into the sea below.

Easter Island appears on four of the first six pages and serves as both an initial establishing shot and the only land in a story that is predominantly set underwater. Easter Island was established in the fiction of James Churchward as the remnants of Mu, a great continent of the Pacific that like Atlantis had disappeared into the seas. This comic establishes a connection between the moai and Atlantis, with Sub-Mariner saying that the ancestors of the moai came from the sea and it was the sea to which his ancestors departed.

Many fictions of Easter Island wrongfully depict the moai looking out to sea. This comic takes that misunderstanding further and weaves it into Sub-Mariner’s rhetoric about heritage. Moreover, to emphasise the connection with the sea, many of the moai are wrongfully depicted dotted around the coastline right up against the incoming waves. Such is Sub-Mariner’s anger that he punches out against a moai smashing it into pieces. The moai here are both silent statues watching outwards and beyond the island, and icons that can be destroyed as quick demonstrations of immense strength.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Atom Robot Adventurer
'Secret of Easter island'
(no.1, July 1976, Pulp Mania)

A federal agent diver comes ashore on an isolated beach and is immediately shot and killed by a sniper, who then attempts to dispose of the body with a chemical more lethal than acid. Bionic special agents Nova Hendrix and Atom intervene and destroy the sniper with his own chemical that dissolves his body. In the federal agent's reserve airtank they find a pouch containing slides of undeciphered rongorongo hieroglyphs. The agent had been missing for months and had relayed to his superiors information "about an alien spaceship buried on Easter Island". Nova and Atom are sent to Easter Island to investigate.

As Nova and Atom fly over Easter Island, they observe that it is abandoned. Upon landing and seeing the moai, Atom says "if only they could talk!". They then notice a guard on a beach who is suddenly attacked by the branches of a tree that has come alive. Atom attacks the tree and saves the man, who is killed by Zarina before he can talk. She is accompanied by hooded men with space guns. Nova is shot by a ray that knocks her out leaving Atom to fight a giant alien – Zarina says if Atom can defeat this alien, she will let him and Nova go free; if not they will both be vaporised.

Part one of a story for an independent comic that seems to have lasted for just one issue, this barely begun adventure was therefore left unfinished. Drawn in black and white and with a poorly written story it is interesting for its inclusion of rongorongo, which would appear to play an important later plot function. Beyond this there is just one frame featuring the moai, on an island that curiously has a tree that comes alive. The comic is inspired by manga, and by characters such as Astro Boy, as well as American super hero comics and the television series The Six Million Dollar Man, which had begun three years earlier.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Sparky Book 1977
'The Stone Men!'
(1976, D.C. Thomson)

A tribe of weary outcasts arrive by canoe at Easter Island. Their persecutors, the ‘Savage Tribe’, follow them in their war canoes. The outcasts flee uphill and come across the giant stone men. These moai attack the Savage Tribe, hurling boulders at them that make them flee, never to return. The stone men, who live on the mountain, protect the outcasts and help them build homes. Then one day there is a huge volcanic eruption, which results in a flood of lava spreading over the island. The outcasts manage to get to their canoes and safety but the lumbering moai become stuck in the flow of molten lava. The story explains that this is why today the moai remain embedded in the mountainside.

Featuring in a British comic annual that would have been produced for the Christmas season in 1976, this is a rather poorly drawn but quaint six-page fantasy imagining how the moai came to be the stone figures that are known today. The introductory page foregrounds a photo of the moai as if to fix the story in some reality. That first page says, “[n]o man knows how the giant stone heads came to stand on Easter Island in the Pacific. If only they could speak… would they tell this story?”. What follows goes beyond speculation and is best described as a highly fanciful, almost childlike narrative that is innocent but riddled with mistakes.

Moai fiction often presents the stone figures as having the power of movement. In this fantasy they walk, albeit with poorly conceived legs, hurl rocks, and chop down trees with their rigid arms. The moai in this story are depicted as active protectors, which occurs rarely in moai fiction, but uniquely they are shown in this story helping to construct a community by collecting wood for building material and raising homes. The Savage Tribe are unlike any in Polynesian culture and appear as a possible amalgamation of foreign imaginings of Western Pacific and African tribes. In reality, Easter Island has more than one volcano and their eruption was long before the moai existed.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

1977 Super DC Calendar
(1976)

Deadman and Spectre were placed in the clutches of a rising moai monolith for the October page of comic art for a 1977 calendar. This all-powerful moai, more fearsome than the static moai that surrounds him, has a bright green glow around its body. This is from an unearthly ray that an alien vessel has fired to bring the moai alive. The calendar also advises that only these two superheroes fighting side-by-side can stop the moai and the alien invasion. The calendar refers to the moai as “bizarre heads” in an outline for a story that was never advanced into an actual comic.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Superboy and the Legion of Super-Heroes
'A World Born Anew!'
(vol.30, no.236, February 1978, DC Comics)

On the planet Braal, in the thirtieth century, the geography is changing suddenly and dramatically with new seas forming, mountains becoming plains and mountains now in city centres. The Legion of Super-Heroes arrives to help and they discover an evil planetary architect, Worldsmith, remodelling the planet from his spacecraft for an unseen client. The superheroes try repeatedly to halt the destruction and finally Worldsmith leaves in a space warp, defeated. He leaves behind a world part altered that features a landscape of moai which Superboy recognises as similar to those on Earth.

Moai appear in just the final frame of this comic and are a strange and abstract conclusion to a story that employs the myth of creation. Worldsmith is an obsese alien who smokes fat cigars and wears a pin-stripe suit. He also has devil horns, snorts and resembles a wild boar. Undoubtedly, in this simple allegory he is intended to be an intergalactic version of a property developer, who alters landscapes on an industrial scale with no concern for community or local authority. Yet, the story implies that the unique landscapes of Earth are related to his powers of creation, which permits another reading of this despicable figure from beyond as a god, and the moai as ancient carvings from the beginning of time.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Duda: Lo Increible es las Verdad [Disbelief: Incredible but True]
‘“Ellos” Colonizaron la Isla de Pascua?’ [‘Did “They” Colonise Easter Island?’]
(no.352, March 1978, Editorial Posada: Mexico)

Two men on board a large ship point towards an island on the horizon. The man on the right, presumably the ship’s captain, declares that this island was once home to extra-terrestrials; the man on his left firmly rejects the idea, “that’s absurd,” he replies, “the Polynesians colonised it”. For the archaeologist, anthropologist and historian, the origins of Rapanui’s inhabitants and the island’s giant statue carvings remain an enigma – one that has sparked numerous sensational theories. Few such theories have been the result of serious study. Among those studies that are taken seriously is the work of the Norwegian ethnographer, Thor Heyerdahl. In his book Aku-Aku, which was first published in 1955, Heyerdahl remarked on the similarities between the cultures of Easter Island and South America pre- European colonization. Precisely twenty years after Heyerdahl published his work, another researcher, Antonio Ribera, set out once again to explore the mysteries of Easter Island.

Ribera is introduced as a man courageous enough to dispense with prejudice. He is willing to remain open to all possible explanations as to the origins of Easter Island’s remarkable culture. Indeed, compelled to tell the truth, he is even willing to consider the involvement of extra-terrestials, flying saucers and other “disconcerting ideas”. Ribera began by studying the history of Easter Island, of which not much is known. However, official sources trace its origins back to sometime in the twelfth to fourteenth centuries of the Christian era, during the month of August, when a Polynesian king, called Hotu Matua, from the island of Hiva arrived on its only beach. He had risked this lengthy and dangerous voyage because his previous homeland was due to be swallowed up by the ocean. Hotu Matua and his family travelled to Easter Island in two giant canoes made of “vesi” (strong, redwood), crafted with “toki” (stone tools). Hotu Matua had learned the location of the island through one of his subjects, Hau Maka, to whom it had appeared in a vision. During their long voyage, Hotu Matua and his crew survived by eating nuts and fish. A large supply of roots and seeds were also brought along, but left untouched. Hotu Matua and his people planted these roots and seeds in their new home. They brought yams, sweet potatoes, sugar cane, and bananas to Easter Island.

Details pertaining to the original boats and cuisine of the first Easter Islanders were of great importance to Ribera. He doubted whether all such produce was native to Polynesia. He was, in particular, interested in the origins of the sweet potato. This vegetable, he was sure, came from Latin America and not from Polynesia. Ribera also picked up on a point made previously by Heyerdahl: in Rapanui, the name for sweet potato is “kumara” it could be no coincidence, Ribera reasoned, that in the Quechua dialect of the Peruvian people sweet potatoes also carry the same name. In addition to the sweet potato, Ribera also discovered the American origins of the soapberry, or sapindus saponaria, a small tree growing in Florida (North America) which was found on Easter Island by the first Europeans.

Not all evidence suggested an American origin for the first islanders, however. Rather, Ribera learned about the “naunau” (sandalwood) and “niu” (coconut palm). These had arrived on the island from Indian-Malaysian or possibly, in the former’s case, Australian territories. How, Ribera wondered, can the cuisine of Easter Island have originated as far East as Indo-Malaysia and Australia and as far West as America? How could the earliest inhabitants have travelled such enormous distances using basic tools? The matter grew more complex still when Ribera noticed the existence of two remarkable plants. The first is spaghnum, a moss which flourishes in sweet water; the second is cattail, a reed growing in the island’s volcanic craters. As Stéphen Chauvet had observed many years before, the islanders used spaghnum as a sealant to plug up the holes in their canoes. Yet, Ribera remembered that, according to the islanders’ own stories, they had originally arrived in canoes made of a single piece of hard, redwood. Such boats, Ribera reasoned, would never require a sealant. Could spaghnum have been used by people living on the island – who did not sail in hardwood canoes – before the arrival of Hotu Matua and his people? And what about the cattail? This reed grows only in the Himalayas and in Lake Titicaca. How did it arrive on Easter Island if not in the boats used by the island’s original colonisers? These first canoes must have been built using cattail reeds and sealed using spaghnum. On the basis of this evidence, Ribera tilts once again in the direction of Heyerdahl’s thesis: the most likely origin of the first inhabitants of Easter Island were South America, not Polynesia.

Yet Ribera was ready for another possibility, one far more outlandish than that proposed by Heverdahl. He noticed that, in the pre-modern world, the technology to construct these boats had existed in one other place – ancient Egypt. Could it be that Easter Island had been colonised by Egyptians? Of course, as Ribera realised, such a claim was likely to aggravate his critics, but this did not deter him, and as he explored further he began to notice similarities between the languages of Easter Island and ancient Egypt. The particle ‘Ra’, for instance, which signifies ‘days’ in Egyptian frequently appeared in the Rapanui language. Similarly, in the Easter Island dialect, ‘Aku Aku’ refers to spirits while, in ancient Egyptian, spirits were called ‘Akhu’. The brother of King Hotu Matua was called Oroi, which reminded Ribera of the ancient Egyptian deity, Horus. It was also said, Ribera noted, that Hotu Matua had been educated in a land ruled by a king whose first name was Kokiri. Did that name not echo Osiris? And the second name of Hotu Matua was Hotu Araae – a term that means, in the language of Easter Island, ‘Son of Ra’. Moreover, Ribera was drawn to the ways in which the Rapanui carvers worked with stone to construct a wall for which there are parallels with the techniques of the builders of many South American cultures – the Wanaku (of Bolivia), Saqsaywaman (Peru), Cusco (Peru), and Macchu Picchu – but, Ribera argued, the strongest parallel was with the building techniques of Egypt.

Ribero’s bold thesis situates the original colonisation of Easter Island in the third century BC. It happened, Ribera argued, as the result of the boundless curiosity of Ptolemy III Euergetes, an extraordinary individual whose reign marked the height of the Ptolemaic era. This ruler ordered a Greek adventurer, Aristo, to sail the Egyptian coast to the Indian ocean during the years 278-277 BC. The Pharoah’s desire for naval adventure was so great that, to please him, another sailor, called Pythagoras, travelled to each of the islands of this ocean. Ptolemy’s sailors arrived, without doubt, at Sri Lanka, the coasts of Tasmania, and the islands of New Zealand. Having travelled thus far, Ribera began to ponder, was it not possible that the same men crossed the ocean to the western coasts of South America?

For those who consider such ideas absurd, one scholarly publication should set the reader straight: The Week of Science and Technology, no. 131 (13 March 1975). The authors introduce the reader to a study carried out by the Chilean Government’s National Commission of Science and Technology. According to this study, presented on 13 November 1974, in a seminar conducted at Harvard University, there is ample proof that in the year 232 AD, a fleet of Polynesian boats under the command of two men, Ratas and Mawi, travelled the Pacific and Indian oceans. They had been sent by Ptolemy III on a fact-finding mission to test the theories of the polymath Eratosthenes regarding the world’s circumference. (As is now well known, Eratosthenes’ eventual findings shatter the myth that, pre Columbus, no one had known that the world was spherical.) Their intentions, then, had been to circumnavigate the world. In the Harvard seminar (reported in The Week of Science and Technology), mention had been made of recent discoveries of inscriptions in Western New Guinea. These inscriptions were carved in a Libyan language. The ancient Libyan and Egyptian languages are related. And, for Ribera, this was only logical: Ptolemy II was married to Berenic II, Queen of Libya. Whoever left these inscriptions must have been sent by the Pharoah.

Sensing the possibility of a remarkable breakthrough, the organisers of the Harvard seminar alerted their North American colleagues of the need to locate corroborating evidence of a trip by the ancient Egyptians. They were interested in clues – writing, inscriptions – proving that ancient Egyptian (or Libyan) science had been transferred to the shores of South America. One scholar, Professor Fell, found a vital piece of information. He came across a record by Carl Stolp, in 1885, of extraordinary inscriptions in a cave in central Chile. According to Fell, these inscriptions were left by Mawi, one of Ptolemy’s captains: “this is the southernmost point of the coast reached by Mawi. It is the southernmost point of the mountainous land which the commander claims by this declaration”.

For Ribera, matters were clear: having travelled as far south as they could go, Ptolemy’s men must ultimately have sent off westwards towards Easter Island. The ancient Egyptians colonised Easter Island before King Hotu Matua. To Ribera’s mind, this is the only way to interpret the manifold linguistic links between the two cultures. Again, it is the only possible way to explain the resemblance between a giant, bearded Moai, twenty-two metres in height, that had been captured on film by Thor Heyerdahl, to the figure of Akhenaton.

Of course, there is space to include only a fraction of Ribera’s overall argument. Shining new light on the workings of history, Ribera and others have yet to receive the attention they deserve. Perhaps this is because the past he imagines is richer and more replete with wisdom than the past described in our authorised texts. After all, in the latter, primitive peoples could never cross the ocean in such fragile vessels, yet the proof uncovered by Ribera shows otherwise.

Ribera’s book Operacion Rapa Nui (Barcelona: Editorial Pomaire, 1975) provides more on this highly contentious subject, to which subsequent researchers have given little to no oxygen. The ancient Egyptians did not, in fact, settle or visit Rapanui and the links between Rapanui and South America remain hotly debated. This, however, has not stopped moai fiction – see Sky Pirates (reviewed above), Action Comics (reviewed above), and Sakkara (reviewed below) – fantasising links between Rapanui and the Egyptians, especially as the two offer some of the most striking myths of civilisation. The bearded moai on Easter Island, called Tukuturi, exists and is unique amongst the carvings, but connecting it to Egyptian culture by hair alone is absurd. Like many other of the Mexican comics of this period – such as Grandes Viajes (reviewed above) and Aunque usted lo Dude (reviewed below) – which took the ideas of Heyerdahl and others to reconsider the Pacific and the origins of its settlement, their ‘facts’ belong more to a pseudo-science fueled by wild imaginations.

Richard Gauvain

Jump to contents

Mortadelo y Filemón – Mundial 78 [Mortadelo and Filemón – World Cup 78]
(text and drawings: Francisco Ibanez; Barcelona: Editorial Bruguera, 1978)

The President of the African republic of Mondongo is angry that FIFA has not granted him the opportunity to host the 1978 football World Cup. He plans to sabotage the World Cup, so special agents Mortadelo and Filemón are sent to intervene, disguising themselves as players within the Spanish football squad. Whilst at the World Cup, Mortadelo and Filemón foolishly light a match in a truck packed with explosives. It sends Filemón, in the burnt remnants of the truck's driver's seat, all the way across the North Pole. Mortadelo is catapulted to Galicia in the north-west of Spain, from where he returns with one of its famous octopuses on his head. To his surprise, Filemón's journey has continued further still to Easter Island. Seeing Filemón returning with a moai stuck on his head, Mortadelo does not need to be informed as to where his colleague has come from; "Don't tell me anything! I can guess!", he declares.

Mortadelo and Filemón is a much read Spanish comic, which creator Francisco Ibáñez populated at times with cartoon images of Easter Island. Other issues will be reviewed here over time; see below for a review of an issue where Easter Island features on the cover. As with that cover, the humour in this issue is centred around Easter Island's remoteness (and uniqueness), with the distance travelled by the exploding truck sufficient to send one of the spies beyond the North Pole and all the way to distant Rapanui. Furthermore, there is humour in the myth of presence, in which a monolithic moai carving, which would be so difficult to transport, has somehow been brought all the way to the World Cup as a remnant of an unexpected visit. The comedy in fetching an actual moai and bringing it 'home' was repeated in an issue of Futurama (see the review above).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Mortadelo
(summer special, 1978, Editorial Bruguera)

Easter Island appears on the cover only of this summer special bumper edition comic. It connects with a football World Cup special of Mortadelo for 1978 (see review above), in which the cover characters, Mort (aka Mortadelo) and Phil (aka Filemón), experience a brief visit to Easter Island. Mort and Phil first appeared in 1958 and are hugely popular characters in Spain (who have also been translated into numerous other languages). They are secret agents (originally private detectives) and for many of their adventures they travel the globe; in this issue they are in Egypt.

Many of the summer specials of Mortadelo have a water theme and, on this cover, Mort the master of disguise has gone ashore on Easter Island, holding in his hand a dodgy compass. Phil, his boss, shouts at him from their yacht, irate that they had bought a cheap compass that should have guided them to Mallorca, part of Spain's Balearic Islands in the Mediterranean. The compass is so poor that they have veered widely off course and rather unlikely (considering also the small size of their boat) ended up on a remote island in the Pacific. Mort and Phil are a bumbling duo who repeatedly make mistakes.

The artist Francisco Ibáñez often inserted 'whimsies' into his cover art – bits of detail which add another level of visual humour. Here, that detail is focused on the moai, which are humanised, with one given a sticking plaster on his chin, another given warts on his nose and a tear in his eye. A third moai has a gecko crawling up the side of his face, which he appears to be observing. The large Italian pork sausage, mortadela, from which Mortadelo's name derives, lies on the ground at the foot of a moai.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Kid Acero, Brazo-Bala y el "Escuadrón Lobo" [Kid Acero, Bullet Arm, and the "Wolf Squadron"]
'Un Extraño Visitante' ['A Strange Visitor']
(no.62, 16 August 1978, Editorial Novaro)

Evil scientist, Doctor Drago, finds himself in a top-secret prison. He reaches out telepathically to Yu Yan's Eastern Monks, the Black Sect. Drago closes his eyes and begins to intone the monks' mantra: "Kali Bau Shiva… Kali Bau Shiva…". A circle of monks in Tibet hear Drago's telepathic pleas. A Lama answers: "I hear you, little dragon… how can I be of assistance?". Drago explains his situation. Rebuked for his laziness, Drago agrees to make a sacrificial offering to Kali, goddess of death and destruction. In return, the monk tells Drago to expect his rescuer in three days.

Lying on the floor of his prison cell, Drago enters a trance and waits. Three days pass whereupon a sinister robot emerges from the waves of the Atlantic Ocean. Walking ponderously, its footprints sinking deeply into the sands, the robot makes its way towards the top-secret prison. High on the walls, the guards fire on the approaching robot. Bullets bounce off its metal body and its force-field deflects a bazooka strike. But the outer walls are protected by a 10,000 volt electric charge, which momentarily staggers the attacker. The robot soon rises to its feet. It scoops up an enormous granite rock and throws it with extraordinary power at the walls. Within seconds, the robot is inside the prison, trampling the guards' bodies under its feet. The robot swipes through the metal bars of Doctor Drago's prison cell and carries Drago – cackling in glee to himself – away. The director of the prison decides to call the Wolf Squadron.

At their base, the three members of the Wolf Squadron - Kid Acero, the Invisible Man and the Bionic Man – are preparing themselves for the fight when news arrives that the robot has been located on Easter Island. Leaving for the island in the Wolf-Plane, the heroes reflect on Drago's new choice of home: "He must want Darwin to study him", "Isn't Easter Island home to the mysterious stone colossi?", "Nobody can explain where those giant heads came from", "Maybe Doctor Drago knows something and plans to use it against mankind […] Anything is possible".

On Easter Island, Drago confides to his robot companion that Doctor Darwin carried out many interesting studies on the great lizards of this island. Positioning his robot in front of one of the moai, Drago next instructs it to focus its beams on the medulla oblongata, at the base of the moai's head. As the robot does so, and electricity courses through the moai, Drago excitedly remarks that the giant head seems about to move its eyes and mouth. At this moment, the Wolf-Plane arrives. Furious, Drago swears that nothing will interrupt his grand experiment. On the edge of a cliff face, the Wolf Squadron attacks Drago's robot. The fight does not go well and the Bionic Man is soon thrown off the cliff. Just as the robot is about to destroy the Bionic Man with his laser beam, Kid Acero knocks it off balance. To Kid Acero's dismay, the robot rights itself immediately – "I don't think I even tickled it". They fight until the robot activates its plutonium cathodes and forms a neutral field around Kid Acero, who crumples to the ground.

Laughing over Kid Acero's body, Drago tells his robot to throw the unconscious hero into the sea. High up on a mound directly above his enemies, the Invisible Man picks his moment to push a large rock down onto them. The rock barrels into the robot's chest and knocks it to the ground. Now immobilised, the wires in one of the robot's arm are exposed. Drago desperately tries to mend the robot, but fails. The Invisible Man takes Drago captive and prepares to transport him onto the Wolf-Plane, deciding to leave the bodies of his fallen comrades behind for others to recover – "killed in combat, fighting an evil criminal. They will be declared global heroes". Drago plays for time by pleading for the Invisible Man to recover the other members of the Wolf Squadron.

At that moment, the island begins to tremble. On the Hill of the Great Lizard, the moai that Drago's robot had energised slowly starts to rise from its place. There for thousands of years, it now searches for its new master. Drago calls out to the moai for help. It begins to move towards him and the Invisible Man. Its giant stone hand snatches Drago away from the Invisible Man, who is thrown headlong down the cliff. Still at the bottom of the cliff, the Bionic Man helps to drag his winded team-mate from the sea. The Invisible Man explains his plan to immobilise the moai: "the robot activated it by energising the medulla oblongata…by striking it in the same place, the robot could also paralyse it". The Bionic Man points his magnetic arm in the direction of the fallen robot. Within seconds, the magnetic field he generates pulls the robot's giant body down the cliff face towards the two members of the Wolf Squadron.

The Bionic Man realises that the robot's wiring can be repaired. He points the partially repaired robot's arm at the giant moai which remains standing in protection of Drago at the top of the cliffs. The laser beam strikes the stone head in the same place, at the base of the skull, neutralising its medulla oblongata. The big head flops down, lifeless; the moai's body once more sinks back into the soil; it closes its eyes, never to open them again. Drago holds his head in his hands, but swears that nothing will stop him from ultimately conquering mankind. To his surprise, he finds Kid Acero leaning nonchalantly against one of the other moai: "Great, doctor, so, you're speaking to stones". As he is led off, Drago snarls, "I hate you all now more than ever. I will destroy you".

A cheaply produced Mexican pocket-sized adventure for children, this comic was designed as a tie-in for a range of toys that were popular in the 1970s. Mattel had produced a toy called Big Jim, a hero with a mighty steel fist. He was accompanied by the Invisible Man, and former astronaut the Bionic Man – the latter an even greater admission of the source of inspiration for these hyper-masculine figures that were designed to compete with the Steve Austin (in Mexico called El Hombre Nuclear) line of tie-in toys. The Big Jim trio were known as P.A.C.K. and had a series of vehicles that they used to fight a range of villains, all of which were immortalised in toy-form. CIPSA, a Mexican toy company, bought the rights to market the toys south of the border, and consequently renamed Big Jim as Kid Acero (Kid Steel) and P.A.C.K. as the Escuadrón Lobo (Wolf Squadron).

Much of this comic's fantasy of Easter Island is derivative. The island is devoid of a population with its remnant culture represented solely by the moai. One of the stone heads rises up and becomes an active threat, though the robot dominates the story and appears a more challenging foe (as the cover to the comic emphasises). The myth of movement is common in moai fiction with the colossi able to walk, talk and fight. Interestingly, this Mexican comic gives a moai a medulla oblongata, which can be activated to bring the giant alive. It subsequently functions like a Golem, protecting its master, Drago.

The Darwin reference is odd and the naturalist/biologist has only appeared on two other occasions in moai fiction (see The Pirates! In an Adventure with Scientists!, reviewed above, and The Adventures of Piratess Tilly, reviewed below). As an adventurer exploring his theory of evolution, Darwin (who was not a doctor) did voyage within the Pacific, but never as far as Easter Island. In narratives drawn to the endeavours of an apparent lost race of islanders, Darwin references can become a convenient shorthand for societal advances and collapse. The other distinct anomaly in the comic is the giant lizard which is observed on the island and resembles the komodo dragon. Such a creature is found only around the islands of Indonesia; it is also distinct from the iguanas that Darwin observed on the Galapagos Islands. As in many other examples of moai fiction, island identities can be easily exchanged.

Richard Gauvain

Jump to contents

Duda: lo Increible es la Verdad [Disbelief: Incredible but True]
‘Nan Modal: La Otra Isla de Pascua’ [‘Nan Modal: The Other Easter Island’]
(no. 396, January 1979, Editorial Posada: Mexico)

In this story the moai appear sporadically on just five pages, where they are mentioned in the context of other ancient monuments. First they are mentioned alongside the ‘Bihimi pavements’ of the Bahamas and the antiquities of Ba‘lbik, in Lebanon and Tiahuanaco, in Bolivia. All locations are described as containing marvellous and mysterious architectural clues to “lost civilizations”.

A few pages later, on the story’s title page, a colossal moai dominates with the view that the archaeological site of Nan Madol, on the island of Pohnpei in Micronesia, is the “other Easter Island”, despite there being no such carvings in that region. Later in the comic, the authors ask the reader to imagine the possibility that Pohnpei, Easter Island and all Pacific archipelagos once belonged to Mu, a vast land mass known as Lemuria, which is said to have sunk beneath the ocean. This hypothetical land has been studied in India and Tibet, and was proposed by an English colonel, James Churchward, who said that there were around 64 million inhabitants living on Mu, before it was destroyed. The authors, however, acknowledge that it is unlikely that the island of Pohnpei ever belonged to Mu. Yet they do conclude that there is nothing to suggest that the cultures of Mu and Pohnpei did not co-exist.

In the final pages, the script of rongorongo is mentioned with the authors remarking that there are similarities between the Indus Valley script and rongorongo; they also note the overlap between both these ancient scripts and the scripts used in Greece and Crete during the same era. A reasonably accurate image of a rongorongo tablet is presented, with an extract then positioned next to Cretan and Indus Valley scripts, which are juxtaposed for the reader to observe connections.

This is a descriptive and wildly speculative Mexican comic, with a gung-ho approach driven by the sensationalism of connecting disparate cultures into one. The focus of the comic is Pohnpei, with the links to Easter Island important but infrequent and far from smooth. Duda is in fact one of a number of Mexican comics that were published post the late 1960s that are pseudo-educational, mixing fact and fiction to different degrees. Aunque Usted lo Dude (reviewed below) shares some similarities in that it also foregrounds Lemuria and the belief that rongorongo is connected to the ancient hieroglyphs of the Indus Valley. A previous issue of Duda (reviewed above) was more accurate in its facts, albeit promoting the since contested ideas of Thor Heyerdahl. This issue of Duda is more problematic in that Churchward, a faux-historian-scientist is taken seriously. Here he is referred to as “an army man” (Churchward did serve in the British army) and even depicted in a military uniform, which gives him an appearance of authority.

Richard Gauvain

Jump to contents

Look and Learn
‘Their Changing World: Battle of the Ears’
(no.923, 29 September 1979, IPC Magazines)

A little more than four years after its first attempt (reviewed above) at relaying the wonders of Easter Island, British educational magazine Look and Learn devoted another two-page spread to educating its readers. This time half of the feature is in colour and it presents a rather fanciful large image that imagines the culture of the Rapanui, in a form of ceremony, at the foot of three moai. The image continues on to the page opposite, which shows three European voyagers observing the performance. It would appear to be an illustration for the accompanying text that says when Dutchman Jacob Roggeveen “went ashore, he saw a sight which must have appeared very strange to his Christian eyes. A crowd of natives were performing a sun-worshipping ritual in front of a number of outlandish, giant stone statues”. Unfortunately, this is one of many Look and Learn fabrications as no such ritual was recorded by Roggeveen.

Fifty-five months earlier, Look and Learn had informed its readers that there were precisely 387 moai on Easter Island; now the number was revised and almost doubled to the less exact “something like 600 altogether”. Still it was far short of the 887 moai on the island. It is also wrong to say that all of the moai are of the upper half of the body. Most problematic is the manner in which it ends, conveying a narrative of great Chilean welfare and the good lives that the contemporary islanders apparently now experience: “The Chilean government has greatly developed sheep-farming there, and has introduced a forestry scheme. In a further big investment programme, they have already built a commercial airport, a school, a hospital and a leper station”. This presented such a false account of the reality for the Rapanui who, in 1979, had endured many years of hardship under the Chilean administration. Not least, the dreadful sheep farm, that ceased in 1953, essentially imprisoned the islanders in a small part of their island, whilst the grazing animals were prioritised in terms of land use.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Mystery of Easter Island
(1980)

Review forthcoming

Jump to contents

Mister No
'Isola di Pasqua' ['Easter Island']
(no.60; Milan: Editoriale Cepim, May 1980)

Mister No is learning to surf in Rio de Janeiro while his Piper aircraft is being repaired. In Ipanema he comes across an old friend and sweetheart, Patricia, an archaeologist who is on her way to Easter Island, where she hopes to decipher the mysterious 'kohau rongo rongo', with the help of Professor Pakomio and the local Rapanui, the custodians of the island's oral traditions and legends.

The following day Mister No is about to fly back to Manaus when his Piper is damaged by the careless landing of another aircraft piloted by the shady Mr Davis. Mister No decides to confront him but he is attacked by Davis's henchmen, who threaten him with knives. Mister No manages to escape and boards a plane which, he soon finds out, is the one taking Patricia to Easter Island.

On Easter Island, Patricia and Mr No are met by Pakomio, who accompanies them to their bungalow in Hanga Roa. Later that evening, as Mister No and Patricia are about to eat dinner, their bungalow is hit by gunshots. The attacker fires through a window striking in the head a large carving of moai kavakava, which Mister No is holding and which the gunman mistakes for a human. Pakomio, who lives next door, rushes to their help but the unknown gunman is nowhere to be found. The professor tries to downplay the incident, but then is forced to admit that the two Americans may be in danger. Yet, he refuses to reveal the reasons why.

The following morning, Pakomio, Mister No, and Patricia drive all the way to Rano Raraku, where the moai were created. Pakomio leaves the two Americans to observe the statues and goes to retrieve one of the mysterious rongorongo tablets, which are secretly kept in a cave. In the last panel of this comic, a mysterious attacker is about to roll a boulder onto the unaware American explorers who are admiring the statues.

Created in 1975 by Guido Nolitta, the pen name of Sergio Bonelli, the popular Italian series Mister No (which has been translated into other languages) tells the adventures of Jerome Drake Junior (nicknamed Mister No), formerly a US Army military pilot during World War II. At the end of the War he moves to Manaus, in the middle of the Brazilian Amazon rainforest, where he works as an airplane pilot and tour guide, flying his Piper. Although most of his stories are set in the Amazon rainforest, his foolhardy and reckless character also results in global adventures.

In the first part of this story – which takes place over three comics/ instalments (reviewed below) – Easter Island only appears in the last third. Maps of the island are shown twice, so as to provide an outline of the place and a visualisation of its geography. Within the frames, Hanga Roa appears as a colonial village surrounded by palms, with both wooden two-storey buildings and bungalows and unpaved roads. It is a place whose economy revolves mostly around fishing.

Rongorongo is the cue for this adventure. In the story, the tablets are presented as the instruments of a group of ancient chanters and priests, repositories of the island's oral culture, who used the tablets to recall legends and tales. The descendants of these chanters are believed to hold the key to interpreting the glyphs but, according to Patricia, they have so far refused to reveal the secret to deciphering the tablets. The comic book correctly refers to kohau rongo rongo, which is translated as 'recitation wood' or 'narrator staffs'. The tablets, which in reality are scattered throughout the world, are here hidden in a secret cave that is only known by Pakomio.

While the tablets are not shown in this episode, the moai – which have largely been copied from photographs for the illustrations – figure prominently. They are the first thing we see of the Island and they are the main spectacle as Pakomio, Mister No and Patricia ride on horses towards Rano Raraku. In the words of Pakomio the statues are mostly three to five metres tall and date back to six or seven hundred years ago built using volcanic stone by the original settlers of Rapanui, who came from the Marquesas Islands.

Interestingly, the story also features a moai kavakava (wrongly referred to as moai kama kama), a wooden sculpture representing a human-like figure with prominent ribs, a bald head and a chin beard. The sculpture, which had ritual functions, is depicted as an ornamental object in the house where Mister No and Patricia are staying and it is employed for a moment of drama that spans several pages. The figure is much larger than those in existence but it is given a life-size appearance to aid a specific narrative moment.

To further contextualise the information provided in the comic, the closing section is dedicated to famous travellers and adventurers and focuses on Thor Heyerdahl's life and his famous Kon Tiki expedition. Here, it offers readers information about the supposed links (later largely dismissed) between South American civilisations and Easter Island.

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents

Mister No
'Il Segno del Potere' ['The Symbol of Power']
(no.61; Milan: Editoriale Cepim, June 1980)

Mister No manages to escape another attempt on his life and rushes after a man in the distance. He manages to catch up with him at the entrance of a cave full of human skeletons and bones, whereupon he attacks him only to discover that it is Pakomio, who apparently had also been chasing after the mysterious attacker. Outside the cave, the professor explains that the failed attacks on Mister No's life may be the result of a mistaken identity. Pakomio thinks that behind the attempts is the local Sunset Company, which has mistaken the American pilot for a US government representative sent to the island to investigate the company's exploitation of local labour, which Pakomio has been fighting for years.

Later that night, a spontaneous rally takes place in Hanga Roa between the supporters of Pakomio's cause (those who are against the Sunset Company) and the followers of Matua who instead operates in favour of Sunset. While Pakomio seeks to liberate the islanders from the Company's capitalist yoke of underpaid labour in the sheep farming and shearing industry, Matua tries to dissuade the same workers from taking action against the company by evoking the spectre of retaliation and unemployment. A brawl between the two factions ensues, which is barely contained by the two policemen on the island.

At this point, Matua suggests that the course of action should be decided by the island's ancient tradition of electing a tangata manu or birdman, in which a leader is elected following the birdman race under the auspices of the ancient god Make-Make. All the workers agree. As the pretenders to the title of Birdman, Matua and (a reluctant) Pakomio will have to choose three representatives who will have to swim to the island of Motu-Nui from the cliffs of Orongo, find a manutara (sooty tern) egg and bring it back to Orongo. The first challenger to receive the egg, "The Symbol of Power", will become the new Birdman.

The challenge takes place the following day with Mister No offering to compete for Pakomio. Competitors must brave the currents that can bash them against the rocks, whilst avoiding the sharks that infest the waters. One contestant is eaten by a shark, another killed as he is smashed against the rocks. As he is about to reach Motu-Nui, Mister No decides to help one of his opponents from drowning. Finally, on Motu-Nui, Mister No finds an egg but he is attacked by Matua's machete-wielding men. Mister No manages to defeat them but breaks the egg. Luckily for him, the man he has just saved hands him another so that Mister No can swim back with the egg to proclaim Pakomio as the Birdman.

Unfortunately, the new leader's authority is immediately subverted as the Pascuans riot, setting fire to the Sunset Company's warehouses, and killing one of the policemen guarding the area. Mister No, who had collapsed on the Orongo shores and had awakened in the evening to a deserted beach, learns from the second policeman that the people of Rapanui, under the influence of drugs and alcohol, will be honouring Make-Make with a human sacrifice. Mister No heads back to Hanga Roa to save Patricia.

The second episode of Mister No's Easter Island trilogy contains many cultural and historical references that further serve to characterise the depiction of Easter Island and its people. Visually, the moai remain a dominant image for the island for the early part of this instalment, but they are not woven into the story and there is no mention of the rongorongo tablets that had appeared in the previous instalment. The action takes in the cliffs of Orongo, the ceremonial site of the birdman race, with its stone houses on the rim of Rano Kau and its petroglyphs representing the birdman.

The episode also mentions the Kaitangata, or Man Eaters, explaining that the practice of eating human flesh mostly occurred during the intestine wars; the victors eating the flesh of the defeated in a gesture of total annihilation. The comic conveys that cannibalism occurred on the island during a number of religious ceremonies and as an extreme act in case of food scarcity. While the birdman of yore controlled the food stocks, in this episode he is modernised as a political figure that has the power to lead the locals against the foreign capitalist invader and to reaffirm the rights of the Rapanui.

The Sunset Company is in fact a fictional rendition of the Williamson-Balfour Company, a Scottish-owned Chilean company which leased much of Rapanui as a sheep farm, confining the inhabitants to Hanga Roa and preventing their movement across the island. Through the return of the birdman cult the episode appears to endorse the reaffirmation of Rapanui culture and the rights of its people. Pakomio's fight for workers' rights reflects the widespread political protests of the late 1970s and very early 1980s, when the episode was written. However, Pakomio is shown to believe that these practices and attendant traditions are backward and should be confined to the past. Moreover, the lawlessness of the Rapanui at the comic's end depicts a frenzy that takes the population into a dark realm of murder and human sacrifice that counter's any cultural reaffirmation.

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents

Mister No
'Make-Make'
(no.62; Milan: Editoriale Cepim, July 1980)

Destructive violence and primitive rage have taken hold of the inhabitants of Hanga Roa, who have been hailing Make-Make while leaving behind a trail of death and devastation. Mister No reaches a deserted Hanga Roa under the driving rain and heads for Patricia's house only to find an injured Matua waiting for him. The man wishes to kill Mister No believing him to be a US government agent. He also reveals that the people of Easter Island in a fit of collective rage have rebelled against their own birdman (Pakomio) and have brutally killed all those who opposed them. They are now heading to Ana Kai Tangata, the Cave of Cannibalism, where they will sacrifice Patricia to honour Make-Make. Mister No disarms the dying man and rushes to save Patricia.

He runs beyond Hanga Roa and across the hills until he reaches the plain of Mataveri, at the end of which, in the distance, he hears the roll of the drums and sees plumes of smoke coming from a bonfire. Surreptitiously he moves closer to the spot where the men are camped, and sees many dancing around the fire or lying unconscious on the ground. He also notices Pakomio, tied up and held captive by his supporters. Mister No attacks the camp shooting at the man who is guarding Pakomio and frees the professor, while the rest of the party runs away. Pakomio and Mister No head off to Ana Kai Tangata, where they will try to surprise Make-Make's followers by entering via an adjacent tunnel known only by Pakomio.

In the cave, the ceremony has just begun. Led by the costumed elder, the men of Easter Island dance frantically around a sacrificial altar, brandishing their machetes and hailing a giant statue of Make-Make, a feline or bear-looking human hybrid, seated and holding an enormous flaming torch. Patricia is held captive in another grotto, the so-called Cave of Fish, because its walls have been completely decorated with paintings of fish in different shapes and colours. As they are about to climb down to save Patricia, a man enters the cave but he is immediately knocked out by Mister No. However, the fugitives are discovered and a fight between the machete-armed men and the gun-toting Mister No ensues. Mister No is forced to shoot and kills several men. Patricia, Pakomio and Mister No manage to return to the surface where they separate: the two Americans head to the shore where in the distance a large ship is visible, while Pakomio runs to the airport to launch an SOS to the ship and ask for backup.

Pakomio manages to alert the ship, but he is reached by the men who kill him with their machetes. The rest of the men have managed to find Mister No and Patricia hiding among the rocks and attack them. Mister No fires back and the two manage to board a lifeboat that takes them to the ship. There they look forlornly towards the shore of Rapanui where the men, in a fit of bloodthirsty rage, have hoisted up Pakomio's head on a spear and continue to hail Make-Make. As the ship with Mister No and Patricia sails away towards Valparaiso, Miro, the son of Pakomio, who was returning home on that same ship, lands on the island and faces the men who now seem to realise the gravity of their actions.

Unlike the previous episodes in the trilogy, where a return to the Rapanui culture seemed to foresee a rebirth of Easter Island's people against the exploitation of the foreign company, here, the cult of Make-Make is presented as a fall back into primitiveness, and primordial impulses that take hold of the men of the Island (no women or children are ever mentioned or depicted in the entire story). The adventure unfortunately turns into a clichéd cowboys and Indians narrative where the hero must save the damsel in danger from the fury of the primitive locals. Make-Make rarely appears in moai fiction, so to have a story where he is so central held much promise. Yet this is a bloodthirsty god and a fantasised full-bodied figure that usually appears in Rapanui culture as just a face. Its appearance does, however, create a suitable fictional cult idol with its characteristics echoed in the animal-like behaviour of its followers. The inclusion of the Cave of Fish in the story's dramatic last stages is an interesting addition but, in reality, the rock paintings of the cave that is its inspiration, Ana Kai Tangata, depicts manutara, the sacred bird, and not fish.

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents

Big Boss
(no.48, July 1980, Arédit)

Featuring only on the front cover of this French comic, the artwork of an extra-terrestrial spaceship hovering above the moai is one that has been echoed by other publications both before and since. The common message is Rapanui as a land associated with the strange, mysterious and the unearthly.

The artwork has a fascinating history. It was originally a sketch drawn by the French explorer Alphonse Pinart, who visited Easter Island in 1877. The sketch was developed as an illustration by A. de Bar, and titled Campement sur le Ronororaka [Camp on Rano Raraku] for the 1878 publication Le Tour de Monde – nouveau journal des voyages - livraison n°927 - Voyage à L'île de Pâques (Océan Pacifique) par Alphonse Pinart (1877). It was later used for a French trade card of the 1960s (reviewed below), before appearing on the cover of Big Boss and inspiring Jean-Louis Morelle, who has illustrated many of the book covers for prolific French science-fiction writer Jimmy Guieu.

The 1990 edition of Guieu's novel Les sphères de Rapa-Nui (reviewed below), features a front cover illustration that is very similar to the one used for Big Boss. The moai that is lying prone on the cover of Big Boss was removed for the cover of Les sphères de Rapa-Nui, but the other four moai are identical. The cliff behind the moai was reduced in size for the later publication; the nighttime sky became a red sky; and an exploding spaceship and floating giant spheres replaced the flying saucer. The cover of Big Boss suggests alien visitation to Easter Island, whilst the later image appears to move the location to another planet.

Crucially, both Big Boss and Les sphères de Rapa-Nui remove from the original image the six European men from Pinart's expedition and the fire within the cave entrance. Consequently, the image's original narrative of a human camp is erased. The visitation has now gone from an actual record, albeit one that was augmented and heightened, to an imagined encounter of the extra-terrestrial kind, all the while retaining much of the depiction and positioning of the moai.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Aunque Usted lo Dude [You May Doubt It]
‘El Gran Misterio de los Colossos de la Isla de Pascua’ [‘The Mystery of the Colossi of Easter Island’]
(no.1, August 1980, Ediciones Latinoamericanas: Mexico City)

The story’s narrator begins by stating that the world has the separate legends of both Egypt and Rapanui, two cultures for which it is unlikely that one influenced the other. In 1722, a ship captained by the Dutch sailor, Jacob Roggeveen, sighted Easter Island, inhabited by just its giant stone heads. Confused by the sunset, the Dutch thought the moai were living giants. Fearful that these colossi would attack, the Dutch sailed away without landing on the island. Back in the Netherlands, Roggeveen told others of the wondrous place in the middle of the Pacific, and that if they had not swiftly turned around they would have been devoured by the giants; thousands of them “all hungry roaring like beasts”. Sailors subsequently asked the natives of other islands about Rapanui and they expressed terror, speaking of a cursed and dangerous island of giants, who devour men.

Courageous Europeans carrying guns eventually landed on the island, with the intention of killing the giants. Only then did they discover that these giants were actually carved stone statues, leaving the sailors to ponder who put them there and how. Back then the island was “totally uninhabited”. Most of the 593 moai had been carved at the crater of Rano Rarakoa [sic], with others left unfinished in situ. A pith-helmet wearing German explorer examines the evidence and says that the tools that have been left abandoned around the unfinished moai are like workers who have stopped “to go for lunch”. He also wonders how the Rapanui moved such gigantic statues, especially as this is a land of no trees.

In 1868, 300 sailors from the British ship Topaze, with help from 300 natives, hauled for several days a colossal moai off the island to be placed in the British Museum, where it could be “admired”. Four years later, in 1872, a French ship captained by Pierre Loti took the head of another moai, as the full statue was too heavy to haul. This moai was decapitated with the use of a saw, to be displayed in France in the Museum of Mankind, where it can be seen today. It was not, however, until the arrival of archaeologist Thor Heyerdahl that some of the mysteries of the island were resolved. With the help of islanders, Heyerdahl re-erected moai, but he was unable to solve the mysteries as to how they could have been transported.

Under the sandy soil there are signs of at least three previous civilisations. Holding small moai statues, Heyerdahl and his colleague reflect and conclude that whoever built the giant statues were from a civilisation that was more advanced. Therefore, Rapanui civilisation has “evolved backwards”. One construction on the island, a particularly well-built wall, leads Heyerdahl to propose it must have been erected by another society. The story’s narrator asks how could the people survive on an island without agriculture and domestic animals. At one point, there were barely two hundred people on the island, though when the statues were erected there were probably 3000-5000 inhabitants. The narrator argues that the feat of creating the moai should be viewed as greater than the building of the pyramids.

Then there was an act of vandalism that has made generations of archaeologists weep. A group of missionaries had ordered the excavation of the foundations of a moai. In the process, many wooden rongorongo tablets were discovered, but the missionaries ordered them to be destroyed, and burnt to cinders in a large fire, declaring the artefacts to be part of a pagan cult. Nineteen of the tablets managed to be saved and these are now on display in a glass museum cabinet, though they lay there “forgotten”.

Later, in 1922, whilst a trench was being dug for a railroad in the old city of Mohenjo Daro, Pakistan, a wall was uncovered bearing hieroglyphics identical to those on the rongorongo tablets. But some archaeologists refused to accept these findings, especially as there is a vast difference in age between the two sites. The narrator advises that when Europeans first landed on Rapanui they found amongst the natives, men who were different – tall, blond and bearded. Subsequently, slave traders from Peru took the islanders to work in mines, and then the king, Kaismoki, was killed as the long-ears and the short-ears fought each other in a civil war, which culminated in cannibalism. Going further back, when the Rapanui first arrived on the island, under the leadership of Hotu Matua, it was said that he was a blond-haired king. So where had they come from? The narrator says this points towards the Rapanui being the last of the people of the mythical Lemuria, a sunken land that is an Atlantis of the Pacific. Cook and Bouganville have seen other such blond-haired bearded men across the Pacific, with other colossal constructions found in Guam, Hawai’i, the Marquesas and in Tahiti.

Whilst this Spanish-language comic devotes several pages to rongorongo, which very few other examples of moai culture have considered at length, this remains a deeply problematic publication. It is the last in a batch of pseudo-historical Mexican comics that were published between 1969 and 1980, which began with Grandes Viajes (reviewed above) and includes Grandes Viajes (1971, reviewed above), Duda (1972, reviewed below), and Duda (1978, reviewed above). As with those comics, Aunque Usted lo Dude purports to be an educational account, but many liberties are taken – none more so than in this particular comic – with facts distorted by a belief that the theories of Heyerdahl permit a great departure into ideas of alternative colonisation of Rapanui.

When rongorongo does appear in moai culture it is most often an undeciphered system of writing, that when suddenly decoded reveals a fantastic warning, a sub-narrative of alien visitation or the activation of superior technology. Aunque Usted lo Dude is to be congratulated for including the tragic moment in history when the ‘pagan’ tablets were suddenly lost. But the comic cannot resist an embellishment, having the tablets dug up from the base of a moai, destroyed by missionaries and then ludicrously establishing a connection with an archaeological site in Pakistan, to plant the idea that rongorongo is not a unique part of Rapanui culture, but transported from afar from a mother culture. Such an absurdity essentially denies Rapanui culture its relevance, identity and authority. And worryingly, this is a theme that runs throughout the comic.

Other falsehoods include the presentation of Rapanui as completely uninhabited at the point of Roggeveen’s arrival; Roggeeveen never setting foot on Rapanui (he did and shot/ killed ten or twelve islanders and he certainly never sailed away scared of moai that he feared were giants that devour men); and other islanders informing explorers of such myths. There are many more than 593 moai on Rapanui; they were not carved from isolated upright stones as the primitive drawings in this comic would have the reader believe; and the uniquely precise wall found on Rapanui at ahu Vinapu is nothing like the extended structure depicted in this story. Elsewhere it did not take 600 men to move the moai Hoa Hakananai’a from the island to HMS Topaze, and it is nowhere near as huge as the colossus depicted in this comic. And there are more than nineteen surviving rongorongo tablets and they are not held in one museum – in fact there are twenty-six tablets scattered across many institutions/ countries from St Petersburg to the Vatican.

Most worrying is the constant racial denigration of the Rapanui from being a society that has evolved backwards, to absent islanders or primitive inhabitants – the comic re-emphasises “primitive” – who are always depicted wearing simple loin cloths, even in a contemporary setting. Hotu Matua was not a blond-haired king, but this comic’s desire to relocate the source of Rapanui culture and attribute the wonders of the moai to a society that is not Polynesian, sees a promotion of others – from Europeans and Asians and ultimately the mythical Lemurians as the island’s cultural origins and creators. Anything it seems but the chance to recognise Rapanui culture within its rightful context, which the final frame extends further into the Pacific, potentially attributing the sources of cultures of other islands to foreign societies.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Weird War Tales
'The 600 Heads of Death!'
(no.95, January 1981, DC Comics)

The Rapanui are introduced as "peaceful inhabitants" who worship giant stone statues, that "only stared skywards" and whose lips "were sealed in a terrible silence". Offerings of jewels and pearls are made to the monoliths, with festivities and marriage ceremonies performed at their feet. Then one day a war party of "Polynesians" arrives on the island and they viciously attack and murder many of the peaceful islanders. The Rapanui plead to the stone giants to "avenge us".

The survivors flee to the "caves in the hills". Meanwhile, the warriors celebrate their easy victory. Ultimately, they have come to the island in search of its legendary treasures. They believe the treasures are hidden within the statues and use their weapons in an attempt to break open the stone legs. The monoliths awake in anger and step on the invaders "crushing them as if they were mere insects". With the enemy defeated, the surviving islanders come out of hiding and thank the giants: "We will ask no more questions of you, o' strange ones. We know now that when the time comes, you will answer in your own terrible swift way!".

Yet another Steve Ditko drawn story that features the moai, and this was the second time that Weird War Tales was focused on fictionalising Easter Island (see the review above). The story is rather simple and is stretched out over seven pages, with little to visually connect the fiction directly to Easter Island, though the text makes it clear that this is Rapanui. The moai are not named as such and bizarrely their entire full-length bodies are above ground and include legs, feet and toes, unlike most moai fiction which views the monoliths as buried in the ground. In fact, the appearance of these moai is very different to those that exist, with these giants exhibiting bullet shaped heads, sticking-out ears and muscular torsos.

The war party are simply called "Polynesians", which opens the possibility that the story regards the Rapanui (who in reality are Polynesian) as belonging to an unnamed foreign race. Both the invaders and the inhabitants are drawn with an artistic licence similar to the depiction of the moai. These Pacific people wear toga-like clothes and all the men have big muscular chests. Facially, they seem European with their general appearance placing them somewhere more like Sparta as opposed to the middle of the Pacific. The spiked club weapons that they wield are also out of place; perhaps the 'closest' comparable examples are found in Tonga or Fiji.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Look and Learn
‘What Really Happened? Idols of Easter Island’
(no.988, 14 February 1981, IPC Magazines)

With little more than a year left until it ceased publication, the long-running British weekly educational, Look and Learn, turned to Easter Island for its third and final feature (previously it had appeared in issues in 1975, reviewed above, and 1979, reviewed above). Appearing on the reverse of the front cover, where it was given prominence, this one page text is dominated by a large colour rendition of a sketch, originally by M. Gaspard Duché de Vancy, taken following the voyage of French explorer La Pérouse, who visited Easter Island in 1786. The original sketch which became a popular lithograph has reappeared in other examples of moai culture, such as The Conquest of the World (reviewed above) and Disbelief: Incredible but True (reviewed above).

Historically, copies of prints have often been altered or embellished and the one in Look and Learn, is no exception. The new artist, Pat (Patrick) Nicolle has made the moai look more like those on the island, but he has also added eight European sailors, three in the extreme foreground (with one carrying a gun) and five more in the background. The original had ten islanders (men and women) to the left of the image, but these have all been cut out, presumably as they were too fanciful and imagined, drawn to satisfy a French interpretation of an Arcadian Rapanui befitting European tastes of the time. Interestingly, the most famous part of the image, which depicted a Rapanui man towards the far right of the frame, about to steal a three-cornered or tricorne hat, was changed by Nicolle. Instead, the Rapanui man (now shown completely naked) in this new image has successfully completed the theft and is departing exit right, leaving behind a second tricorne that is closer to the original. The liberties that Look and Learn took in its claims to educate, means that this sketch is used to accompany a story about Dutchman Jacob Roggeveen, who had visited Rapanui 64 years earlier than de Vancy’s original.

As with the other Look and Learn issues the text is surprisingly spurious, mixing fact and fiction. Apparently, the first moai was carved by a sculptor called Rapu, in remembrance and likeness of the first chief Hotu Matua. The moai that had numbered 387 in the 1975 issue, and then risen up to 600 in 1979, are now back to 387. In fact, parts of the text simply self-plagiarise the 1975 issue, so the untruth about 67 stone tablets covered in hieroglyphs and hidden on the island is repeated.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Jerom
'De Stenen God' ['The Stone God']
(no.90; text and images: Willy Vandersteen; Antwerp & Amsterdam: Standard Uitgeverij, June 1981)

Whilst on a beach holiday, Odilon finds in the ocean waves close to shore a bottle containing a message inside. He writes another message on a piece of paper, puts it into the bottle and tosses it back into the sea. Some time later, Professor Barabas organises an expedition to Easter Island for his friends: the extremely strong Jerom, Aunt Sidonia and Odilon. The three of them have already experienced many adventures together.

Upon arrival, Jerom is immediately recognised and revered as a god by the Easter Island locals. Jerom and Odilon study the stone moai, one of which they decide to carry away on a raft. They are watched by the long-haired Rapan, the sorcerer of Easter Island, and his followers. Rapan takes Odilon hostage and demands that all three leave the island within 24 hours so that the true God can be worshiped again, instead of Jerom.

Meanwhile, Aunt Sidonia has been able to talk to other locals using Professor Barabas's language translation device, and she learns of a stone portrait of a white man that resembles Jerom. The captive Odilon speaks to this statue and unfortunately learns that he has to be sacrificed on an altar. The sacrifice is prevented by a ball of lightning, which interrupts the ceremony, and allows Odilon to escape and alert his two friends.

The friends load their plane with coconuts, which they fly over the locals and drop on them like bombs as they attempt to help Odilon flee his captors by boat. But they find themselves stranded on the nearby island of Teopi, which they now begin to defend from the angry natives, by building giant coconut-filled catapults. Jerom has an idea to secretly steal the statue that looks like him from the sorcerer and position it in the place where the three friends are making their defense. As the attackers approach they cease fighting and pay homage to the statue.

The statue speaks and informs the Easter Islanders that the sorcerer Rapan is a fraud. He escapes in a canoe leaving the Easter Islanders to celebrate with the three visitors, before they depart for home. They wonder why Jerom was worshipped as a god and why the stone statue looked like him, with the mystery solved by Odilon. He advises that the message which he had placed in the bottle had been written on a photograph of Jerom, which must have then reached Easter Island.

Most of the main characters also appear in the Suske en Wiske [Suske and Wiske] comic strip, by Willy Vandersteen, who had already been inspired by Rapanui for a story originally published in 1980 (see the review below). Unfortunately, the images of the native population in this Belgian produced fiction are very problematic. They are shown to be black-skinned primitive islanders with the front cover of the comic exaggerating their image further giving them large bottoms and adding thick lips and afro hair to their features. This renders them as racist figures that are seen more often in the old stereotypes of Africans and African-Americans. Less problematic, but also wrong, is the appearance of the locals using spears and machetes made with metal parts, when such raw material was not traditionally found on Easter Island.

There are images of the South Sea, but these are also clichés, as seen at the farewell party where there are scenes more commonly associated with the festive culture of Hawai'i. The natives in this story are portrayed as extremes – either violent (with karate skills) or simple-minded. The liberties taken in the story continue in the geography of Easter Island with it split into two neighboring islands called Wahoe and Teopi. The story is essentially one of cargo cults. Such stories and accounts have circulated around the Pacific (Melanesia, in particular) in which islanders removed from the wider world worship foreign objects that are washed ashore or have fallen from passing airplanes.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

The Incredible Hulk
‘Encounter on Easter Island!’
(no.261, July 1981, Marvel Comics Group)

The mighty hulk swims from Japan to Easter Island. He arrives exhausted and as he sleeps he turns back into Dr Bruce Banner. Hiding amidst the moai is the Absorbing Man, an ex-boxer with the power to transform into the property of anything he touches, having been given a drink conjured by the Asgardian god, Loki. The Absorbing Man had tried to escape the powerful Avengers by turning himself into the waters of the ocean, but he too ended up on the beaches of Easter Island exhausted from his journey. Meanwhile, a Teen Brigade has been formed to locate and help Dr Banner/ The Hulk.

The Absorbing Man carries the unconscious Banner to a moai quarry. Inside, Banner awakens and he and the Absorbing man tumble to the quarry floor. The Absorbing man is insane with fear of the Avengers finding him and now an angry man of stone he forces Banner into a tiny cave opening. With the Absorbing Man pushing Banner from behind further through the small passage, Banner starts to panic as the tight space that is also flooded at the bottom becomes almost too much. Swimming up from the pool of water, Banner finds himself alone with the Absorbing Man in a deep cave. Banner tries to think of a way out and realises that the moai he saw in the quarry means he must be on Easter island, which he had read about in Thor Heyerdahl’s “classic book”, Aku Aku.

Banner tries to remember what he had read in Heyerdahl’s book and the story recounts apparent ‘extracts’, such as Heyerdahl’s belief that the original islanders had come from South America. Added to this narrative in flashback is the construction of the moai being halted by an attack from an invading war-party; the islanders thrown screaming into a fiery pit; a few women and children surviving in the underground volcanic tunnels; but then they succumb to diseases brought by Spanish missionaries.

Banner realises there is a small community on the other side of the island, but he first has to escape his captor whilst he is sleeping and even then “Easter Island is only visited by ship once a year”. With the Absorbing man fast asleep Banner climbs back through a narrow lava tube, but near the top he becomes stuck, with the Absorbing Man now behind him grabbing onto his ankles. Banner can no longer control himself and he erupts through the earth’s surface as an angry Hulk.

The two giants fight each other in a battlefield surrounded by silent stone moai, with the Absorbing Man seemingly unstoppable. But then the Hulk jumps on the forehead of a toppled moai, which is lying across the fulcrum of another rock. The moai acts as a huge see-saw with the opposite end smacking into the face of the Absorbing Man who is sent hurtling out to sea. Comatosed by the knockout the defeated Absorbing Man comes to rest as a giant man-island that has absorbed parts of Easter Island’s qualities. A victorious Hulk is left alone on the island with the time to think and not be bothered.

The Absorbing Man lies dormant for 13 months before he re-emerges in the August 1982 issue of The Dazzler (reviewed below). There, this man-island awakens before lording over the terrified islanders, and then heading back to the USA. In this Hulk story, the islanders are either absent or present as skeletons, remnants of tribal warfare. Of the many Marvel comics to fictionalise Easter Island and the moai this is the only one to reference Heyerdahl. True, Heyerdahl had argued that Easter Island had been settled from South America (a theory that has now been proven wrong), but the comic takes the opportunity to embellish Heyerdahl’s work with tales of fiery pits and helpless Rapanui.

Often when superheroes and super-villains treat Easter Island as an extended fighting arena, the moai are silent onlookers that are brought into action as weapons for smashing an opponent (see, for instance, the reviews for Justice League and WWE Superstars). Yet this Hulk comic is alone in trying to incorporate into the fighting some of the actual archaeological studies of Easter Island. At one point, the Hulk employs a large tree trunk to clobber the Absorbing Man, with the accompanying text informing the reader that the log had “once been used to lever the Easter Island statues into an upright position”. The island’s features of lava tubes and volcanic cave systems are also incorporated into the moments of action and tension.

The story is contemporaneous to the year of the comic’s publication, yet the isolation of Easter Island, which was actually experiencing commercial airplane flights, is over-emphasised, with incorrect information that it is reached by just one ship a year. Moreover, when the Rapanui are finally presented in the sequel in The Dazzler, they too are of a distant imagined culture that does not permit the existence of a modern Easter Island.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Die Eroberung der Welt [The Conquest of the World]
'James Cook. Tod in der Südsee' ['James Cook. Death in the South Seas']/ 'La Pérouse. Schiffbruch vor Samoa' ['La Pérouse. Shipwrecked off Samoa']
(no.2; text: Jean Ollivier & Pierre Castex; drawings: Maurillo Manara and Carlo Marcello; Bergisch-Gladbach: Gustav H. Lübbe/Bastei Verlag, 1981)

Two stories are united in this volume: the voyages of the British explorer Captain James Cook to the Pacific up to and including his violent death in Hawai'i, and the expedition of the French navigator Jean-Galoup de La Pérouse, who also had an unhappy demise as his expedition vanished. Both explorers had visited Easter Island – Cook in 1774, La Pérouse in 1786 – and reported their findings, with La Pérouse's voyage designed in part to verify and extend the reports of Cook.

In the first story, there is only one picture showing Cook in front of the erect moai, about which he talks with respect. The story of La Pérouse is more elaborate, with the moai shown being measured by the French crew. One of the most famous early contact moments between the Europeans and the Rapanui is featured: the theft by an islander of a three-cornered hat belonging to one of the officers on La Pérouse's expedition. The original depiction of the theft was in a 1786 drawing from nature by Duché de Vancy (who joined the French voyage), that became a lithograph which accompanied the 1797 publication of La Pérouse's voyage, Atlas du Voyage de La Pérouse. The comic also depicts the actual events of the French leaving pigs and sheep on the island and sowing grain.

Originally published in France in November 1979 as issue number 14 in the series La Découverte du Monde en bandes desinées [The Discovery of the World in comics], the series was interestingly retitled with the more colonial sounding The Conquest of the World for the German market, for which this was issue number 2 of 24. Easter Island is only mentioned on a total of three pages in the comic, but it represents key images/moments of the famous expeditions and enough for a moai to appear in the centre of the front cover. Both James Cook's and La Pérouse's visits to Easter Island show the moai standing upright. This was not the case, as both Cook and La Perouse report that many had fallen.

The illustrators for the comic includes the South Tyrolean/Italian Maurillo 'Milo' Manara, who created more than twenty comic-albums and co-worked with several other artists, among them Federico Fellini. La Pérouse had already been the subject of a 1942 American comic (reviewed above) and would be illustrated again in a 2016 French comic (reviewed below). The Dutch explorer Jacob Roggeveen's visit to Easter Island has been the subject of several comic books, most notably as the focus of a 1958 French publication (reviewed above). In comparison, this is the only comic book to address the voyage of Captain Cook to Easter Island. That is surprising, given Cook's importance as an explorer.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

The Mighty Thor
'A Kingdom Lost!'
(no.318, April 1982, Marvel Comics Group)

Thor’s evil brother Loki borrows "five norn stones" from the evil queen Karnilla. He then travels to Earth with the evil king Fafnir (a dragon) to gain vengeance on Thor. Loki deposits the norn stones on Easter Island and sets out to lure Thor there by creating a tidal wave. Thor flies to Easter Island and, upon his arrival, the evacuation of islanders is ongoing. An American rescue worker asks Thor to protect the island's town. He does this by throwing his hammer Mjolnir into the ground to create a huge earth and rock wall separating the town from the moai and the beach. The evacuation is completed by helicopter and Thor is left on the island alone. The tsunami arrives and uproots the moai but the wall created by Thor prevents it reaching the town.

When the wave recedes, Thor realises that the moai actually have bodies that were buried in the ground, leaving only the heads visible. Thor attempts to return the moai to their original positions, but the norn stones bring them to life. They try to attack Thor but they are slow and not particularly strong. Thor drives them further and further from the norn stones causing them to become even slower and weaker. This enables Thor to hammer them back into the ground with Mjolnir. Thor then confronts Loki in a cave on a neighbouring island. Fafnir appears and attacks Thor but Thor is able to defeat him. Thor and Loki's father Odin then appears and prevents Thor attacking Loki and Fafnir further. He banishes Fafnir back to his destroyed former kingdom of Nastrond, and returns Loki to Asgard to await punishment. The story ends with a group of men on the island puzzled by how the moai have been returned to their original positions. Thor, in his secret identity of Dr Donald Blake, overhears them and smiles.

This issue of The Mighty Thor was published twenty years after the character's first appearance and by this point the narrative of Loki attempting to defeat his brother Thor, through the use of trickery, was firmly established. This particular edition is a clear example of it and the use of Easter Island can be seen to be as an attempt to bring freshness to a somewhat familiar narrative through transposing it to an unfamiliar landscape. In contrast to many other comic stories that make use of an Easter Island setting, this particular issue does make a limited attempt to reflect the reality of the place. The acknowledgement that Easter Island is an inhabited island containing a modern day society is rare in Western popular culture. However, no interest is taken in the lives of this community, instead they are depicted as an anonymous group with no characteristics other than their need to be rescued. Moreover, the comic declares that the island has "91 permanent residents", a figure manageable to rescue quickly by helicopter within the fiction of the story, but one that was far short of the actual population in 1982, which was closer to 2000.

The story does not imbue the moai with any original mystical powers. It is only through the magical norn stones that they gain the ability to move and fire lasers from their eyes. This depiction does share with other comic books the tendency to have a moai as not just a "brooding" head, but actually a full stone body with the head the only part visible above ground. Unusually within popular fiction, there is a heritage message within this comic with the stated need to preserve the unique culture of the island and to protect it as much as possible from the tsunami. The moai are correctly regarded as highly significant carvings, whilst the island's town is protected by tidal destruction by Thor, as "the last vestige of an ancient kingdom".

Peter Munford

Jump to contents

DC Comics Presents – Superman and the Global Guardians
‘The Wizard Who Wouldn’t Stay Dead’
(vol.5, no.46, June 1982, DC Comics)

Superman is urgently called to the East African retreat of Dr Mist. Planet Earth faces a grave threat from the 12,000-year-old Thaumar Dhai, “the mightiest of sorcerers in Atlantis”. He had six powerful talismans – a breastplate, buckle, armlet, necklace, scepter and crown – made of precious metals, minerals and matter, but he lost the first when he fled a sinking Atlantis. He lost another in a fight with Dr Mist and over time the other talismans were lost across the world: in Israel, Greece, Japan, Ireland and a “pre-Inca city”. Thaumar Dhai can be revived if all six talismans are brought back together and evil sorcerers are already working to achieve this resurrection.

Superman dashes first to Israel, where alongside the biblically-empowered superhero, Seraph, they fight evil Babylonians at an archaeological dig near the Red Sea, but unfortunately they lose the powerful breastplate. Next, Superman dashes to Greece where alongside superhero Olympian, they lose the armlet to a hydra. Denmark is Superman’s third country, where he teams up with superhero Little Mermaid (a mutant born in Atlantis), and they lose the belt to a sea-troll and an army of skeletons of long-dead Atlantis inhabitants. Not giving up, Superman flies to County Cork but loses the necklace to a wolf and imps despite having the help of Irish superhero, Jack O’Lantern. On another continent Superman connects with Green Fury, a Brazilian superhero, who helps him fight the villain El Dorado in Venezuela. But they lose the crown to one of El Dorado’s spirit jaguars. That leaves the scepter, which is buried under lava on Mt Fujiyama in Japan. Flying there with superhero Rising Sun, Superman loses to a snow sorcerer and her giant demons.

These villains now gather on Easter Island, each with their captured talismans. Standing in a circle of moai they combine the talismans to bring forth Thaumar Dhai. Superman and his international gang of superheroes emerge to fight the villains, but Thaumar Dhai brings the moai alive, “that they may crush our foes!”. Thaumar Dhai has some magic but not enough as his talismans are revealed by Superman to be fakes. With all the villains successfully defeated, Dr Mist congratulates the team and gives them the new name of the Global Guardians.

Despite featuring on the cover of this highly imaginative comic, Easter Island and the moai appear on just the last few pages of the story. The giant moai on the front cover is all-powerful, able to withstand an assault from seven superheroes. Yet inside the comic the awakened moai are a group of much smaller stone figures that appear easily punched into submission. “The harder they fall! And these stoneheads should fall very hard!”, declares Seraph.

The ring of moai that surrounds the resurrection has the appearance of an occult ceremony, with an ancient evil could forth with offerings. Easter Island is presumably employed as the last destination as it is viewed by the writers as the most isolated and foreign place. The moai connect with the other archaeological and ancient sites within the story, but also with mythical locations such as Atlantis. Each of the previous global locations had their own local superhero with culturally specific identities and powers. It is therefore a shame that no superhero emerges that is associated with Easter Island. Instead, the moai are once again aggressors and a dormant threat waiting to be awakened.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

2000AD
‘Tharg’s Future-Shocks. No Picnic!’
(no.272, 10 July 1982, IPC Magazines)

A family of three – mother, father and son – travel by boat to Easter Island to relax and have a picnic. The mother, Raquel, is only concerned about the contents of the picnic and the fact that her husband, Oswald, forgot the potato salad and the mayonnaise. Oswald is the sole member of the family to be interested in the wondrous moai: “No-one knows what they are or how they got here! Doesn’t that sorta do something for you, Raquel? Don’t you have any poetry in your soul?”. Their son, Byron, is easily bored and he decides to bury his father up to his neck in sand whilst he is taking a nap. Oswald wakes to discover that he is literally stuck on the island with his wife and son having departed without him – “I keep thinking I forgot something…”, Raquel says as she leaves the island. Suddenly, Oswald discovers he is not alone as the moai come alive and begin a conversation.

A double-page story that fills the centre spread of this comic, it is the only part of the internal pages to be published in colour. A long-running feature of 2000AD, the Future Shock feature began in 1977 and often presented stories and artwork from new/emerging artists, one of whom was a young Alan Moore, the author of this Easter Island fantasy. This was one of more than fifty Future Shock stories that Moore wrote for 2000AD and it appears inspired both by the Tales from the Crypt and Vault of Horror EC comics of the 1950s and the popular British television series Tales of the Unexpected (1979-1988).

For this ‘No Picnic’ story is of a dysfunctional family, selfishness and abandonment and it includes a dramatic twist of horror and torment. The bored only child, Byron, is a demanding brat who appears spoilt. Rather cruelly, Oswald, the only family member to show any reverence for the island is the one that is punished. And whilst the story borrows from contemporary culture it is also a science-fiction narrative with both the private boat and the father’s clothes of the future. Within Easter Island fiction the myth of creation has offered a variety of inventive reasons for the existence of the moai. Of these fantasies, this is the only one to have connected the moai to a forgotten father buried in the sand.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Captain Carrot and His Amazing Zoo Crew!
'Rabbits of the Last Ark' and 'The Yolks on Gnu York!'
(no. 5, July 1982, DC Comics)

In the Museum of Nature, a prairie dog tells a group of assembled super-hero animals, the 'Zoo Crew', about a journal, "which tells of my dad's last great adventure, which occurred just before the Second Weird War!" All of the animals appear to know of his father, who "became world-famous travelling around in search of things that other people have misplaced".

An adventure from the journal is recounted. The prairie dog's father – Oklahoma Bones – was a semi-retired university professor, when "two government guys found him". They tell Bones about "Easter Bunny Island" and persuade him to accept a mission involving "the evil Ratzis". He heads to the island together with his companion Whipley, a snake that acts as his whip. As they fly close by Easter Bunny Island, Bones notices bunny head stone figures with the Ratzis forcing the natives to dig them up until only one is left standing. Before he and Whipley have time to land, their plane is shot down by a Ratzi plane. The protagonists are forced to parachute into enemy territory whereupon they are attacked by the spear-carrying locals. Bones uses Whipley as a lasso to defeat the locals, but unfortunately the gun-carrying Ratzis arrive and capture the heroes.

The monocled leader of the Ratzis introduces himself as Baron Von Vermin. He tells Oklahoma Bones, "since you have doubtless come to spy on us and learn why we are on this island, I vill tell you – for you vill never tell anyone else". Von Vermin explains that Ratzis had suspected the presence of a strange secret on the island, so they started turning over the bunny heads to learn about the advanced race that had created them. In doing so, they discovered on the bottom of each figure a series of hieroglyphics.

It is revealed that an advanced race of space rabbits, who lived on a far-away planet, one day found giant eggs had fallen on their homeland from outer space. Children had already started hammering at the shells, and when the eggs were opened, they saw "the most horrifying, terrifying, scary thing in the entire universe!". The space rabbits could not destroy the eggs and instead decided to hide them on Earth. Their space ship crashed and only one rabbit survived the journey. He managed to complete the mission alone by taking over the minds of the natives, making them bury the eggs and carve stone heads to "put them on top of the eggs as a warning to everyone to keep avay." After this, the space rabbit "spun a cocoon around himself – und prepared to vait till somebody vood come to get him". Von Vermin did not know what the horrible thing inside the eggs was, but hoped to find out once the Ratzis turned over the last standing stone head.

As Von Vermin is finishing his story, Whipley slips out undetected and manages to tie up the Nazi leader, followed by Bones grabbing the Ratzi's guns. The villains run to their plane, taking with them the cocooned space rabbit and promising revenge on Bones. The now freed natives of Easter Bunny Island help Oklahoma Bones turn the last stone head over and he writes down the undeciphered hieroglyphics into his journal. In addition, he took the egg from underneath the head back home and promised to keep it from hatching. Back in the present and at the Museum of Nature, Bones' son reveals he still has the egg.

A few days later the egg starts to glow, but a hungry member of the Zoo Crew, Pig-Iron, foolishly cracks it open and starts to fry himself a meal. Suddenly the frying egg comes alive and attacks Pig-Iron, who now has egg on his face. Simultaneously, the Zoo Crew are managing to decipher the hieroglyphics in the journal and realise that they communicate a warning not to crack open the eggs. With the egg yolk having escaped out of a window and in search of water, the Zoo Crew, led by Captain Carrot, follow its trail of destruction to Gnu York harbour, where the creature, a "yolk monster" is now "a thousand times larger" and about to attack the metropolis. The team work together to destroy – fry and then scramble – the giant yolk; afterwards they wonder what happened to all the other eggs. As the instalment to the story ends, the President of the United Species is shown welcoming children and Von Vermin (now Ambassador to San Salamander) to his annual White House Easter Egg Hunt. The children find the large glowing eggs under bushes and declare "this'll be the greatest Easter ever!".

Adventurer and courageous archaeologist Indiana Jones has been the most frequent fictional visitor to Easter Island appearing in two novels (one English – reviewed below; one German – reviewed below). Moreover, on the back of the popularity of the first Indiana Jones film, Raiders of the Lost Ark (1981), a number of imitations, such as the film Sky Pirates (reviewed above), homages such as Montana Jones (reviewed above) and The Adventures of Basil and Moebius (reviewed below), and parodies, like this comic and its character Oklahoma Bones, appeared. In this adventure, much of the humour is centred around a ridiculing of the Nazis who are stuck between the First Word War and the Third Reich in their depiction.

Captain Carrot and His Amazing Zoo Crew! tries to please both children and adults, but would appear to never offer enough to satisfy both age groups. The result is an inane adventure with much crazy humour that is built on silly animal puns, such as Adolf Hitler now called Adolph Hippo. Like many other comics, in particular the Disney Easter specials, Easter Island is associated with the Easter bunny and eggs. The Rapanui are depicted as easily-controlled spear-wielding rabbits but unlike the 2017 Hungarian novel, The Treasure of the Long Ears (reviewed below), they are simple stereotyped primitives with no promotion of an indigenous culture. The yolk monster adds a bizarre kaiju eiga (colossal creature) element to the story, whilst the Zoo Crew function as a strange animal form of the Justice League drawn to defeating Earth's deadliest enemies.

The most interesting element of this comic are the hieroglyphics which are a reference to rongorongo and are found in excavations of the moai that echo the archeological work of Thor Heyerdahl who discovered buried facts about the nature of the stone carvings. Rongorongo remains undeciphered but in so much popular fiction the hieroglyphics are easily understood and reveal an unearthly message.

Kseniia Kalugina

Jump to contents

Captain Carrot and His Amazing Zoo Crew!
'The Bunny from Beyond!'
(no. 6, August 1982, DC Comics)

Continuing the story began in issue no.5 (reviewed above) a news report broadcasts that during a traditional Easter egg hunt at the White House in Waspington, yolk monsters erupted from the eggs. Moreover, yolk monsters are now "popping up" all over the world. The Zoo Crew teleports to Waspington to fight the monsters, and rescue the children that were on the egg hunt. Oklahoma Bones also rescues the so-called Ambassador for San Salamander, but recognises him to be Baron Von Vermin, leader of the Ratzis. The crew wants to know the whereabouts of the cocoon containing the space bunny, and Von Vermin reveals that he had actually hid it on Easter Island.

The Zoo Crew are teleported with Von Vermin to Easter Island, leaving Oklahoma Bones behind. On the island, the team discover the cocoon with "carrots growing out of it". With the cocoon now disturbed it opens itself, revealing a giant 'Bunny from Beyond'. The bunny realises the team need him to defeat the yolk monsters and he says he will help. He explains that on Earth his alien electrical powers, which crackle from his upturned ears, are heightened and this will enable him to defeat the monsters. The crew encourages the bunny to hurry up and apply his powers. He answers arrogantly but begins to concentrate and in doing so the monsters vanish. All seems well.

Von Vermin takes a chance to suggest an alliance with the alien bunny. But instead he turns Von Vermin into stone: "In truth, you deserve to become the newest addition to the great stone heads which have stood here for untold generations!". The bunny proclaims his name to be "Ralf-124C4U from the star Beetlejuice" and announces his intentions to conquer Earth. He transports everyone to Follywood, where the Zoo Crew under the leadership of Captain Carrot try to stop the bunny, but their powers are insufficient and they are imprisoned by Ralf-124C4U. The alien bunny desires Earth's glowing carrots as they provide him with a "new energy source".

Captain Carrot reverts to his non-superhero self, the skinny Roger Rabbit, in order to slip out of his shackles. Once free, he consumes several carrots and becomes once again Captain Carrot. He knocks out the space bunny and ties together his bunny ears – the source of his power. As the space bunny awakens he tries to zap Captain Carrot with his powers, but instead blasts himself and he disappears in a puff of smoke.

Most of this story's strongest ideas were contained in part one with this instalment reading like a drawn-out extension. It continues in the same inane manner as part one with few of the frames this time set on Easter Bunny Island. As the Zoo Crew are teleported to Rapanui, a map is provided of the location, which is shown to be an island in the shape of a rabbit's head.

Kseniia Kalugina

Jump to contents

Dazzler
‘The Absorbing Man wants You!
(no.18, August 1982, Marvel Comics Group)

The Absorbing Man checks into a flophouse, a cheap hotel in New York’s Bowery, where he plans his revenge on The Avengers. The plan involves absorbing the power of The Dazzler, a superhero and rockstar who emits blinding white light that she has transduced from sonic energy. Whilst sitting on his hotel bed the Absorbing Man reflects on how he got there having been in an almighty fight with the Hulk on Easter Island. Despite absorbing the properties of the island and transforming into a giant stone man, the Absorbing Man is punched so hard by the Hulk that he falls into a coma. Left lying on his back just off the coast, the local Rapanui believe he is a newly formed island but when he wakes this giant is revered as a god. The Rapanui call him the ‘Island Spirit’ and give him all he desires. Those who refuse are broken into submission by this brute that can turn into a man of stone.

The Absorbing Man’s flashback to his time on Easter Island lasts for two pages of this comic and continues a story that had begun and ended with a typically epic fight on Easter Island in The Incredible Hulk no.261 (July 1981). The story left the Absorbing Man in a coma, slumbering as a giant-man-island. The idea is clearly inspired by the popular myths of the moai, who are often viewed as sleeping colossi, awaiting their moment to rise up.

The Absorbing Man is Carl ‘Crusher’ Creel, a large, bald and bullet-headed thug of a man. As a boxer, he was jailed for a crime, but then managed to escape after consuming a drink laced with a potion administered by the Asgardian god, Loki. Now, as the Absorbing man, he can transform into any property that he touches. On Easter Island, the property is stone and this rock-like strongman becomes moai-like. The encounter with the Rapanui is reminiscent of Jonathan Swift’s novel Gulliver’s Travels and the shipwrecked Gulliver’s experiences of meeting the inhabitants of the island of Lilliput. For they are tiny, compared to this giant who has suddenly appeared. Both the Absorbing man and Gulliver are found by the islanders whilst lying unconscious, and they both awaken from a supine position with the miniature islanders dotted on and around their torso, arms and legs. Like Gulliver, the Absorbing Man later tires of the natives and moves on.

The difference with the Marvel Comics fantasy is that the islanders are a basic part of a backstory, have no speaking role and in almost every frame are drawn ‘faceless’ their backs to the reader or their heads bowed down to the ground in servitude. It is suggested that the Rapanui are unintelligent (“dumb enough” and “stupid move” says the Absorbing Man). They are certainly depicted as insignificant and primitive – their dress strangely of a time pre-European contact despite the story being set in the early 1980s.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Orient Express
'Ivan Timbrovic nell'Isola di Pasqua' ['Ivan Timbrovic on Easter Island']
(no.6, December 1982, Gruppo Editoriale L'Isola Trovata)

Russian secret agent Ivan Timbrovic is summoned to the Kremlin where His Excellence Leonida Leonidievic orders him onto a new, dangerous mission: Timbrovic will have to pose as archaeologist Marcello Maccaroni and take part in an expedition to Easter Island in order to discover its many mysteries. Thanks to Timbrovic, the Kremlin will be the first to know the origin of the moai and the purpose of the many caves scattered throughout the island. Ivan reluctantly leaves for Easter Island together with three other real archaeologists, Dr Uriah Seller, Professor Kakalosino and Professor Martyn.

Once on the Island, Timbrovic and the three experts begin their exploration in search of answers. The four spend the first day walking around the island, but find nothing that can help. During this time, Seller is bitten by a mysterious insect, which was thought to have been extinct for 5000 years. At night, a sleepless and scared Timbrovic hears a noise coming from outside his tent. Peering out, Timbrovic sees Kakalosino leaving the camp and decides to follow him. While walking, the Professor starts to call out to the sky to an extra-terrestrial civilisation that he believes has inhabited Easter Island and built the moai. The aliens are bound to return to the island that night as they do every thousand years. Kakalosino jumps off a cliff believing that he will be drawn into the spaceship's anti-gravitational field but instead he falls to the bottom and dies.

Timbrovic goes back to the camp, where he finds Martyn staring at the decomposing body of Seller. Apparently the insect that had bitten Seller had injected the archaeologist with a larvae that has been eating his body from within. The two surviving expeditioners split up. Timbrovic goes east and roams endlessly for ten hours. Suddenly, he discovers a number of stone birds perched on a tree. As he rushes back to the camp to tell Martyn, he runs into a pool of blood next to which are the Professor's glasses. Believing Martyn dead, Timbrovic seeks refuge in a cave, where he finds a young blonde woman welcoming him to the Easter Island Holiday Resort. The woman tells Timbrovic that the mysterious phenomena, for years associated with the island, were in fact all staged for the sake of the tourists who stay in underground accommodation.

Dispirited by this discovery, Timbrovic runs away from the cave to escape the attentions of the woman, only to find Martyn, who had staged his death to force Maccaroni and Timbrovic underground in a search for the truth. While Timbrovic tries to explain that there is no mystery, a huge rock falls from the sky killing Martyn. Back at the Kremlin, Timbrovic tells Leonidievic a story about a mysterious population that had constructed the enormous moai in order to venerate their great chief Hotu-Matua. He also presents His Excellence with a fake statuette of this leader represented as a fertility god, which is supposed to have lain hidden for centuries in a cave. Unconvinced by his story, Leonidievic sends Timbrovic away with the statuette.

Published in Italian, Ivan Timbrovic's stories are a parody of the secret agents and Cold War stories best epitomised by James Bond. Easter Island seems to only serve as a setting for another improbable adventure of this unlikely Russian spy. For this reason, the mystery of Easter Island is only loosely constructed around the presence of the moai, which actually appear only once in the story. The comic exploits the most common myths surrounding Easter Island, such as the notion that aliens from outer space had erected the giant statues, and shows them to be false – manufactured, or the result of delusion.

What is relatively original is the fiction's extensive re-imagining of Easter Island as a giant tourist resort. Whilst there was a tourism industry on Easter Island in 1982, it was lacking development and the huge crowds of visitors that it attracts nowadays and which the authors of this story seem to anticipate. Certainly tourists do not live in underground accommodation and nor are the mysteries staged, but within the humour of this fiction there is possibly a critique of the island's commodification and its transformation as a result of tourism.

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents

Agent 327
'Geheimakte Siebenschläfer' ['Secret File Dormouse']
(vol. 3; text and drawings: Martin Lodewijk; Stuttgart: Ehapa Verlag, November 1983)

Agent 327 (real name Otto Otto Eisenbrot; Hendrik IJzerbroot in the original Dutch version) works for the Dutch secret service. In this role, he experiences numerous strange adventures, in which despite his clumsiness he ultimately emerges successful. He is accompanied on his missions by his assistant Olga Lawina, originally from the Swiss Secret Service. The story begins with Agent 327 and Olga in a seaplane in the so-called Bermuda Triangle, where they have had to make an emergency landing. Pulled by an unknown force, the seaplane is drawn to a huge ship and aircraft graveyard in the middle of the sea. It is precisely the place where all the planes and ships have been disappearing over many decades. There, Agent 327 discovers an ape-like figure who – as it turns out later – has lived in this strange spot for ten million years and is the world's oldest human being.

The place is a so-called time hole, where time has stopped. When Agent 327 falls into the water, he discovers a pyramid at the bottom of the sea, which later turns out to be a spaceship, which could not be removed due to computer damage. Agent 327 is caught by this pyramid and falls into a deep sleep. He dreams, with some of his own history becoming clear, but he also suddenly arrives on Easter Island. There he is surrounded in the darkness of the night at the slopes of Rano Raraku by moai, one of which asks him to sing the song of the mother. Agent 327 is initially unsure of where the voice is coming from, but a moai rises up out of the ground and Agent 327 runs for cover: "Help! Help! Help!", he shouts. Finally, and rather nervously, he sings to the contented moai, whilst being cradled in its stone palm.

Meanwhile, things are also developing at the ship's graveyard. Two American agents have shown up there to solve the mystery of the place. With the help of the ape-like prehistoric man, the team manage to enter into the pyramid (the spaceship), through an abandoned ship's locker, where they meet fluffy gnome-like aliens. They wear pointed red hats and Agent 327 manages to catch one which he places on his head. This tells him the whole story of how and why the spaceship became stranded. The moai also appear in this narrative, and they are revealed as the overlords of the gnomes, who used them as unskilled workers in their search for resources on their way through the galaxies.

Apparently, the stranded aliens have been waiting for thousands of years for human civilisation to evolve enough to repair the spaceship. Agent 327 manages to repair the onboard computer with two simple kicks. In gratitude for the aliens being able to fly home again, the humans are released by the leader of the gnomes. With the departure of the spaceship, the moai on Easter Island abruptly disappear, as seen on the penultimate page of the story, where two locals wonder where the stone figures have gone. One islander suggests that maybe they flew, with his speech bubble depicting a moai with bird wings.

Originally published as a Dutch comic in 1977, as 'Dossier Zevenslaper' ('Dossier Sleeper'), Agent 327 is part of a series that has been published since 1966 and at the height of spy fiction and its many imitations. Agent 327 is a parody of James Bond, but he also acts and looks like the later British parody Johnny English (2003-). Many of the events dealt with in the series take place during the Cold War. More recent volumes deal with contemporary events making numerous cultural references to actual persons and situations.

The moai in this story are primarily depicted employing the myth of movement as they are shown talking, walking and actively holding Agent 327. Although on the island just one moai comes alive. In one flashback the moai carry a futuristic backpack as they stride across a landscape holding conducting orbs in their hands as they search for resources like uranium and radium. Moai fiction rarely connects Easter Island with the perceived mysteries of the Bermuda Triangle, though Erich von Däniken had in his best-selling book Chariots of the Gods? (1968), in which he posited theories about contact between aliens and early humans. Däniken is parodied in this comic as Erik van Tischrücken, who praises his books on television.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

The Legion of Super-Heroes
'A Shared Destiny'
(no.311, May 1984, DC Comics)

Wildfire, a member of the Legion, arrives at Starhaven, a planet of lush vegetation and with a large stone figure – the site of a temple – rising from the land. On the surface, Wildfire encounters winged people dressed in the clothes and culture of Native American Indians, who say they have been on the planet undisturbed "in the seven hundred years since we settled here". One of their kind, Dawnstar, who is also a member of the Legion, is being sought by Wildfire, a super-hero with whom she had become close. Unfortunately, Wildfire is a superhero in a suit, without a body – and therefore someone Dawnstar cannot touch.

Dawnstar has been roaming the galaxy searching for meaning and the man with whom she will settle, in a rite of passage that is called a "grand tour". Wildfire catches up with dawnstar near the planet of Venus, but just at the moment of her sacred revelation which he unwittingly disturbs. Wildfire reveals his true feelings and he and Dawnstar embrace. She flies back to Starhaven, her home planet, with her quest fulfilled and destiny realised. There within the temple of the stone giant the silent vigil can now end.

The giant stone figure that appears within two frames of this story (including the title page) is a site of community worship connected to ancient spirits. The hard, angular features of this idol were perhaps inspired by the moai of Easter Island even though Rapanui is not directly referenced in the story. Found on a planet of winged Native American Indians places the stone carving within a fantasised and romanticisied Indigenous culture whose origins are not of Oceania but crucially of a remote civilisation, long left undisturbed, and that is strongly connected to the land.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Mad
'Special Rock Issue'
(no.254, April 1985, E.C. Publications)

Appearing on just the cover of this special issue, which is focused on rock music, a row of moai are presented wearing headphones which barely cover their long ears. The joke which recognises the human features of the moai and suggests they can hear, appeared to inspire the advertising campaign employed by Sony for its range of headphones that it promoted in 1989 (see below).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Martin Mystère. Detective dell'impossibile [Martin Mystère. Detective of the Impossible]
'Rapa Nui!'
(no.42; Milan: Daim Press, September 1985)

It is 1942, and on the 30th parallel a US navy warship finds a man floating in the middle of the Pacific Ocean. The man, who appears to be a South American Indian is saved, but he cannot speak, has no documents and is apparently in a state of shock. Nicknamed Robinson, he is taken back to the USA where slowly he learns a few words of English and memories of him being imprisoned in a dark room resurface. Over time, the government discover that Robinson is a computer whiz, so they keep him in a military base to work on a top-secret war programme.

Fast forward to New York, 1985. Two CIA agents hire Martin Mystère, archaeologist and detective of the impossible, to help them solve the mystery of Robinson, who has tried to run away with the help of his collaborator, Dr Mara Marata, a physicist and former colleague of Mystère's at MIT. The agents take Mystère to Mara's house where the scientist reveals that Robinson can indeed speak very good English and has begun to open up. Unable to recall his past, he has spoken of his strong aversion for the war programme and affirms that he must reunite with "The Masters", hence the botched attempt to run away. Later Robinson gives Mara some drawings he has done, which are in fact glyphs resembling human figures. As soon as Martin is shown the glyphs he recognises them as the mysterious "rango rango" writing from Easter Island, and he believes they depict the moai.

Martin, his assistant Java (a Neanderthal), Mara and Robinson are transferred to Chile and from there on to Easter Island, where they are taken to an American military base. During the flight to the island, Robinson starts muttering something about The Masters and the drowned island of Rangitea, which he claims to have visited in a forgotten past. Once on Easter Island, Robinson begins to behave strangely: he looks as if he once knew the place and walks in a sort of trance. He enters a bar popular among the locals, and then leaves heading towards the beach where the moai are located.

A group of islanders follow him and in a fit of inexplicable anger attack him calling him "long-eared bastard". Mystère, who has been following Robinson, saves him by using his special paralysing laser gun, which was created 15,000 years before by the Nacaal, the inhabitants of the Lost Continent of Mu (which sunk in the middle of the Pacific). When the locals come around, they tell Mystère that they had felt a primordial hatred towards Robinson. They identify him with the Long Ears, the people who had created the moai, and in the process had enslaved the ancestors of the Rapanui, the Short Ears, who had eventually risen against their oppressors. Mystère begins to suspect that there may be a connection between Robinson, Easter Island, and Mu.

At night, Robinson escapes to the beach where he evokes the spirits of the moai to show him the way to re-join with "The Masters". The moai come alive and begin talking to each other; then they turn to Robinson and invest him with power with the lasers coming from their eyes. After a while, Robinson returns placidly to the base. The following day, Martin, Mara, Robinson and Java decide to explore one of the many hundreds of caves on the island and whose entrance is marked by a birdman petroglyph. Inside the cave, Robinson easily leads them to a place where more "rango rango" inscriptions are uncovered behind a cave wall. The episode ends abruptly with Mara approaching Robinson, telling him that she had been following him the night before (although to her eyes the moai had been still). The story continues in volume 43 (reviewed below).

Created in Italian by Alfredo Castelli in 1982 (post Raiders of the Lost Ark [1981]), Martin Jacques Mystère is rather similar to Indiana Jones. He is an American anthropologist, archaeologist and art collector who, following the mysterious death of his parents in 1965, begins to investigate the world phenomena that science refuses to acknowledge. Mystère is accompanied by Java, a Neanderthal – an idea also found in The Adventures of Ogu, Mampato and Rena (reviewed above) – who has survived through the eras hidden in a cave in Mongolia. At the heart of many adventures of Martin Mystère is the constant resurfacing of traces of the lost rival continents of Mu and Atlantis, who annihilated each other 12,000 years ago, using sophisticated nuclear weapons.

Given its mystique, Easter Island could not but provide an apt setting for an adventure of the Detective of the Impossible. In addition to an exploration of some of the most significant popular myths surrounding Rapanui, the story also connects with the history of the island. Indeed, one of the most interesting aspects of this episode is the account of Easter island's discovery in 1722 by Jacob Roggeveen, and more importantly of the arrival of the Peruvian slave traders (the story says this was in 1826; in fact it was 1862), who took the inhabitants of the island to work as slaves in the guano mines, thus destroying the repositories of Rapanui's ancient culture. Mystère also discusses the supposed origins of the original Rapanui people – who were apparently survivors of the destruction of Rangitea (this presumably is meant to be the Polynesian ancestral/spiritual realm of Rangiatea) – and of the contrast between two ethnic groups. In this fiction, the Long Ears were of South American Indian origin and they had enslaved the Short Ears of Polynesian origin, who eventually rebelled sometime between 1680 and 1774.

The Long Ears are also identified as the creators of the moai, and one of the panels shows them carving a prone statue directly from the foot of a rock. Mystère also hypothesises that it was the Short Ears who knocked them down as they were the symbols of their oppressors. As in many other instances of moai fiction, these monoliths convey the myths of movement and power, having the ability to speak and to project strong energy rays from their eyes.

The story, like much fiction before and since, also hints at the connection between Rapanui and the Lost Continent of Mu, with Robinson appearing as the link between the two. However, except for the man's highly advanced computer knowledge that may be traced back to the ancient but extremely advanced civilisation of Mu, the links between Mu and Rapanui are not fully developed at this stage in the story, nor is the true identity of "The Masters" and their link to Rangitea.

Rongorongo (here called rango rango, but corrected in the 1992 reprint) is another key element of this fantasy. The glyphs appear several times during the episode as stylised human figures and they are close to the originals. Although no attempt is made to interpret the signs, Mystère believes that these glyphs represent the moai. He also believes that some similarities may exist between these ancient writings and those found in Mohejo-daro in the Indo Valley. The episode reveals the author's interest for the lessons that may come from the history of Rapanui. Even as he seeks to answer many of the questions concerning the origins of the moai and of the Rapanui people, and the meaning of the rongorongo inscriptions, Mystère uses the history of the Rapanui to offer a brief meditation on the dreadful consequences of slavery, civil war and ethnic hatred.

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents

Martin Mystère. Detective dell'impossibile [Martin Mystère. Detective of the Impossible]
'La guerra senza tempo' ['The Endless War')
(no.43; Milan: Daim Press, October 1985)

Having followed Robinson to the site of the moai, Mara pays him a night-time visit and decides to disclose the secret she has been keeping from him for a long time. Mara is the descendant of King Marata, Easter Island's king who had been enslaved by the Peruvians, and she is convinced that Robinson is one of the "Undying", an ancient race that populated Easter Island together with the settlers from Rangitea. The Undying are meant to fight the "Eternal War" and are the bearers of endless knowledge. Mara shows Robinson a card engraved with some ancient glyphs which the man is inexplicably able to read and which triggers his memory.

The next day Mystère decides to visit the island's museum where the rongorongo tablets are kept, but Mara has drugged his coffee and Mystère is forced to stay behind. Meanwhile, Mara and Robinson drive to the south-western corner of Rapanui to a volcano with its slopes dotted with moai. Robinson reveals that the engraved card is actually a key and that the moai have told him how it can be activated. The two climb the volcano and walk into its apparently sealed crater, with Robinson exhibiting superhuman powers – such as moving large boulders – the more they descend into the bowels of the mountain. By now, Java has found out about the spiked coffee and has alerted Martin; the two of them follow Mara and Robinson's tracks.

Inside the volcano, Mara and Robinson go down a staircase that should lead them to the headquarters of the Ancient whose door opens up the moment they insert the etched card/ key. A writing on the door suddenly appears identifying Robinson as the operational unit 221. Robinson finally remembers his past and walks into this cave where a number of supercomputers are kept. Robinson begins to activate the machines blabbing something about an extremely ancient war plan similar to the one he was working on for the CIA. The screens suddenly glow with glyphs alerting the man to the presence of Mystère and Java at the mouth of the volcano. Robinson knocks Mara unconscious so that she won't be able to warn them against the security systems that protect the cave.

Mystère and Java manage to reach the entrance of the cave but realise that they cannot go inside. Mara comes around, faces Robinson, and manages to deactivate the security system: Mystère can now enter the cave whereupon he knocks out Robinson. Mara tells Mystère about her origins and the legends about the Undying and the Masters but now the two must find out what was Robinson's mission and why he has activated the computers. At the same time, back at the US base, the military register the presence of a submarine which moves at extraordinary speed and depth towards the island. Jet fighters in the sky try to intercept it but they are destroyed by lasers fired from beneath the ocean. In the cave, the computers start to beep and flash and the cave begins to shake. Whilst in a trance, Robinson shouts "they are coming".

The cave reveals itself to be an underground base within which a sophisticated submarine emerges. A group of men speaking in rongorongo salute Robinson who replies in this unknown language. He then confesses to Martin that he has remembered being one of the Masters, and that Mara belongs to the same race. Robinson asks Mara to join him on his mission where she will have access to untold knowledge and technology. Outside, the military are surrounding the island, when the volcano begins to erupt spitting out the submarine which has now turned into a rocket.

The episode ends in New York where, a month later, Mystère is writing his diary. In it he records that Mara has joined Robinson to fight the Endless War against the mortal enemy of their race, while the soldiers from the ancient race had used guns (similar to the one Mystère possessed) to knock him and Java out. As long as the revenge of the Ancients remains unaccomplished there is no real end to the story of the Masters and their Endless War.

Although the story establishes a link between the lost continent of Mu and Rapanui by identifying Robinson as one of the Masters from which the Rapanui descended, and by characterising him as the keeper of an ancient but highly advanced civilisation, the story does not add much to the representation of Easter Island and its culture established in the previous issue. In fact, Rapanui and its subterranean network of caves are depicted mostly as the setting, and as the millennial hiding place of advanced technological equipment – an idea which reappears elsewhere, such as Area 51 (reviewed below).

The moai only briefly appear and mostly in a flashback as animated statues endowed with telepathic powers. Similarly, although numerous glyphs appear throughout this instalment, none of them recalls the detail of the rongorongo symbols, but instead they are more depictions of matchstick men. The sentences that Robinson reads on the key, which are meant to belong to a forgotten language – ""ho' okomo pili pono kii ma loko o puka ahi ai honua" "a ole maopopo ia u popule keelaa mai oolelo peelaa" "kulikuli lapuwale, huupoo looloo" – are made up of invented sounds based on actual Hawai'ian words.

The story fails to fully explain the reasons for the Endless War and to clearly identify Robinson and Mara's mortal enemies. The episode seems more bent on focusing on the theme of sophisticated warfare which reflects the arms race of the time and US preoccupations of the Reagan era.

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents

Super Powers
'Seeds of Doom!'; 'When Past and Present Meet!'
(vol.2, no.1 and no.2, September and October 1985, DC Comics)

Darkseid escapes a revolt against his tyrannical rule on the evil distant planet of Akropolis. He is joined by the last of his loyal forces, and together they are transported to the moon through the inter-dimensional boom tube. Darkseid is now looking for a new world to rule and he targets nearby Earth.

Many of the superheroes from the DC Universe gather for an emergency meeting. Five UFOs have been spotted crash-landing around the world – at Stonehenge, the Colosseum in Rome, New York, Arizona and Easter Island. At each site, giant seeds are taking root and burrowing deep towards Earth's core. The superheroes decide to split into teams to tackle the threat.

Aquaman and J'onn J'onzz travel to Stonehenge where Darkseid's evil helper Desaad transports them back in time to the age of King Arthur and the Knights of the Round Table. Desaad manufactures a battle between King Arthur, his knights and the two superheroes, who are captured but then manage to show Desaad is the true villain. Desaad escapes and the superheroes arrive back at Stonehenge in the present day.

In New York, Red Tornado, Hawkman and Green Arrow arrive to tackle another seed of doom, but they are transported back to prehistoric times and an age of dinosaurs. Simultaneously, Wonder Woman, Green Lantern and Dr Fate travel to Easter Island, "to a place shrouded in mystery". Dr Fate advises that for some the moai are "grounded in dark magic".

Easter Island appears in just one image in issue no.1 and on one page in issue no.2 as part of the comic's basic exposition in this six-part story, that moves to a focus on Easter Island in issue no.3. Having a group of superheroes divide into teams to tackle a series of related threats in different global locations, that include Easter Island, had been presented as a narrative structure just a few years prior in DC Comics Presents (see the review above).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Super Powers
'Time Upon Time Upon Time'
(vol.2, no 3, November 1985, DC Comics)

On Easter Island a team of superheroes comment on the moai they find there, but assume they are inanimate statues. Yet the reader can see one of the moai thinking 'At last! They have arrived!'. Wonder Woman, Green Lantern and Dr Fate move away from the moai in search of one of Darkseid's seeds of doom. When they locate the seed it begins to glow and, with a blast of energy, Darkseid's faithful minion Mantis appears. In turn each of the superheroes attempts to subdue Mantis but he is able to absorb their powers, reflect them back and make his escape. The superheroes then attempt to destroy the seed of doom, but Green Lantern is pulled inside. As Wonder Woman and Dr Fate try to rescue him, they are attacked from behind by Mantis, who pushes all three superheroes into the seed.

When the superheroes recover their faculties they find themselves still on Easter Island, but in the year 1087AD. They find the island is inhabited by natives "in primitive garb", and they also discover giant alien beings that look like the moai. These beings describe themselves as the M'mtnek, hailing "from a planet afar", and declare their intent to rule over Earth. The Rapanui have been enslaved and with Easter Island conquered the rest of the world will follow.

The superheroes battle the aliens but are initially defeated and held captive with the natives. The aliens trap the superheroes using a force field but, once rested, Dr Fate is able to break through this barrier and they escape to continue the battle. He is also able to gain entry to the alien's spacecraft where he finds Mantis is working with the aliens to further their plans to conquer the Earth. Green Lantern creates special sponges that soak up the energy Mantis directs at him and returns it in a manner similar to how Mantis had previously battled the superheroes. More aliens emerge from the spacecraft and Mantis believes they will defeat the superheroes so he returns to the future. Green Lantern and Wonder Woman are floored and seemingly about to be killed when Dr Fate uses his power to immobilise the aliens. He also destroys the alien spaceship, but salvages a time/ space warp device that enables the superheroes to return to the present.

In honour of the superheroes, who have freed the Rapanui, three moai-like giant heads are carved of the crime-fighting trio at the story's end, but they are immediately obliterated by Green Lantern, who wishes to keep their activities on the island secret. However, this was not the first comic to show Wonder Woman on Easter Island, and it was also not the first to depict her likeness in a moai – that was 30 years earlier in another DC comic (see the review above). Green lantern's freezing of the aliens apparently explains how the moai, fixed in time, came to exist. The story conveniently ignores, though, the issue that these alien moai wear uniforms and helmets – which somehow disappear when the creatures become the stone monoliths. In one frame set in the contemporary period, the island is bizarrely shown crammed with giant bulbous moai heads that are packed together.

So much of this comic is a series of fights, with the Rapanui innocent bystanders whose island has become a staging post for an invasion and now a battlefield involving superheroes. Easter Island may be remote, which could aid an assault on Earth that does not wish to be noticed, but so many similar stories position the island as the unlikely start of a successful invasion when the territory is relatively tiny compared to the world's continents and metropoles. The culture of the Rapanui is presented as simple, and the men are drawn with muscular bodies yet they still kowtow and cower in fear. "Hello. Don't be afraid. We're friends", says Green Lantern reassuringly.

Roy Smith and Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The New Teen Titans Annual
‘Revenge of the Rusting Reptiles From Outer Space (!)
(no.2, 1986, DC Comics)

Mechanised robot dinosaurs are rampaging through parts of North and South America. Buried for thousands of years in an underground chamber they have been reactivated and released following drilling along the San Andreas Fault in Northern California. Drawn to Easter Island the Teen Titans trace a light to inside the volcano of Rano Raraku (written here as Rand Rakaku), where a long-buried spaceship is found containing the dead and petrified bodies of aliens resembling moai. It is deduced that the indigenous population of Easter Island, which seems to have long disappeared, “sculpted the statues in their honor. They must have been thought of as gods!”. Wonder Girl destroys the still-active control panel, thereby halting the robo-dinosaurs in their tracks. At the story’s end the reader is informed that the aliens were dying when they crash-landed on earth. Images were relayed back to their planet of the dinosaurs that then roamed the land and these were used to construct the robots that were sent to earth as emissaries to connect with what was believed to be the dominant species. Both the spaceship with the moai-looking aliens and the robo-dinosaurs crash-landed and had been long-buried underground.

Republished a year later in Tales of the Teen Titans (no.81, September 1987), the robot dinosaurs in this comic were following a popular trend that had begun in Japan and by the mid 1980s had produced the Dinotrons or Dinobots of the Transformers universe. Just a year before this annual, the Dinobots had been named one of the highest selling toys of 1985. Forcing such creatures into this Teen Titans story leads to a convoluted and hurried tale of aliens, moai and dinosaurs, with a repetition of the creation myth that the Rapanui had carved the moai as a likeness of the outerspace travellers whom they worshipped as gods. The remoteness of Easter Island, with its caverns and volcanoes and a population removed, provides a land of mystery and the unknown where ancient spaceships are waiting to be discovered.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Mad
(no.261, March 1986, E.C. Publications)

A year after its 'Special Rock issue' and the placement of moai humour on its front cover, Mad published the first of two cartoons (see below for the second) that imagined what lies beneath the moai heads. The work of archaeologists such as Thor Heyerdahl has revealed that the bodies of many of the moai extend far underground. Unlike the second Mad cartoon, where a team of archaeologists use industrial equipment to excavate, the two adventurers in this comic dig furiously with simple shovels. These colonial figures with their pith helmets, shorts and surnames such as Faversham, are presumably British, and their theory that the moai are ancient ice-age carvings is proved correct when they reveal that the heads are joined to the bodies of ice-hockey players, complete with skates and sticks.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Mr Magellan
'L'île des Colosses' ['The Island of the Giants']
(no.7; text: André-Paul Duchateau and Jean van Hamme; drawings: Henri Ghion; Brussels: Editions du Lombard, June 1986)

Mr Magellan and his super-strong female companion Capella travel by yacht to Easter Island in search of Professor Wolfgang. He has been kidnapped by the evil Myra von Mars, a sculptress who has stolen his discovery: a formula with the power to transform living things into stone and vice versa. At a Rapanui stall selling tourist souvenirs of miniature moai, Magellan and Capella find one in the shape of Wolfgang's head. It starts speaking to them and says it can guide them to where Wolfgang is being held captive. Magellan and Capella travel by moped to near Anakena beach where they find Wolfgang imprisoned, but before he can convey much he is shot in the chest with an arrow. Von Mars flees the scene and Magellan and Capella give chase.

Magellan follows von Mars up the side of a large moai. Von Mars sits on top of the moai's head and brings it alive as it rises out of the ground and starts walking. Magellan and Capella flee, diving off a cliff into the ocean and then swimming to their yacht. The moai, controlled by von Mars, also jumps into the water. It surges up beneath the yacht forcing Magellan and Capella to jump overboard, where they are caught in nets and become the prisoners of von Mars.

When Magellan and Capella awaken they find themselves tied up as marionettes – with shackles and rope around their neck, ankles and wrists – in a giant puppet theatre. Alongside them, as a third 'puppet', is Wolfgang. Von Mars controls these 'puppets' lifting and twisting their bodies around the stage. She reveals that she has plans the next day to awaken all the moai of Easter Island, who will become her slaves. She will also wreak world havoc bringing giant stone monuments, like the Statue of Liberty, alive to attack civilisation. Von Mars will only stop if she is given twenty million dollars. Magellan is freed in order to persuade his powerful employer, the International Testing Organisation (ITO), to release the funds. Meanwhile, Capella and Wolfgang will remain the hostages of von Mars.

A little airplane leaves Easter Island for a secret location, with von Mars, Magellan, Capella and Wolfgang on board. On route, it drops Magellan over the ITO headquarters in South America. He parachutes in and asks to be taken to the Director's office, where there is a room of many television screens linked to the worldwide members of ITO. Despite their horror at the demands, he manages to persuade them to agree to pay von Mars the twenty million dollars and he flies back to her location. There, at her hideaway, guarded by the giant moai, he hands over the document that she desired, which is signed by world leaders.

Magellan, however, has worked out her deception. He reveals that von Mars and Wolfgang have secretly been working together, and that the giant moai is actually a robot. Magellan and Capella escape just as von Mars discovers that the writing on the document has now vanished; the special ink with which it was written fading away upon being exposed to sunlight. Von Mars instructs Wolfgang to start up the moai robot. But Wolfgang, a respectable scientist before he met von Mars, has had enough and says he would rather go to prison. The device he controls can turn some things into stone and therefore he decides to petrify von Mars. In the final frame, von Mars is a statue adorning Magellan and Capella's home.

Originally published in 1972 as a 4-part story in the Belgian comic tintin (see the review above), Editions du Lombard collected the four parts into a hardback publication, adding two Magellan short stories at the end and a striking cover to the front. Like the 1972 publication, this cover is a composite image, combining elements of individual frames inside. The moai does indeed follow Magellan into the water, but the image employed for the cover is taken from when the robot is striding on land. Moreover, by the time the moai has entered the water, Magellan and Capella have ceased swimming underwater and are focused on climbing aboard their yacht.

This moai is the most appealing aspect of the story and whilst it is meant to be terrifying, due to its size and weight, its body gives it the appearance of a baby. Robot moai are surprisingly uncommon in moai fiction and can be seen elsewhere in Gaiking (reviewed above), Where Creatures Roam (reviewed above), Lion and Thunder (reviewed above), and Sonic the Comic (reviewed below). Despite the story being set in part on Rapanui (the location emerges in part three), there is little connection to the island, with the moai-robot the main feature. On just one page, there is a brief depiction of the island's culture, with several tourists taking photos of the moai, and an indigenous merchandise seller, offering replica moai for sale from a shack.

The story contains many narrative flaws, but instead has to be viewed as an adventure-fantasy in the mould of international crime-fighting heroes of the day, like Derek Flint (the films Our Man Flint and In Like Flint) and Modesty Blaise. Both of these fictions were spoof spy creations in the wake of James Bond, with Magellan most like Flint, and Modesty Blaise emerging from a British comic strip.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Le Retour de Tangata Manu [The Return of the Bird Man]
(Dominique Hè; Paris: Les Humanoïdes Associés, April 1987)

Review forthcoming

Jump to contents

Walt Disney's Uncle $crooge Adventures
'The Mystery of Easter Island'
(no. 3, January 1988, Gemstone)

Scrooge McDuck, accompanied by Donald Duck and his nephews are on a boat, returning from the Pacific Island of Tsalal. Scrooge is concerned about being on time for a banker's conference, Donald is enjoying life away from Duckburg, and the nephews are busy inventing ideas for their costumes for Halloween. The celebration is only 10 days away, and costume options are very limited by the lack of supplies at hand. Suddenly, pirates riding dolphin-shaped vessels appear and board the boat. They remove the protagonists' cash and valuables, including a safe stashed full of money that Scrooge secured from a profitable mining deal on Tsalal. Eager to get his money back, Scrooge sends the nephews to call for help. They return with bad news that the ship's radio has been sabotaged, so Scrooge decides to change course and seek help from the closest island – Rapanui.

The nephews read about Rapanui in a guidebook and learn that it is "an isolated Pacific isle discovered by Jakob Roggeveen" with "all those giant stone heads", which "natives believe […] can walk". Approaching the island, they spot the volcano Rano Raraku, the "maternity ward" from which most of the moai were carved. As they come ashore, they find local kiosks, with signs announcing, "Easter eggs we no got" and "Shards & Cards". Scrooge aims to find the authorities, whilst the rest of the team head to see the moai.

Donald and the nephews are not alone as there are also tourists exploring and taking pictures of the statues. "They are a tad intimidating! I wouldn't want to meet one in a dark alley!", says Donald, with the nephews adding, "Living in the shadow of these bruisers could sure make me superstitious!". Scrooge joins the group, advising that the pirates might be on Rapanui, since he has found one of his stolen dollar bills. The local authorities, however, are not interested, since Aku Aku is said to be protecting the island from the pirates. The protagonists decide to investigate with the help of a local guide, Lazarus Mana, who welcomes them in Spanish. He tells them that moai were recently seen dancing and later at night escorts everyone to witness the event. Lazarus, however, is extremely superstitious (like the other islanders), and departs leaving the protagonists to unravel the mystery alone.

Soon after, the nephews see the gun-wielding statues walking with Donald and Scrooge captive. But the moai suddenly disappear, so the nephews decide to search the area thoroughly. They find one moai is a rotating closed-circuit surveillance camera and it has a secret door (accessed via a button in the moai's shoulder), which leads to a tunnel that takes the nephews into an underground harbour and what turns out to be the pirates' base. Here, they find full-length moai costumes hanging on hooks. The pirates, who would appear to be English, emerge and tie up the nephews. The pirate leader, Wyngard Slink, declares that he and his gang "terrorise the whole South Pacific" using an old volcanic cave for their operations. Apparently, the Rapanui of old had used these caves as their "treasure houses".

Lazarus comes to the rescue, soon followed by the authorities who arrive and arrest the pirates. The police praise Lazarus, saying "it took mucho machismo to enter taboo ground". Scrooge, Donald and their nephews sail back home safe where it is now Halloween in Duckburg. The nephews are wearing the "neat" moai costumes, and they promise to tell their friends where they got them later, "maybe 'round Easter".

Disney comics have had an enduring attraction to Easter Island, with quite a number of the issues published around Easter, in order to exploit puns that connect eggs and bunnies to this Pacific locale. This was the first of those publications and is by comparison out of season, published in January and referencing Halloween. The comic employs many of the popular myths of Easter Island, such as the ideas that the moai can walk, as well as secret doors, hidden treasure, hideaway caves and underground lairs for villains, all of which reoccur in the Disney comics. The idea of pirates using the island as a base is surprisingly uncommon and was central only to the earliest of moai fiction such as Whiz Comics (reviewed above) and World's Finest Comics (reviewed above) in the 1940s.

As with the other Disney comics there is little depiction of the Rapanui, although in this issue there are several frames in which the local community appears, albeit as Duck-related islanders, some of whom wear the Polynesian sarong and the hibiscus flower in their hair. Lazarus is another interesting addition, who speaks phrases in Spanish, an official, but not a native language of Rapanui. In fact, this Disney comic goes the furthest of the group into Rapanui culture adding local superstitions to the story, taboo areas of the island, and the spirit of Aku Aku.

Kseniia Kalugina

Jump to contents

Fix und Foxi [Fix and Foxi]
‘Die Riesen der Osterinsel’ [‘The Giants of Easter Island’]
(vol. 36, no.16, 1988, Erich Pabel Verlag)

The protagonists of this comic are twin foxes, brothers Fix and Foxi, Lupo, a wolf, and Professor Knox, a raven who is a slightly whimsical genius, an inventor and an enthusiastic explorer who offers the most opportunities for the gang’s new adventures. In this story, they all journey to Easter Island, at Professor Knox's suggestion, so he can study the moai. The island is inhospitable, cold and windy. Lupo has consequently wrapped up warm, but he has still caught a cold and at one point he sneezes so hard that he blows himself off his feet.

The sneeze, however, is so dramatic that it awakens a nearby giant moai, which rumbles and rises out of the ground. Other moai rise up, all giant and muscular figures who stride forth, stomping on the landscape and smashing down with their fists. Professor Knox is, in part, excited by this development, but the team need to flee and they run to a nearby village where the moai crush buildings in their wake. All the local inhabitants manage to flee using whatever they can find – boats, surfboards and inflatable rings – leaving the four protagonists to try to save themselves by dashing to a nearby cave; the moai follow and try to reach inside but to no avail.

Since they can no longer leave the cave, the team penetrate its interior. There, at an underground lake, they meet an old bearded man with long white hair, a hermit who appears similar to Lupo but with a red nose instead of a big black one. The old man tries to help and knows that only the wise book can resolve the situation. But he has forgotten where he hid the secret map which tells the way to the wise book. All he knows is that at the time he drew the map, he hid it in a place where it could be overgrown. Meanwhile, two giant moai, called ‘Zeugels’ in the story, run against each other with full force in front of the cave. From the resulting collision, many new smaller moai emerge, which are now able to penetrate into the cave. The five fugitives in the cave now have to flee further inside, escaping across the lake, with the moai not far behind walking along the bed of the underground reservoir with ease.

Fix realises that there can only be one place in the cave that is overgrown, namely the head of the old man, because there is no vegetation in the cave. They cut his hair and find the map which gives them the directions they need. The team have been resting on a plateau, and with the moai all lined up in front, they jump from one head to another, to the other side of the lake. There they discover a secret opening to a passageway, through which they can only crawl. They all venture down with the door closing shut behind them just as a moai attempts to follow. At the end of the crawlspace they find a chamber covered in hieroglyphics and in the middle of the room, positioned on a pedestal, the treasured book opened at a particular page.

The book advises that on the island there were the so-called “red noses”, who lived peacefully and made regular offerings in the form of food to the stone statues. But one day an eccentric man with a black nose came and stole their offerings from the moai so the angry stone giants came to life and took revenge on the black nose. The villain, however, managed to escape and so the moai destroyed the village of the red noses, who all left the island, except for the hermit who escaped in to the cave. Now it is clear what had awakened the moai this time and caused their aggression. When Lupo had sneezed hard, he had blown away the scarf covering his face, in doing so revealing his large black nose. Foxi has an idea to hit Lupo firmly on the nose so that it turns red. Lupo is then despatched from the cave, whereupon the moai immediately calm down and sink back into the ground. With the resting moai once again looking out to sea, the team sail home.

The series Fix und Foxi, conceived and drawn by Rolf Kauka, first appeared in 1953 and was produced continuously until 1995. In German-speaking countries, the so-called ‘Fix und Foxi’ books were the strongest competition to Walt Disney's Mickey Mouse and Donald Duck, who coincidentally have repeatedly visited Easter Island. In fact, anthropomorphic animals unraveling the mysteries of Rapanui have been a common theme of moai fiction, understandably in stories aimed at children: from a collective of dogs (The Treasure of the Long-Ears, reviewed below) and mice (Geronimo Stilton, reviewed below) to the lions in the television animation Montana Jones (reviewed above) and the hamster in the German comic, Mike (reviewed below), which is possibly the closest cousin to Fix and Foxi.

The subject of the moai rising up and striding across the island can also be found in numerous other stories, such as Inspector Gadget (reviewed above), Where Monsters Dwell (reviewed above), and Chamber of Chills (reviewed above) and Spike. In these fantasies, the awakened moai largely flatten and smash their surroundings, but Spike shares an irregular plot similarity with Fix and Foxi, in terms of moai unity and multiplication. In the former comic, moai surge together to form a singular giant moai, whilst in the latter, two giant moai deliberately crash into each other to form smaller versions of themselves. Such fantasies bypass the islanders as the craftsmen of these statues and, in a myth of creation, these moai become self-generating.

Fix and Foxi combines both clichéd and original ideas and unfortunately it fails to give anything other than a few frames to the Rapanui, who are shown simply fleeing their island by any means possible and, most tellingly, not returning at the story’s end, despite the threat being contained. The red noses and the black noses is the story’s way of establishing two opposing groups of people, in a manner presumably inspired by Rapanui’s long ears and short ears, but in this fiction the individuals defined by their nasal features are removed from the villagers, who appear to be a different form of islander.

Beyond the moai, there is nothing else within this comic to connect it to Rapanui, which is a shame. The hieroglyphics found in the secret chamber, covering the walls and a pillar of the circular room, could be linked to rongorongo, but they are clearly more inspired by Egyptian illustrations. In fact, Professor Knox points out that these characters are Sumerian hieroglyphs, which sadly takes the culture of Rapanui far away from any local point of origin to a distant civilisation that is deemed to be the superior progenitor.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

Tajemnice Wyspy Welkanocnej [The Secrets of Easter Island]
(text: Wiesława Wierzchowska; images: Jerzy Wroblewski; Warsaw: Sport i Turystyka, 1989)

A tribe of sun-worshipping Incas with red hair and beards and distended ears, are forced to abandon the land of their ancestors. They are optimistic of a new future: "We believe that we will find new lands and build cities even more beautiful beyond the huge water. The masters of stones are among us who can sculpt everything. The intellectuals are among us as well who know history and can read the stars. The brave solders are, too...". The tribe's ancestors had been led to the land that they are now abandoning when their "marvellous island sank into the depths of the sea".

The voyagers journey on rafts for many days without seeing any land. Food supplies are supplemented by fish from the ocean but the fresh water is beginning to run out. Just as the situation is becoming desperate, they thankfully spy an apparently uninhabited land. They decide to moor to take on fresh water, repair their rafts and rest for a few nights in the caves. But the island (Rapanui) is inhabited and the newcomers are attacked by "wild" men with topknots. The South Americans fight back and defeat the islanders. They make the islanders, who had led "empty" lives, their slaves and teach them farming and crafts.

More than half a century has now passed since the conquest and the elderly King, who is soon to die, conveys to his granddaughter, Oana, the importance of the stone works and the building of the moai for honouring their ancestors. The leader wants Oana to quickly find a husband, so their people can be strong under a new king. She promises her grandfather that she will continue the moai building, but her friend Utupepe says the people's lives are affected for the worse due to the continuous hard work. Oana says she will reduce the speed at which they build and she will improve their working conditions. Utupepe has been Oana's friend since childhood when she alone protected him from the long-eared and red-haired boys who mocked his black hair (which he inherited from his Polynesian mother). There was much breeding on the island between the newcomers and the natives as the South Americans had voyaged with few females and there were many beautiful women amongst the original islanders.

As the King lies on his death bed he reminds the elders that his son had died defending the island against invaders. Therefore, his granddaughter will take over; he asks that they swear allegiance to her and help to continue the great work. After his funeral and a period of mourning, Oana speaks to the men of great knowledge and understanding: to Ururute, the master of stone, Ororoina, who is in charge of the soldiers, and Ataroa, the teacher of the children. She asks Ururute about building plans and he points to work starting at the quarry at Rano Raraku. Privately, Ororoina and Ataroa are concerned that Oana will select the crossbreed Utupepe as her husband, when he is viewed as an agitator, pushing for better working conditions for the ordinary citizens, and besides they would prefer their own sons, Iketepe and Arotepe, to be chosen to marry the new queen. They decide to try and kill Utupepe, by asking a witch, Mararana, to poison him with one of her snakes.

Meanwhile, Utupepe is with the workers who complain of their working conditions: "The stone statues are eating us alive. We have not enough to eat and we have too much work. The Queen should cease this useless work and strongly focus on improving our welfare". Utupepe tries to convince them that the situation will improve under the queen, as she wants to give them the same rights as the long-ears.

Iketepe and Arotepe are on guard duties, and they discuss their fear that Oana will marry Utupepe. Arotepe says he actually loves Elinene, Utupepe's sister, and he knows how much Iketepe wants Oana. As they stand looking out to sea, Arotepe informs that he wishes to escape the island: "I wish to see what is beyond the horizon! I know that somewhere, far, far away, there are huge lands, cities and people…". Iketepe agrees. He tells Arotepe, "I promise you when I become King, you will be the commander of a group which will start building ships. We have to finish with the isolation of the island!".

Oana is also friends with Elinene and she asks her advice as to whom she should marry. Elinene says Iketepe loves her very much; Oana responds that he is "too violent and impulsive" and asks whether Utupepe loves her. "We are cross-breeds. The Queen needs to choose someone from her race!", is Elinene's reply. Oana says she has loved and admired Utupepe for a long time and wants to also set an example for mixed couples: "I will rub out racial differences and give equal rights for all". Elinene warns her that her tribe, the long-ears, will not be happy and could rebel. Oana asks Elinene to find out if Utupepe loves her too. Soon after, Utupepe declares his love for Oana and they kiss with great passion.

Elsewhere, by moonlight, a strange man meets with the witch who gives him a basket containing a rock spider with a venomous bite that will lead to unavoidable death. At Rano Raraku, Ururute is advising Oana about the past. When the South Americans arrived they had found no trees on the island with which to build ships, so they stayed and turned to creating an island infrastructure. They experimented with building boats from bulrushes but those expeditions did not return so the king prohibited further attempts. They turned to building moai and the first, which was of the King of the Viracocha people, "the ruler of the great continent", became the pattern for the many others which now surround this original moai, and which is also the biggest.

Oana asks Ururute to show her the stages involved in creating the moai. Ururute goes into detail addressing the preparation, carving, polishing and transportation. It takes six to ten "well-educated sculptors" almost a year to create one statue, before it is moved into place and then eyes and hair added – the red pukao from the extinct volcano of Puna Pau matching the red hair of the long-ears. Ururute advises that to make the work easier they transport the pukao by boats made of bulrushes. Arotepe has now joined them and he tells Oana that he hopes she will abolish the king's ban on sea voyaging. As Oana watches the erection of a moai, Utupepe joins in and tells her how they learnt through skill to move the moai to an upright position, using its centre of gravity, stones, ropes and levers.

Another moai will be transported the next day and Oana says she will come to watch. She also says that she will announce her husband later that day in the evening. Many men are needed for the transportation of the moai, which the brutal Iketepe supervises; his men using whips to push the workers to their limits. Iketepe overhears Elinene telling Arotepe that Oana will declare she has chosen Utupepe as her husband. He is livid and with his sword drawn rushes at Utupepe. Oana steps between the two of them and is accidentally killed by Iketepe. Utupepe tries to defend himself but he too is killed by Iketepe, as the workers look on in horror. They saw Utupepe as their only hope. They respond by rebelling and taking up their axes. Following the long civil war, the building of the moai ceased forever.

The only known original example of Easter Island fiction in Polish, this rather curious comic appears dated and is regarded by followers of the artist as his weakest work. The comic begins with a lengthy historical contextualisation of Rapanui on the inside front cover, which is notably from a European perspective of voyaging and discovery. It promotes the work of Thor Heyerdahl and it is this which underpins the content of the comic. This can be seen in the descriptions and depictions of the moai being built and moved (which closely follows Heyerdahl's studies and fieldwork) and in the presentation of the long-ears as red-haired South Americans who became the dominant islanders (a theory of Heyerdahl's which has been much challenged since).

The comic embellishes the story with ideas and images that go far beyond Heyerdahl and reality. Rapanui is imagined as a treeless island before the arrival of the South Americans and therefore the construction of the moai. The Incas are imagined colonising the Polynesians, who are the original settlers. The former are shown to be an advanced civilisation in comparison to the primitive Polynesians, who apparently knew nothing of stone building, farming and craftwork until they were taught it by the newcomers. This is a racist view that positions the Polynesians as inferior, but they are also established as workers who demand better welfare and working conditions, who hold meetings to discuss improvements and who rebel at the end against the outsiders. As a Polish comic published in 1989 and as the Soviet Union was collapsing, precipitated by the Solidarity movement in Poland, it is fascinating to read this comic in a local context that promoted socialism, labour rights and a break from oppressive rulers.

Giving the long-ears red hair and beards distinguishes them from the dark-haired Polynesians, but they also have little resemblance to South Americans. In fact, they have a strong European appearance and these warrior people with muscular physiques are more inspired by Vikings. The hairstyles of the women in particular, with their flowing locks, are very 1980s and seem to have been created by a modern stylist. The Polynesians are shown with topknots of hair, whilst the South Americans are presented arriving at Rapanui with their ears already distended. Much of the culture of the latter is subsequently recreated on the island, with clothing and domestic interiors resembling Inca designs. The pukao, or any other part of the moai construction, was most likely not aided by boats. Moreover, the pukao are not red to honour the South Americans – although that it is a nice idea.

Ultimately, this is a clichéd and simple story of love and death between young people of different tribes. It is a European story transplanted on to a foreign culture and spun out over thirty-two pages, with a reasonably long section added to the last third that educates on the moai.

Arkadiusz Modrzejewski and Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Doom Patrol
‘Imaginary Friends’
(no.25, August 1989, DC Comics)

A machine called a Materioptikon, a relic from the days of the Justice League, is found in a storage space called the Souvenir Room. It gives increased physical force to the image-making powers of the psychic Dorothy Spinner, who can bring imaginary and hallucinatory monsters and creations to life. It is left to Joshua Clay, aka Tempest, to destroy the machine, but not before he is dislocated into a realm of abstract space and time. To represent the surreal nature of this realm, Clay is depicted in a swamp surrounded by a grandfather clock, sand-timers and a moai.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Bob Morane: Les Tours de Cristal [Bob Morane: The Towers of Crystal]
(no.4; text: Henri Vernes; drawings: Dino Attanasio; Brussels: Claude Lefrancq, 1990)

Bob Morane is flying back from South America to France via the Pacific, along with his two friends Bill Ballantine and Professor Clairembart, when a storm forces the passenger plane to make an emergency landing on a remote Pacific island. Everyone survives, but the aircraft has lost a wing. The three friends set off to explore the island and discover, amongst the lush vegetation, ancient ruins including numerous moai, both with and without pukao, and stones carved with the figure of the birdman. This leads Clairembart to reflect on the lost Pacific continent of Mu, whilst he notes that the statues remind him of Easter Island.

During the first night on the island, comets are observed in the sky, one of which explodes directly above the three companions. Only later does it become clear that the three adventurers have travelled back in time as a result of this incident. For the ruins have now gone and when they want to return to the plane on the beach, both the aircraft and the other passengers have disappeared. Instead, they now observe numerous gigantic crystal columns protruding out of the sea. With a self-built raft, the three manage to reach one of the columns, whereupon they climb down inside and discover a room in which they find a huge seated bright golden moai, a god with its head crowned by a sun symbol.

Back outside, the three observe from the top of the crystal column a city on the ‘island’ they had left, and which is now part of a bigger continent. As they try to comprehend the situation, they are picked up by a sophisticated jet plane, piloted by strangers who speak rongorongo. Clairembart understands the language – as it resembles the language spoken by the old inhabitants of Easter Island – and he is able to communicate with the strangers. One of them, Ra-Mu, introduces himself as the master of the Muvian empire. The three are brought to his capital, where numerous moai are visible across the landscape. The so-called metal city is made of the material Oceamine, which comes from underwater deposits and is apparently earthquake-resistant. The same material is used for the helmets and suits that enable the three companions to walk with Ra-Mu to the bottom of the sea to find the cause of a series of tectonic movements. There they see the extent of the danger facing the Muvians. Following another underwater seismic quake the three are separated and Bob and Bill are washed away through caves and ancient underground passages and finally spat out of the ocean and deposited ashore on a beach. From there they cross a desert, the result of an atomic explosion, and discover a city of ruins and giant cybernetic animals and birds which attack them. Finally, they are rescued by an airplane and brought back to the city where they are joined by the professor.

Morane proposes that they should try to escape the expected cataclysmic event that the Muvians will soon face, by building rockets and trying to reach a new and safe planet. The three companions plus Ra-Mu and a few Muvians, first reach a planet in the galaxy Proxima Centauri, where they just about manage to escape a land of monsters and giant sea beasts. Finally, they land on a planet whose atmosphere seems suitable and find there another rocket, abandoned and overgrown with vegetation. Once inside the vessel they read the log book and discover that it had arrived from Earth and landed in the year 2537. This makes the team realise that they have journeyed far in time. They plan to take this discovered rocketship back to Earth, via hyperspace, in order to rescue the Muvians and bring them to this new planet. The team remove the vegetation from the sides of the vessel and awaken the onboard instruments.

When they arrive back on Earth and the continent of Mu, they find that the crystal towers have been destroyed. The moai remain but they again discover the architectural forms they first found as ruins on the Pacific island, including a grand series of steps, but this time with everything now intact. Climbing the stairs, they are met at the top by a warrior-like nation, an ancient civilisation, strongly reminiscent of the Aztecs/ Incas. The time-travelling friends are taken captive by these people, who want to sacrifice them to their gods. As prisoners underground awaiting their fate, the intrepid time-travellers discover on a wall a story written in rongorongo. This tells them of a great disaster in the ancient year 24500, in which the Muvian empire was destroyed by a huge underwater eruption. The survivors sought refuge on the small piece of land that remained and there they built their new civilisation. The Aztec/ Inca-like people are therefore the descendants of the third civilisation of Mu, and they now worship a sun god in honour of their survival.

Before Morane, his two friends, and the Muvians can be sacrificed, they manage to overpower a priest and take him hostage. They reach their rocketship and flee, but as they attempt to take off for a second time the rocketship crashes into the sea. Lying on the seabed, the vessel is retrieved by advanced technology and hauled into a series of underwater domes. There the group are received by another civilisation of descendants of the generation of Ra-Mu, who also escaped but by living in an undersea kingdom. Only the privileged and elite of Muravian society were allowed to escape and live in these domes. Now, finally, Morane’s plans to escape the final expected cataclysm can be implemented with a fleet of rocketships built enabling the undersea Muvians to voyage to safety. Meanwhile, Morane and his friends manage to return to earth in the present by again using hyperspace.

The first French language edition of this comic-book was published in black and white in serial form in 1961, in the magazine Femmes d'Aujourd'hui. It was republished in 1962 in a modified form as a comic-album by Les Editions Marabout, in colour, with re-drawn characters and scenery and a more modern appearance for the future sequences. Morane was invented by the Belgian writer Charles-Henri-Jean Dewisme, known under his Henri Vernes pseudonym for his novels – an oeuvre that comprises more than 200 books. The Morane collection also includes more than 80 bandes dessinées adaptions of the novels of Vernes, with the comics drawn by different artists – for this edition, by the Italian, Dino Attanasio, from Milan.

This is not Morane and Ballantine’s only moai adventure, as they revisit an undersea kingdom of Mu in an entirely unconnected comic in 1975, Bob Morane: The Giants of Mu, in which there is now a Queen of Mu and a deceased Prince Raah-Mu. Whereas that comic took place partly on Easter Island and predominantly in the undersea kingdom, the Towers of Crystal involves interplanetary voyaging, hyperspace rocketship flights, journeys back and forward in time, dinosaurs, and an Aztec/Inca-like civilisation, in addition to an undersea kingdom. The Towers of Crystal is an extraordinary adventure which seemingly feels the need to pack in a raft of ideas in one bande dessinée. Like the earlier Giants of Mu, the comic reflects the period in which it was produced. For The Giants of Mu, it is the mid 1970s; for The Towers of Crystal it is the early 1960s. In April 1961, Yuri Gagarin became the first man to be sent into space in an age defined by a space race. In that context, The Towers of Crystal’s fascination with space travel and rocketships, as part of an evolution of humankind, can be better understood. The early 1960s was also a period in which there was a real and acute fear of nuclear warfare, which can be seen to affect other comics of the time – see, for instance, Justice League of America (reviewed above). The abandoned city and desert landscape encountered by Morane and Ballantine, which is the result of an atomic bomb, is an early nuclear fantasy, especially within moai culture, which is then revisited over the subsequent years in countless other nuclear fiction.

A lost continent and kingdom of Mu, an Atlantis-like myth for the Pacific, has also become a recurring fantasy and is a popular moai culture narrative. Functioning undersea kingdoms of Mu can be found in comics such as Lion and Thunder (reviewed above) and Fathom (reviewed below), and the film Godzilla vs Megalon (reviewed above). When there is an outer space connection, the fiction imagines the inhabitants of Mu to have arrived on Earth from another planet; The Towers of Crystal is unique in viewing the people of Mu as needing to evacuate Earth for another world. The Towers of Crystal is interesting for it attempts to extend the Mu myth within a broad narrative that aims to connect Easter Island to both the lost continent of Mu and then to a second myth of South America. The latter was a theory (latter disproven) of noted explorer and archaeologist Thor Heyerdahl, who saw Easter Island as settled from the East.

The Towers of Crystal is more about Mu than Easter Island, though the cover to this 1990 edition would suggest otherwise, with three large moai (mirroring the depiction of Morane, Ballantine and Clairembart) and petroglyphs of the birdman dominating the front artwork. Moai do appear inside but are mainly part of the scenery, with the exception of one glorious giant golden moai that is worshipped as a god and which bears a birdman carving on each arm of its throne. In this story, the moai becomes a sun god, with the worshipping of the sun presented later in the Aztec/Inca culture and found also in the name of the leader of the Muvians, Ra-Mu, with Ra, the sun god of the ancient Egyptians.

Few comics have presented spoken rongorongo in speech bubbles – see also Lais und Ben 1 (reviewed below) and Sgt Frog (reviewed below) – with the hieroglyphs present also on a wall inside the Mu city, presumably as a public instruction, and later as an extensive wall carving with the often-used function to fill a gap in the narrative. What The Towers of Crystal therefore attempts is a weaving of Rapanui culture into a fantasy that exoticises the foreign, for an adventure set in the past and future but with very little direct interest in the present and the people of Rapanui.

Hermann Mückler and Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Onkel Dagobert [Uncle Scrooge]
‘Micky Maus. Das Geheimnis der Osterinsel’ [‘Mickey Mouse. The Secret of Easter Island’]
(no.36, 1990, Egmont Ehapa Verlag)

Mickey Mouse and his friend Goofy attend a slide show presented by two scientists, Merlin and Zapotek, where they learn of the European discovery of Easter Island by Jacob Roggeveen, in 1722. They also learn that it is still not known why the stone statues called moai were erected. The two scientists suggest that Mickey and Goofy should go back in time for twelve hours, to 1200AD, with the help of a time machine, to try and solve some of the mysteries of the moai. Before they start their adventure, they learn that there are approximately 260 moai on the island and that it is about 3,700km off the coast of China (presumably, the comic meant Chile).

Mickey and Goofy arrive on Easter Island through a time hole, where they are warmly welcomed by an islander named Rano Ropo, who seems to have been expecting them. The two friends are immediately taken to a quarry at the slopes of Rano Raraku, where the moai are being carved from out of the rock. The supervisor and spiritual expert there, named Aku Aku, is much less euphoric about the arrival of Mickey and Goofy, because he was expecting people of a different appearance. Slowly it becomes clear that our two friends are being held responsible for the production of the moai, which are being produced by the Rapanui on the basis of a contract signed 50 years ago with foreigners.

Hundreds of moai are ready and waiting to be received and transported. While attending a dinner, the confusion regarding Mickey and Goofy is cleared up, but at the same time the actual clients arrive on the island. These foreigners look like Vikings, and their burly leader is clearly unhappy with the way the moai look. He makes use of his right of withdrawal, which is provided for in the contract, and refuses to take the moai with him or pay for them. With the Vikings gone, and with the moai abandoned, the islanders are left in despair. What are the locals supposed to do with all the moai? Goofy proposes selling them to others, whilst Aku Aku suggests all 320 moai should be sold to Mickey and Goofy.

When Mickey and Goofy refuse to accept Aku Aku’s proposal, they are chased and with the help of Rano Ropo’s daughter, Nora, they hide behind a pukao, on the top of a moai. Meanwhile, Nora convinces the islanders to distribute the moai around the island to alert ships to the attraction and encourage them to buy the carvings. Mickey and Goofy can now descend from their hiding place, and with the twelve hours about to expire, the time machine brings them back to the present, where they are able to report the real reasons behind the existence of the moai. Since only about 260 of the 320 moai mentioned are still available, it can be deduced that some of the statues had been successfully sold.

Originally published in Italian, in March 1986, as ‘Mickey Mouse and the Enigma of Easter Island’, this is one of many Disney comics to approach Easter Island, each with their own highly imaginative adventures. Donald Duck and Uncle Scrooge are the most regular visitors, appearing for instance in Walt Disney’s Uncle $crooge Adventures (reviewed above) and Walt Disney’s Donald Duck Adventures (reviewed below). Goofy was to feature on Rapanui on the cover of Walt Disney’s Mickey Mouse and Friends (2005, reviewed below), but ‘Mickey Mouse. The Secret of Easter Island’, is the only story in which he appears.

Unusually, this adventure foregrounds the pukao, the red-coloured stone on top of many of the statues, which are clearly shown here as a separate step in the moai construction process. However, the pukao are depicted as square, when in fact they are round, and in this comic they imitate the square red hats worn by the Rapanui, when in reality they were made to represent topknots of hair. And whilst the moai are shown being moved on wooden log rollers (the most common theory for their transportation), the pukao are depicted being placed in position through a more unlikely design of scaffolding and a crane and pulley system. The clothes worn by the Rapanui, which resemble brightly-patterned nightgowns, are far from anything that was worn on the island, and the homes are stereotyped straw huts.

Essentially, this is a story of outsiders, with Mickey and Goofy intruders from another place and time, who act as investigators as well as catalysts. It emerges that the moai in this comic acquired their positions following the suggestion of the time-travellers, and they were not built for Rapanui culture, but through an order placed by another race. These people, who look like Vikings, and who would normally be depicted as aggressors, pillaging communities, are here more formal doing business with the support of a contract. Furthermore, whilst the Nordic countries were great voyagers, travelling far – the Vikings are believed to have been the first Europeans to land in North America, long before Christopher Columbus – they did not make it to Easter Island. Disney has colonised cultures, appropriating myths and legends, and in its obsession with Easter Island it has attempted from a range of perspectives to rewrite Rapanui history.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

Rock Animal
'A Profecia da Ilha de Páscoa' ['The Prophecy of Easter Island']
(vol.2, no.22, 1990, Abril)

A research team led by Dr Gemma arrive on Easter Island by hydroplane in search of more powerful and sacred rock animals – stones which can transform into creatures – "to prevent them falling into the wrong hands". On arrival, they are met by Mr Tiki, who has studied the culture of the island, and who takes the group to see the moai. They are observed from afar by a strange group of men, who see that the prophecy will now be fulfilled, for later in the day there will be an eclipse and one of the newly arrived researchers, a suspicious-looking academic, is wearing the 'Eye of Satan', a large red stone, around his neck.

The leader of the strange group, a "wizard", clasps his own red stone that he wears around his neck, which magically transforms into an evil clawed beast of immense strength called the 'Lava Guardian'. The wizard orders the beast to retrieve the 'Eye of Satan', which the creature does by strangling the academic and ripping the jewel from around his neck. With the academic's stone now in the hands of the wizard he places it on a pedestal near to the moai, declaring that the giants will be awakened once the eclipsed has ended and they will then be under his control. This will make him the most powerful man on the island.

As the eclipse begins, a ray of sun passes down to the red stone and out through it in all directions to the many moai, which subsequently come alive. The research team are surrounded by the angry moai that are about to crush them but for two of the children in the group who employ the stones around their necks which transform into a golden lion and a blue hawk. The bird dives into the centre of a volcano making it erupt and shoot a cloud of smoke into the sky blocking out the sun's rays. As a result, the moai return to their original positions. The lion attacks the Lava Guardian, meanwhile the wizard runs away but the powerful stone is found to be missing from the pedestal. Little do the team know that the stone is back around the academic's neck, who thinks to himself "the Evil Eye is mine again".

This is part of a series of small comic booklets in Portuguese, produced in Brazil and published to accompany and promote a range of Rock Animal toys that children were encouraged to collect. The Rock Animals appear inspired by the successful Transformers or M.A.S.K. toyline, for which an associated novel was produced for its own adventure on Easter Island (reviewed below). Instead of cars and machines that transform into robots, the Rock Animals are stones that can become creatures – either recognisable fauna, dinosaurs or monsters like the Lava Guardian, that appears in this story and which the comic shows at the end how it can be effectively transformed.

At the end and beginning of the comic are a total of eleven pages providing cultural-historical information about Rapanui, from the lava rock found on the island and how the pukao were positioned, to rongorongo and the birdman petroglyphs. Unfortunately, it includes a photo of an islander parading behind a giant mask, allegedly taken at the island's Tapati festival, but which looks suspiciously from Papua New Guinea. The story is basic but in its twelve pocket-sized pages still manages to pack in a wizard, transformations, an eclipse, an erupting volcano and moai that come alive.

For more on the Rock Animal comics see https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q8GO3QvG9q8.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Lais und Ben 1 [Lais and Ben 1]
'Anamarama' ['The Cave of Light']
(text: Joachim Friedmann; drawings: Henk Wyniger; Hamburg: Carlsen, Edition Comic Art, June 1990)

Lais and Ben are close friends and German students in Frankfurt am Main. While Ben is fervently pursuing his studies, Lais is unhappy with his life and is in search of new hedonistic pleasures. To this end he experiments with mind-expanding drugs and shamanic rituals. So when he comes across a book called ‘Anamarama’ (the cave of light), written by an English ship’s doctor who had landed on Easter Island on a slave traders’ ship in the nineteenth century, and reads about a secret Easter Island cult, he spontaneously decides to travel to Easter Island. In his report, the doctor mentions a mind-expanding drug called Anamarama, which Lais hopes to find and experience.

Ben finds some clues to Lais’s plans and follows him to Easter Island. There, Ben is warned by a native Rapanui of the caves, but he is determined to enter them whereupon he manages to find Lais. The two friends are now captives of the Rapanui who feed them the Anamarama drug during a secret ceremony. Consequently, they are to be prevented from ever leaving the island. In their drugged state the two protagonists have an intense mind-altering psychedelic experience, of which they remember little upon awakening. A native helps them to escape whilst the rest of the Rapanui are still under the effects of the drug. They just manage to leave Easter Island by airplane, and back in Germany they have only vague recollections of their adventure.

This 48-page comic is, surprisingly, one of the very few illustrated German attempts to deal with Easter Island and its culture. And it is drawn using the classical style of the ‘ligne claire’ (clear line) of the Franco-Belgian comics, that began with the illustrated adventures of Tintin by Hergé (Georges Remi). The comparatively simple plot depicts the topography of the island, the volcano Rano Raraku, the moai and the ceremonial village of Orongo in a relatively realistic manner, though the row of moai at Anakena are incorrectly depicted as looking out to sea. Unfortunately, the depiction of the Rapanui, who drink the drug during a ceremony inspired by the birdman cult, is very problematic, as they appear primitive, barely clothed, and almost entirely depicted as unwelcoming and hostile, whilst the atmosphere on the island is rather depressive.

Unusual for a comic, the depiction of the island’s petroglyphs, and the carvings of Makemake, Moai kavakava and a Rapa ceremonial paddle, appear often within the individual frames of the story. The German flat shared by Lais and Ben even contains several Moai kavakava figures with one maltreated with a bra flung over its body when Lais brings a woman home from a club on a one-night stand. The ceremonial interiors of the caves on the island are a distinct fantasy and are reminiscent of Inca architecture and it is a leap of imagination to depict giant moai within these cavernous underground spaces and to have an exit as leading out through a secret opening in the head of a hollow moai above ground. That said, it is remarkable that the moai are allotted only a minor role in the story.

Most interestingly in this comic, the language of the Rapanui within the cave ceremony is presented in speech bubbles as rongorongo hieroglyphs. And as rongorongo remains undeciphered the reader can only wonder what is being said at these points in the story. Appearing to be set sometime in the 1960s or early 1970s the colourful psychedelic drawings of the effect of taking drugs and their association with adventure suggests a lack of criticism of drugs in general. The renderings of the two main protagonists, Lais and Ben, have a likeness to the authors of this comic, Joachim Friedmann and the cartoonist Henk Wyniger, whose photos appear on the inside cover of this volume.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

Yan et Mirka: L'Expédition Perdue [Yan and Mirka: The Lost Expedition]
(no.1; text: Gregorio Muro Harriet; images: Daniel Redondo; Geneva: Alpen Publishers, October 1990)

Yan is a boy in an orphanage, where he is teased by the other children and falsely punished by the director. When he has to kneel outside the orphanage in the cold as punishment, he sees a spaceship land from which Mirka, an alien with blue skin, and her robot Zopix emerge. Mirka tells Yan that she comes from the planet Tarox, part of a brotherhood of three planets, more than a hundred light years away, and is making her first expedition into this solar system, to follow a weak signal, that points to lost members of Tarox on Earth. Mirka has made this unexpected landing as she needs a spare part for her spaceship, which is found in the form of the orphanage director's gold bell. Yan says he will help them retrieve the bell, but he is first caught in the act by the boys in his dormitory and then the director who comes to see the cause of the commotion. Zopix intervenes, trapping the director in a bubble. Yan flees and begins his fantastic adventure with his new companions.

On board the spaceship, Yan experiences a sunrise over Earth and then a voyage to the bottom of the Atlantic Ocean, where they follow a signal that Mirka has been tracking. There, they find a sunken Spanish galleon laden with treasure, including a gold disc from the original spaceship, but also dangerous canisters of nuclear waste. Back on the spaceship, they examine a golden cup that Yan had found with the disc amongst the Spanish treasure. The characters on its surface identify it as belonging to a Peruvian Andean civilisation. They decide to fly to Peru and on their way they pass over the famous Nazca lines. In these, Zopix recognizes symbols of the Tarox Confederation. They land their spaceship in the South American jungle, and near to a huge step-temple. They enter deep into the building and reach a vault where they find a man in a hibernation capsule. The three want to take the capsule on board, but they first have to get it to a clearing so that the spaceship can land. Zopix and Yan are attacked by indigenous jungle dwellers, who carry spears and swing from vines. Zopix falls into a swamp and Yan is captured. Mirka who had separately gone to the spaceship arrives just in time, and as she beams down from the futuristic flying craft the scared natives bow down to her as a god.

With the companions safely back on board the spaceship, the capsule is thawed and the man inside, Xanot, who is also from Tarox, comes to life. He explains that he knows where the other members of Tarox are: Easter Island. Xanot says that once the Tarox spaceship had been damaged by a comet they had to make an emergency landing on Earth, where they were helped by the Inca people. Then the Spanish conquistadores arrived destroying the Inca culture in their search for gold. The Tarox hid with their spaceship in the forest step-temple after leaving clues regarding their whereabouts in the desert (of Nazca). As the conquistadores approached the hideout, the Tarox fled to Easter Island with the little energy that remained on their spaceship. Xanot had volunteered to hibernate in the temple in case their signs in the desert were found.

The team fly to Easter Island, where they set down in the crater Rano Kau. From there they find behind a large rock an entrance into a cave, where the Tarox are hibernating in their sleeping capsules. The "lost expedition" has been found. The reawakened Tarox convey that they lived well with the indigenous people of Easter Island for a long time and that with their carriage rays they contributed to transporting the moai. Mission accomplished, Yan flies with Mirka into a future of new adventures.

Originally published in France in 1986, this more widely available Swiss edition was the first story in an intended new series of adventures featuring Yan, Mirka, and her robot Zopix. But no other comics have been published since the first. The duo Yan and Mirka resemble the more famous French science fiction comic book pairing of Valerian and Laureline. Moreover, the graphics appear influenced by the artist Jean Giraud/ Moebius and they contain a number of political messages regarding the dumping of toxic waste and the brutal conquests of the Spanish in South America.

The moai are featured boldly on the front cover of this Swiss edition, but Easter Island is not mentioned or seen until page 46 of this 52-page comic. Even then the moai appear in just three frames. Clearly of all the fantastic elements in the story, it was felt that the moai carried a strong selling point for a tale of science fiction and adventure and were exploited to promote the comic. The connection of Easter Island with the Nazca lines had occurred previously in the French film Les Soleils de l'île de Pâques (reviewed above), with the aliens helping to transport the moai also not a completely new idea. Unfortunately, in 'resolving' the perceived mystery of how the moai were moved it displaces the labours of the Rapanui.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

Disney Duck Tales
‘A Húsvét-Szigeteken’ [‘On Easter Island’]
(no.3, 1991, Egmont Pannonia)

Scrooge McDuck boards a boat bound for Easter Island with his nephews, Huey, Dewie and Louie. Scrooge relays that the previous year scientists saw crazy things on the island, but he wants to see it now with his own eyes. On arriving, the team go ashore via a small boat and comment how the island is abandoned and that nobody knows who carved the moai. They decide to return to their ship for the evening, but upon awakening the next morning they discover to their surprise that another island has emerged adjacent to Rapanui, upon which moai recline and are posed in positions of contemplation and relaxation.

The young ducks consult a book which advises that there is a second Easter Island which undersea currents reveal every six months, and each time is visible for just two days. The ducks board their small boat again, this time for the second Easter Island, whereupon McDuck comments that these alternative moai show that the islanders did have a sense of humour. The moai that they encounter include one doing a handstand and another pulling a silly face. The ducks believe it would be shame if they were to disappear underwater again and so they begin a plan to remove them on to their ship, within the short time frame of two days.

The team bring their ship closer to the island and with its on board crane begin to lift the moai on to their vessel. One of the ducks comments just how “cool” the moai will look in a museum. They manage to hoist the moai on to their ship just in time as the island disappears again under the sea. The nephews consult their book and it says the moai must be maintained in a state of constant wet humidity or they will crumble away. This is a real challenge for the team who ponder how they can resolve the problem, including perhaps building an aquarium in which to place the moai. But McDuck has a moment of inspiration – they will display the moai in a room that is constantly raining. On opening day, the public gather at McDuck’s museum, paying $1 entrance and an additional 25 cents for an umbrella for one hour to view the unusual statues.

One of many Disney comics set on Easter Island, this was originally published in September 1989, in the US, as ‘Ducktales: Scrooge McDuck and the Boys on Easter Island’. Republished for the Hungarian market, it is the earliest known example of Hungarian moai culture (for a later example see The Treasure of the Long-Ears, reviewed below). Scrooge McDuck has visited Easter Island in other adventures – see Walt Disney’s Uncle $crooge Adventures (reviewed above), Walt Disney. Funny Paperbacks (reviewed below), and Walt Disney’s Donald Duck and Friends (reviewed below) – each with their imaginative or absurd stories. Perhaps inspired by Brigadoon, in which an obscured land becomes visible for just a short period in a calendar cycle, Easter Island-like islands that emerge suddenly from the ocean floor have also appeared in fiction as early as the 1943 Super Magician Comics (reviewed above).

In this Hungarian comic, it is unsurprising that Rapanui is once again presented as uninhabited but in what is essentially a basic story there is here a deeper (and unintended) message. Without any consideration for respecting a local culture/ phenomenon, the ducks take every single moai from the second island with the aim of profiteering from paying visitors in a foreign and faraway museum. It is a sad act of cultural theft and one that has unfortunately occurred repeatedly in the European history of Rapanui.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Corto Maltese
'Mū'
(vol. 9, no.7, July 1991, RCS)

Mū begins with Corto Maltese and his companions' initial quest for the lost continent of Atlantis and its ancient race. According to legend, the people of Atlantis came from the west and colonised Europe. Corto's quest eventually leads him to search for the lost race of Mū, an ancient continent in the Pacific destroyed by fire and water. The story begins in 1925 on a ship that is sailing across the Atlantic, where Corto seems to have located Atlantis off the coast of an island in the Caribbean.

When some Carib tribesmen, who inhabit the island, kidnap the woman Soledad believing her to be the incarnation of Kukulcan, the Sun Head God, Corto and his friends go ashore to find and liberate her. There, in the middle of the jungle they reach an ancient Mayan temple which leads to the Sacred Labyrinth. Once inside, Corto must go through a series of ordeals to reach the lost dimension and find the ancient sonic vibrations, sound reverberations of the long-gone centuries. In the Labyrinth, Corto encounters a Sardana warrior who has travelled across time and space from Atlantis in search of Mū, reaching the Americas long before the Phoenicians, the Celts and the Vikings. The Sardana warrior invites Corto to find Mū before reaching the Maya Elder, but as he crosses the Labyrinth, he and his companion Rasputin must fight against the Guardian Warriors.

This instalment of the story opens with Corto fleeing the Guardian Warriors by jumping into the water where, whilst swimming, he comes across a giant turtle that leads him ashore towards the end of the Sacred Labyrinth. Once there, Corto finds an ancient Mayan Stone Head that invites him to eat the magic mushrooms that he collected in the Valley of Butterflies. Only by eating the mushrooms will Corto be able to find the lost days of the ancient civilisation of Mū, the island continent that was once the Navel of the World.

As soon as Corto eats the mushrooms, he is transported to an island where he finds himself amongst giant moai who look up towards the sky. In their brief encounter, the moai reveal that they are all that remains of the realm of Mū, which was destroyed from the stars, and of the Chosen Race which was exterminated by fire and water. The survivors found refuge on Aztla, the island from which the Aztec civilisation is believed to have originated. For thousands of years the moai have been looking at the stars waiting for some mysterious entity to return from outer space.

Suddenly, the Moai disappear and Corto is back on the Caribbean island where he finally reaches Soledad, who is in the process of getting married to a man named Hugues. She consequently decides to remain with the Carib tribe. Corto returns to the labyrinth where he comes across a series of paintings representing the Sacred Dance: the figures on the wall invite him to follow them into the dream dimension where Mū still exists.

Corto decides to move forward and finally arrives before the Maya Elder, the descendant of Kukulcan, the Mayan God also known as Quetzalcoatl by the Aztec and as Cuchulain by the Irish. The Elder inhabits the subterranean realm of Tezcla uniting Aztla and Mū, hidden to the men living on the surface of the Earth. The Elder shows Corto the exit of the Labyrinth. Corto leaves, only to flee the Spider Men by jumping into an ocean of fire. He emerges from the fire to find the Amazons who have been holding his friends as prisoners. This episode of the story ends up with Corto following the women warriors inside their citadel.

Published in instalments in Italian between 1988 and 1991, Mū was the last Corto Maltese story written by Hugo Pratt before his death. Here, the author builds on the genre of the 'Lost World' utopia and, specifically, on the myth of the lost continent of Mū and its identification with Easter Island, which was popularised by James Churchward in his 1926 work, The Lost Continent of Mu.

In Corto Maltese: Mū, Easter Island is never directly mentioned, but only alluded to when Mū is referred to as 'the Navel of the World', which was another early name of Easter Island. However, the association is easily made by the presence of the moai, which appear only briefly. In the story, they are the vestiges of the very first civilisation to have inhabited the world, a race of chosen, superior people possessing almost magical skills at the very dawn of time, from whom all the other civilisations have descended. As a result, through the identification between Mū and Easter Island, Rapanui is presented as the birthplace of all civilisations.

The moai appear as melancholic figures, the last inhabitants of a forgotten land, and the custodians of the origins of the civilised world, forever caught in the act of looking up at the sky in search of a sign, extricated from both time and space. In reality, the moai are associated with the words mata ki te rangi (eyes to the sky) and this comic advances the idea. The story also employs a common trope used in the popular representation of the moai, that is, their association with outer space. However, unlike other representations whereby the moai are the product of an alien civilisation, outer space here appears as the source of destruction rather than creation.

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents

Walt Disney's Donald Duck Adventures
'A Tuft Luck tale'
(no.15, August 1991, W.D. Publications)

Donald Duck and his nephews find a bargain book for sale with a curious note inside of "squiggles and wiggles". They are being watched by a suspicious looking man, wearing a long coat and tall hat, who desires the note for himself as it presents a formula. The villain pulls out a gun and Donald and his nephews flee. They bump into another stranger, the villain's associate, who manages to grab half of the formula. The ducks hide in a crate of oranges, which is then hauled onto a waiting ship that is heading for Easter Island.

Two weeks later the ducks arrive at Easter Island and as stowaways are found and charged by an islander who holds multiple roles: police officer, mayor, barber and customs agent. The two villains arrive and offer to pay the ducks' bail, but they also want the other half of the formula. The villains attack the policeman and the ducks "head for the hills". In the nighttime darkness, Donald falls into a hole that is discovered to be at the base of a moai.

The villains have now caught up with the ducks and with the document rejoined and after hours of mixing the formula, a special ointment is held aloft. It is revealed it is an ancient treatment for baldness and the villain not only wishes to cure his own ailment but he sees global power in controlling the cure. The captive Donald lashes out and the ointment is kicked into the air, landing on the heads of both villains. Some also lands on Donald's head and on the chin of a moai. All develop rapid hair growth including the moai who grows a beard. The villains are sent to prison for assaulting a police officer and the same officer as the local barber says he will give Donald a haircut.

Disney comics have turned to Easter Island on five occasions and whilst more than half of this story is set there, very little is seen of its culture with the moai appearing in the latter stages of the story. Moai have been excavated to assess the extent of their bodies beneath the ground, but unlike the hole into which Donald falls, these pits have been filled in afterwards. The hairless moai watch silently as the ancient potion is mixed, which is so effective that hair growth occurs immediately on stone. The tuft of hair that this moai now sports on its chin references Tukuturi, the only moai that has a beard.

The sole islander depicted multi-tasks with numerous professional jobs to fulfill. It emphasises the smallness of the island, which the comic states "is a lonely speck" far from mainland Chile.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Cracked
(no.264, August 1991, Major Magazines)

A successful imitator of the American humour magazine, Mad, Cracked ran from 1958 to 2007. Mad had already published cartoons that used the moai for gags – see the April 1985 issue (reviewed above) and the March 1986 issue (reviewed above) – and they would later publish an inspired third (April 1998; reviewed below). The celebrated cartoonist Don Martin, who drew this cartoon for Cracked, also drew the one for Mad in March 1986. One of the common gags for Easter Island cartoon humour is the question of what lies beneath the protruding moai heads. The archaeological work of Thor Heyerdahl had shown that many of the moai have extensive bodies that go far beneath the surface, and which have been buried over time. The March 1986 and April 1998 issues of Mad had imagined the results of an archaeological excavation, with the 'secrets' of the moai revealed. Cracked takes this a step further with the fantasy that the moai extend so far down that they can be observed underwater, their enormous bodies, arms, legs and feet found so far beneath the island that they are part of its geological foundations connecting it to the seabed. Jacques Cousteau and his crew are incorporated into the humour and given a comedy French accent. One crew member, Pierre, is depicted as childlike and he is confused to discover at a great depth "huge stone columns" in front of their submarine; Cousteau is much calmer and offers an explanation. A great explorer and oceanographer, Cousteau had visited Rapanui for his 1978 television documentary, The Blind Prophets of Easter Island (see below the cover for The Register). Cousteau's expedition was to also inspire a bande dessinées, Le Dernier Secret de l'île de Paques (reviewed below).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Jeanette Pointu
‘Le Secret Atlante’
(no.6; text and drawings: Wasterlain; colouring: Studio Cerise; Marcinelle: Éditions Dupuis, June 1992)

Review forthcoming

Jump to contents

Mike
‘Verschollen auf der Osterinsel’ [‘Lost on Easter Island’]
(no.1, January 1994, BMC-GmbH)

Mike Hamsterbacke (Mike Hamstercheeks), the main character of the series, arrives by ship on Easter Island with his girlfriend Tina and the scientist Dr Karl Höhn, to search for the missing Professor Graber. On their arrival, they meet an indigenous Rapanui man, called Tiki-Tiki, whom they ask for directions to a cult site, Te Pito o te Henua (the navel of the world). The local, with whom Dr Höhn can converse in the Polynesian language, warns them against visiting the place, because demons and spirits live there and it is a sanctuary, guarded by tangata manu (the birdman), who eats intruders.

Nevertheless, the three protagonists set out to find the sacred place. On arrival, Mike comments that a big stone in the centre of a circle looks like a giant medicine ball. Tina says that the three moai positioned behind it are more exciting. Dr Höhn produces a letter from Professor Graber, which states that the moai are alive and can walk. Höhn jokingly says that Graber must have been drinking too much. Tiki-Tiki suddenly presents a pocket watch that he found at ahu Raku, and that turns out to be Professor Graber’s watch.

As the group are discussing the pocket watch, a big black bird flies in and lands on top of the large ball-like stone. A frightened Tiki-Tiki flees, saying it is the birdman, who will eat them when it turns dark. Mike, Tina and Dr Höhn, however, decide to remain. As darkness falls the three are still there when the bird, now possessed, appears wearing a cape. Its eyes glow red, and its body emits a bright energy, as it screeches, “Sacred! Sacred!”. Tina says they should leave fast.

The story continues in issue 2 and is part of a running series of adventures introduced by the comics at the end of 1986, and which contain the explorer-scientist Dr. Höhn (a character who was perhaps inspired by Indiana Jones). The Mike comics have appeared across different series, starting in May 1978, and they were developed by the combined German co-operative banks to promote a new savings plan for young people, called the Jeans Savings Book. At its peak in the mid-1980s, ‘Mike’ reached phenomenal print runs of up to 850,000 copies. The concept was so convincing that foreign editions were released in other European countries, such as Finland.

Te Pito o te Henua exists, it is actually called Te Pito Kura (the Navel of Light), and it is a magnetic stone that apparently was brought to the island by the first king, Hotu Matu’a. Its magnetic qualities lend itself to a story regarding unnatural powers on the island, and which transform a bird into a possessed portender. The magnetic stone can be found at ahu Te Pito Kura, a name that presumably gave the comic the idea for the non-existent ahu Raku, where there is just one large moai, not the three depicted here. Few comics have included the magnetic stone in the story, and this one is alone in making it central to the narrative. The German children’s novel, Tixi Tigerhai und das Geheimnis der Osterinsel (reviewed below), is the only other example of moai culture to come close, with a magnetic volcano, called Te Pito o te Henua, which is feared by the islanders. Meanwhile, Tiki-Tiki is an awful stereotype of a Pacific islander, depicted here as rather simple, superstitious and motivated by money. His clothing, and the cape worn by the bird, are closer to the textiles of South America than Rapanui, but in this children’s comic indigeneity is fluid.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

Le Dernier Secret de l’île de Pâques [The Last Secret of Easter Island]
(no.14; text and drawings: Dominique Sérafini; Paris: Éditions Robert Laffont, 1995)

Jacques Cousteau and his team of oceanic adventurers are on a new mission to explore the heart of the Pacific Ocean and its sources of life. This includes underwater volcanoes which have given birth to the numerous Pacific islands. Cousteau and his team, aboard their boat the Calypso, are voyaging from island to island, following the routes taken by ancient voyagers – the ancestors of the Polynesians. They observe the marine life and coral formations from their submersible, whilst above ground they film the land with the aid of a helicopter. The helicopter team, which includes Cousteau, record the wild horses of the Marquesas Islands – imported from Chile in 1857 – goats grazing on the rocky landscape, a waterfall and a sacred cave in which skeletons have been placed within a canoe. A team on the ground travels on horse to a spot near to the caves, where the helicopter cannot reach, and where they locate an ahu (platform) – a sacred place where priests would convene – featuring a large carving of a figure.

The ancient Polynesians were great navigators and they knew the ocean well. It helped them voyage and discover new lands. On board the Calypso a Marquesan lobster fisherman, with the aid of a map, explains to a member of Cousteau’s team the importance of Rapanui, which was first discovered in the seventh century by a group from the Marquesas under the guidance of King Hotu Matua. Protected by their god Makemake they came ashore looking for water and fruits. At Rano Kau they found treasure: a collapsed volcanic crater containing fresh water. As the Rapanui settled they remained isolated from the rest of the world until the Dutch, under the command of Jacob Roggeveen, sighted the island on 5 April 1722. The Dutch found the land to be arid and they were surprised by the scarcity of resources. One Rapanui man took the hat of a Dutch crew member and in a moment of misunderstanding the Dutch shot at the islanders. The Spanish were the next European voyagers in 1770, followed by the British in 1774 and the French in 1786. The visitors were amazed by the moai carvings and wondered how they could have been made by such primitive people. But the visitors also abducted the islanders, stole artefacts and brought disease: the Americans took several moai breaking a few in the process, whilst the Peruvians enslaved the Rapanui in 1862 to work in Guano mines. Finally, in 1888, the island was annexed by Chile.

Since then, the legend of the moai has emerged, with the myth that they were the work of extraterrestrials. Cousteau interrupts the fisherman’s account and says that the truth is always simple and that today the moai are no longer an enigma. He presents for the fisherman drawings that show how the moai were carved and transported. The men agree that the moai represent a tragic history for a society that has disappeared and that this has become a lesson for humanity. Cousteau mentions that “intrigued by the mysteries” of the island he and his team had planned a visit to Rapanui in 1977. It was an expedition organised by Jacques’ son, Philippe, but he died in a flying accident one day whilst surveying the island. Back then, they explored the seabed around the island, Orongo, Motu Nui, petroglyphs and caves in which they found the skeletons of victims from the civil war. They also studied pollen in order to understand the original vegetation and aided by ethnography they attempted to grasp the society of the first Rapanui.

The island was divided into different castes for building the moai, and once they had been finished and positioned they were given a red hat, a pukao, and eyes made from coral. But following a famine, there was a revolt which lead to the moai being broken. In this terrible war in which many died, some Rapanui turned to cannibalism. Those that survived created the ritual of the birdman, but many things about the island will never be known as the last priests took their secrets with them when they died. There are the words of rongorongo, but these tablets – most of which had been burnt – remain undeciphered. Cousteau reiterates that the history of Rapanui has been a tragedy but it is not unique and comparisons can be drawn with the ecological damage that has been experienced by Haiti. Earth’s resources are not infinite and the power of modern weapons is terrifying; there has to be better management of our planet with the hope that future generations will understand the lesson of Rapanui. Cousteau’s boat, the Calypso, continues on its journey with everyone on board thinking of the Rapanui.

Cousteau, wearing his trademark red hat, had indeed visited Rapanui in 1977, and it was the focus of his 1978 television documentary, The Blind Prophets of Easter Island (see below the cover for The Register). His team’s exploration of the island’s ecology was later captured in a cartoon in Cracked magazine (reviewed above). Rapanui appears in just the last third of this French language bande dessinée, which devotes more pages to team Cousteau’s study of the Marquesas, and which leads them to reflect on the settling of Rapanui from those islands.

This bande dessinée gives the impression that it is educational, but it repeats the common western myths of Rapanui that it is a lost civilisation, and a tragedy from which the rest of the world must learn. The challenges that befell Rapanui were many – which this bande dessinée briefly acknowledges – and it is therefore too simple to establish the cause and effect narrative here of building moai led to resource depletion to famine and to inter-tribal warfare. Comparing Rapanui with contemporary socio-political issues in Haiti is an attempt to bring the story into the modern world, but the link is forced and it would have been better if the lives of the contemporary Rapanui had been reflected instead.

Worryingly, there are many mistakes in this comic, from the positioning of the moai and the view that the pukao are hats, when they are meant to represent topknots of hair, to Hotu Matua landing at Anakena beach, but erroneously with high cliffs shown alongside, which upon being scaled lead the settlers straight to Rano Kau – in reality, Rano Kau is on the other side of the island. There is also a simplifying of the event when Roggeveen’s expedition shot and killed ten or twelve Rapanui. Roggeveen also did not record that the islanders were impoverished, that was not noted until the voyage of Captain James Cook in 1774. The presented ‘facts’, which are given weight within a Cousteau endorsed adventure, are an amalgamation of several European explorations, with even English buccaneer Edward Davis given a fleeting mention. Meanwhile, the cover which is a composite image gives the wrong impression that there are moai standing erect underwater.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Danger Unlimited: The Phoenix Agenda
(story and art: John Byrne; Milwaukie: Dark Horse Comics, 1995)

Hardback editions of this comic book, which collects together the 4 issues of Danger Unlimited, feature this artwork on its signature page. The four superheroes gather around a fallen moai whilst behind them other moai begin to rise up from the ground. The Legend imprint of Dark Horse Comics ran from 1994 to 1998 and featured a moai as its logo. This has seemingly inspired the artwork, where the myth of movement sees the moai brought alive as menacing figures with spindly arms.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Walt Disney's Oom Dagobert [Walt Disney's Uncle $crooge]
'Het Mysterie van het Paaseiland' ['The Mystery of Easter Island']
(no.33, 1995, De Geïllustreerde Pers)

Originally published in the January 1988 issue of Walt Disney's Uncle $crooge Adventures (reviewed above), the cover for this Dutch edition is closer in design to a particular scene inside. The earlier cover took some artistic creativity in drawing the moai as less angular and therefore different to those depicted within the story. A comparison of the two covers shows an interesting contrast in the art of comic book illustration; the moai have been drawn in such different ways but remain unmistakable in both images.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Timewalker
‘Ivar and the Ten Commandments’
(no.5, April 1995, Valiant)

Ivar is a timewalker, an immortal with the ability to journey through time. His adventures are regulated by psychedelic coloured time arcs, through which he enters into other realms. As Ivar explains, ‘time arcs are attracted to strange places: the Bermuda Triangle, Easter Island, Cleveland…”. As this is being relayed to the reader, Ivar is depicted sitting on top of a head of a moai, in the year 1998. “Heads up! Maybe I’ll see you guys in another millennium”, as he hopes for a passage back in time to ancient Egypt and Nefertiti, the woman he loved. The time arc instead takes him to 1920s Hollywood where he becomes involved in the making of a film version of The Ten Commandments.

Part Indiana Jones, part Highlander, Ivar is an adventurer drawn to mysteries and antiquities. The moai appear in just one frame and serve as an easy image for the distant and the arcane. Easter Island is depicted as a desolate and unpopulated land with the moai providing an opportunity for a quick ‘head’ quip. With Ivar leaping through the time arc to Egypt, the story provides yet another connection – albeit casual – in the many myths of Easter Island that sees a link between the Rapanui and the erection of the moai and ancient Egyptian culture.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Mortadelo y Filemón
(no.106, April 1995, Ediciones B)

The continuing trials of incompetent Spanish spies Mort and Phil are collected into this anthology, which contains a series of short 4-page adventures. Known for their explosive mishaps, slapstick humour and disastrous results, Mort is also a master of disguise and can change into seemingly anything. At the conclusion of this adventure, in which Mort's boss, Phil, is once again left irate, Mort has fled to the remote Easter Island and furthermore disguised himself as a moai. A revenge seeking Phil asks a local if they have seen someone who is bald and wearing glasses.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Mumin
‘Påskmännens Ö’ [‘Eastermen Island’]
(no.4, April 1995, Mumin)

The Moomin family are at sea in a small boat, drifting without control as a storm has broken their rudder. The weather had been fine that morning when they began their journey, and despite having also passed through a fog, Moominpapa remained confident of his skills as a sailor and navigator, having “crossed the seven seas”. Suddenly, they spy an island but Moominpapa is confused as it should not be there; he looks through a telescope to try and understand the strange land. Through the telescope he can see a group of strange egg-shaped people with “flat feet under their heads”, who are outside their huts, cooking sausages over an open fire. Moominpapa says these are Eastermen, which he had heard about in his youth. When asked by Moominmamma if these people are bad, Moominpapa says nobody knows as the island has never been visited before.

With no ability to steer their boat, the strong winds violently blow them ashore, in doing so badly damaging their vessel. The family decides to build a shelter for the night within the branches of a tree. The next day they collect firewood and fresh water and express hope that they will be rescued by a passing ship. After a few days, the Moomins become accustomed to their new way of life, but Snork Maiden is without warning abducted by the Eastermen and back at their village tied to a stake, whilst a large cooking pot is prepared. At nightfall, Moominpapa and Moomintroll launch a rescue party and they wait for the Eastermen to fall asleep from their energetic dancing, before successfully making their move and freeing Snork Maiden.

The next morning the angry Eastermen have gathered on the beach; Moominpapa says he will go down to “negotiate peace”. The Eastermen want Moominpapa’s top hat, but he says he cannot give it away. However, he communicates that they are in need of a boat. The Eastermen provide a canoe and Moominpapa gives his top hat in exchange; the happy islanders depart, with Moomintroll building a sail from palm leaves. The Moomins return home, having made a permanent impact on the Eastermen, who now not only wear copies of the top hat as their new identity, but they have built large stone carvings of the hat wearing Moomin.

The seemingly endless list of popular fiction characters to have visited Easter Island includes Scandinavia’s Moomin, in a story that is the only known original Swedish-language comic to engage with Rapanui. The Moomin do like to journey and often by boat, but this adventure has taken them far from their familiar terrain. Storms and fogs have often brought visitors to an island that voyagers are surprised to discover, reinforcing an idea that Rapanui is highly isolated, difficult to reach and beyond normal shipping routes. The Easter festive season is likely to blame for inspiring this fantasy – as in many other holiday-time stories in moai culture – with the islanders in this fiction appearing egg-like.

There is very little in the story that engages with Rapanui culture – though three pages of elementary historical and scientific facts follow – other than the final image which has the islanders constructing moai in honour of the departing visitors. Such idolising can be found elsewhere, for instance in Wonder Woman (reviewed above) and Super Powers (reviewed above). A difference here is Moominpapa’s top hat which becomes the pukao for the moai. That idea has also appeared elsewhere, with a visitor’s hat providing inspiration in The World Mystery Adventure: The Secrets of the Easter Island Stone Statues (reviewed below). Popular culture, however, has misunderstood the pukao which are actually meant to represent topknots of hair.

The Eastermen’s liking of a foreigner’s top hat is perhaps a reference to events that happened several times in history when the Rapanui stole the hats of visiting sailors. Existing within a Moomin world where they bear no resemblance to the Rapanui, it is perhaps unfair to be too critical, but still it is unsettling to see the islanders portrayed as highly simplistic, cannibalistic primitive men (notably there are no women on this island), who have absolutely no verbal form of communication.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Beaux Rivages [Beautiful Shores]
‘Évasions’ [‘Escapes’]
(text: Cothias; drawings: Juszezak; colouring: Sébastian Convard; Paris: Dargaud, October 1995)

The hero of this story, 19-year-old Charles Dutrou-Bornier, was born in Chile to Frenchman Henri. His mother was probably of Indigenous descent. When he was 6 months old, he was sent to France to live with his aunt, the wife of the Marquis de Boisrond. Now, Charles is the sole heir to his father’s fortune, which is managed by notary Legras. One day, his girlfriend, Hélène, Mr Legras’s daughter, is murdered by his jealous friend, Richard. When arrested, the latter names Charles as his accomplice. To make sure his nephew is condemned, the Marquis also bribes the police chief and the judge. Charles is eventually acquitted when the judge’s wife, who had an affair with the young man, testifies in his favour at the trial. Richard’s father, a wealthy bourgeois, takes Charles under his wing. Nevertheless, the Marquis and Legras manage to have Charles committed to a mental asylum.

As a result of daily electroconvulsive therapy during his incarceration, Charles’s mind wanders and he dreams that he is on Easter Island, where he is tied down to the back of a fallen moai and about to be killed. To avoid death at the hands of the Rapanui, he assures them that he is Make-Make and the birdman, but they answer that he cannot be since he is white. Suddenly, an elderly white man in a pith helmet intervenes and shoots one of the inhabitants in the head. The others flee and hide by putting their heads in the sand. The old man addresses Charles: “You must not argue with these people, they are savages. They can only understand the language of the whip, the sound of gunpowder”. Charles thinks this man is his father, but he introduces himself as the island’s first king.

When Charles awakens, he is with Richard’s father who has brought him out of the asylum. Charles goes back home to settle accounts with his uncle, the Marquis. There, he overhears him talking with Legras: it turns out Charles’s father has been dead for several months, his ship having run aground off Easter Island. His billions of francs have been confiscated by Chile because Henri was a pirate of sorts. Then Legras and the Marquis quarrel over an unpaid debt and fatally shoot one another. Charles fears that his aunt will hold him responsible for their deaths, so he decides to leave the country with the help of Richard’s father. The latter informs him that his great-grandfather was Jean-Baptiste Onésime. This French navigator landed on Easter Island in 1866, whereupon he used the population as a labour force on his cattle ranch. He then thrived there for ten years until his assassination by the Indigenous people. Richards’s father renames Charles to Victor de Beauxrivages, so that he can travel with false papers, and offers him a sailing boat.

Patrick Cothias is a prolific French storywriter who specialises in historical bandes dessinées, whilst Erik Juszezak has illustrated many French comic books since the late 1990s. It would seem the Beaux Rivages/ Charles Dutrou-Bornier trilogy did not meet with much success, though, as it remained unfinished after its second volume, Les chemins de Valparaíso, was published in 1997. Offering but little interest, this first story in the series quite simply relies on a constant Manichaeism and yields to the classic pitfalls of the ‘bad boy’ rebelling against consumer society in which the state is corrupt at all levels. The language is also often needlessly vulgar.

In stark contrast to the cover, which shows three prominent moai – as well as further prominent images of moai on the title page and inside front and inside back covers – Easter Island plays no significant part in this bande dessinée and serves only as a brief exotic diversion and a loose component of the wider story. While the main hero’s hallucinations present the Indigenous inhabitants in a ridiculous light (they hide by literally putting their heads in the sand), the author acknowledges their sad fate when the end of the comic evokes their massacre by so-called “civilised” cultures. The island itself is depicted as a ragged rock of scattered shoreline moai, and in the centre of which is an ornate Gothic tower – all part of Charles’s dream – which is eventually drowned/ broken-up by high-swirling stormy waves. Charles is presented as the great-grandson of real-life Jean-Baptiste Onésime Dutrou-Bornier, a captain in the French navy who settled on Rapanui in 1868 and proclaimed himself king of the island in 1870. Planning to turn the island into a sheep ranch, he appropriated land and severely reduced the liberties of the Rapanui. He has been the subject of just a few other examples of Easter Island popular fiction, most notably La Reina de Rapa Nui (reviewed below) and Der Traum von Rapa Nui (reviewed below).

Samuel Pauwels and Jessica Maufort

Jump to contents

MaxiMage
‘Second Coming’
(no.1, December 1995, Image Comics)

An ancient man, who had attempted to protect the Earth, is imprisoned on Easter Island by insidious space gods. He is strapped to the back of a moai and contained beneath the ground, but he erupts from his prison during a nighttime rainstorm and whilst a production crew is making a film. This ancient guardian flies off to Hollywood, where he locates the “chosen one”, a young woman, a gang member and thief, who is destined to be MaxiMage, the Earth’s powerful guardian. She is needed to defend the planet from the return of the space gods.

Few fiction films have travelled to Easter Island for their productions. In this comic, the story begins with a film crew on the island who are employing the moai as part of a backdrop . Four moai on a rocky outcrop with eyes that appear to glow (due to either the storm or the production lighting) are ominous figures in the landscape. The story provides no explanation as to why Easter Island was chosen for the warrior’s imprisonment, but it is implied that this faraway land is ideal for holding someone captive and unseen for a long time. It would also appear that the moai contain their own forces that seemingly negate the warrior’s power.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Doraemons Special no.2
‘The Secret Power’
(Tokyo: Shogakukan, January 1997)

The ‘great king of terror’ in the form of a comet is fast approaching the sky above Japan. This has been planned by Nostradamus to ensure his prediction is fulfilled. In the Doraemon family there is a man with mystical powers and he tells the Doraemons and their friends to go to three great wonders of the ancient world: the geoglyphs of Nazca in Peru, the great Sphinx of Egypt, and the moai of Easter Island. If they can break open the stones which hold the mysterious powers at these three sites, the evil force of Nostradamus can be stopped. The Doraemons have to hurry, though, as Nostradamus has started to use his dark powers to transform people on earth into his evil servants to prevent the Doraemons from achieving their goal.

The man with the mystical powers communicates with the Doraemons through telepathy to help them find the stones at the ancient sites; each stone lighting up when they are near. The Doraemons manage to locate the stones and break their seals at two of the three sites – in Peru and Egypt. However, in order for the mysterious energy of the ancient monuments to be fully released, the stones at all three sites need to be unsealed. All this while, Nostradamus and the people under his evil influence are thwarting the Doraemons’ progress.

Just as the Doraemons are about to be captured, a ‘Sorceress of Time’ appears and helps to temporarily hold back the dark force of Nostradamus. During this brief moment, the Doraemons finally succeed in breaking the seal off the stone which is located on Easter Island. Then all of a sudden, the tremendous energy that was trapped at these three sites is released and unites. The Doraemons realise that these ancient forms were built on the power spots where Earth’s energy forces accumulated. Nostradamus’s evil force is destroyed by the Earth’s clean, positive energy, with the Sorceress of Time sealing Nostradamus into the fissure of a space-time continuum. This leads to the comet returning to its normal orbit with the Earth spared total annihilation. The Doraemons thank the sorceress, but she tells them that what saved the world was the energy of Earth itself and the binding power of friendships.

In this short manga story, the highly popular Doraemon figure has a somewhat unlikely encounter with the sixteenth century French philosopher, Nostradamus, who is now a force of evil. A common feature of moai culture is the idea that Easter Island is a source of tremendous arcane power and that it is connected to other ancient sites – for instance, the Sphinx and the Nazca lines have appeared in other Rapanui adventures such as the film Les Soleils de l’île de Pâques (reviewed above) and the Area 51 novels (reviewed below). The moai appear just twice in this manga and have been directly copied from the inaccurate sketches originally produced by M. Gaspard Duché de Vancy, following the 1786 French voyage of La Pérouse to Easter Island.

Takanori Funamoto

Jump to contents

Jonny Quest
'The Eyes Of Rapa Nui'
(no.12, September 1997, Dark Horse Comics)

Jonny Quest, his father, and their friends fly to Easter Island to investigate the origins of the moai. On landing, Quest’s father goes off to work with the already resident Professor Fuentes, whilst Quest and his friends attend a tour given by a local youth. Quest’s father is suddenly taken captive by Fuentes, who reveals that his real name is Barnard, that he is on the island to find buried gold, and that the real Fuentes has been killed. Johnny befriends a local boy named Miguel who offers to show him a cave of treasure. Miguel leads Jonny to the volcanic crater of Rano Raraku, teaching him about the island as they go. They bump into Jonny’s friends who join them on their trip to the treasure. On their way they also encounter Barnard’s German henchman, Kurt, who takes them captive. Jonny tells Barnard about the treasure cave to save his father’s life, but to get there involves descending a cliff face by rope. Kurt goes first and confirms the presence of the cave. Upon hearing this Barnard shoots him, with Quest then setting his dog on Barnard. However, Kurt is not dead and emerges from the cliff face. He tries to throw a grenade at the group but it is deflected before exploding and instead topples a pukao (topknot) from a moai. The pukao from the moai falls on to Kurt and kills him. Later, Miguel shows the group his treasure cave and reveals that the treasure is in fact the sacred eyes that used to be a part of the moai.

This comic book is somewhat unique in that it demonstrates a willingness to establish a story that in part engages with the reality of contemporary Easter Island as well as acknowledging the island’s supposed history. The island is shown as a modern society populated by intelligent and rational human beings. This contrasts greatly with many other depictions where the island is either deserted or has a population of tribesmen or savages. Clearly, the main appeal of comic books such as these is the characters and narratives. However, through the character of Jonny Quest (the reader’s primary point of identification), and his interactions with Miguel, an educational quality is introduced to the comic that does not feel forced and nor does it distract from the plot. The comic book’s depiction of the moai is natural in that they are not assigned any fantastical powers or qualities. Moreover, they are positioned within an archaeological context that recognises contemporary challenges. In one scene, an ‘imager’ is discussed, which would be “an important breakthrough for archaeology…a device that translates subsurface radar impulses into 3-D holographic images”. As one character correctly asserts, “excavation is rarely allowed on this island”. It was the archaeological work of Sergio Rapu Haoa and his team who, in 1979, realised that the moai eye sockets held eyes of white coral, and red scoria or black obsidian for the pupils. These sacred carvings were believed to be the last addition to selected moai, and were positioned once the stone figures were in place. The mata (eyes) helped to transform the moai into an aringa ora (living face) and for something so precious they are a worthy treasure within the Jonny Quest adventure.

Peter Munford

Jump to contents

Grey
'Approach Nine: Lara'
(vol.2, chapter 15, November 1997, Viz Media)

In the future, the world is a vast barren land with constant war and fighting between 'Towns'. 'Citizens' join the army to increase their status and earn credits for missions and kills, whereupon enough points allow them to migrate to the idyllic 'City'. Grey becomes a soldier and is very successful on the battlefield fighting in a range of combats and encounters with advanced hardware, which includes humanoids.

In this chapter, a flying gunship in the shape of a moai attacks. Moai as weapons is a common theme in popular culture where they fire guns or emit lasers from their eyes, mouth or body. Japanese popular culture has a particular obsession with moai and this is apparent most in computer games where they appear mutated and as assaultive figures to be avoided, dodged or destroyed. The flying moai gunship in this manga is from a gaming culture in which conflict and weaponry dominates. This manga was originally published as a series of titles in Japan between 1985 and 1987, with the English translation released in the USA in 1997. A feature length anime film adaptation, Grey: Digital Target, was produced in 1986, but the moai flying gunship was absent.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Walt Disney. Lustiges Taschenbuch [Walt Disney. Funny Paperbacks]
‘Auf der Suche nach dem Füllhorn’ [‘Searching for the Horn of Plenty’]
(no.7, 1998, Egmont Ehapa Verlag)

Donald Duck finds himself stumbling across a report on the Horn of Plenty – a unique object that pours forth with gold coins – while cleaning the library of Uncle Dagobert Duck (Uncle Scrooge). The report describes the horn’s hiding place in Tubot, at the foot of Mount Entok. Since it offers never-ending riches to its owner, it would solve Donald’s financial troubles as he has creditors at his door who have even resorted to blowing up his house. Donald excitedly informs his nephews Tick, Trick and Truck (Huey, Dewey and Louie) of his find. Uncle Dagobert overhears their secret and claims ownership of the horn, as he possesses the book that revealed its existence. Following great protest by Donald, the two agree to share the horn, and that Donald and his nephews will travel to Tubot to recover the artefact. Soon after, the four board a plane, with Dagobert staying behind. But Donald, Tick, Trick and Truck soon realise they have been set up. Their plane is on a remote-controlled course to Christmas Island, far from their intended destination, while Dagobert is on his way to Tubot. However, after an excruciating trip up the frozen Entok, Dagobert finds the hiding spot empty but for a note. It reveals that the explorer who had found the horn took it with him on his travels to Christmas Island.

Meanwhile, Donald and his nephews have arrived on the island and have set up camp at the base of one of the moai statues close to the shore. Donald’s fear of the statues is superseded by the information that the natives are cannibals. In the middle of the night, the gang are awakened by both shouts for help and the beating of drums. From afar, they observe a parachute bearing Uncle Dagobert’s company name lodged on the extended ear of a moai. The shouting continues, as do the drums, and the three ducklings convince Donald to save the parachutist, whom they believe to be a representative of Uncle Dagobert’s company. The ducks are caught by the natives and thrown into a hut where they encounter not a delegate, but Uncle Dagobert himself. After much confusion, they exchange stories of everything up to this point. Ultimately, Uncle Dagobert has already met the tribal chief and verified that he is in possession of the Horn of Plenty. The researcher who had found it, needed to exchange it for his life upon arrival on the island.

Dagobert strikes a deal with the chief. Every year, the island’s natives hold a competition to secure the season’s first manu tara (sooty tern) egg, with the winner granted a wish. Donald is allowed to take part in the competition, and his reward, if he wins, will be the horn and both his freedom and that of his family. During the night, Tick, Trick and Truck overhear two native guards and learn that the chief knows exactly from which moai the first egg will be collected – it is the same statue every year. Donald’s cousins come up with a plan to thwart the chief’s plans. They find an egg-like stone on the shore and, come morning, whilst everyone is watching the chief as the manu tara birds approach, Donald holds up the fake stone-egg and shouts out his victory. The chief is fooled and hands over the horn in exchange for the egg, but in a moment of foolish glee, Donald mocks the chief’s gullibility. The chief overhears and calls for the capture of the ducks, who split up in their race back to their airplane. Alas, in the process, Donald loses the horn in the crater of the island’s volcano, but the ducks manage to return home unharmed.

The moai are first introduced midway in this German-language story when Donald and his nephews swim ashore after their hydroplane lands in the ocean close to Christmas Island. The name change here from Easter to Christmas Island is presumably a simple pun, but beyond that it bears no logic within the narrative, as the stone statues and the references to a manu tara competition clearly establish the location as Rapanui (an island which Donald and his clan had visited before in Walt Disney’s Uncle $crooge Adventures, reviewed above, and Walt Disney’s Donald Duck Adventures, reviewed above). The moai are fearsome-looking statues (quite different to those on the comic’s cover) with exaggerated square ears, heavy furrowed eyebrows and piercing eyes that appear to be permanently watching the protagonists. However, for much of the story they act as little more than background figures. They are employed centrally as platforms from which the comic adopts the myth of the birdman. In this context, the competition is not mentioned by name but the first egg of the sooty tern is emphasised, whilst removing any race across shark-infested waters to the rocky outcrop of Motu Nui.

All of this pales alongside the depictions of the Rapanui, who are portrayed as savages and cannibals wearing grass skirts and feather headdresses. From cliff tops they pound large drums, they smoke ceremonial pipes and they hunt with bows and arrows. For in this Disney fantasy, the Rapanui are presented through the image of Native Americans, and as easy stereotypes which are antiquated and racist.

Sonja Mausen

Jump to contents

Mad
(no.368, April 1998, E.C. Publications)

This full-page cartoon which has since been much imitated re-imagines a moai as a Pez dispenser. It emerged on the back of an earlier moai cartoon that Mad published in 1986 (see above) and culturally its references are two-fold. The highly popular and collectable Pez sweet dispensers emphasise the head of a known person or character, and it is surprising that the company is yet to manufacture one based on a moai. The work of archaeologists, and in particular Thor Heyerdahl, has revealed that beneath the surface many of the buried moai heads have extensive bodies. It has led to a never-ending flow of popular culture images and cartoons that have imagined just what exactly may be discovered under the moai heads, and what may therefore resolve the perceived mysteries regarding their creation. In this cartoon, the archaeologists clearly lack care and patience for they employ a large digger and truck to mass excavate the soil.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Las Aventuras de Ogú, Mampato y Rena [The Adventures of Ogu, Mampato and Rena]
'Mata-ki-te-Rangui' ['Eyes to the Sky']
(text and drawings: Themo Lobos; Santiago: J.C. Sáez, December 1998)

A Chilean boy, Mampato, is given a book about Easter Island, by his father. Earlier that evening the father had brought home a carving of moai kavakava. From the book, Mampato learns all about the culture of Easter Island, so much so that he desires to travel there. At night, he puts on his special time-travel belt and first journeys back to prehistoric times to visit his caveman friend, Ogú. Together, they journey forward in time to Easter Island to a period pre-European contact.

On Easter Island they meet a little Rapanui girl, called Marama. She is initially fearful of Ogú, believing him to be the spirit Aku-Aku. Marama takes Ogú and Mampato to the moai quarry site of Rano Raraku, where her father is part of a group of men carving out a new statue from the volcanic rock. Ogú believes he can help, but his heavy stone-age club smashes the moai into pieces with one blow. The locals are angry but a man of importance, their "tangata rongorongo" (a leader for reading/interpreting rongorongo) intervenes. He says that in the morning, the "foreigners", Ogú and Mampato, will be presented to the ariki/ chiefs. Meanwhile, they go with Marama to her village, where they eat, are shown and told about the local cuture, and then sleep.

In the morning, a man declares that the sooty tern has arrived, which signals the start of the annual birdman competition. Marama shows Ogú and Mampato around the rock carvings and dwellings of Orongo. As the race begins, Ogú and Marama, who are watching from a cliff edge, are pushed into the sea below by a vengeful tangata rongorongo. Ogú is a bad swimmer and he is initially saved by Marama and then by a turtle. Both Ogú and Marama reach safety on Motu Nui, an island outcrop that is the site of the nesting sooty terns, where Ogú accidentally acquires a coveted bird's egg.

With Marama's help they return to the main island of Rapanui, with Ogú declared winner in the birdman competition. Unfortunately, as the new tangata manu/ birdman, Ogú's head is shaved, so he rejects the honour and tosses away the egg. Ogú is therefore no longer birdman, and he, Mampato and Marama are chosen to die. As Ogú fights back and defends them from warriors, Mampato activates his special belt and the three companions are transported to another part of the island. Marama thinks this is magic, and as they take refuge, the three hide out over night in a cave. The next morning they awake to see the Great Ariki/ King installing a new moai on an ahu/ platform. This he does with his special telekinetic powers, which make the moai fly into position. Marama notes that there is a belief that the blocks of stone used to build the pyramids of Egypt, were moved in the same manner. There is a lack of equal food distribution on the island. Most food is reserved for the ariki and the birdman; it is forbidden for it to be touched by others. Ogú, who is hungry, does not care and steals a basket of food reserved for the birdman, which creates anger from the ariki. The result, however, is a rebellion, led by Mampato, with Ogú especially effective in combat. The Great Ariki/ King uses his powers to raise and hurl large boulders at the rebels, but this leads the sea to retreat and then crash down upon the island as a huge tsunami wave.

The king dies, with his fellow chiefs trying to continue their control over the islanders. Marama again intervenes, with the islanders rejecting the ariki and declaring war. The island is divided with the ariki defending themselves in a zone near Anakena. The ditch that separates the zone from the rest of the island is set on fire. The ariki/ long ears are massacred, and with the Rapanui freed from the orders of the ariki, they topple the moai, despite Mampato's attempts to stop them. Mampato believes there is nothing more that he can do for the island. He says goodbye to Marama and he departs, first dropping off Ogú back in the prehistoric age. He then returns to his twentieth century home. Before he sleeps he reflects on the poor Rapanui, who were later to become trafficked by slave traders and decimated by the diseases of the white man. He happily concludes, though, that the remaining islanders are now a community with dignity and they are free.

Chileans hold Mampato and Ogú, and the work of their creator, Themo Lobos, with great affection. Mampato was introduced in 1971 with Lobos' cartoons first collected into comic albums/ books in 1996. A few years later, Ogú and Mampato's Rapanui adventure was made into a 2002 feature-length animation (see the review above). This Spanish-language comic, 'Mata-ki-te-Rangui', tries hard to be educational with the first few pages detailing the culture and ethnography of the Rapanui, such as a wooden fish carving, known as an ika, which is rarely depicted in moai fiction. Many of the subsequent frames are filled with cultural artefacts and knowledge, such as rongorongo tablets, a ceremonial rapa (paddle), reimiro (breastplate), tangata manu/ birdman wooden carvings and rock petroglyphs, and even a tahonga (an egg carving showing a bird emerging from the top). This continues throughout the comic, with the king speaking in rongorongo glyphs when he invokes his power (something only a few other comics have done). More significantly, at the story's end there is a debate in a building at Orongo and inside is moai Hoa Hakananai'a – its back shown complete with detailed carvings – with the reader told in a side note that this moai is now held in the British Museum. A few other comics have included this unique moai but this one is alone in correctly positioning it indoors at Orongo, where it was originally kept before it was stolen by a British ship.

In contrast, the comic is wrong to show large moai being carved from the volcanic rock whilst completely upright. The skeletal moai kavakava carving was not created following the arrival of the first Rapanui, who supposedly had been starving onboard their boats. Instead, according to legend, this carved figure emerged following a king's dream. Historical timelines in the comic are condensed to create more drama, with so much Rapanui cultural practice packed into the comic, seemingly to showcase the rich heritage of the island during Mampato's visit. It is clear that the comic wishes to be both informed and highly imaginative. In a story about a boy with a time-travelling belt it is perhaps not surprising to see fantasy seep into the actions of the islanders, with the mystery of how the moai were transported solved in the final pages with a king capable of moving stones through telekinesis. It is also not surprising to see a Chilean comic refuse to challenge Chile's continuing colonisation of Easter Island, where in reality the Rapanui have been demanding greater autonomy in their affairs. But it is a very problematic way to end the comic with Mampato saying that the Rapanui today are free. Just how much this statement would jar with a Chilean readership is not known.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Fathom
(no.4, no.5, no.6, March-June 1999, Top Cow Productions)

The Blue are a race of powerful water-based humanoids, who are now surfacing as they prepare for their assault on mankind. Led by Killian, they locate themselves initially on Easter Island. As Killian declares in issue number 4, against a backdrop of moai (that resemble Ahu Tongariki), “so many centuries they have endured, weathered the worst Pacific storms could throw at them. It is fitting that we chose this island, for the statues symbolize our endurance and patience”.

Easter Island appears in three issues of the first volume of a long-running comic series. In each instance, the moai appear on just one page where they represent the island and act as an easy identifier for the isolated location. The Blue are rising up as their oceanic worlds are being destroyed by mankind. Killian states in a lengthy speech in issue number 5, “many human activities now threaten our way of life. They [humans] wage war and test weapons, they pollute, they treat the water – our home and our lifeblood – as their wastebasket […] Because of this, we of the water can no longer remain idle in the face of human threat. We intend to reveal ourselves, and in doing so we will ascend to an active, dominant role as the planet’s primary species”.

The story bears some similarity to the 1973 film Godzilla vs Megalon (see the review above) in which the inhabitants of an underwater kingdom, Seatopia, plan to destroy the human race due to their destruction of the ocean. In the film, Seatopia is also called Mu/Lemuria, and extends the mythical undersea Pacific continent/kingdom created by Atlantis-inspired author James Churchward in the nineteenth century. Mu/Lemuria has been referenced or used as inspiration for a number of Easter Island myths which see the island and the moai as the remnants of the lost civilisation. Whilst Killian’s speech in Blue connects the “endurance and patience” of his race to the moai, there is a potential association between these aquatic people and the world of Lemuria. The statement of “endurance and patience” refers to the moai and unfortunately not to the islanders, with the people of Rapanui removed from this fiction. Once again, the moai have managed to displace the island’s population within the imagination of popular culture.

Easter Island has also often served as a popular location for making statements about ecological disaster and mankind’s destruction of the Earth. The creator of Fathom, Michael Turner, says he was inspired to create the story after reading National Geographic and he clearly wishes to address environmental concerns within the comics. Easter Island appears to have been selected by Killian as a base due to its remoteness from mankind, but it is also employed for establishing a strong message about how Earth has been spoiled by humans.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Chocapic
‘En Isla de Pascua’ [‘On Easter Island’]
(circa. 2000)

Review forthcoming

Jump to contents

Nathalie
‘C’est pas le bout du monde!’ [‘It’s not the end of the world’]
(no.10; text and drawings: Sergio Salma; colouring Bruno Wessel; Tournai: Casterman, 2000)

Nathalie appears as a ubiquitous character across a series of French-language cartoons, in which each new inter-connected sketch – told in either a single or multiple frames – is contained within one page in this bande dessinée. A young girl who is adventurous, creative and sometimes mischievous, Nathalie likes to experiment, play, imagine and satisfy her curiosity. The sketches are frequently centred around her family (mother, father, uncle and baby brother) and a domestic setting – but at the same time they demonstrate an engagement with the cultures of other countries, often far away, such as China, Mexico, Australia and the Marquesas.

Easter Island is part of this comic exoticism, featuring on the cover but also on one page inside, with both as A4 full page single cartoon images. These appear as part of a wider culture of moai cartoons, which repeatedly find humour in specific jokes about the carvings. One popular cartoon strand regards the moai as stern figures, which in this comic leads Nathalie, the tourist on Easter Island, to ask one if it could give a little smile for her souvenir photo. The other cartoon, which appears inside the comic, plays with Easter Island and its humorous association with Easter festivities, with Nathalie deciding that the moai sculptures she has made in her garden out of snow are a good way of recognising Christmas on Rapanui.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Sonic the Comic
‘The Terra Connection’
(no.172, January 2000, Egmont Fleetway)

Planet Mobius is under attack from an unknown virus that is creating environmental collapse. Sonic and his friends, the Freedom Fighters, jump through the Ring of Eternity, which allows them to move between worlds and zones. They arrive at planet Earth and Easter Island, where they discover that an energy force in combination with Mobius is sucking the life out of this environment and destroying the world’s ecosystem. Suddenly the moai come alive, announcing “defence program activated!”, and surround Sonic and his friends.

The Moai attack and Sonic and his companion Shortfuse fight back, but as one stone giant is destroyed it is quickly able to reassemble. Meanwhile, the mighty fist of a moai, which had slammed down into the ground, has opened up a crack in the land. There, underground, a machine built by “some ancient alien race” is discovered which is controlling the moai and transferring Earth’s energy. Once it is destroyed, the moai crumble to reveal they were robots, “made up of millions of tiny micro-bots!”. Sonic and his friends return to Planet Mobius through the Ring of Eternity to continue the fight.

With moai that walk, talk and fight, robots, ecological disaster, secret underground technology, aliens and time gates, this relatively short comic story has seemingly ticked off the majority of the Easter Island myths and fantasies. Here, the moai are fierce stone defenders with crushing hammer-like fists and glowing red eyes that can fire lasers. Easter Island is an easy location for comic book narratives that wish to emphasise global environmental disaster at the hands of an evil super-power. The absent islanders are replaced by moai that come alive, with once again the apparent enigma of these stone figures explained by alien forces. In reality, the moai functioned in part as protectors of the islanders, but the myths of Easter Island have often re-imagined them as a defence system that is activated when intruders are detected. Sonic the Hedgehog began life as a computer game character created by the Japanese company Sega. An obsession within Japanese popular culture with the moai, robots and with battles against daikaiju, or giant monsters, has seemingly inspired a British produced story and comic.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Le Journal de Mickey [Mickey's Journal]
'La Poule aux ouefs de Pâques' ['The Easter Egg Hen']
(no.2496, 19 April 2000, Editions du Lombard)

Later reprinted in English in 2005 (reviewed below) and in Greek in 2009 (reviewed below), this French edition presents a cover that removes Scrooge McDuck and Donald Duck's nephews from the narrative. The impression is that Donald is alone on Easter Island, except for the moai which are drawn different to those within the comic itself. Unlike the American and Greek releases this issue also contains a two-page historical overview of Easter Island, that is simple and educational, albeit with a number of factual mistakes and an emphasis on "mystery".

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

JLA
‘World War Three Part Six: Mageddon’
(no.41, May 2000, DC Comics)

The living ancient cosmic weapon Mageddon, created by the Old Gods and described as “the ultimate warbringer”, is destroying planet earth having induced conflict in humans and started a new and apocalyptic World War III. Needing to muster everyone to defeat this formidable foe, the JLA unite with other DC superheroes and a population of humans who have been given temporary superpowers to aid in the struggle. This evolutionary jump that comes from awakening the “dormant potential in everyone” creates a world of superhumans, which Wonder Woman declares are the “Justice League Reserves”. The superhumans emerge following a blast of high-energy from an Anti-War ray device which Wonder Woman and a band of superheroes were tasked with building on Easter Island. The powerful rays of the device are transmitted around the world through the mouths and eyes of the moai.

An uninhabited Easter Island serves as a stage for primal power on a global scale in this final instalment in a 6-part story. The moai function as ancient wonders through which immense rays are blasted forth to help “summon the armies of man”. Yet again, Easter Island becomes the focus for a global struggle between good and evil, an arena upon which the destruction of the world can be solved. It is also not the first time that the moai exhibit the myth of power this time channelling a force necessary for defeating a great intergalactic foe.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Sir Pyle S. Culape Vol.1
‘Mythecin Généraliste’
(text: Morvan; drawings: Munuera; Toulon: Soleil Productions, 2000)

Sir Pyle travels across time and place as a mythecin, a doctor whose patients are usually mythological creatures such as a vampire, a yeti and a minotaur. In episode 4 he is summoned to Easter Island because the moai are suffering from eye infections. Upon his arrival, Sir Pyle asks the humans to leave so that he may speak with the moai undisturbed. He quickly determines that the moai are suffering from myxomatosis, a disease that normally only affects rabbits. Unsurprisingly, the culprit spreading the myxoma virus is the Easter Bunny, who lives on Easter Island and who is depicted as a crude and vulgar cigar-smoking animal.

Sir Pyle decides that killing the Easter Bunny is the only solution to the problem, and he hits him on the head with a bell insisting that it is the bunny’s “worst nightmare” as it is a “direct competitor for the world domination of Easter!”. This is a reference to the Franco-Belgian tradition of the Easter Bell bringing chocolate to children on Easter morning instead of the Easter Bunny, which belongs to Germanic traditions.

This bande dessinée written in French illustrates the animate qualities of the moai as they not only talk and whistle but they are susceptible to animal diseases. Perhaps the most interesting aspect of the 4-page adventure in this bande dessinée is its culturally specific ideas. Translating the story into English is problematic both for the name of Sir Pyle’s profession and the use of the bell to conquer the Easter Bunny. This story would not be as effective for English speakers who have little to no knowledge of French language or culture.

Jennifer Wagner

Jump to contents

Gary e il monito Rongo-rongo [Gary and the Rongorongo Warning]
(March 2000, Lapsis Lapsus)

Gary, an Old English Sheepdog journalist, and his Chihuahua assistant, Spike, fly by monoplane to Easter Island to write an investigative journalism piece for Sensational Geographic on the mysterious rongorongo tablets. They believe that the tablets deciphered by Steven Roger Fischer in the twentieth century are not the only ones, and that other more ancient tablets lie hidden somewhere on the island.

As they begin their exploration of the island, Gary takes out his copy of Fischer’s book. Alas, a strong gust of wind snatches the book away and in their pursuit the duo find themselves on the top of a cliff. There, the book has come to rest on a sacred spot marked by four feathered sticks dedicated to Mikamako. As Gary moves to pick up the book, he falls down a hole and into a cave. In the underground space, which is filled with bones and mice, he discovers some rock paintings dating back to the beginning of European colonisation. Gary thinks that this is where the Rapanui may have been hiding when colonisers first landed on the island.

Spike decides to light a fire. Luckily, Gary quickly realises that the logs his assistant has just set alight are actually tablets of glyphs. After extinguishing the flames and carefully recording the glyphs, he is sure he has found the missing rongorongo tablets. According to Gary’s calculations, these were etched at the time of the construction of the great moai, predating the known rongorongo tablets by over 200 years. The story told by the tablets goes back to the original settlement of Rapanui.

The story rewinds to 420AD when the people began to build their villages and started growing the kumara (sweet potato). The ariki (chief) Hotu-Mati’Ah, who will soon die, left one small stone moai possessing great mana/ power to protect the island and the islanders, while he departed on his white canoe to reach the place of his eternal rest. But a shaman found the small statue and, in order to become the most powerful person on the island, he decided to have one enormous statue built resembling the one that belonged to the departed Hotu-Mati’Ah. He hoped that his mana would increase, as the statue was made bigger. That is how the first moai was built.

A thousand years later, the island is ruled by the long ears people who have enslaved the short ears. Kanu, a scribe, has created a writing system and etched hieroglyphs on to these tablets to warn the ariki against the construction of more moai statues, since this would imply cutting the very few trees left on the island to enable their transportation. Yet Tepah, a shaman, sends Kanu away. Instead, he sends for Goro, the Ariki’s grandson, to inform him that he has been chosen to be the current ‘Bird Dog’ champion to recover the sacred egg. Goro reluctantly accepts. Meanwhile another huge moai has been built and is presented to Tepah and the Ariki. Tepah decides, however, that the statue is too small and orders that the short ears topple it and build another, bigger moai, and this time with a pukao/ topknot. The last trees on the island are thus cut, and Goro and Kanu witness the complete destruction of Rapanui’s forest.

In the meantime, Goro has been secretly meeting with Rahmana, with whom he is in love, but she is from the clan of the short ears, so their marriage is forbidden. However, Goro convinces his grandfather to allow the marriage, but the girl will have to remain secluded in a sacred cave for six months until the ‘bird dog’ competition.

The day of the bird dog competition arrives, and despite the fierce rivalry between competitors, Goro manages to secure the sooty tern egg. Unfortunately, before making his way back to the island, he is surrounded by his rivals, who desire him dead. Luckily, the rivals are attacked by a flock of birds who come to Goro’s aid, following his gifting to them of a sack of fish. Goro thus returns to the island victorious. The short ears rebel against the long ears and a civil war erupts. Kanu and Goro, who is reunited with Rahmana, escape on a raft, while the Ariki manages to flee on his white canoe, an iceberg. On their way to the canoe, Kanu throws the tablets into the mouth of a cave.

Fast forward to the present and Gary and Spike manage to escape from that same cave and head for their airplane with the tablets. But they are surrounded by a group of primitive-looking Rapanui who force them to relinquish the tablets, because they are sacred and cannot leave the island. They then escort the two adventurers to the newly built village of Kevin, named after Kevin Costner who, by shooting the film Rapa Nui on the island, has introduced the locals to the wonders of consumerism.

As Gary and Spike finally manage to fly away in their plane, in the distance two moai, Hotu and Mati’ha, converse and ask themselves whether they will be left alone for another century. That, says Hotu, depends on the mana that the island has in relation to the rest of the world.

As a character first created in 1977, Gary has had considerable success within the Trento area of Italy, where this Italian language comic is published. Originally a street vendor, this sheepdog from Trentopolis is now a researcher and investigative journalist, with his adventures taking him across the globe. This particular issue of Gary is directly influenced by the 1994 film Rapa Nui (reviewed above), with characters and situations adopted and given a canine spin – eg the birdman becomes here the ‘bird dog’ – in a style not dissimilar to the Hungarian children’s book, The Treasure of the Long-Ears (reviewed below). Elsewhere, some of the names and place names have been explicitly changed to fit with the canine nature of the story’s protagonists, with an obvious loss in terms of what the original words might evoke. For instance, Ariki Mau Matua Tane becomes Ariki Bau Matua Cane, with ‘cane’ meaning dog and ‘bau’ representing its verse.

The comic seeks to provide an explanation for the building of the moai, but its main focus is the rongorongo tablets and glyphs, which are employed to convey an educational narrative that addresses the island’s culture and history. Rongorongo is given a greater presence compared to the 1994 Rapa Nui film and, uniquely for moai fiction, the writings of Fischer, an academic respected for his studies of the tablets, become a point of reference. The glyphs, however, are rarely shown and appear only on the cover of Fischer’s book and as a solitary figure at the start of the story next to the comic’s title.

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents

El Capitán Trueno [Captain Trueno]
'La Isla de Rapa Nui!' ['Easter Island']
(no.25, March 2001, Ediciones B)

Capitán Trueno, a twelfth-century knight who travels the world, was the hero of a highly popular Spanish series of adventures first published between 1956 and 1968. Trueno's Rapanui adventure first appeared as a novel in 1964, which was subsequently reprinted in 1975 (reviewed below). The success of this character has led to various reprints of the original stories, as well as a 2011 film and a video game. Both Rapanui books contained many black and white illustrations by Miguel Ambrosio Zaragoza alongside the text, and these were then abstracted intact and colourised for a comic book first published in 1984 and reprinted with a different cover in 2001.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Anachron. 1 La retour de la bête [Anachron. 1 The Return of the Beast]
(text: Thierry Cailleteau; drawings: Joël Jurion; colouring: Sandrine Cailleteau; Issy-Les-Moulineaux, Éditions Vents d’Ouest, April 2001)

It is the end of the 21st century and the inhabitants of Earth are able to travel faster than the speed of light, and have also established diplomatic relations with extraterrestrials. In Puerto Adolfo, the capital of the small South American republic of San Adolfo, controlled by the Nazi-like General Kriegadler, the protagonist Hugo Varegua is being tortured when he is rescued by revolutionary soldiers fighting against the fascist dictator. Kriegadler flees and Varegua is immediately hailed as the revolution’s hero.

Two weeks later, Varegua is on a distant space station, 750 light years away, in orbit around the planet Anachron, where Kriegadler appears to have travelled in his ship the Nibelungen. Varegua has been authorised to eliminate the Nazi, and travels by spaceship to the surface of Anachron, a planet which is overseen by the ‘Alliance’ – an intergalactic United Nations – which maintains balance between planets and civilisations. There, on a secluded island, Varegua is taken alone to an Edenic garden to meet the High Commissioner, an alien and a petramorph, who is the Alliance’s representative on the planet. But there is nobody to be seen within the garden’s fertile land.

There is, however, across a small wooden bridge a moai, under which Varegua decides to rest and take a nap. Whilst asleep the moai communicates telepathically with Varegua, who awakens rather startled. He then learns that the High Commissioner had been present all along in the form of the moai. Varegua had received guidance whilst asleep in the need to save Anachron, as it functions as an important medieval society, from which the Alliance can learn, and its contact with the technologically advanced soldiers of Kriegadler would devastate the balance of the planet. It emerges that Kriegadler has been drawn to Anachron as he desires to awaken a mighty ancient beast from its tomb within a volcano. The plot which involves battles between contrasting cultures and beliefs has no more references to moai.

This bande dessinée is the first part of a French language two-volume series that unites historical periods, ideologies and genres in a science-fiction-action-fantasy quest (the second part of the story was published in 2002). Once again, Indiana Jones serves as inspiration for a moai-related story with a Raiders of the Lost Ark narrative of ancient powers, the occult and Nazis transformed by a force from beyond. The grand medievalism of The Lord of the Rings is also added to the mix. The moai, which is the only reference to Easter Island, appears on a total of just three pages, and is an abstracted figure, positioned on a faraway planet in a manner similar to other fiction such as Saber Rider and the Star Sheriffs (reviewed above) and Superboy and the Legion of Super-Heroes (reviewed above). The popular myth that the moai of Easter Island are the creation of other worldly beings allows fiction to re-imagine the stone carvings in a variety of places across the galaxy. In these scenarios they can be worshipped, emit power or signals, or in Anachron provide guidance and knowledge as a colossal head associated with all-seeing intellects and immense minds. In Anachron, the High Commissioner, a superior alien that can reside within solid forms has become rooted in an Edenic garden, with vines growing over its surface. Varegua is asked to assist by removing a vine from the moai’s mouth, an almost surreal act which aids a carving with no oral opening and which communicates only by thought.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

Gold Digger
‘The Old Brit’ and the Sea’
(no.23, May 2001, Antarctic Press)

Whilst relaxing on a boat in the middle of the ocean, Britanny ‘Gia (aka Brit), the last of Earth’s full-blooded were-Cheetahs, is attacked by a tuna fish – that she calls Scarface – which swallows her wedding ring. Now Brit is determined to find the fish and retrieve the ring but inadvertently fishes up a giant moai, called the Mau Tai Colossus. This moai had been constructed by an “ancient civilization […] to protect the Earth” and will soon be brought into action to be a defender from a deadly solar ray, “The Eye of Death”, projected during an eclipse from a giant lens on Mercury. Brit has minutes remaining before the destructive ray hits, but first she wishes to rise to the top of the surfaced moai, where Scarface the fish is floundering.

This comic appears to be Japanese in design but it is entirely US produced. The creator, Fred Perry, has acknowledged the influence of manga and Indiana Jones for his stories that centre mainly around Gina Diggers, an adventurer and history-hunter. Perry served in the U.S. Marine Corps and it is not a coincidence that stories like this one feature an aquatic theme. The moai in this story has been abstracted from Easter Island, where there is no mention or depiction of the Pacific island location. Instead, this colossus is encountered far out to sea and it is so huge that its feet touch the ocean bed. Rather unusually, this is a benevolent moai that surfaces in a story that concludes in issue number 24, and in which the colossus defends the Earth. Here, the moai is simply depicted as a monstrosity that is soon to be awakened. That said, it dominates most of the frames in which it appears.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Gold Digger
‘Make Mine a Mau Tai’
(no.24, June 2001, Antarctic Press)

With three minutes remaining before the Mercurian eclipse sends down a blast of almighty nuclear magnitude, Brit is flown by her winged companion Charlotte (aka Charlie) to the top of the head of the Mau Tai Colossus. There she finds Scarface the tuna and wrestles with it to free her lost wedding ring. Meanwhile, Mau Tai awakens energising itself in preparation for the solar ray blast. This moai with its own fusion reactors takes in water and oxygen and transforms them into energy to create a protective shield for the Earth. The top of its head opens up to begin the process but in doing so Charlie is sucked downwards into the moai. Brit and Charlie escape just in time, with the moai performing its Earth defender role admirably before returning back into the depths of the ocean.

This colossus of a moai that emerges from the ocean bed is in part reminiscent of the gigantic Jaeger defenders of Earth in the film Pacific Rim (2013). The moai is silent but immensely powerful and acts as a form of Earth defense mechanism with a specific job of deflecting an almighty solar ray that would otherwise destroy the planet. Many of the frames in this story are designed to emphasise the scale of this moai and therefore the magnitude of the job that it has been designed to perform. As the moai stands up tall holding its shield aloft to deflect the solar ray, it resembles a nuclear explosion, and the countless tests that were conducted in the Pacific.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Go! Go! Gurnalon!!: The Collected Colossal Monsterwar Minicomix
'The Terrible Secret of Easter Island'
(vol.1, August 2001, Dimension Z Comics)

Dick Soderberg and Dr Burton Gleist of the Mystery Defense Institute ("dedicated to protecting North American interests in the international monster race"), arrive at Easter Island. There they meet at an ahu with opposing members of Japan's Monster Control Command, but fail to reach an agreement on their competing interests. The meeting has been called on Easter Island as a result of a unique stone with "psio-active properties". By placing this stone next to their skulls, the Rapanui could enhance their psychic energies enabling them to perform incredible mind-powered tasks, such as the moving of the moai. But all was lost as a result of climate change, which led to famine and death.

A moai within their midst suddenly transforms into The Supreme Psychic, a floating head with an enlarged brain. He has been secretly observing and declares he has "the world's supply of psio-active stone". Japan's Monster Control Commander activates Gurnalon, a colossal creature, that has been battled in previous stories. The Supreme Psychic has anticipated the move and sends to Easter Island a giant robot monster. Dr Gleist joins in with his own creature and reactivates the colossal Cyber-Laserkong to join the battle. The Psi-Troopers fight back and help destroy the great ape who is eventually decapitated by the robot monster. Now Gurnalon and the robot monster fight; after an extended battle Gurnalon is victorious.

A series of battle-orientated action stories – quite a number originally appearing in the comic Bewildering Fantasy – are collected into this single book. These appear as independently drawn fan fictions inspired by the Japanese obsession with kaiju (colossal creatures). King Kong makes an appearance fighting for the American characters, and at one point as a headless monster he hurls a moai at the robot creature; a rare moment in this story where a moai is actively employed. Elsewhere, the brief idea that the stone figures were or can be moved by telekinesis had appeared before in G.I. Joe: A Real American Hero (see the review above), The Adventures of Ogu, Mampato and Rena (see the review below) and The Easter Island Incident (see the review below). As a location, Easter Island is more of interest to the comic for a supposed psio-active stone. In fact, there is on Easter Island a large ovoid magnetic stone at Te Pito Kura; any connection to the comic book's imagined psio-active stone is most likely accidental.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Joker: Last Laugh
‘Lunatic Fringe’ and ‘Everyone Knows this is Nowhere’
(no.3, 4 and 5, December 2001, DC Comics)

Believing he is going to die soon, the Joker decides to go out in style. He takes refuge on Easter Island where he coordinates from afar a horde of villains to wreak havoc on the world. The army are ‘Jokerised’ escaped prison inmates, who have all been transformed through a toxin into crazed green-haired wide-grinned joker ‘clones’: “an army of super-powered murderous clowns”. The JLA struggle to contain the chaos, with Batman and Nightwing searching for the Joker in Gotham city in vain. On Easter Island, a bored joker ‘holidays’, whilst trying to conceive the most fantastic heinous crimes. This includes creating a deadly storm cloud that will spread “crazy rain” and his toxin across the world. But he also realises that when he is gone there will be no real legacy and he decides he must have an heir of his own flesh and blood. He plans to kidnap and impregnate Harley Quinn so she can give him a baby.

This is a stand-alone 6-part story, in which Easter Island appears in the 3rd, 4th and 5th instalments (and features on the cover of issue no.3). Easter Island appears across multiple frames, but mainly as fragmented moments and only whenever the story turns to Joker’s hideout. The remoteness (and abandonment) of Easter Island allows the Joker to be free from the chaos he is enacting on the world and it also means he is unable to be found. Yet considering the many instances that DC comics and members of the JLA have turned to Easter Island in previous stories it seems surprising that nobody ever considers looking there for the Joker.

The moai in this story are predominantly a backdrop to Joker’s madness, posed with their stern stony faces as a contrast to the manic grin of the Joker, who smiles permanently through his time away. The joker has a penchant for defacing works of art and heritage and his minions spend their time in issue no.3 altering the mouths of the moai, in homage to their master. “Do you realize how long it took the Easter Islanders to sculpt the moai?”, an unimpressed Joker tells his clowns, who he instructs to “think bigger”. In issue no.4, Joker, the ultimate clown, squirts liquid from the trick flower on his lapel and sprays acid onto the nose of a moai which rapidly dissolves.

As a tourist destination, this exclusive island accommodates just Joker and his super-thugs. It not only serves as a hideout, but it is a Pacific island that is simultaneously an escape from the madness of the world, whilst acting as its locus. Joker’s thugs are shown in surf-wear carrying surf boards, in a landscape dotted with tiki torches. Conducting everything is Joker who sports a Hawaiian shirt and sunglasses, or shorts, socks and flip-flops. In reality, Easter Island is part of a tiki culture, that can include the moai-shaped cocktail mugs (known as tiki mugs) that Joker grasps on the front cover of issue no.3. In the imagined worlds in which Easter Island is fictionalised it is often historical, but when contemporary-set it is repeatedly removed of modern culture. Bringing tiki culture to Easter Island for Joker’s last resort is a refreshingly original move by the creators of this comic.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Spectre
‘Joker: Last Laugh. Laughing at Myself’
(vol.4 no.10, December 2001, DC Comics)

In one of several parallel/ spin off stories to the six-part Joker: Last Laugh comics (reviewed above), the Spectre reflects on the Joker’s global damage that was directed from his Easter Island base. A single page of The Spectre comic offers a companion image to those presented in issues 3, 4 and 5 of Joker: Last Laugh, published the same month. This image is arguably the richest and most insane of these Easter Island-set Joker comics, with a twisted tiki-culture theme of limbo dancing involving supervillains/ monsters and bikini-clad islanders, moving to the beat of drums being pounded by a giant green ‘ape’, tiki torches, ukulele playing, and a fire spit roast. In the foreground, a crazed Joker lounges on a hammock holding a toxic-green coloured cocktail; in the background, a row of moai with permanently altered features, copy the Joker’s inane grin.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Caza Misterios – 4. Misterios de Rapa Nui [Mystery Hunts – 4. The Mystery of Rapa Nui] – Alvaro Flores Sepulveda
(Santiago: Editorial SALO S.A, 2002)

Zack and the ant-man like Zorky take a holiday on Easter Island, where they are impressed by all the archaeology and history. Zack says he also finds the Rapanui people to be friendly. Suddenly, Zorky falls down a hole and into a cave, where he discovers rongorongo tablets and writing on the wall. Soon after Zack and an archaeologist join Zorky in the cave and they marvel at the tablets.

Back above ground Zack asks a Rapanui man if he can read a rongorongo tablet. The man relays that the tablet warns that the volcano of Rano Raraku will erupt and a vengeful moai will rise and destroy the island. The archaeologist advises that they should ignore the superstitions of the islanders. Meanwhile, he takes the tablets into safe keeping in the island’s museum.

Just as a little Rapanui girl is about to teach Zorky a trick, they are startled by a large flock of sooty terns taking flight around the rocky outcrop of Motu Nui. This is quickly followed by the eruption of Rano Raraku, as the tablet foretold. Rising up from within the volcano’s crater is a giant moai. Angry that he has been awakened, he says he will destroy everyone. Zack and Zorky wonder why the moai wants to destroy his own people. They believe the answer will be in the crater and venture towards the volcano.

As they reach the crater they realise it is actually extinct and discover that the eruption was a trick manufactured by fireworks. As they try to solve the riddle, the giant moai approaches from behind and grabs Zack. Elsewhere, the Rapanui man invokes the power of the moai, which together emit a force from their mouths that forms into the shape of the birdman. The birdman punches the moai hard, breaking it apart and revealing it to be a robot, from inside of which the archaeologist crawls out. The archaeologist had conceived the entire plan of the volcanic eruption and the walking moai in order to take precious artefacts from the island that are “protected by law” to then sell them to private collectors.

This well-illustrated Chilean produced comic-puzzle book is aimed at children and is a relatively short but engaging story covering 16 pages. At numerous points, accompanying aspects of the story, are puzzles and activities and tips on making tricks and effects, such as how to make your own miniature erupting volcano using baking soda, vinegar and water, counting how many birds are in the flock of sooty terns, and identifying a path in a maze drawn on the robot moai’s torso. On two other pages, the journey taken by Zack and Zorky to reach the crater is laid out as a game of snakes and ladders.

Throughout the comic, Rapanui culture is included, from the addition of moai Tukuturi – the only kneeling moai – to the snakes and ladders game (landing on its square the player advances by one), to petroglyphs of the birdman and Makemake and rongorongo glyphs adorning the arm bracelets worn by the robot moai. The inclusion of rongorongo is interesting and the glyphs on the cave wall are drawn with some attention to detail. It is not, however, clear if the archaeologist had manufactured the tablets or he had taken the translation to inspire his dastardly plan.

It is a shame that the Rapanui man and girl – the only two indigenous people in the comic – are presented as if they lack modern clothes and wear their traditional and ceremonial costumes every day. Here, the Rapanui man is depicted each time carrying his ao ceremonial paddle, which he uses to invoke the mana of the moai. Robots have appeared on a few occasions within moai culture and can be found, amongst others, in Gaiking (reviewed above), Where Creatures Roam (reviewed above) and Mr Magellan (reviewed above). In contrast, the crooked or evil archaeologist is an archetype of moai culture, with Caza Misterios closest to a Scooby Doo adventure, for which there was a comic (reviewed below), where the Scooby gang visited Easter Island in 2005.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Topolino
‘Topolino e l’Isola dei giganti’ [‘Topolino and the Island of Giants’]
(no.2412, 19 February 2002, Walt Disney Italia)

From the diary of Baronet Top de Tops, anthropologist and adventurer and Mickey Mouse’s distant relative. October 1933, Top de Tops, his butler and his friend Taddeo van Marten, are all sailing on a clipper towards Easter Island to investigate the mystery of the moai, when suddenly an underwater volcanic explosion causes a giant tsunami wave, which hits the ship. Luckily, they survive, although the ship is heavily damaged, and van Marten is now lost at sea. As they keep on sailing looking for him, de Tops and his butler manage to reach Easter Island. There, they land at Tonga Riki bay and at nearby Rano Raku they are welcomed by the locals, who start to repair the visitors’ ship. Meanwhile, van Marten, clutching on to flotsam, reaches a mysterious volcanic, deserted island.

Waiting for his clipper to be repaired, de Tops heads north on the island on a donkey in search of his friend. He reaches the moai and pauses to wonder about how and why they were built. While he is contemplating the statues, a local gathering seaweed along the coast arrives by canoe. They start to talk and the man, whom we later learn is called Rata Pipui (“he who tells his adventures in ten different ways”), reveals he has discovered a new island on his way to Mangarawa, which is 2000 km away.

De Tops immediately believes that this island is where his friend may be marooned and therefore goes back to the village to request a plane to reach the island. The next day the plane arrives, and de Tops and his new friend Pipiu fly to the mysterious island. Upon landing they find van Marten, who reveals to them that the island must have re-emerged after the undersea eruption, as the rocks are very ancient. Suddenly the place is shaken with tremors so the three decide to quickly leave, but not before van Marten has shown them something special. Located behind the many volcanic vents is a giant robot in the form of a moai, with its surface covered in spiral symbols and other engravings.

As soon as he sees the robot, Pipiu falls into a trance and starts adoring the idol, pronouncing the words “molok, molok, gondwana land of our fathers”. Tops and van Marten begin to realise that the island may in fact be what remains of the lost continent of Mu and that Pipiu may be a descendant of that ancient race. The spiral symbols on the moai, in particular one signifying the ‘Tree of Life’, all appear to support their thesis. The three fly back to Easter Island, where they can finally look for the connection between the submerged island and its moai automaton and Rapanui’s stone giants.

Ultimately it is the oldest member of Pipiu’s village who reveals to them the mystery of the island. Shortly before they sail back, they are given two magic, speaking rings. Once de Tops makes the rings spin, a voice from nowhere starts telling the story of Mu. This was once a luscious land, inhabited by peaceful and extremely advanced people, who lived alongside domesticated dinosaurs. To protect themselves from the attacks of the people of Pangea, though, they had to build the Molok and place them facing the sea to scare away their enemies. Unfortunately, a terrible volcanic eruption destroyed Mu, with the survivors ending up on Easter Island, where they built the moai to remind them of their lost home. As our protagonists leave the Island on the clipper, in the distance de Tops catches sight of a figure on a rock – it is the Pinapou, the last descendant of Mu and keeper of its lost secrets, including the ‘Tree of Life’.

Whilst not directly involving Topolino (the Italian name for Mickey Mouse) de Tops is essentially the popular Disney character, but with a moustache. The story functions through an employment of the popular fantasies of the lost Pacific continent of Mu and its perceived relation to Easter Island, as originally imagined by James Churchward in the 1890s. In keeping with the notion that the inhabitants of Mu possessed superior technological knowledge and skills (including here flying cars), the authors imagine that the moai are in fact replicas of a lost series of ancient robots. The riches of this culture are contrasted with the Rapanui of the present who are shown living in grass huts (even the police station is a primitive building) with overseas communications limited to carrier pigeons.

Disney has repeatedly turned to Rapanui for its comics, but moai imagined as robots are surprisingly rare in moai culture and have appeared in Gaiking (reviewed above) and Sonic the Comic (reviewed above). Most fascinating, in this Disney comic they acquire an added dimension of Judaica, with the moai robot with inscriptions on its body reminiscent of the Golem, protector of the Jewish people. Moreover, the name Molok has nothing to do with Rapanui culture and appears inspired by the Canaanite idolised god, Morloch.

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents

X-Force
‘Edie and Guy Finally Do It’
(no.124, March 2002, Marvel Comics Group)

An origin issue that explains the early years of the mutant Edie Sawyer (aka U-Go Girl), who has the powers of teleportation. A member of the mutant strike force, Edie is depicted teleporting her daughter, Katie, and the mutant Orphan, on a trip around the world to famous monuments and exotic and far-away places. The moai serve as just one of several iconic images on a single one-page spread that represent a whirlwind journey through space and time.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Fluide Glacial
(no.311, May 2002, Éditions Audie)

Featuring on the front cover only, this cartoon borrows from many previous examples of Easter Island humour, which takes ideas from the island's name and the exaggerated features of the moai. The Rapanui man that sits for a carver to copy his likeness has a large chin and nose which demonstrates the extremely odd appearance of anyone who could ever resemble a moai. The carving in this joke becomes a work of art modelled on a local so distinctive that the task is proving a challenge. The model has been trying to sit still for a very long time (as evidenced by the many discarded cigarettes) and the carver insists that he stops moving. In the background is another common joke of a large Easter egg that has also been carved out of stone.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Let's Go! Wonders of the World – Jo Seong Gyu
(Seoul: Sangseogak, 2003)

A young boy accompanied by a little fairy and a flying, magical encyclopaedia is taken on a trip around the world to see the numerous wonders – natural, ancient and cultural. The boy had acquired the encyclopaedia from a strange man who was selling a number of books from the side of a street. As part of this educational grand voyage, the trio arrive on Easter Island – flying on the back of the encyclopaedia – where they are amazed at the scale and nature of the moai.

The boy asks, "who made these stone statues" and "for what purpose?". The encyclopaedia replies that there is a legend that aliens were involved, but then corrects that by adding "however, research reveals that the moai were built to honour the frigate birds that come here every year". The talking encyclopaedia continues by saying that the Rapanui were able to create the moai as they were carved from porous volcanic rock and then they "transport[ed] them with ease" using logs and ropes.

The encyclopaedia relays a second "legend" about the long ears employing the short ears as slaves to make the moai. But the short ears rebelled and killed the long ears when they were ordered to "clear the island of moai". A third "legend" is that the long ears were Inca (apparently the moai with pukao look like Inca) and the enslaved short ears were Polynesian.

Designed in the style of other educational books that are common in China and Japan this South Korean adventure tries to take the young reader to a wide range of world wonders. Told entirely in terms of images, most are in the style of a comic, with a few embellished photographs scattered in between. Of the near 200 pages, six are devoted to Easter Island.

Alas, whilst the book aims to be educational it carries various mistakes about Easter Island in those six short pages. This is a concern as the book presents itself as educational and the 'facts' are reinforced within the narrative as they are communicated by a talking encyclopaedia. The moai were never built in honour of frigate birds, the long ears were not from South America (Inca) and the moai do not all look out to sea. The drawings of the moai are also largely inaccurate and seem to have been copied from older texts. Just one frame, which shows ahu Tahai, is correct.

Aaron Han Joon Magnan-Park and Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Balade Balade [Ride Ride]
(created by Kokor [aka Alain Koch]; Issy-les-Molineaux: Editions Vents d'Ouest, April 2003)

The Earth announces to the four corners of the universe that it is up for sale. A small alien is interested, but first he wants to see the extent and validity of what he would be buying. He travels to Earth, where he is met by a real estate agent, Sullivan Vilette, who suggests they fly over the lands by helicopter. The alien wishes to take a more serene approach and asks that they journey around the world on horseback. Together, in a wide-ranging adventure, they see the world for all its uniqueness and peculiarities.

Part of this world adventure includes time on Easter Island where Vilette reflects on the mysteries of the moai and the alien appears to say he has the same statues on his planet. The two voyagers rest for the night at the foot of a large moai. Vilette asks the alien if his statues also look very strange and whether they listen, as those on Easter Island do not.

As Villete and his alien client ride across the world they are deliberately drawn and depicted as a version of Cervantes' Don Quixote and Sancho Panza. The estate agent, like Don Quixote, is rhetorical in much of what he says. The alien, meanwhile, is a small tubby figure, who unlike the witty Sancho Panza, struggles to speak the language of Earth and when he does it is always said in duplicate – hence Balade Balade. In many ways, the alien is like a baby, new to the world, learning to talk, curious, innocent and naïve. A cleverly conceived comic that was published in French, Balade Balade has a distinct surrealist style, which easily incorporates the moai.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Batman Adventures
'The Balance'
(no.4, September 2003, DC Comics)

On Easter Island, Batman realisies there is an underground chamber beneath a hollow moai. Suspecting his enemy Ra’s Al Ghul is inside the chamber, he enters the hollow moai, and descends a long series of steps. Once at the bottom, it is revealed that the moai are not just stone heads, but beneath the earth they have extended full bodies complete with legs and raised hands. Batman is attacked by four men and as he battles them is struck by a tranquilizer dart fired by Ra’s Al Ghul’s daughter Talia. Waking up, Batman discovers there is a Lazarus pit (which has given immortality to Ra’s Al Ghul) in the underground chamber. He is lectured by Ra’s Al Ghul, who reveals he has been a regular visitor to Easter Island, ever since he was part of Captain Cook’s eighteenth century voyage to the Pacific. Batman is able to break free and attack Ra’s Al Ghul, who orders his henchmen to kill Batman. Talia is struck by their bullets and falls into the lazarus pit. Ra’s Al Ghul pulls her out and finds the pit has driven her mad. She attacks her father, and Batman stops her by firing at her one of her own tranquiliser darts. Batman ties up Ra’s Al Ghul and takes him away. Upon waking up, her sanity returned, Tania emerges from the chamber to find she has been left been behind. The final panel depicts her stood beside the moai, abandoned.

A very early panel, and a strong establishing shot for this comic book story, features Batman stood beside a cliff-top moai looking inland. Many of the comic book superheroes have visited Easter Island, and often in such fiction it is to find a master criminal or demonic alien whose lair is hidden within the arcane landscape. The Lazarus pit adds to the fantasy and the supposed power of this land of the moai, and evokes the lost world narratives of immortality that are found in H. Rider Haggard’s She (1887), and James Hilton’s Lost Horizon (1933). There actually is an extensive cave network on the volcanic Easter Island, but nothing as cavernous as the story’s depiction of a vast chamber. Moreover, the bodies of many of the moai have been found to be buried beneath the earth, but none are such hollow monoliths as revealed in this story.

Crucially, the comic’s narrative does not have any real relationship to the location of Easter Island. The story’s events could quite easily have taken place in an underground chamber anywhere else in the world. The character of Ra’s Al Ghul makes a small but very interesting reference to Captain Cook’s Pacific voyages, but this one brief moment does not offer any insight into either the psychology of the character or the events taking place within the comic. Batman Adventures no. 4 can be seen as another example of Easter Island being used in popular culture purely to provide an exotic or unusual location in order to give a new sheen to the generic events of the narrative.

Peter Munford

Jump to contents

Munukata Kyōju Ikōroku [The Case Records of Professor Munakata]
'Chapter 11: The Sarutahiko Project'
(Tokyo: Shogakukan, 2004)

Professor Munakata is approached by Hashiba Hideyoshiro, a managing director of the San'oh Tourism company. Hashiba asks Munakata for his knowledge of the widespread belief in the Shinto god Sarutahiko, that has proven difficult to define. Munakata explains that Sarutahiko is known as the herald that appeared to Niniji, the heavenly grandson of the sun goddess, in order to guide him to Earth before becoming caught on a shell in the ocean and drowning. Sarutahiko had a metre-long nose and stood between 2 to 10 metres tall.

As Hashiba takes Munakata to his ship, they also meet Imibe who tells Munakata that whilst Sarutahiko is believed to be a 'herald', the legends may instead be referring to a 'cape' as there are a number of geographical markers with long stretches of land like noses, that could have helped guide ancient fleets of ships. Hashiba states that he has been doing his own research into Imibe's theory, as the ship reaches Niigata.

At Niigata, it is revealed that Hashiba is restoring ruins along the shores of Japan as he believes Sarutahiko may have been an 8-metre tall structure or idol that people could see from the sea, guiding them to shore. They then travel to Kukedo of Kaga, the birthplace of Sarutahiko where they meet Imibe's brother, Shoichiro, who has erected an elephant-like 8-metre structure of the god (funded by San'oh Tourism), arguing that this is the most logical explanation for the god's long nose.

Shoichiro also reveals his theory that Sarutahiko was a god of borders, standing on shores and capes, announcing a province to outsiders travelling by sea. He suggests that the moai of Easter Island may have had a similar purpose along with other Polynesian idols such as those on Hawai'i and Hiva Oa, therefore revealing an ancient custom of creating border gods throughout the Pacific region. Hashiba tells Munakata that he plans to erect other statues of Sarutahiko in Japan, which would "open up a path from the Japanese roots to the South Pacific". He also plans to create a boat cruise to all the destinations containing the so called 'border gods' and will therefore fund Shoichiro's research.

During the Niigata excavations, however, a cave filled with bones is discovered, leading Munakata to realise that the gods were not erected to welcome outsiders and guide the way but instead intimidate them in order to keep out disease. He reflects on the Rapanui, many of whom died with the arrival of Europeans who brought with them their diseases; later, many more died following disease that was transmitted during their enslavement by the Peruvians. With Sarutahiko possibly having such a dark image, Shoichiro expects Hashiba's funding to cease yet the news of a new strain of influenza in Asia cancels the plans for a cruise tour anyway. Reflecting on the moai and the fact they had been built before Rapanui's discovery by outsiders, the Professor proposes that disease may instead have been spread by birds. The birdman cult of the Rapanui is therefore deemed problematic. The wooden Sarutahiko accidentally goes up in flames as the characters watch until it finally plunges into the sea.

Created by the well-known manga writer Hoshino Yukinobu, this series follows Professor Munakata, an anthropology professor from Tokyo who specialises in myths and legends, as he works out the correlation of the ancient stories with actual events and places in history. There is therefore an educational element to the stories. The first Professor Munakata adventure was published in 1996. In 2009-2010, there was a return to the character for Professor Munakata's British Museum Adventure, which was promoted in a series of events at the institution.

The idea that the moai had been created to frighten away birds had previously been explored in the novel Motu-Iti (reviewed below). Despite the educational appearance there is a notable degree of fantasy and free-thinking to the manga as observed in the reimagining of the long row of moai at ahu Tongariki, as a supposed island defence.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

Mahōtsukai Kurohime [Magic User Kurohime]
'Chapter 7: Asura Part 2'
(Tokyo: Shonen Jump, 2004)

Asura, a fire demon, appears before Kurohime and Zero and tells them she has come to help lift Kurohime's curse. She tries to help Kurohime defeat the 'Mountain God Moai' – a floating moai with an elongated head who throws large shards of rock– but is told to stay out of the way. Kurohime destroys the moai by wrapping him in chains, cutting off his large forehead and then shattering the rest of the head with her sword. Meanwhile, Asura rescues Zero from the falling rocks.

The moai god returns in his second form, this time as two conjoined colossal mountains with moai faces and humanoid limbs. "The real battle begins now!", declares Kurohine, "the power within that mountain is moai's! But the power outside that mountain is not in his grasp". Yet again, Kurohime destroys the foe and the rock monster, now just a feeble frame with a moai head, tries to escape. Kurohime tells Asura to assist her, taking her powers in order to kill the mountain god for good. After the battle, Asura tells the others that her master lives in a far-off land and needs their help.

Kurohime is a manga series written by Masanori Katakura that ran from 2002 to 2011. It follows the titular character as she attempts to kill all of the gods, after they took her powers away from her ten years before and split her into two beings. Throughout the manga, Kurohime changes bodies from an 8-year-old to an adult by regaining her abilities via the power of love. She achieves this with the help of Zero, a young man Kurohime saved before she was divided by the gods, as well as other characters she meets on her journey.

The use of the moai as a mountain god allows the figure to become an immense force of nature, whilst also functioning as a primordial form. Both of the moai's powerful forms highly exaggerate the physical image of the statues. The weakened moai, in contrast, is missing half its face, which along with its feeble body gives it a pitiful appearance.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

Kinnikuman Nisei: Kyuuyoku no Choujin Tag Hen [Kinnikuman Nisei: The Ultimate Choujin Tag Arc]
(Tokyo: Shueisha, 2004-2011)

Kinnikuman is a manga created by Takashi Shimada and Yoshinori Nakai, a creative partnership named Yudetamago (Boiled Egg). Beginning in 1979, the Kinnikuman series follows the titular character, Suguru Kinniku, nicknamed Kinnikuman, on his antics as a very poor superhero from outer space living in Japan. Starting as a gag series, Kinnikuman eventually shifts into a wrestling manga, following Kinnikuman’s journey towards inheriting the throne of Planet Muscle. Later it was adapted into a television anime and a series of short feature films, which includes Kinnikuman: Justice Superman vs Ancient Superman (reviewed above).

A wrestling character, Moaiman, appeared in the original manga series. Hailing from Chile, Moaiman belongs to a faction of superhumans known as the Perfect Choujin. While his initial appearance was simply as a background character, he eventually gains more importance later in the story. Kinnikuman Nisei is a sequel series, focused on Mantaro Kinniku, son of Suguru Kinniku. Its final arc was a separate serialisation called Kinnikuman Nisei: The Ultimate Choujin Tag Arc, which lasted from 2004 to 2011, in which Mantaro and company are thrown back in time, to fight alongside his father and other legends to save the future from evil beings calling themselves Time Choujin.

Appearing in this arc is another character, a Justice Choujin called Moaidon. He takes part in the tag team tournament alongside Ortega, with their team called the Carpet Bombings. Despite being completely made of stone, the mouth on Moaidon’s torso is fully able to open and close, which he uses to his advantage to capture and crush opponents.

Jump to contents

Ultraman Tiga
'Return of the Warrior'
(April 2004, Dark Horse Books)

In the year 2049, Earth comes under a new wave of attacks from kaiju eiga (colossal creatures) from space beyond. An international coalition defence force based in Japan is tasked with tackling these creatures, with the first appearing in Outer Mongolia and the second near Easter Island. The latter is identified as Melba, a winged creature which picks up a ship in its talons off the island's coast, before crashing it down amongst a group of moai. Ultraman Tiga comes to the rescue as the all-powerful 100-foot tall superhero that will save Earth from destruction.

Collecting together into one book in English a four-part comic, the front cover presents images of the moai, despite the fact Easter Island appears on just two inside pages. The popular appeal of Easter Island apparently lends itself to sensational covers featuring giants and mighty alien invaders. Ultraman is highly popular in countries such as Japan and Hong Kong, and especially with younger children, but it has never managed to match the global success of the more internationally known Godzilla. First produced in 1966 as a Japanese television series, with Ultraman Tiga appearing in 1996, this superhero has gone through different character types with versions allowing him to harness energy from fellow combatants and to grow in size in a style that predates the Power Rangers.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Walt Disney's Donald Duck and Friends
'Not distant enough'
(no. 317, July 2004, Gemstone)

Donald Duck's nephews complain to their uncle that they are bored, so he gives them a task in the garden – removing stones. "But that's no fun", the nephews object, to which Donald answers, "the fun is where you find it!". The nephews agree and commence the work. The next day, it emerges that the nephews have found whilst digging in the yard a huge moai-like head buried in the soil. "You were right unca Donald! Digging out stones is fascinating work!" – they declare. Donald is not happy with the mess and becomes even less so when Sholto, "a distant cousin" and "an anthropologist at Goosetown University", appears on the spot.

"Eureka!!! I was right!!!" – Sholto shouts when he first sees the carving. He explains that it confirms his theory on first Duckburg settlers coming from Arbor Day Island. "Only one question remains – how did they get here?!", he adds. "Simple! In a mud boat!", says Sholto's colleague, Professor Grabgrant, who joins the discussion. Sholto questions this assumption, and the professors enter into an argument. Grabgrant forces Sholto to go to Arbor Day Island and build a mud boat to check his hypothesis. Sholto is afraid he is not able to tackle the journey on his own and asks Donald and the nephews to join him. They agree after Sholto reveals that "there's a fifty-thousand dollar prize for proving who first settled this area".

The protagonists land at Arbor Day Island, and find many moai-like carvings similar to the one in their yard. They also see a "nono" bird, a "species of rail unique to this island", and define it as "an odd-looking duck". Sholto and Grabgrant with their teams separate so that each can try and build a decent boat. Sholto, Donald, and the nephews attempt to use the nono's feathers as boat material, but soon realise that "nonos are nonaquatic fliers". They decide to move on and try grass, but that boat does not pass the test either – in the water, the team encounters a vegetarian shark, "another animal unique to Arbor Day Island", which eats the boat. Having fallen into the water, Donald asks Sholto, "Any other peculiar fauna you forgot to mention? A duck-eating octopus, perhaps?".

Grabgrant offers to give everyone "a lift back to Duckberg" in his newly-built mud boat, meaning that he wins the argument. Sholto is upset and disappointed in his professional capacities as an anthropologist. But shortly after boarding Grabgrant's boat, one of the nephews finds out it is not really made of mud, but from wood and fibreglass and covered with mud coloured paint. Sholto refuses to become "a party to scientific fraud", and Grabgrant throws him, Donald, and the nephews off the boat. When the team makes it back to the island, a nono bird attacks Donald. To protect himself, Donald spontaneously lifts one of the face carvings and locks the bird inside this hollow figure. Surprised by his own act, he exclaims: "Oh boy! What's going on here? How'd I even lift that thing?" Sholto notices that not only the carving is hollowed out, but also made of pumice, and he celebrates the discovery.

At Duckburg, Grabgrant is presented with a cheque for "proving that early settlers to this area have come from Arbor Day Island" in mud boats. Sholto appears and debunks this, explaining: "That boat isn't made of mud! […] The first settlers arrived from Arbor Day Island in stone boats!", followed by Donald and the nephews docking their pumice boat. The cheque for the discovery is transferred to Sholto. He decides to pass it on to "a very special friend" who helped him, and donates the money to the "save the nono" society.

In this comic, Arbor Day Island is a fictional 'twin' of Easter Island, with both named after holidays and the former a US festivity that promotes the planting of trees (relevant to Rapanui, where the trees were cut down). The stone figures in this comic are abstract versions of the moai bearing sharply pointed noses, but there are enough associations between them and those on Rapanui, with these head shaped carvings also positioned around the perimeter of an island with no trees: "boat-building facilities look rather scarce", says one of the nephews. Moreover, these hollow moai that can be turned into ocean-going craft are similar in concept to the Rapanui boats, which served as rooves for boat-shaped homes when not in use.

Most importantly, the storyline connects with Thor Heyerdahl's ocean expeditions and his attempts to prove the methods of voyaging of the early Rapanui settlers. Integrated into the comic are aspects of Heyerdahl's journeys, where the crew discovered the snake-mackerel fish species and spotted a rare whale shark. In the comic, this is translated into "peculiar fauna" and a vegetarian shark encounter. The Nono, meanwhile, is borrowed from the Indian Ocean and the island of Mauritius, where the dodo, a now extinct flightless bird, was once found.

Kseniia Kalugina

Jump to contents

Seaguy
‘The Wasps of Atlantis’
(no.2, August 2004, Vertigo/ DC Comics)

Seaguy and his companion Chubby, a floating tuna fish who hates water, have escaped by boat from the Mickey Eye theme park, chased by agents with giant eyeball heads. Xoo cola is a new drink and Seaguy had drunk from a can from which a frightened living product emerged. Called Xoo, this bio-engineered pink food and drink product, which has been designed to control consumers and make them happy, has become sentient and is now a wanted creature. At the start of issue number 2, Seaguy, Chubby and Xoo arrive at Easter Island and attempt to disguise themselves from the special agents who have arrived in eyeball-shaped helicopters. Dotted around Easter Island are moai heads actively smoking cigarettes, with discarded fags littering the landscape. The moai can talk and are not happy to have their peaceful existence disturbed. After the agents leave, it turns out Seaguy had provided the cigarettes to buy the moai’s support in hiding out.

Three issues make up this first series of Seaguy, which was created as a reaction to the style and direction, design and domination of contemporary comics. The Disney empire is also within the sights of Seaguy’s creators, with Mickey Eye a big-brother styled omnipotent corporate power, represented by giant eyeballs, that operates a theme park and produces television animation that seduces, terrifies and captures its consumers.

Seaguy is an unlikely looking superhero in a wetsuit and snorkel mask. He craves adventures, beyond his Venice Beach home where he plays chess against Death. From Easter Island to Atlantis and finally the Moon, where Seaguy encounters an ancient Egyptian lunar civilisation ruled by a mummy, the stories are bizarre and surreal, where anything is possible. Here, the moai are anthropomorphised by not only giving them speech but also the desire to smoke. They are characterised across the first four pages of this issue as chain-smokers, casually relaxing upon the hilly landscape of Easter Island looking out to sea. “We’re trying to have a quiet smoke here”, one declares, “bothering nobody till you came along”.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Hexxers
'Savage Freaks of Cannibal Island'
(2005, Untamed Comics/ Golly Gee Records)

Mr C accompanied by his "faithful manservant", Big Tiki Dude, has been traveling everywhere trying to find the Hexxers, a legendary band of musicians that disappeared when their plane went missing in Polynesia. In a desire to sign the band and become a great music promoter, Mr C's journeying has become an obsession. They travel to Cannibal Island following reports of unearthly music, where they learn from two talking shrunken heads, the former managers of the Hexxers, that the band were eaten by the cannibals.

Mr C and Big Tiki Dude decide to stay the night to secretly watch the cannibal leader Dambala and his band perform the 'Ritual of the Savage', a cult rock concert embellished with bones and skulls. Dambala and his band is persuaded by an impressed Mr C to travel to the USA to perform as the Hexxers. They first cut a studio album, which is "greeted by rave reviews", leading to stardom and Hexxermania.

A rival music promoter, Omar, who had been searching for the lost band in the Himalayas is angry and envious of the success of the Hexxers. He circulates to the press the fact that the band members are actually cannibals, which creates a moral backlash, a loss of endorsements and an investigation by the FBI, but it also further fuels Hexxermania. So, Omar manufactures a fake competition for a lucky fan to meet the band. Teenager Tammy wins the chance to meet her heroes but instead Omar kills her, with the blame put on the Hexxers, who are arrested by the police. In an attempt to get to the truth Mr C and Big Tiki Dude use strong-arm tactics and eventually find Omar with Tammy still alive but captive. Whilst performing a concert to the prisoners in the state penitentiary the Hexxers are told they are innocent and free to leave. Omar is sent to the electric chair and the Hexxers record their second studio album.

A promotional comic issued by Golly Gee Records in support of the actual band the Hexxers and their 2005 album "Buried Alive!" (see review below), the story functions within a union of garage punk and tiki culture. From the latter it borrows shrunken heads, a Polynesian island and a walking talking moai: a heavy in a sharp suit and a "reject from Easter Island", who accompanies the driven businessman Mr C. Unsurprisingly, this moai has a bone-crushing handshake, is good with his fists and is employed to kick down doors (and dig graves).

It is unfortunate that the Polynesian island is explicitly associated with cannibalism and its natives depicted as savages and freaks. The design of the comic is deliberately crude and heavy in a black pen and ink style that is reminiscent of the adult comics of Robert Crumb.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Horrible Histories Collection
'The Terrific Pacific'
(no.56, 2005, Eaglemoss Publications)

Horrible Histories, which began as a book series in 1993, and was an animated television series by 2001, combines education and humour for a young audience. The title for this issue is the Pacific but Polynesia would be more accurate as the vast majority of its content addresses that region. In particular, the comic focuses on the Maori of New Zealand and the moai and Rapanui of Easter Island, which features on the front cover where the simple humour centres on the extended heads.

As expected of the Horrible Histories franchise the ideas are creative and colourful and the British-styled humour an endless stream of silly puns (and some of it quite political) that fills practically every frame – for instance, the moai heads are a "headache" and another is described as "stone hearted". There are, however, some horrendous mistakes with a map indicating New Zealand as part of Micronesia, and another frame stating that the Europeans took the islanders as slaves. In fact, the research for this comic is sloppy and lacking in the educational strengths that the franchise has exhibited elsewhere. Easter Island dominates three pages with one a double-spread that seems more interested in the social collapse, inter-tribal warfare and the supposed cannibalism that followed. Some statements are deeply problematic such as "[t]he ordinary islanders were so hungry that they killed and ate all the fat folks!" and that the "thinnies" crushed the "fatties" under toppled moai.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Walt Disney's Mickey Mouse and Friends
(no.275, March 2005, Gemstone)

This is the fourth of five comics that Gemstone devoted to placing Disney characters on Easter Island. Seemingly still inspired by the stone carvings, the creators of this comic feature the moai on the cover for the second time (after Uncle $crooge Adventures no.3; January 1988). Whereas that cover presented the moai as monolithic figures of wonder, Walt Disney's Mickey Mouse and Friends has a more humorous take, akin to single frame cartoons, with a moai re-imagined as a proud carving of Mickey’s dim-witted friend Goofy. His elongated chin protrudes far more than the impressive chin of a facing moai, and he glows in a golden light that suggests he is of greater importance. Mickey the tourist with camera ready is startled to discover this island honour in a fiction that does not venture beyond the cover, with no supporting story inside.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Walt Disney's Donald Duck and Friends
'The Easter Mystery'
(no. 326, April 2005, Gemstone)

It is Easter time, and Donald Duck's nephews anticipate the Easter bunny bringing coloured eggs to their garden. They realise that no one has ever seen the Easter bunny, question if it is a rabbit at all and together with Donald Duck decide to hide at night under the garden bushes to figure out who is behind this character. Once the Easter bunny shows up, Donald Duck initiates the plan to grab him, but instead collides with Scrooge McDuck. Scrooge is more interested in selling Easter eggs and therefore perceives the free-giving bunny as unhealthy competition. He also aspires to catch the Easter bunny, but it flies away on its cart pulled by geese. Scrooge McDuck, Donald Duck and the nephews hop on Scrooge's new plane to give chase.

The protagonists see the Easter bunny landing and discover they are at Rapanui. "Heh! Now where else would the Easter bunny live but… Easter Island!", says one of the nephews, adding "I think we can be pretty sure we've come to the right place! Heh, heh!". Down below, the moai are surrounded by coloured eggs, and the protagonists assess the isolated environment with its silent stone carvings to be "a spooky place".

Donald Duck suddenly falls into an underground mine, and the rest of the gang join him, whereupon they learn the reason why the bunny hides eggs in people's yards: Henrietta, his over-productive hen, lays millions of eggs once a year, which the bunny cannot make use of alone /eat all by himself. Scrooge buys the hen from the Easter bunny, but fails to fly it off the island as all the eggs that are still being laid by the hen have overwhelmed the plane. Realising the impracticalities of his acquisition, Scrooge gives the hen back to the bunny. Under the gaze of the moai, the Easter bunny dashes off to finish his Easter errands, whilst the protagonists fly back to Duckburg.

In this comic, the association of Easter Island with the Easter holidays and the receiving of Easter eggs is at the core of one long running gag that structures the story. Dutch explorer Jacob Roggeveen encountered Rapanui on Easter Sunday, 5 April 1722, and renamed the place Easter Island. This has led to popular culture, and especially cartoons, reimagining the island as the home of the Easter bunny and the location of a horde of Easter eggs. The impact is such that Easter Island has almost become the home of the Easter bunny in much the same way that Santa Claus is believed to reside at the North Pole.

The focus of the story is on the bunny, his hen and his eggs, leaving the moai to appear in several frames as background images looking out to sea. However, for a children's comic, it is noteworthy that one frame includes a rock carving of tangata manu/ the birdman as can be seen on the island at Orongo. The story originally appeared in French in 2000 (reviewed above) and was republished in Greek in 2009 (reviewed below).

Kseniia Kalugina

Jump to contents

Scooby-Doo! World of Mystery: Chile - Easter Island
'Who's a Big-Head?!'
(no.26, 2005, De Agostini)

The gang are invited to Easter Island to investigate the apparition of a ‘birdman’, who appears to be interfering with the research of Professors Smith and Jones. Together with Professor Smith, the gang set off to explore a cave but the birdman halts them at the entrance. Soon after, they discover nearby a rongorongo tablet featuring a lost language, which back at the centre becomes the subject of an argument between the two professors about research methodologies. The gang return to where they last saw the birdman and discover that the moai on which he was standing is hollow, has a trapdoor, and is made of fibreglass. The birdman suddenly appears again at the site where Professor Smith discovers another rongorongo tablet. The birdman then disappears, but the gang suspect he is inside the moai, and tip it over, exposing Professor Jones as the villain. He had planted fake rongorongo tablets on the island with the aim of simplifying the decipherment of the language, and he had dressed as the birdman to draw attention to their placement. Leaving the two researchers to argue about their scientific abilities, the gang drive off to their next adventure.

Intended to educate young readers about different global cultures, this comic is part of a series that each issue is focused on specific heritage sites and famous places around the world. To a degree, it is accurate, mentioning most noticeably the existence of a birdman - although this figure remains undeveloped, and he appears largely as a man in a bird costume that is a fantasy of the original. The comic has also clearly done some basic research into rongorongo, emphasising the intense research world of the few specialists of this undeciphered language, who are all desperately trying to crack the writing system. Within the story, there is the correct assertion that "natives never had metal tools", and that Ana Kai Tangata means the "cave where men are eaten".

In contrast to its educational aims, there are other parts to the comic that reveal its entertainment value. In a style similar to the successful Horrible Histories, the comic connects with the unique environment of Easter Island with rongorongo inspired puns such as "Rightorighto!", and moai humour that includes "talking heads", "big-headed", "head start", "headache", and "two heads are better than one".

Of the Myths of Easter Island the moai are most dominant. Fewer comic books have engaged with the myths of the rongorongo tablets and fewer still with the birdman cult. For those reasons this comic is rather exceptional. However, it is a shame that the birdman, in particular, is so exploited within this Scooby story. Later in the comic there is a 'Velma's Fab Facts' page that establishes some information about the birdman and the annual race for the egg of the sooty tern, providing a useful mini context. That said, for the purposes of this comic, the birdman is little more than an excuse to establish another Scooby mystery in which a villain in a costume needs to be exposed.

Patricia Porumbel

Jump to contents

Les Voyages d'Anna [The Voyages of Anna]
(Emmanuel Lepage; text: Sophie Michel; conception drawings: Vincent Odin; Paris: Galerie Daniel Maghen, 2005)

Young Anna, a solo female traveller voyages around the world from Egypt to Antarctica across a series of adventures spanning seventeen years. She spends three years on Easter Island, arriving from Peru in March 1894, with this part of the book covering 10 pages. Anna recounts her travels to Jules Toulet, a famous painter who had accompanied her for part of the trip. During her time on Easter Island, Anna becomes closely involved with the Rapanui. She tells Jules that she fell in love with an islander and became pregnant, though the child does not survive. In a letter dated March 1894, she writes, “I had my longest experience of family life. Orongo and its inhabitants became everything to me. Love gave me the space that was missing on this little piece of land”.

A French language bande dessinée, this sumptuous publication is dominated by illustrations, many spreading across double A4 sized pages. Its design is part diary, part scrapbook with postcards included, part sketchbook and part collection of completed artworks/ watercolours. The images offer a romanticised view of the moai in addition to the description of the Rapanui that Anna came to consider her family. One painting in particular shows a moai part submerged in the sea, from which a woman is diving into the serene water. This portrayal of the island and Rapanui people is in stark contrast to the other examples of representations found in many comic books. Instead of being erased or reduced to minor roles, the Rapanui are integral to Anna’s experience and the focus is very much on the human element of the island rather than the moai.

In depicting a woman travelling to Easter Island, Anna’s journey recalls that of Katherine Routledge. Although Routledge travelled to the island with her husband, she is often solely credited as beginning the first survey of Easter Island, for which she interviewed the Rapanui people and excavated the moai. During her seventeenth months on the island, Routledge developed a close relationship with her interpreter, Juan Tepano, as well as his mother who was her closest female informant on the island.

The illustrations accompanying Anna’s entries are filled with ships and boats that emphasise a golden age of travel to places of wonder. Many of the images also foreground the faces of local people and the book is populated with sketches of portraits and ethnographic detail. Celebrated artist Emmanuel Lepage, who is an avid traveller, devised the book, with his wife Sophie Michel providing the text.

Jennifer Wagner

Jump to contents

Vaero Roa
(text and illustrations: Te Pou Huke, October 2006, Rapanui Press)

It is a time of peace on Rapanui and in Akahanga the clan Nga Ure works hard to build an extension to the ahu/ platform for their moai. As the day’s work ends, Vaero Roa has no time to chat with his clan-folk as he needs to reach the sea before the tide rises to catch a fish. For he is a good fisherman and he plans to take his catch with him to his grandmother’s home as an offering. After patiently waiting to harpoon his chosen fish he arrives at his grandmother’s home with the prey at the perfect time as she has just lit a fire; she is proud of her grandson and grateful for his gift, for which he is blessed. She feels it is the right time to give Vaero a very special gift that is handed to him in a pouch. He is told to now prepare a curanto meal that includes a white chicken and seafood and to then wait for the sun to set. Vaero is yet to open the pouch but he has a feeling that something important is about to happen.

Upon opening the pouch Vaero finds inside an exquisite talisman carved in the shape of a turtle, which he places around his neck. At that moment it shines and emits an incredible force, with a voice instructing him to “free you mind and let yourself be guided by the power of the talisman”. Vaero thinks he may be hallucinating as from afar an old man carrying a rongorongo tablet and riding a giant bird flies down - he states he is “the messenger of the supreme kings” and calls himself “God-Man”. With the dinner to welcome him, the messenger says he is there to give to Vaero any knowledge that he desires. He also conveys that the rongorongo tablet that he clasps is “the key to all knowledge”. Vaero says he wishes to know about the histories and legends of his people and of the time before they arrived on Rapanui. The old man praises Vaero’s enthusiasm and interest in his culture, for which he “will be rewarded”. But first they must eat.

After the meal, the old man begins his story in the time before Rapanui and with the kings that lived on the island of Hiva. Pointing to the glyphs on the rongorongo tablet he says that it records the various kings who ruled that island, as well as the five spiritual advisers, who guided the first king, Oto Uta, through their ability to see into the future. One such advisor, Moe Hiva, foresaw a catastrophic tidal wave that would destroy the island of Hiva. The other four advisors read the skies for clues and concurred that very difficult times lay ahead. The king was advised accordingly, but the prophecy did not come true during the reigns of the next three rulers. In the time of king Roroi, however, many died with the ocean waves swamping the land.

A new king emerged, Ataranga, who instructed his people to cut down trees and build canoes in the search for new land, but years went by without a new place being found. A later king, Ta’ana, asked his trusted servant, Te Ta’anga, to build a boat to be navigated by his three able sons, Nui, Iti and Kao Kao, to find the new land. Te Ta’anga, however, betrayed the king and told his sons that if they found a new place they should stay there and not return. The three sons discovered Rapanui and followed their father’s instructions to remain. As a punishment the king transformed them into the three rocky outcrops just off the Rapanui coast. The king was vey sad at the betrayal but he ordered a new and greater boat to be built, which was called Ruhi. By now the king was old and as he passed away he was replaced by his son, Matu’a.

Matu’a had a son, Hotu, who as a child showed great interest in the boat under construction. When Matu’a died, Hotu, now a young man, was given the responsibility of continuing the quest and leading his people to safety. Hotu’s brother, Oroi, was not chosen to be the successor of Matu’a, as he was obviously evil. A great spiritual man, Haumaka, who used to advise Matu’a, one night had an out of body experience. As he slept, his spirit flew within the astral plane, over the great waters of the Pacific, whereupon he found Rapanui. Realising this would be the ideal new home he set about naming the different important geographical parts of the island. Haumaka’s spirit then returned to his sleeping body. But it is at this point the old man stops telling Vaero the story, saying it is now too late and he is tired. Vaero is a little frustrated, as he wants to know more and especially the mysteries of his turtle talisman. The old man tells Vaero that the talisman is very powerful and contains “eternal wisdom”. He also says that he will continue to act as Vaero’s guide in life.

A pioneering publication, Vaero Roa was the first available comic or fiction novel written by a Rapanui, moreover the first published commercially by the island. In that context it is extremely important, and highlights the significant work of illustrator and storyteller Te Pou Huke. The illustrations may appear a little unrefined, but the story told from a Rapanui perspective shows how the legends and histories of the island differ from the obsessions present in western fiction. The moai are no longer central to the narrative, and nor are the myths of their creation, movement or power. How they were built and moved is not a concern for this comic. Furthermore, unlike so many foreign comics, the Rapanui are not displaced or absent but present throughout. A young man who cares for his grandmother, is told about the past by a spiritual elder, who praises the youth for his interest in his people, their history and culture. It is clear that the comic (backed by a glossary of Rapanui words) has an educational function, with a respect for ancestors and ancestry, identity, family and community communicated as essential values. Unlike other fiction in which Hotu Matu’a is the king that led to the discovery of Rapanui, this comic is keen to make distinct a lineage of kings that all led to the final quest and which stretches back much further in time. The history of the Rapanui is therefore established as much deeper and ingrained in traditions, commitments and cultural artefacts to be passed down from one generation to another.

Te Pou Huke said he wanted to “make graphic the adventures of my clan with the aim of spreading the word and preserving it, linking art, culture and entertainment”. For him, the comic became like a film, a visual expression of the oral stories for which he says he “invoked spirits” to help him “find a way to express his art”. The result was an attempt to find a balance between legend and history, following both knowledge and research and the stories passed down through time. There are fascinating comparisons to be made here with the three part Varua Rapa Nui comics – which are also Rapanui publications – and that began in 2012 with El hundimiento de Hiva (reviewed below). Varua Rapa Nui also turns to the histories of the island, the ancestors, spirits, traditions and legends, but the comics are filled with loss and tragedy, death and demise. In contrast, Vaero Roa shows purposefulness, life and continuity.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Myx Stripmagazine
(no.42, March 2007, Edollandia)

Running between 2003 and 2008, this glossy Dutch magazine featured an eclectic group of cartoons and comic strips. The cover for issue 42 connects with just one page of humour inside, with both employing standard cartoon approaches to the moai. Re-imagining the moai of Easter Island as bunny rabbit statues is a common idea, whilst the cartoon inside extends the location and employs the myth of movement. Here, the moai are seen patiently waiting on a hillside until one checks his wristwatch. Down below, by the edge of the coast, another moai appears from a house and shouts "food". The final frame has a group of moai indoors enjoying the company, food and wine. In a fantasy in which the indigenous people are entirely removed, the humanised moai become the local population, whose job it is to stand motionless during the day as statues…and until it is time to end their day's work.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Gli enigmi di Topolino [Mickey Mouse Mysteries]
'Zio Paperone e il tesoro di Pasqua' ['Scrooge McDuck and the Easter Treasure']
(no.1, April 2007, The Walt Disney Company Italia)

It is the Easter holidays. Scrooge McDuck has bought a map to a treasure buried on an Easter egg-shaped island, aptly called Easter Island. Accompanied by Donald Duck and Huey, Dewey and Louie, he promptly departs in search of this mysterious treasure. According to the lore, the treasure belonged to Kon Tiki, the son of the Aztec Sun God, who reached Rapanui after many days at sea.

As they land on the island, they are welcomed by a number of big-nosed, moai-like statues. While exploring the island, they come across Professor Kappellus, an archaeologist and glottologist who is trying to decipher some mysterious signs and glyphs which he terms "rongo rongo". After carefully looking close at each statue, the three little ducks notice a trap-door right under the shadow cast by the nose of one of the moai. However, as they open it they fall into a tunnel, landing several meters underground.

Here, they are taken prisoner by some big-nosed men who speak an apparently incomprehensible language, which is assumed to be the rongorongo language Kappellus was trying to decipher. The men take Scrooge and Donald prisoners, but the latter are soon freed by Huey, Dewey and Louie. The fugitives manage to return to the surface but are chased by the big-nosed men. Once more, they run into Professor Kappellus who explains to them that the Pasquini (Easter Men or Pascuan), as the inhabitants of the Island are called, are by no means dangerous but love to play harmless pranks on unknowing visitors. Kappellus also informs Scrooge that the treasure is buried at the bottom of a 3-kilometre deep well which ends in an ocean full of sharks. Despite the unpleasant news, the three little ducks venture forth and manage to decipher the mysterious language of the Pasquini and of the inscriptions on the statues, which amounts to nothing more than simple, ordinary words spelt backwards. The story ends with the three young ducks being awarded a medal and an Easter egg of solid gold, by the Academy of Sciences in Duckburg.

This is one of several stories in a volume that deals with perceived historical mysteries. A brief introduction precedes each adventure providing some factual information about the story setting and the mystery explored. In the case of Easter Island, information is given on the discovery of Easter Island, on the story of the Rapanui people, and on the rongorongo glyphs. It also presents a link to the mythical Lost Continent of Mu and the imagined relationships between the moai and alien civilisation.

The story, however, does not make the most of extending the history and is more interested in humour and puns. Many other Disney comics have turned to Easter Island at Easter time to exploit the ideas of eggs (and bunnies) and this publication is no exception with its egg-shaped island and the award of a solid gold egg. There is a brief reference to Kon Tiki, which rewrites the expedition of Thor Heyerdahl within the legends of the Aztec, but it is the engagement with rongorongo which is most valuable, playfully introducing the glyphs to a young readership. The glyphs are presented as silly drawings and meaningless sounds, or as backward spelt words such as etrom (read as morte, which means death) or itturb (read as brutti, which translates as ugly), giving children access to a puzzle which in reality remains unsolved but within popular culture is within reach. These Disney stories are repeatedly drawn to holes, tunnels, secret doors and secret caves around Easter Island, with the idea appearing also in Walt Disney's Uncle $crooge Adventures (reviewed above), Walt Disney's Donald Duck Adventures (see the review above), and Walt Disney's Donald Duck and Friends (see the review above).

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents

John Woo's 7 Brothers
(vol.1, June 2007, Virgin Comics)

Seven men from different countries, who are the descendants of a benevolent sorcerer, are brought together in modern-day Los Angeles. There, in a skyscraper boardroom, they are compelled to band together to help save the world from an ancient prophecy that spans seven centuries. Long before the explorers of accepted history books, a great fleet of Chinese ships travelled the world in search of treasure and managed to reach every continent. Travelling with them was a powerful Chinese sorcerer, called Son of Hell, and the explorers inadvertently created an opportunity for him for future world domination. Criss-crossing the world are ‘dragon lines’; the elemental energies of the Earth contained along lines of power. Wherever the great fleet stopped they placed control stones at each intersection of the dragon lines. It is through these lines of immense natural power and the controlling stones that the now awakened sorcerer will be able to possess the world. In order to complete this power, the Son of Hell organises teams to place the final stones at the intersections. These include teams travelling under the sea, to snowy mountain peaks, the North Pole and Easter Island.

The five issues of this comic, which began in 2006, were collected into one volume published in 2007. Issue three takes the story briefly to Easter Island in panels that stretch across two pages. The comic draws heavily on Chinese legends and the tale of Seven Brothers with superpowers who defended the ordinary citizens of ancient China. The myths of Rapanui are absorbed into this fantasy with Easter Island established as lying at the intersection of powerful dragon lines. As in other stories, the island is a necessary component in a power-crazed evil entity’s plans for world domination. In a terrain of stone icons that have mesmerised popular fiction, the placing of a controlling Chinese stone here and at far-reaching locations across the world presents interesting ideas of Asian globalisation. The hieroglyphics on the stones are of Chinese origin, but they also resonate with rongorongo.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Rokunga
(Illustrator: Dan Rodríguez; text: Mané Escobar and Daniel Henríquez; Santiago: Ocho Libros, March 2008)

The sorcerer Kava Kava is concerned that time is running out for a prophecy to be fulfilled. Failure will mean great misfortune for the people of Rapanui. In the quarry, the islanders resume their tireless work carving from the rock, whilst the sorcerer oversees their progress making sure there are no more delays. The carvers, however, find it necessary to pause for another moment and this angers the sorcerer who hurls his “stones of destiny” and thrusts into the ground his staff which emanates immense power, throwing workers into the air. The sorcerer asserts that the carvings, through which the Rapanui will establish their memory and history, must be finished soon as demanded by their god Makemake.

In an age of the ruling clan called the Mirú, they hold power as determined by a designated tangata manu/ birdman, “who enjoyed his reign of terror, regardless of the suffering of the people”. This particular birdman thought he was invincible, until his day finally came. Traditionally, each year there is a ceremony in which men from different tribes compete for a sacred egg of the manu tara (sooty tern). The Miru have maintained their power by ensuring that their man always wins the competition – in particular giving him an advantage by letting him train during the year, whilst other competitors are required to work in the quarries. The tribes/ villagers of the other competitors have given up hope of ever winning. One day, however, an islander who does not fear the Mirú steps forward and declares that he will secure the sacred egg: his name is Rokunga.

With the arrival of the sooty tern, the birdman race begins. The competitors dive off a cliff and into the sea, faced with danger and possible death from the land (one competitor smashes into the rocks on his way down) and from the ocean (another competitor is dragged down by the tentacles of a giant sea creature), all created by Makemake. Meanwhile, the competitor representing the Mirú is breaking the rules in order to secure the win and Rokunga is falling behind, his body weakened by his constant work in the quarries. But Makemake appears to be favouring Rokunga and, as a turtle swims past, he grabs hold of its fin allowing him to speed towards the rocky islet of Motu Nui, where the sooty terns are nesting.

Rokungu is the first on Motu Nui, but the other competitors are not far behind. The others fight amongst themselves with the bigger and stronger representative for the Mirú demonstrating his might. Rokunga is the first to find a sacred egg, which he grabs before setting off back in to the ocean and to Rapanui. The others pursue him, but are killed on route by monstrous sharks. Rokunga climbs out of the sea and up a steep cliff sensing his moment of victory. But just as he is close to winning, the mighty Mirú competitor grabs hold of Rokunga’s leg. Standing above them are the tribesmen, and they express their anger at the rules that have been broken by hurling down stones that strike the Mirú competitor and send him crashing to the rocks below.

Rokunga is victorious and the reign of the Mirú is brought to an end; “from now on all the tribes will be free”, declares Rokunga, who is the new Tangata Manu and the next king of the island. But there is great tragedy to come, with the final page showing the arrival of a European galleon. The people will be divided, enslaved and die in great numbers. Those who return to the island will bring death and there will be nobody to read the sacred rongorongo tablets.

This Spanish-language comic was directly inspired by the Chilean animation short film, Rokunga: The Last Birdman (reviewed above), which was made six years earlier. It extends the film and stretches it out over 59 pages of superbly illustrated large format colour pages in a high-quality production. Motivated by the traditions and myths of the Rapanui, the story focuses on the birdman and the annual race for the sacred egg of the sooty tern.

As with the animation short film, the entire human population of the island is replaced by figures formed by the island’s wooden carvings brought alive. The sorcerer is an animated moai kavakava, as are some of the workers in the quarry. The majority of the islanders – of which there are huge numbers – and the competitors in the race are all animated birdman carvings. Of course, absent from the comic are the movements of the figures, which the film supplies with the live-action effect of rigid wooden bodies. There is, however, a significant degree of artistic licence which permits the illustrator to re-imagine some of the race competitors, and in particular the oppressive Mirú, as hyper-masculine forms in the style of the exaggerated bodies of comic book superheroes and super-villains. Such images are seemingly part of the central appeal of the comic as a decision was made to place the mighty Mirú competitor/ warrior (and not Rokunga, with his less impressive physique) on the front cover, complete with a rapa paddle in his hand.

Unlike the animation, which takes place at day and night, the comic is set in an entirely darkened world with an apocalyptic sky, where oppression and powerful forces are more evident. The moai also make more of an appearance, albeit on four pages where they are depicted as monoliths both static and alive, with functioning arms, legs and eyes. The egg of the manu tara is also embellished, with its shell bearing an imprint of the birdman petroglyph. For this publication is more than a comic; its readership is perhaps a little unclear, but it has been designed as an artwork, giving prominence to the skills of the illustrator who has creatively re-interpreted the culture of Rapanui.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Teen Titans Year One
‘In the Beginning Part Two’
(no.2, April 2008, DC Comics)

With members of the JLA – Batman, Flash, Aquaman and Green Arrow – going rogue, it is left to the very young Teen Titans in this Origins story to come together to save the day. In a series of frames, Flash is shown speeding around the world, from a city, to a beach, to Easter Island and beyond. A young Kid Flash tries to keep up with his uncle, advising Flash that “Batman’s gone bonkers!”. Flash is uninterested and declares “beat it kid!”.

Both DC and Marvel comics appear obsessed with Easter Island and seemingly insert it in narratives wherever possible. Here, Easter Island appears on one page and acts as a backdrop to Flash’s mad dash. The island is depicted as empty – except, of course, for the moai – with the implication that Flash is so wide-ranging in his global journeying that he can even reach the most ‘unreachable’ of destinations.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Sgt Frog [Keroro Gunso], Vol. 15
'Encounter 84: Fuyuki's Stone Figure' and 'Encounter 85: A Bitter Battle on a Lonely Island in a Distant Sea'
(Los Angeles: Tokyopop, May 2008)

Whilst reading a book about Easter Island, a miniature moai figure (with carvings on its back similar to moai hoa hakananai'a, held in the British Museum) lands out of nowhere on Fuyuki's bed. Placing the figure into a special machine the moai is located as having come from a very specific point on Easter Island. Fuyuki is mystified by the moai, particularly its small size and says it could be "some sort of souvenir". Fuyuki believes it should be returned to the island; Sgt Frog, an army-styled frog from outer space, thinks the small Easter Island would be "a cinch to invade". Together, these two friends fly on a supersonic jet-bike to Easter Island.

En route, they encounter challenging weather conditions, which send them crashing into the sea. Fuyuki wakes up on Easter Island and not far from the site of the three moai platforms ahu Tahai, ahu Vai Uri and ahu Kote Riku. Fearing they will be caught, as he is an intruder and Sgt Frog is "an alien!", Fuyuki hurriedly searches for his green-skinned friend. But he is too late as an unconscious Sgt Frog has already been found by a native Rapanui child.

This islander speaks in a language so foreign that Fuyuki's special badge is unable to translate. The islander holds Sgt Frog over an open fire and chants "kai, kai", the Polynesian for 'food'. By the morning the islander has disappeared. Fuyuki, carrying a sleepy Sgt Frog, traverses the island until they arrive at ahu Akivi. Suddenly, a monstrous one-eyed creature emerges looming over the moai. Sgt Frog is without his weapons and defenceless, but the duo's helplessness attracts humanoid Alisa Southerncross who battles the giant creature despite their differences in size. Alisa loses and Sgt Frog stops trying to run away to face the creature using his martial arts. Thankfully, Sgt Frog's KRR (Keroro Special Tactics Platoon) arrives in support. They establish that the creature is a "bacterial invasion organism" and attack it with laser fire.

Fuyuki and Sgt Frog follow the Rapanui child to Rano Raraku, whereupon the miniature moai starts to glow. Meanwhile, unable to defeat the creature the special platoon turns to using napalm bombs, which break the organism into many small pieces. A revived Alisa skewers the main piece on one of her devil-wings for eating: "perfectly bite-sized chunks", she declares.

The Rapanui child starts to speak in English. "The moai on this island all exist to seal the aku aku", the child explains, "I am the mana that sealed that aku aku away. I'm part of your moai". The child adds that moai taken from the island lose their power, and an aku aku subsequently is free to destroy the island. The child is revealed to be a "mana", a power with previously no shape. With the creature, or aku aku, defeated, and the miniature moai returned to the island, the mana returns to the stone figure, which glows and walks and turns towards the volcano where it disappears into the rock. As Alisa flies off, a tourist believes he has just seen tangata manu, the birdman.

This Japanese manga from 2007, featuring the popular Keroro Gunso, was first published in English in this 2008 edition. The comic book collects together a number of Sgt Frog's 'Encounters', or adventures, with numbers 84 and 85 set on Easter Island. Compared to many other comics the story reaches some way into the culture and facts of Easter Island but worryingly many are distorted, either for the sake of the fantasy or because of the flawed research of the creators. Despite adding at the end of the story a map of Easter Island, together with many 'facts' and locations marked, it would appear that this comic was created far from Easter Island, with research dependent on printed images and published knowledge – the island's only kneeling moai, Tukuturi, is captured particularly well. The unfortunate result is a jumble of well-drawn but often misunderstood aspects of Easter Island's identity. The birdman is conflated with makemake; the theft of moai hoa hakananai'a by the British in 1868, is attributed here to the Americans; Te Pito o Te Henua, is written here as Te Pito O Te Whenua, with these stones described as "monuments" and the comic asking "maybe they are the birdman's eggs?".

Despite being told the island is populated, just one islander is seen, and this is a child dressed in primitive clothes far removed from the contemporary Rapanui. The later explanation, however, that this is an ancient energy force in human form may explain its depiction from the past. This Rapanui child speaks almost entirely in a form of hieroglyphics, a very loose version of rongorongo. Only a few other comics – such as Bob Morane: Les tours de cristal (1962) and Anamarama (1990) – have done this before and the effect is to render the Rapanui as foreign to the point of being completely unintelligible to any reader. Even Fuyuki's advanced translation device fails to assist. Interestingly, at one point the Rapanui child says "kai", a Polynesian word, which would be beyond most readers. Why this word is introduced and not others is curious.

Beyond Fuyuki, Sgt Frog and their team, there are just two other people on the island, tourists, one of who rightly tells Alisa off for sitting on top of a sacred moai – "they're not for climbing on!", he declares. Fuyuki is himself a tourist, in awe of an island that he had always wanted to visit. During the battle he asks the platoon of frog soldiers to "please be careful of the island's artefacts". The map at the end also acknowledges Japan's support in preserving Easter Island's heritage with the fact that a Japanese company helped with the re-erection of the toppled moai at ahu Tongariki.

Lurking within this comic is a political message, which promotes cultural heritage and preservation. The moai are not to be removed from the island, for their power would be lost, and ultimately those that have been taken need to be returned.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Aspen Splash 2008 Swimsuit Spectacular
(no.3, June 2008, Aspen Comics)

Clearly inspired by the annual collection of Sports Illustrated Swimsuit specials of photographs of bikini-clad models, Aspen Comics began their own version in 2006, which was literally illustrated/ drawn. Contributors to this issue include Michael Turner, the creator of the comic Fathom (reviewed above). These are full page hyper-real images of scantily-clad women posed in the water or on the shoreline of an exotic location. Within the realm of comics, the fantasy element can be advanced and this can be seen in the artwork of Micah Gunnell, who positions a woman atop of a sunken moai's head, as brightly-coloured fish pass by. It can be compared with the double-page illustration for The Voyages of Anna (reviewed above), which is a more romanticised image of innocence and depicts an indigenous culture. There are, in fact, no sunken moai around Easter Island, although Aspen Splash does not make the location explicit.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents





Kapitän Starbuck [Captain Starbuck]
'Das Rätsel der Osterinsel' ['The Mystery of Easter Island']
(vol.3; text & drawings: Philippe Forester; Hamburg: Carlsen Comics, December 2008)

Captain Starbuck is responsible for looking after a lad called Kichererbse (Chickpea), and forbids him to sign up to a ship in Lobster Harbor, in the State of Maine, USA. In spite of this, Chickpea signs up and shortly afterwards mysteriously disappears together with the vessel. Rumours of a sea-monster circulate and Starbuck soon becomes acquainted with the French archaeologist Euphrasius Foulard, who confirms that strange things lie dormant in the sea. Starbuck and his friends, seahorse Ralphie and the former seal Othello venture out in search of the missing boy. In the course of this they discover a ship in the Pacific Ocean, completely engulfed by algae, and when they try to come to her assistance they are attacked by fish-men who assault through electric shocks. Starbuck and his friends are able to escape but are swallowed up by a giant octopus which, as it turns out, is Foulard's flying submarine. They are now his captives and are taken to an island on which Foulard has forced slaves that have been made submissive with the aid of drugs, to work in a mountain to find the sacred priest-birds.

The search is successful and a priest-bird enclosed in a crystal is aroused by a tune played by a flute. The bird lays an egg, from which a small creature hatches that resembles a mini moai. The moai grows ever so fast and develops into an all-engulfing, destructive giant. Ralphie knows a magic spell, which, when called out, makes the giant freeze and half sink into the ground. One of the priest-birds flies back into the mountain cave and with its song awakens many more priest-birds, which in turn now bombard the fish-men with eggs. From these, hundreds of moai hatch, which grow very quickly and trample down everything. In an attempt to defend himself, Foulard awakens all the drugged captives but cannot prevent his giant octopus submarine from being destroyed by a moai, and he himself is ultimately devoured by one of the giants. In a wholesale massacre the fish-men are killed, the moai are petrified by Ralphie's magic, and an earthquake and the ensuing sea wave destroy and kill many of the characters involved in the story. Captain Starbuck and his friends, Ralphie, Othello and the young boy Chickpea, whom they had been able to retrieve, along with some of the captives, manage to survive on board a small vessel which Foulard had kept hidden away. With the tsunami, this ship ends up bang in the middle of Easter Island, surrounded by hundreds of petrified stone moai statues.

This volume first appeared in Belgium in 1991 under the title of 'Le Réveil des Oiseaux-Prêtres' (The Awakening of the Bird-Priests'), published by Editions Dupuis. The story is the third in a series of three, and it has packed in many elements which appear inspired by other fiction and legends. The sea adventures of East Coast American sailors and the fearsome sea monsters they encountered were famously dramatised by Herman Melville in his novel Moby-Dick, in which the whaling ship's first mate is called Starbuck. Some elements are strikingly reminiscent of Jules Verne, such as the crazed adventurist and his submarine in the form of a giant octopus, which is able to destroy ships and aeroplanes with its tentacles. Further nineteenth-century fiction can be identified in Starbuck's half-man half-beast companions that could have been taken from H.G. Wells's The Island of Doctor Moreau. The electrocuting fish-men appear to be the descendants of a past Atlantis/Mu-like continent, whilst the priest-birds may be associated with the birdman cult of Easter Island but they also seem to be drawn in part from the deities of Mesoamerica. The story engages significantly with the myth of creation offering a highly original fantasy that sees the moai being birthed and hatched through birds' eggs. It 'explains' both their emergence and their presence as static stone figures that have been magically frozen in time across the island landscape.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

Simpsons Comics Present Bart Simpson
(no.46, 2009, Bongo Entertainment)

The Simpsons have returned to Easter Island and the moai many times for sight gags and humorous references (see the review above). In this comic, the moai appear only on the cover and do not feature within a story inside. The cover is a joke that has appeared often before in cartoons, with a moai remodelled to promote a new icon, one that is often the carved face of a famous figure from history or popular culture. In this instance, Bart is the remodelled moai to be idolised, a "rock star" as the comic puns. Homer Simpson's reaction to his son's vandalism shows that the effort or creativity has certainly not been appreciated.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Walt Disney Komie
(no.250, April 2009)

A reprinting of the story, 'The Easter Egg Hen', that had originally appeared in French in Le Journal de Mickey (April 2000; reviewed above) and later reprinted in English as 'The Easter Mystery', for Walt Disney's Donald Duck and Friends (April 2005; see the review above). Unlike the latter, this reprint for the Greek market featured a representation of the story on the front cover. The original French publication also featured a related image on its cover but it was not as faithful to the story as this version.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Blast 1: Grasse Carcasse [Blast 1: Fat Carcass]
(Manu Larcenet; Paris: Dargaud, November 2009)

Polza Mancini, a small and obese man, alone, filthy and stinking sits in a prison cell. As he ponders silently, he looks up and perceives a large moai head behind him. He rests against its neck, thinking. All part of his inner world, the two policemen who peer through the window of his cell door can only see him sat there thinking.

The moai returns twice. The first time is when Mancini contemplates hard a new life free of constraints. At which point a huge moai appears and Mancini places his hands on its stone body and appears at peace. The second time is in the last few pages of this 200+ page comic, when Mancini sees himself transcending the elements and being able to float effortlessly in front of the colossal moai. He compares himself to the moai, which he sees as a “subtle giant”. In the final image, as Mancini sits in the police interrogation room, and declares “the truth is easier said than heard”, the giant moai looms in the background.

In this existential noirish French comic – which was titled Blast 1: Dead Weight, for its 2010 English release – the possibly deranged Mancini begins by telling the two policeman his story which involves his despair at life and his subsequent freedom and escape from civilisation into the wilderness of nature. The blast is the moment in which the incredible force of an explosion is felt and for the protagonist it is defined as the power which allows him to transcend existence and achieve perfection in life – it is the trigger to begin his new and purer life, “born again”, alone. The moai is an esoteric figure, a silent colossus on the margins of the known world, with which the protagonist feels affinity and solace. It also appears to represent a hyper-human figure and a superior form of intelligence. The Blast story continued for a total of four volumes.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

51 Delta
(2010, Arcana Comics)

Relaxing on a beach in Miami, Kirby Simon is knocked unconscious by bikini-clad identical twins, who are undercover operatives for the American government. A military plane takes him to Area 51, where Kirby's estranged father, a Professor, was working at the secret base. But he went missing three weeks before and the government urgently needs Simon younger to continue the work. In particular they need him to control his father's subjects, a group of unruly aliens that only responded to the Professor. These aliens are the "problem children" and are housed in Delta hanger. As Kirby and his guide, Sergeant Nikki Wheeler, open the doors to the hanger, a flying-car bursts forth, with aliens on board and a beer-swilling, farting, very strong female moai, called Dusty, on the back seat. They are heading for Vegas but are halted by Kirby riding a flying mobility scooter with a pink blob-like alien, called Narc, in the front basket. Kirby convinces the aliens to return to base.

During the night, Kirby is visited at the base by another alien, McQueen – a blue mist that is formed into the shape of a woman. She asks Kirby to follow her, whereupon he is formally introduced to the Delta group of aliens. Professor Simon had created a "crude dimensional gateway" through which he rescued members of galactic races. Then a few weeks ago, the dreaded Clardarians – the race that the other aliens had been trying to escape from - tried to arrive through the gateway. The Professor fought back and with his last shot of his space gun destroyed the controls to the gateway shutting it down. But the Professor was gone, lost on the other side. With Kirby's help, the team plan to rebuild the generator so they can rescue the Professor.

On the other side, the Clardarians have forced the Professor to build another transporter and a creature arrives on Earth at the base. The Delta team mobilise and tackle the creature with little success until Kirby shuts it down (stopping its nervous system) with his father's self-built space gun. The military decides the team must now act fast and an alien contingent, using the General's modified flying car, gathers at the entrance to the new gateway. They are pulled through at high speed and are met on the other side by Clardarians, whom they battle with guns, though Dusty the moai uses her fists. As this group of Clardarians are being defeated, the Professor arrives with a race of flying birds, the Bajanian. The Professor reveals that he does not wish to return to Earth, as the chance to experience alien worlds is a dream come true. He also wants to help alien races fight the Clardarians. The Professor tells the Delta team to return to Earth and as they depart he destroys the gateway.

The two issues of this comic were collected into a 2010 volume, which has an ending that leaves the way open for further adventures. An entertaining, humorous and well-illustrated comic (in the French-Belgian clear-line style, and not dissimilar to Guardians of the Galaxy in concept), it has numerous pop culture references from Mork and Mindy, Magnum and E.T.: The Extra-Terrestrial, to the Creature From the Black Lagoon. This positions the comic within a rich combination of 1980s and 1950s American film and television, and reveals much about the interests of the story's creator. The publication is devoted to the writer's father, who passed away the year before and there is a strong theme within the story of father-son relationships, memories and growing-up. It ends with the father on the other side, having departed Earth, though in a touching final image he is still able to communicate with his son by email.

The aliens are presented as unruly youths, who are enjoying their time on Earth, much within the manner of a frat house. An image of the moai carrying a beer keg under each arm, Americanises the stone creature within a college culture of drinking and partying. The revelation mid-comic that Dusty the macho moai is actually female is unexpected, and it suddenly turns this 'lad' into a 'ladette'.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Hewligan's Haircut
(writer: Peter Milligan; artist: Jamie Hewlett; Oxford: Rebellion, November 2010)

Anything is possible in a world that has become insane or "untuned". Hewligan, a young man with an incredible upright haircut that has a hole in the middle, has been declared sane by a crazed doctor and released from an asylum. Committed to the asylum for hearing voices and for his haunting "visions of huge stone faces" he sees a poster promoting Easter Island in a travel agency and realises he must travel there immediately. With his new travelling companion, Scarlet, they board a number 8 ½ London red bus "going all the way" to Easter Island, which miraculously and fortunately floats on water. Attacked by fighter planes the bus sinks a few hundred miles from Rapanui, leaving Hewligan and Scarlet to swim the rest of the way. The chasing planes then drop nuclear bombs on Easter Island which change into giant mushroom stools growing out of the hillsides.

The slumbering moai are now awake and begin to speak to Hewligan. He notices that in the centre of the main moai's forehead is a glowing outline of his crazy haircut; "how does the shape of the most ludicrous haircut in all creation find its way onto the third eye of the giant heads of Easter Island?", asks Hewligan. The moai invites Hewligan to step inside its mouth in order to learn everything. "Come on, I won't eat you", the moai says reassuringly. Hewligan and Scarlet step inside the open mouth and find themselves falling deep down into a void.

There at the bottom they discover they are between dimensions on a blue-sand landscape in front of endless moai, who advise that they each wait patiently until assigned a dimension or zone to look after. They have a responsibility to make sure the dimensions or zones remain in tune, otherwise "all sense of reasonable reality goes out of the window". And they further reveal that Hewligan's weird haircut is a symbol that shuts down the modulators for a dimension. The haircut is therefore the cause of the madness in the dimension called Earth. Hewligan and Scarlet are faced with the decision of either going back through a moai's mouth and returning to the world, or becoming adventurers exploring other dimensions through the gateways presented by the heads. Scarlet insists that Hewligan returns to the world, whilst she will go exploring. Before they part she cuts off Hewligan's striking haircut.

Hewligan goes back through the moai's mouth and finds himself at Trafalgar Square in central London. The moai starts retuning Earth and stopping the madness. But Hewligan finds a punk nearby with an identical version of his once unique haircut. He urgently tells the punk the haircut will need to be changed, and then starts to alter it himself, which leads to him being arrested and put back into the asylum. He tells the asylum doctors his story in the hope they will believe him, but there is no such luck. Suddenly, a wall of his padded cell transforms into a moai. Its mouth opens wide and out pops Scarlet, who embraces Hewligan and says they should travel. The moai's mouth closes shut.

A highly inventive comic that builds an adventure so drenched in the bizarre and the impossible that it leaves the reader wondering whether everything experienced in the story is within Hewligan's head or the haircut indeed has special powers. The story was originally published over eight instalments or "partings" in the British comic 2000 AD in 1990 and was collected into a book in 2010. The creators, Peter Milligan (a prolific writer for cult comics) and Jamie Hewlett (the co-creator of Tank Girl and the artist behind the virtual band Gorillaz), lend their names to the protagonist, Hewligan (that sounds like 'Hooligan'), an anarchic individual whose presence is threatening order and normality. They exhibit an artistic style of collages, cut-outs and pop art, that is rich in popular culture references and faithful to the subcultural look of independent fanzines.

Having a protagonist around whom the world appears insane allows the story to engage with endless narrative possibilities of which the moai are central. They are the voices in Hewligan's head and the source of endless journeying. For they facilitate inter-dimensional travel and act as regulators keeping zones tuned and not unbalanced. The all-powerful moai, with the haircut symbol glowing like a "third eye", follows a vein of popular culture in which the stone carvings are imagined possessing immense knowledge of life and the universe (see for instance Papa Moai in the comic strip Red Meat by Max Cannon). This is far from being the first comic to combine the moai with time travel. Furthermore, others have imagined the opened mouth of the moai as an entrance (see, for instance, the review below for The Adventures of Basil and Moebius, and the above review of Les Aventures de Neron et Cie), but in Hewligan's Haircut the oral cavity is given greater human qualities such as teeth. Scarlet even questions the idea of entering the life-like moai mouth: "but what if he's got bad breath?", she asks.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Doomwar
(no.1, no.3 and no.4, May, June and July 2010, Marvel Comics Group)

The government of Wakanda is in turmoil, following a coup backed by Doctor Doom. He is focused on cracking open a vault containing its precious metal, vibranium. Doom is found to have spread the vibranium around the world in at least sixteen different locations, with the largest concentration on Easter Island. Located there is The Broker, general manager of Doom’s global network, who is in control of an army of Doombots, that are waiting to be activated and empowered by the vibranium.

A group of superheroes that includes the Fantastic Four, Storm of the X-Men and warriors from Wakanda, fly to Easter Island where they battle the hyper-strong Doombots, which includes armed and mechanised giant flying hounds, that are “Hulk-class in strength”. The superheroes fight back with vibranium-based weapons but the powerful new army of Doctor Doom, which has been programmed with adaptive intelligence, runs rampant and the battle spreads across the world drawing in a team of superheroes from the Marvel universe.

Easter Island is depicted or referenced across just four pages of this 6-part epic story. It serves as a battleground within which the moai watch silently as the superheroes fight super-monsters. In the worlds of comic fiction, Easter Island is frequently viewed as an exotic and distant location that harbours great power. As in other stories, the protagonists have to travel there to secure or collect an item of unique qualities, that may also be part of a jigsaw of other pieces to gather or destroy globally. Significantly, within these stories, Easter Island has a central position within a global narrative.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Ushuaïa. Les Aventures de Nicolas Hulot [Ushuaia: The Adventures of Nicolas Hulot]
‘Le Trésor des Moai’ [‘The Treasure of the Moai’]
(no.1; text: Pascal Bresson; drawings: Curd Ridel; colouring: Pierre Schelle and Sandrine Fricot; Grenoble: Éditions Glenat, September 2010)

Review forthcoming

Jump to contents

The Ineffables
‘All of Creation’
(March 2011, Mystery City Comics)

Accidentally travelling back in time from the 21st century to “the dawn of creation”, scientist Alan Wolfe triggers the big bang. His biology influences the shape of the Universe and the fabric of space. An immortal man he then drifts for “trillions of years” until a planet “forms upon which he can stand”. On that prehistoric Earth, where Wolfe is surrounded by dinosaurs, he meets one day a wandering moai called Mason. They say nothing. “Hundreds of millions of years later” the two wanderers meet again and are puzzled by a spaceship hovering in the sky. The two are broken down into their atoms and reassembled aboard the spacecraft where they encounter a giant bug-eyed alien. That alien releases a terraforming device that destroys all the dinosaurs and converts them to a crude source of energy. Wolfe and Mason find themselves deposited back on Earth where it is beginning to get cold. The two wanderers go their separate ways.

Ancient civilisation and a giant robot is terrorising the ancient Greeks, having arrived through a “tear in time”. The Greeks prepare their Death Ray of Archimedes, which fires solar rays at the monster. Pleased at the monster’s destruction, Archimedes converses with his “old friend”, Mason the moai, who has given this human race expert knowledge. Mason says that “the thrill of discovery, the joy of unravelling mystery” gives him purpose, and he is happy to observe Greek civilisation as it develops. Mason and Archimedes are part of an early version of the group The Ineffables, which includes the demi-god Heracles.

The disturbance in time has not settled, leading to The Ineffables of 1865, which includes another version of Mason, a mermaid called Sylvia, and a sci-fi Abraham Lincoln, suddenly arriving in Greece. The two teams fight each other, with the two Masons facing off by challenging the opposing self to complex mathematical equations, but they soon conclude that they are “too evenly matched”. The future Ineffables advise that a Dark Age is necessary, in which the knowledge of the Greeks and others must be hidden, in order to delay the aliens’ takeover of Earth, which they had primed for their future control. It will be hidden with the Church as they “are well versed in suppressing knowledge”.

Fast forward in time and off the shore of Mystery City a giant sea creature emerges and attacks a fishing boat. An android Ronald Reagan, on a robot horse, rides to the rescue, but other monsters erupt from the ocean. Mason and Wolfe, now known as Chet, fly to the shoreline where they find Reagan has the battle under control as he defeats the final monster. They find a map washed up on the beach, on which is written “Here Be Dragons”. In order to investigate further, Clarity, a member of the team and a sentient piece of abstract art transforms herself into a painting and has herself delivered to the office of the Director of the Intelligent Design Institute. The director, a Creationist, catches Clarity snooping in his office and she asks him why he is teaching alternative scientific beliefs, such as “the sun orbits the Earth”.

Suddenly the sky turns completely black. As Mason explains, “the Creationists’ manipulation of reality resulted in a universe only six thousand years old”. Above them a spaceship arrives and Chet and Mason project themselves on board. There they encounter a robotic alien, whose head opens up and from which a floating pair of lips holding an eyeball emerges. It attaches itself to Chet’s forehead creating a “psionic interface”. The alien reveals they have travelled “to the centre from whence all life emanates” seeking “the maker of all things”. Mason manages to divert the aliens’ interest away from Chet and to the Director with the Creationist beliefs. The aliens transport up the entire building of the Intelligent Design Institute, with the director inside, and disappear. Mason states that “with them gone, their influence on the schools’ curriculum has faded”; Clarity calls the Creationists “obstinate zealots”.

Fast forward and two astronauts land on a planet with “the ruins of an ancient civilisation”. As the astronauts take off their helmets they are revealed to be roosters. As they wander the ruins they find buildings adorned with monuments to Mason the moai. Apparently, the Ineffables left Earth after millions of years when “the human empire finally crumbled”. The Ineffables then emerged on other planets “stretching out into the cosmos” aiding and shaping the evolution of these civilisations to the eventual point at which they collapsed and then they moved on to another world. Deep down in the catacombs of the ruins the astronaut roosters find a device on top of an altar. It is a portable boom box and as they touch a button music is emitted and Clarity emerges.

Clarity tells the astronauts that a “demonic force arrived in the form of a new kind of music” which corrupted youth and destroyed civilisation. Taking the form of the music, Clarity was able to imprison it in what she calls a “doom box”, but now she is released so is a giant monster. Clarity flees with the astronauts to their spaceship and they manage to escape. The rest of the Ineffables are somewhere further out in space and Clarity suggests that the astronauts transmit her in the form of music so she can speed on ahead and find them.

Chet stands alone on a rock, where he has stood “for trillions of years” – all life, planets and stars having disappeared. All matter has been pulled back to the centre and the big bang has become the big crunch, which will then ignite a new universe. But Chet comes across the ruins of a city, and there, on its surface, he is unaware he is being watched by Mason. Further down below he encounters “the Council of Ghosts”, three “shades” who cling to what is left, and who desire to pass on their accumulated Universe knowledge to the next Universe and for this they need Chet. His mind will be wiped clean to hold all the knowledge. As the ghosts begin the process, Chet’s facial features change into a moai. With much passing of time a new Universe begins, and a cycle of life recommences with dinosaurs. Chet has remerged on this new planet, where “in a universe filled with new mysteries” he meets a moai on a hill.

An epic comic in terms of its size (81 pages), ambition and scale (covering the big bang to the big crunch and the next big bang), ‘All of Creation’ is a smart and entertaining read which was published to mark 10 years since the first comic of The Ineffables. Later editions continued in a similar vein, as can be seen in the issues for ‘Political Science’ (reviewed below) and ‘Face of the Monster’ (reviewed below). In ‘All of Creation’, there are numerous attempts to provide a back story and explanation for The Ineffables, with the appearance that all life and knowledge revolves around a moai, who is the link between one universe and the next, and is perhaps the god to Chet’s Adam.

Chet is part Arthur Dent, from The Hitchhiker’s Guide to the Galaxy, a curious and naïve observer (Chet suffers from short term memory loss so he is often unable to grasp the full relevance of events), who journeys through the Universe and time trying to comprehend surreal situations. This comic also appears inspired by The Planet of the Apes, with its time travel and cause and effect relationships for human civilisation. In particular, the astronauts who remove their helmets to reveal their identity as roosters, references Escape from Planet of the Apes, with its revelation that the astronauts are in fact chimpanzees. Such a fantasy positions it in opposition to the American Conservatism of Creationists who are directly criticised within the comic and happily sacrificed to aliens.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Rapa Nui. 1 Découvertes [Rapa Nui. 1 Discoveries].
(text: Mikael; drawings Fabrizio Russo; colouring: Yann-Gaël Clémencau; Marseille: Éditions Claire de Lune, September 2011)

The story begins with a historical account of the arrival of Polynesian settlers, under their leader Hotu Matua, at Anakena beach on an island they call Rapanui. As they head inland, the new settlers, who call themselves “Maori”, discover that the island is inhabited with people who live in a settlement which resembles Mesoamerican architecture. The Polynesians subsequently kill the locals in battles, take possession of the island and pay homage to their god make-make. As the leader of the victorious invaders prays to make-make, a meteor falls from the sky, covering the island in an intense light. The meteor hits Rapanui near the volcano Rano Kau, burying itself deep into the ground. The ensuing clouds of black dust blocks out the sun making the land fall into perpetual darkness. The survivors are desperate in the darkness and the leader of the newcomers concludes that they have been abandoned by their god make-make.

Hotu Matua, however, does not give up and appoints himself Tuu Ko Hiu, a god-king. He and his men enslave the surviving first inhabitants and force them to carve seven stone statues from the rock of the volcano Rano Raraku, as symbols for the seven important but disappeared stars, as well as acting as guardians for his people and the island. All cultural traces of the defeated first inhabitants are systematically removed. The final traces of the black dust disappear, but Hotu Matua is suddenly struck by a strange illness and dies. On his deathbed, he passes his empire to Tangata Manu, his son, who now leads a birdman dynasty, but also rules as Tuu Ko Hiu ensuring the successful establishment of the seven moai. This ahu of seven moai at Akivi is completed with the final stage being the positioning of eyes made of coral into the carvings. As the king becomes increasingly obsessed, he orders the slaves to create even bigger moai, this time facing inland to protect him and all his family. Moreover, he decrees that all royal descendants should continue the work pushing further the construction of moai, but cutting down many trees in the process.

Fast forward to July 2017, and a man is being driven through the Chilean Atacama Desert. This man wants to view the VLT (very large telescope), an astronomical installation on top of the mountains of the Atacama Desert, to participate in a secret project. He has to leave his family behind – which he will probably not see for several years – and sever all communication. In the later course of the comic, this thread is returned to by following a conversation in the observatory in the Atacama Desert, three years later in March 2020. The man, named Jean-Pierre Dupré, wants to prevent the publication of a groundbreaking observation which has implications for humanity. He is in handcuffs and being interrogated by the chiefs of the VLT, when helicopters land with militants from a religious group. Jean-Pierre manages to secure the most important data and flee, while the observatory is destroyed in an explosion.

It is now July 2073, and a young woman, called Namata, drives through a destroyed city in New Guinea – passing by a fanatical preacher who warns of Earth’s impending complete destruction – to an airport to help load a large transport plane belonging to the aid organisation ISR (International Safety & Rescue). At the same time, Ed, the head of ISR's relief mission in New Guinea, is informed that he is terminally ill and has only a few weeks to live. Meanwhile, it has been announced that ISR will end its relief mission in New Guinea, which has been destroyed by extreme weather conditions. Namata is outraged by this decision and argues with Ed, her adopted father, without knowing about his illness. She refuses to leave with the team and walks defiantly out of the base. Just outside, she is stopped by the fanatical preacher, her claims of being able to help rejected, and knocked unconscious by a violent blow from a copy of the Bible that he is carrying. When she awakens, Namata is airborne and in the ISR cargo plane which is about to fly into a category 4 cyclone. With few options, the pilot decides to land the plane on Easter Island, which has been uninhabited now for twenty-three years. A crew member reassures them that their 150 ton cargo plane will be able to land on such a small island as a runway was developed in the past in case it was needed by the American space shuttle programme. The plane lands in heavy rain and unfortunately damages a wheel and part of its fuselage in the process (it is later revealed they have also lost satellite communication, which will force an even longer stay on the island). Soon after landing an earthquake rips an opening in the ground, and the team comment that it is like other severe earth tremors in the last month across the south Pacific. Meanwhile, Namata has been distracted, as she has briefly seen a strange man looking at her, from between two moai. The team members comment that she has possibly seen a phantom from the past.

The next day, Ed finds Namata sitting at the foot of a moai and strikes up a conversation, for it becomes clear that they have a special relationship with each other and the island. Ed had visited the island twenty-three years earlier as part of a rescue team, which had tried to evacuate the Rapanui residents, due to an extreme cyclone. However, two of the three helicopters deployed had an accident and crashed. Ed survived as did Namata, who was a child on board Ed’s helicopter. One of the last of the Rapanui, and now an orphan, Namata was adopted by Ed. Both are deeply moved; Namata thinks of her family, Ed of his colleagues who had died in the helicopters.

Suddenly, looking down the cliff to the sea, Ed sees a piece of metal on the shore. They drive to the beach and find other parts of wreckage that appear to be recent as they show no corrosion. They decide to pursue the matter further, in the belief that there may still be survivors in the wreckage on the seabed. Although the focus should be on repairing the aircraft, Ed and Namata start a sea-search employing a mini-submarine, which they have on board their plane. Maneuvering past much metallic debris, they reach an undersea plateau, where they find the remains of one of the crashed helicopters from long ago. Meanwhile, above ground, the team is anxious as satellite data shows that a new and much stronger cyclone is heading their way and the need now is for Ed and Namata to return immediately. The team is also concerned that the piece of metal that Ed and Namata had retrieved from the shore is of a material not yet invented.

But as the mini-sub looks to return it is hit by metal debris that damage it and cause water to pour into the vessel. At the same time, radio contact between the submarine and the aircraft crew is lost. The two passengers decide to leave the submarine, but Ed is held back, his leg trapped. Since Namata cannot free him, they decide with a heavy heart to say goodbye to each other. Ed urges Namata to leave the sub, which she manages to do just before it explodes. However, the force of the explosion knocks Namata unconscious and she sinks to the seabed, where she comes to rest next to an extraordinary alien-looking metal construction.

This French-language story has three time-narrative strands, covering nearly a thousand years, which it moves between often. These strands provide more questions than answers, and they are continued in the second volume of the comic (reviewed below). The comic contains an eco-narrative subtext with climate change and extreme weather patterns affecting vulnerable communities and giving a reason for Easter Island’s abandonment by its population in the year 2050. However, a surviving Rapanui girl, now grown-up, becomes a crucial protagonist and a determined figure who is focused on helping the vulnerable.

The designers of the comic have drawn on researched images of the moai for their illustrations, including the unique kneeling moai, Tukuturi. The research, however, was clearly done from a distance as the moai are often positioned wrong, with ahu Akivi shown on a coastal edge looking out to sea. At the top of each of the three sections in the comic in which ancient Rapanui is conveyed, a line of rongorongo hieroglyphs appears, which adds little other than a decorative frieze. What is most significant in these sections is the idea that a Mesoamerican culture, including a grand step pyramid, was on the island before the Rapanui, and that these people were destroyed and enslaved by the newly arrived Polynesians. Normally in moai culture, the Rapanui are not the outsiders or the foreign aggressors and instead they are the ones enslaved by unwelcomed voyagers.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

Cyborg 009
'Treizième partie: Les dieux' ['Part thirteen: The Gods']
(Grenoble, Éditions Glénat, 2012)

A moai features on the cover of this French-language edition of a manga that was originally published in Japanese. Alongside the moai stands Cyborg 009, Joe Shimamura, and from an overcast sky, rays of light shine down, with an alien spaceship in the top left corner, suggesting a connection between Easter Island, gods and outer space. This volume collects together all of parts 13 and 14 (chapters 76 to 92), with Rapanui featuring mainly in chapter 83.

Joe visits the island in chapter 83, where he asks the moai to speak: "what do you know? What have you seen?", open your "stone lips" and reveal who is "behind the gods". With the wind constantly blowing around him, Shimamura moves across the island, from Rano Raraku to Orongo, where he also asks who was the birdman. Amongst the moai, a young Polynesian woman appears from nowhere in a grass skirt and adorned with flowers around her head, neck and waist. She releases a swarm of butterflies and then disappears. Joe wonders whether what he has just experienced is a dream or a hallucination.

Cyborg 009 is a series of story arcs that stretch over several decades (from 1964 to 2002) in terms of their creation as manga, and which return to regular themes: the great ancient wonders of the world are viewed as unsolved mysteries; these hold the answers to mankind and its beginnings; Earth had once been visited by gods from outer space. The moai and the petroglyphs of the birdman are some of those ancient wonders, and were revisited in the anime Cyborg 009: Conclusion God's War (reviewed above) and the associated manga (reviewed below), where Joe once again thinks he may have been dreaming/ hallucinating.

The only Rapanui to appear is in this vision, with the Polynesian woman exoticised and sexualised, in an appearance that is more stereotyped than traditional. She represents an element of the island and her relation to power and nature, birth and beauty is symbolised in the swarm of butterflies that are released from her hands.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Varua Rapa Nui: El hundimiento de Hiva [Spirit of Rapa Nui: The Sinking of Hiva]
(text: Bernadita O. Labourdette; drawings: Ismael Hernández Tapia; Rapa Nui: Rapanui Press, 2012)

A skeletal moai kavakava, here called Ivi (Bones), and a turtle, called Honu, float above the island of Rapanui and wonder if it will ever see humans. Faraway to the west, on the island of Hiva, the people are troubled as a volcanic eruption and impending natural disasters will destroy and sink their land. The ariki/ king agrees to let three of his sons sail out to find new land. On route, two boats are lost at sea, so the men carry on together in the last remaining outrigger. They follow a turtle, and with the help of Makemake they are guided to Rapanui. But as the men celebrate finding new land, moai kavakava/ Bones, who does not desire humans on the island, casts a spell, destroying the boat and the three men, who are either drowned or crushed against the rocks. Honu is livid at Bones’ actions.

Back on Hiva, the ariki, who has sensed the loss of his sons, turns for help to Haumaka, a shaman, who meditates, sending his spirit from his body, high into the sky and across the ocean to Rapanui, baptising/naming lands as he flies in his search. Arriving at Rapanui, a place where he senses the navigators were last, he communicates with Bones, who points towards the rocky outcrops of Motu Nui and Motu Iti as places where answers can be found – there, Haumaka discovers a necklace that had belonged to one of the navigators, hanging on a rock. Bones tries to harm Huamaka, but he is protected by Makemake. Humaka warns Bones he will be back with many people – too many for him to control – and that will be his punishment.

As Haumaka’s spirit returns to his meditating body on Hiva, he learns that the ariki has died. A funeral is held and Hotu Matu’a is named the new ariki. Subsequently, seven navigators – the children of Haumaka and Hautava – sail for Rapanui to explore the land for a second time. Each of the navigators has the mark of Makemake painted on to their chest to protect them from “a spirit that looks like a skeleton”.

Once again guided by the turtle, the navigators find Rapanui and this time land ashore. The seven men explore the island and at night rest on the beach; as they sleep, Bones hovers above. The next day one of them plants sweet potatoes within the soil and to protect the land a miniature moai is also placed in the ground. The men conclude that the island is “a beautiful place”.

Unfortunately, the spirit of Bones is ever-present. When the men are on the beach they see the giant turtle and when one man says he will kill it for food his body/ spine snaps as he tries to lift the creature. His comrades place him in a cave and two of them remain on the island with him, as the others return to Hiva. The next voyage sees Hotu Matu’a, Haumaka and the people of Hiva arriving at Rapanui. The people are joyous upon landing on this new island, but of the three navigators who had remained behind, just one is still alive. He is Ira, son of Haumaka, and he is now crazed and skeletal in form from being left alone on Rapanui. For he is possessed by Bones/ moai kavakava, and as Haumaka steps ashore he is immediately stabbed and killed by Ira; the evil spirit has now had his revenge on the shaman. The story continues in volume 2: Varua Rapa Nui: Luces y Sombras (reviewed below).

In this pioneering book, which is only the second comic published by Rapanui, the story covers over three volumes (originally it was four) the early history of the island, with moai kavakava given a central role as a dark spirit that is part of the land and was present before the first settlers. The turtle too is an important figure and here it is a symbol of good fortune but also a bad omen when it is grabbed for food. In the foreword to the book, it is stated that the graphic novel is an excellent form for engaging with the myths of Rapanui as it is capable of communicating much information in a short space whilst also being entertaining. Some of the history has been “adapted or summarised” but the comic remains close to the legends and the stories of the past.

A well-illustrated and finely produced publication, written in Spanish, this prestige comic would appeal to children and adults, as it educates the reader in the culture and history of the Rapanui. Unlike so many other comics, it is authentic in terms of its production and origins, with the author a social anthropologist based at the University of Chile, studying the legends of Rapanui. It is part of an emerging body of publications – see, for instance, Te Pito o Te Henua (reviewed below) – that address early Rapanui and its first discovery from the perspective of the indigenous people and without the science fiction, fantasy and western-style adventures that have dominated popular culture. The comic is supported on the final pages by extracts of sketches showing the design of the characters and the evolution of the illustrations. There is also a glossary, and a discussion of history and the oral tradition of Rapanui, by Cristián Moreno Pakarati.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Invincible Iron Man
(no.515, June 2012, Marvel Comics)

One of two variant covers released by Marvel, this is for an issue that contains no Easter Island images or story inside. Variant covers are often limited edition collectibles with some scarcer than others. The idea has been much repeated by fan publications, with DC Comics producing a moai variant cover of their own in February 2015 (see the review below).

As well as a moai carved in the image of Iron Man, the cover for this Marvel comic presents moai remodeled as other members of the Avengers: Thor (foregrounded), Captain America, Hawkeye, the Hulk and Black Widow. Such idolising had already been done before by DC, in their Wonder Woman comic in 1954 (see review above) and in an issue of Super Powers (1985; see the review above). The effect is to deify these superheroes and to fix them in stone as figures beyond human. In this barren landscape, presumably any worshipping will be done by fans of the comics.

Thor and the Hulk had already visited Easter Island respectively in 1982 (see review above) and 1981 (see review above). Hawkeye and Black Widow were to visit in 2016 (see review below).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Crossover: Atómica/ Manu-Tara Grupo de Contencion [Crossover: Atómica/ Manu-Tara Containment Group]
(June 2012, Mitomano Comics)

A news crew is filming on Easter Island, when a group of monstrous fish-men emerge from the sea and stride ashore. A young Rapanui couple, Pablo and Iro, are sat in a café and arguing about their relationship. On hearing of the sea monsters, they quickly transform into their respective Rapanui superheroes – Rapahango and Hiva. They rush towards the creatures, with Hiva declaring "For Make-Make!". As they begin fighting the monsters, Hiva tries to connect with them using her powers of telepathy, but without success. The two superheroes are wondering where the rest of their group are when suddenly, Ranok, the moai, emerges – he was delayed as he was having his picture taken by tourists – and he uses his great strength to bash the creatures. Manu-Tara arrives next, flying in whilst screeching at a frequency that is painful to the fish-men. Manu-Tara points out that the sea creatures were not attacking but fleeing. Behind them is a giant winged cuttlefish monster, Hecatónquero, an ancient entity that predates mankind and that had been banished to the underworld. Manu-Tara and Ranok will try and stop it, whilst Hiva will attempt to contact the Ancients.

The group does not realise that the sixteen year old girl, Javiera, a student who has been with them is actually the Chilean superhero Atómica. She has been told by Rapahango to stay out of the way to avoid being harmed. But realising that the group needs her help she flies to Concon, Chile, to grab a powerful stone that had been given to her by a vagabond. Meanwhile, Manu-Tara tries to attack the monster but is held tight in its tentacles. Ranok tries to intervene but he too is trapped in the tentacles, finding the creature incredibly strong. Rapahango helps to free Ranok who now goes after the creature's tail, but again without success. Ranok is thrown through the air by a lash of the creature's tail but is saved in time by Atómica, who brings him down safely to the ground. The Ancients have advised that the creature is trying to get to the volcanic crater of Rano Raraku, to drain the island of its mana (power). Atómica says that she was told the strange stone/seal she has would be required on Rapanui and she has to place it on the creature, but first she needs it to be distracted. Ranok offers to help.

A fight ensues between the creature and Ranok, who tries to make it swallow its own tentacles. But the tentacles with sharp barbs pierce through Ranok's stone body, splitting it into parts that crumble to the ground. Atómica manages to place the glowing stone on the creature, who is defeated and disintegrates into a whirling storm. Ranok's head lies on the ground, apparently detached from his body, but he is still alive. Suddenly he erupts from the ground intact and declares that whilst he remains on the island he is indestructible. Hiva says he gave them all a scare. Atómica is thanked for her help, before she flies back home.

As Chile-based Mitomano Comics has continued to build its Mitomanoverso, with superheroes from across Latin America, it turned to Rapanui where it introduced four characters, in a Spanish-language crossover story with the Chilean superhero, Atómica. The four superheroes from Rapanui – belonging to a Containment Group collective – are Ranok, a muscular moai, with a pukao; Manu-Tara, a birdman, and a demi-god, who flies and screeches and whose name comes from the sooty terns that nest on the island; Rapahango, a tourist guide by day, who transforms into a warrior that fights with his Rapa paddle that carries immense energy; and Hiva, a dance teacher by day, who transforms into a female warrior whose main power is telepathy. Rapahango and Hiva are relatively undeveloped here as fighting characters, which is a shame as they have rich potential as superheroes who draw on traditional Rapanui culture for their appearance. Manu-Tara is also rather undeveloped, and his bird mask can be removed, leaving this demi-god, that has returned to Earth as a protector, with a human appearance underneath his costume. Hiva does, however, appear later in her own comic (July 2014; reviewed below) and the Mitomano website has given each superhero a detailed profile and backstory.

Of the four, Ranok, a golem-like protector of his people, appears to interest the creators of the comic the most and he is the one that has the greatest engagement in battle with the tentacled monster. As a superhero, he is the only one in this comic that has no human identity, but he is drawn with much expression and character and it is not surprising that he was to have his own crossover issue soon after (in January 2013; reviewed below) and given his own comic in May 2016, Ranok: The Moai Protector of Rapa Nui (reviewed below). By then he had evolved – like superheroes do – with his body more muscular and granite-like in form. Instead of the trunks that he wears in this comic, in the later version he wears a more befitting pair of shorts, and he was given chunkier wristbands and an arm tattoo. In all versions, Ranok fights in the mold of Marvel Comics' the Hulk, or the Thing, a barrel-chested hyper-muscular hero, who uses his massive arms and fists to smash and wrestle his foes. Mitomano Comics are clearly inspired by American comics and this is stated in the editorial at the start of this issue, where the idea for the crossover for superheroes is explained. They are also inspired by Japanese popular culture, with some of the creatures that their superheroes fight not out of place amongst the kaiju eiga (colossal creatures) that Japan has produced in abundance.

At the end of the comic there is a three-page explanation for its creation. Interestingly, the tentacled monster, which was designed to be part cuttlefish, is a fusion of cultures: Greek mythology with its Titans, H.P. Lovecraft's tentacled cosmic entity Cthulhu, Dan Simmons's Caliban from his novel Olympos, and a reference borrowed from Robert Browning's poetry where in an encounter between Caliban and Setebos, the latter is described as "many-handed as a cuttle-fish". Setebos is a mythical demon of Patagonia, and was picked up by Shakespeare for his play The Tempest, following the monster's first published record in 1536, after it had originally been noted during Ferdinand Magellan's round the world voyage. The legends of the Hecatónquero, the ancient colossal creatures banished to the underworld, appear to have also formed the basis for Guillermo del Toro's film Pacific Rim (2013), another Pacific-focused fantasy in which the monsters emerge from an opening in the ocean floor to attack human civilisation.

This comic was only published online and is available at this link.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Rapa Nui. 2 Révélations [Rapa Nui. 2 Revelations]
(text: Mikael; drawings Fabrizio Russo; colouring: Yann-Gaël Clémencau; Marseille: Éditions Claire de Lune, October 2012)

Continuing the story begun in Rapa Nui. 1 Découvertes (reviewed above), three distinct timelines are maintained of a historical Rapanui pre-European contact, a future setting of 2050, and another of 2073, with the latter dominating the narrative. As with the first volume, the story opens in Rapanui’s past, this time with the construction of the moai, the cutting down of trees to facilitate their transportation and the running of the annual birdman event to decide the ruling clan for the year ahead. At that year’s birdman festivities, the ariki/ chief’s daughter questions why the Rapanui do not venture far from the island when their ancestors were great navigators. She also questions the construction of the moai and the birdman competition, which she says is cruel.

Siberia, March 2050, and scientist Noah, the son of Lémec (aka Jean-Pierre Dupré from the first volume), conveys that in three years’ time the planet will have heated by 10 degrees and humans will be forced to adapt to the brutal conditions. Today’s world is one of extreme environmental events – giant cyclones, earthquakes and volcanic eruptions – and governments of the past had avoided responsibility by denying humans were to blame for climate change. As Noah and his colleague, Sylvia, converse a rocketship takes off from their base.

2073 and the ISR (International Safety & Rescue) team that landed on Easter Island are now at the water’s edge resigned to the loss of two of their colleagues – Ed and Namata – during an undersea exploration in a mini-sub. They do not have time to dwell on the accident as a giant cyclone is approaching and they must repair their airplane and depart without delay. A crew member, Albert, re-asserts his astonishment that the bits of metal wreckage they have found around the shoreline is extraterrestrial. The new commanding officer, Thor, allows Albert to stay behind to complete his studies of the metal, whilst the team continues to prepare for the plane’s departure.

Not too far away on the ocean bed, Namata is still alive but very low on oxygen. She does not have enough oxygen to make it back to the surface so she decides to enter the immense alien-looking construction that is nearby and which is resting in a crevice. This wreckage has been there for some time, but Namata finds an opening and inside an air pocket where she is able to finally take off her helmet and breathe properly. There is a light above which she decides to climb towards in the hope of finding a way out. There she finds a flaming torch and in the surrounding rubble a hand sticking out. Clutched in its palm is a small device, and Namata is astounded to see on its side a stamp: ‘Made in China’.

The very same day in Siberia, a now older Noah is welcoming the last of the volunteers to the research base, where he is the head of a secret project. They are to depart on a rocketship, along with Noah, who is gifted a small device by Sylvia – she says it will never run out of power and it is a recorder complete with a camera and 3D projector. Noah’s journey will be long, so he will have ample time to record his memories, thoughts and a history for future generations. It is the same device which Namata has just found in the wreckage off Easter Island.

On Rapanui, whilst nighttime welding work is undertaken on the ISR aircraft another team member, Scott, ponders on a row of moai and exactly what are they looking out towards. His colleague says that the Rapanui long ago had tragically exhausted all of the island’s resources. Suddenly, Scott sees an old man crouched between the moai; jumping down from the plane, Scott gives chase. The man manages to hide, disappearing just in time into a small hole at the back of the ahu/ platform on which the moai are positioned.

Meanwhile, inside the alien craft, Namata manages to switch on the device which presents a date of September 3128. She clicks on a file, which gives a journal of the rocket’s original voyage. The recorded message is from Noah, aged 67, who departed Earth on a rocketship, their ‘Ark’, in April 2074. Noah says he has just witnessed the end of life on Earth. The scientists at the research base had tried to warn the world of the impending climate change disasters but to no avail so they decided it was best to start a new humanity on another planet. Back in 2017, Noah’s father Lémec had travelled to the Atacama desert in Chile to use the VLT (Very Large Telescope; the biggest ever constructed) to answer his questions about whether three planets found ten years earlier by European astronomers could indeed support human life. In 2050, they sent a rocket to the abandoned International Space Station to reawaken it and serve as their home port.

As the initiators of the project grew old and died, Noah rose to become the head of the operations. Travel into deep space was enabled by their technological developments of cryogenic sleeping chambers for the crew, an inexhaustible nuclear energy for the engines and a ricochet mechanism using the gravity of planets and black holes to propel the craft at great speed. However, they had a saboteur on board from a fanatical religious group, called O-2R, who years earlier had destroyed the VLT and viewed this space voyage as an affront to the holy scriptures. With the rocketship redirected by the saboteur to travel straight into the heart of the first black hole, it had the effect of altering the vessel’s time-space continuum. Consequently, the rocketship crashed back on earth on the edge of Easter Island but with an onboard year now of 3128. Namata concludes that the wreckage from the future has been on the island for 1055 years.

As Namata is listening to the device she hears a noise and observes an old man (the same man Scott has seen earlier above ground). The old man snatches the necklace which Namata wears around her neck and which is in the shape of an old sailing ship. As the man disappears into a hole, Namata gives chase and finds herself now in a cave with two mummified bodies. The man, called Casimiro, a Rapanui survivor who never left the island, tries to tell Namata that the two mummified bodies are her parents. Indeed, this is her mother and father, of the Pakomio family, who were left behind years ago with Casimiro as Namata became separated and the last helicopter abandoned the island. Long ago, when Namata was a child, she lived with her parents in a home right next to a moai with a carving of a sailing ship on its chest. Casimiro was a family friend and he had made the necklace for Namata based on this moai carving, which Namata’s mother says is the symbol of the family.

The story moves back to ancient Rapanui and the time before the arrival of the first Europeans. It is a time of great famine, with their crops failed and moai toppled. A savage inter-tribal war breaks out but one tribe has planned their escape. As a young man races across the island he disappears through the same hole at the back of an ahu that the old man disappeared down centuries later. It takes this young man into a cave and through to an opening where boats await to transport this tribe to safety and a new beginning, carrying with them their precious rongorongo. But as they are just about to depart they see a strange form on the horizon: the arrival of the first European ship.

2073 and the ISR team is on board their repaired plane ready for take-off. As the plane begins to taxi a strong earthquake strikes Rapanui cracking open the land. It is the cue for Namata to depart quickly from underground and she manages to crawl out of the cave just in time, but Casimiro is less fortunate, his head crushed by a falling rock. Namata finds herself now on Rapanui soil and at the secret opening located at the back of the ahu. She waves her flaming torch and Scott who has spent some time previously staring at the row of moai sees the signal of light. Now on board the plane, the rescued Namata suggests they fly to Siberia.

In this French language climate change, science fiction adventure, Easter Island provides the foundation for a narrative about human destruction of the land, of survival and voyaging, and new encounters and new worlds. The different timelines do not ultimately connect until the last third of this comic but when they do they establish a rich and imaginative cause and effect story of the consequences of human activity through history. At the start of this comic a young Rapanui woman is critical of her people’s lack of voyaging ambition, yet at the story’s end the last surviving Rapanui (a young woman), a much-travelled adventurer, provides the link for a journey into outer space and one which will presumably save humankind. It is assumed that with her new-found knowledge from Noah’s recording device, she will be able to forewarn the space pioneers of the saboteur and join them on a successful voyage into the solar system and beyond.

Namata is a both a rescuer and the rescued; a survivor representing the last of the Rapanui and all humankind. The necklace that she wears, the symbol of her family, marks her as a voyager, but one that connects different eras, cultures and technologies. For this ship symbol on her necklace is of a European boat, the first to make contact with Rapanui; later she departed the island as a child rescued by a foreign helicopter ‘airship’; and now as the story ends she flies to the Siberian launch site to participate in the flight of a rocketship constructed using superior metal and science. With that rocketship crashing back to Earth and to Easter Island, via a black hole, it positions Rapanui as the centre of the world, as it was imagined in its old beliefs. Rapanui is also chosen to anchor the comic across time as its civilisation collapse has become a popular and shorthand narrative for ecological disasters following the perceived foolish activities of humans. Rapanui’s losses were never that simple, but in the comic they are transformed into a romanticised idea in which the survival of an entire race becomes paramount.

The moai are said to be looking ‘eyes to the sky’ and it is a row of these statues looking skywards which attracts the attention of an ISR crew member, and that results in the rescue of Namata for a flight to safety and ultimately into outer space. The moai with the carving on its chest does exist but it is highly fanciful positioning a home right next to it and then developing an entire tribe’s identity around its form. The ship carving is also simplified, which is a shame, with most noticeably the turtle-shaped anchor removed. This moai appears rarely in moai fiction but it can be found central to a few other examples: Nachtelijk avontuur op Paaseiland (reviewed below) and Het mysterie van Paaseiland (reviewed below). Elsewhere, the comic retains from the first volume the rongorongo frieze that appears at the start of each section set in pre-European contact Rapanui, whilst the ariki presented on the first few pages is clearly borrowed from the film Rapa Nui (reviewed above), even down to the appearance of the original actor.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Shigeru Mizuki Complete Works, Vol.69. World Mysteries Series
‘Mysterious Tale from Easter Island’
(Tokyo: Kodansha, 2013)

In a small town in Japan, a bogus fortune teller – Salaryman Yamada – makes a living. One day, he learns of a new diviner in town, who comes from India and claims to be genuine. Salaryman Yamada decides to visit her, but when she shows him her crystal ball it presents an image of his horrendous death. Angered by this prediction, he throws the crystal ball at the teller who is immediately but unintentionally killed.

To escape arrest, Salaryman Yamada hurriedly embarks on a ship bound for South America. Whilst in his cabin and sorting through his possessions, he finds that a mysterious note from his father has somehow made its way into his luggage. It reads, “the only way to obtain true magic is to meet the ‘messenger from hell’”, adding, “if you manage to meet him, wealth, happiness, and life itself are within your grasp. The gate which leads you to the messenger lies on Easter Island. A diviner from Peru called ‘Utanya’ revealed this secret to me when I killed him. I will abandon my wife and son to meet the dark messenger”. As this note is being read, the Indian diviner’s crystal ball, which Salaryman Yamada carries in his luggage, displays an image of the moai as if enticing him to the island.

Upon arriving at Rapanui, on the beach at Anakena, Salaryman Yamada finds the only hotel on the island is owned by a man called Ponka, who is also a fortune teller. Salaryman Yamada tells Ponka that he has come to the island in search of true magic. Later, whilst in his room, an old woman brings him a meal and relays that she learned the secret of true magic from a man named Utanya. She says that Utanya revealed to her the message he had deciphered on a rongorongo carving, which he had originally dug from a grave at the base of a moai located at Rano Raraku. Reluctantly, she gives to the traveller the message inscribed on the stone: “When you see the red moon; when you see thirteen bats flying in the sky; when the moai statue sheds tears of blood; when you see your own shadow doubled, the ancient god, the messenger from hell will appear to you”. The old woman adds that Utanya was later expelled from the island for his disrespectful act in digging up the grave, whereupon he was killed by a stranger.

Roaming around the island, Salaryman Yamada bumps into Ponka inside a cave. Ponka advises that the moon will turn red the next day, whilst also taking Salaryman Yamada to the moai at which Utanya had excavated the grave. Salaryman Yamada turns to his crystal ball and asks what could the “moai statue sheding tears of blood” mean? It responds by showing him an image of his father climbing the moai with the aid of a rope and striking its eye with a hammer: the eye cracks and what looks like tears spill forth – at that moment, the crystal ball smashes.

The following day, when Salaryman Yamada sees the red moon in the sky, he climbs the moai just as his father had done. He hits the statue’s face with a hammer, in doing so creating a hole, from which a several bats fly out. He counts them – “one, two, three, four… thirteen bats!” To swats away the bats, but as he swings his hammer blindly he accidentally strikes the moai’s eye, from which flows a liquid that looks like tears of blood. In a panic, Salaryman Yamada falls down to the ground, only to find that his shadow has now been doubled. At that moment, he hears a hellish voice crying out – “Who called me?”. Finally, the messenger from hell makes his appearance. As he turns around, he sees a moai statue fast approaching, staring at him with beaming eyes of light. In an instant, it topples over and crushes Salaryman Yamada to death. The messenger from hell then carries the lifeless body deep down into the bowels of the earth.

As a new day begins, the statue is standing as if nothing has happened, but some of the traveller’s blood is still stuck in its eyes, the rest having been washed away by the rain. Only Ponka knows what had happened, and he mutters to himself, “you [traveller] didn’t know I disguised myself as the old woman and led you to that moai statue. Your father killed my father, Utanya. Your father was also killed here. You also killed my sister, the diviner from India. I knew you would come to this island. I knew the spirit of Aku Aku would kill you”. Later that day, Ponka holds aloft a small carving and relays to some tourists, “here is the moai statuette, the legendary figure which is believed to shed tears of blood”.

Originally published in June 1968, this Shigeru Mizuki story was adapted into a 1972 television animation GeGeGe No Kitarô (reviewed above), with Kitaro (another of Mizuki’s characters) replacing Salaryman Yamada, who appears here unnamed. When GeGeGe No Kitarô was produced there were not enough original Kitaro manga stories to support a series, so a few were adapted from Salaryman Yamada manga. Mizuki was a prolific manga illustrator, with a continuous interest in yokai (Japanese ghost stories and the supernatural) drawn with a level of detail and skill which in some images is extraordinary.

It is clear that he has based several images in this manga on photos, most notably the reproduction of a rongorongo tablet (erroneously presented in the text as a stone carving), the rock petroglyphs of the birdman and Makemake, and the cave art of Anu Kai Tangata. In contrast, the first image of Salaryman Yamada on Rapanui is taken from a sketch – titled ‘Monuments in Easter Island’, originally drawn in 1774, by William Hodges on Captain Cook’s voyage to Easter Island – which is an imprecise depiction of the land, complete with human bones in the foreground which Mizuki retains. A further anomaly is that the Rapanui are presented living in grass/wooden huts raised on stilts, which in fact are constructions that belong to other parts of the Pacific.

Rongorongo carvings are found buried at the base of other moai in Het mysterie van Paaseiland (reviewed below) and Nachtelijk avontuur op Paaseiland (reviewed below). For some reason, Japanese manga and anime appear drawn to moai eyes and this example is no exception.

Takanori Funamoto

Jump to contents

Varua Rapa Nui: Luces y Sombres [Spirit of Rapa Nui: Lights and Shadows]
(text: Bernadita O. Labourdette; drawings: Ismael Hernández Tapia; Rapa Nui: Rapanui Press, 2013)

The story continues with many centuries passed since the first volume, Varua Rapa Nui: El hundimiento de Hiva (reviewed above). On Rapanui, where the people from Hiva have now settled, a Rapanui child called Mahina, asks her father, Heke, who is a fisherman, to tell her a scary story. Heke says scary stories are unnecessary, but Mahina says her mother used to like them. Elsewhere on the island in the sacred Virgin’s Cave high up on a cliff face, an elderly woman tells a story, which another woman continues, as two children listen. Using string play, which creates shadow images on the cave wall, the old woman recounts how Ira, “crazed by loneliness” and a spirit, killed his father. Ira then took his boat and left Rapanui, voyaging to where nobody knows. But the skeletal spirit, moai kavakava, called here Ivi (Bones), remains on the island.

Heke tells Mahina to rest and that evening she has a terrible dream that she is on crazy Ira’s boat as he paddles away from Rapanui, Heke on a cliff top desperate for her to not leave. As they sleep behind a moai they are awoken by men from another tribe, but manage to quietly walk away; a guardian spirit of a turtle, Honu, concerned for their safety. The next day the spirits Bones and Honu are perched on a cliff edge. Bones says that humans will end up killing each other; Honu says they are not all violent, but Bones reminds Honu that fifteen years before there was a civil war with bodies burnt in a great ditch and the land covered in blood. Bones says that the humans have destroyed his island; Honu defends them by pointing out the majestic moai, containing “the souls of their ancestors”.

On another side of the island, Heke leans over a cliff edge and asks the people hiding below in the Virgin’s Cave if they can look after his daughter. She is lowered down to the cave with her chicken, Peti, in a basket. Once inside, Mahina observes the drawings on the cave wall of the birdman. She also compares her darker skin with the white skin of the cave inhabitants who have experienced much less sunlight.

Heke works hard and provides the cave inhabitants with sustenance, but he is soon stopped by a rival clan of men who ask to know the whereabouts of Mahina. The men include Mahina’s uncle, a warrior called Oko, the brother of Heke’s deceased wife. Heke covers for Mahina and says she is dead, drowned three days before. Oko tells him not to return to the clan’s village, as he is no longer welcome. Back at that village, Oko’s chief tells him that he must find Mahina, who is one of their clan, and he is given three days to achieve the task.

Hiding out in the cave, Mahina plays with the other children, who ask her if she has ever seen “Mr Skeleton”, whose form sometimes appears in shadows. The children ask a woman in the cave, Vaitiare, to tell them the story of Mr Skeleton (aka Bones/ moai kavakava). She tells the children that there is a spirit living on the island that owns all of the land. It hated the humans that arrived from across the sea and it tried to stop the invaders with terrifying spells. Mahina asks why does Mr Skeleton hate them so much.

Soon after, Oko arrives with a basket of food that he lowers down to the cave. He has a hunch that Mahina may be hiding inside the cave, but the women say that is not true. Later that night, Oko climbs down to the hiding place and whilst everyone is sleeping he wakes up Mahina, asking her to quietly follow him. He claims that her father had sent him, but Mahina is suspicious. At that point, the inhabitants in the cave wake up and Vaitiare tries to save Mahina, but Oko strikes the woman with a knife. Oko is warned by the others that by entering the cave he has crossed into a sacred place and he will be punished by the spirits.

With Mahina on his back, Oko hauls himself up out of the cave and on to a cliff ledge. There he is met by Heke, and a fight ensues, with the spirits of Honu and Bones looking down. Just as Oko is about to kill Heke, Bones intervenes and throws Oko off the cliff. The next day, Heke, Mahina, a woman from the cave called Maeva, and Peti the chicken set sail in an outrigger for a new life. But at the same time, in the cave, a young child called Merahi appears to see the future with the big ships of the first Europeans arriving at Rapanui. The story is continued in the third volume, Varua Rapa Nui: El Ocaso (reviewed below).

Unlike the first volume, this story focuses on a small group of people and takes place over just a number of days, albeit with flashbacks. It depicts a scenario in which post the inter-tribal wars between the clans, the land is ravaged and people are in hiding. The Varua Rapa Nui Spanish-language comics are striking for being well-produced books of artistic images. They are also Rapanui-produced and backed by research, which show events from the perspective of the indigenous people. It is therefore strange that the inter-tribal wars are positioned at a different point in history – before the arrival of the first Europeans and not after.

Moai kavakava/ Bones and Honu the turtle are the only active characters common to both volumes and they continue to debate humankind, its actions and the impact on the island. Honu acts as a counter to Bones, who appears even more of a dark figure in this story, haunting the Rapanui, frightening the children and drawn here with highly elongated body parts to emphasise his twisted nature. At the core of this comic – which focuses on the act of storytelling and oral traditions – is a tale of kinship, loss and survival. The moai appear in a number of frames but over the 100 pages of the combined two volumes of the comic thus far, their appearance is reduced. Rongorongo is curiously yet to be introduced and the birdman emerges in a few carvings/ illustrated references but with absolutely no discussion. As with volume one, the comic presents supporting material in its end pages: a glossary, sketches of characters and scenes at the design stage, and an article by José Miguel Ramírez Aliaga comparing the Rapanui with the Mapuche people of Chile.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Crossover: Atómica/ Ranok
(January 2013, Mitomano Comics)

Ranok is standing at the end of a row of moai at ahu Tongariki. His arms are folded, sooty terns resting on his hulking granite body, and he is alone looking despondently out to sea. Atómica suddenly flies in and Ranok is pleased to see her; she wanted to visit sooner but she has been fighting giants and monsters. Ranok says he envies Atómica, as she can fly around the world, whilst he is "tied" to Rapanui. He loves Rapanui, but he cannot leave as the ancient mana gives him life and beyond the island's limits he would not exist. Atómica tries to reassure him that in the eight years since she became atomic she has found there are always ways to beat the difficulties.

In the months since she last visited, Ranok and his fellow Rapanui superheroes had fought a giant fiery demon, called Kava. Manu-Tara and Rapahango lost their lives in the fight leaving just Ranok and Hiva as the surviving members of the Manu-Tara Containment Group. Sat on the hillside, Ranok reflects on the loss and the fact that Hiva decided to leave the union following the deaths of her colleagues. She is concerned that she is mortal – the Ancients can always find another Hiva; Ranok, however, is irreplaceable.

Hiva has now left for the continent and Ranok misses her, especially as he had fallen in love with her – something which Atómica had noticed. Atómica and Ranok sit together and look out to sea whilst discussing the trials of being a superhero. As the sun sets, Atómica says she must return home. She kisses Ranok on the cheek, which makes his eyes brighten; Atómica says she will visit again soon.

Unlike the other Spanish-language Mitomano comics involving Rapanui (see, for instance, Crossover: Atómica/ Manu-Tara Grupo de Contencion [reviewed above]), this one has no real action – other than 2 full page flashback images, which tantalisingly feature a monster inspired by moai kavakava. Instead, this is a moment of reflection between two superheroes, revealing the trials and challenges of being a protector of mankind. As the comic states in its editorial, the "characters face not so much the demons of the old world, but their own demons, those of their heart". This is a moment that often occurs in the Ameriacn comics of Marvel and DC and is designed to show the human side and weaknesses of the superhero. It is, therefore, richer in this story as Ranok is not human – althought he has human features and feelings – and he is confined geographically to the remote Rapanui. This gives depth to his character as he reflects that it is probably best that Hiva does not return his love as she deserves someone of flesh and bone. The love interest storyline is possibly inspired by the Hulk – a superhero on which Ranok is part modelled – whose feelings for Black Widow have been developed through the Marvel stories. Like the Hulk, Ranok displays a moment of deep reflection that considers his utter difference from others which adds to his isolation.

This comic was only published online and is available at this link.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents



De Belevenissen van Jommeke [The Adventures of Jommeke]
‘De Wens van Amma-Moai’ ['The Wish of Amma-Moai']
(no.264; text and drawings: Gerd van Loock; colouring: Agnes Nys; Antwerpen: Ballon Comics, 2013)

Jommeke and his friends are busy hiding Easter eggs in Professor Gobelijn’s garden, when all of a sudden Peter Roggeveen appears. He is a descendant of the Dutch explorer Jacob Roggeveen, the first European to discover Easter Island in 1722. Peter tells them a family legend that an egg is said to be buried next to the northernmost moai, and that it contains the very last message – a legacy to the world – by Amma-Moai. The adventurous young boy Jommeke, his friend Filiberke, the parrot Flip and Professor Gobelijn together with Peter Roggeveen set out for Easter Island, flying there in a futuristic egg-shaped vehicle. On Easter Island at Orongo they become acquainted with the last descendant of the Long Ears, Rapalango, who wants to assist them. However, two arch-enemies overhear their conversation: the Short Ear Rapakoto and his son, who then try to sabotage the protagonists’ efforts to find the precious egg. Rapakoto’s son hopes to find the egg on Motu Kao Kao, a rocky island not far from Easter Island. He canoes there and retrieves an egg-shaped stone, upon which a bird is resting, but back on Easter Island the group learn that this object is worthless.

Roggeveen realises that the northernmost moai actually might not be on Easter Island but instead it could be the stone moai headstone marking the grave of Jacob Roggeveen in Middelburg in the Netherlands. Together with Rapalango the gang fly back to the Netherlands, where they find the egg in Roggeveen’s grave. A rongorongo text is inscribed on the egg’s shell, which Professor Gobelijn enters into a special computer. The translation gives a message directed at both the Long Ears and the Short Ears, promising them prosperity. Rapalango and his friends now open the egg and in it they find some seeds. By way of an experiment Gobelijn plants one seed and waters it with a very special growth serum which he himself has created. The next day they find it has grown into an immense palm tree. It becomes clear to everyone that it had been the wish of Amma-Moai to replant Easter Island with palm trees and that his legacy was the seeds of these palms. Once again, the group of friends returns to Easter Island and there they plant the seeds and add the serum, leading quickly to the growth of a forest. With the help of some of the logs of wood that are now available again in abundance, and together with their egg-shaped flight vehicle, Rapalango and Rapakoto unite to erect a moai that Rapalango had completed but which had been left lying on its back. It is this moai which now commemorates Amma-Moai.

This 48-page comic, published in Dutch, is in the tradition of the ligne claire (clear line), which has a long tradition in Franco-Belgian comics. They are characterised by the fact that characters cast no shadows, their eyes are just dots and there is a minimum range of colour shades employed. Most of the well-known sites on Easter Island can be found in this comic, such as the stone houses of Orongo around Rano Kau and the quarry of Rano Raraku and, unusually for popular fiction, the offshore island of Motu Kao Kao. The traditional conflicts between the Long Ears and the Short Ears are featured but the extent of the Rapanui are reduced to a few men wearing primitive costumes. The rongorongo glyphs found on the stone egg are yet again established as a source of mystery and discovery leading to a moment of translation and historical revelation. Considering the importance of Jacob Roggeveen to Dutch exploration, it is surprising that not more Dutch comics have been drawn to Easter Island. Here, Roggeveen’s grave provides the buried treasure and the literal ‘seeds’ for Easter Island’s regeneration. There is, however, in reality no moai serving as the grave marker for Roggeveen. In a story that mixes science-fiction, alternate history fiction and eco-narratives, the present-day Dutch discover a solution for reversing the island’s deforestation with assistance from beyond the grave of a European explorer who in 1722 had actually fired upon and killed a group of Rapanui.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

Tales From Beyond Science
(2013, Image Comics)

Bringing together material largely published in the 1990s in the British comic 2000 AD, this collection includes a full-page artwork for a fake comic cover and a story in which moai come alive. Everything is united within a 1950s-1960s American stylised frame that is inspired by the science fiction of the period and television series of strange and the unknown, such as The Twilight Zone (1959-1964). The effect is supported by pages of absurd small advertisements (such as for a ‘Seebackroscope’ and a ‘Lucky “Cher” Shrunken Head’) and various made-up comics that are clever parodies of popular culture.

Within this comic is the story ‘Agents of Mu-Mu’ (first published 1992 in 2000 AD #777), in which an incarcerated sailor, Captain Ferdinand Magellan (of the US Navy), has become crazed as a result of his sea adventures. Journeying through Micronesia and the ‘Dragon’s Triangle’, the region’s equivalent of the Bermuda Triangle, his ship encounters a great sea beast, followed by a whirlpool which sucks his ship down, whilst his crew now overboard are “eaten by creature or creatures unknown”. The captain survives by clinging to a piece of wood, and “drifting thousands of miles across the Pacific Ocean”. He is washed ashore on Easter Island, where giant moai rise up from the ground; “we must destroy him before others like him come searching”, declares one. It is this experience which is enough to send the Captain mad.

Earlier in this publication a cover (originally created in 2011) is featured for a made-up comic, ‘Journey into the Improbable’. Whereas the story ‘Agents of Mu-Mu’, drew on American culture and Marvel Comics such as Tales to Astonish (reviewed above) and Where Monsters Dwell (reviewed above), this fake cover is distinctly British in its cultural references, from the Butlin’s holiday camp, to the seaside location of Camber Sands (where there is in fact a Pontin’s resort). The three moai appear to represent a family, with a ‘father’ smoking a pipe, a ’mother’ with diamond encrusted glasses, and a ‘teenage’ moai at the back wearing a bobble hat. The seasonal references to Easter and an “egg hunt” are basic moai humour used to justify the arrival of the moai family, seemingly on holiday. Meanwhile, the inclusion of a crazy golf course is both a typical British seaside activity and a part of tiki culture, in which large moai were once incorporated as mini-golf obstacles.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Frankenstein Agent of S.H.A.D.E.
‘Secret Weapon Against the Rot!’
(no.14, January 2013, DC Comics)

This is the second instalment in a 3-part story that sees Frankenstein fighting The Rot, an all-devouring force of decay and death that is rapidly destroying the natural world. First, Frankenstein has to defeat gargantuan creatures of anti-vegetation, the Colossi, with the last one (the biggest of all) found on Easter Island. Frankenstein and his vampiric companion Velcoro, a member of the Creature Commandos, fly to Easter Island in a monoplane where in the last pages of the issue Frankenstein crash-lands at the foot of a moai.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents



Frankenstein Agent of S.H.A.D.E.
‘Last Stand Against the Rot!’
(no.15, February 2013, DC Comics)

In the third instalment of a 3-part story, Frankenstein finds the immense size of the last of the Colossi overwhelming. Fortunately, a band of women warriors emerge who are living on Easter Island and have been reborn of nanotechnology. They transform themselves into burning swords and sacrifice themselves to enable the beast to be defeated. In several places Easter Island is referred to as a “utopia” and an “Eden” and with the warrior women living on a remote island the story appears to borrow part of the myth of Wonder Woman and her idyllic archipelago Themyscira, a nation also known as The Paradise Islands.

In this story, Easter Island is both an idyll – a remote land removed from the rot and decay of the natural world, which serves as an interesting inversion of the environmental collapse myth – and a monstrous land which at its core unknowingly hides a chimera born of the earth. As the story states “unfortunately, their island housed the last of Victor’s colossi. They had unknowingly built their utopia on the spine of the colossi”. The creature is a hybrid of Lovecraftian wonders, with giant centipede-like legs, a lizard-like tongue, immense razor-sharp teeth and a moai on top. Whilst the moai is associated with the land above it gives an eerie ‘face’ to a creature from beneath.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Barry Linck’s Phineus: The Kali Saga
‘Monstergeddon’
(no.47, July 2013, Barry Linck)

With giant creatures and monsters attacking cities across the globe, a council of magi meets in England, along with superheroes, to discuss a plan to acquire relics to help in their fight. Under the guidance of Merlin, these defenders split into teams of three to locate objects such as the Spear of Destiny. The marauding creatures, which appear to be under the control of goddess Kali, include great statues that have come alive such as the Talos colossus in Rome. Pittsburgh-based mage, Phineus, travels with his team to South America, where it is believed the Spear of Destiny was smuggled by the Nazis. But Phineas first travels to Easter Island, where he converses with a moai called Atrius. He promises the moai that he can free him, but only if the stone giant will help Phineus in his quest. The moai agrees and immediately is able to rise up from the land within which he had been constrained.

An online independent comic that appears to have been updated, page by page, on a weekly basis, the fiction turns to the common fantasy that the moai have full bodies that exist far beneath the earth and that these monoliths can rise up at times of calling. Despite being buried in the ground, upon rising, this giant of a moai is shown to be conveniently wearing a cloth around his waist, protecting his dignity.

The comic can be found online at http://www.phinmagic.net/phineus/?comic=monstergeddon.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Imagine Agents
(no.1, October 2013, Boom! Studios)

Special I.M.A.G.I.N.E. agents Dave and Terry work to contain the imaginary creatures that children conjure up and release. The story begins with the agents called out to the suburban home and neighbourhood of a young Dylan, that has been smashed by a “kinda freaky Easter-Island-meets-millipede thing”. The creature called Moog of Mog is a hybrid borne of childhood imagination that has emerged “probably due to Dylan’s interest in bugs and giant statues”. The creature is declared to be in “violation of Section 1 of the Imaginary Friend Agreement” and is duly zapped by an energy baton and captured in a handheld device.

Moog features across four early pages of the first comic in this 4-part story and is the monster which introduces the reader to this fantasy’s potential for absurdity and surrealism. The setting is mundane suburbia and a family home, where a creature such as Moog would be most unexpected. On the surface, this brightly-coloured adventure where anything is seemingly possible and generated by the imagination of children, offers unlimited scope for fantasy. However, the special agents – their work, attire, and tools – are very similar to the Men in Black, whilst Moog is reminiscent of the highly original monster that Frankenstein Agent of S.H.A.D.E. had fought in a DC comic just eight months earlier in February 2013. Moog’s speech – simplistic and child-like – is also probably drawn from the moai in Night at the Museum.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Cyborg 009: Conclusion – God's War
'Conspiracy of the Goddess'
(Tokyo: Shogakukan, 2013)

A group of explorers that includes archaeology professor Kagariya Toube, Kagariya's daughter, Hisui, and cyborg Joe Shimamura, search the underwater ancient manmade monoliths off the coast of Yonaguni Island, Japan. There, they discover in a sea cave a large moai, with the surrounding pottery similar to examples that have been discovered in North and South America.

Travelling to Easter Island, Joe wanders amongst the moai taking pictures. Suddenly, the birdman swoops down from above and grabs Joe by the hair and then hurls him back to the ground, whilst the moai begin to levitate. A week later, whilst still on the island, Joe is awoken from his sleep by a naked Hisui who visits and seduces him in his bedroom. Meanwhile, Hisui, who is now possessed by the moai and calls herself Himiko (Queen Himiko of the Yayoi), has acquired immense fortune-telling powers which she demonstrates on television, leading to rapid global fame. Her mind control powers also force leading figures – such as prime ministers and presidents of large companies – to confess to a range of truths, resulting in resignations, suicides and riots. Himiko is worshipped by the public and revered as a god.

Joe is haunted by the dreams and hallucinations he has been experiencing and is now a broken man. The moai discovered off Yonaguni has been erected on Okinawa Island, but it appears that it had only recently been moved to the underwater cave. A young archaeologist who questions the nature of the discovery is destroyed by Hisui, who blows her head to pieces employing her supernatural powers. Joe is about to commit suicide on Easter Island but is visited by Hisui in a vision who declares her love for him, pleads for his help and asks that he returns to Japan. As Joe reaches out to the vision of Hisui, he falls off a cliff. He is next seen on Okinawa Island alongside the moai, with his energy regained.

Hisui/ Himiko reveals to Joe her powers and he questions her true identity. Kagariya tries to destroy the moai with a large hammer, as he believes it is the source of the chaos, but he is attacked by Himiko. Joe tries to intervene but his head and body are blown apart by Himiko's telekinesis. No ordinary man, Joe also has special powers and returns as a celestial force who manages to push Himiko back and into the raised hands of the moai, whereupon she is absorbed into its body. Both the moai and Himiko disappear.

This long-running manga series which dates back to 1964, concluded in 2002 with a special additional story arc, that for this chapter, 'Conspiracy of the Goddess', ran for 3 issues. It was the unfinished manga of the celebrated artist Ishinomori Shotaro, completed by his son Onodera Joe, which was first broadcast as a television animation in 2002 (translated in 2004). In 2012-2013 it was published in Japan as a manga comic and subsequently translated.

The story has a multitude of character and plot strands that stretch across the series. Other elements are left unexplained making this manga fascinating but at times an abstract reading experience. The sudden emergence of the birdman, an assaultive figure, and the levitation of the moai on Easter Island are never explained. Nor how the moai off Yonaguni arrived there. Though the comic says the moai on Easter Island were moved/ lifted into the air by the birdman who is compared to a wizard. The moai are depicted as sources of great power, that are associated with devastation and chaos, with the possession of Hisui leading to a global crisis that is extended in the dramatic final manga, 'The Stronghold's Destruction' (chapter 15).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Cyborg 009: Conclusion – God's War
'The Stronghold's Destruction'
(Tokyo: Shogakukan, 2014)

With the world facing apocalyptic destruction from an evil force, the assembled Cyborgs target the power's nest, where they encounter and battle hordes of crocodile-men and flying demons. The monsters are taking orders from an unseen leader, so Cyborg 009, Joe Shimamura, travels to the heart of the nest where he finds a giant female moai with large breasts and tentacles, that is part Hisui/ Himiko, who was absorbed into the body of the stone monster in a previous instalment. The Cyborgs take it in turns to attack the moai with their specific super powers, but each is defeated.

Joe harnesses the little energy that he has left. However, the moai tells him, "you cannot match the power of us gods". The moai challenges Joe's feelings of love, whilst holding the woman he desires, Francoise, another Cyborg, captive. Japan is this moai's domain with other gods found and battled in other parts of the world. The moai explains that it is part of the ancient Jomon people, who sailed to the Americas and spread out and settled across South America and Polynesia: "the Native Americans, the Mayan people, and the Incan people all share the same DNA. And of course, those of Polynesia and Easter Island as well". Joe notices that the moai's protective shield is now down and shoots his gun straight through both of its eyes. As the moai fights Joe it is challenged by its feelings, as Hisui trapped inside starts to assert herself over the captive force. Ultimately, she manages to make the moai self-destruct in a nuclear-style explosion.

Female moai are few in the popular fiction of Easter Island. Mixing in the Japanese obsession with kaiju (giant monsters), that are often sexualised when girls/ young women are introduced, has resulted here in a moai with highly exaggerated feminine proportions. Moreover, of the gods and adversaries faced by the Cyborgs in this cult series it is a giant moai and a monster in female form that is presented as the most apocalyptic. This manga, like some fiction, continues to maintain the myth that the Easter Islanders were historically biologically related to the South Americans. It was a belief/ theory of the archaeologist and adventurer Thor Heyerdahl, that has since been proven wrong through DNA testing that shows Polynesians had migrated Eastwards.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Canman
(Season 2, episodes 13-22; November 2013-February 2014)

Alicia is held captive in an underwater cave beneath Easter Island. Reached only by submarine, she is transferred to the surface, to the foot of ahu Tongariki, and tied to a pole. On one side are her captors (who believe she is Canman) and on the other is a shaman, who performs a ceremony whilst chanting. Hidden within a wooden cup of "traditional drink" is a can of energy drink, which the shaman says will help him "invoke the forces of ahu Tongarik" and give him Canman's powers.

Canman is in fact Matt, an ordinary guy who acquires enhanced powers when he consumes a can of energy drink. It is dramatically revealed that Matt has dressed up as the shaman. He drinks the can becoming Canman, ties up the villains and rescues Alicia.

This is a series of installments in an extended comic book adventure, that has been circulated free online as an advertising campaign promoting Dark Dog energy drink (which originated in Austria). Whenever Matt drinks Dark Dog he becomes superhero Canman, a bright yellow can with arms and legs. The comic has been employed to suggest consumers will also acquire enhanced powers by purchasing the drink.

Consumer products, including drinks such as Heineken, have appeared on or next to the moai before. As part of a myth of presence, it would seem that companies perceive an increased value or prestige in being placed alongside these monolithic wonders. The nighttime isolated setting, swirling fire and a long row of watching moai, is intended to add to an atmosphere of unease.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Mr Peabody & Sherman
‘Sea You Later!
(no.2, December 2013, IDW Publishing)

The story begins on Easter Island, and prior to Peabody (a Harvard educated/ Nobel Prize winning dog that is the smartest being on the planet) and Sherman (his adopted human son) adventuring in their WABAC (pronounced way-back) time-travelling machine to Venice in 1645, and then to the West Indies in 1715, where they meet Blackbeard and his band of pirates. The duo would appear to be on Easter Island prior to the arrival of the first Europeans, which was 1722. Peabody and Sherman explore the wonders of the moai, which they also help to carve.

The Easter Island part of this comic appears on the first two pages and acts as both a prologue and an opportunity to parade a number of ‘stone’ and ‘head’ puns – “you’re a chip off the old block”, “I’ve always wanted to get ahead” – that are actually quite common amongst moai-directed humour. This section is essentially a colourful and extended cartoon strip of the variety that is often found in newspapers. As in such humour-filled cartoon strips obsessed with the moai, there is a narrative presented as to their origins – in this version, a Rapanui man who facially resembles the stone-carvings is shown to be an inspiration: “It’s not a bad likeness”, he says.

Mr Peabody and Sherman, who began life as a 1959 television animation series, are perpetual adventurers and enthusiastic tourists, who are forever wishing to secure unique experiences where they are actively part of a cultural-historical event. As they board their time machine and wave farewell to the smiling Rapanui, Peabody and Sherman concur that their visit was “fun”, with Peabody stating “more importantly, it fulfilled a life-long ambition of mine as well”.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Suske en Wiske [Suske and Wiske]
'De Windbrekers' ['The Windbreakers']
(no. 179; text and images: Willy Vandersteen; Antwerp and Amsterdam: Standard Uitgeverij, 2014)

Lambik, a detective, is blown over by a heavy storm on his way back home from a pub. At the same time, a piece of rock falls into the garden of Aunt Sidonia. When Lambik, Aunt Sidonia and the two children Suske and Wiske are digging for the stone that has created a hole in the garden, they find a stone statue that resembles a baby. They bring the statue to Professor Barabas, who discovers that it is trying to signal. Barabas is able to decode the signals with a special device and learns that the baby comes from a Polynesian island called Foetsij, where an evil sorcerer with the name Or-Ka-Han wants to destroy the existing statues out of revenge. It turns out, that this small statue is a royal child, and the sorcerer initially wanted to marry her mother but was rejected.

The sorcerer appears as a cat, searching for the small royal statue, but he is unsuccessful in his quest. Lambik, Aunt Sidonia, Suske and Wiske, together with their friend Jerom, decide to go to Foetsij island to take the royal child back and save the people and their statues. With a futuristic machine, called a 'terranef', they are able to dig themselves through the earth to the other side of the world arriving safely in Polynesia. There, they observe the statues on the island of Foetsij, with the sorcerer living on a nearby island called Stormolulu.

The friends build a shelter under which they place the statue of the royal child and they ask it questions using the translation machine of Barabas. The sorcerer, together with his companion Donderoko, tries to stop the friends by altering the weather. He sees that Suske and Wiske are on their way to Foetsji by raft and he creates a great storm. Jerom successfully prevents the statues on Foetsij island from falling down, whilst Lambik thwarts the sorcerer thereby forcing the storm to cease. Suske and Wiske are now able to bring the statue of the royal child to the other statues and they are reunited as a family, which results in their hearts beating again. Or-Ka-Han is suddenly also transformed into a stone statue. He realises that he was wrong and says that he wishes to now protect the island. The friends say goodbye to the stone statues and return home using their terranef.

This story – whose key protagonists appear in another comic series by the same Belgian author (see the review above for Jerom) – was first published in 1980. To date the entire series of Suske and Wiske adventures consists of more than 300 volumes, with the comics – which are especially popular in French and Dutch – reprinted over several editions.

The two Polynesian islands are sparsely populated with the inhabitants rather inexplicably appearing solely in the form of the sorcerer and his companion. They are drawn as figures that are possibly part Polynesian and part South American, with their island of Stormalulu seemingly inspired in name by Honolulu. In contrast, at the centre of the story is the royal family of stone statues. Their image appears inspired by the moai of Easter Island, as foregrounded on the comic's cover. The statues in this fiction are associated with nobility and exist as embodiments of living beings. In its own way the story connects with issues of man-made natural disasters and climate change in the Pacific, with the statues, like the moai, exposed to being knocked over by extreme conditions. Within the fantasy there are also elements of science-fiction, with the terranef part of a history of adventures of drilling through the centre of the earth that can be found in the work of writers such as Edgar Rice Burroughs and his novel At the Earth's Core.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

The Young Protectors
‘Engaging the Enemy. Chapter 3’
(2014; text: Alex Woolfson; pencils: Adam DeKraker; colors: Veronica Gandini)

An independent webcomic, with artwork generally added following readership donations, The Young Protectors is an X-Men inspired superhero adventure with an openly gay narrative. On one double-page spread, and as part of a collage of images, depictions of moai on the slopes of Rano Raruku appear within the top left and right of the frame. Against this background and images of ancient civilisations and medievalism, death and subservience, a selfish and manipulative witch-like warrior woman, the Platinum Princess, states her strength and longevity. She draws from the world’s arcane powers and declares she has “outlived every civilisation created by man!” and that she “will be a Goddess once more!”. Along with a Mesoamerican pyramid, the moai are the most recognisable aspect of the collage and they add to the mysticism, fantasy and a sense of unknown power. They also establish a depth of history and of civilisations come and gone.

The comic can be found at https://webcomics.yaoi911.com/typ-storyline/ete/ete-ch3/.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Giant Girl Adventures
'Happy Easter, Why the Long Face?'
(no.2, 2014, Giant Comics)

Ronni Kane, aka Giant Girl, is a former secret agent, turned treasure hunter and stunt woman, who has the ability to make herself and things around her grow and shrink. Her travelling companion is 64 Bit, who has the ability to become any computer game character and acquire its abilities. The two of them are flying to Easter Island in a continuing adventure which sees them searching for parts of H.G. Wells's 'treasure machine' (Giant Girl already has a cog). In flight, Ronni relays her knowledge of Easter Island, which she has acquired from reading Wikipedia.

Landing on Easter Island, they start exploring and enter a cave looking for a secret door. Ronni falls off a cliff's edge but manages to float down by shrinking to a tiny size and using her hat as a parachute. 64 Bit follows her having transformed into a winged demon. Ronni says that they should find "another ana kai tangata" in this cavern. As the duo reach towards the bottom of the cave they encounter a mass of animated flying and snapping skulls. Ronni recites some Rapanui words – "a sacred chant to appease the aku-aku" – as the skulls are successfully defeated. The adventure is continued in issue number 3 (reviewed below).

Giant Girl is a combination of the films The Attack of the 50 Foot Woman, and the comics of Robert Crumb, with their obsession on the female form and exaggerated body size. In particular, Giant Girls' accentuated bottom and breasts, and her ever-changing revealing and figure-hugging costumes, are as much a focus of the story as the treasure-hunting. These images are often quite explicit as fantasies (though there is no nudity) and the creators play down accusations of pornography by arguing in the afterword that the comic is just "suggestive". The adventure borrows too from Tomb Raider and Alice in Wonderland, with Ronni able to grow or shrink in size to meet a situation. The story, which is rather threadbare, was originally longer, but for this edition had been split over two issues. Filling out the narrative are pages of commentary that extend out from the comic's self-reflexivity with the creators' thoughts on the characters and the artwork.

The cover for this edition was originally not the featured artwork for issue 2, but a full-page illustration found at the back of the comic. Moving this image to the front creates a more striking cover, with Giant Girl flanked by moai emphasising this superhero's colossal size – although in the comic she can become much taller. A fashion-conscious woman, her red wide-brimmed hat has been placed on a moai as an impromptu pukao.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Giant Girl Adventures
'Is it Tomb Raiding, if There's No Tomb?'
(no.3, 2014, Giant Comics)

The cog from H.G. Wells's 'treasure machine' is guiding Ronni Kane, aka Giant Girl, as she and her companion 64 Bit venture further within Easter Island's cave system. The two of them discover large pictographs of rongorongo on a cave wall, of which Giant Girl is able to read most with ease, whilst growing in size to reach the writing higher up. The glyphs say that the moai are "the revered ancestors" watching over "their descendants", whilst awaiting the return of Makemake "the birdman from the skies". Ronni says that the moai would appear to be from outer space and are waiting to be picked up and returned to their home in the stars. She thinks that "the entire island" may even be "a living vessel" waiting to be picked up by a mothership.

The duo shrink down in size to avoid the cave's traps, whilst the cog is updating information the closer they get to their goal. Wells had supposedly hidden a part of his device on Easter Island with the help of the Rapanui, who have become its guardians. Suddenly a group of giant sharks leap out of an underground lake. Realising there is no other way out, Giant Girl changes into a swimsuit and decides to enter the shark pool, defeating the beasts. She and 64 Bit swim underwater and reach a cave surrounded by moai.

There, in a temple, they find the object, a box, left by Wells and which they had been searching for – Giant Girl takes it but believes she does not need an object of equal weight to be a replacement. It leads to the giant moai coming alive. They speak in rongorongo as they attack Giant Girl, however, in her colossal size she fights back using her martial art skills and smashes their bodies. But the moai are able to rebuild themselves, so the two companions decide to flee, running and swimming away. Upon reaching the surface they discover more moai that have come alive. 64 Bit perches on Giant Girl's shoulder as they walk into the sea and away from the island, watched by the moai who cannot follow.

The moai feature more in his issue and are mainly drawn residing underground with small heads and hulking muscular bodies. They are still unable to defeat Giant Girl, who fights these dumb brutes with some ease. The story casually takes from Rapanui culture dropping in references with little depth. Having a moai speak in rongorongo, was an original touch, but the translating with ease of the glyphs on a cave wall lacked thought, as did the story they revealed. Moai fiction has shown a debt to the writers H.G. Wells and Jules Verne, but this is the only one which directly incorporates either novelist into the story. Tomb Raider and Indiana Jones are more direct influences on this fantasy, which features caves with traps and guarded prized objects which await intrepid treasure hunters.

The cover for this issue was originally also employed for when issues 2 and 3 were combined.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Three-Eyed One
'Easter Island Voyage'
(Tokyo: Kodansha, 2014)

Later adapted into a serialised television anime (reviewed above), the 'Easter Island Voyage' was originally published in Japan in July and August 1976 as a weekly manga. This 2014 Kodansha edition collects together reprints of the original comic into a 500 page edition. The manga is significantly different to the anime in key places especially regards the inclusion of Easter Island. Where the moai simply glow and transmit power in the anime, they levitate in the manga and roll and later bounce down the hillsides crushing and flattening central characters and islanders to death. Easter Island's airport building and an airplane on the runway are also crushed beneath the moving monoliths. Such devastation is missing from the anime, moreover the islanders and their modern-day infrastructure are absent, thereby removing Rapanui from an active civilisation.

The appearance of rongorongo in the manga is retained by the anime, but re-positioned as a series of extended carvings on an island rock, which is at least closer to home. For in the manga, rongorongo does not appear on Easter Island, but on the wall of an ancient Mayan/Aztec-like structure. Their translation leads to a mechanism being released and the floor descending to reveal a passage flanked by esoteric symbols. Relocating rongorongo in the manga extends its reach and establishes a mythical connection between South America and Rapanui.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Ineffables
‘Political Science’ and ‘Political Asylum’
(January 2014, Mystery City Comics)

At Ineffables HQ, Chet Burnett is advised by his moai companion, Mason, that the reason for his invulnerability is his “physical form is nearly twice the age of the matter in our environment”. Mason has reached this conclusion following months of tests on Chet in his laboratory. They are interrupted by their colleague Clarity, “a sentient work of abstract art”, and advised that the zombies in Mystery City have broken loose. Elsewhere, Abraham Lincoln (the former US President), is giving a frontiersmanship class to young children teaching them to throw axes, when the zombies attack the school. Lincoln springs to action and with the aid of the school’s dodgeball team the zombies are defeated, for the moment.

Joining his colleagues at Ineffables HQ they realise that the zombies are focused around the City Hall. The team travel to the civic building and question the Mayor, whose conservative politics are manufacturing alternative scientific conclusions such as “oil drilling benefits wildlife”. Mason confronts the Mayor and asks him why. The Mayor says his supporters have a “core set of beliefs they want presented […] and I cannot let mere facts get in the way”. It turns out the zombies are all famous scientists who have returned from the grave to fight the Mayor’s lies. Mason deconstructs a car and with its parts builds a machine that helps the zombies properly decompose. As the team return to the Mayor’s office, Lincoln says he will challenge him as a candidate in the next election.

In the second story, ‘Political Asylum’, Mason the moai and Clarity are adrift in the Discontinuity Zone, where they visit the Citadel of Gorman. Mason is looking for a “universal nullifier” to complete his collection of “doomsday devices”. They are spotted by a giant Gorman guard who sets them a mathematical riddle, which Mason says he needs time to complete. Meanwhile, in Mystery City, the countdown to the election for the new Mayor has begun and Lincoln has a televised debate against the corrupt incumbent. Unfortunately, whilst Lincoln uses educated statements of truth and relevance, the corrupt Mayor makes a “visceral appeal” built on absurd statements which speaks more to the masses.

Post debate, the Mayor demands that Lincoln provides a DNA sample to prove he is not a clone. That is then used by the Mayor to create an actual clone to distort the election. But what they create is a monster Lincoln that bursts forth from its chamber in the laboratory. This hulk-like figure starts destroying parts of the city, so Mason creates a device that shrinks Chet and projects him into the monstrous clone. Once inside, Chet dismantles the clone’s “basic components”, leading it to disintegrate. The wider damage, however, has been done with the public believing the rampaging clone was the actual Lincoln and thereby voting the Mayor back into another term with a majority of 99%.

‘Political Science’ was written and drawn by Craig Bogart in 2004 during a 24 hour challenge for Comic Book Day. It was collected with ‘Political Asylum’ for one of several comic books in the Ineffables series released in 2014 (see ‘Face of the Monster’ reviewed below, and ‘All of Creation’ reviewed above). An independent comic with touches of surrealism, politics and wacky humour, The Ineffables began in 2001 and has been published occasionally since. This team of futuristic crime fighters includes Clarity, a modern piece of art who can change herself into other shapes and forms, and the former President Abraham Lincoln, who apparently faked his death to investigate the Confederates’ fountain of youth. Lincoln is a fearless axe-throwing fighter of monsters which predates the 2010 novel and 2012 film Abraham Lincoln: Vampire Hunter.

Politically, the comic positions itself as a critic of American Conservatism and eerily foreshadows the administration of President Donald Trump. Lincoln is not just a crime-fighter, but an upholder of justice and political righteousness. Mason, the moai, “risen from a nameless Pacific isle”, is a hyper-intelligent figure, who tackles complex science and is able to manufacture new crime-fighting devices with ease. In humorous comics and cartoon strips, moai that are alive are presented as extremes – either possessing immense intellect, which is most common and can be seen in the Max Cannon Red Meat cartoon strip, or as imbeciles as can be seen in the Night at the Museum films (reviewed above).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Ineffables
‘Face of the Monster’
(January 2014, Mystery City Comics)

Chet Burnett, a crusading and invincible journalist, and Clarity, a sentient piece of abstract art, arrive at the Enigma Foundation’s museum for “esoteric scientific phenomenon”. They are carrying a “polaric reintegrator”, which Mason, a hyper-intelligent moai, has repaired. It is needed to stabilise one of the exhibits. The curator, Dylan, shows the team behind the scenes at the museum, where they see amongst other curiosities scientists reconstructing a steam-driven robot found in an Aztec ziggurat; Mason says he saw a prototype on an earlier visit to the South Americans. In the vampire exhibit, the bloodsucker is represented by a Cheney/Trump politician called ‘Dave’.

There’s a sudden Code Red as the vampire politician breaks free but Mason defeats him with mirrors. That night, a security guard is mysteriously murdered at the museum. Another guard swears that the killer was the Frankenstein monster which was being held in another room in a block of ice. Mason and the team are called to the museum to help investigate and are directed to another part of the building when an alarm sounds, following a fail safe going offline. Venturing into the sector, Chet and Mason encounter Lovecraft’s tentacled Cthulhu. Mason contains it within a circle of salt as the creature has “the same genus” as the garden slug.

Mason confronts the curator of the museum as they believe that a ghostly form is releasing these exhibits from their enclosures. That night they observe the occurrence and discover that the threat comes from the dead souls used in the creation of the Frankenstein monster who are aggrieved that they did not receive their royalties. Mason, Chet and their colleague, a Ronald Reagan android, investigate the source of the problem and discover the polaric reintegrator has been sabotaged. The Reagan android transforms and using its Quantum Republican Filter stabilises the machine.

Like other adventures of The Ineffables (see ‘Political Science’, reviewed above), this comic combines surrealist humour, pop culture and politics. The story takes place entirely within a museum and borrows from the film series Night at the Museum (reviewed above), which sees historical and cultural exhibits come alive during closing hours. Mason continues as the super-intelligent moai, who is capable of comprehending extreme physics. Throughout the numerous episodes of threat, this moai is unflappable and ever-confident that he has the exact knowledge to defeat the foe. Cthulhu has connected several times with moai fiction – see The Web of Easter Island (reviewed below) and Crossover: Atómica/ Manu-Tara Containment Group (reviewed above).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Deadpool
‘Wakandan Vacation’
(no.20, February 2014, Marvel Comics Group)

Deadpool is given a task by the Ruler of the Earth of uniting four cosmic puzzle pieces. The first piece was easily acquired at the start of the story in the fictional Wakanda, Africa, home to the superhero Black Panther. To help Deadpool in this challenge he is given a “cosmic device” which brings forth a transporter – which Deadpool calls Sledpool – that enables him to travel through time and space. The transporter takes him back in time to a prehistoric Earth, where he battles dinosaurs. Chased by the giant Mangog, who also desires the puzzle pieces, Deadpool heads for the next location – the Negative Zone – where he grabs the second item. From there, he travels to China, where in a cavern he encounters a large dragon, Fin Fang Foom, and the final piece of the puzzle. As Deadpool unites the pieces and completes the puzzle, a cosmic baby emerges who congratulates him on his success.

Suddenly, the baby transports himself and Deadpool, along with Mangog and Fin Fang Foom, to Easter Island. On arrival, the moai erupt from the ground and attempt to grab the travellers and the Sledpool. In the sixth chapter of the story, Deadpool flies Sledpool through the mouth and into the body of Fin Fang Foom, where stuck inside they encounter Odin who transports Deadpool and the cosmic baby to Asgard. A cosmic discharge from the baby helps to power Asgard for 1000 years and, with the challenge finally completed, Odin sends Deadpool back to Earth, “and the worst place I could think of” – the 1990s.

In the lunatic adventures of Deadpool, where anything is possible and the story is highly self-reflexive, Easter Island is introduced without any reason. It is arrived at and left in a frenetic chase that is similar to a computer game with its puzzles, pieces to collect and levels of difficulty. The moai glow with energy from their mouths and eyes, with no explanation given also for their ability to come alive and rise up. After the dinosaurs of the prehistoric world and the dragon in a Chinese cavern, in this story the moai act as simply more giants to overcome in another faraway land.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

God is Dead
(no.9 and no.11, February and March 2014, Avatar Press)

In what is termed the Second Coming, a long list of gods and goddesses from different mythologies and cultures arrive on Earth to take possession. The gods start fighting amongst each other, dragging the humans into a mighty global war.

The many powerful gods that lay waste to Earth include those from the Greek, Egyptian, Japanese, Norse, Slavic, Arabic, Celtic, Aztec, Hindu and Native American pantheons. From the Oceania pantheon, there is Maui and the moai from Polynesia, and the Adaro from the Solomon Islands of Melanesia. The comics are graphic in their depiction of violence with the bodies of humans brutalised and ripped apart. The gods are depicted here as vicious figures from mythology and the Adaro sea creatures are especially violent with their razor-sharp fish teeth and claw-like hands. The moai appear fleetingly and always alongside the Adaro. Whilst the Adaro speak, the moai are more hulking brutes who tear the rooftops off homes and hurl objects.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Hiva #1: Venganza [Hiva #1: Revenge]
(July 2014, Mitomano Comics)

Nani pleads with her friend Hiva to help her have a child. Hiva says she cannot help as she is the reincarnation of a goddess and her duty is to protect the people of Rapanui. Nani argues that she loves the people of Rapanui too and wants to maintain the culture through becoming a mother. She walks off upset and declares that she will be avenged.

Arriving back at her home at Akahanga, Nani is met by her partner, Pedro, who is angry and slaps her across the face for having wasted her time in turning to Hiva. Nani rises up and shouts at Pedro with great intensity, "I hate you", whilst pushing him hard. He falls backwards and smashes his head against a pile of rocks, and is killed instantly. Meanwhile, Hiva has travelled to Ranok and sits beside him. She thanks the moai for helping her come to the right decision regards Nani. Suddenly she feels a strange force on the island; she will deal with it herself and tells Ranok he is not needed. She flies to Akahanga, where she discovers Pedro's body. Hiva decides she must find Nani to tell her what has happened. As she flies off, the plant life of Rapanui is already beginning to wrap around the body of Pedro, claiming the deceased.

An exhausted Nani has run off into the surrounding vegetation, where she is a mixture of confused and angry. She asks herself, "what do I do now?", to which a plant responds, "kill her!". The plant tells Nani that if she takes it she will have her revenge. Nani cannot believe the plant is talking and initially thinks it is a hallucination. The plant says it should not be feared – "I am only a flower and I will not harm you". Nani tugs at the flower and removes its head, which she then admires as "beautiful". As she holds it close to her face, the flower, which says it is called 'Nahale', releases extensions and soon these are wrapping themselves all around Nani.

An empowered Nani, adorned in plant life, encounters Hiva and declares that they are now equal. The two of them fight and Nani strikes Hiva down with an almighty punch. Hiva orders Nahale to cease its possession of Nani's body. Nani responds with another almighty punch to Hiva's stomach, which leaves her spitting blood. Thorny shoots of vegetation are fired from Nani's hand but Hiva protects herself within a force-field. Hiva then generates immense energy and fires it at Nani knocking her down unconscious. When Nani awakens, Nahale seems to have left her body, although her final frame with Hiva suggests otherwise. In the epilogue, the earth reclaims the forgotten body of Pedro, with plant life wrapping around almost every part of him as it takes his energy.

This Spanish-language comic by the Chilean-based Mitomano Comics was the first to feature a story focused on just one of their Rapanui superheroes from the Manu-Tara Containment Group. Ranok the moai, who appears briefly on just one page, had his own solo comic in May 2016 (see the review below). Compared to the other Mitomano comics this one has a weaker story and simpler illustrations, which is a shame as the front cover promised much with Hiva framed between two posts featuring carvings that include tangata manu (the birdman) and Make-Make. Inside, however, there is little that connects the story to Rapanui – even the sole moai, the mighty Ranok, is shown in part and without definition. Hiva appears older than in the previous comics (such as the June 2012 Atómica crossover issue, reviewed above) and she is now without her body paint. Gone also are the bright colours and detail found in each frame in the other Rapanui-related Mitomano comics and in their place is a three-person drama with little dialogue.

The ecological fantasy that imagines the vegetation is alive, can communicate, grow quickly and have immense strength is borrowed from horror fiction and stories that range from Little Shop of Horrors and The Ruins to Day of the Triffids. In this comic, it suggests there is a power within the land on Rapanui, but this is never developed within the story.

This comic was only published online and is available at this link.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

WWE Superstars
'Legends'
(no.9, October 2014, Super Genius)

WWE wrestlers of the present and past find themselves involved in continuous competitive matches scattered across different locations and periods in time. These include Ancient Rome and the gladiatorial arena of the colosseum, Tombstone and the O.K. Corral, and a pirate ship. It is left to a 1984 version of Rowdy Roddy Piper to journey to these realms to collect and unite wrestlers that include Stone Cold Steve Austin and Hulk Hogan and the tag team champions The Wild Samoans. Piper had first woken up on Easter Island, where he had been transported to fight Bad News Barrett. Their clash involves a series of wrestling moves, with Piper eventually slamming Barrett against a row of moai on an ahu (platform). The moai topple and reveal underneath a secret doorway and steps leading down to a chamber of tunnels, monitors and doors that lead to other fight realms. Also discovered in this underground lair is a containment room with countless WWE legends in suspended animation.

In the first of a 4-part story, created by ex WWE legend Mick Foley, and written by WWE fighter Shane Riches, the seemingly boundless narrative allows for a rich combination of wrestlers in foreign locations. Easter Island as a battlefield for heroes of super strength is not a novel idea with, for instance, Wonder Woman fighting Aquaman there in a 2003 animation (see the review above). In these fantasies, the moai become weapons with which to whack an opponent or against which a foe is to be slammed. The enormous stone statues are employed to emphasise the power of fighters. For the idea that an individual can lift or move a moai alone, or to be hit by one, suggests great strength or pain. The moai have also been imagined in previous fiction as presenting access to a secret passageway that leads to an underground control room and a lair of high technology.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The World Mystery Adventure: The Secrets of the Easter Island Stone Statues
(Nanchang: Jiangxi Fine Arts Publishing House, 2015)

Duo Luoluo is angry with his father who has failed to keep a promise of taking him out as he has to now go on a long business trip. To cheer Duo Luoluo up, his father gives him a red hat as a gift. Duo Luoluo wears this red hat to see his friends, who find his appearance hilarious. The red hat reminds his friend Du Ziyan of the giant statues on Easter Island, who feature pukao. Having never heard of the giant statues before, Duo Luoluo and his other little friends' curiosity is instantly ignited, so they decide to set up a group called 'Little Dragon Adventure Team'. A girl called Xiaoyin, who has a robot bodyguard called Ayr, also joins the group. With the help of Ayr, the brave Little Dragon Adventure Team journey back in time to a pre-colonial Easter Island. After landing on the island, they first encounter an indigenous boy Waka and then his father, who are wary of these foreigners; the locals had been warned by their ruler, King Max, that communication with any foreigners is forbidden.

The Little Dragon Adventure Team learn that the indigenous people who work hard to create the moai are being used as forced labour by King Max. On another encounter with Waka and his father, Waka's father tells the story of Easter Island to the Little Dragon Adventure Team. About 300 years ago, the long-suffering islanders began an uprising to overthrow the barbaric rulers. Unexpectedly, the magic of the Volcano God reached the hand of then ruler King Habi, and the uprising failed. Habi forced the vanquished people to build stone statues day and night to worship the God of Volcanoes. More than twenty years ago, another big uprising took place. The hero of that uprising was called Rupee. However, King Max was also in control of the magical powers. He is worse than the rulers of the past, because he has a group of men called the Magic Army, which is very powerful. The uprising Rupee led failed, and whilst Rupee is alive he has lost his confidence completely and has been in exile. Scared of King Max's magic powers, the indigenous people could not escape their slavery. However, Waka's father remembers an ancient prophecy from his ancestor: if a person wearing a red hat comes to the island, good luck will emerge. Duo Luoluo's red hat, therefore, looks promising.

Somehow, King Max has finally found out that his slaves are in contact with foreigners. As punishment, these people will be killed. Waka's father thinks that the only people who can save their lives is the Little Dragon Adventure Team. They journey with some of the locals to meet Rupee, who has been in hiding for the last twenty years. Rupee recounts the history of the island to the team. In fact, the first inhabitants on the island were not humans, but aliens from the distant planet Sirius. These are Rupee's ancestors who settled on Rapanui as their own planet had become unlivable. The Sirius people began to develop the island but one day another alien group from the planet Leo arrived, which led to the first of the wars. The aliens from Leo were drawn to Rapanui as it had a huge reserve of silver.

Eventually, the aliens from Leo defeated the aliens from Sirius, and occupied the land. One of the rulers from Leo was called Habi. He had a wizard who said that if Habi wanted to rule the island, then he must build 888 stone statues. However, by the time of Habi's death only some 400 of the statues had been built. The next ruler King Max was more cruel and ruthless than Habi. Over the years, Rupee has been searching for King Max's weakness and he thinks that he has found it – King Max's magic will be weakened when faced with the color red.

The Little Dragon Adventure Team and Rupee make the decision to use the birdman festival to defeat King Max. Waka's father competes and is almost eaten by a shark, when Ayr intervenes and emerges riding the shark that it has beaten into submission and now controls. Ayr leads the shark to attack the other competitors whilst Waka's father swims safely on to an island and collects several bird eggs. He carries these in a nest strapped to the top of his head and swims back to the main shore to be declared the winner. King Max is not happy and he sends the island into darkness with an eclipse of the sun. The islanders are afraid but Rupee arrives dressed for combat. With Xiaoyin encouraging them to be strong, Rupee leads the islanders into battle against King Max and his army. At the point that King Max sees that the moai now have red hats (or pukao) he loses his power. He collapses to the ground with his soldiers immediately turning to stone and smashed by the islanders. King Max is tied up and imprisoned and Rupee is recognised as a hero. The Little Dragon Adventure Team are about to leave when Duo Luoluo's hat is blown away by a gust of wind. The islanders decide to use it as an inspiration to make more red hats for their moai. They then build a series of boats and leave the island sailing off into the horizon.

After their experiences on Easter Island, The Little Dragon Adventure Team return to their normal life and decide to keep their great adventure anonymous. When Duo Luoluo arrives home, his mother shouts at him, followed with a good smack: "Why are you coming home so late?". Luo Duoduo asks himself painfully, "why I am seen as a hero outside, but as a useless bear at home?".

This is one of six popular science comic book in a series published in Chinese. As a comic book for young readers, it presents some facts mixed with much fiction. Inside, there are "Knowledge Points" throughout, which help to highlight facts about Easter Island. The Little Dragon Adventure team consists of Duo Luoluo, who is energetic and has a sense of justice, Long Feifei, who is lively, sensitive and kind, Du Ziyan, who is clever but full of wicked ideas, and Fei Dudu, who has an abhorrence of evil and is a voracious eater. These distinctive characters aid young readers in following the story.

The comic is a curious mix of genres and cultures, which has turned to imitating Japanese manga for much of its style. Many of the characters, such as the masked villain, King Max, have costumes, mannerisms and hair that belongs more to Japanese science-fiction animation. This is further complicated in images in which the enthroned king is shown on a step-pyramid temple surrounded by artefacts that all appear to be from the culture of the Incas. The enslavement of the islanders, working laboriously on carving and moving the moai, whilst being overseen by whip-wielding soldiers, seems to have been taken from popular images of the pyramid-building Egyptians and the Israelites. Elsewhere, the depictions of the islanders, often with thick lips and bones through their hair, can be interpreted as racist.

Other moai fiction have viewed the pukao as hats – a popular misconception, which was also extended into an actual item of formal headwear in Inspector Gadget (reviewed above). The pukao are actually topknots of hair, but the many global attempts to colonise Rapanui culture have created narratives that introduce artefacts that have nothing to do with the local identity.

Time travel as a plot development to transport young children to a pre-colonial Rapanui, in order to best aid their educational understandings of the culture, has occurred several times before in Time Warp Trio (reviewed above), The Adventures of Ogu, Mampato and Rena (reviewed above) and Mr Peabody & Sherman (reviewed above). The idea of an alien race relocating to Earth/Rapanui has also occurred elsewhere in moai fiction – see, for instance, Doctor Who: Eye of Heaven (reviewed below) – and Aliens from planet Sirius had appeared previously in Strange Adventures (reviewed above).

Lingling Mao

Jump to contents

Justice League Dark
(no.37, February 2015, DC Comics)

In late 2014/ early 2015, DC released across its titles 23 variant covers in a widescreen format by regular DC artist Darwyn Cooke. These imagined situations from the DC universe as one-off events/ singular images. The cover for this issue of Justice League Dark does not relate to the content inside but as with many other DC comics it exploits the location of Easter Island, and its perceived mysteries, for a gathering of comic book characters.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Earth 2: World’s End
‘God Flesh’
(no.22, May 2015, DC Comics)

Together, the superheroes of Earth 2 (part of DC’s Multiverse and its alternative Earths) unite to defend humankind from the forces of Darkseid and Apokolips. They are “tearing the earth apart” and this is represented in a montage of images, the first of which shows a powerful force ripping through a row of moai. The image contrasts with those beneath showing a city flooded by molten lava from an almighty erupting volcano and a natural landscape of tent rocks billowing red-hot smoke. The moai represent here the creations of mankind and appear as ancient wonders against the modernity of an urban sprawl. These stone carvings have also stood for a very long time and the manner in which they are suddenly obliterated encapsulates the enormity of the all-powerful destructive force which reaches across the world.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Adventures of Basil and Moebius, Vol. 11
‘Secret of the Ancients’
(Illustrator: Novo Malgapo; text: Ryan Schifrin and Larry Hama; Chicago: Magnetic Press, December 2015)

Cursed adventurers Basil and Moebius scour the world for ancient treasures and antiquities to steal in order to satisfy the desires of ‘The Collector’. It is later revealed that this mysterious figure, who is a Lovecraftian tentacled alien in human disguise, has been banished to Earth. The antiquities are needed for a powerful machine, that can warp time and space, and that The Collector is building in his basement. The new hunt is on for the missing half of a sixteenth-century Ottoman map that reveals the location of a secret temple. Long ago, twelve Ottoman sailors were shipwrecked and marooned on Easter Island, “the most remote island in the world”, and it is there where Basil and Moebius hope to find the missing map piece.

Helped by the Israeli secret service, Basil and Moebius arrive at Easter Island by plane and drive up to Ahu Tongariki, where one of the moai is misaligned and is discovered to be facing Mecca. Searching this moai for clues left by the Ottomans they find there is a small hole in its side. Upon pressing a finger in this hole it collapses the mouth of the moai, revealing a secret entrance. Inside the moai is a ladder that takes the companions deep underground and into a cave where they discover an Ottoman skeleton clutching the missing map piece. Unfortunately, the old map crumbles upon being touched, but the adventurers are amazed to see that the map has been reproduced in large scale on the cave ceiling. It shows that the secret underwater temple, which is an inverted ziggurat, is located off the coast of Crete.

This is the third part in a 4-part story, featuring a new instalment in the perpetual adventures of the Oxford-educated Moebius and Basil, an accomplished thief and former SAS soldier. The characters are clearly inspired by Indiana Jones – there is even a quip about a possible giant boulder being released in a secret chamber. There is also a sense of Blake and Mortimer about this comic, which blends a 1930s touch of adventure, spies and gunfights, into a modern setting. The design of the comic – with its science fiction, voyaging, ancient civilisations and new technology – also seems inspired by the bandes dessinées of Jean Giraud, who worked under the name Moebius.

The idea that Ottoman sailors visited Easter Island is unique within popular culture, as is the incorporation of Muslim beliefs. Whilst the depiction of Ahu Tongariki in this comic is quite close to how it appears in reality, re-imagining a moai as having been misaligned to face Mecca is highly fanciful. Rare amongst comics this story also briefly references the Peruvian traders who enslaved the Rapanui. Here, knowledge of the marooned Ottoman sailors had apparently been passed along by a Rapanui domestic servant, working in Peru. These Ottomans, we are told, had been the first outsiders to make contact with the Rapanui, more than a century before Dutch captain Jacob Roggeveen, who was actually the first outsider to land in 1722. Less original is the idea that a moai is hollow and hides a secret entrance to an underground chamber of much sought after clues and treasure.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

La Boussole & L'Astrolabe. L'Expédition de La Pérouse [La Boussole & L'Astrolabe. The Expedition of La Pérouse]
(Grenoble: Éditions Glénat, January 2016)

April 1786 and La Pérouse, in charge of the ships Boussole and Astrolabe, sights Easter Island and its "funny rocks"/ "intriguing statues". They remind the crew of the prehistoric Carnac stones in Brittany. La Pérouse says he had read the earlier accounts of Captain James Cook, but he did not "expect such a spectacle". Reference is further made to Jacob Roggeveen's visit in 1722.

La Pérouse lands on a beach with scientific equipment and says the study will not take more than four days: "our mission here is limited", and designed to check the findings of Cook. He also says that the ships' crew will not set up camp on the island, despite the statements of his assistant that the boats are "horrible buckets". La Pérouse is afraid the men would scatter across the island, to which a sailor jokes "especially if there are females".

Part of a series of French published bandes dessinées devoted to famous ships and voyages (that includes the Bounty and the Hermione), this is not the first time that La Pérouse's visit to Easter Island has been the subject of a comic (see also the 1942 True Comics depiction – review above). Of the 46 pages of illustrations, 6 are devoted to La Pérouse's visit to Easter Island, and are bookended by a framing narrative that depicts the French revolution with the guillotine in full operation. Across a story told in a series of flashbacks, the narrative covers La Pérouse's extended expedition that included Alaska, Samoa (where some of La Pérouse's men are graphically shown being killed by native warriors) and Port Jackson, Sydney, Australia, but it does not aim to imagine what happened after the Boussole and Astrolabe vanished in 1789. Nothing was known about these missing vessels for 38 years until it was established by an Irish captain that they had been shipwrecked in the Solomon Islands.

For a modern comic that is depicting history there is a surprising amount of artistic licence in the drawing of the moai, which are shown on singular plinths looking out to sea, or with excessively large pukao, and in one image buried in the ground up to the brow of the head. Disappointingly, there is also little engagement with the moai, which are referred to often as simply strange or impressive. The crew is shown setting up a theodolite to record the height of a moai, but almost all of the discussion whilst on the island is about the poor conditions on board the ships, a hatred of nobility and the sailors' feelings for loved ones left back in France. Presumably this is to add realism to the story. At least reference is made to the previous voyages by Cook and Roggeveen, unlike in the 1942 comic. But again, the Rapanui are not seen or depicted, despite being clearly mentioned in the journals of La Pérouse; instead there is one reference to a desire for "women".

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Varua Rapa Nui: El Ocaso [Spirit of Rapa Nui: The Twilight]
(text: Bernadita Labourdette; drawings: Fernando Pinto; Rapa Nui: Rapanui Press, 2016)

The year is 1858, and whilst men take part in the birdman competition, Tumaheke is more interested in hearing stories from his grandfather, Koro. He tells of the arrival of the first foreign ships – three Dutch ships under the command of Jacob Roggeveen in 1722 – which tragically led to the shooting and killing of several Rapanui. Tumaheke’s mother arrives and scolds him for not practising rongorongo and for missing the birdman ceremony. His father, who will oversee the rongorongo ceremony, also wishes that Tumaheke would focus on improving his skills at drawing and memorising the glyphs. Tumaheke tries hard, but he finds the learning process too difficult, and he remains more interested in the stories of visiting foreign ships.

It is now 1859 and on the day of the ceremony young men line up in front of a coastal fire and before their community to have their rongorongo tablets and writing skills – their carving of glyphs on to wood – judged by Tumaheke’s father. But with the ceremony barely begun slave ships arrive, shooting and killing many Rapanui, and taking others away in captivity – including Tumaheke’s father and mother – to work in guano mines. On board the slave ships the Rapanui are punished for speaking in their native tongue, which the captors do not understand.

An angry Tumaheke decides to build a boat to try and locate the place where the slaves have been taken, but both Koro and Tumaheke’s brother, Miha, declare his actions as madness. Tumaheke continues anyway and makes use of what little wood is left on the island by requisitioning and joining together many rongorongo tablets. Miha says that what Tumaheke is doing is sacrilegious. The boat, however, is soon finished, but before Tumaheke can set sail Koro takes the craft saying the voyage is his responsibility. He sails off into the distance never to be seen again. Tumaheke is livid that the boat has gone, but calms down when he realises Koro’s intentions, undertaking the journey to save his grandson’s life.

Meanwhile, in the guano mines, smallpox breaks out leading to many Rapanui bodies being thrown into a fiery pit. An envoy from a bishop arrives at the guano mines concerned about the working conditions, but the owner is reluctant to assist. Finally, with the owner accompanying the envoy, they meet the Rapanui slaves but cannot understand what they are saying. The envoy, however, has seen enough and orders the Rapanui to be returned to their island.

By now there are only a few survivors and they arrive back on Rapanui weak and infirm in a small boat. The islanders greet and hug their returning kinfolk but in so doing become infected too, with more deaths soon following. It is decided that those who are infected must be isolated and when Tumaheke shows the signs of smallpox he retreats to a cave with a solitary rongorongo tablet that he now wears around his neck. This tablet was carved by Tumaheke’s father whilst in captivity and was brought back with the survivors. As Tumaheke lies down in the cave, the spirit moai kavakava, who has forever been observing the Rapanui, stares down at the dying man with pupils that depict the Chilean flag.

The Varua Rapa Nui story that has been told in chronological order, began with El hundimiento de Hiva (reviewed above) and then continued with Luces y Sombres (reviewed above), before emerging into the nineteenth century with this third volume which is the bleakest of all. The arrival of the Europeans, that ended the second volume, is covered briskly in just two flashbacks, which depict in a few frames the arrival of the Dutch and presumably the Spanish, as the story depicts the latter erecting three crosses on a hillside. Yet, the story states that happened in 1776, when no European voyagers were there then and the Spanish had arrived in 1770. Elsewhere, the slave raids are shown occurring in 1859, when they did not begin until 1862. Few comics other than this one have given significant space to the slave raids and only one other, Esclaves de L'île de Pâques (review forthcoming), had made it central to the story. Moreover, this Varua volume is the only one to depict the slaves in the guano mines and the effects of smallpox.

The moai appear rarely in this story. Likewise, the watching spirits of moai kavakava, called here Ivi (Bones), and a turtle called Honu feature less than in the previous two volumes, which is a shame as they enriched the narrative. Previously, moai kavakava would intervene in events, but curiously this time he does nothing, other than show through his eyes the imminent Chilean annexation of Rapanui. Instead, rongorongo is given prominence, featuring also on the front cover, and is symbolised as a language lost – in a boat entirely made of the wooden tablets guided by an old man that disappears forever within the vast ocean. Just one tablet remains at the story’s end alongside its dying protagonist who appears resigned to his fate. In this story, and in the previous two volumes, boats to and from the island very much write its history and future.

The comic is written in Spanish though on quite a few pages the Rapanui speak in rongorongo, which places the reader next to the foreigners in the story who cannot understand what is being said. It works in relation to the lost tablets, though it is perhaps ironic that Spanish, the language of the coloniser, is employed to convey the story and the majority of the words spoken by the Rapanui. Like the previous volumes, the end pages of the comic provide a glossary of words, historical notes and preliminary sketches for certain characters. Generally, the illustrations remain evocative and even seem cinematic in design, but a new illustrator was employed for this volume and the images are not as rich or detailed as before.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Avengers
'Set in Stone'
(2016, Marvel Comics)

Time-traveller Kang the Conqueror, desires the Quantum Controller, an ancient device that helped create the Universe. The device was broken into four parts and hidden on Earth by the Eternals, with one piece within a moai on Easter Island. Kang is controlling four Avengers, taking them out of their timelines to help with his evil plans. For Easter Island he has taken Black Widow, prior to the time that she joined the Avengers. Hawkeye is sent to intervene and he quickly becomes involved in a fight with Black Widow. She manages to attach a device to the side of a moai's neck, which tilts its head up and to one side revealing the glowing piece of the Quantum Controller inside. Before she can retrieve it, an arrow from Hawkeye leaves Black Widow stunned. The moai closes back up with the piece of the Quantum Controller locked within. Black Widow disappears and Kang warns Hawkeye that there are three other pieces he can still obtain.

One of four special comics that were produced as a movie tie-in for Captain America: Civil War (2016), this was only available to view online with a special code found on packets of Pop Secret popcorn. The four Marvel heroes controlled by Kang are Black Widow, Captain America, Falcon and Winter Soldier, and each one is the focus of these special edition comics. The storyline is rather similar to DC's 2017 film Justice League and associates an ancient Universe-creating device with the arcane moai. The stone carvings have often been imagined as portals with the mouth or body of the moai opening to reveal a passage or cavern; a tilted head is, however, original. Much of the 6 page comic is a fight between Hawkeye and Black Widow – other than the first and last frames in which Kang appears there is nobody else drawn in the story. The focus is on collecting one of four pieces of the Quantum Controller and it is echoed in the aims of the consumer who will need to find and collect the codes on four different packets of popcorn in order to have all four comics.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Let’s Go!! Love Summer
(2016)

Review forthcoming

Jump to contents

Lefranc: L'Homme-Oiseau [Lefranc: The Birdman]
(no. 27; text: Roger Seiter; drawings: Régric; Tournai: Casterman, April 2016)

The story begins in November 1959. The reporter Guy Lefranc has been invited to accompany an expedition to Easter Island to study Rapanui culture. On board are a team of researchers, headed by the scientist Antoine Lassalle, all of whom have prepared themselves well for the tasks ahead. Antoine has brought with him his daughter, Julie, an ethnologist and she is an avid reader; on this trip, she is digesting Thor Heyerdahl's recent best-seller, Aku-Aku: The Secret of Easter Island.

The team is given a debriefing by Antoine and they are advised that there is on the island a Chilean governor/ naval commander, Arnaldo Curti, with a garrison of twenty naval men. A missionary, Father Sebastian Englert, is also resident on the island, where he has lived for decades and he is viewed by the Rapanui as one of them. Relationships between the Rapanui and the Chileans are strained and both are hostile to strangers, so the expedition will need to be careful. Once they have arrived, the team will be based at Vaihu, on the southern side of the island, with their principal objective being the exploration of the rocky outcrop of Motu Nui and the study of the myth of the birdman. Much to the dissatisfaction of one member of the scientific team, Antonella, the Chilean governor has already set rules concerning their movements on the island.

Upon nearing Easter Island, they discover a lifeless person floating in the water. The body is retrieved by Lefranc and it turns out to be a local boy who has been murdered – his throat slit (two nights before he had accidentally disturbed a man who had just lit a secret beacon in a cave to signal out to sea). Consequently, the governor imposes further restrictions on the expedition, prohibiting their contact with the locals and forbidding them from being in the town of Hanga Roa (the governor erroneously thinks Lefranc may be involved in the crime). At the same time an unknown ship, with the notorious villain Axel Borg in command, approaches Easter Island.

Meanwhile, Lefranc has been helping unload a jeep from the expedition's boat onto Rapanui. Upon entering his tent, he discovers that someone has mysteriously left for him a large rock bearing a petroglyph of the birdman. Julie, quoting Heyerdahl, says it is an aku aku, a spiritual guardian and a sacred object for the Rapanui. But this does not answer the questions as to how and why it was placed there. Antonella says such objects are held protected in the sacred caves of Rapanui families and for it to be removed in this way goes beyond their practices. Julie proposes to hide the stone until they have a better understanding of the situation.

260 kilometers above them in space, a momentous event is taking place. A Soviet space capsule, Vostok-A, carrying the first man in space, circles the Earth and prepares for the next stage of its orbit after communicating with the space centre at Baikonur in Kazakhstan. However, there is a malfunction – Borg and his team have taken over its controls by remote – and the capsule with the cosmonaut inside plummets to Earth, with the scientists watching the spectacle from Easter Island perceiving it to be a meteorite.

The cosmonaut survives by ejecting himself from the capsule and parachuting into the ocean. Together with Englert, Lefranc and the scientists set out across the island towards the volcano of Teravaka to look for the place of impact of the unknown flying object. At the same time, another beacon is lit by the mysterious man, this time on the north coast of the island sending a signal to Borg's boat.

The empty capsule has landed near ahu Kivi, where it has damaged an ear of one of the moai as it fell. Four Rapanui men are first at the scene. One of the group, the mayor, Pedro Ata, initially declares the object as devilry; another, Enrique, is distraught at the damage to the moai. An argument ensues, with the object seen as a sign from Make Make, who apparently disapproves of the foreigners on the island. Pedro is accused by Enrique of having schemed with foreigners/ blonde haired men – Heyerdahl three years before, and now with Lefranc – to steal their sacred stones and artefacts. The argument is interrupted by the arrival of Englert and the members of the expedition who have journeyed across the island by jeep. Lefranc is able to advise that the object is a Soviet space capsule, based on a secret dossier he was given by a friend.

An angry governor and his armed troops now arrive at the site and they order the foreigners back to their camp. A soldier pushes Julie with his rifle butt and Lefranc comes to her defence, pushing the soldier back. The governor orders that Lefranc is arrested, as well as an American photographer, Baxter, who is part of the expedition, and who was taking photos of the capsule. The two of them are taken to a small prison in Hanga Roa. The governor explains to Lefranc that he has been arrested in order to calm the Rapanui, who have become nervous with too many unexplained events having occurred recently. Lefranc tries to reason with him, that the governor needs his help as the capsule is not from another planet, but Soviet, and that their people could easily soon be on Easter Island looking for their technology and cosmonaut. Meanwhile, the crew of Borg's ship have arrived by amphibious craft at Anakena beach. Borg aims to retrieve the advanced technology of the capsule in order to hand it over to an unidentified Asian power, after having already received enough money from them at a hotel in Lima.

Two hours later and in the middle of the night, Englert arrives at the camp of the scientists. He is with a large group of Rapanui men on horseback and Englert advises the foreigners that the Rapanui see them as the cause of all their recent misfortune. Antoine defends his team by saying they have authorisation and they are a scientific expedition; "it is also what Thor Heyerdahl said", is Englert's response. The Rapanui men, including the mayor, search the tents and they discover the stolen sacred rock bearing the petroglyph. Englert says he knows where the rock has come from and tells the Rapanui men that their beliefs are being manipulated in order to create a diversion.

The surviving cosmonaut reaches the capsule and manages to overpower the two Chilean guards. He climbs inside and makes contact with the Soviet space center in Khabarovsk. From there he is informed that the Soviet submarine 'Murmansk' is on its way to retrieve the cosmonaut, who is advised to burn and destroy the capsule, to prevent others from getting the advanced technology.

Lefranc is freed from his prison by the island's doctor, Gavardo, who has drugged the guards. They drive together to the capsule, but it turns out that Gavardo is working for Borg, an old foe of Lefranc. Gavardo points his gun at Lefranc and orders him towards Borg and his mercenaries, who are trying to extinguish the flames around the capsule. In Hanga Roa, Englert is relaying to the governor what he knows – his suspicions of Gavardo, the only person previously to have possessed the sacred stone, and the fact that Enrique recently saw about thirty soldiers, a jeep and motorcycles landing on Anakena beach. The governor has few resources available to combat the invaders; the mayor offers the Rapanui as ready to fight, whilst Antoine says his ship can help.

The capsule is too damaged as a result of the fire, compromising its value. Borg orders his men to search for the cosmonaut, who cannot be far, as his knowledge is now priceless. As the sun rises, the mercenaries find the cosmonaut on the west coast of the island. A gunfight ensues, with mercenaries killed and the cosmonaut wounded. A captive Lefranc is being transported across the island by motorbike and sidecar, to be taken to Borg's ship, when his guard stops to join the gunfight. Lefranc overpowers his guard before helping the cosmonaut, fixing the bullet wound with a first aid kit found on the motorbike. Lefranc asks the cosmonaut for his name, but the Russian says his orders are not to answer questions. The cosmonaut asks Lefranc to help him get to his rendezvous point and Lefranc agrees. Upon reaching the agreed point, the cosmonaut gives Lefranc his pilot's watch as a thank-you for his help. In return, Lefranc tells him all he knows about Borg's plan.

At Anakena beach, Borg and his men are loading the capsule on to the amphibious crafts. From a cliff top, the watching governor and Englert decide they must act to stop them; armed Rapanui men and Chilean sailors fire upon the invaders. Borg orders his ship to fire back with its big guns. These strike the hillside with great effect, forcing the governor to order a withdrawal. Half an hour later, Borg's men are loading the capsule on to the ship, when the Soviet submarine torpedoes it, sending the vessel, its crew and the capsule to the bottom of the sea. Only Borg survives, floating on wreckage that takes him back to Easter Island, where he is captured by Lefranc, who then hands him over to the Chileans. The other members of the scientific expedition are freed with their innocence established.

Fourteen months later, April 1961, and Lefranc has just returned from a flight from Africa. He enters the offices of the Globe newspaper and learns of an amazing news story: the morning before the first man was sent into space – a Soviet cosmonaut called Yuri Gagarin, aboard Vostok-1. Lefranc recognises the man from his Easter Island adventure and he is a little sad because he had to keep his story quiet. Lefranc knows that the Soviets would have had an earlier successful space flight if Borg had not intervened.

Lefranc, formerly Les Aventures de Lefranc (1954-1961) or Guy Lefranc (1977-1982), is a French-Belgian bandes dessinées character originally created by Jacques Martin, in a series of stories that often feature the villain Borg. Martin died in 2010, and since then the adventures have been continued by other writers and artists. Lefranc: L'Homme-Oiseau is a very original, well-illustrated and entertaining read that avoids many of the usual myths surrounding Rapanui. This adventure-spy story is an example of speculative fiction (like the novel Easter Island, reviewed below), which imagines the Soviets nearly achieving a manned space flight fourteen months earlier. In doing so, it places actual historical figures into a narrow narrative moment, with Gagarin on Easter Island (in real life he was never there) at the same time as Englert, and just a few years after Heyerdahl. Aku-Aku: The Secret of Easter Island, was Heyerdahl's first book on Rapanui and it was published in 1957, two years before this story is set and recent enough to be a text inspiring the young Julie, who follows in the Norwegian's footsteps.

The creators of this comic would appear to have read Aku-Aku themselves, as it is directly referenced in places and it drives some of the factual depth of the fiction. Locations and compass points within the island are also specified. In fact, in order to make this piece of speculative fiction 'believable' it not only incorporates several key historical figures, and draws them with some accuracy, but it goes to great extent to name correctly the submarine and the Cosmodrome in Kazakhstan and establish detail with precise dates that match true events. Gagarin did indeed succeed with the first manned space flight on 12 April 1961, on board Vostok-1, and this comic imagines that the capsule that preceded it and crashed on Easter Island must therefore be Vostok-A. That said, the comic unfortunately depicts the moai at ahu naunau with pukao, when these had not been restored until the late 1970s.

Gagarin is the birdman, who falls from the sky. But this superior man is not revered as part of a cargo cult as other stories may have fantasised. Instead, he is purused by mercenaries and he is a catalyst for increased tensions on the island. Culturally, the birdman appears in the petroglyphs and on three occasions a cave of sacred artefacts is depicted, with other petroglyphs and carvings of Makemake included. But beyond this, the comic sadly does not engage enough with Rapanui culture. The moai appear in a number of frames, often as background to the action, though the damaged moai is a neat touch that would appear to reference the Finnish tourist, who in 2008 made world news for damaging a moai by breaking off an ear. Hanga Roa appears only in the context of the governor's home and the local prison and, other than one early frame, no Rapanui women are seen.

Still, the Rapanui are not entirely removed, as happens so often in other comics. Several Rapanui men are given narrative presence and moments in which local beliefs and professional opinions are expressed. The Rapanui are shown engaged in meetings with the Chilean governor, and they later become active figures, defending their island against the intruders. Politically, the story does not shy away from conveying the tensions present on the Chilean colony and even mentions the annexation of land for sheep farming. Interestingly, Heyerdahl, who has become a cult figure in the scientific study of Easter Island, is presented here as a problematic adventurer, mistrusted by some of the islanders who were against the objects that he acquired during his time there in 1955-1956 and subsequently shipped home. Borg's attempt to steal the Soviet capsule and the alleged theft of the sacred stone sit within this subtext of wrongfully acquired objects.

Englert is perhaps the comic's most interesting figure, who functions as an intermediary – friend of the Rapanui, protector of the scientists, and advisor to the Chileans – source of peace and reason, and a part-time Hercule Poirot. German Capuccin Franciscan friar Father Sebastian Englert (1888-1969) is an important person in the twentieth century history of Rapanui, but this is the sole example of moai fiction in which he appears.

Hermann Mückler and Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Ranok: El Moái Protector de Rapa Nui [Ranok: The Moai Protector of Rapa Nui]
(May 2016, Mitomano Comics)

A tour guide shows the moai to a group of visitors. Answering questions on how these giant heads were built, the tour guide explains how they represented the supernatural powers of ancestors who later came to be seen as gods. To build the heads required a sacred ritual. Another visitor asks how the moai were moved. The guide smiles: "It's still a mystery. The natives say that it happened through the power of 'mana'. A young man smirks: "Maná? Like the Mexican rock group?". The tour guide begins to explain that, in moai culture, mana is a powerful form of magic.

At this moment, the ground begins to shake. One of the giant moai wearing a pukao suddenly begins to heave itself up from the soil. Two great arms appear to carry its enormous weight. Once risen, the moai looms above the terrified tourists: "IORANA KORUA" [Hello Everyone] it declares. Hands outstreteched, his voice booms down: "Hey! You need to leave. Things are about to get ugly!". The young man who had been smirking stands rooted to the spot, mouth gaping. The moai leans low and points a giant finger: "Do I need to tell you again?".

As they flee, the young man asks the tour guide who that was. Inches ahead, the tour guide replies, "That's Ranok, our island's magical protector". Behind them, the moai smiles grimly to himself: "I hope I didn't scare them too much, but it was necessary to get them to safety. A great threat approaches our island. A disaster to be avoided at all costs". Out at sea, a submarine lurches to the surface. On its deck, a strange, metal-clad figure stands. The figure's mouth is immobilised by tendril-like wires. His one unblinking eye stares up at Ranok. The figure introduces itself: "My name is Karl Mardux, a scientist. We have no problem here. I wish only to carry out a brief investigation on your island – a small sample of volcanic magma is all that's needed – and you have my word that your island will, in no way, be harmed". Ranok remains standing, impassive, looking down. Then, he speaks: "Your word? Doctor Mardux, I am familiar with your reputation".

Realising that he will not step aside, Mardux tries to take Ranok by surprise and blasts him with a torpedo that is built into his suit. Next, he barks out orders to a giant robot squid, which has just emerged from within the submarine, to attack. The robot carries Ranok over the cliff and into the ocean below. Its tentacles wrapped around him, with thousands of volts coursing through his body, Ranok wrestles the squid. Eventually, he crushes its skull's metal casing and leaps back up the cliff to face Mardux. The doctor is expecting him: "You don't think I wasn't prepared for you? I know that, on their own, my robots are vulnerable. But, when joined together, they form a deadly, invincible machine". The robots transform into a single enormous and sinister-looking machine, twice the size of Ranok himself. Momentarily, he is out-matched. His mightiest kick barely registers, as his foe knocks him flat to the ground. Mardux gloats: "You must realise that this isn't personal. This place has the energy resources I need to power my machines. I will extract all the energy I need from the chamber of Rano Kau".

The moai grimaces. But it's not over. Deep in concentration, he promises to show Mardux the real strength of Ranok. Drawing on the power of his ancestors, his body flexes and grows ever larger until, at last, he stands eye to eye with the killing machine. Within seconds, its head has been ripped off and lies on the floor – this is for "Mata Ki Te Rangi!" (Eyes to the Sky) announces a triumphant Ranok. What is the use of having all this technological power, the moai asks Mardux, if you lack the will and spirit to harness it? As his machine is torn apart, Mardux escapes in his submarine. Another defeat. But, Ranok knows that the scientist will return. He must remain vigilant "against Mardux or any other who wishes to harm his island". Sinking into the soil, stationary once more, the moai faces out to sea.

Chile based Mitomano Comics have been building a Mitomanoverso, a collective of superheroes developed from Latin American myths to protect South America from evil forces. Like Marvel's universe of Avengers superheroes, each Mitomano character has a distinct identity and powers. Here, in these Spanish language comics, their identity and power is often rooted in their country and culture of origin, rather like DC's Global Guardians. In the Mitomanoverso the creators have turned to Rapanui for both a moai superhero (Ranok) and for a superhero in the form of the birdman. Ranok is a hyper-muscular hulk of a moai, sporting shorts and tribal tattoos, that battles foes in a manner often akin to wrestlers. Moreover, these titanic tussles, in which Ranok can grow to a giant size, is reminiscent of kaiju eiga (Japanese colossal creature) narratives. Much of this comic is dominated by Ranok's fight.

Rapanui has hosted such kaiju eiga battles before in Go! Go! Gurnalon!! (reviewed above) and Ultraman Tiga (reviewed above), with the former also witnessing the arrival of a evil genius who wishes to acquire a powerful energy source that is located on the island. Based solely on technology, the scientist's knowledge in Ranok is invasive. By contrast, the moai's wisdom is rooted in the nebulous spiritual power of his ancestors. He knows the threat is coming, he senses the presence of the submarine before it is seen, and he has heard of the scientist's reputation. All presumably through the voices/wisdom of his ancestors. When he is on the verge of defeat, the same ancestors come to his aid.

Richard Gauvain

Jump to contents

Time and Space Comic Adventure: Exploring Easter Island
(2016, Jilin Science and Technology Press)

Originally published by Sigongsa in Korean in 2009, and then translated into Chinese by Wang Zhiguo, this 173-page long comic introduces the reader to the history and mysteries of Easter Island. A map of Rapanui is provided at the back of the book and facts are established at the start as to the island's location. The events that are covered in the comic book range from the arrival of Dutch explorer Jacob Roggeveen – the first European to see Rapanui on Easter Sunday in 1722 – to the Peruvian slave traders who enslaved many Rapanui to work on guano mines on faraway Pacific islands. Many of the enslaved Rapanui died due to the high-intensity labour and the infectious diseases. Worse still, those who had initially survived carried those diseases with them when they were freed and returned to Rapanui. They subsequently infected many of those who had remained behind on the island. By the end of this tragic episode, almost all of the indigenous people had died, leaving only a few survivors on the island. It has meant that the people who carried the cultural knowledge of the island were lost leaving Easter Island as a mystery.

The reader is taken on an educational journey to explore the riddles of Easter Island, such as who built the many giant stone statues and for what reason? And what caused these stone statues to be toppled? It establishes that the moai were carved by the Rapanui according to the images of their ancestors or gods, so these statues were important and sacred sculptures for the tribes. But because of internal conflict people from one tribe would destroy another's moai.

This book uses the format of a comic to allow young readers to grasp a knowledge of the island's geography and history in a highly readable way. It covers an unusually wide range of historical events and appears on many pages to have undertaken a strong level of research – a number of images replicating old prints – albeit mixed with humour and some imagination to presumably entertain the reader. Polynesian double-hulled outriggers and canoes are shown being constructed in detail over several pages in a long section that presents the maritime endeavours of these people. Whole sections are also devoted to rongorongo, the birdman, and the construction of the moai, including the addition of eyes of coral and obsidian. Other frames detail the food and livestock, tools and carved cultural artefacts – such as a reimiro (breastplate), ua (staff) and a moko (lizard man).

Roggeveen's actual log recorded an initial encounter of a sole Rapanui with extended ear lobes boarding the Dutch boat, and being gifted a mirror, a pair of scissors and two strings of blue beads. Unlike other comics, such as Spirou (reviewed above), this publication captures correctly all the gifted objects. It next depicts the arrival of the Spanish in 1770, and illustrates their act of erecting a cross on the island (although it was actually three crosses). The comic even depicts the 1816 arrival of the Russian ship, 'Rurick', and its attack by the islanders who hurled stones at the foreigners.

Elsewhere, however, moai are positioned and drawn wrongly, partly the fault of the old prints that the comic follows. A wooden rongorongo tablet in one frame has the glyphs drawn concentrically – presumably the comic misunderstood the fact, presented in research, that these tablets were written and read following the boustrophedon method. And a moai kavakava figure is shown being carved, and correctly worn around the neck, but then placed next to a carving that is actually the Hawaiian god of war, Ku-ka'ili-moku.

The humour can be seen in a running gag where a hat is stolen by a Rapanui from a visiting European in each encounter - with the Dutch, British and French (a boot is taken from a Spanish officer). In reality, a three-cornered hat was recorded as stolen by an islander during La Pérouse's expedition of 1786. The liberties taken by the comic for establishing humour are seen most strikingly in two frames showing the Rapanui and their breeding of chickens. Here, one of the islanders is unmistakably drawn as KFC's Colonel Sanders, complete with glasses and extended earlobes.

The multiple thefts of moai by foreign ships is depicted in terms of the opportunism of an arcade claw machine. Such events and others – showing the exploitation of the Rapanui and their culture – presented alongside the powers of western Europe carving up and fighting over global territories, establishes this comic as quite political and clearly anti-colonial in its beliefs. More than simply a comic, and putting aside its errors, this is a commendable attempt to educate and stimulate a readership in a distant culture.

Lingling Mao and Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Cryptocracy
‘Feint’
(no.2, July 2016, Dark Horse Comics)

The world is controlled by nine hidden powerful families, with special powers, who dictate the fate of humans. The different families have grown and waned over centuries as they have competed against each other, sought to expand global territories, created treaties and held grudges. When a jet is attacked and crashes in the Arctic, killing the leader of the Jupiter family of Central Asia, senior representatives of each family meets on Easter Island, a location regarded as “neutral ground”. Each is tele-transported there to a monolithic chamber, the Council Hall, in the middle of which is a nonagon-shaped table around which nine chairs are positioned. The families confront and blame each other for the attack. For only the elders and the priests knew of the ancient “nine prophecies”, so the attacker has to be someone within the room. As the families bicker, the many moai that encircle them around the walls of the chamber look down in silence.

The moai are peripheral figures in this comic, other than the first frame of the Easter Island section of this story where they function as exposition, and another frame in which there is a reference made to their bodies extending below the ground, to make a philosophical point about uncovering “the whole truth”. Despite appearing in the background of a series of other frames they still have a function, as symbols adorning a room where they appear representative of ancient and arcane practices. More spectacular is the outside design of the nonagon-shaped chamber – cloaked from the world by an invisibility dome – positioned on the edge of the island and decorated with nine colossal moai pillars. Unsurprisingly, the Rapanui people are entirely removed, leaving the suggestion that the creation of the moai belongs to the powerful nine families. Easter Island’s isolation lends itself to an imagined location for a neutral territory between warring global clans and has been employed by Dark Horse Comics for other adventures, for instance Spike, published just four years before. In fact, esoteric chambers and hidden lairs on Easter Island are common to moai culture, where powerful people or sources of power are maintained.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Ultimates
‘Civil War II’
(no.8, August 2016, Marvel Worldwide)

A variety of superheroes – Black Panther, Ms America, Blue Marvel, Spectrum – are united by Captain Marvel, with the aim of becoming the Ultimates and being prepared to defend Earth from visitations of extreme power and destruction. Spectrum is first located by Captain Marvel in the South Pacific and with their combined forces they defeat Xarggu, “the mystery that walks like a man”.

Xarggu is a warrior moai that features on a single page of the comic. A mighty moai that erupts from the land, and with a desire to be worshipped by humans, he is despatched by the two superheroes with some ease. His rapid destruction is used to convey both the power possessed by the Ultimates and the scale of the enemy forces that they are expecting to encounter in the near future.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Dimension W, Vol. 6 and 7
(New York: Yen Press, 2017)

It is the year 2072, and 36 years have now passed since the discovery of a fourth dimensional axis, Dimension W, that offers immense and unlimited power. In order to exploit and control the electricity that it can provide for all of the world's energy, New Tesla Energy has created electromagnetic induction devices, called coils, and helped to build 60 giant supply towers which are strategically placed around the globe. Illegal coils are collected by bounty hunters with a small group of them having now gathered on Easter Island, after being set a challenge. They are separately joined by the protagonist, Kyouma, a former special-ops soldier, turned illegal coil collector, and his new companion, Mira, a humanoid robot. Kyouma has been hired for a particular task and he arrives on the island with his favoured Toyota sports car.

New Tesla Energy is revealed to be a corrupt mega corporation and its base at Easter Island is ground zero for a huge scientific disaster. The corporation built a vast underground complex, a top-secret research facility and an additional 61st tower hidden beneath the island. The complex then experienced a scientists' revolt, failed technology and "the biggest dimensional breakdown in history", which "deformed the land" doubling the surface and covering it in dagger-like jagged rocks. Subsequently, Easter Island has become a forbidden zone and a "lost island", a brutal wasteland populated over and underground with weaponised robots, zombies and giant monsters, where there also exists the "nothingness", a realm where absolutely nothing can exist.

Originally published in Japan between 2012 and 2017 over 13 manga books that collected together series installments, this tech noir fantasy has been republished in English language versions since 2016. The story is reminiscent of both Andrei Tarkovsky's cult film Stalker (1979), with its forbidden zone, and the Resident Evil franchise, with its catastrophic experiments, corrupt corporation, vast underground research facilities and levels of different threats/monsters. This is all enhanced with elements that belong to the tech noir worlds of Blade Runner (1982) and Ghost in the Shell. The sophisticated story also carries a political message about the unchecked global powers of new technology businesses, with their masses of research scientists – here, where there is Easter Island and New Tesla, read Silicon Valley and its tech giants.

Much of the story takes place on Easter Island but it is barely seen as the action occurs predominantly underground. There are a number of establishing shots at briefing sessions and from approaching aircraft locating Easter Island's geographical remoteness, and emphasising its deformation and damage. This is an island of extreme terrains and weather (snow and tornadoes) which forces one plane to crash into the sea and the protagonist to drive the long way around the coastline as the most direct route is "rough terrain" and full of obstacles. The moai appear on just a few pages and are quickly ignored. "These are Easter Island's famous moai statues…", says Mira, "we ain't here for sightseeing!" is Kyouma's response.

Post dimensional collapse, Easter Island is "like something out of a nightmare". It is "the ultimate man-made disaster", with the land so barren "it cannot support even a single piece of vegetation". Easter Island's remoteness and its association in popular culture with secrecy and criminal activity makes it an ideal location for this story. Given the often-repeated accounts of social collapse it is unsurprising that Easter Island was also chosen as the location for a narrative of ecological disaster. This manga was faithfully adapted into an anime television series first broadcast in 2016 (see above)

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Giant Moai Statues
(Tokyo: Rironsha, March 2017)

In this educational manga, the mysteries surrounding the moai are unravelled one by one through the narratives of Mr Baba (an antiquity shop owner) and Kaori (a postgraduate archaeology enthusiast). They are accompanied by two sub-characters: Mummy (a boy mummy which Mr Baba smuggled out from an ancient Egyptian monument) and Midori (Kaori’s daughter). The four decide to set out for Easter Island to gain a better understanding of the moai.

Kaori explains that the first people who arrived on the island were Polynesian. She goes on to narrate, for instance, how and why the moai were built (religious reasons) and how the facial features changed over the course of the years. Mr Baba gives details about how the statues were sculpted directly ‘in’ the ground first and afterwards made to stand using logs and ropes. He also draws attention to the different types of moai – some positioned on the coast, standing on platforms (ahu) and wearing pukao, others abandoned on the rocky hillside of the volcano where they were sculpted. Mr Baba and Kaori explain that the former types show their final and intended states, whereas the latter present the fact that for some unknown reasons, they were abandoned before reaching a destination. The rest of the narrative mostly tries to investigate the reasons behind the situation (with ideas conflicting or unresolved).

Alongside this mystery, Mr Baba points out that in recent years it was discovered that all moai once had eyes, but they were crushed and destroyed when the statues were toppled face down into the ground. A large group of moai were re-erected at ahu Tongariki in 1995, with the aid of a Japanese team that painstakingly restored them to their present state. No one exactly knows why the moai would have been toppled. Mr Baba contemplates various theories, such as conflicts between different tribes, or a growing distrust among islanders in the statues’ spiritual power and protection, or perhaps, the newly arrived Europeans brought them down in order to convert the Rapanui into Christians. Mr Baba also conveys that the spiritual power of the moai was activated once the eyes were set in the face.

Mr Baba then asks his companions to look around them and they realise that the island is largely deforested. He goes on to say that the island was once full of big trees and had an abundance of vegetation. However, over many centuries the islanders cut down the trees and exploited the wood – for making fires for cooking, generating heat and light; for making canoes and, importantly, for transporting the giant statues over a long distance from the volcano to the coast. They needed many logs to do so and they were unaware of the environmental disaster they were creating. The worst deforestation period coincided with the construction of bigger moai and, when the forests started to disappear, the soil became exposed and deteriorated. Under such conditions, crops could not grow properly, and as the wood became increasingly scarce the islanders could not build new canoes for fishing. Tribal groups started to fight each other leading to war and famine. The history surrounding the moai is one of environmental destruction and these statues can tell us important lessons for today’s world.

Originally published in February 2009, this is part of an educational series of adventure manga that are highly focused on detailing the culture and history of other civilisations. The adventure begins with the team contemplating a moai eye of coral and obsidian that they unpack from a storage crate in Japan, and that is held in the basement of Baba’s antiquity shop. The eyes of the moai, which in reality archaeologists first discovered in 1978, are returned to later in the manga and discussed with some knowledge and depth (and notably over quite a number of pages), as is rongorongo (briefly), the different appearances of the moai, the pukao, the ahu, the carving process for the moai and the possible ways as to how the statues were transported and erected. The general scientific detail and accuracy is to be commended and this is arguably the most sophisticated of all the moai comics in terms of research and a desire to establish a balanced approach to the theories surrounding Rapanui – and crucially one that does not descend into fantasy, however it was not the Europeans who toppled the moai. It also introduces humour into the learning process through the Japanese protagonists, and especially the boy mummy, that creates an entertaining yet informative approach for the narrative.

Many of the images of Rapanui are also accurate with the drawings seemingly taken from actual photographs. The island and its people are addressed sensitively, although there is no consideration of today’s Rapanui population – everything instead is seen through the prism of history. It is also unfortunate that with such a focus on the moai that rongorongo is marginalised, and other aspects of Rapanui culture – from moai kavakava and tangata manu, to the caves and underground crop growing – are absent. Of greater concern, is the act of cultural theft, with Baba relaying that the eye he has in his basement is a genuine artefact that he stole from a museum, with that institution unaware that they are now displaying a fake which Baba created. There is no consideration to undo the theft, address the crime or return the eye to Easter Island. The manga instead seems to condone the criminal act, which is surprising considering its educational aims and the intended readership.

Takanori Funamoto

Jump to contents

My Little Pony: Friendship is Magic
(no.52, March 2017, IDW Publishing)

What appears to be a seemingly endless line of fictional characters to visit Easter Island, offers unlimited possibilities but also situations that are sometimes too bizarre or surreal. My Little Pony’s visit appears on the cover only of issue number 52 – one of three collectable covers for that issue – with the popular children’s characters acting as explorers in a landscape in which they have also been immortalised in stone, with one on the far right of the page even given a pukao. Not only is such artwork common in cartoons in which famous people become stone moai heads, but the comics for The Invincible Iron Man (reviewed above), Simpsons Comics Presents Bart Simpson (reviewed above), and Walt Disney’s Mickey Mouse and Friends (reviewed above), have all been there before presenting central characters on the cover as a commercial invitation to the fictional worlds inside, but not establishing any stories within that are connected to Rapanui. The most interesting aspect of the My Little Pony cover is the attempt to engage on the surface with Rapanui culture by depicting petroglyphs of the birdman on a rock in the bottom right corner.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Sgt. Sasquatch: The Bigfoot of Liberty
(no.5, 2018)

The front cover for a forthcoming issue, which will be reviewed here when published. Further details at http://www.sgtsasquatch.com.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Ratafia
‘Les Têtes de Vô’
(vol.8; text: Nicolas Pothier; drawings: Johan Pilet; colouring: Greg Salsedo; Grenoble: Éditions Glénat/ Vents d’Ouest, March 2018)

A group of pirates aboard the ship Kouklamou have become stuck in a life of boredom, for it has been a long time since their last conflict and adventure. The Captain is a cultured man and he has filled the ship with books, meanwhile Romuald, the Captain’s second in command, has become depressed and suicidal at this way of life. A notary comes on board the Kouklamou and advises them that they are the heirs to a fortune bequeathed by the Captain’s old friend, Paddock. But in order to meet the terms of the bequest the Captain and his crew must first collect the other beneficiaries – four old comrades – from a series of locations and then journey together to a specified destination, the island of Kontarbourg, where the necessary documents have to be signed within the next two months. If they fail, the fortune will be acquired by the Treasury.

The Captain decides to accept the challenge in order to help Romuald’s depression and they set sail for the first location – Easter Island – where the elderly Fernando and Porto, a wanderer, are found to be residing. The senile Fernando now has little grasp of reality and is found in an asylum on Easter Island, being looked after by nuns. Porto, in contrast, is found at the island’s drinking den, the ‘Big Head Bar’. Both Fernando and Porto are kidnapped and kept within the ship’s hold, as the crew sail away from Easter Island to the next destination in their quest. The adventure taking them to locations that include the Louisiana swamps and the frozen north.

Whilst the moai are central to the bold cover image for this bande dessinée, Easter Island is a secondary element to the story. Of the 48 pages, the moai fill just one page – where they are discussed – and appear in five other framed images where they are mainly figures in the background. The moai serve as figures for fun, with jokes made on and about their form. This includes graffiti which the Captain had carved into one moai many years before. As they wander amongst the statues, Romuald comments that they could have been idols to a pagan god called Hydrocephalus – the technical joke being the swollen/ big heads of the moai.

Nowhere else is Rapanui culture included and the Rapanui people and the town of Hangaroa are also absent. They are displaced within this story by a new settlement called Vô, a town with an asylum and which bears no resemblance to anything found on Easter Island. The town of Vô is just one of the countless examples of phonetic humour within the comic, with ‘les têtes de Vô’, or the ‘heads of Vô’, a pun on ‘tête de veau’, which translates as ‘calf's head’, a traditional French veal dish. It is also an insult, with ‘tête de veau’ used to designate a person as an idiot. So, the moai become part of a joke in which the inhabitants of Easter Island are considered imbeciles and this is emphasised in the highly eccentric old lady that is the first resident to meet the pirates. The humour is a mix of the obscure, immature and the gratuitous, with the name for Easter Island, in French Île de Pâques, altered here to Île de Phâques, and in doing so creating an obscenity.

In this French comic, almost everyone appears crazy – not just the Rapanui – with the band of pirates a motley crew of individuals. The story itself is crazed, and for its basic structure it borrows from the film comedies Those Magnificent Men in Their Flying Machines (1965) and Scavenger Hunt (1979). Elsewhere, the references to popular culture flow, with the Captain’s old comrades the most interesting additions. Captain Paddock is clearly meant to look like Captain Haddock from the Tintin adventures; the obsessive Akable is Hermann Melville’s Captain Ahab; and Porto is Corto Maltese, the perpetual adventurer who did journey to Easter Island in Corto Maltese: Mū (reviewed above). Melville also inspired the bande dessinée Captain Starbuck (reviewed above), which bears some similarities to Ratafia.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Esclaves de L’île de Pâques [Slaves of Easter Island]
(Didier Quella-Guyot and Manu Cassier; Saint-Avertin: La Boîte à Bulles, April 2018)

Review forthcoming

Jump to contents

Era Draconiana [The Draconian Age]
‘Hijos de la Maldad’ [‘Children of Evil’]; ‘Bastión Rapa Nui’ [‘Bastion Rapa Nui’]; ‘Alianzes’ [‘Alliances’]; ‘Revelación’ [‘Revelation’]; ‘Futuro Oscuro’ [‘Dark Future’]; ‘Har-Magedón’
(no.1, May 2018, Mitomano Comics)

Winged demonic creatures with acidic blood, emerge through cracks in the earth. These began with the Great Chilean earthquake of 1960 in Valdivia, and the subsequent Chilean earthquakes of 1985 and 2010. The demons rise up through fissures in the sea bed and soon spread outwards across South America and over to Easter Island in search of ancient seals that will free their master.

Waiting on Easter Island and ready to defend it from the creatures are the superheroes Manu-tara (the birdman), Hiva, Rapahongo, and Ranok the moai. Manu-Tara and Rapahango manage to despatch many of the creatures in a whirlwind that they create. But the creatures are too numerous and they start to enter ana kai tangata cave, where the secrets of life and one of the important seals is kept. The team know the creatures must be stopped and leap into the ocean, before emerging in the undersea cave of ana kai tangata, where a horde of demons is waiting. The heroes unfortunately are too late as the seal has already been broken. The creatures disappear leaving the team distraught at the loss. Manu-Tara says they must join with the others to prevent the loss of further seals, five of which are protected on Earth by superheroes.

Ranok is never able to leave Easter Island, but the others fly away to South America. Manu-Tara knows the location of two of the seals. The team divides, with Manu-Tara flying north and Hiva and Rapahongo flying South to the join with the guardian of Tierra del Fuego. The demons are already in Tierra del Fuego attacking along the coast of Punta Arenas, but the guardian Ayayemá is fighting back. Rapahongo extends his powers to Ayayemá to help him fly and the trio of superheroes speed towards the summit of a nearby mountain, where a large crack is opening in the rocks. On Easter Island, Ranok is observing from afar, and he advises the team to hurry as the seal has already been lost and the guardian of Araucania has also failed. Rapahongo, Hiva and Ayayemá use all their powers to try and seal the crack, but it is too late as the Chilean population has now been possessed. They are walking around in a trance hailing the arrival of Dagonath, the god of chaos.

With other guardians failing, Dagonath arises. Rapahongo communicates telepathically with Ranok to see if there is anything else they can do to stop the titan. Ranok also communicates with the superheroes who are directly facing Dagonath at Antofagasta, in Chile. By combining strengths, they manage to teleport Rapahongo, Hiva and Ayayemá to join the other superheroes for the grand fight. Manu-Tara joins them too and he advises that Dagonath is yet to complete his transformation and they need to attack before he is fully charged. But too late – as Manu-tara flies forward, another titan, a brother of Dagonath, called Cathiedral, emerges as a gigantic armoured creature.

The grand fight begins, with Ranok providing support and guidance from afar. The titan is too powerful and Manu-Tara is killed and Rapahongo injured. But with the other superheroes combining, they manage to defeat the titans and send them to another dimension. Hiva and Rapahongo fly back to Easter Island. There, Ranok takes them to the sacred cave – ana kai tangata – with its mana/ power. He brings Manu-Tara back from the dead and then transforms him again into the birdman. Manu-Tara tells the team that they must begin intensive preparations in order to be the protectors of the island.

Chile-based Mitomano Comics has created a universe of superheroes – clearly inspired by Marvel’s Avengers and DC’s Global Guardians – centered on South American cultures and legends. Rapanui falls within the geopolitical sphere of Chile and is repeatedly included by that country as part of its national identity. It is therefore no surprise to see Rapanui included in a collective of South American superheroes, with the action in this comic taking place predominantly on the Chilean mainland. However, amongst the gathering of superheroes, the four from Rapanui – Ranok, Hiva, Rapahongo and Manu-Tara – appear more throughout the instalments than almost any other character, and in terms of spaces of geographical origin, Easter Island is comparatively well represented. It would seem that contrary to the general patterns of moai fiction the culture of Rapanui can actually be a rich source for creating superheroes.

This Spanish language comic book builds its story through sections of narrative which are drawn by different artists. It results in a rich range of styles but also in a degree of image fragmentation, with characters lacking overall consistency. Ranok, for instance, is in one sectioned story a rocky hulk of a figure, but in another slimmed down, smaller and less intimidating. Hiva, meanwhile, has her feminine form adjusted (slightly but noticeably) and her facial tattoos altered. Such fluctuations can also be observed in the accompanying comics Hiva #1 (reviewed above), Crossover: Atómica/ Manu-Tara Containment Group (reviewed above), Crossover: Atómica/ Ranok (reviewed above) and Ranok: The Moai Protector of Rapa Nui (reviewed above), where different illustrators are employed.

Ana kai tangata (which translates as the cave of cannibalism) does exist in reality – though not underwater – and it appears in other examples of moai fiction, such as Mister No no.62 (reviewed above) and Giant Girl Adventures no.2 (reviewed above), where it tends to be depicted as a sacred place of worship, power or sacrifice. Ranok conducts a resurrection of Manu-Tara within the cave, and whilst Hiva is presented as the team member who is most concerned for the welfare of the contemporary Rapanui, Ranok the moai is positioned in this comic as the superhero who most connects to the spiritual power of the island.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Le Journal de Mickey [Mickey’s Journal]
‘La Planète de Pâques’ [‘The Easter Planet’]
(no.3438, 9 May 2018, Editions du Lombard)

Review forthcoming

Jump to contents

The Ineffables
‘Ruins of Earth’
(September 2018, Mystery City Comics)

Following the new big bang which Chet Burnett helped trigger and which left him again drifting in space (see ‘All of Creation’, reviewed above), Chet is picked up in the “debris belt” by a spaceship controlled by the Kubuzai, a group of alien nomadic refugees. He is taken to a superstructure that is built on the fragments of rock that were once Earth and there he meets up with Clarity, an abstract work of art who can transform into objects and was a member of the Ineffables team in the previous Universe. Ecological remnants of earth have been preserved in a biosphere in the middle of which is a motionless and meditating Mason the moai, with vines growing over his stone face. Clarity compares it to Mason’s “old Easter Island days” where he meditated for a very long time.

Also preserved within this superstructure is the remnants of the Ronald Reagan android, who was also a member of The Ineffables. He advises Chet that some human survivors were found hiding within the floating rock fragments of Earth and it was hoped that Chet would be able to make proper contact. Chet touches down on one of the asteroids where he spies a primitive looking man, who guides him into a cave. Down below, Chet is shown an advanced city made of gold. He is told that scattered across the asteroid belt are “thousands of us […] the most right-thinking of the old human race gathered in strong, independent communities”. Chet reports back to the aliens, and with the information he provides they are able to trace all of the human settlements hidden on the asteroids. But the intentions of aliens which had appeared benevolent, suddenly turn wicked, as they blast each of the asteroids into smithereens. One alien declares “that was a close one!”, another replies, “can you imagine if they had gotten out into the cosmos”. Clarity advises that with the removal of all humans, who are a destructive race, the Universe will be a safer place.

This compelling development awakens Mason from his centuries long meditation. The Kubuzai help the Ineffables to regroup and offer them a spacecraft so they can travel to another star and begin a series of new adventures.

Seemingly written to establish the path for a new series of adventures with the Ineffables, with infinite possibilities, the comic has a very negative view of humans, where the “right-thinking” survivors of the race need to be destroyed due to their existence being a problem for the survival of the new Universe. Earth’s vegetation is saved, in a biosphere that appears borrowed from the film Silent Running. Mason appears within this garden as a large moai ornament, but like many other moai in popular fiction he is simply awaiting the point at which he can awaken.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Les Aventures du Professeur Baltimont: L’île de L’Éternite [The Adventures of Professor Baltimont: The Island of Eternity]
(no.2; story and drawings: JAL; Marseille: Éditions Clair de Lune, February 2019)

Spring 1953, at a cemetery in Brooklyn, New York, a casket is lowered into the ground. Just two mourners are in attendance and for Vera Roma, her Uncle Bartolomeo was her last parent. The other mourner, Professor Baltimont, is there to give support. The next day, Vera calls Baltimont to say she has been assaulted by three “gangsters”, but she is fine, saved by a passing police patrol, who exchanged gunfire with the crooks. The police are now standing guard outside her home and she would like Baltimont to arrive quickly as she has something important to relay.

That afternoon she had just left a notary, who had passed on the last will and testament of her uncle. The solicitor had been told by Bartolomeo that the document would explain everything; Vera is urged to read the letter. It reveals that following the death of Vera’s parents, Bartolomeo become Vera’s guardian. From his hospital bed, shortly before he died, Vera’s father, Mattéo, confided in Bartolomeo, a terrible secret. He possessed a map that showed the way to an island called ‘Fenua Muré Oré’, where there was the Fountain of Eternity. According to legend, anyone who drank from its waters would be given eternal life. Just before he died, Mattéo told Bartolomeo where he had hidden the map and instructed him to destroy the document as the fountain is so powerful it could lead to wars.

Bartolomeo’s son, Oliviero, managed to convince his father to pause before destroying the map as the fountain could save the lives of millions. He asked his father to sleep first, but the next morning Oliviero, carrying a copy of the map, had disappeared, a passenger on a boat sailing towards Fenua Muré Oré. Bartolomeo’s adored son, Oliviero, aged just twenty, was never to be seen again, as his ship sank on route. His loss was too much for his mother, who died, leaving Bartolomeo to carry this heavy burden for all his life as he searched in vain for his missing son. Bartolomeo tried to reach the island but it is covered in a permanent thick fog and surrounded by an impenetrable reef. Then one day as the map was lying near a stove in Bartolomeo’s home, coordinates appeared and disappeared as the paper grew warm. These coordinates gave precise directions for safe passage into the lagoon of Fenua Muré Oré. Unfortunately, Bartolomeo was now too frail to make the journey again. Vera is tasked with first solving the riddle of where the map has been hidden, then making the journey to find Oliviero; Baltimont says he will join her for the adventure.

A few days later, in Cuba’s vast Hotel Nacional, the three failed gangsters try to explain to their boss, Lucky Luciano, why they have not returned with the map. Without hesitation, Luciano shoots the three men dead. He tells Landansky, one of his thugs, that back in 1936 he was a long-term prisoner in New York’s notorious Sing Sing jail. Whilst there he acquired a position working in the library, and he met a fellow prisoner, a marine, who had accompanied Mattéo on his voyage to Fenua Muré Oré. Luciano craves eternal life and instructs Landansky to go after Vera and retrieve the map. Soon after, in a building near to New York’s Brooklyn Bridge, a klavern of the Ku Klux Klan (KKK), dressed in their hooded robes, is gathered to listen to Klansman Jedd. He advises that KKK members had infiltrated the guards of Sing Sing, and whilst in the library one had overheard about the secret island. The KKK desire the precious map as it would give them eternal life and solve “all their troubles”. The police who rescued and protected Vera from the Mafia are also members of the KKK.

Meanwhile, Vera and Baltimont visit Bartolomeo’s home in search of the map and discover it sealed behind a picture that adorns the wall of Vera’s childhood bedroom. Two days later they meet Captain McFarlan, claiming they need to travel to the South Pacific for a scientific expedition. But in order to secure McFarlan’s boat and services they are compelled to pay three times the normal rate. The following morning, Landansky has a meeting with the President of the Syndicate of New York City Dockers. The Syndicate is controlled by the Mafia, and Landansky tells the President to identify the ship that Vera and Baltimont will be sailing on and to get Landansky and his men on board ahead of its departure. The KKK also manage to secretly gain passage. Fifteen days later a boat, the ‘Terry Maloy’, sails with everyone on board.

At sea, Vera and Baltimont study and memorise the map thoroughly. It is a long voyage, travelling through the Panama Canal to the South Pacific, with a technical stopover on Easter Island. As the ship continues its journey it suddenly encounters a thick fog, with the depth of the sea steadily becoming shallower. With Vera’s guidance, and carefully following the map, the ship moves slowly forward through the only possible channel, to the other side. As the fog breaks they observe the immense Fenua Muré Oré. Vera, Baltimont, McFarlan, and members of the crew disembark in several small boats. On the island and with everyone standing on the beach, the Mafia, under the command of Landansky, demand that Vera gives them the map. However, the KKK, led by McFarlan, also reveal their true identities, declaring that they are taking possession of the island. A gunfight breaks out between the two factions, allowing Vera and Baltimont to escape into the surrounding thick jungle, where they pass by moai and stone relics of buildings, the “mysterious ruins of an ancient village”. Meanwhile, on the beach, the two factions agree a truce; they will work together in order to catch up with Vera and Baltimont and secure the fountain, but once achieved they will no longer be partners.

Vera and Baltimont journey further into the jungle, across bridges and ravines and through swamps. Then, as they climb a hill, they see before them a stunning sight: a valley of derelict stone buildings, behind which standing tall is a vast stone wall containing a colossal door guarded either side by giant moai. As Vera and Baltimont make their way to the monumental door, on one side they are observed by a strange figure, and on the other the Mafia and the KKK are hot on their heels. The door is far too big for Vera and Baltimont to push open, but with the use of a vine they manage, after half an hour’s climbing, to reach its top. They now decide to set fire to the map, in order to guarantee their lives, with Baltimont confident he has memorised all of its details. Reaching the huge door, the Mafia climb first using the vines. But upon reaching the top, they sever the vines, preventing the KKK from following. Gunfire is exchanged, with Landansky leaving behind two of his men to guard the door and keep the KKK pinned down.

Observing the gunfire, the mysterious figure decides that these armed men are a danger, so he begins an incantation of rongorongo. He asks the “fathers of our fathers” to “come to our aid” and “climb to the sky”. All around, moai rise up out of the ground and high into the air. They then suddenly fall out of the sky, crushing down and splattering all of the KKK and the two Mafia guards – only McFarlan manages to survive. On the other side of the great door, Vera and Baltimont cut their way through a thick jungle, whereupon they find themselves cornered by a komodo dragon. Landansky and the Mafia arrive, who shoot the beast dead. But this succeeds in attracting many more komodo dragons who surround the humans; the mysterious man, exhausted from willing the moai into the air, urges the beasts forward. A great battle ensues, with the Mafia shooting their guns and the komodo dragons chomping down on the intruders. Once again, Vera and Baltimont manage to escape, but Landansky catches up and upon learning that Baltimont has memorised the now destroyed map, he orders the professor to lead the way or he will shoot the young woman. They are followed by two komodo dragons that have survived the battle. Trapped on a rock face, the beasts attack the trio, who fight back killing one of the reptiles; the other is shot dead by McFarlan, who comes to the rescue. McFarlan and Landansky agree that they would rather share the power of the fountain for themselves than give it to their respective bosses.

Baltimont leads the way and finally through a jungle opening they see the temple of the Fountain of Eternity. A bridge over an abyss takes them past two giant moai that guard the temple entrance, whereupon inside they have to navigate a maze, its walls lit with flaming torches. Reaching a dead end, Baltimont advises that a particular section of the bas-relief needs to be pushed inwards. It leads to a section of the wall opening; beckoning them inside – “enter without fear” – is the mysterious man, who states he is the “ultimate guardian” of the temple. He stands inside a vast chamber – the sacred room of ‘Puna Muré Oré’ – surrounded by thousands of crouching people of stone, and in the middle of which is an altar upon which the fountain flows from the mouths of four moai positioned back to back and facing in different directions.

This priest-like man advises that if they have come with a peaceful heart, the fountain will be good to them. Alas, both Landansky and McFarlan treat the priest with disdain. Vera intervenes as Landansky is about to shoot the priest, but McFarlan instead kills Landansky, shooting him in the back. McFarlan then tries to kill the priest, who utters a short incantation that creates a force shield around himself, Vera and Baltimont, which deflects the bullet. A fight ensues between Baltimont and McFarlan and as the latter tries to shoot the priest a second time, the villainous captain is shot dead by Vera. With the two criminals dead, the priest asks why Vera and Baltimont have come for the fountain, and Vera explains that they have actually voyaged to find Oliviero, and give him a message from his parents. The priest reveals that he is Oliviero, and the cousins embrace.

Oliviero tells his story. After his ship had sunk, he was washed ashore on Fenua Muré Oré, where he was found by a man, Aïtu, who was the last guardian of the fountain. He told Oliviero the island’s history, in which there were other guardians, called Long Ears, who looked after the fountain, making sure it was used correctly. The big wall marked off the workers from the sacred space, which they were forbidden to enter alone, though they were required to work constantly in maintaining the temple. The Long Ears administered small amounts of the water of eternity to the population. But the workers desired more and they revolted and killed the Long Ears, who released the komodo dragons, resulting in a bloody battle. The workers triumphed, opened the colossal door and entered the forbidden zone and the sacred room. There, protecting the fountain, were the last of the guardians, some of whom were slaughtered with the remaining few exiled along with their families on a boat. It is said in rongorongo that those Long Ears settled on Easter Island. The workers drank copiously from the fountain, but in consuming too much at once they choked on the water and were turned to stone and it is these people that now line the sacred room.

Aïtu taught Oliviero the secrets of the fountain, such as the person who has drunk regularly from the fountain cannot stop or they will die. He was also told of Aïtu’s meeting with Mattéo, whom the priest let go as this foreigner was a good man. Then when Aïtu reached his guard cycle of 3000 years he stopped drinking the water and disappeared. Vera and Baltimont try to convince Oliviero to leave with them, but he refuses as he promised to be the guardian of the water, adding that as the map has now been destroyed there is little chance of his life being threatened by other dangerous people who may follow. Baltimont disagrees and conveys that modern society now has sonar and radar which mean the island will not be secret forever. Oliviero says he must therefore activate the mechanism that will release the volcano which will remove all trace of the island forever. He tells Vera and Baltimont to leave quickly; they rush from the temple just in time as the earth trembles and smashes the bridge. They make it back to the beach and the boats and manage to return to the ship. Baltimont tells the crew to depart quickly and they steam ahead through the fog as the island explodes behind them. Aboard the ship, Baltimont tells Vera that man is not ready to handle such power; she disagrees and says Oliviero could have saved the lives of so many people.

As with other French-language bandes dessinées and related animation, such as Lefranc: The Birdman (reviewed above), and The Adventures of Blake and Mortimer (reviewed above), the 1950s and 1960s appear to present a period ripe for establishing imaginative narratives of exploration, voyaging, secrets and intrigue, as well as nostalgia for an age where modernity and science were creating vibrant new futures. In fact, The Adventures of Professor Baltimont: The Island of Eternity is reinforced in places with footnotes that tell the reader parts of the text, such as Luciano’s association with the Hotel Nacional, are true. A Fountain of Eternity, as found in this Baltimont adventure, would have improved the lives of a post-war world, but the comic also moralises that it can lead to power and greed, with the KKK and the Mafia just two groups with extreme ideologies that would exploit the water for their own dastardly needs. It is a story in which the Nazis could have easily appeared, searching for an arcane power, with Baltimont, the university professor, the Indiana Jones figure who is drawn to adventure.

This Baltimont adventure contains echoes of other narratives with the images of the spectacular doorways guarded either side by the colossal moai, discernible in the first Baltimont bande dessinée, in which two great stone pharaohs guard an entrance. The idea of a ship finding a hidden Pacific island on the other side of a thick fog is originally from the film King Kong (1933), whilst a lost civilisation protecting a source of eternal life comes from H. Rider Haggard’s She (1886) and James Hilton’s The Lost Horizon (1933). Moreover, other examples of moai culture have employed this borrowed idea before, imagining Easter Island as a source of eternal life – see the novel The Monster of Mu (1932, reviewed below) and the comic Batman Adventures (reviewed above).

Following in Baltimont’s ability to freely roam globally, the creators of this comic have relocated to the island objects that clearly belong elsewhere. The komodo dragons, which permit great images of battles of man versus giant reptiles, are found only in Indonesia whilst the moai and rongorongo are very much the culture of Rapanui. The comic, however, positions Fenua Muré Oré, which in Polynesian translates as Land of Eternity, as an island not too distant from Easter Island. It is not made clear where exactly the island is on a map, but it is found seemingly not long after the ship stops briefly at Easter Island, a place which is also reachable by boat for the guardians that are exiled. The comic suggests that it is these Long Ears who are responsible for the culture of moai and rongorongo, which was once on Fenua Muré Oré. Other Rapanui adventures have imagined the moai flying but never as dramatically as in this comic, where they flatten their victims in pools of blood. As the stone figures rise, the guardian chants from rongorongo (an act which is repeated later in the adventure) with words made up from others found within the region: “Okorongo Moaïs! Tiki gorongo’é Moaïscoro…”, which is actually gibberish.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Tintin c’est l’aventure [Tintin it’s the Adventure]
‘Les secrets de l’apocalypse’ [‘The Secrets of the Apocalypse’]
(no.2, Gennevilliers: Geo and Éditions Moulinsart, September–November 2019)

Long before the first settlers, Easter Island was a land “Edenic, fragile and modest”, “fresh and calm like a desert”. But with the arrival of man – first the Rapanui and then the Europeans – the island was violated. The island saw the creation of the moai, the sacred Birdman, the god Make Make, the slave raids and the sheep farming, and in return it was left “helpless and bruised”. There are the typhoons, cyclones and tsunamis, but these are not feared by the island. Instead it fears for man and that with the rising of world temperatures the sea levels will rise dramatically. Easter Island and its moai will have disappeared, sunk beneath the sea. The island will reappear one day, but man will not. All traces of “swarming chaotic” humanity will have been left behind and with the world’s great minds unable to do anything to stop the apocalypse the planet without people will change and be recreated.

Tintin and his dog Snowy are much travelled and adored cartoon characters, who reappear as the inspiration for a new French quarterly that combines the worlds of bandes desinées and educational travel and geographic magazines (here, the publication GEO). Extracts from Tintin adventures are employed alongside reportage and factual accounts of the world’s wonders. A significant section, examining islands as lands of imagination, includes a focus on Rapanui. This is despite Tintin having never visited the island, though a board game produced in 1992 (reviewed below) was inspired by the character and the moai.

Within this feature on islands, the cartoon ‘Les secrets de l’apocalypse’ appears. Drawn by Olivier Grenson, this dépli-BD (fold-out cartoon) which covers ten pages is told from the perspective of Easter Island itself, a land that observes the disastrous actions of humankind. It is a climate change narrative which views the raising of sea levels as the most dramatic event and one which appears inevitable, as opposed to preventable, in this most pessimistic of stories. None of the human figures are given a voice, enabling the island to dominate with its poetic reflections, but it is very unfortunate that Rapanui history becomes so secondary that it carries here fundamental mistakes. The dress and culture of the Rapanui is all wrong and most significantly they are shown carrying swords pre-contact with Europeans. On the page that follows, a sketch from French voyager La Pérouse’s visit to Rapanui in 1786 is problematically employed to now represent the arrival of Dutch sailor Jacob Roggeveen, which was much earlier in 1722. Moreover, the islanders that appeared in the original have been removed and a fallen moai has been added to the sketch. It is a damaging appropriation and alteration of an original image that can be observed too in a 1981 issue of Look and Learn (reviewed above).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents



Fiction (novels, novellas and plays)

"He", A Companion to "She". Being A History of the Adventures of J. Theodosius Aristophano on the Island of Rapa Nui in Search of his Immortal Ancestor – John De Morgan
(New York: Munro's Publishing House, 15 April 1887)

The opening narrator admits that the account that follows may be seen by the reader as "the ravings of a diseased brain, or some wild and improbable fairy story". He relays that as an editor he had unexpectedly received a manuscript from a strange old man, J. Theodosius Aristophano, whom he had met three years earlier whilst walking in the Malvern Hills, in England's county of Herefordshire. The autobiography that he received is so important that he feels duty-bound to publish it as presented.

Aristophano can trace his ancestral line back before Christ to Ancient Greece. An early ancestor, who goes by various names including Kallikrates, married an Egyptian princess and with her fled the country, whereupon in the swamps of Africa (and somewhere near Libya) they encountered 'She', a woman of great powers who ruled the local natives. She had the power of immortality and wanted Kallikrates for her husband. Kallikrates refused, even after being offered immortality himself, so She struck him dead with a blast of her wand and his wife, bearing a child, fled to Greece. Aristophano's line descends from that son. It turns out that Kallikrates, who will become 'He', had not been killed but had been sent into a deep sleep by a potion administered by She. The now immortal Kallikrates managed to escape and he fled to Rapanui, where many centuries later he still resides.

Learning of his great immortal ancestor, Aristophano decides to travel with his father to Rapanui (also called Teppithe Hemma) to find him. He learns that the Rapanui "were giants, and all possessed of demonic power", and whenever the Rapanui, who lived in caves, offended Kallikrates, their king for "several thousand years", all he had to do was to "fix his eye on them and they dropped dead". Aristophano's father possesses a heavily clamped casket in which there are three brass tablets that had been written by He, with Hebrew on one side, but curious hieroglyphs on the other. The translated third tablet asks for Kallikrates' ancestors to seek out She, learn her powers and then release him from immortality.

On route, Aristophano's father dies and in his possessions an old parchment is found. It states that around 500 BC, Confucius sent out two junks of 400 men each to seek new land. It was found in the southern seas by following the fire of a volcano. Upon reaching the shore (of Rapanui) they elected Hatu as their king and he took as his residency a place on the island called Ana Quena, with the rest of the land divided up and ruled over by chiefs. After three years, a great white immortal man arrived (Kallikrates). His powers made the natives fear him and he was spoken of as 'He' in terms of his mightiness and uniqueness. The island has "great mountains of fire", a "strange coast", and at the entrance of its river is "a monument of the great Tabu". Also found on the island are a "great number of images". Another document says that He lives on the island in a cave with a woman so beautiful that no native can look at her and live. To prevent this happening, He turns the woman to marble whenever anyone approaches.

As Aristophano's ship approaches Rapanui those on board observe a "mammoth monument" of moai tangata, cut from stone. Sailing nearer they move through narrow channels past "an archipelago of rocky islands […] dangerous to any ship". Along the channel they encounter two exquisitely carved giant rocks, several hundred feet tall" one of a man (the statue of Tabu) the other of a woman, facing each other. Originally, they had formed with their arms a giant arch over the water, beneath which ships would pass. They were "proof of a civilisation possessed by some long-forgotten people". Aristophano's ship is pulled by a force uphill and at some speed. They are drawn towards a huge rock that snaps their oars, but the boulder also parts to let them through. On the other side, they find the calm waters of a "fairy-land", the land "transcendently beautiful. Flowers of the most gorgeous colours were in full bloom […] birds of gay plumage sang sweetly". When the giant Rapanui finally arrive, they speak Hebrew, are seven feet tall, wear wreaths of leaves around their heads, grass sashes across their chests, and their skin is "lighter than a mulatto, and yet too dark for Caucasian". They tell Aristophano that He had been expecting them, with a feast prepared, but they are forbidden to see the face of He. Aristophano, Fjord (his Scandinavian-American travelling companion), the ship's captain and two of the ship's crew arm themselves with guns and knives and follow the Rapanui, climbing up a steep cliff. Fifty feet up the cliff side they pass through a narrow crevice, which after a passage of darkness opens out into a cave.

Carved historical scenes fill the cave walls, supported by hieroglyphs, with the figures in the carvings a mixture of men who are part Hebrew and part Assyrian, or of Mongolian or Chinese origins. As a section of the wall swings open, in walk tattooed women of about sixteen years old, copper-coloured skin, and naked except for a girdle of vine leaves around their waist which creates a knee-length fringe. They place on a table implements for the feast that include chopsticks. Other women appear wearing headdresses of magnolias and jasmine and sashes bearing grapes. The men that follow bring into the room "a large iron pot" of soup, whilst women bring cups of milk and tea. The feast also includes pineapple, bananas and guava, and is followed by the smoking of high quality tobacco.

In the morning, Aristophano and the boat's crew find they have been imprisoned in the cave. They also learn that the language of He's household is Spanish, He always spoke Hebrew, and the Rapanui speak a "compound" of Chinese, Spanish and Polynesian. A group of young women enter the cave and each grab one of the newly arrived men as their husband and are immediately wed. Aristophano's new wife is called Rapa Tephite, and she leads him out of the cave through another narrow passage, whereupon they are able to look down from some height at a valley where the ruins of a once great ancient city (called Akahauga) stood and many statues are positioned at street intersections – idols that were once worshipped by the Rapanui. The islanders ceased worshipping the idols once He "found the great white god". The newly-weds voyage down to the ruins. There, Aristophano joins his new wife in a bridal-chamber cave that dates from the time of the great city. Inside, the chamber is decorated with bones and skulls for furniture and ornaments. In the corner of the room is a carving, made from "toroiniro" wood, of a sacred male figure that looks like moai tangata.

Aristophano meets his fellow travellers the next morning, bathing at an outdoor pool, surrounded by their new wives. Breaking from the group, Aristophano and Fjord (who has an interest in archaeology) explore a cave, where Aristophano makes a copy of rongorongo-like hieroglyphics that he finds on the walls. Fjord finds an exquisite woman's arm, which appears to be made of marble, but Fjord believes it was actually once human. A week later, and finally the foreigners are invited to meet He, and to witness a trial of skill. They make the long journey over the island, across valleys and steep hills to reach a volcano, in which they descend before camping for the night. The next day they continue their journey encountering on route many ancient ruins of great buildings, some "inlaid with ivory and gems" and "telling of a civilisation further back than any records of history". Reaching the barren great plains on the other side of the volcano, they see thousands of locals of different skin colour and around them terraced forts for defence, caves and passages, and a large stone platform upon which human sacrifices were once made. Men armed with axes and spears arrive ready for the games, but with the blast of a trumpet almost everyone falls down and lies prostrate. Out of a cave emerges a procession, that moves towards the stone platform and includes young women, a hideous man more than eight feet tall, with large rings in his ears, and skeletons on poles adapted to act as flaming torches. Behind them held aloft on a litter made of gold and seated on a chair of human skulls is He. The foreigners are lifted up and placed alongside the veiled He on the platform. They watch warriors throwing spears with great precision; Aristophano in turn demonstrates his skill with his rifle.

With the sporting events over, He returns to the sacred caves and says Aristophano and Fjord should follow, whereupon they rest in a cavern containing more inscriptions and skulls. Some inscriptions are in Chinese and others that they could decipher referred to the loss of the ancient city. The next day they are invited to meet He, who demonstrates his great powers. In a cave nearby, Aristophano encounters a marble-like statue of a woman, Alethea, that appears to come to life, warns him of He's powers, and declares her love over centuries for Aristophano. The next morning, Aristophano is awakened by Rapa who urges him to flee, for a group of natives have taken the ship's captain and two members of the crew captive and killed and eaten one. He manages to save the other two men with his distant powers; Aristophano is told that He's powers come from love. The cannibals are captured by He's warriors and for having broken his commandments they are to be punished: first savaged by animals and then their bodies cut up and eaten by their own families.

That night, Aristophano is visited in his cave by the statue of Alethea come alive who again informs that long ago, in the days of Ancient Greece, they declared a love for each other. Soon after, the captain and the remaining sailor flee, leaving Aristophano with Fjord. Aristophano decides to explore the surrounding land more, drawing a map on his way, so he can leave easily when required. During this journey, Aristophano encounters more caves, tombs, snakes, undecipherable inscriptions, carvings of idols with distended ears, secret steps and hidden entrances to passageways, as well as mummified bodies. As Aristophano reflects more on He, he considers the power of immortality. Similar thoughts are entertained by Fjord, who has been equally curious of his surroundings. One night, within the network of caves, he spies the sad He kneeled in front of the statue of Alethea, to whom he declares his love; the living statue says her love has been given to the son of He, who has reappeared (in the form of Aristophano). He seethes with anger.

Aristophano and Fjord spend much time with He, as his guests, learning more of him and his thoughts whilst unable to leave the caves in and around the volcanic crater at Ana Quena. Rapa is directed by Aristophano to help him venture beyond the mountain. She is fearful of He's vengeance but reluctantly agrees. As they are crossing a rope bridge, a column of smoke (associated with He) appears; the bridge snaps and Rapa falls to her death. The image of He appears and Aristophano challenges him about questions of mortality. Aristophano ventures further into the volcano and encounters rivers of hot lava – in which Rapa floats past – before being rescued by He.

Days later, Aristophano with Fjord, He and his entourage journey across the plains to the ancient ruins. There within a cavern, Aristophano and Fjord are left to "commune with the dwellers on the threshold", who are hideous apparitions of Death. It is there that Aristophano has another encounter with Alethea. Having passed this test, He takes Aristophano and Fjord out and down "thousands of steps", whereupon they are to pass through a fire in the Earth's centre that is an elixir of life. He calls upon the great Tabu for the initiation to begin. He asks that Alethea is brought back to life as his, but she emerges as the statue and refuses, saying her love is for Aristophano, the man for whom she has waited for centuries. An angry He strikes the statue smashing it into pieces, leading to thunder and the cave turning to darkness. He enters the flames and is transformed into a hideous goat. The cave begins to shake and Aristophano and Fjord flee; as they emerge outside, a volcanic eruption shatters the mountain burying the caves and everyone and everything inside.

Aristophano and Fjord make their way to the coast, where they live for a week on birds and fruits, until they are rescued by a passing ship, heading for Australia. In their old age, Fjord continues to research what they had experienced, whilst on occasions Aristophano feels that there is next to him the spirit of Alethea.

There are several extraordinary facts about this novel. First, is its age, published in 1887 and long before any other known examples of Easter Island fiction. Second, there is the level of archaeological depth which sees the author providing detailed drawings and footnotes, with evidently research undertaken in museums. Third, there is the breadth of engagement with Rapanui culture, albeit exploited and manipulated. Fourth, there is the blatant attempt to gain recognition as a "Companion to She", the novel by H. Rider Haggard.

She had only been published in the US on 24 December 1886, less than four months prior. It was an extremely popular adventure and clearly inspired this unauthorised spin-off, which treads badly over whatever property rights Haggard may have held. The speed with which He must have been written is astonishing. It is a long publication of 213 pages of fulsome storytelling and includes a second companion story, It, in the same issue of a further 242 pages, which sees Aristophano and Fjord in an African adventure that again tries to connect to Haggard's work – this time King Solomon's Mines (1885) and Allan Quatermain (1885). The author of He, John De Morgan (aka, John Francis Morgan), is a fascinating man. A British émigré to the US (arriving in 1880, without his wife and children, but possibly a mistress), who claimed he was born in Ireland; a political activist, Marxist and agitator who appeared to have led riots and marches in England/ London, who in 1887 turned to writing fantasy novels, of which four were inspired by Haggard.

He takes from the novel She many scenarios and plot motifs, including narrow crevices leading to spaces beyond, catacombs within a volcano, lost civilisations of savages, cannibalism, a ruler with magical powers who strikes fear into the natives, reincarnated lovers, mesmerising female forms, and immortality and a column of fire that gives the elixir of life. Kallikrates appears in both stories and in De Morgan's version he replaces She as the great ruler, with Aristophano introduced in a role that replaces Leo Vincey in the original. De Morgan recreates so many elements including the extreme brutality in the act of cannibalism presented in the first US edition, which Haggard conveyed in detail but later diluted in reprints. Interestingly, She has inspired other examples of Easter Island fiction such as Bob Morane: The Giants of Mu and Batman Adventures (reviewed above).

The adventure actually begins well and is richest in detail and ambition in its first third. De Morgan is keen to convey as much as possible and he focuses on establishing the appearance of many things within the foreign land. In some ways, the scale is commendable, but it soon becomes a melange of cultures and histories – Chinese, Hebrew, Muslim, Mongolian, Inca, Egyptian, African, and Greek in particular – united as if the author could not create a new civilisation unless borrowing parts of others. The overly long story also becomes muddled and repetitive – many journeys into caves, dreams and apparitions, and much philosophising on death, life and immortality – as if De Morgan was running out of ideas or time. The speed with which this novel must have been written suggests both.

Both He and She are stories of their time and, unfortunately, in these imperial adventures the depictions of race are highly problematic. The islanders in He are presented as savages, freaks and grotesques and the women as dusky maidens, near-naked, compliant and in servitude to men. The fact that a white man, positioned as an immortal, becomes the ruler of the islanders, and a supposed civiliser, just accentuates the racism. Rapanui is borrowed for the descriptions of the islanders, many with distended ears, for locations (burial caves), materials (toromiro wood becomes toroiniro, although it could have been misspelt), place names (the coastal site of Anakena becomes the mountain Ana Quena) and names of individuals (the island's first king Hotu Matua, becomes here Hatu, and now of Chinese birth). The ancient ruins and once great civilisation also echo the romantic western views of a Rapanui society that had been lost. Strangely, the moai are not mentioned, but there are several giant statues that greet the voyagers as they arrive at the island. It is, however, in the inclusion of rongorongo, and moai tangata that this book holds the greatest interest. For it is difficult to entirely comprehend how the author was able to include these cultural artefacts with such accuracy, with drawings in the text to support their mention. These drawings, along with the occasional footnotes, are in the style of Haggard, who added such references to editions of She to support the narrative's illusion of historicity and veracity. Haggard's novel has a drawing of a vase that is inspired by an actual relic. De Morgan does likewise with numerous archaeological illustrations, but his are often more faithful to the original object, which is both curious and praiseworthy for such an exploitative text. Most importantly, how De Morgan had come into contact with these images – in particular of moai tangata – at a time when they were barely known or circulated is part of the captivating enigma of this author and his fantasy.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

A New Humanity or The Easter Island – Adolf Wilbrandt
(London: Maclaren and Company, 1905)

First published in German in 1894, Adolf Wilbrandt uses his novel to address and promote the Übermensch (Over-man or Beyond-man) philosophy of Friedrich Nietzsche, which appeared in Thus Spoke Zarathustra (1883-1891). The novel’s protagonist, Helmut Adler, is driven to establishing a new humanity, or a new mankind, to surpass or replace the current one which has failed to evolve sufficiently: “even now man is an ape” and the “ape-man is only a transition to something higher and better”. This man of the future, who has removed himself from the old gods, will be found on what Adler defines as Easter Island. Whilst on his deathbed, Adler’s friends/disciples vow to help him locate this land upon which the man of the future will be reared.

Early in the novel, Adler relays that Easter Island is now uninhabited and perfect for his plan. It had once contained a “beautiful race with expressive features”. The people were Malays, but they disappeared “[s]eventeen or eighteen years ago” with 1500 taken away by slave traders from Peru. The island has little wood or drinking water but “magnificent fruit trees” and “when the inhabitants were short of rain-water, they used to drink sea-water without being the worse for it”. Adler is not sure if these islanders have since returned to Rapanui, but should “Malays have settled there again, then, of course, they will have to be packed on their boats and sent back to the West […] Against their will”. For there should be only one type of human on the island – the future man: “people who strive and aspire to something higher, who wish, with all their soul, to leave the half-man state, and in whom the higher flexibility is stirring, whose motto is: Down with the ape-man in us, long live the god-man!”. The disciples concur that the name Easter Island is apt for their new humanity. And its isolation would allow them to live in peace, but if an enemy appeared they will have turned the island “into a fortress”. Later in the novel, a disciple states that Adler had given him strength and direction and shown him his “inner Easter Island”. Thus, the new humanity, or the Easter Island, is to be found within ourselves.

Wilbrandt, an accomplished dramatist, wrote a novel that could have been a play, with its ensemble group of main characters who dominate the narrative and its limited number of settings. Nietzsche’s philosophy with its higher-humans and death of god was controversial not just in Germany but elsewhere in Europe and was often misinterpreted; Wilbrandt’s novel is one such example. Moreover, the author’s view of Rapanui is deeply troubling, not just seeing the island as uninhabited but if any of the islanders have returned they will simply be removed. Such overt colonialism positions the islanders as inferior and a hindrance to the ambitions of a foreign party.

For a novel that aims for true knowledge and realism it is strange that the islanders are said to be Malays and that they can drink sea-water without any ill effects. Such absurdities move the novel further into the realms of fantasy. In reality, Nietzsche’s sister Elisabeth Förster-Nietzsche, established in 1887 a Nueva Germania (New Germany), a “pure Aryan settlement” of perceived higher beings in a German colony founded deep within Paraguay. The colony was a disaster and Elisabeth’s husband, Bernhard, committed suicide two years later.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Sacred Herb – Fergus Hume
(London: John Long, 1908)

After returning to London from his travels across the Atlantic, Lord Prelice is pestered by his aunt to attend a trial at the New Bailey where his school friend and now barrister, Ned Shepworth, is defending a client. When he gets there, Prelice discovers that Shepworth is in fact a witness in the murder case and engaged to the woman accused of the crime. Mona Chent is accused of murdering her uncle, Oliver Lanwin, after he tried to force her to marry Captain Jadby, a half Polynesian man whom Lanwin came across in his travels.

Prelice meets with Shepworth after the trial and the barrister tells him that Mona is innocent. He was at the manor on that day and had come into the room of the murder. There he saw Miss Chent trapped within a trance which had left her incapacitated – as she had conveyed during the trial – describing a white smoke within the room as the cause. Shepworth also tells Prelice that Lanwin’s books were open on his desk showing pages related to Rapanui, yet when the crime scene was discovered, these books were now closed. Shepworth is convinced that Mona will be found innocent but he is concerned about a missing witness, Steve Agstone, a servant who has been heard to claim he saw Mona commit the murder.

Prelice later attends a masked ball taking place in the flat above Shepworth’s with the intention of meeting him afterwards. When Prelice descends the stairs, he passes a masked woman in a green domino cloak whose aroma reminds him of the scent of the tuberose and memories of his time on Rapanui. Entering Shepworth’s flat, he finds his friend catatonic in the dining room with a dead man on the other side of the table. Another guest wanders in and finds the same scene, alerting the other partygoers. Prelice admits the guests in order to prove that Shepworth is in no state to have committed the murder and defends both Ned and himself from the accusations of Captain Jadby. The police arrive and the murdered man is found to be Agstone, the missing witness.

In order to prove the innocence of both Chent and Shepworth, Prelice seeks an acquaintance by the name of Doctor Horace, a gruff man who has travelled the world and is knowledgeable about Rapanui. Horace helps Prelice by explaining to the jury the effects of a herb found on Easter Island that can leave people incapacitated. With Chent and Shepworth cleared by the law, but not necessarily by society, Prelice continues to seek out the real murderer. Along the way he makes a number of discoveries that reveal more of the story; Captain Jadby is, in fact, the son of Lanwin. Doctor Horace and Agstone are brothers and Shepworth and Chent are only pretending to be engaged in order to ward off Jadby’s advances. This last fact is of great importance to Prelice as he begins to fall in love with Mona.

Eventually, Captain Jadby, in desperation, captures Miss Chent and attempts to sail away with her from England. Chent manages to escape and Jadby is shot dead by the captain of the ship he plans to use after he betrays his accomplice, Madam Maria, a woman who loves him. Prelice shoots the ship’s captain after he attempts to kill Maria, rather than allow her to be caught by the police. The captain’s men wound Prelice and he regains consciousness days later whereupon Shepworth and Chent explain everything. The murders were devised by Jadby in order to inherit his father’s estate, with Agstone committing the first murder helped by Madam Maria, and Jadby committing the murder of Agstone. And it was Jadby that Prelice had noticed dressed as a woman at the masked ball. With the mystery solved, Mona inherits Lanwin’s estate and is free to marry Prelice.

Fergus Hume was a prolific writer during the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, with over a hundred novels to his name. His 1886 work, The Mystery of a Hansom Cab is regarded as one of the most successful mystery novels of the Victorian era, and it inspired Sir Arthur Conan Doyle to write the novel that introduced Sherlock Holmes. Growing up in New Zealand (his family emigrated there from the UK when he was aged three), Hume studied law and qualified for the New Zealand bar before emigrating to Australia and then back to the UK, where he had settled by the time he wrote The Sacred Herb. Hume’s legal experience no doubt influenced the content of this book and his formative years in New Zealand and the South Pacific were likely the source for the idea of Jadby as the half-Polynesian man. It is, however, a concern that this person of mixed race is then established as the villain.

The sacred herb of the title, which is found on Rapanui, is described as coming from a brown root with purple leaves. When burnt, it produces a white smoke that leaves those in its path unable to move. If a stronger dosage is given it can lead to complete unconsciousness. This herb is used during both crime scenes and also during Chent’s escape from Jadby, where the fumes cause him to become so confused that he attacks a man thinking him to be Prelice.

The herb is exoticised – a plant with unusual powers, found in a faraway land – and is described as being used on Rapanui during sacred practices to allow one’s spirit to leave the body and convene with the gods within the moai. When Prelice first smells the herb, he has a vision of a long-forgotten stone race with cylinders on their heads. Before them, kneel tattooed and painted people murmuring names such as Kanaro, Marapate and Areekee. A priest also stands with them and burns the herb, creating the white smoke and becoming incapacitated like the other characters in the story. Prelice then watches as his spirit blends with the moai gods. Numerous murder-mystery stories have involved Easter Island, but this was the first, written at a time when moai fiction was in its infancy. In contrast, exotic plants with the power to immobilise or awaken a victim are rarely part of moai culture, with examples only found elsewhere in Supergirl (reviewed above) and Sir! magazine (reviewed below).

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

La Reina de Rapa Nui [The Queen of Rapa Nui] – Pedro Prado
(Santiago de Chile: Imprenta Universitaria, 1914)

In the prologue, titled ‘The Last Years of a Strange Man’, a framing story is presented. It is January 1914, and a secondary narrator finds the manuscript of an old friend (a journalist from Valparaíso, Chile) who recounts a past trip to Rapanui, that occurred roughly between 1870 and 1874. The narrator clarifies that he polished and re-wrote the manuscript, which was full of marks and deletions, and which he now offers to the reader in thirteen chapters.

After settling as a young man in Valparaíso, and working as a journalist for the prestigious journal El Heraldo, the unnamed protagonist embarks on the French boat Jean Albert, with the intention of discovering Rapanui mysteries and writing about them as a chronicle for El Heraldo. After a two-month trip, he arrives feverish and ill at the Chilean colony. He meets two settlers on Rapanui – a Frenchman, Dutrou-Bornier, and his associate, Adams, a Dane – who administer the livestock farming on Rapanui and are described as “the two only civilised men on the island”. When the young journalist arrives at Dutrou-Bornier’s house, he discovers that the Frenchman will travel to Tahiti for a couple of months, so during that time the narrator will stay with Adams. The young man feels he is on “an island of savages” and in a “bizarre dream”.

The journalist soon meets the queen of Rapanui, Coemata Etú (‘Starry Eyes’), in a scene under exuberant fig trees, where she seduces the narrator, leaving him enchanted. The young man discovers that a tribal group gathers every night by the beach, dancing and singing and talking openly about communal problems. In one of these meetings, where the queen is always present, she speaks to Adams, who is angry at the robbery of two of his sheep. The queen concludes that everyone steals in Rapanui and that lying is a common leit motif on the island. During this nocturnal gathering a prophesy is advanced: a serious drought will devastate the island.

In an expedition with the young indigenous boy Kanaroga, the narrator admires moai statues (“the statues of men without legs”) and the youth explains that the king Tukuihú, the first to arrive on Rapanui and the queen’s ancestor, made them himself. When the narrator meets Coemata Etú, she questions the story and says that a man alone could not make all the moai. In turn, Adams tells the narrator Dutrou-Bornier’s story. He arrived on Easter Island four years before, in the middle of an internal confrontation that led to civil war: on the one hand, a colony of French Catholic missionaries with the support of some indigenous people, and on the other, Coemata Etú, who, after her brother’s death reacted against the missionaries to stand up for Rapanui traditions with the help of Dutrou-Bornier. Coemata Etú and Dutrou-Bornier became lovers and he was the prince. The war decimated the population from around 2000 inhabitants in Tepito’s times (Coematu’s father) to around 300, so that the island became a “silent” one.

At the volcano Rano Kau, the narrator meets the wise old man Coturhe Uruiri, who speaks about the past, and the arrival of white people with mortal diseases that prevented men and women from loving each other for a long time. After telling the story, he points at the moon and says that although no-one pays attention to it nowadays, he has never seen it so small and white, a bad omen that will bring a drought to Easter Island. Soon after, the old man commits suicide by throwing himself into the sea and the tribe mourns him in a ceremony that ends with a night orgy.

The narrator leaves Angapiko and visits Adams in Anakena, where he meets an elderly man, Rakaja, who carves strange hieroglyphs that nobody can decipher. The text clarifies that these hieroglyphs were originally embroidered in clothing. A group of priests held some mysterious knowledge about the island that was lost. This knowledge was passed from generation to generation, but the last group of priests did not have children and they died taking away with them their knowledge. When the French missionaries arrived, they did not have to erase old beliefs as they had been forgotten by the islanders.

The drought hits the island and the queen falls ill with high fever. When she dies, the rain comes back. Twenty days later, the Jean Albert returns without Dutrou-Bornier. Adams offers the narrator to govern the island with him, as the queen has died without descendants, but the narrator returns home knowing he will never visit Rapanui again and the book ends with an ode to the island and to the belated queen.

La Reina de Rapa Nui is a Chilean historical fiction set in the years just before Easter Island became a colony of Chile in 1888. Published not long after, in 1914, Easter Island had soon become a place of fantasy and imagination for Chilean writers – the author of La Reina de Rapa Nui, Pedro Prado, never travelled to Easter Island – with another book Rapa Nui. Cuentos Pascuenses (reviewed below), by José Ignacio Vives Solar, published six years later. This was Prado’s debut novel, and it is the earliest known book of Spanish-language fiction on Easter Island, with five re-editions throughout the twentieth century. Chilean patriotism is apparent throughout the novel with the narrator, for example, clarifying that when he studied geography he was proud when he read that Chile owned the only colony of South America: Easter Island. It was “not a big extension” but it was a “mysterious land”.

The novel’s exoticism emerges from a common trait in which colonies were feminised as geographic spaces to be conquered, penetrated and subdued. Rapanui men are described as having “feminine necks”, whilst the queen, who smelled of flowers, just like the island, was so minute that she looked like a ten-year old girl. Although the queen is initially presented as a femme fatale that seduces western men (i.e. Dutrou-Bornier and the narrator), she is ultimately merely an aesthetic figure, an instrument for western-centric control, as her body is taken first by a French man and then, in his absence, by a Chilean. In fact, when the queen dies without descendants, there is a suggestion that her power will be appropriated by Adams, a Dane, with the promise of women’s political power and the title of the novel thereby vanishing.

The Rapanui are presented as common liars, but the ultimate image is that of their easy manipulation, as when the French missionaries arrived on the island and the indigenous people just accepted their beliefs and practices. Indeed, not only do the French missionaries colonise the islanders, but so does Dutrou-Bornier and his crew. Within the novel, Dutrou-Bornier may have freed the islanders from French Catholicism, but he then established a slavery setting that eventually decimated the indigenous population. French missionaries of the Congregation of the Sacred Hearts of Jesus and Mary, had indeed been on the island, arriving in 1864, but then leaving in 1871 after conflict with Jean-Baptiste Dutrou-Bornier, a fraudster, gambler and convicted arms-dealer who first arrived in 1866 and was anything but an emancipator of the islanders. He settled in 1868, appropriating most of the land for a sheep ranch that he established and which dominated the island landscape and led to the maltreatment of the Rapanui. He had taken a Rapanui woman, ‘Koreto’ (Pau ‘Aku Renga ko Reto), as his wife and had made her Queen. She in turn was to make their daughter, Caroline, Queen, but neither were formally recognised. Parts of these lives and the accounts of the island written by French missionaries Eugène Eyraud and (possibly) Hippolyte Roussel, have influenced the content of the story with Prado twisting fact and fiction with ease.

There are allusions to Rapanui culture and traditions within the novel, such as the moai, the sooty tern, rongorongo hieroglyphs, and moai kavakava, but no names are provided and these references remain vague and mere exotic trivia. The second edition, published in 1938, maintains this vagueness with the cover depicting a modernist image best suited to a romance novel and which could have been set anywhere. Here, the chiselled physique of a prying man is placed against a hard rock, whilst a woman with her hair and clothes flowing is more fluid, like the water in which she stands. Both figures are associated with nature and the land, with the setting seemingly an Arcadia of open sexuality. At least the cover for the 1983 edition attempts to connect the story to local imagery with a woman, presumably the queen, wearing a band of flowers in her hair and profiled against a moai, which itself is profiled against the rocky formation of Easter Island.

Gerardo Rodríguez-Salas

Jump to contents

I Tre Boy-Scouts. Avventure Meravigliose [The Three Boy Scouts. Wonderful Adventures] - Jean de la Hire
'L'Isola di Pasqua' ['Easter Island']
(novella, no.27; Milan: Casa Editrice Sonzogno, 1920)

The three boy scouts, Gian-Bart, Raimondo and Marius, accompanied by the black African, Zomba, are caught up in a hurricane which damages their seaplane, the Aeroc. With the storm over, they manage to repair the plane and fly away to Chile. There, they are told about the mysterious Easter Island, full of bizarre and unknown things. They decide to fly there and eventually land in the Bay of Cook. Once they have secured their seaplane, they are met by the locals who appear from a cove in their canoes. The inhabitants of the island are lean and muscular, bronze-skinned and covered in tattoos, with black and red hair covered by some plumes. Using body language to communicate, the three boys disembark their aircraft and board the canoes. Upon arriving at the shore, they are accompanied to a village, where they are met by a very old man wearing a big black-plumed headdress. The village elder seeks to exchange some carvings of the local idols with the boys' clothes. However, upon the boys' refusal, the locals, until then seemingly good-tempered, become menacing and the boy scouts flee back to the airplane, chased by the natives.

As they fly over the island they come across some enormous black statues, the moai, and land to observe them and further explore the island, which appears deserted in this region. The statues are numerous and impressive, and at the same time gloomy and terrifying. Their gloom is amplified by the barren volcanic landscape. The boys decide to return to their plane, only to find that it has disappeared. It is now getting dark and a storm begins to rage so they focus on looking for refuge in one of the many caves present on the island. In the morning, they find their plane has gone and the boy scouts believe it has been taken by the island inhabitants, who then suddenly attack them; the heroes are forced to fire their guns to overcome their attackers. The islanders fall back and disappear, so the boy scouts and Zomba begin meandering through a series of caves and underground passages from where they have heard noises and voices coming.

They enter a funnel-like cave with an underground lake, where there dramatically emerges a bright green light followed by an enormous tentacle. The boys, initially disorientated, realise that they are facing a giant prehistoric creature, with several tentacles protruding from a beaked mouth, green eyes, and the body of a lizard. While trying to flee the creature, it grabs Gian-Bart with one of its tentacles, but as it takes him away water floods the cave and they are separated. The novella ends with Gian-Bart waking up on a shore alone.

The Three Boy Scouts, written by the prolific Jean de la Hire, was originally published in French (with the same cover) in 1913. This was just six years after Robert Baden-Powell founded the Boy Scouts movement – which rapidly achieved international appeal – and five years after his founding text, Scouting for Boys, was published. The novella belongs to the adventure genre that was popular at the time and was often set in faraway lands. Its focus is on the three scouts who go through numerous ordeals and challenges only to succeed thanks to their resourcefulness, resilience, solidarity and courage. The stories are set all over the world, but the author here offers little detailed description of the region visited, with Easter Island a convenient amalgamation of shorthand indigeneity: essentially jungle narratives united with generic South Sea adventures. In this particular instalment, Easter Island is described as a Chilean territory, a barren land full of caves and grottoes. Even the moai (it is notable de la Hire never uses this word) are barely described and exist as bodiless black statues, some sticking out of the ground, some collapsed, and with terrifying expressions. Although the boys muse upon the creation of the statues, the story quickly moves on. One of the scouts mentions the presence of some "cabalistic inscriptions" on the rocks, which could refer to rongorongo.

The island population, often termed "savages", are described as primitive and childlike, a description which reflects an unfortunate colonialist view of indigenous people that is typical of the period. At no time do the islanders bear any resemblance to the contemporary Rapanui. The most original element in the story is the prehistoric creature inhabiting the caves, whose beaked appearance might have been inspired by the Birdman figure. Therefore, the story uses Easter Island as a prop for the exciting and adventurous stories of the boys, displaying no real interest for the culture and the history of the island and its people. The setting is used more to create an atmosphere of remoteness, suspense and mystery.

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents



I Tre Boy-Scouts. Avventure Meravigliose [The Three Boy Scouts. Wonderful Adventures] - Jean de la Hire
'La Roccia Parlante' ['The Rock Talks']

(novella, no.28; Milan: Casa Editrice Sonzogno, 1920)

Gian-Bart wakes up on a shore outside the cave where he has been transported by the flood from the night before. Surrounded by extremely high rocks which he cannot climb, he uses his scouting knowledge to find food, light a fire and to explore the area in search of a way out, whilst musing upon the fate of his friends. On their part, the other boy scouts and Zomba the African have managed to escape the flood and they have started to explore the underground lake looking for their lost friend. Thankfully, the octopus-like monster has disappeared. Finding no trace of Gian-Bart they decide to climb back to the surface where they emerge near a wood.

Zomba explores the area and, from the top of a tree, he sees a gathering of three hundred indigenous people led by a plumed shaman-like figure kneeling in adoration of the Aeroc aircraft, which they believe is a divinity. The area in which they have gathered is a crater in an extinguished volcano. Despite their being three against three hundred spear-armed men and women, the boy scouts and Zomba attack the locals firing upon them with their guns to retake their plane and avenge Gian-Bart, whom they believed has been killed. Yet, they are forced to fall back and leave the plane behind. They manage to reach the village where they had been taken when they had landed on the island and there they grab several canoes and escape before the locals arrive.

As they circumnavigate the island they find Gian-Bart's cap on a shore and assume that their friend has been washed away in the flood. They decide they must stop and rest for the night before continuing. In the morning, they awaken to find their canoes have been lost to the tide leaving them stuck on the beach and surrounded by a rock face that is too steep to be climbed, so they settle on trying to swim past the promontory. No sooner they have reached a shore of safety than they are surrounded and captured by the islanders who take them inside a cave. Suddenly, an underground volcanic explosion occurs and the islanders run away leaving the prisoners to flee back to the shore as the mountain from which they emerge collapses.

For seven days they roam across the island, having to fight the locals, without being able to return to the Aeroc. Eventually, they hear the voice of Gian-Bart coming from below an extremely steep rock. Regardless of the danger, they climb down to save their friend who is at the bottom of a crevice. Once they have been reunited and regained their strength, the four protagonists approach the crater where the Aeroc is lying but as they attempt to reach it the boy scouts are again taken prisoner. They are led to a place at the centre of the ceremonial space where there exists gallows from which the scouts are hung upside down. The islanders gather for the ceremony and together with the shaman, who is accompanied by a wolf-like creature that stands on its rear paws, they dance and sing to the sound of drums.

All of a sudden, an indigenous scout arrives screaming, as the airplane has gone, and everyone but the wolf runs away. The boys manage to free themselves but must kill the wolf before finally being safe. Zomba, who had not been taken prisoner, had managed to retake the Aeroc which had been left unguarded and he flies over the island saving the boy scouts, whilst killing several locals. The four friends fly back to Santiago, Chile, to rest, before commencing an exploration of South America all the way down to Patagonia.

As in the previous instalment of this two-part novella (originally published in French with the same cover), the story does not add much to the representation of Easter Island and of its people. In fact, the story tends to further emphasise the idea of Easter Island as an infernal, dismal place, where the three boy scouts have to go through many difficult ordeals to survive and return to civilisation. The inhabitants of Easter Island continue to be addressed and described as hostile, stupid savages, which was often the approach of colonial fiction of the period. Typical too is the adventure narrative of erupting volcanoes, sacrifices and bizarre rituals, repeated life and death predicaments and tight corners from which the boy scouts need to be resourceful. It is, however, possible to identify Orongo as the place where the indigenous people take the Aeroc and which the boy scouts identify as a place of cult. The ceremonies that are described in the story, the shaman figure and the wolf, are more akin to those belonging to the First Nation Peoples of America than actual Rapanui culture, whilst the idolisation of the aircraft weaves into the adventure a cargo cult narrative. The moai are only barely referenced in this story and strangely there is no mention of the talking rock to which the title of the volume alludes. Even more curious, there is frequent mention of pyramid-like structures constellating the island.

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents



Rapa Nui. Cuentos pascuenses [Rapa Nui Stories] – José Ignacio Vives Solar
(Santiago de Chile: Imprenta universitaria, 1920)

The fourteen Rapanui tales of this collection are presented as stories compiled by the author during his four-year stay on Easter Island. The first one, ‘La jaiva negra’ (‘The Black Crab’), is the story of a Rapanui Adonis. He is kidnapped by two evil women, who confine him within their cave and plan to give him a poisonous fruit (hio hio langi) that will kill him and preserve his beauty. While they ride a rainbow to go to a distant island to obtain the plant, an old witch unsuccessfully tries to help the young man, but he is caught and kept a prisoner in the cave. His charming singing attracts the attention of fishermen, who eventually spread the news until the young man’s father learns that his son is alive and rescues him.

‘El plátano parlante’ (‘The Talking Banana’) is the story of a Rapanui Rapunzel, kept hidden in a cave for fourteen years. An eighteen-year-old boy, who has heard about the girl, manages to find the cave, kidnaps her and replaces the girl with a talking banana. Her parents eventually discover the trick, but this does not stop the young couple from marrying. ‘El niño pez’ (‘The Child-Fish’) narrates the legend of a child who turns into a red fish and his mother’s relentless but useless effort to recover his human form. The story ends with a reference to cannibalism on Rapanui.

‘Historia de Ko Vie Moko y Ko Vie Kena y de sus hijos Heru y Patu’ (‘The Story of Jo Vie Moko and Ko Vie Kena and their Children Heru and Patu’) is one of the longest stories in the collection and begins with a reference to old Rapanui spirits, with echoes of aku aku, that sets the magic and esoteric tone of the fiction. Two witches hear of two wizards on Motu Nui, visit them, and eventually become pregnant and give birth to their sons. After a while, the two fathers run away, become unfaithful and have ten other children with different women. When the first-born sons grow up, they look after their fathers, who apologise and tell them to secretly kill their step siblings.

‘El dedo sangriento’ (‘The Bloody Finger’) is the story of a boat manufacturer, his wife and son. The man has to leave home temporarily. One of his friends visits the wife, kills her, and takes her to his family and neighbours as food. But before dying, she foresees that her son will avenge her. In ‘Los diablos tintoreros’ (‘The Evil Dyers’) the protagonist is an old Rapanui woman, famous on the island for her textiles, but she is sad because she misses a good new dye. She is visited by two birds that turn out to be two birdmen – a figure which is not elaborated upon in the story. They give her the secret to extraordinary dyes but they are discovered by four islanders, who bring one of the birdmen down with stones. They spread the new colours throughout the island with the suggestion that the manu tara (sooty tern) is the origin of Rapanui colour.

‘El primer huevo de manu tara’ (‘The First Egg of a Manu Tara’) deals with the myth of the sooty tern. The story narrates that birds did not nest on the island because islanders ate their eggs. Birds finally managed to survive on the rocky outcrop of Motu Nui, where the manu tara legends began. Makemake appears in the story and is presented emerging from a witch’s skull.

‘Los monos de Tukuihu’ (‘The Monkeys from Tukuihu’) narrates the story of the king of Tukuihu and a group of spirits with skeletal bodies that haunted him and were subsequently replicated as wood carvings. Although moai kavakava is not mentioned, this story is clearly a reference to the legend of this figure. ‘El pájaro hortelano y el diablo salvador’ (‘The Gardener Bird and the Evil Saviour’) is the story of a gardener searching for a rare plant (uhi), which a bird finds and brings him. Eventually, the plant is no longer rare in the region and the gardener shares its fruits with the local community.

In ‘La tortuga enamorada’ (‘The Turtle in Love’) a turtle entices a beautiful maid by stealing her ribbon. The maid swims after the turtle out to sea until she cannot return to the shore. At that point, the turtle takes her away on its shell. The turtle turns out to be a genie, who transports the maid to an unknown island, where the king marries her against her will and they have a child. Many years later, another turtle takes the maid back home and one day a big bird appears, who turns out to be her son. He is welcomed as part of the family. This story could be read as offering an alternative view on the birdman legend.

‘La sangre del diablo’ (‘The Devil’s Blood’) is the cautionary tale of a girl who is about to get married. An old stranger asks for her help to cook a fish and with the promise of a necklace she follows the man to his home. The man, however, is an evil spirit who plans to eat the girl in his cave; thankfully, another wizard who lives with him helps the girl to escape. The evil spirit tries to reach her, but he is attacked by a group of men, with his blood finding its way inside a seashell by the seashore. Years later, the girl finds the shell and, when she opens it, she vanishes. This story has a reference to a moai.

‘El árbol errante’ (‘The Wandering Tree’) is the story of a poor young man. When his father dies, he follows his instructions to bury him and, after eight days, an enormous tree grows that gives him enough wood to build a house. The neighbours, however, steal the tree and the young boy curses them, with the tree consequently walking away from that village and settling in another.

‘El rey Tangaroa y el gigante Teteku’ (‘King Tangaroa and the Giant Teteku’) returns to the theme of cannibalism. The Rapanui are portrayed negatively with their intellectual stagnation blamed on their acts of cannibalism, which are far from the “good customs of paternal Hotu Matua”. The protagonist is king Tangaroa and no one knows if he is a man or a fish. The king reaches the island by swimming but there he is skinned and roasted by the islanders. His flesh does not burn, so it rots until his brother, the giant Teteku, rescues the body.

Finally, ‘La venganza de Ahio’ (‘Ahio’s Revenge’) echoes Orestes’s myth. A woman, who is mistreated by her husband, kills him and curses her own child forcing him to drink his father’s blood rather than her maternal milk. The woman marries an old friend and has two children. Eventually they are killed by the first son who also murders his mother.

Published in 1920, this is the second earliest known book of Chilean fiction on Easter Island (for the earliest example see La Reina de Rapa Nui, reviewed above). It is also, curiously, the only collection of Easter Island short stories. The book should be placed in context, with Easter Island a relatively young colony of Chile, having been annexed just 32 years prior in 1888. Few had visited the island and for Chileans it must have appeared as a faraway and unfamiliar land. It gives José Ignacio Vives Solar a location for imagining fourteen “exotic stories”, fantasies which unfortunately reveal a bluntly western-centric and colonial view of Easter Island.

This is a little surprising as the Chilean author, a journalist, was Rapanui’s first official school teacher, who travelled to the island in 1914, aboard the Chilean naval ship, the ‘General Baquedano’. On board was a school house which had been a recommendation of the German scientist Walter Knoche, following his visit of 1911. Lessons were taught in Spanish, but in its first incarnation the school did not last long as the children soon stopped attending. Vives Solar was also given the official title of ‘subdelegado marítimo’, which had been designed to formally bring the island under the jurisdiction of the Chilean navy.

The book’s prologue by Omer Emeth – the pseudonym for the Chile-based French Catholic cleric who wrote on culture, literature and poetry for the Chilean newspaper El Mercurio – sets the colonial tone of the book. Easter Island is presented as “the most terrible exile one can dream of for one’s worst enemy” and as an island that belongs to Chile and which uses its Chilean flag to guarantee peace and civilisation. Emeth plays with the Rousseau-Hobbes dichotomy when describing the Rapanui. On the one hand, he presents them as following the stereotype of the noble savage: people who “live in silent peace but in the utmost ignorance”. On the other hand, the prevailing image is Hobbesian: only civilisation can save humankind from its natural abhorrence, which is projected onto Rapanui people through the pervasive image of cannibalism not only in the prologue, but in many stories of the collection. In addition, the Rapanui are described as lazy, and objects of curiosity but not of envy or imitation, “because we no longer believe in the perfection of the primitive man”. With this condescending view, Emeth introduces Vives Solar as an empathetic figure who “penetrates” the Rapanui personality and in the most objective light. He thus shows Rapanui stories and culture as they are, and as “a truthful and faithful mirror of the Rapanui soul”.

The western-centric view is evident from the first story. Although Vives Solar employs some Rapanui words and syntactic nuances, not only is the prose fully western, but the stories systematically stick to traditional/ classical foreign folktales and stories (Rapunzel, Red Riding Hood, The Juniper Tree, Medea, Adonis). Even the physical description of the characters in the stories displays traits far from Rapanui ethnicity, so that the tales are just western-centric artefacts with some exotic additions combined with scattered Rapanui words and very bland and underdeveloped geographical allusions. The stories do touch on the culture of Easter Island, such as the moai, birdman, moai kavakava or Makemake but these are brief, and the manu tara aside, are mere allusions with no substance. Often these are so superficial that the cultural reference can only be assumed.

The narrator is a sort of intrusive narrator that resembles Gulliver in its first person confessional form. Some stories such as ‘El niño pez’, ‘Los monos de Tukuihu’, ‘La sangre del diablo’ or ‘La venganza de Ahio’ open with the narrator’s personal judgement of the myth that is to be narrated. And yet, Gulliver’s effort to engage in the foreign cultures is totally absent from the condescending tone that pervades this collection.

Ultimately, this rare book is historically important, but its colonial approach is also unsettling. The author’s obsession with cannibalism denigrates the islanders, with the practice actually only a historical possibility on the island and if so it was not widespread. Each of the stories involves fantasy, magic or horror – explicitly in ‘El dedo sangriento’ – with murder, witches and wizards, entrapment, envy and revenge common themes which say more about the author than the island. The therianthropy or shapeshifting is intriguing and connects with the spiritual beliefs and animism of the Rapanui, but even then the stories are removed from any that are local to the island. The story of the talking banana, ‘El plátano parlante’, is the most surreal, so much so that it crosses over into the absurd.

Vives Solar may have been a short-lived teacher of Rapanui children, who presumably never saw this book, but this curious mix of stories leaves open the question as to who exactly was its intended readership. Interestingly, in 1923, Vives Solar published another book in Chile, for Rapanui children and adults, a text in Spanish and Rapanui, Te poki Rapanui (El niño pascuense) [The Rapanui Child], which was intended to encourage and aid reading.

Gerardo Rodríguez-Salas

Jump to contents

Rapa-Nui – André Armandy
(Paris: Editions Taillandier, 1923)

The novel opens with a scene set at night in Paris in the 1920s. The narrator – the hero/protagonist – is about to end his life when an unexpected visitor suddenly turns up and interrupts him. Doctor Codrus, or the "gnome", as the narrator had nicknamed him earlier on in the day when they first met, has come to make a strange proposition. Codrus asks the protagonist whether he would agree to devote himself to a mission in exchange for an amazing fee, including the possibility to exact revenge from those who have hurt him, in this case his cruel and fickle mistress.

Overcome by Doctor Codrus's hypnotic power of suggestion, the hero gives up on suicide and makes his way to an old castle deep in the French countryside. There he meets three other men recruited by Codrus in very similar circumstances. The recruits are to spend a couple of months in the isolated mansion, and to be joined by Codrus later. They are first visited by a local solicitor who has drafted a precise legal contract detailing how their final rewards will be shared out. Finally, Codrus himself arrives at the castle to unveil what the mysterious mission is all about. Codrus is a very learned man who has devoted his life to the pursuit of knowledge: the only endeavor worth anything in the course of the human life, according to him.

The disquieting aura around the "gnome" who has an obsession for collecting specimens, including skulls, gives way to intense fascination when he spends a whole night delivering a captivating account of his life's ultimate goal. Codrus claims to have established the location of the fabulous treasure of the ancient race that used to dominate the world thousands of years ago before its demise caused by a giant volcanic cataclysm. The isolated island of Rapa-Nui is according to him the only fragment left of their ancient kingdom, although a connection to the Incas' kings also existed until their destruction by the Spanish conquistadors. He bases his theory upon evidence painstakingly collected, in particular a precious engraved "talking wood" that he has acquired. It is unclear whether any descendant of the original population of Easter Island would still be alive. Any lingering suspicion amongst the four associates about Codrus vanishes.

The second part of the novel takes the reader to the South Pacific. Codrus has chartered a ship and its crew in Papeete, Tahiti, from where the hero and his companions are making their way to Easter Island. When they finally get there, they are greeted by a strange motley group of natives representing the Chilean authorities. Eager to meet "the Governor" of the island, the Frenchmen disembark on to the desolate shores, only to find out that the "Governor" is a beautiful young woman of French-Mexican descent called Coreto. She welcomes them to her home and soon after an affair starts between Coreto and Corleven, the navy officer with whom the hero had struck a friendship. One evening, while going out for a walk alone, the hero senses a presence and almost manages to catch a slight and nimble woman. He gets knocked out and takes days to recover from the blow.

Eventually, with the help of Coreto, the exploration of the island is divided between several teams. Corleven and the narrator go off together with camping equipment toward the volcano that towers over the island and is guarded by giant moai. They set themselves up comfortably in a cave but Corleven decides to ride back to the mission to spend the night with Coreto. Left alone, the hero soon becomes aware of a presence. He recognises the young woman he had encountered in the dark and grabs hold of her. Beautiful, and completely different from the natives, she looks like an antique Greek carving. Oedidée turns out to be the daughter of Inti the sun God, the only survivor of the ancient race who used to dominate the world. Little by little the hero gains her trust and they fall in love, meeting at night when Corleven is back at the settlement. But Coreto turns up one stormy night while Corleven is away and seduces the hero. Oedidée finds them by surprise; the hero is devastated. A terrible scene follows in which a jealous Coreto promises to kill the young woman. Oedidée runs away.

The hero goes out to look for her in the stony desolation. Eventually, he finds the entrance to a secret passage which he manages to open by remembering the sacred indications carved on the talking wood bought by Codrus. He discovers a huge underground temple which communicates with the crater of the volcano, and a gigantic storage area full of gold statues and ingots. This is the treasure for which they were searching. This is also Oedidée's secret retreat but her guardian, Atitlan, an inflexible old priest of the ancient gods who had attacked the hero the first time, makes the two of them prisoners so that the secret of the vanished civilisation will be kept forever.

After days of captivity, the hero is located by Corleven, who is instructed to get hold of the old priest so he can reveal again the secret entrance to the temple enabling the whole team to deliver the captives and steal the treasure. They do come back with the priest who has been tortured to make him confess to the secret passage. Codrus is with them and the hero senses danger looming for Oedidée. They organise a sophisticated system to secretly remove as much of the treasure as possible to their ship at night. But when the hero comes back for Oedidée after the many trips necessary to carry the gold, he discovers that the priest has killed her by pushing her into the heart of the volcano. Atitlan then triggers an eruption with a sacred incantation. Corleven carries the hero away but gets shot on the beach by Coreto's men. Eventually, the ship barely steals away while Easter Island disappears into the ocean. With Oedidée's death the hero is left in a state of utter despair.

The third part of the novel unfolds in France. The hero has not recovered from the loss of Oedidée and of his best friend Corleven, but has decided to devote his fortune to helping unhappy people. He meets his other companions who have already started to use their own share of the treasure to seek revenge on the people who had originally been responsible for their misfortunes. The hero witnesses those developments which illustrate the corruption and injustice that plague the world of his contemporaries.

But when dining together in a restaurant, by pure chance they meet the captain of the ship that had carried them to Easter Island and back. Being drunk, the captain reveals that all were swindled by Codrus. The hero immediately understands and makes his way to the old castle. He breaks in and finds Oedidée still alive in an underground cell, kept there as a specimen by Codrus. The evil doctor had kidnapped her, staged her death and conceived the monstrous project to experiment on her. Codrus overcomes the pair and locks them up, with the aim of starving them to death. Yet after a few terrible days, they find the door unlocked. Codrus has killed himself, in awe of the spectacle of their eternal love. The pair finally escapes safely, and they sail to Ceylon, described as a paradise on earth, where they will live forever after.

André Armandy authored many novels of which six were made into films between 1927 and 1938. Rapa-Nui was one of his earliest novels and his first to be adapted into a movie. It reveals both Armandy's sense of adventure – like the authors Jules Verne and Jack London he travelled widely – and a love of melodrama and romance. The novel also borrows plot elements that were common for fantasy narratives of the time, such as the lost civilisation, the fiery volcano and the wealthy villain, with Rapa-Nui best viewed in the mode of the Lost World fiction of H. Rider Haggard, whose novels, especially She, continued to be popular in the 1920s.

Although the title of the novel Rapa-Nui suggests a focus on the mysteries of Easter Island, the plot actually takes the reader rather majestically over 285 pages from France in the first part, to the South Pacific, and back again. More importantly, it is articulated around a sub plot, which functions along the codes of the Gothic tale, complete with the heroine, the brave lover determined to save her, and a frightening man of science who lives in a castle and has a desire for human experiments. The Easter Island episode is enshrined within this complex structure, but the most climactic development is not the destruction of the island. Instead, it is the final confrontation between the hero and the evil doctor in his castle.

The references to the precious "talking wood" are interesting for it would appear to be rongorongo, with the reciting of its code leading to the opening of a secret door. And this was an early text to imagine the location hiding a horde of riches, with the highly fanciful underground chamber of gold treasure later depicted in the film Sky Pirates (reviewed above). For Easter Island itself, Armandy develops a familiar fantasy that had begun in the 1890s with the pseudo-science/fiction of James Churchward: Rapanui was said to be the remnant of a great continent on which lived a superior race of humans who had vanished almost entirely from the surface of the earth, following a terrible natural cataclysm. Armandy makes it clear that the present-day occupants of Easter Island have nothing in common with them, whilst Armandy's work has been noted to be steeped in the racialist pro-colonial ideology which was dominant at the time of his writing. It is certainly true of this novel in which the theme of race functions as an explanation for the various twists and turns of the plot.

The novel is replete with racist comments about the dark and stupid Polynesians and the Black Kanak sailors who make up the ship's crew. The only survivor of the divine race is a beautiful young woman who presents herself as the daughter of the sun God. The other female character, the unlikely French-Mexican Governor of the island, is also a beautiful strong-willed woman, but the main role she plays in the structure of the novel is to offset the noble young Oedidée. The native women are, in passing, referred to as ugly and disgusting, not worthy of the Frenchmen's attention. The melodramatic treatment of the love stories barely disguises a strong racial approach in the treatment of the female characters.

Codrus, a major character in the novel, is even more revealing of that approach. Constantly referred to as "the gnome", he is physically repulsive, with his stunted build, short legs and protruding eyes. From the very beginning, the author indicates that this character is reminiscent of the "ancient subterranean treasure keepers born out of the imagination of Kabbalist Jews". In fact, Codrus is established as Jewish, which is taken to explain his malevolent intentions. Codrus is extremely intelligent and learned, but his thirst for science is devoid of empathy and of any moral sentiment. The end of the novel is focused on his ultimate defeat, but surprisingly he is not killed by the hero. He is undone by the power of love, a sentiment he had professed never to have known.

Soon after the French publication the novel was translated into Spanish (published by Madrid-based M. Aguilar) and given a colour image of a hat-wearing woman for the front cover. In 1927 the novel was adapted into a silent German-French co-production and re-titled Der Goldene Abgrund [The Golden Abyss] (reviewed above). It was accompanied by French language serialised tie-ins, with illustrations inside from the film and with a different film still adorning each cover. A modern release of the book in Russian is the only one to have displayed the landscape, albeit fantasised, of lush vegetation, moai looking seawards and an erupting volcano in the background.

Corinne David-Ives

Jump to contents

Rapanui. Der Untergang einer Welt [Rapanui. The End of a World] – Theodor Heinrich Mayer
(Leipzig: L. Staackmann Verlag, 1923)

The story begins with a “feast of fulfillment” in honour of the Polynesian god Ta’aroa. King Arkaman of Rapanui is locked up for one night at the top of a temple. At dawn and with the first rays of the sun-god, Nuticharis, Arkaman puts on the crown of Ta’aroa, which is kept in the temple. Arkaman shows himself to his people who cheer for the king and the sun. King Arkaman presides over an insular empire called Rapanui, which is surrounded to the west by the land of Nrot, to the icy south by Bolotu, and to the east by Lobistan and Talistan. The feast is held once a year to reinforce the connection of King Arkaman with the god Ta’aroa and to legitimise the authority of his office. Gifts are given by people from the whole empire and messengers from Chimbu, Toa and Tinian bring offerings in homage to the leader of this great empire. One of the gifts offered is from Huarmi, one of Arkaman’s closest companions, who announces that he has discovered a new land in the north.

During the ceremony, the participants are distracted by a flame that suddenly comes from out of the clouds and touches the top of the highest mountain, Matalaka. It is a recurring spectacle that heralds a soon to occur catastrophe. The festival continues with Arkaman united in a sexual act with the prophetess Yugurdun from Vaihu, the southernmost and for commoners forbidden part of Rapanui. With this union, all the other men and women in the empire who had to abstain from sex for a week before the ceremony, are now allowed to engage again in sexual intercourse. Vaihu is also the region of Makemake, who has been represented in history as the “Lord of Destruction”, although he is worshipped as a supreme Creator.

The flames on Mount Matalaka are the beginning of a huge catastrophe that will affect the entire Rapanui empire. In the east of Rapanui, volcanic eruptions begin while the ceremony is on-going and the inhabitants of Rapanui are becoming increasingly unrestrained, violent, greedy and sexually active. As the weather becomes extreme and is accompanied by further earthquake shocks, the Rapanui turn against each other. A great earthquake destroys at night large parts of the capital, Rapanara. The next day, together with his loyal vassal Huarmi, Arkaman visits the desperate city dwellers and tries to encourage them to stand strong against the forces of nature. The people call for a leader (a “Führer”) and Huarmi, instead of the king, takes on the task of the figure who will save the great empire: he wants to channel the lava rivers that threaten the country through two dams and a canal.

An adversary named Puruhura appears, who has an opposing view and preaches acceptance of the extreme conditions, passivity and abandonment. There is a confrontation between Huarmi and Puruhura on a mountain peak, where Huarmi kills Puruhura in front of the king and the workers by throwing the man down on to the rocks below. At one of the dam construction sites mass hysteria breaks out with the workers rioting. Nevertheless, the dams are still able to be completed and Huarmi returns to Rapanara victorious. Alas, it soon becomes clear that the empire – despite its great efforts – has not been able to avert disaster, with the city’s dams and reservoirs quickly destroyed leading to a tidal wave that sweeps towards the capital. The Rapanui decide to give up Rapanara and retreat to the southern part of the country in the mountainous area of Nagira. Countless animals of all species are also brought there alongside communities from all parts of the country who are seeking survival. In Nagira, on the orders of Huarmi and the king, the surviving people build a fleet of ships with which to sail away in the event of the empire’s complete destruction.

The land continues to disappear beneath the rising waters leading to the people finally setting out in their ships. At sea, the surviving inhabitants of Rapanui are attacked by vicious birds, which they interpret as a sign from Makemake. Worse still, termites eat the wood of the ships and in a violent storm all but one of the vessels sink. The only surviving ship is the one on which the king Arkaman, Huarmi and his wife Aymara are found. They head for Vaihu, the only part of the continent which protrudes from the now mostly flooded land. There, the prophetess and wife of Arkaman, Yugurdun, awaits the three.

Meanwhile, the island kingdom of Rapanui has been completely destroyed by volcanic eruptions, earthquakes, violent storms and a burning sea. The few surviving Rapanui in Vaihu are, together with the dignitaries, the only survivors now of a lost culture. Soon after, Huarmi’s wife gives birth to a boy, followed a little later with the prophetess Yugurdun, giving birth to a baby girl. Huarmi and his wife die as a sea of flames approaches, leaving only Arkaman, Yugurdun and the two children as survivors. These two children represent the beginning of a new race, for which the king and his wife, the prophetess, are responsible. At the same time, the catastrophes end. A new beginning is possible, as Arkaman had explained to his faithful Huarmi shortly before his death. There would be no final death, but in every destruction there is the seed of new life. The novel ends with the prospect of a rebirth of the empire of Rapanui, which now only consists of the small island Vaihu which is renamed by Arkaman in Rapanui. This is the island which is today known as Easter Island.

Theodor Heinrich Mayer was born in 1884 in Vienna, and died there in 1949. He was an Austrian author who originally worked as a pharmacist before being able to devote himself entirely to writing. Following the publication of his first story during the First World War, his 1923 novel, Rapanui. Der Untergang einer Welt, was the beginning of several fantastic stories that Mayer was to pen. The ceremonies described in the novel, the nature of the clothing and cult objects as well as the customs of the kingdom depicted have no direct relation to the actual culture of Rapanui. The novel belongs to the then popular subgenre of lost world narratives – such as those by Edgar Rice Burroughs, H. Rider Haggard, Rudyard Kipling, Jules Verne and Sir Arthur Conan Doyle – that intrigued a modern society that was both discovering and uncovering previously unknown civilisations, through exploration and archaeology. Of these, the myths of the lost continents of Atlantis and Mu (the latter said to be within the Pacific) are the clearest sources of inspiration for a story that is motivated by a desire to establish a pre-history for the perceived mysteries of Easter Island, which some saw as the protruding remnant of a once great continent. Here, the moai are included in the fiction, but they are described as representations of the destroyer-god Makemake.

Mayer was probably inspired by the great earthquake in Chile in 1922. In the newspaper reports of the time it had been falsely reported that Easter Island was sinking. The Bible is another source, with Mayer incorporating great floods and natural disasters, extreme weather, saved species, epic boat building, and destroyed empires populated by sinful people. Mayer may have also based his story on the reflections of the religious philosopher Mircea Eliade, who analysed numerous ‘primitive’ religions in their potential for renewal, regeneration, and cyclical re-creation. The novel combines the ideal of an organisationally and technically versed ‘homo faber’ with that of a ‘leader’ and a heroic people. Although civilisations are subject to ruin, this is seen as an opportunity to be redeemed from all that has been.

It is no coincidence that this fantasy was written in the wake of the First World War, in which Europe experienced great destruction and loss of life and the Austrian empire was reconstructed with a much smaller land mass. In the very last paragraph of the book, Mayer refers to the European discovery of Easter Island by pointing out that the naming is connected with the day of the resurrection of the Saviour.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

Mu – James Churchward

The Lost Continent of Mu, the Motherland of Men (1926)
The Children of Mu (1931)
The Sacred Symbols of Mu (1933)
The Cosmic Forces of Mu (1934)
The Second Book of Cosmic Forces of Mu (1935)

Born in Devon, England, in 1851, James Churchward published five books of pseudo-science relating to the existence of Mu (referred to as Lemuria by others), a supposed lost continent in the South Pacific which sank beneath the waves around 12,000 BC. Churchward had been researching the subject for more than 50 years before publishing his results. The titles, which were published late in his life (the first book when he was aged 75) are The Lost Continent of Mu (1926), The Children of Mu (1931), The Sacred Symbols of Mu (1933), The Cosmic Forces of Mu (1934) and The Second Book of Cosmic Forces of Mu (1935). At the time of his death he had written notes for a sixth title, Books of the Golden Age (eventually published in 1997), and had begun working on a seventh, Traces of Mu in America. Although details about Churchward’s life are sketchy, he was reputedly educated at the University of Oxford and at the military academy at Sandhurst, whereupon as an officer he was stationed in India and rose to the rank of colonel. From India, he apparently travelled extensively throughout Asia (including spending an extended sojourn in Sri Lanka as a tea planter), the Pacific, Egypt and Central America. He eventually settled in New York where he set up a small steel company developing, amongst other things, armour plating to protect US warships in the First World War. He died in 1936 and is buried at Valhala, New York.

The first two books stand out most for their connection to Rapanui. The Lost Continent of Mu purports to present a summary of information about the lost continent, which the author claims he acquired from several sources. These sources are the Naacal tablets (ancient clay tablets written in a lost language known as Naga and revealed to him by a holy man, or ‘rishi’, during a visit to an undisclosed region in India); discoveries by other so-called explorers and academics (namely Churchward’s friend William Nixon near Mexico City and fellow Lost World author Augustus LePlongen in the Yucatan); as well as his own notes and visits to archaeological sites around the world. At no time is the reader told where the Naacal tablets can be found or the identity of the Indian rishi.

Churchward’s hypothesis was that there was once an ancient civilisation of some 64 million inhabitants that existed 50,000 years ago on a now sunken continent in the Pacific Ocean. According to Churchward, this land, which he calls Mu, “extended from somewhere north of Hawaii to the south as far as the Fijis and Easter Island”, and was the motherland of all civilisations. Deciphering various surviving glyphs and symbols he described Mu as being criss-crossed with temples, roads and beautiful cities from which humankind spread out to colonise the world, including South America, Africa and even Atlantis itself. He argues that about 12,000 BC a series of earthquakes and volcanoes caused the entire continent to sink, leaving only the last vestiges of Mu’s historical existence to be gleaned from the ruins of near contemporary break-away civilisations (namely Egyptian, Mayan and Mexican) as well as the myths, stories and writings from other cultures (including the Bible, Greek legends and indigenous myth). In sixteen chapters of pseudo-science replete with hand drawn maps, reproductions of glyphs and Churchward’s own illustrations, he advocates for the existence of a “universality of certain old symbols” across the world, all of which he uses to validate the Mu story by claiming that this helps to prove it was a common origin point for all of humanity.

Churchward spends considerable time in this text focusing upon the South Pacific, in particular the “vestiges of old stone temples and other lithic remains at places like Easter Island, Mangaia, Tonga-tabu, Ponape and the Marianas”, all of which are utilised to validate the accuracy of his pseudo-scientific claims. Examining ruined walls at Ponape in Micronesia he calculates that this ancient Mu city housed a population of at least one hundred thousand people, although he does not present any evidence to account for this number. Archaeologists, in contrast, suggest the maximum number this settlement could probably have maintained comfortably, at the high point of its existence in the early modern period, was more in the region of one thousand. Churchward suggests, however, that all of these aforementioned islands today were not islands in the distant past; rather, he proposes that they are now the last remaining vestiges of that part of the Mu continent that did not sink beneath the waves.

Reflecting an earlier and quite common Victorian Lost Tribe narrative about Polynesians being Aryans, he also argues that such ruins demonstrate “how the mystery of the white races in the South Sea Islands may be solved”. Although Churchward exhibits a constant fixation with the white race and its supposed superiority (a common trait amongst other writers of the period) he is sympathetic to Polynesian peoples (albeit not so much Australian Aborigines or Melanesians whom he describes as “savage”), seeing in the former vestiges of the last descendants of the once civilised peoples of Mu.

Book two, The Children of Mu, focuses upon the peoples who left Mu and founded overseas colonies before the great geological cataclysm that sunk both Mu and its colonial offspring Atlantis. He calls these “emigrant children” of Mu “Mayas”. Using similar sources to book one, he charts the Mayas supposed migratory routes across the globe with a view to explaining the origins of different races in the world today. He argues that these Mayas followed two major lines of colonisation, albeit with other smaller tributaries: one major route going east to Asia and the Middle East and another going west through South America and the Yucatan, and after that on to Atlantis, Europe and Africa. Subsequent chapters cover each migration, including North and South America, Scandinavia, Southern Europe, Egypt, India, China and Japan, amongst others.

Of particular interest in this work is the mention of how the people of Mu were communistic as they did not use money; the Mu archaeological finds by his friend William Niven in Mexico (to whom this work is dedicated), including photographs of his various findings now considered forgeries but which Churchward utilised as proof of his Mu theory; as well as a renewed focus on race. Indeed, Churchward describes early settlers to Mexico as “young adventurers, with milk-white skins, blue eyes and light flaxen hair”, and states that the Naacal tablets reveal racial differences between peoples are due to an “unbalancing” caused by disparities in temperature and food.

Churchward demonstrates too an ongoing interest in maps. His various maps of South America, described as copies of 25,000-year-old records taken from an un-named monastery in Tibet, reveal a great inland sea (where the Amazon can be found today) and a flat South American continent pre-Andes. His maps also reveal the seismic shifts caused by the “gas-belt” disruption which reputedly tore the world asunder as outlined in book one. According to Churchward, this flatness and inland sea in South America assisted a great “Negroid” migration from Mu to Africa via a system of ancient canals. Of particular note to Churchward are the Mu colonies of India, which he describes as having advanced airships and machine guns plus a great “Uigher Empire” which he defines as “the largest and most important colonial empire belonging to Mu” and from whom the “Slavs, Teutons, Celts, Irish, Bretons and Basques” are all supposedly descended. The last chapter suggests that telepathy (what he terms “cosmic telegraphy”), astral projection, levitation (“magnetic force”) and communication with dead persons, had all been taught to him by this Indian priest. He suggests too that Jesus Christ had spent a large part of his later childhood studying many of these topics in a Himalayan monastery.

In terms of Pacific links, Churchward argues in this second book that the builders of the monuments on Easter Island were Carians who went on to build the temple at Baalbek and developed into the first Greek peoples. Whilst again derogatory of Melanesians he spends considerable time praising Māori peoples. He states that they did not “fall quite as low as did many of the poor remnants left upon the jagged rocks of the other island peoples in the Pacific Ocean”, probably on account of the fact that they are believed by him to be a “Polynesian white race” descended directly from Mu.

The third instalment in the Mu series, The Sacred Symbols of Mu, provides an in-depth summary and long descriptions of some of the various symbols of Mu which he argues survive amongst North American, Egyptian, Indian and other archaeological ruins. Each chapter deals with a different part of the world and by comparing all of the different symbols he uncovers he tries to make a case for a common Mu origin. More Nixen and Naacal tablets appear as evidence but, in this volume, there are far fewer references to Polynesia and virtually none to Easter Island. Religion grows in importance in this work, however, with Churchward arguing that all monotheistic faiths are derived from a pure Mu origin point from which they have now deviated. Thus the Lord’s Prayer is interpreted by Churchward as being “Sacred Writings of Mu”.

The last two books in the Mu sequence, The Cosmic Forces of Mu and The Second Book of Cosmic Forces of Mu, contain virtually nothing related to Easter Island. Instead they focus on Churchward’s fascination with geology and his attempts to explain the origins of the mysterious “gas chambers”; he argues that these great underground chambers were responsible for the destruction of Mu when the gas stored in them exploded and vented, thus collapsing the ground directly above and causing deep oceans. In explaining this phenomenon, he also argues that it led to the creation of the planet’s current mountain ranges as a result of the geological upheaval and massive tidal waves which these gas chamber collapses caused.

Given Easter Island’s remoteness and so many unanswered questions about its ruins and un-deciphered script – several of which remain today – it is not surprising that this island became a major focus in Churchward’s Mu series. This series of works, however, was but one of a number of Lost World stories circulating at the turn of the nineteenth century. The popularity of the genre, often associated with fantasy, was primarily a result of the evolution of the discipline of archaeology in the nineteenth century and the discoveries of Ninevah in the 1840s and Troy in the 1860s; Hattusis at the cusp of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries and Macchu Pichu in 1911. The growing interest in Lost World literature was also a result of the fact that, unlike in the eighteenth and early nineteenth century when the world was still being explored, most regions of the planet had now been mapped, leaving imaginations free to re-position land believed undiscovered, hidden or insufficiently understood. Science fiction and fantasy writers, before the space age, had to turn to more creative settings, witnessed by the likes of Jules Verne’s Journey to the Centre of the Earth (1864), Edward Bulwer-Lytton’s The Coming Race (1871), H. Rider Haggard’s King Solomon’s Mines (1885) and She (1886), Arthur Conan Doyle’s The Lost World (1912), James Hilton’s Lost Horizon (1933), and the early monster movie King Kong (1933).

Indeed, it was in this intellectual milieu that American writer Ignatius Donnelly published Atlantis: The Ante-diluvian World (1882), an immensely successful work suggesting, like Churchward’s later books, that Egypt and Central America had a common Atlantis-based origin. In the decade after, in 1896, Augustus Le Plongeon, who became a future close friend of Churchward’s, published his Queen Móo and the Egyptian Sphinx. In this work, Le Plongeon argued that Atlantis’s real name was “The Land of Mu” and that this Lost World was a jumping off point for Mayans to colonise Asia and Europe. It seems that Churchward borrowed from Le Plongeon the diminutive title for his own lost world narrative of Mu, which he then popularised through his commercially successful books. The 1920s also witnessed a number of possible archaeological hoaxes and controversies, such as the Glozel Affair in central France. Thus, Churchward’s Mu can be linked to an array of pseudo-histories and utopian and Lost World literary traditions, for which there was a pre-existing commercial market.

Intriguingly, the Pacific also grew to become a focus of attention in these Lost World narratives, possibly because it was the least known and last explored of all the great oceans. Herman Melville and James Fenimore Cooper had set their early utopian texts in that part of the world, namely Typee: A Peep at Polynesian Life (1846) and The Crater, or Vulcan’s Peak: A Tale of the Pacific (1847). Well-known English author Anthony Trollope set his dystopian satire, The Fixed Period (1882), on a fictional island off the coast of New Zealand. And in New Zealand itself, Samuel Butler based his 1872 satire Erewhon in a fictional valley in the country’s South Island. A few decades later, University of Canterbury professor John MacMillan Brown published two South Seas utopian novels: Riallaro: The Archipelago of Exiles (1901) and Limanora: The Island of Progress (1903). These were followed by his own fanciful study, Riddle of the Pacific (1924), which also claimed there was a lost continent within the Pacific.

In addition to the rishi and Naacal tablets, both of which are never verified but which provide the bulk of the ‘evidence’ for Mu, there are problems with many of Churchward’s conclusions and sources. He argues in The Children of Mu that Bretons, Basques and “Oirish” as well as the Nepalese can all understand each other as they are descendants of Mayas – a position which is simply absurd. In that same work, he uses evidence provided by Paul Schliemann, the disgraced grandson of Henry Schliemann, to prove the existence of Mu. For example, he reproduces erroneous proof provided by Schliemann who talks about the Lion Gate in Crete when in fact it is located in the Peloponnese. Furthermore, Churchward incorrectly alleges that Rapanui’s rongorongo script can be translated and that it paints an idyllic portrait of what life was like on Mu before the cataclysm. Archaeologists have also dated Rapanui’s period of monument building to between 1250 and 1650 AD and not the 50,000 years before Christ, stated by Churchward.

In The Sacred Symbols of Mu, when looking at totem poles from Northwestern America, Churchward argues that the carvings “strongly confirm” that Indigenous American ideas came from Mu, but offers little support for this conclusion and then further admits knowing little about them. He also argues fully against evolution stating that Earth was created fully formed by a divine presence. Additionally, the so-called Niven tablets from Mexico which are utilised by both Niven and Churchward to prove the existence of a Mu colony in Central America are also now assumed to be early twentieth hoaxes. Consequently, although Churchward is at pains to produce scientific evidence for his Mu theory, the reality is that his publications fall more under the rubric of pseudo-science.

Although Churchward demonstrated a constant fixation with the white race and its supposed superiority he does not descend into outspoken anti-Semitism or anti-Catholicism as do some other more contemporary Lost World works looking at Aryan origin myths, in particular followers of Ariosophy. Churchward is particularly sympathetic to Polynesian peoples, albeit not so much Australian Aborigines or Melanesians. Perhaps he sees in the former some vestiges of the last descendants of the peoples of Mu. By ascribing to Polynesians a white racial origin, however, he does downgrade Pacific Islander achievements. Like occult Ariosophists who went on to influence a number of early Nazis, he too claimed to have been given a special insight into a lost language which allowed him to decipher ancient symbols and experience special powers, all in order to reveal a greater cosmic truth. We are never told where the Naacal tablets can be found, though, or the identity of the Indian rishi who reveals to him their esoteric secrets. Yet the intervention of rishis offering superpowers was a common theme in the Victorian period, evident by early stories about the flying powers of Spring-Heeled Jack in Victorian London.

Structurally, the writing and chapter layouts in all of Churchward’s works can be repetitive. Leaving aside any debate about the veracity of his evidence, Churchward also has a tendency to make sweeping generalisations about commonalities in the symbolism. Despite all of this, the myth of Mu proved popular, influencing the content of Easter Island related films, comics and novels, from The Monster of Mu (1932; reviewed below) and Corto Maltese (1991, reviewed above), to Godzilla vs Megalon (1973; reviewed above). It spawned further Mu-related studies, such as Elizabeth G Wilcox’s Mu – Fact or Fiction (1963) and Mu Revealed (1970), whilst well-known science fiction and fantasy authors, such as H.P. Lovecraft and Robert Heinlein, situated Mu in some of their novels. Strangely, though, Churchward’s ideas proved so convincing that Ataturk, the founder of modern Turkey, was said to have been a believer, evidenced by copies of Churchward’s books still having prominence in Ataturk’s mausoleum.

Churchward’s publications are notable for a number of things. First, they provide an intriguing plot line for a story, albeit one perhaps done to death as five publications repeating much of the same material were probably not needed. Second, even though Churchward provided little real archaeological evidence, his focus on South Pacific archaeology was ahead of its time as even today the early history of this region is fragmented. Third, geology has convincingly demonstrated that until the end of the last ice age there apparently really was another continent in the South Pacific, one which scientists refer to now as Sahul; it is said to have existed to the west of Mu and consisted of a joined-up Tasmania, Australia and New Guinea. According to scientists, as the ice age ended, like Mu, it too seems to have been swallowed up by the sea. Last but not least, the Mu series can also be read perhaps as an unconscious commentary on the state of another white and world-spanning empire that was responsible for some of the world’s greatest migration movements. Like Mu, and within a few years of his final Churchward publication, the British Empire too would face extinction and the end of its global hegemony.

Dom Alessio

Jump to contents

Weird Tales
‘Across Space’ – Edmond Hamilton
(vol.8, no.3, no.4 and no.5, September–November 1926, Weird Tales)

High in the peaks of America’s Coast Range a man in an observatory checks his calculations before conveying important information by telephone to a journalist. Apparently, Mars has “stopped dead in its orbit about the sun” and it is “hanging motionless in space”. It is the next day’s headline news, and that morning at a San Francisco boarding house, the narrator, Allan, an assistant professor of science at the University of California Berkeley, is asked by his colleagues to try and explain the phenomenon. All other telescopes pointed at Mars had made the same observation. Moreover, Phobos and Deimos, Mars’s two tiny moons, were no longer circling the planet and had broken free from its orbit.

On his way to work, Allan stops by the house of the eminent Dr Jerome Whitley, but he is not at home. Meanwhile, Earth’s population continues to happily go about its normal daily business oblivious to the impending doom. In fact, initially people did not seem to care, though that evening many peered into the summer night sky with hurriedly purchased telescopes to see the phenomenon for themselves. Allan goes to bed, but is woken at 4am by the sound of church bells. Outside, there is panic, for the newspaper headlines announce, “The End of the World!”. The US government’s observatory has detected that Mars is now falling at speed towards Earth.

Rushing to Whitley’s home, Allan finds the Dr is now in and at work in his study, surveying a map. Allan is invited to sit down by the Dr, who is calm despite the crisis. The Dr is more interested in another item from yesterday’s paper, which reports (from a passing ship) of the eruption of the volcano Rano Kao on Easter Island, a bright red light shooting into the sky, and no radio contact with the islanders for four weeks. When Allan is asked of any previous news he remembers about Easter Island, he recalls that it was the place where a colleague of theirs, Dr John Holland, a high ranking young anthropologist, had disappeared. Despite the islanders (who work for a sheep farming company) combing the island looking for him, he had strangely vanished. Apparently, “more than one scientist has worked and delved there to learn the origin of the statues, yet nothing had ever been discovered concerning the race who carved the things, nor their purpose”. Whoever had built them, had “passed away for ever from the memory of man”.

Whitley is concerned about the newspaper report as when he had visited the island and studied Rano Kao he was certain the volcano was extinct “beyond possibility of revival”. Having studied the moai too, he is sure they are not carvings of men, or even carved by men, as their features are too non-human. Whitley believes there may be connection between the new trajectory of Mars and Easter Island. Over the last few nights, there have been brief moments in different parts of the globe where compass needles have altered direction. Drawing a line from all those points they arrive at Easter Island. It is Whitley’s proposal that he and Allan head to Easter Island by hydroplane, without delay “to save the Earth”.

As they fly out, the world descends into madness, lawlessness and mass prayers, with some countries even witnessing human sacrifices. Arriving at Easter Island, where they can now see Mars directly above the Earth, they find that it has been abandoned (cooking left unfinished) with even all the sheep gone. Whitley thinks all the islanders are dead, whilst all around is a white powdery substance. At that moment, a mighty and deafening bell rings from the summit of Rano Kao. It is followed by a rhythmic chanting from non-human voices, and then a blinding red light, half a mile in thickness, shooting straight into the night sky from the volcano’s crater and in the direction of Mars.

The next evening, Allan and Whitley carefully creep towards the volcano’s crater, to see exactly what is happening inside, when at almost midnight the bright red light again pierces the sky accompanied by the chanting. Down in the crater the intrepid duo can make out some buildings grouped around a vast disk which covers most of the volcano’s floor and which is directing the light. Once again, the deafening bell starts to ring alongside the chanting. As the ritual continues, Allan observes part human creatures in the crater, gathered near the disk in a circle. But then as he turns around to speak to Whitley, winged giant white bat-like creatures with talons, a “spindling body” and a bald human head with long ears and deep eyes, swoop down and carry the scientists into the crater.

As Allan regains consciousness, he finds himself next to Whitley, both of them prisoners in the crater. Allan ponders the bat-like creatures’ faces, which he believes show intelligence and nothing else, and which he realises are “living replicas of the statues on the island”. The giant disk is nearby and Allan is able to observe it in action sucking Mars towards Earth. Soon after, the two scientists are taken inside one of the buildings, whereupon part of the wall slides open revealing a cylindrical craft into which the duo are sat accompanied by several weapon-wielding aliens. Through a pneumatic tube, the cylinder travels straight down at great speed. At the journey’s end, they emerge from another building deep underground to see a vast and desolate ancient city made of metal, above which a number of the bat-creatures flit.

The scientists are directed to follow two hideous and faceless slimy creatures across the city, whereupon they are imprisoned in a cell. There they find another prisoner, the long-lost Dr Holland, but a much-weakened man with both his legs severed beneath the knee and one of his arms removed. Whitley deduces they are all in a vast cavern under the Pacific which was created when the moon was jettisoned from the Earth when it was still molten. Furthermore, he believes there is a connection between these creatures and the continent long-lost in the Pacific, of which Easter Island and other Pacific islands are remnants.

Holland corrects him and says that the bat creatures are from Mars. At the time of Earth’s genesis, a group of rebellious Martians desperate to escape the intolerable conditions of Mars built a fleet of spaceships. They enabled thousands of Martians to escape to Earth, where this advanced race settled on a continent that was once in the South Pacific. Over time, they penetrated into a vast sub-ocean cavern and built a city into which they retreated each year during the rainy season. For every king, they built a statue and it is these that are the moai on Easter Island. The Martians needed slave workers and finding the humans that they captured were incompatible they created from inorganic matter the slimy creatures.

Then as their continent began to sink the Martians retreated into the underground city forever, where over time their population dwindled as subterranean life weakened their bodies. After much passing of time, they pierced an opening to the surface where they found they were back on Easter Island and that the world was now over populated by humans. So, to avoid extinction they decided to try and make contact again with Mars (through a form of radio) with the aim of securing help to conquer Earth. Mars was also dying from starvation and overcrowding so the planet readily agreed to support an invasion and wipe out humans. But with the secrets of the spaceships they had built long gone, they realised the only way of bringing the invasion party closer was to pull Mars towards Earth. The Martians needed to harness Earth’s magnetism and they did this by digging vast underground tunnels between the North and South Poles. The ray that they then built to pull Mars towards Earth turns red when attracting and green when repelling as the Martians tried to balance the alignment of the two planets. The Martians also developed powerful weapons, futuristic tube-like guns which turn humans and all living creatures to a white powder. These were tested first on Holland, hence the loss of his limbs.

The three men know they have to escape to save the Earth, so they hatch a plan involving the slimy creatures being telepathically controlled. The scientists make it back to the surface and the crater of Rano Kau, clutching Martian yellow robes that will disguise their identities but, alas, Holland dies in the process whilst fighting off the slimy monsters. They arrive on the crater’s surface just before midnight and the start of the next nightly transmission. Quickly, Allan and Whitley climb a pillar to reach a box which controls the ray of magnetic light. As the bell rings for the third time, Whitley releases the green repellent ray sending Mars away from Earth and so far back, that it ends up circling Jupiter. Meanwhile, Allan dashes back to their hydroplane, which is carrying bombs. The intention is to drop them on the crater, but Whitley has decided to sacrifice himself for the sake of humankind and he manages to release both the green and red rays simultaneously which shoot forth the full might of Earth’s magnetic power, in so doing dramatically collapsing the crater and completely burying the hordes of Martians within. Back in San Francisco, a statue is erected at the end of the Golden Gate Bridge in honour of Whitley’s heroism.

Edmond Hamilton would appear to have been inspired in part by the publication earlier in 1926 of James Churchward’s book, The Lost Continent of Mu, the Motherland of Men, which imagined in a piece of faux non-fiction a vast vanished ancient civilisation that had sunk beneath the Pacific in a manner similar to Atlantis. The young writer, Hamilton, does not mention Mu in his short story but there are definite connections to the ideas of Churchward. Appearing in print when Hamilton was just turning 22, this three-part serialised short story was only his second published piece of fiction (the month before, his short story ‘The Monster-God of Marmuth’, had appeared in Weird Tales) at the start of a long career in which he would become a celebrated writer of science fiction.

The story is significant as it was the first to ever introduce a science fiction element or aliens into moai fiction, at a time when fantasies of Mars or Martians were in their infancy. Extra-terrestrials were not re-introduced into moai fiction until 1952 and the comic Strange Adventures (reviewed above), in a story that actively incorporates Mu and which notably was written by Hamilton. The injection of outer space fiction into the myths of Easter Island can therefore be ascribed to Hamilton who was a progenitor for the many science fiction and fantasy stories of Rapanui that were to follow. Whilst perhaps not directly inspired by Hamilton’s writing, the novel Area 51 (reviewed below) and the animation Gaiking (reviewed above) also imagined the crater of Rano Kau as a site for subterranean aliens and futuristic technology, and the comic Mystery in Space (reviewed above), also fantasised that hidden on Easter Island was a device for moving planets out of their orbit.

If it was not for the science fiction, ‘Across Space’ would be a story typical of adventures of the time, drawn to Easter Island for its remoteness and volcanoes for a tale of all-male heroism, imprisonment and escape. There is also an interesting addition of horror fiction, with the bat-like Martians more vampiric than alien and in description (and the accompanying first page illustration) reminiscent of Max Schreck’s beast in Nosferatu (1922). Interestingly, the idea of bat-like creatures living in outer space was not a novel idea and it can be traced back to at least 1835 and the Great Moon Hoax of New York’s The Sun newspaper, which imagined them as residing on the moon. Meanwhile, the Rapanui are conveniently removed from the story, the weapons of the Martians turning them to a powdery dust. Other than the moai, which are attributed to the craftsmanship of the Martians, there is no mention of Rapanui culture, and contemporary society is reduced to a few references of the locals working on the privately-owned sheep farm which in reality dominated the island.

In terms of structure and imagination the story begins well and has many striking ideas which are described in detail, such as the pneumatic tube, but in the section when Holland is found in the underground prison, there is too much focus on explanations with the lost anthropologist miraculously knowing the answers to everything. And the final part is rushed, with a story that had been built up so well brought to a quick conclusion. It is not possible to know if Hamilton wrote the story in three parts, but by the time of the third instalment appearing he would have presumably been looking towards his next piece of short fiction, ‘The Metal Giants’, which Weird Tales published the following month in December 1926.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Monster of Mu – Owen Rutter
(London: Ernest Benn, 1932)

Ethnologist Colin Dale attempts to break off a dalliance with good-time girl Vivian Dacres in a Honolulu hotel. He reveals he has feelings for another girl, Jill Campbell, and plans to leave Hawai‘i with Jill and her brother, Don. A sailor enters the hotel lounge and interrupts their conversation with a shriek. He falls to the floor, and a small man leaps into the lounge through a nearby window. The newcomer pulls a small package from the fallen sailor but Colin wrests it away from him. The small man bites Colin’s hand and disappears back through the window.

Colin realises the sailor has been poisoned by a blowpipe dart. He manages to suck the poison out of the wound before reviving the sailor with brandy. The sailor tells Colin and Vivian a story about the island of Mu in the Pacific, the remnants of a once great continent, whilst Colin unwraps the small package; in it he finds a map of the island. According to the sailor, there is a monster that lurks in a cave on the island of Mu, but little of what the sailor says makes sense. After imparting this information, the sailor dies.

Once Colin has given a statement to the police, he heads to Jill and Don’s schooner, the Lone Star. He repeats the sailor’s story to them and explains the history of Mu to the pair to justify his desire to follow the map. Their original plan was to journey to Easter Island, but Colin prefers to try to find the island of Mu to further his professional standing. They agree to leave immediately, once Don has fetched Colin’s belongings from the hotel. The small man from the lounge reappears and attempts to dispatch Colin with his blowpipe. Don intervenes, shooting the small man.

Meanwhile, Vivian has tracked down Jill’s admirer, Tough Millington. She relays what she heard in the hotel lounge and reveals she has made a copy of the map from memory. Vivian proposes that they follow Colin in Tough’s boat, the Pacific Maid. She intends to win back Colin, leaving Jill for Tough. On route, she reveals her plan; she wants Tough to dress up in an old dragon costume as the famed monster of Mu. Before she can explain why, they sight the Lone Star. They get alongside and board the apparently empty boat, finding it completely abandoned. They decide to tow the boat after them and leave one of their Kanaka crew on board to help steer. After sighting land, the crew member disappears too. Tough makes the decision to strip and scuttle the boat. Later, they land on the island (which they learn to be Mu) and discover a human skull at the base of a stone pillar.

Jill, Don, and Colin had abandoned their boat as it had been attacked by a hideous monster that had clambered on board. The creature has a loose flap of skin on its chest that it uses to suffocate victims. Everyone threw themselves overboard and they had climbed on to the boat’s life raft, drifting away from the Lone Star and left to ponder their fate. The next day, they sighted land and realised it was the island of Mu. A boat crewed by pygmies approached and escorted them to the island.

The trio are taken into a temple where Colin spots the royal symbol of Mu. The pygmies leave Jill, Don, and Colin in a prison cell within the temple. Eventually, the High Priest, Ra Mu, comes to speak with them. Colin finds himself able to speak with him due to the similarities between Ra Mu’s language and other dialects that Colin already knows, though the priest prefers to speak in English, having learned the language from earlier visitors to the island. Ra Mu also bears an uncanny facial resemblance to the moai, and Colin theorises that the moai are actually “likenesses of the rulers of Mu”. He and Ra Mu trade knowledge, and Colin learns that the people of Mu have the ability to communicate telepathically. They also appear to have learned the secret of eternal life, and Ra Mu reveals he is 260 years old. However, a rule decrees that there are to be no women on Mu, so Jill is condemned to be sacrificed to the Great One, whilst Don and Colin will be spared so long as they can provide new knowledge to the priest.

The next day, Colin attempts to plead for Jill’s life but Ra Mu will not be moved. Jill is stripped naked and coated in gold dust before being marched to the pillar that had previously been found by Vivian and Tough. Having further explored their environs the night before, Tough and Vivian watch as Jill is tied to the pillar. They decide to put their plan into action as Tough dresses as a monster. Vivian sneaks over to the pillar and promises to free Jill if she agrees to break up with Colin. Jill refuses so Vivian goes back into the cave behind the pillar to keep an eye on their boat.

Elsewhere, Tough terrifies the inhabitants of the island and makes it to the temple. He loots it as best he can until he comes across Colin and Don. He frees them but remains behind to steal more gold from Ra Mu. Tough eventually runs after Colin and Don, and watches a group of pygmies beat Don almost to death. A storm approaches and the ground begins to shake, with an earthquake tearing apart the land. Tough makes it down to the cave, in which Vivian has been waiting, but the monster catches him. Vivian is poised to leave with Colin and Jill in the Pacific Maid, but she goes back for Tough’s sack of treasure. She ends up being sucked into a whirlpool near the cave. Colin and Jill sail away, turning back to watch the island sink beneath the waves.

Owen Rutter was a much-journeyed novelist, travel writer and former soldier, whose novels include the science fiction story Once in a New Moon, that was adapted for a British produced film of 1934. Like H. Rider Haggard and Jules Verne, famous writers who preceded Rutter, their voyaging and adventuring inspired their stories, situations and characters. Rutter would have been aware of Haggard’s popular novel, She, from which he has borrowed elements of the lost civilisation narrative, and most notably the idea that the natives possess the secret to eternal life. The sensational cover to the 1936 edition, depicting Jill about to be sacrificed, would have helped connect the novel into the commerciality of She – a new American film adaptation of Haggard’s novel had been released the year before in 1935 – with its gold-covered woman misleading as the subject of the book and the possible ‘monster’. The Monster of Mu also bears numerous similarities to André Armandy’s novel Rapa-Nui (1923, reviewed above, and which had been filmed in 1927), with its love triangle, horde of gold and volcanic eruption. Moreover, Rutter’s fantasy is directly influenced by Jack Churchward’s 1890s manufacture of a pseudo-mythical lost Pacific continent of Mu, of which Rapanui was said to be a remnant. Mu has subsequently fueled a significant strand of Easter Island fiction, with examples including Sub-Mariner (reviewed above), Martin Mystère. Detective of the Impossible (reviewed above), Corto Maltese (reviewed above), and Fathom (reviewed above).

Yet aside from Colin’s original plan to visit the island, and the link between Ra Mu’s facial appearance and that of the moai, there is ultimately little engagement with the wider culture of Easter Island. Mu is presented as an idealistic space where the vast array of wealth seemingly holds no financial value, and the real currency of the island is knowledge. Their view that a woman on the island will cause its destruction is never questioned and Ra Mu refuses to spare Jill due to the strength of this belief. The focus upon the prolonged continuation of life, as opposed to its creation, removes women from the natural order, leaving only a space occupied by men.

Not only does the novel have a problematic approach towards gender, but it also has a troubling perspective on race. The pygmies are referred to as “woolly-headed” and “brutes”, while Colin is at pains to stress the status of Mu’s empire as “[t]he mother of civilization”, whose “rulers were a white race”. Here, Rutter is keen to emphasise the pale nature of Ra Mu’s skin. The Kanak crew are repeatedly described as superstitious and after Tough and Vivian land on the island, they disappear entirely from the narrative. The pygmies on the island are likewise described as superstitious, with only the white-clad priests seemingly possessed of any sense of culture. This representation of the pygmies is not far from their later problematic depiction in Super Magician Comics (reviewed above). As in that fiction, superstition enables the white man to defeat the natives with a simple monster costume, reinforcing the white-centric aspect to the narrative.

Laura Sedgwick

Jump to contents

Jack Armstrong, All American Boy
'Easter Island Adventure'
(radio play, broadcast 27 September 1940)

Jack, Billy, Betty, Uncle Jim and an 'East Indian' named the Babu, leave Macau with a chest, given to them by the Prince of Lan Dor Ling. It contains thirteen solid gold statuettes similar to the moai heads on Easter Island. Uncle Jim thinks the statues could be 50,000 years old. Jack Armstrong and his party travel there with the aid of Uncle Jim's airplane in order to investigate. Whilst on the island, the clues they find lead to a more valuable treasure. Captain Anthony Badger attempts to steal the treasure from the party and escape on Uncle Jim's plane but Jack and the others manage to make it off the island, leaving Badger stranded with a shipwrecked boat.

Jack and Billy convene with a Captain Norton, on the latter's supply ship, as Uncle Jim and the others refuel the plane. They explain to Captain Norton how Captain Badger had tried to steal the treasure. Despite that Captain Norton sends some of his crew to rescue Badger and his gang from the shore of Easter Island. Soon Norton's men are overpowered by Badger's, who set a new course towards Uncle Jim's plane.

Jack and Billy try to warn Uncle Jim, Babu and Betty from the supply ship but cannot be heard over the plane's engines. They eventually swim from Norton's boat to Jim's plane, arriving just as Badger reaches them. Jack and the others keep Badger in conversation as a lifeboat sent by Norton approaches from behind. Badger pulls out a gun stating that he plans to commandeer Jim's plane. Babu intervenes, jumping aboard Badger's boat and knocking all of the men into the water. Badger and his men are picked up by the lifeboat as Jack and his friends prepare to fly away. They also part with Babu who leaves with Captain Norton on the supply ship in order to return home.

Jack Armstrong, All American Boy was a well-loved children's American radio series from 1933 to 1951 created in order to advertise the breakfast cereal Wheaties. The series featured Jack, a young boy in high school, and his friends Betty and Billy, who together go on a number of adventures across the globe. The boy's-own stories echo the adventures of the writer of the plays, Talbot Mundy, who had explored the globe at an early age and had an interest in mysticism. Few of the early episodes exist and of this multi-instalment story just a single broadcast remains.

Rapanui as an area of hidden treasure is a relatively common theme, which derives from the location's perceived mystery and exoticism, and the fact it is a remote island. In this story, the statuettes are believed to predate the moai themselves, but with no gold naturally found on the island, their origin implies the existence of an alternative civilisation. The treasure is the spark for the narrative, but it quickly becomes secondary to a story focused on action, drama and adventure.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents



L'île des Géants [The Island of Giants] – Joseph de Treffort
(Paris: Ferenczi & fils, 1947)

Set in the aftermath of World War II, the story starts in Paris, where Professor Graindorge is organising a research expedition to Easter Island. The old French linguist, ethnographer, and archaeologist is one of the leading experts on Easter Island culture, and as such he benefits from the proud support of the French government and people. Graindorge believes the moai were constructed by an advanced civilisation that lived on a vast continent, of which Rapanui is all that remains after it was sunk by an underwater catastrophe. There are a number of rongorongo tablets, and he finds similarities between these signs and the archaic form of the Hindustani language. In this last expedition of his career, the scholar plans to solve the enigma of these artefacts.

During the long voyage, Graindorge becomes increasingly obsessed with the mysteries of Easter Island, incessantly reviewing scientific studies and wandering the ship like a madman. On the island, the party is welcomed by the Chilean governor Alemparte and his indigenous aides. But frictions arise. When Graindorge persistently dismisses an invitation to dinner and refuses to establish his camp inland, Alemparte dryly declines any responsibility as to the groups' welfare during their stay. The Frenchmen subsequently make camp at the foot of the moai.

That night, Graindorge has what seems to be a terrible nightmare: he suddenly awakes and finds himself tied up outside his tent. The night resounds with unintelligible cries, sepulchral-like chants, drums and gong-like music. His captors are imposing flesh-and-bones men who bear a resemblance to the giant statues. Their leader addresses the professor in Prakrit, one of the ancient dialects of India. He introduces himself as King of the Jains – the followers of the age-old Jain religion – and chastises the foreigner for having unrightfully invaded the island and defiled the sacred moai. These are the statues of all the kings that ruled for millennia over the now-buried continent of Rapa Nui, and the rongorongo tablets record their names and exploits. To avenge this outrage, the scholar will be sacrificed like his friends.

Graindorge is shaken awake just in time by his colleagues. While there is no sign of walking moai, all firearms have mysteriously disappeared. Enraged, Graindorge believes the weapons were stolen by the indigenous inhabitants. Later, his team is captured by armed Japanese men led by General Yamatao. Along with the Chilean governor's collaboration they have been monitoring all foreign intruders, so they could work on a weapon of mass destruction in underground scientific facilities. These lairs can be accessed through the moai which can open and recline with the aid of a mechanism. More destructive than the atomic bomb, this weapon of mass destruction would reassert Japan's power over the world. The Frenchmen will be spared, provided they do not intervene; unarmed, they find themselves completely helpless on this island cut off from the world. After several weeks, however, a close-by undersea earthquake – seen as an act of God – strikes Rapanui and buries the island's underground lairs and their villains (the Frenchmen manage to flee).

L'île des géants was published as part of the 'Mon roman d'aventures' ['My Adventure Story'] collection of small books edited by the French company Ferenczi & fils, between 1942 and 1957. Since its inception in the early twentieth century in Paris, this publishing house had specialised in short popular fiction ('Le petit livre') which sold for a few francs. Notably, George Simenon published several titles with Ferenczi under various pseudonyms. By comparison, Joseph de Treffort is an enigmatic author and this name rather confusingly is also associated with Léon Frachet and Claude Farnet.

In this 1947 novella, Rapanui is the backdrop for conspiracy theories, which here typically reflect a European/western society scarred by the horrors of World War II. Concerns over the secret manufacturing and testing of weapons of mass destruction foreshadow the post-war arms race between the big nations, whilst in reality the defeated Japan was strictly prohibited from being a military power. The moai and rongorongo (which is curiously aligned to the language of the Asian subcontinent) are largely presented as the objects of Graindorge's obsessions and his theories are neither confirmed or infirmed during his expedition. Interesting to note is Graindorge's exoticisation of the Rapanui people: Alemparte's male aides are graced with nonchalant elegance and alluring musculature. To Graindorge, they are the most handsome and intelligent of all Polynesian peoples, while the rest are mere savages. The ending explicitly evokes a divine intervention restoring the 'natural order' between good and evil, with the proud but murderous Japanese punished and the righteous Frenchmen spared. Interestingly, aspects of the story appear to have re-emerged twenty-two years later in a quite different novel also titled L'île des Géants (reviewed below), and by another author – this includes the idea of an underground secret base for a nefarious foreign activity (in the later novel changed to the Chinese), the protagonists taken captive in the cave system and the ultimate dramatic destruction of the operations.

Jessica Maufort

Jump to contents

The Web of Easter Island – Donald Wandrei
(Sauk City, Wisconsin: Arkham House, 1948)

The first edition hardback printing of Donald Wandrei's horror fantasy was a very early Arkham House publication. The front image was extended by the cover for the first Italian printing in 1965 (reviewed below). For that image, the moai awakens, its eye spying the man to the left. On this original cover the man, dwarfed by the monolith, cowers; on the later Italian cover he is shown running away in fear. The horror is amplified by a moai head that is far bigger than those in reality.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Feature Comics
‘Easter Island Surprise’
(no.127, October 1948, Quality Comics)

An old piece of “badly tanned animal skin” bearing “crabbed English” mystifies Dr Roberts. The script, which is impossible to decipher, was discovered by Dr Roberts’s daughter, Martha, on a beach near Monterrey. It was found inside “an odd-shaped bottle, made of some metal that defied analysis”. Martha’s fiancé, Darrel Dane (aka Doll Man), advises that the bottle appears to be made from a “light lava” material he had found on Easter Island, back in 1942. The next morning, Roberts, Dane and Martha leave for Easter Island, departing from San Pedro on a large fishing boat. They arrive on Easter Island three weeks later.

That night, after cooking dinner for the threesome, Martha notices a bonfire in the distance, about a mile away near a beach. She ventures towards it alone and discovers the fire is emanating from a slit within the rocks on a hillside, where inside there appears to be a furnace. Martha rushes back to the camp to grab the others and when they look inside the hillside opening, they observe alongside the furnace a “long-whiskered chap”. Dane has the power to shrink his body by mental thought alone and as he reduces himself to barely a foot tall he manages to squeeze through the crevice. Inside, Dane discovers a “well-fitted” laboratory with a cabinet filled with animals shrunken to a minute size.

A sudden scream alerts Dane to trouble. He soon discovers that Roberts and Martha have been captured by the strange man and they too have been shrunken, each to no more than two feet tall and becoming ever smaller. The strange man, who has now perfected the shrinking of humans, is ecstatic: “I’ll reduce the whole human race to atoms!”, he declares as he injects himself with the formula. Dane grabs at a bottle and hypodermic needle and makes the lucky assumption that this could be an antidote. He injects the serum into Roberts and Martha and they start growing back to full size, whilst the strange man is slowly becoming smaller.

In the ensuing struggle, the bottle with the antidote smashes. The strange man, in a squeaky voice, says he is Igor Slavonic a scientist from Prague, who had relocated to Easter Island so he could be left alone to complete his experiments. Shrinking fast, Igor is soon minute and he disappears “into nothingness – an atom”. Dane grows back to his normal size and with Roberts and Martha they wait for the fishing boat to return.

An incredibly simple two-page short story, this undeveloped fantasy could have been written by a child. Presumably it was inspired by the films The Devil Doll (1936) and, in particular, Dr Cyclops (1940), and it is published here as an addition to the regular illustrated Doll Man/Darrel Dane comic book adventure. Doll Man was the first comic book character with special shrinking powers and he is a key hero of this particular comic book, appearing initially in 1939 and featuring in his own strip and on many of the covers, including for this issue. Frustratingly, so much of the story is left unexplained – such as the bottle containing the animal skin found at the start. There is little to nothing in terms of context or establishing a scene, with what information there is casually dropped into the narrative. For instance, in reality, Monterey and the nearby San Pedro are found in Mexico – but they are neither by a beach or port and the story gives no other location clues. Elsewhere, the story distorts information – the found bottle is apparently made of metal, but a few paragraphs later it is now made from lava, but of a type found only on Easter Island.

Rapanui may be a secret hideout for the evil scientist – a common trope for Easter Island fiction, which is most notably echoed in the comic book, Tarou (1963; reviewed above) – but there is little mention of its landscape or features. In fact, other than one paragraph, where it is described as “a weird place […] dotted with gigantic monoliths and strange statues”, it is forgotten as the story moves underground to Igor’s lab. There is no mention of the island’s culture or history and other than the evil scientist and the three adventurers the island appears completely depopulated.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Girl Annual Number 2
‘Karrini’s Charm: A Story of the Romantic South Sea Islands’ – Rosemary Garland; illustrated by H. Tamblyn-Watts
(London: Hulton Press, 1954)

Foreign traders arrive each month at an unnamed Pacific island to acquire local goods. Karrini, a young Indigenous woman, runs to a palm tree and counts the notches she has made on it to see how many days have passed. She notes that there have been 28 days since the last visit of the foreigners: “[t]oday the white man would come. Today she must look her loveliest”, for “the white man’s coming always made Karrini excited”. Karrini is now an orphan, her father having been killed by a shark, for these islanders brave the surrounding ocean to dive for sea sponges to collect, dry and sell to the foreign traders.

On this occasion three white men arrive and amongst them is Philip Neale, a young 19-year-old English man. Karrini barters with Philip for a fair price for her sponges, but unlike other local divers she is not prepared to sell them at the new lower market price and so she walks away. Struck by Karrini’s strength of character Philip decides to follow the path she took and soon after finds her at a waterfall, emerging from the cascade. She takes Philip to her home, first past a rocky ledge and finally into an Edenic-like cave, where she sells Philip the sea sponges but at a price less than she had wanted.

A month passes and Philip returns, this time with a gift for Karrini of an electric table lamp. In return, Karrini gifts Philip a stone which she calls a “magic charm”. The next day the two of them go diving for sea sponges. Another month passes and Philip returns to the island, now accompanied by a geologist as the “magic charm” is actually uranium. Upon enquiring as to where the stone came from, Karrini says from the “dead city”, which is located in “the jungle interior of the island”. It is a taboo place where the islanders fear to venture; as Karrini’s father told her, it is a “dead city made of rocks and big faces and bad stone gods”. Initially reluctant, Karrini guides Philip and the geologist to the pagan place, “through the dense jungle, through steaming swampy wastes, hidden from the burning sun”.

After two hours, they reach the city, where pagan gods are carved on to the pillars of the ruined temples. Many of these have a “gaping mouth” – so big that Philip could climb inside – “ready to swallow its victims”. The pagan gods are also carved into the rocky floor, so that when a visitor steps onto a mouth, the stone swivels “swings and swallows you up”. These victims are then swept away into a running underground river. Inside the city, the geologist finds a uranium mine, which he declares to be “the finest deposit anyone will ever see in a life-time!”. Picking up a rock, the geologist “staked his claim for Britain”. With the wealth of the island now in its uranium deposits there is now no need for the locals to dive for sea sponges.

This six-page short story is one of many in a British annual that was designed for girls and that ran between 1952 and 1963. It was an offshoot of Girl magazine, a weekly publication which was published by Hulton Press between 1951 and 1964 and that was designed as a sister publication for the popular boy’s comic, Eagle (1950-1969). Girl Annual Number 2 contains a mixture of nature advice (’How to Preserve Wild Flowers’), real life stories (on Marie Curie, Dame Edith Evans and Elizabeth Fry), hobby tips (how to make button dolls or a crochet raffia bag), quizzes, career guidance (‘Do You Want to be a Nurse?’), and comic strips (including a South Seas adventure, ‘Sumana’s South Sea Isle’, involving pearl fishers). The story, ‘Karrini’s Charm’, is a British colonial fantasy that functions as a romance-adventure drawing on the geo-politics of the time when uranium had emerged as an essential component in nuclear technology. Worryingly, this appeared most prominent in the 1950s in the Pacific region where nuclear testing was taking place. Uranium is chemically toxic and contrary to the story should not be handled with bare hands, but this island fantasy is a series of simplified ideas. The Pacific islanders are stereotyped, and essentially depicted in a racist manner. Karrini, who speaks in a fragmented form of English, is a dusky maiden who permanently wears a hula skirt, flower garland and a hibiscus in her hair. Her lifestyle is in harmony with nature, but it is also presented as simplistic and pre-industrial. Civilisation is brought into her life through the monthly visits of the traders and, physically, through the electric lamp she is given by Philip, though Karrini’s naivety is emphasised by the fact that she does not know how a lightbulb is employed.

The abandoned pagan city is the story’s sole connection with Easter Island, with the statues of the gods closely resembling moai in one of the accompanying illustrations. These ‘moai’ are both standing and fallen and also feature a pukao. As pagan figures associated with ancient temple practices there is a suggestion of human sacrifices, with the vampire-like fangs giving the carvings a demonic appearance. Moai with vampire fangs were later depicted in the adult Italian comic, Sukia (1979), where interesting comparisons can be made with the illustration in this girls’ annual.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Les sphères de Rapa-Nui [The Spheres of Rapa-Nui] – Jimmy Guieu
(Paris: Editions Fleuve Noir, 1960)

With the support of the Chilean navy a French team of scientists arrives on Rapanui to conduct research on the local culture. Their work is interrupted by an earthquake, which has been provoked by the explosion of a nuclear bomb underwater two thousand kilometers away. This is the first phase of a testing programme conducted by the British government in the South Pacific. When a second bomb is dropped into the ocean, a huge tidal wave destroys the British base and threatens Rapanui. But the island is protected by a magnetic field generated by enormous spheres that have risen from the ocean into the sky – a phenomenon witnessed by Christian Desnoyer, a French ethnographer, and his girlfriend Maeva, a local Polynesian school teacher.

A British airplane crashes against the magnetic field, and its team is rescued by the Chilean navy. The local population is terrified by these events which they relate to the activity of mysterious ancestors, ghostlike 'birdmen' or tangata manu, who are protecting the island and have been visiting regularly. The damage caused to the nearby small island of Motu-nui, which local legends consider as a sacred place containing the secrets of the birdmen, allows Desnoyer and his colleagues to find a mysterious cave. It contains precious ancient engraved tablets similar to Polynesian artefacts called rongorongo, but made out of an unknown reddish metal. One of them represents a map of Easter Island including underwater pathways and volcanoes. The discovery seems to corroborate local legends and superstitions, although the meaning of the signs on the rongorongo has long been lost.

From then on, Desnoyer tries to uncover the secrets of the island. Maeva offers to arrange for him to meet a local old woman, Tuputahi, who can still sing very old incomprehensible chants and who might be able to decipher some of the information engraved on the rongorongo tablets. Old Tuputahi reveals that the chants tell the story of a very old cataclysm which caused enormous destruction. Desnoyer understands that this is probably a reference to the Biblical Flood. But the pair also finds out that Tuputahi is regularly visited by a monstrous creature covered in scales, that is very tall, with a long beak and vaguely similar to images in ancient sculptures that depict the sacred birdmen. Desnoyer and Maeva catch a glimpse of the monster as he is returning to the ocean.

Desnoyer then understands that he and his colleagues have been led all along by the creature who wanted them to discover the rongorongo. The team also realises that they could potentially communicate with the birdmen through what turns out to be a sophisticated photographic device that is installed in the mysterious cave. Meanwhile, one of the British officers sees the mysterious creature dive into the sea and realises that the birdmen are amphibian. The French team decides to go diving around the coast whereupon they find more evidence of the presence of an unknown civilisation. They discover underwater seismic activity which they connect to the magnetic field that was suddenly generated to protect the island from the last tidal wave. But when they return to their boat, they find that the British officers have been captured by the birdmen.

Following all these events, the Chilean navy launches a more serious diving expedition to find the creature's underwater hiding place and hopefully free their British friends. A bathyscaph containing Desnoyer and the French team is drawn to an underwater city which turns out to be the only remnant of Mu, the legendary continent submerged tens of thousands of years ago by a giant earthquake. The birdmen are the only descendants left of that ancient and very technologically advanced civilisation. Their city and underwater installations are directly threatened by the British nuclear bombs and they are preparing to put the British pilots to death as retaliation. Desnoyer and his friends are led to the Emperor but they all manage to escape thanks to a sudden underwater volcanic eruption which apparently is going to destroy the birdmen's city. However, the tangata manu were simply trying to protect their city from the effects of nuclear testing and to instill fear into the humans to avoid a global cataclysm. They had staged their demise and gone to a new hiding place somewhere in the abyss; the only way to put an end to human folly and stop the nuclear arms race.

As with other moai adventures, the story revolves around the notion that Easter Island has a pivotal role in secretly communicating with an advanced civilisation – here inspired by the Mu fiction of James Churchward – which dominated the world thousands of years ago. Writing in the footsteps of Churchward, Guieu presents footnotes in his book with references to various legends that he insists are 'genuine'. However, the local people in this story no longer understand the ancient signs left by the advanced civilisation. Although certain elements of Polynesian culture are integrated into the story – in particular through the use of certain words such as 'rongo-rongo', 'tangata manu', 'Aku Aku' – the novel is replete with derogatory comments about the naïve and superstitious 'natives', from the local mayor to the villagers, but with the exception of the beautiful local schoolteacher, who is yet another perfect stereotype of the dusky maiden. The treatment of the old witch-like Tupuhahi is particularly to the point: ignorant, greedy and silly, she can only function as a human transmitter for the birdmen.

Curiously, the birdmen themselves are systematically described as "monsters". Although they are credited with an amazing technological advance, they only seem to embody a repulsive other and their treatment as characters in the novel remains very shallow. The climactic ending is also botched. The hero and his colleagues manage to escape from the deadly trap that has apparently been prepared for them in the secret underwater city with a final explanation simply rushed through in the last two pages: the final demise of the last vestige of Mu had been staged to frighten the human race. Beyond the fantasy around the lost continent of Mu, the novel seeks to warn the reader against the terrible dangers of nuclear testing in the South Pacific and against human folly. It is a story that was revisited thirteen years later in the Japanese film Godzilla vs Megalon (reviewed above), in which the citizens of the underwater civilization of Mu again warn humans of the dangers of nuclear testing in the Pacific. An edition of the comic Justice League of America (reviewed above), published in 1962, also depicted an alternative civilization trying to halt nuclear testing on planet Earth. That comic and this novel show how popular culture of the time was affected by a period of anxiety and fear, when in the early 1960s the nuclear arms race had escalated to a point of crisis. By association, Easter Island as a civilisation lost serves as a convenient site for establishing a global warning.

Corinne David-Ives

Jump to contents

Sir!
'Duke Moore's 3 Years as a Love Slave' – Donald H. Carey
(vol.17, no.6, February 1961, Volitant Publishing Corporation)

Easter Island is now an island of sex-crazed savage women, descendants of the Rapanui. October 1886 and a young female lookout, Lia-Loa, with the "gloriously bronzed skin of a Polynesian and the reddish hair of a European" is sat astride a moai munching "dried termites as if they were popcorn". Lia-Loa spies a passing ship, the first to visit Easter Island in a decade: "The big ship which must contain men is quite near", she sings out, alerting the other women to prepare the caves. A woman, in her early thirties, a priestess, summons sixty or more young women to grab from their caves their primitive weapons of splintered bottles, clubs with protruding sharp pebbles and slingshots. These "Stone Age" women have few men left to serve them and therefore need to kidnap more from the ship under the cover of night. Apparently, the situation is not good, as the population on the island has fallen to seventy women and seven men, and the latter "were in pitiful shape, dying or mad".

Thankfully, there are numerous men on board the ship, the 'Sophia', and one of them is an "Irish dandy", Bradley 'Duke' Moore, a "powerfully-built somewhat foppish" man of 28, who is on his way to Tahiti. He witnesses the women aboard the ship at night, with Lia-Loa entering his cabin through the porthole. She manages to send him to sleep by placing under his nose a powdered narcotic plant. With the aid of several women he is then hauled to a small boat, on which there are three other men who are also unconscious: the captain of the ship, Roscoe Hobbs, John Winton a young employee of the British Museum, and Len Mitchell, the ship's cook from Bristol, a hulk of a man at 6 feet 4 inches tall and weighing 230 pounds. A second boat has four other captive men: Dr Robert Holt, "a fat and jolly physician", Bergen Freeman, a newspaperman from Copenhagen, a poorly Willem van den Bloom, a Dutch merchant with tuberculosis looking to "regain his health in Tahiti", and a 60-year-old Colorado mining tycoon, Archie Griswold, who was on a round-the-world trip.

Lia-Loa declares Moore, the "prize" of the captives, to be her man and with an oar she beats away the attentions of another woman, Veeda. The plan is for each male captive to be kept in a cave of love, where they may survive for months or years. Inside the holding space of a cave system, Moore awakens and finds in the darkness the other men of the 'Sophia'. Mitchell, alone, has been pinned down with boulders and logs across his legs and chest, as the women fear his strength. Moore helps to release the man.

The men are required for a ceremony of the virgins to be performed that evening and Mitchell, the ship's cook, is selected to be first. The virgins have been held for so long in dark caves, "as long as five years", that their skins have become very pale. The ceremony takes place amongst the moai, who have "blank eyes, dropping ears and great bird beaks of noses". The men feel helpless as the remaining ship's crew have inextricably abandoned them and Chile is supposed to send a warship to visit every two years, but it does not bother as "Easter Island is useless to Chile. No minerals, no copra, no strategic value". The men then see surrounding them medieval catapults holding boulders, and which "can cut a man in half", and realise that escape would be futile. Griswold makes a stand, emphasising his rights as an American citizen and he is rewarded with a boulder fired by the savages that smashes down on him with "a sickening crunch", and which leaves him headless.

The priest selects Moore as her man, taking him from Lia-Loa, and orders him to sit by her side where he is forced to watch the ceremony. The ceremony occurs at an easterly point of the island, not far from an active volcano, Katiki, upon which Moore can see fallen wooden crosses, placed there "decades before" by the Spanish. The caves of the virgins are close by and ten feet from "a sheer precipice which dropped to the beach 400 feet below". The women start chanting and Mitchell emerges, his body daubed "with ochre and red clay" and with a belt of vines and blue feathers. He has been chosen as "the king of the defloration rites" and is so drugged that he is both unaware of his surroundings and a stimulated beast of a man. The first of many virgins emerge from the cave and in turn they are deflowered by Mitchell. Dr Holt and van den Boom both try to stop the vile and immoral acts, but van den Boom is struck on the head with a rock by the female guards, whilst Holt is knifed and dies.

The exhausted Mitchell, with the drug wearing off, remembers some of the awful events in which he has just participated. Van den Boom fills in the details and Mitchell is so horrified that he runs to the cliff's edge and jumps to the beach below, where he is smashed upon the rocks. Moore is called to the cave of the priestess and before he enters he is forced to drink a brew that "makes lovers strong and capable". When the guards are not looking he swiftly spits out the drink. The next morning, with the priestess satisfied, Moore is to be shown around the island. He first encounters the other men who have spent the night with separate women, islanders who are described as "primitive, with an unbridled appetite'. Moore is shown a rock on which Captain Jacob Ruykers, of the slop the 'Tacitus', had written his last tragic message and which relays similar treatment to the men of the 'Sophia', and the fact that none of them survived.

Moore is shown the wooden funeral platforms on which the deceased of royal lineage are left to nature to be consumed and decompose. In a putrid smelling cave, they find seven men staked to the ground – two dead, the others filthy, emaciated and mad – who are revealed to be the unwanted men of Easter Island. Van den Boom is forced into the cave of an older and larger woman, despite the fact he is now very poorly. Freeling tries to intervene and he is speared in the throat and dies. Van den Boom dies too from his brutal experience.

It is now August 1889 and Moore has just buried Captain Hobbs and he is writing his diary on the nearby rocks. Moore, who has been living in Lia-Loa's cave, is now the last survivor from the 'Sophia' as Winton had hurled himself to the rocks two years prior. Due to Lia-Loa's insatiable appetite he appears aged 60 even though he is aged 32. Veeda has long desired Moore for herself and today she approaches him with urgent information. The priestess is close to death and Lia-Loa will soon take control, which Veeda wishes to avoid. In three days' time there will be a new ceremony for the virgins as the position of ruler is passed to Lia-Loa, and Moore is the only man remaining. A panicked Moore knows he must escape. Veeda and Moore plan their escape together. The island's boats, however, cannot sail far, but they must try to reach Pitcairn island or the main shipping lanes.

Three nights later, the ceremony is about to begin and the women are searching for Moore. Veeda and Moore row the boat out to sea, but full of provisions (and especially the stone figures brought by Veeda) its weight slows them down. The women on the island start firing boulders at the boat from their catapaults and with their second attempt manage to violently kill Veeda, who topples into the water and is eaten by sharks. Moore continues rowing to safety. Twenty-seven days later, and "more dead than alive", he is found at sea by the whaler, the 'Penobscot Prince'. Moore tells the crew his story which is not believed; he dies in London in 1900 in Holborn Asylum.

Begun in 1942, Sir! was one of the very earliest of a new group of pulp magazines for men, with lurid covers, which led to a flood of other titles – particularly in the 1950s and 1960s – that included Man's Life, Stag and Wildcat. The content of these macho monthlies, termed 'true adventure' pulps, was sensational, presenting stories of heroism, wonder and crime and that freely mixed fact and fiction, male chauvinism and (paradoxically) a vulnerable masculinity. The attitudes towards women are deeply problematic, seeing them as sex objects and as figures both assaultive and assaulted.

The characters in this story – male and female – are repeatedly defined by their physicality and age, with youth and vitality preferred over old age, poor health and obesity. The excesses of the women on this island, however, drive vitality to a point of crisis – with the special brew that is drunk and the brutality of the women forcing men to commit suicide. The sexual detail is absent, with coupling occurring out of sight and in caves, that said, the reader does not need much imagination to understand events. In contrast, the violence in a story that is very bleak, is explicit. All the men bar one die and Moore may have escaped but he spends the remainder of his life in an asylum. The short story is creative, but it does leave the question as to how it was meant to be received by its intended readership. An island of sex-crazed women may be a male fantasy; this though is a horror story pretending to be a South Seas adventure with an anthropological edge.

The cover depicts fashion of the 1960s when the story is set in the 1880s. Meanwhile, the first three pages of the story, that stretches over ten, contains photographs allegedly from the island which are presumably meant to aid the story's authenticity. Yet only two of the photos are of Easter Island with the other four from Vanuata and featuring acts of land diving. This is just the start, as throughout the fiction the author frequently mixes in actual Rapanui words, but deliberately gives them a different meaning in an act of very problematic cultural appropriation. For instance, the name of the aphrodisiac drink is called tangata, which in Rapanui means 'man'; the word for priestess in this story is motunui, which is the name of a rocky islet near the mainland of Easter Island; and the word for boat is rongo, which is actually associated with the writing system of Rapanui. Other words appropriated and misused include totara, umu, hanai, anakena and toromiro. On one level, the story does remain somewhat faithful to the bleaching cave of Ana o Keke (known as the Virgin Cave), but of course in such a wild fantasy the author cannot hold back from embellishing and exaggerating the Rapanui practices around the site, making them appear debauched. The fantasy is not only highly offensive to women but to the Rapanui, who are seen as savage and engaged in inhuman practices.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Web of Easter Island – Donald Wandrei
(London: Consul Books, 1961)

A young boy playing with his friends uncovers a mysterious statuette sticking out of the earth in a Roman cemetery in Wiltshire. Despite his mother's best efforts to dispose of it, the young boy keeps the object. Both the boy and his parents die in mysterious circumstances, drawing the attention of museum curator, Carter E. Graham. He travels to the cemetery, where he uncovers the same statuette, but also a strange tablet, both of which appear to be linked to his earlier research. Unfamiliar markings on the tablet spell out a message in an unknown language. The figurine's form appears to morph and change, making it impossible to identify its true shape or the material of which it is composed. Graham takes the statuette to study it further and re-covers the tablet in the cemetery, but after he has transcribed its markings.

Graham's train journey home ends in a terrifying crash, and in the chaos his bag containing the statuette is stolen. The thief boards a boat bound for America but the liner is lost at sea; a strange green mist is reported to have been seen near the ship before it sank. Meanwhile, Graham enlists the aid of a language specialist to translate the markings on the tablet, and the alien phrases he heard moments before the train crash.

A few days pass and he returns to the Roman cemetery with a colleague to fully excavate the tablet. When Graham runs his fingers over the transcription, he activates a hidden mechanism and the tablet disappears, revealing a doorway and a deep shaft beneath. As Graham and his colleague lower themselves down, the rope is severed in the closing door, leaving them trapped at the bottom of the shaft, and in a pit full of skeletons that are several metres deep. Graham leaves his colleague to follow a passage in the hope that it leads to an exit. The passage is made from the same green material as the tablet and as Graham follows it both time and space begin to expand and contract; eventually Graham is deposited at Stonehenge. When Graham returns to the pit, he finds his colleague has been reduced to a skeleton. It appears the pit is a time trap and anything within it is vaporised when it resets.

Back at his museum, Graham receives a letter from the language specialist's secretary. It informs Graham that the specialist has had a fatal accident, but his intended correspondence is enclosed. The incomplete letter, which ends abruptly, details his impending death as the result of a head injury. However, the specialist has managed to partially translate the symbols present on the tablet, identifying a language similar to one known in Africa. The inscription speaks of the return of titans from a "great world beyond": titans "of time and space and of being, creators of life, creators of death, creators of energy".

Graham browses the daily newspapers and notices a large number of stories reporting both outbreaks of extreme violence and the high-profile suicide of an artist. In the latter story, the artist left a clue in his suicide note, saying he "would rather take [his] own life than be taken by them". It is implied that the artist was aware of the titans, with Easter Island figures appearing in his artworks. Another story discusses radio disturbances emanating from Easter Island. Graham therefore decides to journey to Rapanui but first he revives his old diary from earlier research trips. On route, he reads his old entries and rediscovers a mention of figures and names that match the alien transcription, this time ascribed to a priest of a forgotten cult in Tibet. They had no meaning for Graham at the time but the new information from the language specialist triggers the memories of his research. Furthermore, a map within his diary features a line that links Easter Island with Stonehenge.

Graham charters a plane to Easter Island, which he finds abandoned and devoid of life. While exploring Rano Raraku, he once again discovers the mysterious figurine. This time, a pillar of energy – its colour indescribable and radiating cold heat – emanates from the statuette. As it grows wider, engulfing the surrounding land, it animates the moai both in and around Rano Raraku. Graham recites an incantation from the cemetery tablet and halts the progress of the growing energy field.

The act renders Graham unconscious and when he awakens he finds himself over a million years in the future, surrounded by a species that has evolved from humanity. Easter Island now lies beneath the Pacific, and Graham teaches himself how to use the future civilisation's advanced technology. He learns that record numbers of the new species are committing suicide – in a move reminiscent of the newspaper story of the high-profile artist. Graham therefore decides to journey to the site where Easter Island once lay in order to again prevent the return of the titans, though he recognises that in doing so he will likely be catapulted another million years into the future. As he sets his course to return to Easter Island, his communications technology cuts out and the narrative ends, implying that Graham was too late and the titans have returned.

First written in 1932 as Dead Titans, Waken!, but rejected by three publishers, Wandrei significantly revised his novel as The Web of Easter Island and published it in 1948 with Arkham House. This edition was the first British paperback and features a cover that clearly links the moai with horror. Wandrei was a friend and colleague of writer H.P. Lovecraft (to whom this book is dedicated) and this fiction shows their shared interest in the supernatural, dark knowledge, mythology, doomed civilisation and openings through which great terrifying creatures from beyond will emerge to threaten the world. It engages with the Cthulhu Mythos – of the ancient ones, powerful cosmic creatures who once ruled the Earth – which can also be seen in the inspiration for the foe in the comic Crossover: Atómica/ Manu-Tara Containment Group (reviewed below).

The Web of Easter Island is quite a muddled book – the result perhaps of a major rewrite –that tries to fit a lot into its story. In creating his protagonist Carter E. Graham, Wandrei may have been thinking of Howard Carter, the archaeologist who discovered the tomb of Tutankhamun in 1922. Howard Carter and a number of his companions were believed to have experienced the curse of Tutankhamun, for disturbing the tomb; like characters in The Web of Easter Island, contact with a precious ancient artefact brings about premature death. When Wandrei wrote his novel in 1932, the US was still in the grip of 'mummymania'. H.G. Wells, a progenitor for contemporary science fiction, was also popular and his novel The Time Machine is echoed in Carter's great leap forward in time where he encounters a species greatly evolved from humans.

Despite the cover image, Easter Island figures surprisingly little in the novel. Yet, this is an original story that in context is highly important for moai fiction. The moai are depicted as being brought alive by a powerful force – a narrative development that is imagined often in moai fiction, but it happens here for the first time (the 1943 Super Magician Comics had two men inside a fake moulded moai, making it appear alive). It is also the first of a plethora of moai fiction that associates the statues with cosmic forces. Here it is the titans who appear to have left the moai on the island, and perhaps carved them in their own image.

An unearthed tablet with 'mysterious language' is part of the science fiction and is seemingly a reference to rongorongo. The introduction of the language specialist allows the tablet to be deciphered enough to include an occult-like awakening of dark forces. Unfortunately, the culture of Rapanui is both exploited and displaced with the arcane language associated with Tibet and ancient dialects from Africa (a fantasy which has occurred elsewhere in stories such as L'île des géants, reviewed above).

Moai fiction has been drawn to imagining long lost connections between continents – both above ground and sunken. It has often fantasised about the links between Rapanui and the ancient archaeological wonders of the world, such as the pyramids of South America and Egypt. The Web of Easter Island takes two very different ancient sites – a great distance and age apart – and establishes an axis between Easter Island and Stonehenge, one that was later re-imagined in the film Sky Pirates (reviewed above).

Laura Sedgwick and Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Las Esferas de Rapa-Nui [The Spheres of Rapa-Nui] – Jimmy Guieu
(Barcelona: Toray, 1962)

A Spanish edition of Les Sphères de Rapa-Nui was released two years after the original publication of the French novel (reviewed above). The cover for the 1982 French reprint has a fascinating history that borrows from and adapts a French illustration from 1878. The cover for this 1962 Spanish edition appears to have an equally fascinating history as it was employed a year later for the British reprint of a collection of fantasy and science-fiction short stories by the writer William Tenn (reviewed below).

The covers for this Spanish edition and the Tenn publication are identical except for two slight but significant modifications. Whereas Las Esferas de Rapa-Nui presents an image of a land/world devoid of life, the Tenn cover has added two spaceships in the distance thereby establishing voyaging and visitation. It is the manner in which these changes have been made which is most fascinating, with a planet/moon on the Spanish cover extended and modified for the Tenn cover, in order to appear as a spaceship. Behind it, a rocket shoots into space leaving behind a vapour trail. Whether permission was given for the re-use of the cover from the Spanish edition is not known.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Of All Possible Worlds – William Tenn
(London: Mayflower, 1963)

A collection of eight stories – originally written by Tenn and published in magazines between 1947 and 1954 – is contained within a book whose cover has nothing really to do with the stories within. The collection was first published in 1955 with this Mayflower print being the first release for the British paperback edition. The fiction does include stories of alien visitation, but the cover image functions more as a sensational sell that draws on the fantasies that align the 'mysterious' moai with distant worlds and extra-terrestrials. Most significantly, the artwork is a curious adjustment of the cover for a book published just the year before in Spain (reviewed above), which is identical except for the two spaceships seen here. That Spanish cover was to accompany a novel that included Rapanui in its fiction.

The design for the Tenn book cover may even be the combination of ideas from two sources. Many covers before and since have united moai with science-fiction – spaceships, space shuttles and UFOs. One of the more striking designs for a cover of Amazing Stories (reviewed below) also appeared in 1963 and it bears a similarity with the image for this book. The large moai to the right of the cover is close to the one for Amazing Stories, with the perspective for the rest of the cover also similar. High in the sky, a slim rocketship shoots into space, and it could be seen as related to the Amazing Stories' narrative image where another spaceship of a parallel design is at rest on the ground near a moai. The connections are such that the question remains as to whether one inspired the other and if so which came first.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents



Amazing Stories
'Jobo' – Henry Slesar
(vol.37, no.5, May 1963, Ziff-Davis Publishing Company)

Professor John Tilletson, a retired academic from Crawford University, Illinois, holds a theory that the moai are connected to visitors from outer space. He journeys to Rapanui, accompanied by Dave Leyton, a strong-bodied young academic, who perhaps one day will be his son-in-law. Tilletson's journey has been triggered by a package sent to him by his friend Professor Everett Clurman, an oceanographer. Inside the parcel was a twelve-inch high artefact made of shiny metal unknown to man. The object had apparently been found inside the belly of a large fish caught by a Rapanui man. Scientists are given the object to understand its material. Leyton jokes that "we'll probably find that it was made in Japan". The scientists, however, return astonished: "We couldn't scratch it, could not shave it, couldn't dent it […] It's the hardest metal I ever saw".

In a parallel story, Jobo (aka, Job Haley), a simple-minded Tennessee farm-boy, is close to losing his mother, Martha, to whom he is very attached. Jobo and Martha are Bible-worshipping folk, and amongst the local community the young man has a reputation: he both looks and acts differently. A tall, skinny man (six-foot-six and 160 pounds) with "flaming" red hair and a strange face, Jobo is capable of feats of superhuman strength. Some see him as a freak: "They gonna put you in a cage some day, Jobo", declares one local. Jobo tries to keep a low profile – "[m]y ma warned me never to show off how strong I was, that folks wouldn't like it none" – but he cannot avoid a physical confrontation when a passing strongman and "sometime professional wrestler", Lou Dappler, challenges Jobo to a test of strength that involves lifting a car.

Dappler loses and is so humiliated that he assaults Jobo, who fights back crushing the brute's arm to a pulp. At the time, Jobo had been trying to help his dying mother, who urgently needed a doctor. Unable to come to Martha's aid, Jobo's mother dies but not before she tells her son that a special box was buried in the ground, on top of his father's coffin, and the time is now right for him to dig it out (he should have been told of the box earlier when he was twenty-one but Martha was scared of losing her son, who is now aged twenty-four). However, before Jobo can retrieve the box he is arrested and imprisoned and will go on trial for harming the strongman.

On Easter Island, the Rapanui have been assisting Tilletson's attempts to unravel his mystery, even taking him "into their secret caves". Tilletson scours without luck "endless pieces of stone sculpture, objects whose expressive style had no counterpart in all Polynesia or even South America". Eagerly awaiting the arrival of a Chilean warship carrying mail for Rapanui, Tilletson receives a letter from Clurman, which provides further information regarding the acquired object. It was sold to Clurman by a Rapanui man called Pakar. There is a second letter and this one is from Tilletson's daughter, Alma, who remained back home in America. Attached to the letter is a clipping from Time magazine, with a story and photo of Jobo ahead of his trial, under the headline "Backwoods Superman". Alma and her father can both see the similarities between Jobo's facial features and those of the moai.

The imprisoned Jobo is examined by two scientists, who are interested in his physiognomy. They conclude that his simple-mindedness is directly related to the shape of his head. The scientists give Jobo aptitude tests and observe that he is "[s]trong as an ox […] but definitely feeble-minded". Jobo's next visitor is Alma, who has journeyed all the way from Crawford, Illinois. She pays the bail and the two of them leave the prison and drive to Jobo's home, a shack with his father's grave nearby. Jobo starts digging at his father's grave and locates the buried box, inside of which he finds a shiny disc with strange writing on its surface.

Pakar is located on Rapanui. He is a local thief and agrees to show Tilletson where he had found the metal artefact, but only for the price of £100. The artefact had not been found in the belly of a fish, but inside the cave of Hotu Matua – where the objects are uniquely silver – and Pakar is the only person who knows its location. Squeezing through a narrow and camouflaged cave opening near Rano Raraku, Pakar and Tilletson find themselves in a cavern. It contains Pakar's stolen goods, seemingly from foreign visitors/ tourists. Pakar removes a secret block from a cave wall, which results in another entrance opening within the cave with a passage "just large enough for them to crawl through". At the end is a room of ancient treasures, "crammed with cave stones" of mythical beasts, female busts and a three-masted reed boat of the island's first settlers. In the lap of a seated stone idol is a silver disc containing a "strange ideogram". Suddenly unable to breathe, Tilletson collapses clasping the disc; fortunately, Pakar rescues him and pulls him out into the open.

Jobo had been unconscious, weak and talking "differently" after coming into contact with the silver disc that he had unearthed from his father's grave. Cared for by Alma, it is now the day of the trial and the two of them drive to the court house. In the court room, Dappler and his companion both lie about the incident. That's until Jobo overcome by some strange force rises and points his finger at Dappler, commanding him "TELL THE TRUTH!". Dappler immediately does so and Jobo is acquitted. Jobo thanks the Lord "for taking my side".

Tilletson returns to Illinois. Alma has taken to Jobo and explains everything to her father: "He was so sweet and shy, so different from other people that he couldn't really understand his own nature. He wasn't really as ugly as those Easter Island things, even if the resemblance was there. There was even something attractive about him". Tilletson dislikes what he is hearing and wishes Alma had not got involved with "some backwoods idiot". He is then stunned to learn that this "gargoyle" is living in his home, but he manages to reduce his opposition when it is clear that Jobo holds the key to the shiny discs. Tilletson gives Jobo the disc that he recovered from the cave on Easter Island. Immediately, Jobo falls unconscious for an hour. When he awakens he is empowered, his voice different and conveying wisdom. His aku-aku, which has been in him since birth has been released by the disc. This is Jobo's inheritance and he begins to relay his origins.

Jobo's father Seth and his father, Ephraim, were born on Earth, but their ancestors were from another planet, called Ak-Lia. They voyaged to Earth in a "flight of desperation" as their "women had become barren, and our people were threatened with extinction". They are physically close to humans, "members of the same evolutionary family" and aimed to propagate with Earth's inhabitants. Earth became their adopted planet where they have lived amongst humans simply wanting to be happy, whilst trying to hide their difference. Their gift is an innate memory of the history of their race – the last stage of their evolution, each of them "is a living record of our History". Jobo is the last of his kind, and having now "attained manhood", the aku-aku has awakened his inheritance. This could not be given to him as a child as at that age their "minds are clouded so that we can grow to maturity as true children of Earth, learning the ways of its people, suffering its wrongs".

Scientifically advanced, these aliens (forty in total) entered Earth's atmosphere aboard their spaceship, but then tragically they experienced an explosion in their craft's atomic reactor. Their spaceship crashed into the Pacific Ocean and the twenty aliens that survived made their way to Easter Island, which was populated by "savages". Several aliens died after being attacked by the islanders, but as the aliens are forbidden to fight back they found that they could instead contain the primitives with mind control. This power was used wisely to bring peace and the aliens taught the Rapanui "to use the meagre resources of their little island". But these aliens were seen as ugly and were rejected by the Rapanui women, so they were commanded to love Ak-Lia: "we mated with the women of the island, and they gave birth to our children". The children that were born, however, were human and without the aliens' powers. The aliens are a religious people and saw this as a punishment by God, so they "took a solemn oath, never to use their powers to command Earthmen again". Though, in compelling Dappler in the courtroom to tell the truth, Jobo had broken that oath.

The aliens were further punished by God, when a great plague ravaged Easter Island. A small number of the aliens and islanders fled in ships and by the journey's end at South America, only one alien, Ak-Mira, survived. In Ecuador, he "found a woman who loved him". This made the difference and the child that was born had the mind and body of an Ak-Lian. Each child that followed was male and their "sufferings" were great due to their difference. Generations later, Jobo's forefathers settled in the "peaceful hills" of Tennessee. The race has only survived through love and not control. As Jobo concludes his story, Alma approaches Jobo and says "I love you!".

Fast forward a number of years and old Jobo is close to dying. He has married Alma and is reassured that the Ak-Lian legacy will continue through his son, Jeremiah, who is now of age to awaken his aku-aku and receive his inheritance.

Henry Slesar was a prolific writer of science-fiction and crime novels, novellas and short stories, as well as being a scriptwriter for countless television programmes and teleplays – in particular soap operas, mysteries and fantasy, such as Alfred Hitchcock Presents and The Twilight Zone. Despite taking narrative strands and ideas from a range of cultural sources this is an original and fascinating short story, which inspired the striking front cover for the issue of Amazing Stories, in which it featured. The cover extends and reimagines the story, presenting the aliens with stone-like resemblance to the moai, as opposed to having the more human qualities described in Slesar's fiction. The spacesuits of the aliens are never discussed in the story so the rongorongo glyph on the breast is an enticing embellishment that would have been beyond the knowledge of the vast majority of readers. There is also the question that this cover copied aspects of another, Las Esferas de Rapa-Nui, published the year before (reviewed above).

The story is significantly infused with religious references, with the aliens (that bear Biblical names such as Job and Jeremiah) seen as a righteous and God-respecting race. Placing Jobo in the Tennessee backwoods accommodates his family as Bible-worshipping folk. It also creates a simple-minded farmhand that is part drawn from To Kill a Mockingbird, published just three years prior – both stories share central characters from the Deep South who are wrongfully accused of a crime and put on trial. Moreover, Slesar's story is inspired in part by the DC Comics hero Superman – the Time magazine story is even headed "Backwoods Superman" – who is alone on Earth and living on a rural farm where his extraordinary strength is kept hidden.

The racism in America at the time, with disturbing attitudes towards physical difference, is apparent in both To Kill a Mockingbird and Jobo, with the alien's facial features drawing insults and loathing. This is largely a liberal story, with the fiction very much on the side of the honourable Jobo, who settles down with a human at the story's end and starts a family, in an act of miscegenation or intermarriage that would have generally been viewed as abhorrent in the social contexts of the time regarding skin colour and religion. Further still, Jobo is positioned as a Christ-like figure, a man from beyond, and awakened by an internal power, who preaches peace, love and respect and is able to inspire the admiration of others. In fact, Slesar was the son of Jewish immigrants from the Ukraine and this could have influenced his story of outsiders travelling to a new land, where there were many challenges in creating a new life. The story can also be read as a reflection on the Vietnam war, with many at the time wishing instead for racial tolerance and co-habitation and a rejection of conflict.

Other progressive elements within the story include the idea that the culture and knowledge of a marginalised race can be kept alive by being passed down in entirety from one generation to the next with an innate power. Within this rich fiction there is a degree of engagement with Rapanui culture. The story correctly observes, unlike other moai fiction, that "there had never been any work in metals on Easter Island". Though 'Mata Ki Te Rangi" (Eyes to the Sky) is altered to 'The Eye Which Sees Heaven' to facilitate the narrative trajectory. The story also reflects on the possibility that the birdman idea could have emerged from the aliens having flown bird-like by spaceship and fictionalises the moai as the work of the Rapanui in honour of their alien-gods. The original narrative that the aliens forced the Rapanui women to propagate in order to continue their race is the one disturbing concept, though the Ak-Lia are punished, and the fantasy is rooted in other science-fiction of the 1950s and 1960s that imagined men from outer space needing women for breeding programmes – see, for instance, I Married a Monster From Outer Space (1958) and Mars Needs Women (1967).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Capitán Trueno – La isla de Rapa Nui [Captain Trueno – The Island of Rapanui] – Víctor Alcázar, illustrated by Miguel Ambrosio Zaragoza
(Barcelona: Bruguera, 1964)

After surviving a group of Chinese pirates, Captain Trueno, his close friends and members of the crew, Crispín and Goliath, and his fiancé Sigrid (Queen of Thule) drift on a small raft until they reach a place that is not recorded on any maps: Rapanui. The island looks uninhabited and moai adorn the landscape. The voyagers take a nap but when they wake up they find food and fruit next to them and realise that they are not alone. Next they find sparkling pearls as an offering at the foot of a moai and a drawing on a large leaf with a riddle that the captain deciphers: it says they must leave the island as they are in mortal danger. They then come across a fifteen-year old Polynesian girl about to be devoured by an anaconda. She is rescued by Trueno, and the girl, Liana, who speaks the visitors’ language, urges them to leave the island.

Apparently, the island is inhabited, but people live underground, and there is a group of shamans, the ‘Kahunas’, who manage to keep the population under control through their physical supremacy and their story that the volcano on the island (Rano Raraco) is a wrathful god. Every year they sacrifice a human from another island to the volcano. This time the sacrifice coincides with Trueno and his friends’ arrival and the victim is to be Liana, who comes from an island called Timoa. Trueno and his friends aim to rescue the girl.

Trueno overpowers one of the Kahunas and dons his cloak and mask as a disguise in order to get closer to the volcano. Meanwhile, Sigrid, Crispín and Goliath are captured by the Kahunas and about to be thrown into the fiery crater of the volcano, when a roar of “stop” emanates from within. This scares the Kahunas who think that this is truly their god speaking when it turns out to be Trueno, who hid himself inside the volcano, hanging over its rim with the aid of a rope. The Kahunas soon discover the foreigners’ trick. Trueno invites Liana to escape from the island with them, and whilst she initially journeys with them on the raft she fears her homeland will be destroyed if she ultimately avoids being a sacrifice to the volcano. The destruction of the neighbouring island of Tonga serves as a Kahuna warning.

Simultaneously, a Rapanui young man called Poro, who is in love with Liana, is determined to save her and gains the trust of the Kahunas, who name him captain of one of the boats to capture the intruders. Chased by the Kahunas, and attacked on route by sharks, Trueno and his friends arrive in Timoa with Liana, who meets her brother Popoi in tears. Timoans see Trueno and his crew as gods and therefore believe they can defeat the Kahunas who have now arrived at the island. The Timoans and Trueno’s comrades shoot arrows and throw rocks at the Kahunas who flee. Determined to not let them escape and harm other island communities, Trueno and his comrades give chase in an outrigger owned by a Timoan called Kino. Trueno and his team board the Kahuna’s boat and overpower their foe. The Grand Kahuna escapes in the outrigger boat but he is attacked and eaten by sharks.

A counsel of elderly men spare Poro’s life and allow his wedding to Liana, thus setting a new alliance between the two communities. Trueno and his crew repair the damaged Kahunas’ boat, which they will use to travel back home. Poro is now made the leader of Rapanui and he sets sail for his home with the promise to return to Timoa with gold to reinforce his marriage to Liana. During their stay on Timoa, some other young Rapanui men have fallen in love with Timoan girls and, with peace restored, Trueno takes with him the treacherous Kahunas with the promise to free them in foreign lands to start new lives if they do not misbehave.

Created in 1956 by Víctor Mora (under the pseudonym of Víctor Alcázar) as a series of comics, Captain Trueno is a medieval Spanish knight loosely based in the Third Crusade (twelfth century). Originally inspired by Hal Foster’s American comic strip Prince Valiant, with its adventures of a fearless knight, the Trueno comics were published up until 1968, by which time the stories had extended into novels. The Trueno comics were produced at a time when medieval-set adventure films such as King Richard and the Crusaders and El Cid were in vogue. A hugely popular fictional Spanish hero, the Trueno stories progressively suffered under the censorship of Franco’s dictatorship, with new adventures appearing between 1968 and 2010, but proving less successful. Published in Spanish, Capitán Trueno – La isla de Rapa Nui was reprinted in 1975, with a cover image that removed the incorrect pukao (topknot) on the hillside moai, that had appeared on the front of the 1964 edition, and gave Trueno armour, yet simultaneously made him appear less ready for action. The illustrations within the books were later published as stand-alone comics in 1984 and 2001 (reviewed above).

Although the series shows some superficial knowledge of Rapanui, a western-centric and condescending position is clear within the book. Trueno is presented as the brave white hero who comes to a barbarian land “to bring some order and fix things that were wrongly done for a long time”. Trueno’s self-conscious colonising position is evident when he tells his friends, “I think we are the first Europeans to arrive in this land and we will have plenty of stories to tell”. The Rapanui are presented as having “primitive minds” with a tendency to superstition and fantasy, as when Sigrid tells Liana, with a Hobbesian echo: “They lied to you. It is about time that all of you react against that ignorance that has scared you for years”.

In spite of its publication in the 1960s, the book is highly critical of essentialist discourses, such as nationalism and religion. When Poro aims to save Liana, he openly despises “national honour”, and throughout the novel religion is presented as an ideological tool to manipulate people, as is the case with the Kahunas. As regards the use of language, the book is unrealistic. Since Rapanui is allegedly found by Trueno and his crew six centuries before the first European, Dutch explorer Jacob Roggeveen, it is nonsensical that Liana can speak the intruders’ language but also that Trueno suddenly speaks Polynesian (one of the Kahunas and Trueno “surprisingly spoke the same language”).

The book incorporates nothing from Rapanui culture other than the moai, which are generally poor renditions, drawn and positioned wrong. Though interestingly, the story does imply that they have the ability to move. Rano Raraku is spelt wrong and kuhana, which is a Hawaiian word for shaman, changes inexplicably within the text to kahuma and back again. Liana, who wears a lei /flower garland and flowers in her hair throughout the entire adventure is also seemingly borrowed from Hawaiian culture. Within the narration, Peru is established as the birth of Rapanui culture, with the Peruvians, who wore heavy earrings that stretched their ears, fleeing to the island where they constructed the moai. The perceived links between South America and Rapanui were more prevalent at the time of this book’s publication, with the work of Thor Heyerdahl promoting the argument, which has since been shown is incorrect. Even then, the Kahunas dress in cloaks and masks which are not from South American culture and are imaginative in design. Their boat is also unlike anything from Polynesia and borrows from European crafts. A twelfth century knight in full armour in pre-colonial Polynesia suggests a science fiction tale, as if Trueno had time-travelled. Here, the hybridisation of cultures and the dilution of Rapanui identity assists the abstraction of the adventure.

Gerardo Rodríguez-Salas

Jump to contents

I Giganti di Pietra [The Stone Giants] – Donald Wandrei
(Milan: Arnoldo Mondadori Editore, 1965)

When Wandrei's 1948 horror novel The Web of Easter Island, was published in Italian, celebrated Dutch book illustrator, Karel Thole, drew the first of two covers for the translation (see the review below for the 1977 version). This edition appeared in the weekly book-format Urania, issue number 410 (14 November), which published fiction alongside short cartoons. Thole's artwork was influenced by surrealism and he often included humor in his illustrations. It is evident on this cover, in which a giant moai has come alive, looking sideways to spy on a tiny man who flees in horror. The cover is similar in concept to those previously employed for The Web of Easter Island, but with a different tone (reviewed above).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents



Nachtelijk avontuur op Paaseiland [Nocturnal Adventure on Easter Island] – C. Butner, illustrated by Gerard van Straaten
(Alkmaar: Kluitman, 1965)

Set in the 1960s, the story opens with archaeologist Professor Hoving, and his son Han, departing Chile for Rapanui aboard the ship the ‘Pinto’. Hoving has been commissioned by his university to bring back to The Netherlands a rongorongo tablet which was owned by the late Mr Estevan – a Rapanui who resided in Chile. Indeed, the Dutch museum where Hoving works received a letter from that man, stating that he considered it right to bequeath the tablet to them, since Easter Island was first discovered by the Dutch. It is the belief of Estevan that this particular rongorongo tablet holds the key to deciphering the mysterious Rapanui language. Estevan’s family had concealed their rongorongo in their “hole” on the island – each Rapanui family had an underground cave as a hiding place in the time of the civil wars. In order to find this hiding place, Estevan enclosed a map with the letter, but his instructions are extremely vague and are entirely based on the topography of the place. The Estevan family’s “hole” is presumably located at the foot of a tall rock where the shape of a galleon is engraved. The Chilean authorities have given permission to Hoving for his mission, but they insist that the professor should be discreet and wary of treasure hunters and of the indigenous locals, who will most probably resent the removal of the artefact.

The curious behaviour of some people, however, quickly tells Hoving and his son that the reason for their voyage has been somehow exposed. On board the ‘Pinto’, they meet Etihi, a young woman aged around 18 years old who is from Rapanui but grew up in Chile with her parents. When the latter died, the rest of her family thought it best she should return to her closest relatives, who are living on the island. Han is immediately besotted with Etihi, who is also the niece of the (unofficial) Rapanui leader, Atan. The Dutch protagonists also meet Mr Gonzales, who presents Hoving with a letter saying he is an employee of the Valparaiso “Department”. It is his job to make sure that the archaeologist does not return to Europe with anything more than the rongorongo tablet.

Once the boat arrives at Easter Island, the European travellers have the opportunity to meet the leader, Atan. Yet, the boorish man is more interested in the boat’s fresh supplies – and especially its cargo of beer – than in welcoming his niece or the Hovings. The latter disembark and look for accommodation, and are told that Padre Sebastian may be able to assist. Throughout their time on Rapanui, the Hovings clearly sense they are unwanted by the locals: the latter know why the Dutchmen are here and engage in intimidating tactics to frighten them and put an end to their search for the rongorongo tablet. With only two police officers available, the Chilean governor cannot help the Hovings.

One day, Etihi comes to visit. She takes a sudden interest in Hoving's mission and, once alone with the young Han, she asks if she could see the map to the tablet so that she might help. Completely smitten, Han shows her the map, but the next day it cannot be found. When Etihi unexpectedly arrives she quickly locates the map and hands it over to Hoving. Han and Etihi go fishing for the day – during which time Han is threatened by belligerent young men – before coming back to the hut. There, Hoving is talking with a Rapanui man, Pakarati, who offers to guide them to the location of the precious “hole” in exchange for a good sum of money and on the condition that Gonzales does not accompany them. Gonzales does not mind because he thinks this is a scam, which it seems is the case. Once on site, Pakarati tells the group to eat a chicken and throw out the bones to please the Aku Aku spirits. Hoving is then instructed to go down into the caves until he finds the tablet. Finding nothing, Hoving continues further into the cave system until he becomes stuck in mud. Han arrives just in time to free his father; back on the surface, they find Pakarati, waiting with their horses, pretending to be innocent.

On another day, Padre Sebastian tells the three-part history of the island to the Hovings. Rapanui was first inhabited by indigenous people coming from the east, most probably from South America. They carved statuettes and built a wall in an architectural fashion similar to the constructions of the Incas. The second stage of the island’s history was signalled by a change in artistic techniques, with the emergence of large and tall moai statues. Padre Sebastian says that these changes might be the result of the migration of people from the west (Polynesia). During that time, short-eared and long-eared communities lived together. Finally, the third stage in Rapanui history started around 1720 and marked the decline of the local culture and its art: the indigenous people toppled the moai and practised cannibalism. The contemporary Rapanui are the direct descendants of these people.

Etihi announces that her uncle, Atan, has decided to help the Hovings find the rongorongo tablet. Atan insists that the excavations of the artefact are to be done discretely: without the other locals’ knowledge, and with Gonzales not present. The Hovings are taken to a location by Atan, and there they find the treasured tablet, but as promised it is to remain there until the eve of their boat’s departure.

During the last week of their stay, the Hovings are strangely forbidden by Atan to ever meet again with Etihi. Han learns from Padre Sebastian’s housemaid that Etihi is now residing within the lepers’ colony. She is working there as a nurse and is not allowed to leave before the Hovings’ departure. Han eventually manages to talk to Etihi, who reveals that she had earlier stolen the map and then given it to her uncle, Atan. He in turn made a copy for himself as well as a fake rongorongo tablet to put in the “hole”. So, the rongorongo the Hovings found thanks to Atan is nothing by a forgery.

Han returns to the hut and explains everything to his father and Gonzales, who go back to search for the artefact. But when they finally manage to climb back down into the hole they discover that the rongorongo tablet has been very recently removed with its imprint still discernible in the soil. Frustrated and disappointed, the Hovings start to reconcile themselves with the possibility that they return empty-handed to The Netherlands. A few days later, the Dutchmen and Gonzales are boarding the ‘Pinto’ for the voyage back home, when an accident occurs. One of the bundles of wool being hoisted aboard crashes onto the bridge and unravels, in so doing revealing the coveted rongorongo tablet. Gonzales and Hoving both rush towards it, with the former trying to snatch it back from the scholar. The Chilean police separate the two men and search Gonzales’ belongings. He confesses that he is not a Chilean employee sent by the government but a crook intent on taking advantage of Hoving’s mission to steal the art object for himself. Gonzales is arrested and confined to the ship’s hold.

As the ‘Pinto’ leaves Rapanui behind, the Hovings regret that they could not help Etihi and hope that their removal of the authentic rongorongo will not get her into trouble. Etihi suddenly appears from behind them; thanks to the nuns and Padre Sebastian, she managed to escape from the lepers’ colony. In their happy reunion, Hoving resolves that his family should adopt her as their daughter. An idea which greatly displeases Han.

Dutch writer C. (Constant) Butner, is a prolific yet now largely forgotten author who penned 33 adventure novels for young adults between 1956 and 1975. This novel, Nachtelijk avontuur op Paaseiland, the earliest known Dutch novel set on Rapanui, was later published in 1968 in paperback format under the title Avontuur in de stille zuidzee: Het geheim van het Paaseiland [Adventure in the Pacific: The Secret of Easter Island]. Later editions were published in the ‘Jeugdserie’ (youth collection) by Uitgeverij Kluitman, one of the oldest Dutch publishers of children’s books.

Full of twists and turns, Avontuur in de stille zuidzee is a rather typical remote island adventure story. Indeed, Rapanui gets fresh supplies only every six months from Chile, which makes it impossible for the inhabitants and visitors to leave the place in between those shipments. Despite it being an adventure story, the narrative does not make it clear what exactly is “the secret” (“het geheim”) of Rapanui, as Butner does not elaborate. Padre Sebastian’s tale of the island history simply restates Thor Heyerdahl’s theories. The moai are curiously marginalised, and only the birdman cult – briefly alluded to – is addressed, with this version imagining the island’s leadership sending their personal slaves to the rocky outcrop to find a tern’s egg. Presumably, the secret Butner’s title alludes would be revealed once the rongorongo tablet is deciphered by Professor Hoving, but sadly Butner does not offer any interpretations of its hieroglyphics. With that element missing, the story ultimately amounts to little more than a race to secure a precious artefact. That said, rongorongo carries an important narrative function, which is reflected in two of the four accompanying illustrations, the first of which dramatically foregrounds the tablet.

There is indeed a carving of a European ship on a rock on Rapanui, albeit on the chest of a moai, which features too as the marker for a site of treasure in another story: interestingly, another Dutch novel, published in 2001 – Het mysterie van Paaseiland (reviewed below). Padre Sebastian, the nuns, and the leprosy colony are also interesting additions but they remain undeveloped elements of the plot. A leper colony did exist and it only features elsewhere in moai fiction in the novels Easter Island, by Jennifer Vanderbes (reviewed below) and Les mystères de l’île de Pâques, by Sophie Crépon (reviewed below). There was also a Father Sebastian Englert on the island in the 1960s, with the French comic Lefranc: L’Homme-Oiseau (reviewed above), incorporating him to a greater extent into a piece of fiction.

Most problematic is Butner’s general representation of the Rapanui and their interactions with the foreigners. Worryingly, the text describes them as a “primitive” people living in poverty and as lying, “ingrained beggars” who are practically con artists (their clothes, for instance, are made of bits of old fabric deliberately sewn together in a way to make them look extremely poor and thereby appeal to the foreigners’ pity). Etihi herself says they are condemned to a life of isolation and dire conditions, living as they are without much food and access to drinking water. The very monotonous life of the indigenous people is animated only by their belief in Aku Aku, and although the slave raids are alluded to the Rapanui are depicted as impressionable children of a once flourishing culture, now doomed to their vices and miserable lives.

Elsewhere, the Chilean presence is barely noticeable, for only the Chilean governor and two policemen reside on the island, and since they are outnumbered they cowardly decline any responsibility for the dishonest actions of the Rapanui. In contrast, Etihi is ridden with disturbing ambiguity. Hers is not the role of a cultural mediator; rather, she is disregarded by the Rapanui locals, and treated as a commodity or employed by Atan as a spy. Nor does she feel any compassion or empathy for her family living on Easter Island. Raised in Chile by Rapanui parents, Etihi is the exception to the supposedly “ingrained” vices of her people. She is described as intelligent, sharp-minded, honest, and as possessing a sense of humour – characteristics with which none of the other Rapanui people are endowed. To complete this flattering portrait, the drawings in the book present her as a beautiful young woman, complete with a flower in her hair, whose traits suggest an exotic cross between South American and Polynesian ethnicities. One of the drawings shows her sitting atop a moai, waving at an enamoured Han. In this illustration, she is wearing a pair of slacks, evidently a sign of how modern and civilised she is compared to the other inhabitants. Nevertheless, this burgeoning emancipation is not only contradicted by the way she lets herself be controlled by her uncle, Atan, but it is also seriously compromised at the end of the novel when Hoving decides she shall be adopted. This adoption suggests Etihi, like the rongorongo tablet, could only have been “saved” from the retrograde culture of Easter Island by a European family, which undermines her self-determination as a woman and an indigenous individual. The letter from Mr Estevan, which opens the story and triggers the adventure, is an astonishing piece of colonial fantasy, in which Butner imagines the Dutch as the superior guardians of a Rapanui cultural artefact, simply based in the justification that they were the original Europeans to make first contact with the island.

Samuel Pauwels and Jessica Maufort

Jump to contents

Tom Swift and His Subocean Geotron – Victor Appleton II
(London: Collins, 1969)

The Tom Swift Science Adventures is a 1960s young adult science fiction series following young scientist-adventurer Tom Swift. In this instalment, Tom receives a message from friendly aliens that they are looking for a cache of information on earth. The aliens ask the Swifts to retrieve the capsule from the Pacific Ocean, 150 miles south of Easter Island. Tom and his pilot friend Bud begin searching the ocean floor with their submarine, but unable to find the cache they visit Easter Island to question the locals. Here, an American archaeologist offers to take the boys to visit Rano Raraku. Returning to their ship, they are stopped by three horsemen wearing masks who ask Tom if he is the Birdman. The men then force Tom and Bud into a canoe and drop them at a small islet (Motu Nui). They leave the boys, telling them that if they bring back a bird egg, they can have the sacred stone. The boys build rafts out of reeds, and Tom takes a tern’s egg back to the mainland, unintentionally completing the birdman challenge. The native men drop to their knees and call Tom ‘Ariki’ (chief), before giving him a stone tablet. The boys realise that the etchings on the stone are the same as the language that the friendly aliens used in their messages. The stone tells of a land that sank beneath the ocean. Tom realises that the space cache is where they had originally thought, buried under the ancient sunken island of Lemuria. Tom creates what he calls the Geotron, and the boys use it to drill into the bedrock, finding the glowing space cache within a subocean cavern and returning it to the friendly aliens.

In Tom Swift and his Subocean Geotron, Easter Island is described as “strange” and the Moai as “eerie ruins”. However, the novel also includes credible descriptions of the island, including reference to the island’s town of Hanga Roa. Furthermore, Tom and Bud are instructed to greet the locals with “Ia-o-rana korua” which they are told is a traditional greeting meaning “Good day, everyone!”. An archaeologist also tells them the legend of Chief Hotu Matu’a and explains the tangata manu (birdman) competition to the boys, as well as the rongorongo tablets.

The birdman features as a plot device for Tom to gain the tablet and link the lost language with the aliens. However, the significance of Tom becoming the birdman is only mentioned when Bud jokes about him being a King, and later when the three horsemen tell Tom they watched over his camp as he is their ‘Ariki’. As is common, Easter Island is associated in this novel with the myth of creation and outer space, but this is through the hieroglyphs of the birdman tablet, which is linked to rongorongo. Interestingly, the moai are not a part of the myth and attention is subsequently moved to the mythical sunken island of Lemuria, where the cache is hidden. This link between Lemuria, Easter Island and the aliens is not further explored in the book. Considering this young adult novel was published in 1969, and Easter Island only features in three chapters, it is unexpectedly engaged and educational in relation to the island.

Bree Tinsley

Jump to contents

L'île des Géants [The Island of Giants] – Michel Bourguignon
(Paris: Presses Pocket, 1969)

Alic, a French movie stuntman, has begrudgingly accepted to convey two teenagers, Philippe and Claudine – a brother and sister – from Paris to Rapanui. There, they are to meet their parents, George and Lucienne Saint-Brice, a pair of French filmmakers working on site, with whom Alic is vaguely acquainted. Being an experienced pilot, Alic was entrusted with the job, but he resents having to deal with the two high-schoolers, a chore that he finds unfamiliar. After a stopover in Brazil, Alic picks up his own small plane to fly to Easter Island with Philippe and Claudine. He has, however, already been warned by the local authorities that the teenagers' parents have mysteriously disappeared, somewhere on the island.

The travellers are welcomed by the Chilean authorities on their arrival to Easter Island and the news is finally broken to Philippe and Claudine about their parents. The couple had been working on a film project on the island for the last few months. The Chilean officials are all the more worried about the situation as George and Lucienne are quite famous and their disappearance is likely to create a diplomatic incident.

The local Chilean priest invites Alic and the teenagers to stay in his home in the village. The Chilean army are planning to conduct a thorough investigation of the island the following day. Alic finds out that the village, the only settlement on the island, is fenced and guarded by the soldiers and that the Rapanui cannot leave without special authorisation. Don Policarpo, the priest, explains to Alic that although the Polynesian locals are very friendly, they are worried by the whole situation; he therefore cannot expect any help from them. Alic decides to go his own way with the investigation and easily obtains a safe conduct from the Chilean commander. The priest offers to lend him his car, a genuine Citroën 2CV, apparently the best vehicle for the rugged terrain of Easter Island. The teenagers want to come along and Alic first thinks that he will easily be rid of them when they go through the first village check point. Yet they get through, much to Alic's surprise, so he finds himself saddled with the two youngsters who tell him that they will be useful and that actually they can drive.

The three soon find themselves plunged into the eerie atmosphere that pervades the island with its giant stone carvings. This uneasy impression is compounded by the terribly cold weather, beating rain and strong wind. Alic and the teenagers leave the car and start climbing up a hill towards a site where seven moai have been erected. After some exploring of the site a major incident takes place when Alic is almost crushed by a huge stone boulder that has suddenly come loose and tumbles down the hill. Soaked and shaken, the trio take shelter in one of the many nearby caves.

During the night, Claudine becomes aware of a strange source of light at the back of the cave. She wakes up Alic and together they go exploring. Claudine manages to squeeze through a very narrow pathway and discovers that the cave connects with a bigger one that contains man-made facilities, cemented tunnels and an entire electrical network. She catches a glimpse of an armed guard who looks Chinese. She eventually reaches another cave with a small pond where her parents are being kept prisoner. She barely takes the time to talk to them before returning to report her discovery to Alic, who believes that they may have found a secret military base. The teenagers' parents had stumbled on it by chance and are to be executed.

Alic and Claudine return to their own cave to wake up Philippe. Alic sends the teenagers back to the village with the car to get help from the Chilean authorities. Meanwhile, Alic returns to the parents' prison via yet another underground route. The three adults try to escape together from what clearly turns out to be a vast international spying operation run by bandits. Chased by the armed guards, they manage to exit the complex, whereupon they find themselves on a beach. There, they narrowly escape their pursuers thanks to an inflatable Zodiac canoe that had been left on the shore. Battling with the storm and exhausted, they manage to navigate around the coast where they are finally rescued by the Chilean forces who had been alerted by Philippe and Claudine. Everyone is reunited but the mystery of the underground spying installation remains, when suddenly a formidable explosion tells them that the site has just been blown up by the bandits presumably in order to remove any traces of the secret operation.

This book belongs to a series of French novels that depict the adventures of stuntman Alic. He is the story's narrator and he embodies a popular stereotype of the macho adventurer, tough, unsentimental and down to earth, a portrait which is completed by his use of a slightly coarse language. In part, he appears inspired by James Bond and he is presented in a brief foreword as a fearless globe-trotter whose skills have enabled him to successfully face the dangers inherent to his job and to single-handedly solve mysteries.

Michel Bourguignon's novel uses Easter Island as a backdrop for a very conventional plot involving ruthless spies and a kidnapping. The discovery of the secret base midway through the novel, followed by the final chase through the tunnels, comes as a bit of a disappointment. The reader had been led to expect something more original, especially because until then the eerie atmosphere had been carefully crafted. The story had established a desolate landscape of formidable 'stone giants', which are foregrounded in the book's title and on the cover image. In particular, the incident in which the hero narrowly escapes a horrible death when a huge boulder rolls down a hill and almost crushes him (illustrated on the book's cover), had seemed to point to some supernatural developments. The climactic explosion at the novel's end therefore feels rather contrived and too easy/ hurried as a conclusion.

However, the story is most significant (and unusual) for the few very interesting references it makes to the political situation on the island which is administered by the Chilean military and where the local indigenous population is deprived of basic freedom of movement, and is not allowed to venture outside the compound of the village. In reality, in the 1960s the Rapanui remained confined to the squalid conditions of the island's one settlement, Hangaroa, and it is remarkable that the conclusion of the novel expresses in passing the wish that "someone influential" might improve the plight of the friendly Rapanui.

Corinne David-Ives

Jump to contents

Orongo. Il Fanciullo dell'Isola di Pasqua [Orongo. The Child from Easter Island] – Elisabetta Lageder (Italian version), original text and photography by Francis Mazière
(Bergamo: Minerva Italica, 1969)

Orongo is a little boy who lives in a stone hut in a village on Easter Island. Every morning he wakes up and goes out with his little puppy named Poki. Although he is very young, Orongo is already a skilled rider, and spends his days exploring the mysterious and barren island on his horse Aviti (which means 'Hurry Up'). On this particular day, Orongo rides towards the shores brushed by the ocean, where he stops to take a swim and wash his dog. Then he gets back on his saddle and heads off towards Rano Kau, the extinct volcano that dominates the landscape, where a lake has filled up the main crater.

Orongo believes the crater was created by a falling star which is why he calls it 'Mirror of the Stars'. Next to the volcano are the abandoned stone dwellings of Orongo, where the birdmen once stayed, prior to the annual competition that was used to appoint the leader for the island. It is there that the little Orongo admires the petroglyphs. Orongo roams freely across the cliffs that are found on this side of the volcano and captures the red tail feather of the red-tailed tropicbird that nests there, so that his mother can make him a feather necklace. After another refreshing swim, Orongo uses a harpoon to catch crayfish; apparently he is a skilled fisherman too and he manages to fish enough to feed his family. He then goes back home, where he sits with his father who is an able carver and who teaches him how to carve wood and to make statues of the birdman. Next, he plays cat's cradle with a piece of string. Since there are no schools on the island, Orongo must learn everything from his parents, who teach him the ancient lore of the land and how to fish, carve and build huts.

After lunch, Orongo is free to continue his adventurous exploration of the island. This time, he rides towards the moai. He admires most ahu Akivi, where seven moai look out to the sea. Orongo cannot understand how men could possibly carve such huge statues. He actually believes that a god has given the statues the power to move and so the moai must have freely walked to their current position. He also believes that one day the moai will come alive once more to defend the island from its enemies. Orongo then moves towards a number of toppled statues. He climbs on the giant faces, looks upwards and then jumps from one statue to the other whilst followed by his puppy. He stops to admire the carving of a European three-sail boat on the chest of one of the moai and leaves to reach the lake where he crafts a small canoe out of canes. He then plays with his dog and moves on to explore the many caves that criss-cross the island. Once he has done exploring the cave where many carvings by his grandfather are kept, he moves on to pick some taro leaves that his mother will cook for dinner.

It is sunset: Orongo heads back to the village where he feed the many piglets that his family farms, one of which, Puria, is also his pet. Before the end of the day, Orongo goes to visit his grandmother who lives in a cave, has long white hair and is a skilful weaver of feather and flax traditional costumes that Orongo wears for fun. On a special day such as this, Orongo is allowed to join his elder brothers on a night party to catch crayfish. He can finally go to sleep holding a birdman wood-carved statuette and he peacefully dreams about the times when he will be a man free and strong.

Originally published in 1965 in French, Orongo is one of sixteen books in the educational series 'Children from the World', which sought to help children become familiar with foreign lands and their cultures by narrating a day in the life of a child or small boy from places such as the Pacific Islands, Norway, Mexico or India. Author and anthropologist Francis Mazière, who had worked on Easter Island and took the photographs for Orongo, had previously produced similar books focused on a boy from Brazil and another on a boy from Tahiti. This book presents factual, historical and cultural information on Easter Island by weaving it into the description of Orongo and his family's daily activities and interspersing the narrative with many photographs of the little protagonist. A post-narrative section for textual comprehension and extra reading/research activities further highlights the educational nature of the series.

The book begins with Captain Roggeveen's discovery of the island and also provides information on the slave trade that deported many islanders to work on Peruvian guano mines. The story also finds space to focus on three distinct aspects of Rapanui culture: the rongorongo tablets, the birdman cult and the moai. Information on these elements is accurate and provides enough explanation on their functions, origins, and the legends, such as those about the moai's power to animate and to move. It also suggests that the moai may have been destroyed because of the wrath of a god called Mana, and that the last keeper of the key to the interpretation of the rongorongo glyphs was a Child King who survived deportation, only to die shortly after his return to Easter Island, and before having the opportunity to hand down the meaning of the tablets.

Place names are never used – which is a shame, especially as Orongo travels some distance – leaving the geography and location of the sites confusing. The book also fails to explain the connection between the protagonist's name and the ceremonial village of Orongo and its close relation with the birdman cult. Overall, Orongo presents a romanticised view of the supposedly primitive Rapanui and its people. It is depicted as a place that is remote and far from western civilisation, where there are no schools, no tourists and people pass down their knowledge and lore orally from generation to generation. The island is a barren land with little vegetation, inhabited by villagers who survive on fishing, animal farming, traditional carving and weaving. Islanders are characterised as unsophisticated, nature-loving people who live in harmony with the land and their animals. Unfortunately, while offering a figure with whom young readers can empathise, the choice of a child protagonist reiterates the view of the Rapanui as simple, which is further emphasised by the fact that Orongo is naked throughout but for a cloth covering his groin.

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents

The Big Ditch – Reginald Maddock, illustrated by William Stubbs
(London: Macdonald, 1971)

Rapanui is divided among two clans: the darker skinned indigenous Momoko, and the Ipo, pale-skinned with long ears. The Ipo travelled to the island many generations ago and took over the rule of the land forcing the Momoko to carve statues of high ranking Ipo. Between the two cultures lies a big ditch. Whilst the Momoko have remained subservient, in secret they have been making spears in preparation for a revolution.

One day, Ariki, the son of the Momoko chief, kills an Ipo in self-defence. He tells Kasimiro, an old blind man respected by many of the Momoko, of his crime. Kasimiro shows him a boat that could take him away from the island. Ariki considers this but decides instead to face the consequences. After he is called before the Ipo King, Ika, he is made to clear the path to the King's home with his accomplices, the sweet-natured Tomohai and the Ipo-hating Matamea. During this punishment, an Ipo girl falls off a cliff and Ariki rescues her. She tells him that by saving her life, she must now marry him. The girl turns out to be Ruita, the daughter of King Ika. She states this rule to her father, angering him and causing him to accuse Ariki of trying to steal his daughter, thus causing relations between the two peoples to become even more heated.

Angry, Ariki wanders by himself, when Ruita finds him, stating that she has her own path through the ditch that separates the Ipo from the Momoko. Ruita tells Ariki that she believes both groups can live together in peace and it is only being prevented by the older men who have hearts full of hatred. The next day, as Ariki and the other two Momoko continue to clear the Ipo road, Ruita and a small group of Ipo youth begin to help. The Ipo watchmen tell the Ipo to go home or the Momoko will be beaten. Ruita tells Ariki to bring more young people tomorrow.

Ariki speaks to Kasimiro. He tells him of Ruita's plan to free the Momoko through friendship. Whilst Kasimiro states that he does not think it will work he agrees to help by sending a number of young Momoko to help clear the road the next day. Whilst the adult Momoko work to erect the statue of the Ipo king, Ariki and his companions travel to the Ipo land to clear the road. Ruita comes once again with a much larger number of Ipo youth than the day before. The two groups work in harmony, mixing and learning more about each other's cultures. This is interrupted, however, when Kasimiro appears to tell Ariki that his father and brother were killed erecting the moai, making him chief of the Momoko. Ariki and his people return home.

After his father and brother's bodies are laid to rest, Ariki is required to give a speech to his people. He tells them that he will not be a blood spilling chief, which displeases the older men. The next day, Ariki meets with King Ika, declaring that the Momoko will no longer work on the statues or serve Ipo in any way. He states that the ditch will be filled in whilst also asking to marry Ruita. An enraged but sly Ika tells Ariki to come back tomorrow for his answer. Later that evening, Ruita's brother comes to warn Ariki of Ika's plans for a surprise attack at their next meeting. Ika plans to have his warriors waiting in a cave, only to emerge to scare Ariki by their sheer numbers and thus force him to accept his terms.

At the meeting, Ika refuses Ariki's demands and he orders his spearmen to advance. But Momoko's spearmen are hiding there too and they emerge from the cave and attack Ipo's warriors, causing a bloody massacre to ignite. King Ika is killed in the ensuing battle, whilst Ariki races to try and save Ruita. Finding Ruita with her brother and a few other Ipo, he leads them to the safety of a cave, killing both Ipo and Momoko warriors – including his once friend Matamae – on the way.

In the cave, the youths are trapped by the Momoko men who wish to kill the Ipo as well as Ariki for being a traitor. Ariki persuades Tomohai to leave the cave as the men do not wish to kill him. Tomohai then seeks out Kasimiro to round up the young Momoko who had mixed with the Ipo the day before. Together they drive away the spearmen, allowing Ariki and the Ipo to escape to Kasimiro's boat. They are joined by some young Momoko and sail away from the island in search of the land where birds come from.

Reginald Maddock specialised in young adult novels (fantasy and science fiction), and in this almost forgotten example of moai fiction he uses as the focus for his drama the historical battle between the long ears and short ears of Rapanui, that took place around the Poike ditch that divided the island. Few examples of moai fiction employ this event as a key narrative element – others most notably include the film Rapa Nui (reviewed above) and the comic The Adventures of Ogu, Mampato and Rena (reviewed above) – and as there are few facts known about this time, there is considerable scope for the author to embellish and imagine. Maddock adopts a Romeo and Juliet tale of star-crossed lovers from different tribes, which the Polish comic The Secrets of Easter Island (reviewed above) also borrowed. Unlike the Polish comic and Romeo and Juliet, but similar to the film Rapa Nui, the two protagonists survive and sail away from the island for a new beginning.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

Au Maléfice du Doute – Alix Karol/ Patrice Dard
(Paris: Fleuve Noir, 1975)

After Augusto Pinochet's rise to power, the Rapanui-born Chilean dissident, Tomenika Hanpagara, flees to Portugal where he hopes to participate in their socialist revolution. Once there, he realises that the local police are following him, but he remains unaware that he is also being followed by two agents of the 'Third World Secret Services' (TWSS), who are trying to get him out of Europe and to take on a special mission. After a series of somewhat grotesque misunderstandings and turnarounds, Tomenika meets the boss of the TWSS, named 'The Inca', at their headquarters in Uruguay. There, they meet in a brothel, where Chilean secret agents kill Tomenika's brother by mistake.

Still, Tomenika accepts to go on a strange mission to Chile, accompanied by agents Karolus and Bis. After being parachuted into Chile, Karolus, Bis, and Tomenika learn more about their mission over the radio: the news bulletin announces that Tomenika entered the country to steal a moai kavakava statuette from the museum of natural history. The radio presenter adds that Tomenika thinks he is the god Makemake and that he plans to return the moai kavakava back to Easter Island, his homeland. The three men understand that this message is in fact connected to their secret instructions. They act accordingly, managing to steal the statuette by simulating an earthquake, just before a real earthquake forces them to leave in a hurry.

En route to Rapanui, The Inca informs them that, while officially under Chilean control, the island belongs to whatever business establishes itself there and employs the local workforce. Such a business would first need the inhabitants' approval to exploit the various resources of the island. The Chilean government came to an agreement with an American corporation thanks to weapons exchange deals and diplomatic benefits, while the Americans used pressure tactics (including assassinations) to forcefully gain the locals' support. The Third World Secret Services has its own views on Rapanui. As a coincidence, their agent Tomenika shares his first name with one of the last of the Rapanui who could decipher the rongorongo tablets, but who died in 1914. One of these tablets prophesies that a messenger of Makemake will end the oppression of Rapanui's indigenous people.

Tomenika agrees to play along and takes on the role predicted in the prophecy, presenting the stolen moai kavakava to the community as evidence of his magical skills. Thanks to a sleight of hand, he levitates and disappears into thin air after being consumed in flames. Convinced of Tomenika's divine nature, the Rapanui give their support to the TWSS. Because Easter Island is the last unpolluted place on earth, this secret organisation plans to pump and filter its surrounding seawater in order to sell it to the rest of the world, and especially to first world countries.

Alix Karol – the pen name of Patrice Dard – is a highly prolific writer of French popular fiction (and especially detective fiction and comic books), and of cookbooks. With its vaudevillian action scenes and simplistic, or nonsensical, plotline, Au Maléfice du Doute comes across as a heavy-handed satire of spy fiction. Like Karol's other cheeky titles, the phrase 'Au maléfice du doute' is a pun on the legal expression 'in dubio pro reo', which in French translates as 'au bénéfice du doute' (the benefit of doubt). Karol's play on words, however, seems rather gratuitous, as no element in the narrative justifies this oblique reference.

Despite a notable portion of the novel being set on Easter Island, its culture and its people are not given prime importance. Instead they serve solely as an undefined background to spying activities. Like the television animation Les Aventures de Blake and Mortimer (reviewed above), an Easter Islander has the ability to decipher rongorongo, which conveys information that can alter the lives of the indigenous population. But there any similarities with the more respectful animation end. Karol/ Dard provides no descriptions or details about the moai kavakava, Rapanui's indigenous people are presented as credulous savages, and their religious beliefs (notably through allusions to the god Makemake and to ritualistic incantations) are used in the secret agents' final performance of trickery and employed to obtain economic and political advantages. So, Easter Island has no real power at all, from political, economic or spiritual points of view. The Rapanui-born character of Tomenika might suggest otherwise thanks to his very capable spying skills (he even claims he is able to see in the dark "like anyone indigenous to the island"). Yet is this another example of the author's derisive humour?

The end of the narrative states that Rapanui's last true source of value and power lies in its pristine marine environment and it presents the valuable notion that the colonised Rapanui could now become free. Interestingly, the ultimate project of the Third World Secret Services operates as an ironic reversal of roles between third and first world business relations. Nevertheless, instead of completely empowering the local community, this last twist continues to cast Easter Island as a toy at the hands of foreign nations.

Jessica Maufort

Jump to contents

Sakkara – Daniel Piret
(Paris: Fleuve Noir, 1976)

Paul Sakkara leads an adventurous life working for the secret police force of the United Planets, i.e. Earth, Mars and Venus. It is the year 2074, and the United Planets have lived in peace for several decades. Each planetary leader is part of the High Council, which in turn receives its orders from a well-wishing super-computer called the 'Higher Intelligence'. Yet recent events have jeopardised this state of inter-planetary harmony. The relay masts of the Big Computer have been sabotaged, scientists and cybernetics experts have gone missing, and Earth's altered gravity has brought about ecological catastrophes, drawing the moon and other planets closer and closer to Earth.

While other regions of the globe are ravaged by rising waters, the ocean surrounding Easter Island has receded on a radius of several miles, uncovering three gigantic spheres. Their origin and function remain unknown. Sent to investigate, Paul poses as a scientist and is soon kidnapped by the members of a cult devoted to someone called Balha. These cult members are, in fact, the missing scientists. While in the sect's headquarters, Paul passes out under the influence of a mysterious force. When he wakes up, he is Quetze, a giant of the Hyperborean race. Indeed, Paul seems to have been transported back into his previous life. A long time ago, some Hyperboreans crashed on Earth without any means of going back to their distant home planet. Although the Hyperboreans and human beings have learned to live in symbiosis, the Hyperboreans' leader, King Tiki, informs Quetze/Paul that a High Priest named Balha plans to destroy their co-habitation with earthlings, whom he despises as mere slaves.

Using the 'Vril', a cosmic energy bringing both life and death, Balha kills King Tiki and his loyal troops. When he tries to stop Balha, Quetze passes out and wakes up again as Paul. This voyage into his past life has provided answers to current enigmas: first, the Hyperboreans built the moai on Easter Island to mark their headquarters; second, the three spheres around the island altered the Earth's gravitational pull; and Balha has come back after millennia of deep sleep. Balha is responsible for the various sabotages, thanks to the Vril he still possesses. Paul manages to free this powerful energy, which kills Balha. In the end, the interplanetary forces destroy the three spheres, thereby restoring peace and equilibrium on Earth.

Written by Daniel Piret, a prolific writer of science fiction in the 1970s and early 1980s, this futuristic French novel ('roman d'anticipation') is a dense melting pot of literary and cultural traditions. First, the figures of the giant Hyperboreans are inspired by Greek mythology and replaced in an intergalactic context. Second, the element of the Vril directly recalls Edward Bulwer-Lytton's 1871 science fiction novel entitled The Coming Race (also known as Vril, The Power of The Coming Race). As in Bulwer-Lytton's narrative, Piret's Hyperborean characters are an advanced civilisation and mainly live in the Earth's underground. Sakkara is given a vaguely Polynesian flavour through the naming of the character of King Tiki. Most importantly, the author connects the Egyptian pyramids (evoked through the name 'Sakkara') with the moai, with these constructions serving as beacons marking the position of the Hyperboreans' underground tunnels for earthlings and for the Hyperboreans in outer space.

Like many examples of Easter Island fiction, both before and since, the moai are fantasised as the work of otherworldly civilisations possessing highly advanced technical knowledge. The association of strange spheres with Easter Island had previously been a feature of the French science fiction novel Les Sphères de Rapa-Nui, by Jimmy Guieu (reviewed above). Furthermore, like the 1957 comic, Mystery in Space (reviewed above), Easter Island is at the centre of a power that controls the Earth's gravitational pull and orbit. It also popularises a view of the Rapanui who saw their island as the centre of the world. The rongorongo tablets are mentioned in passing with reference made to Francis Mazière's Fantastique île de Pâques (1965).

Jessica Maufort

Jump to contents

I Giganti di Pietra [The Stone Giants] – Donald Wandrei
(Milan: Arnoldo Mondadori Editore, 1977)

Originally published in English in 1948, as The Web of Easter Island (reviewed above), Donald Wandrei's novel was the first time that Rapanui had been explicitly joined with horror fiction. The original publisher was Arkham House, with its interests in weird fiction and its connections to H.P. Lovecraft. This Italian language edition dilutes the horror-mystery apparent in the original title and focuses instead on the moai monoliths. They are depicted on this cover as primal figures positioned against a backdrop of an erupting volcano that billows black smoke across more than half of the cover image. The cover art is by the prolific Dutch artist, Karel Thole, who illustrated many books of horror fiction including works by Lovecraft. He also illustrated the first edition of I Giganti di Pietra, in 1965 (see the review above).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents



La Isla La Misteriosa [The Mysterious Island] – Jules Verne, illustrated by Franco Caprioli
(Madrid: Editorial Ediciones Paulinas, 1979)

Jules Verne wrote The Mysterious Island in 1874, and set quite a number of his stories of fantasy and adventure in the South Pacific. None were set on Easter Island, yet this Spanish edition borrows its rock carvings, or petroglyphs, to adorn its cover. A stone head has been placed in the foreground and it is sufficiently distorted/ slumped to bear no connection to the moai. Significantly, on its side (and the left of the cover) is a distinct carving of Makemake and below it half of a carving of tangata manu/ birdman. Rapanui has repeatedly been viewed as a land of mystery, with its petroglyphs capable of providing sufficient curiosity to appeal to a book that is set on an uncharted and distant isle, but one that is crucially not Easter Island.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Hardy Boys: The Stone Idol – Franklin W. Dixon
(New York: Simon & Schuster, 1981)

The Hardy boys, Frank and Joe, take a case advertised in the newspaper by Kim Kimberly, an antique dealer in New York. He tells the boys that he acquired a stone idol from Easter Island from an anonymous Scandinavian art collector. Yet while he was in the South American branch of his store it disappeared. The Hardy boys thus travel to Santiago, Chile, in order to investigate.

Using a clue discovered in Kimberly's bag, the boys find the stone idol hidden behind a painting in the South American branch. It is snatched away from them, however, by the store's chauffeur – a man from Easter Island named Julio Santana. The boys chase Santana but lose him in the busy city. Bertrand, Kimberly's business partner, tells the boys that Santana has family in a village in the Andes and so the two set off to look for him. On the way, they find an archaeological dig. The leader tells them that they know a Julio Santana living in the village yet this turns out to be a different man with the same name.

As the boys press further on to the village, they are attacked by the villagers until a local leader, Ata Copac, meets them and explains that they thought they were tax collectors. Copac tells them that he knows Santana and that he lives in the next village over the mountain pass. He invites them to spend the night in one of the empty huts so that they can travel in the morning. The boys join the villagers for a festival. During the night, they spot Santana emptying the gas tank of their car.

After telling Copac about Santana he decides to help them disguise themselves as native Americans so that they can enter the village without suspicion. The boys cover their skin with watered down blackberry juice and don native American clothing. They travel to the village where they find Santana behind a stall selling stone sculptures. Santana thrusts a sculpture into Joe Hardy's hands and claims that the two are thieves, causing the villagers to chase them across a bridge. The Hardy's hide in a cave where they overhear Santana tell another man that he is going back to Santiago. The Hardy's wait for the villagers to leave and then return back to their car. On the drive back to Santiago, they realise that Santana has cut their brakes, causing them to crash. The boys call their father who tells them to put the investigation on hold for the moment so that they can help him in the Antarctic.

Frank and Joe join their father, Fenton, on his investigation at Byrd base where the head of a thief-ring is known to be somewhere among the crew at the Antarctic installation. After the boys survive a number of murder attempts, the Hardy's unveil Sigmond Muller, the scientific advisor, to be the criminal as well as Al Ambrose, the radioman. Ambrose is caught but Muller escapes before he can be taken into custody.

The Hardy boys part ways with their father and travel back to Santiago. At the Puntas Aires airport, they spot Santana and follow him as he and a friend enter a private plane named the Inca Chief. The boys find out that the plane is destined for Easter Island and charter a pilot to take them to the capital. Once they reach Easter Island, Frank and Joe find out that the Inca Chief never landed. They meet the leader of Easter Island, Iko Hiva, who tells them that the stone idol mysteriously went missing from the island. When they ask him about the Scandinavian collector, Hiva has no idea. Hiva shows them where the stone idol used to be, placed inside a narrow passage of a cave and surrounded by many sharp knives.

Back at the hotel, the boys receive an anonymous phone call telling them to be at Orongo before dawn if they want to know about the stone idol. Upon arriving, they spot the figure of a birdman, a man with the head of a bird who uses a rock to knock them to the ground. Upon recovering from the attack, they enter a cave at Orongo believing the birdman may be hiding inside. Joe then becomes trapped following a rock-fall at the cave's entrance, but his brother manages to dig him out. The boys are told that Santana has been spotted but this turns out to be a boat named the Santa Ana. Inside the boat the boys discover the birdman and give chase whereupon they locate the Inca Chief airplane. The Hardy's alert the authorities and return to their hotel.

The next morning Hiva tells them that the stone idol has returned. Santana arrives at their hotel door and explains that the idol was stolen from Easter Island and he was simply returning it to its rightful place. He apologises for trying to kill them but explains he thought they were thieves. The man in the bird costume is revealed to be a friend of Santana. The boys and Santana go to the authorities to explain the story. Meanwhile, Muller is apprehended as the third passenger of the Inca Chief.

Realising that Santana may not be the person who initially stole the idol from Kimberly, the Hardy's work out that Kimberly was trying to frame his business partner, Bertrand, with the theft in order to claim his half of the business. As Kimberly reveals a scar on his face in the exact same place as Santana, the boys infer that he must have stolen the idol from its resting place where it was surrounded by knives. Kimberly is arrested and the Hardy's celebrate another case solved.

The Hardy Boys were first created in 1926 by the American writer Edward Stratemeyer. The subsequent series of books have been written by a number of ghost-writers working under the pseudonym Franklin W. Dixon. The novels feature two high-school aged detectives, who solve mysteries in their spare time. The Stone Idol is the 65th book written in the series.

Throughout the story, the Hardys are told of the aku-aku protecting the stone idol. Frank also reads Thor Heyerdahl's book of the same name on their journeys and it is employed within the fiction to give some meaning and credence to the adventure. As perpetual adventurers, it is no surprise that the Hardy Boys would eventually arrive at Easter Island. There, the greatest dangers that they face are within caves, at Orongo and in relation to the birdman, who becomes a figure of threat and assault targeting visitors as in other moai fiction such as Cyborg 009: Conclusion God's War (reviewed above), and Scooby-Doo! World of Mystery (reviewed above). As detectives on the trail of a stolen Easter Island antiquity the fiction also connects with The Adventures of Blake and Mortimer (reviewed above), The Reluctant Dead (reviewed below) and The Treasure of the Long-Ears (reviewed below).

In the style of Indiana Jones and The Treasure of the Long-Ears, the stolen object is a precious idol and it is depicted on the front cover of one of the book's editions as an Inca-like carving that is protected by an elaborate dagger-system worthy of Raiders of the Lost Ark. Three other covers for this story show variations in the marketing of the adventure with a rather unlikely and very large Gothic stone carving of a birdman appearing on another edition. The implication is that this is the treasured stone idol, but it is disingenuous of the publisher to employ such a dramatic but incorrect image to represent the story. A particularly dramatic moment in the story is the attack on the Hardy Boys by the birdman and this is depicted on the cover of two further editions. These two books use the same image of the birdman lurking behind the Hardy Boys who are sitting with their backs against a rock. One of the covers is a close-up of the image and curiously it results in lessening the nature of the birdman, with its feathers almost removed from the frame, but more significantly it cuts-out two moai to the left of the illustration, when these act as a strong point of reference to the story's location.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

Shuttle Down – Lee Correy
(New York: Ballantine Books, 1981)

At the Vandenberg Air Force Base in Los Angeles, Frank King prepares for take-off in the space shuttle, Atlantis. He is joined by his three crewmembers, Lew Clay, George Hazard and Jaqueline Hart in his mission to take a NASA Landsat into orbit. After take-off, however, the shuttle experiences a “main engine cut-off”, forcing King to make a remarkable emergency landing on Rapanui. As Rapanui is under the rule of Chile, this causes further problems for NASA as no contingency landing rights have been agreed between America and the South American country. There is, however, a UN treaty on astronaut and space vehicle rescue and return. With the Atlantis’s weight and inability to move, American military transport planes are required on the island, thus straining relations with Chile further. A team is quickly put into action in order to bring the Atlantis and its crew back on to American soil as soon as possible. Within the team is Reed Richardson, the NASA manager charged with leading the extraction, Casey Laskewitz from NASA public affairs, who feeds information to the agency for official release and Joyce Fisher, a diplomat with connections and experience in Chile.

On the island, the four astronauts of the Atlantis are greeted by Captain Ernesto Obregon, the Chilean military governor of Rapanui, as well as a Catholic priest, Father Francisco, and the island’s doctor, Victor Esteban, a native islander. Obregon asks to inspect the spacecraft with the doctor but is persuaded to wait due to the fact that the rocket chemicals (nitrogen tetroxide) are still toxic. He drives the astronauts to Rapanui’s radio station building where they are able to contact NASA in order to plan the extraction of the shuttle.

Making the matter more difficult is a claim by the Soviet Union that the Atlantis is, in fact, a military launch vehicle with a nuclear-powered weapon aboard. This complicates things further as two of the shuttle’s pilots, King and Clay, are veterans of the air force. It forces the extraction team to wait for a Chilean commission to inspect the craft before it can be allowed to be moved.

At the hotel on the island, the manager, Juan Hey, exclaims that the astronauts are the birdman from the legend that talks of “Make Make and the akuaku descending from the skies with clothes as white as cloud and edged with rainbows”, after he sees them in their flight suits, glimmering in the sun. Obregon belittles Hey for this statement and explains to the astronauts that islanders know little of the outside world.

The leaders of the extraction team soon arrive on Rapanui and find that, due to the limited resources of the island, a small tent city must be erected before the construction teams and journalists can join them. Canned food must also be flown in, as well as electric generators that, due to the agreement the USA made with Chile, will be left on the island after the event. The toxic chemicals within the shuttle are quickly neutralised but then the team have to wait for the Chilean commission before any more actions can be taken. Richardson and Obregon clash a number of times as the former tries to continue the extraction without the latter’s permission but, with the help of Fisher, they come to an agreement on how the matter should be approached.

The Chilean inspection commission, consisting of three high ranking officials, arrive and are shown the spacecraft by King and Hazard. They inspect the Landsat and invite the astronauts to dinner where they are subtly questioned. The commission finds nothing awry with the shuttle in relation to the Soviet claims and state so in a press conference held on the island. As two of the members of the commission fly back to the mainland, however, their plane explodes, killing everyone on board. As there was footage of the commission’s announcement, the extraction is still allowed to take place. King, however, fearing that the mission has become intertwined with Chilean politics, uses his connections to acquire MAC10 submachine guns and MI6 rifles for the extraction team, keeping their existence a secret from Obregon. The fears of a conflict are further exacerbated with the news that two Soviet military ships have been spotted proceeding in the general direction of the island.

These fears turn out to be well placed as an unknown aircraft lands on the island. King and the other Americans equip their guns whilst Obregon reveals that he also has weapons for his men. The extraction team and Obregon’s men group at the Atlantis in order to defend the shuttle from the unknown invaders. A firefight ensues and the enemy forces are defeated. Hart is shot but before King can get her medical treatment Obregon shoots Esteban, the only doctor on the island. Obregon claims that he was a Soviet spy and that it was he who had planted the bomb that killed the members of the Chilean commission.

Chilean ships arrive at the island and Hart is taken aboard a helicopter to be treated for her injury. Laskewitz suffers from a heart attack and is also taken to a medical base. King attempts to be alone for a while on the island, going for a walk that leads him to the seven upright moai at ahu Akivi. There, he meets Juan Hey. The two discuss how the Atlantis’s landing on Rapanui may change Rapanui forever as new technology has been brought on to the island. King states that this might ruin what the Islanders have but Hey replies that they are not afraid of change as the land and the moai have seen numerous developments over the years, citing times when islanders were taken as slaves or imprisoned and killed, and that the shuttle’s landing had once again made Rapanui the ‘navel of the world’.

With the political obstacles now addressed, the extraction of the Atlantis proceeds with little struggle. The team bid farewell to Obregon whilst Fisher tells him that she had guessed that he was a C.I.A. agent and that the world will probably be seeing more of him in the future. The mysterious plane that they attacked is believed to have been part of a Soviet plan to acquire the Atlantis, working alongside nearby Soviet ships. As the Atlantis is flown back to the United States, King looks back once more at Rapanui and reflects on his island adventure.

Shuttle Down was written by G. Harry Stine, a veteran of the aerospace industry and one of the founders of Model Missiles Inc, the first manufacturer of model rockets. He wrote a number of science fiction books including the Star Trek novel, 'Abode for Life'. He often wrote fiction under the name Lee Correy, whilst publishing non-fiction by his given name. Shuttle Down was first published in four parts in Analog magazine from 1980 to 1981, before being published as a book in 1981. In the second printing of the book (reviewed below), an excerpt from a NASA press release from 1985 was included. The excerpt states that the government of Chile and the government of the United States are currently discussing the possibility of Rapanui becoming an emergency landing site for space shuttles. This was eventually agreed upon and the island’s existing runway was expanded to meet the requirements in 1987.

The novel is told in the third person and features the perspectives of a number of characters, both major and minor, with the majority being the American characters King, Fisher and Richardson, who feature prominently. The thought processes of Obregon are shown to some degree but the rest of the Chilean and islander characters are mostly left to be viewed from an outside perspective. There is also one scene that takes place in the Soviet Union with unnamed Soviet characters discussing the events.

Shuttle Down is definitely not the first example of moai fiction to incorporate the Chilean government of Easter Island into the narrative, with notably Zig and Puce and Professor Médor (reviewed above), Predators and Lefranc: The Birdman (reviewed above), establishing the Chilean governor as a key character. Many such stories are geo-political action adventures that involve the Chilean navy and secret agents. Of all such stories, Shuttle Down is closest to Lefranc: The Birdman, with astronauts viewed as the birdman, the engagement of the Soviet government and gunfights involving armed islanders fighting alongside the protagonists.

Throughout the novel there is an implication that the moai have some power over the island. King is drawn to them on numerous occasions and it is in front of them that he and Joyce Fisher have sex, an experience that is described as truly meaningful to King in more than a simply physical way. Afterwards, King surveys the moai and feels no regret, despite being a loving husband and father. Another couple is created on the island, that of astronauts Jackie Hart and Lew Clay who fall for each other during the party held after their arrival on Rapanui. The island therefore emerges as a recess/ refuge from the stressful lives the characters hold professionally and personally back home.

The effect the events have on the island are also discussed a number of times as new technology is taken to Rapanui that will reduce aspects of its isolation. Some characters state that this would destroy the paradise they believe the island to be whilst others argue that it will enhance Rapanui life. It is implied that the local people will be able to embrace whatever the future holds as it is not a new beginning but simply a continuance of the land becoming more connected to the rest of the world.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

Les Sphères de Rapa-Nui [The Spheres of Rapa-Nui] – Jimmy Guieu
(Paris: Éditions Fleuve Noir, 1982)

Henri René Guieu was a master of French science fiction, who authored nearly 100 novels under the pseudonym Jimmy Guieu. His novel Les Sphères de Rapa-Nui, was first published in 1960 (reviewed above), with several reprints following. This 1982 reprint features cover art by English illustrator Angus McKie, who was particularly active in the 1980s. His style is similar to other British science fiction artists, Chris Foss and Peter Elson, who were noted for their vividly drawn visions of spaceships and astronauts against future worlds and distant planets. Discernible within McKie's illustration of a spaceship passing through a field of asteroids, is the outline of a ghostly floating rock in the shape of a moai, suggesting their origin to be from outer space. See below for a review of the 1990 edition.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Inside UFO 54-40 - Edward Packard, illustrated by Paul Granger
(New York: Bantam Books, 1983)

Edward Packard’s Inside UFO 54-40 is what is known as a ‘choose your own adventure book’. Novels such as these engage the reader on an interactive level; they present questions and choices and the reader decides their own story path by skipping back and forth between specific pages. As a result, Inside UFO 54-40 does not have a single narrative. Instead, it features an overarching plotline with numerous narrative pathways and multiple endings.

The story begins with an unnamed protagonist (presumably left unnamed for reader immersion) aboard Concorde. Before long, the reader is teleported into a huge white UFO – the galactic ship of Rakma. “You have been chosen to be a specimen in the galactic zoo on the imperial planet of Ra”, the book reads. Many of the narrative pathways revolve around an escape from the ship and a return to Earth. Some of these paths allow the reader to encounter other trapped ‘”Earth people” and some allow the reader to destroy the U-TY Masters who are in charge, and take control of the ship. The moai elements are present in the “idol” pathway, in which the reader is presented with an idol shaped like a moai, by an unknown inhabitant of the ship. The U-TY Masters inform the reader that the idol has power and can lead them to Ultima – the planet of paradise. During this narrative pathway, the reader is given the option to land on the “Island of the Gods”. Doing so takes the reader to Easter Island.

Inside UFO 54-40 is a book aimed at young readers, as acknowledged by the simple (and sometimes short) pathways, as well as the illustrations that adorn many of the pages. Due to the nature of ‘choose your own adventure books’, the moai element is not prominent in many of the pathways, and not present at all in some. However, when it is, the author draws on two myths: the myth of power and the myth of presence. It is the moai-shaped idol given to the protagonist that holds the greatest power and the key to Ultima. Moreover, in order to access Ultima, the idol must be presented in the presence of the actual moai on Easter Island. Combining the moai with sci-fi narratives is a common approach in popular culture. Similarly, other fiction has drawn on the idea of a precious object – an idol, tablet, or stone – which will unlock the forces or mysteries of Easter Island.

Adam Crowther

Jump to contents

Kawanku [My Friend]
‘Cerita Pacific: Toro Miro dari Rapa Nui’ [Pacific Story: Toromiro from Rapanui’]
(no.35, 1 April 1983, Kompas Gramedia)

Long ago on Rapanui there was a village with a chief called an ariki. Rapanui was “a safe and prosperous place”, but living amongst the people were many sorcerers who could “drop spells” on the population at any time. They had the power to transform people into “other forms” but it is difficult to identify these sorcerers as they are able to disguise themselves easily. People are afraid as they do not know who will be the next victim and this also makes them fearful of foreigners/ strangers.

Early in the morning before the sun rose, the ariki, who was unable to sleep, went for a walk along the shore. There he saw sleeping on the ground two villagers, Hitirau and Nuko. He went to wake them but to his horror found they were skeletons. He immediately knew that they were sorcerers and so he tried to quietly walk away. At that point, Hitirau and Nuko awoke and, as they did so, flesh appeared over their bones making them appear normal. The three men conversed, with the ariki trying to pretend that everything was fine. The ariki knew he had to warn his village, but if he did the sorcerers would immediately cast upon him a spell.

That night the ariki lay on his bed trying to think of a solution. With a plan in his mind, the next day he went looking for the toromiro tree. He cut down two trees and took them back to his home to carve. After labouring for seven days the work was complete: he had carved two totems bearing the features of Hitirau and Nuko. The likenesses were so good that the villagers would be in no doubt as to whom the totems represented. The ariki carved a second pair of skeletal statues presented in a reclining position. All four carvings were positioned so they could be seen and understood by all thereby warning the villagers and enabling them to be on guard against the sorcerers. Then one day, Hitirau and Nuko put their belongings into a boat and paddled out to sea, never to return. The carvings, which are called toromiro, can still be seen today on Rapanui.

An Indonesian weekly magazine that began in 1970 and was apparently aimed at teenage girls, this issue shows little evidence of catering for a female readership and appears more like the British educational magazine Look and Learn, with its mixture of educational stories, history, science, puzzles and comic strips. Kawanku is the only known fictional text originally published in Indonesian to focus on Easter Island. Unfortunately, it shows very little research on the island, its history and its culture and takes great artistic licence in establishing its story, which is also featured on the magazine’s cover. This front image is extreme in showing no likeness to the culture of Rapanui, with the men wearing clothing and adornments with no point of reference in the reality of the island. Most strikingly are the totems in the background which have nothing to do with Rapanui and which are inspired by the Haida First Nation people of the North American north-west. Curiously, the moai which would be the obvious figures to depict are nowhere to be seen and are completely absent from the story inside which fills two pages. In fact, only the ariki and the toromiro tree give this story any connection to Rapanui.

It is possible that the writers badly muddled up their indigenous civilisations and thought the totems were the moai. Certainly, the totems take great labour to produce, they bear striking human features and the story says they can still be seen on the island today. What the writers have definitely done is turn to a distant culture and employ the shell of its identity to carry a story which is more Indonesian. The idea of coastal villagers, chiefs and sorcerers could apply to Rapanui, but the manner in which the story is told reveals much about its Indonesian origins, with a supernatural narrative of bodily transformations, a belief in animism and of a society controlled by superstition.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Perry Rhodan: Jubiläumsband 6 [Perry Rhodan: Anniversary Volume 6]
‘Ein Terraner wie du und ich’ [‘A Human Being Like You and I’] – Ernst Vlcek
(Rastatt: Arthur Moewig Verlag, 1985)

This short story recounts the life of Montgomery Martre, a man from planet Earth (“Terra”). It is told in the form of a retrospective in which the unnamed narrator talks with Montgomery, a “Terran”, shortly before his death. In the course of the conversation, Montgomery takes stock of a life that has lasted, unusually, for 276 years. Montgomery was born on Earth in the year 148 NGZ (Neue Galaktische Zeitrechnung [New Galactic Chronology]), as the son of a pharmacologist, Franz Edelmann, and a journalist, Lisa Martre, from the city of Vindobona (Vienna). He grew up in a boarding school, whilst his father devoted his career to developing medicine for combatting old age; among others he invented Horsepton 220, a drug that enabled people to live to at least the age of 220.

Later in his life, Montgomery, also now a pharmacologist, works on the Easter Islands (sic). There he falls in love with Soltide Kapro, a woman born on Mars, who becomes his second wife and with whom he has three daughters. It is now 248 NGZ, Montgomery’s one hundredth birthday, and a large family gathering takes place, to which more than 200 relatives have been invited. Now aged 120, and in his retirement years, Montgomery decides to continue his father’s work and the drug Horsepton, that has earned the family great royalties. During his research, Montgomery comes to realise that Horsepton could also be used as a bioweapon. He invents Muta-Septon, a corresponding drug, which leads his family to fear that he wishes to destroy humanity.

Thankfully, Montgomery’s brothers, Alfred and Bernard, are able to intervene and block the delivery of the drug, when they realise that Montgomery is being controlled by the evil super intelligence, Seth Apophis. Montgomery celebrates his 150th birthday alone, but on his 200th birthday there are again many guests, including the space traveller Perry Rhodan. Soon after, Montgomery turns against his son from his first marriage, Dilbert – a powerful politician, who is close to becoming President – who subsequently banishes his father to Easter Island, where he meets another partner, Silvea Donnat. At Montgomery’s 250th birthday, Rhodan is again a guest. Unfortunately, Montgomery is not free of the control of Seth Apophis, who compels Montgomery to assassinate Rhodan; thankfully the attempt fails, but Montgomery is again banished to Easter Island. By 424 NGZ, Montgomery is the oldest living Terran, and as he looks forward to death he relaxes and waits for the “dimensional ferry” that will lead him into a new, different world.

This science-fiction short story, collected in a volume alongside nine others, explores the life of a person who could live for well over 200 years. Easter Island appears three times in this story. Montgomery is there for the first time as a professional pharmaceutical expert, and is banished to this location on two later occasions – partly at his own request. Throughout the story it is always mistakenly spoken of as Easter Island in the plural form (Osterinseln – Easter Islands). Unfortunately, we learn nothing about the conditions on Easter Island, its people and its distinct culture, except the fact that in 424 NGZ it still exists. This volume was published on the occasion of the sale of one billion copies of the Perry Rhodan series, for whom the award-winning Austrian author Ernst Vlcek was considered one of its most accomplished authors. Easter Island had featured eleven years earlier in another Rhodan related adventure, in the German comic Perry: Our Man in the Universe (reviewed above).

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

Shuttle Down – Lee Correy
(New York: Ballantine Books, 1986)

For this reprint of a book originally released by Ballantine in 1981 (reviewed above), the publisher returned to the cover employed for the December 1980 edition of Analog magazine, in which the novel first appeared as part one of a four part story. The large moai head that looms over the space shuttle was replaced by a series of moai for the 1981 cover. In particular, for that cover three moai surround the stranded space shuttle as if entrapping it on Easter Island. The shuttle for that cover is also viewed head on removing the distinctive United States sign and flag from its side fuselage. For this 1986 edition, a return to the original 1980 image in which the side fuselage is visible, is significant. In January 1986 Space Shuttle Challenger dramatically broke-up shortly after take-off killing the entire crew of seven. It was the first tragedy to befall the shuttle and this 1986 reprint exploits the situation with a statement at the top of the cover: 'Here's the novel that warned NASA of possible disaster'.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

MASK: Entführung auf die Osterinsel [MASK: Kidnapped to Easter Island] – Kenneth Harper, illustrated by Bruce Hogarth
(Cologne: Bastei-Lübbe, 1988)

The organisation VENOM (Vicious Evil Network of Mayhem) kidnaps all the giant pandas from a wildlife sanctuary in the Szechuan province of China, and flies them to Easter Island. This is achieved whilst using VENOM's array of armored vehicles and under the cover of night. The morning after, a well-known stone mason, called André is also abducted by VENOM, and in front of Matt Trakker, Matt's son Scott, and Scott's robot T-Bob. André had been recruited by Matt to carve a giant stone panda in order to pay tribute to the large colony of endangered giant pandas.

Matt quickly realises that both abductions must be connected and calls in his teammates from MASK (Mobile Armored Strike Kommand). They narrow down Easter Island as the only other natural habitat for such a large number of giant pandas. Apparently, Easter Island is the only habitat that grows enough wild parsnip to feed the panda colony. Meanwhile, on Easter Island, André is forced to carve the likeness of Miles Mayhem, the leader of VENOM, into one of the moai. VENOM's leader is determined to ascend to world domination; his likeness among the ancient statues on the island is supposed to be the first among many in the capitals of the world. He brought the giant pandas to Easter Island to function as a protective shield against the expected attack by MASK.

In a first attempt to free the stone mason, this plan holds true. MASK must abort their mission and regroup. Eventually, they utilise the pandas' weakness for bamboo and they lure them away from the statues. This allows MASK to attack and eventually defeat VENOM. During the fight, the now finished statue of Mayhem is destroyed, though all other moai statues remain intact. VENOM has no choice but to retreat, and MASK safely returns André and the giant pandas to Szechuan.

First published in English in 1986 and subtitled 'Panda Power', the MASK series of short books were designed to accompany both a two season television series that was broadcast between 1985 and 1986 (reviewed above) and to support a toy-line released by Kenner Products. The toy-line included cars, lorries, bikes and helicopters that could transform and combine into armoured combat vehicles, and action figures with individual masks that gave them special abilities to support them in combat (such as the ability to fly).

In this story, Rapanui is presented as an uninhabited Island where only the moai remain. Neither the island's native inhabitants nor their culture or history are elaborated upon, beyond the reference to a "prehistoric civilisation". The moai are first introduced alongside the newly arrived colony of pandas, which establishes a surreal image in one illustration of pandas roaming at the foot of a moai. As in many other examples of moai fiction the isolated Easter Island becomes a base for a villain with plans for global domination. And similar to the actions of Joker's cronies, who re-carved the moai in his likeness in Joker: The Last Laugh (see the review above), Mayhem in his madness sees the stone figures as an opportunity to make a lasting statement about his omnipotence. The moai that is altered is left as a statue to a dictator that bears more than a resemblance to Stalin.

The toy-line is clearly intended for boys with its sports cars, trucks, missiles and male heroes and villains. But within this male-centric world the introduction of a colony of pandas reduces the levels of machismo in the fantasy. Combining the pandas with the moai permits two icons a most unlikely co-existence. The idea that the pandas feed on wild parsnip and that Easter Island has it in abundance almost pushes the story into the realm of comedy. The ludicrousness of the fiction was, however, probably lost on the young audience for whom the series was intended.

Sonja Mausen

Jump to contents

Les Sphères de Rapa-Nui [The Spheres of Rapa-Nui] – Jimmy Guieu
(Paris: Vaugirard, 1990)

Jimmy Guieu, a prolific writer of French science fiction, had a strong interest in UFOs and the occult, with ancient or lost civilisations a common theme in his work. Some of this can be observed in the cover art by Jean-Louis Morelle, for a new edition of Les Sphères de Rapa-Nui. A previous 1982 edition featured artwork by Angus McKie (see the review above), which was quite different in concept to the 1990 edition. The cover for this new edition, published by Vaugirard, is closer in design to the first edition (1960; reviewed above) with a group of moai on a cliff ledge. But this time, in Morelle's illustration, a skyscape of floating spheres and an exploding spaceship have been added to emphasise the science fiction content. Morelle's artwork borrows from an illustration that was originally published in 1878 and has been re-employed by artists on several other occasions including a 1980 edition of the French comic Big Boss (see the review above).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

El Vampiro Kasimir: El Terrorífico Moai [Vampire Kasimir: The Terrifying Moai] – Carlos Puerto, illustrated by Gusti
(Barcelona: Timun Mas, 1991)

The story begins with reports of unexplained events on Easter Island. Firstly, Jean Teao discovers a bundle outside his door containing the body of his dead dog. Then, Leonardo, the best carver of wooden moai on Easter Island, finds his horse dead in a pool of blood, and Rigoberto Fati, who has moved to Easter Island to pursue his interest in astrology, comes across the strangled body of one of his chickens. The strange happenings continue when a young couple see a large bat and hear voices coming from a moai.

Shocked, Jean, Leonardo, Rigoberto and the young couple go to see Timoteo Pakarati, one of the oldest and wisest of the island's inhabitants, who is known for his proverbs and sayings. After listening to their concerns, Pakarati tells them the legend of King Hotu Matua, who having moved to the capital, Anakena, realised that an important moai had been left behind. When Hotu Matua sends two men to collect it, they drop and break it to devastating effect – animals suddenly die, a great storm brews and a small meteorite crashes into the island. Timoteo then explains how the broken moai ordered the islanders to submit to its authority and not to that of King Hotu Matua. After Pakarati's story, the islanders return home confused and even more frightened than before.

By Chapter 3, Kasimir and Paloma, two vampires, have arrived on Easter Island, after fleeing from Kasimir's castle in Transylvania. A group of islanders soon come across Kasimir and Paloma, who they surround menacingly. To save their skins, Paloma explains to the islanders that Kasimir is, in fact, a great sorcerer and pulls out a mirror to prove her point. She explains that his powers are so great that he is able to make his reflection disappear. On seeing the evidence, and fearful of the sorcerer's magic, the islanders beat a hasty retreat.

Fortunately for the islanders, Pakarati has a plan to contain the threat. He visits the two vampires and recounts the legend of Hotu Matua to them. He also explains that he failed to tell the islanders the full story. According to the myth, to avoid the moai's wrath, the islanders must find Hotu Matua's buried treasure. Intrigued by the old man's story, Kasimir and Paloma decide to help him track it down. Thus begins a convoluted adventure that takes in a plot involving El Marqués del Colmillo Retorcido (The Marquis of Twisted Fang) – a rival vampire – trying to steal the moai and kill Kasimir, confused islanders who think they have provoked the moai's wrath, and acts of symbolic sacrifice to appease its ire. The book ends when Pakarati, Kasimir and Paloma find a trunk containing not buried treasure, but the bones of King Hotu Matua and his siblings. They also foil the rival vampire's attempted theft of the moai and discover that El Marqués del Colmillo Retorcido had rigged the angry moai with a loud speaker placed underneath to project its messages across the island.

This adventure was number three in a series of Spanish children's books featuring Kasimir the vampire, who travels the world and visits places such as New York, London, Venice and Africa, solving great mysteries. It is only in book number 17 that he finally returns to Transylvania, a place from which he was exiled. Author Carlos Puerto had previously worked more as a writer for film, radio and television before becoming a prolific novelist, creating in particular fiction for children. Just two years prior to El Terrorífico Moai, Puerto had been the co-producer for a one-season Spanish television documentary series, starring two journalists who travelled the world investigating myths and legends. In one particular episode, La isla de los moai, they visit Easter Island. This and other episodes suggest that the series formed the basis of the ideas for the two travelling vampires in the El Vampiro Kasimir books.

In this children's book the moai is depicted as more unsettling than the traditionally horrifying vampire, who is described in the series as "sympathetic". The moai is an angry figure that makes verbal threats and controls the locals. Puerto makes some reference to local life and culture, including in the story a main character with the surname Pakarati. Rapanui king Hotu Matua is also included for a legend that motivates an adventure. Amongst its black and white illustrations, the novel includes a rough map of Easter Island at the start and a three-page appendix with a dictionary of Rapanui words translated.

The illustration depicting the islanders surrounding Kasimir borrows from classic vampire narratives, with the angry village folk wielding pitchforks and axes. Essentially, elements of western horror legends have been transplanted to a Polynesian island. Surprisingly, this is not the first time that vampires had visited Easter Island, with a series of Italian adult comics such as Jacula and Sukia, adding a more gruesome narrative to moai myths. In later years, Spike and Frankenstein Agent of S.H.A.D.E. (reviewed above) saw contemporary vampires land on Rapanui.

Neil Hughes and Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Indiana Jones and the Interior World - Rob MacGregor
(New York: Bantam Books, 1992)

In 1929, A group of American archaeologists conduct fieldwork on Easter Island, digging up the moai and re-erecting them for display. Indiana Jones is also on the island and he is more interested in researching rongorongo, trying to decipher its meaning. On his way back to camp, he is attacked by a teenage islander for his horse. The two struggle with the boy's knife, which Indy eventually grabs, yet the attacker manages to take the horse and escape.

During an excavation, Indy shows the knife to Davina, an islander and curator of the local museum. She reveals that the knife belongs to her son before disappearing. When she returns, she tells Indy that the attack was a test by the Matuans, a secret society focused on tradition, that wishes to speak with him. Indy meets with the Matuans that night on the island's largest beach, Anakena. After meeting the leader of the Matuans, Raoul, Indy is told that he has been given access to the group's collection of rongorongo tablets. Raoul tells him that he has their permission to publish his findings to the world and they will help him decipher the glyphs. Raoul and Davina explain that they believe it is time for Easter Island's story to be told to the world so that the island can benefit from tourism.

Indy agrees to this but he has already promised Marcus Brody that he would accompany him to Chiloé Island, off the coast of Southern Chile, in order to find his lost friend. The Matuans state that he can start when he gets back and Indy and Brody set forth. On Chiloé, the two try to track down Brody's friend, Hans Beitelheimer. Indy has a dream where he fights Beitelheimer in a bar but, when he wakes up, there is a handprint on his chest where he had been struck by Beitelheimer. Beitelheimer writes to Brody, telling him where to meet. Indy and Brody get to the place and spot him and a doppelganger in the crowd before losing them both again.

Antonio, a local, tells them of a connection to the legend of the ghost ship Chiloé and leads them to a house which he says is used by the crew. Indy investigates, coming across a dog that leads him to Beitelheimer, who is pacing near the back door of a shed. Believing him to be the doppelganger, Indy engages in a fight with Beitelheimer, whose throat is ripped out by the dog. Indy breaks down the door to reveal the other Beitelheimer. He takes him back to Brody yet Antonio recognises him as the fake Beitelheimer. The doppelganger throws Antonio off a cliff and takes Indy and Brody prisoner.

After trying to escape, Indy is knocked out and awakens on a ship. A woman named Salandra tells him that she is taking him to her world and that Sacho, the doppelganger, was working for her. Sacho reveals himself to be a traitor, however, by trying to kill Indy, and so he is slain by Salandra. In turns out she is a princess of the interior world of a hollow Earth, a realm that contains mystical powers. There, she brings him to her father's city yet she is told he has been overthrown by Maleiwa. The two are captured by Maleiwa, who denies Indy of Nalca, a liquid he needs in order to remain alive in the interior world. However, Indy and Salandra escape and enter an underground cave system.

The two overcome various obstacles in the caves, such as leeches, a giant octopus and pursuing dogs before encountering a maze that hosts a creature which takes on different shapes and invades the character's minds. The creature makes Salandra promise to send Maleiwa to its maze whilst forcing Indy to promise to stick with Salandra until this is done. The two then emerge into the human world, where they discover they are in Colombia and it is now four months later.

Salandra tells Indy that he is the only one destined to stop Maleiwa, as he had used a unicorn's horn on a previous adventure. Maleiwa now wants that horn in order to join forces with Adolf Hitler. She states that they must find a gate back to her world, the nearest being on a mountain in Santa Marta, guarded by the Kogis. The two trek up the mountain, accompanied by a young guide named Ricardo. When they reach the gate, Indy proves himself to the Kogis by stopping grave robbers without killing them whilst Ricardo reveals himself to be Victar, Salandra's father. Maleiwa's men attack, looking for Indy but he escapes with Victar and Salandra to the inner world.

Indy joins the father and daughter as well as the king's loyal soldiers in an offensive against Maleiwa, first passing through a swamp with dragons and criminals. During the battle with Maleiwa, Vicard is struck in the heart, leaving Indy to chase Maleiwa alone as Salandra tries to heal her father. Following his enemy, Indy rides a unicorn back to his own world where the two arrive on the top of the Statue of Liberty. Indy manages to take away Maleiwa's batch of Nalca and destroy the unicorn horn. Maleiwa slips on a patch of nalca and falls to his death yet crumples to dust before he hits the ground.

Back in New York, Indy tells Brody his story. Brody dismisses it as simply a case of him being drugged and manipulated by a cult with strange beliefs. The Matuans of Easter island state they are no longer interested in Indy working with them and deny the existence of any rongorongo tablets. Indy looks out the window to see two people that resemble Vicard and Salandra before piecing together that the two were otherworldly versions of Brody and himself.

Whilst the majority of the story takes place away from Rapanui, it is revealed that the island holds a portal to the interior world. Rongorongo is also shown to be part of the language of the interior world people, which suggests that the ancestry of Rapanui, as in other fiction, is connected to a lost and hidden civilisation found in another realm. The notion that there is a cave of rongorongo tablets preserved by the Rapanui and waiting to be translated is a tantalising thought but by the story's end this is shown to lack any substance within the world of the fiction. The story spends even less time engaging with the moai and therefore their role in this adventure is unexplored, despite the book's cover which mixes the statues with spear-wielding natives.

This is a spin-off novel featuring the popular character seen originally in the film Raiders of the Lost Ark (1981). The book is part of a series of novels published in the 1990s, with the first six all written by MacGregor. As the final book by Macgregor, The Interior World includes some elements from the earlier works, such as a unicorn horn which was first introduced in Indiana Jones and the Unicorn's Legacy (1992). Another Indiana Jones novel located on Easter Island was published in Germany in the same year (see the review below), but the two stories do not connect with the German adventure set in 1941. Both, however, feature the Nazis as the force of evil who desire the technology and power of remote civilisations. Compared to other Indy adventures this story is quite fantastic with dragons, unicorns, portals and shape-shifting creatures. The author perhaps realised this when he included the disappointing conclusion that Indy's experience may have all been drug-induced and in his mind.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

Indiana Jones und das Geheimnis der Osterinseln [Indiana Jones and the Mystery of Easter Island] – Wolfgang Hohlbein
(Munich: Goldmann Verlag, 1992)

During World War II, a German plane with nine passengers on board crashes on an unknown island. They barely manage to fix the plane and send a pilot and co-pilot for help. Eight months later, Indiana 'Indy' Jones is approached by two government agents – Franklin and Delano – to search for one of the passengers, a German double agent called Jonas who is working for the US military.

Under the disguise of a research expedition to Rapanui, Indy boards the army research ship Hendersson in Sydney, Australia, and disembarks with Delano on the atoll Pau-Pau. This is where the plane crashed a second time with the dying pilot and a dead co-pilot on board. Inside the wreckage, the military found drawings of laser-firing moai and the damage to the plane supports the drawings. The sketches lead them to believe that the original plane crashed on an island similar to Easter Island. Delano and Franklin suspect that the Germans have developed a secret super weapon and Indy is to help them find Jonas and recover whatever knowledge he gained of the device.

On Pau-Pau, Jones and Delano question Ganty, a man presumed to know where the secret island is, and then observe him meeting with a Polynesian long-ear, confirming their suspicions. Ganty shoots Indy with custom bullets to fake his death and abducts him to the secret island. There they meet up with the Polynesians, giants with long ears, thin of stature, and extremely good swimmers. The group is then attacked by the remaining three men from the original plane crash. Multiple fights between different parties ensue, including Delano, who arrives on a German war ship, outs himself as an SS officer and is taken captive with Indy and his companions by the Polynesians. The latter had won the battle when one of the moai statues arrived on shore and melted the German ship with its laser eyes.

The captives are brought to subterranean caverns inside the island's volcano. There they meet up with the other survivors, among them Jonas. Adele Sandstein, an elderly German lady who was on board the plane, has become the leader of the Polynesians, assuming the identity of the goddess Mi-Pao-Lo, and dressed now as a bird. She has possession of a red crystal that corrupts its owner and forces Indy to decipher the rongorongo on the back wall of the cave that holds directions for a ritual to call the god Makemake. Instead of trying to decipher the scripture, Indy gives fake instructions to the Polynesians. It means that instead of fulfilling the sacred ritual, they unknowingly send out a morse code message to the Hendersson.

During the ritual, the Polynesians wear bird costumes that allow them to glide on the hot air currents over the volcano's lava. Following a dramatic in-flight fight between Indy (who dons one of the costumes) and the birdmen above the scorching lava, the island is attacked by the Hendersson. The Morse code had instructed it to open fire. The communication also draws assistance from a nearby German submarine, with both Delano and Jonas double agents working for the German Wehrmacht. Indy and his group manage to flee from the birdmen and their goddess, but in the ensuing fight between the Germans and the Polynesians, Sandstein is killed, Jonas recovers the malevolent crystal, and Indy is taken captive on board the German submarine. All the while the island is dramatically blowing itself apart – the Polynesians had hollowed out the volcano with underground tunnels, which has created a very unstable system in which even the smallest detonation causes water and lava to meet. The Hendersson's cannons cause a chain reaction of explosions that sink the island.

The Polynesians follow the submarine with Jonas and the crystal on board, but they eventually draw the eye of the Hendersson. The submarine is forced to emerge from their dive and yet another battle ensues. Jonas is killed, the crystal is lost to the ocean, and Indy and his companions are rescued. Ganty helps the birdmen find refuge on another yet undiscovered Island, and Indy travels on to Easter Island.

Two Indiana Jones novels focused on Easter Island were published in 1992, one in English written by Rob Macgregor (reviewed above) and set in 1929 and this German fantasy by Wolfgang Hohlbein set in 1941. It is unclear how these competing/conflicting narratives and timelines appeared so close together, but the German market drawn so much to the myth of Indiana Jones appeared to demand additional adventures. Interestingly, it is the novel published only for the German market that again includes the Nazis and the SS in the fiction, following a number of earlier novels and the profitable films Raiders of the Lost Ark (1981) and Indiana Jones and the Last Crusade (1991).

According to this novel, the long-ears once were the ruling class on Rapanui, but were forced to leave when they were overthrown by the suppressed tribe. This story echoes Rapanui's historical fight of the long ears and short ears, but relocates the vanquished group to a fictional mystery island that enables the creation of a distorted mirror version of Easter Island. This new island has many of the cultural elements of Rapanui – the birdmen, rongorongo, Makemake and the moai – but with the added fantasy of mobile moai with powerful laser eyes, birdmen that can actually fly and locals that are willing to make an elderly German woman their goddess.

On one hand these Rapanui are primitives removed from wider civilisation, but on the other hand they possess the ability to create weapons desired by Nazis and they have developed an ability to fly. Here, the Polynesians have ornaments and feathers that make them resemble giant birds and fly above the heart of a volcano. The complex system of towers, ropes, and thermal gliding they need to do so, suggests that their civilisation is scientifically far advanced. Sandstein, who is now a goddess, has an additional power which is given to her by means of a crystal, a precious jewel which can be found in other moai fiction such as Ōgon Bat (reviewed above). There are more striking similarities to be found in another early television animation, Gaiking (1976) (reviewed above) that features birdmen rituals around a volcano, a goddess and moai with laser eyes firing at airplanes. Some of the similarities are so close that there is a question as to whether this novel was inspired by the animation.

That said, the fantasy that moai have laser eyes is a frequent one in moai fiction. Here, in this story, the lasers are controlled by the crystal, and the moai moved into position through a system of ropes pulled by the Rapanui. In this novel, however, it is not the moai themselves that may bring about destruction, but a combination of the corruptive crystal, men's intrusion into nature, and a warship's fire power that causes the island to explode and sink. The legend of Makemake claims that an inaccurate performance of the ritual would cause the god's wrath to rain down on Earth. This wrath would usually be associated with thunder, which is dramatically echoed in the description of the explosions. Whereas the crystal clearly has mystic powers, the existence of Makemake is generally denied by the protagonists. Instead, scientific and 'rational' explanation supersede superstition.

The rongorongo in the cavern can only be read by the goddess Mi-Pao-Lo, to whom Makemake grants the knowledge of the meaning of the hieroglyphs. Since Sandstein is not truly the goddess, she needs Indy's help. The rongorongo on this occasion remains a mystery that no present-day human can solve. They are the remnants of a great civilization long lost. All that is left is an attempt to preserve the last survivors and to keep them safe from discovery. The novel carries the message that for ancient artifacts and civilizations, discovery leads to loss.

Sonja Mausen

Jump to contents

Los Tangata Manus o Los Hombres Pájaros de la Isla de Pascua [The Bird Men of Easter Island] – Juan Ricardo Muñoz
(Santiago: Ediciones de La Golondrina, 1993)

After many years away in Valparaíso, Chile, Juan Tuki – whose parents died in a mysterious shipwreck when he was 18 – returns to Easter Island for the Tangata Manu/ Birdman celebration in honour of the supreme god Make-Make. As he walks to the volcano Rano-Kao, where all the participants are waiting, Juan remembers an important myth. On a rock facing Tongo-Riki bay, a priestess used a skull to praise the gods until one day a big wave washed it away. The priestess bravely swam after the skull until she met god Haua, who explained that the skull belonged to Make-Make. Since then she served both gods and became the herald announcing the arrival of the manutara birds (the sooty tern).

The Birdman event is organised by a teacher, Professor Gajardo, and a Franciscan priest, Padre Olivares. The latter calls Rapanui people ‘heretics’, but appears to recognise the co-existence of religion and tradition. Each family chooses its best warrior (their hopu) to be the first to retrieve a sooty tern egg of the new season from the rocky outcrops of Moto Nui or Moto Iti, and return safely to the island. The first to arrive back will be appointed sacred leader for a whole year. Juan (the hopu for his family) meets his old friend Marcelo Pakarati (the hopu for his), and Marcelo’s sister María, now aged 16, who was always in love with Juan.

Upon arriving at Motu Nui, Juan and Marcelo each find an egg, but when they are on their way back to the main island, a rocky wall emerges from the sea and, confronted underwater with Make-Make’s skull, they end up in a big cave full of toromiro, the extinct, ancient trees of Easter Island. The elderly priestess of the legend welcomes them and reveals that they are underneath Rano-Kao, and in the mythical Te Pito Te Henua (The Navel of the World), which is in the same time-space as above but a different dimension. The priestess introduces Juan and Marcelo to the Tangata Manus, who have one natural wing on their backs and communicate telepathically.

After the two young men’s sooty tern eggs are converted into magnificent black pearls, Hanga, the Tangata Manu chief, telepathically tells the story of his clan’s extermination with tears in his eyes. He says that they were once the Lamurians, inhabitants of a gigantic continent called Lamuria that spread from India to South Africa, covering what is now the Indian Ocean. But there was a cataclysmic event that sank the continent and the few survivors looked for shelter in Te Pito Te Henua, where they met Uoke, a devastating god that kept them prisoner. When Hanga bravely boasts that it is time for a rebellion, he is burnt to ashes in front of the boys, who end up with wings on their own backs after meeting Uoke, who appears in the form of a giant Moai. Juan and Marcelo fly around the island looking for the Tangata Manus until they finally meet them, but the birdmen call them traitors for having insulted Uoke and try instead to have them killed. A red light makes them disappear saving them from the Lamurian warriors.

When they awaken, Juan and Marcelo find that they have lost their wings. They meet once again the priestess and she tells them that they have come to this mythical dimension to save all of the inhabitants of Rapanui from Uoke’s oppression. On a big screen, the priestess shows them how in ancient Lamuria two clans – the Lamurians and the Long Ears – co-existed peacefully. The latter were extraordinarily advanced technologically and scientifically and they warned of a pending cataclysmic event, but unfortunately only a minority of both races decided to emigrate. Arriving at Easter Island, the Lamurians welcomed Uoke and appointed him their god, whilst the Long Ears distrusted him. Uoke gave the Lamurians their wings and burned some of the Long Ears to ashes, whilst the former were encouraged to enslave the latter, who ended up looking for shelter in the depths of the island and under the sea. Thus, the winged Lamurians, the Tangata Manus, remained on the surface and the Long Ears underneath.

The priestess advises that Uoke’s intention is to create an electromagnetic field. This will be achieved by placing moai – which are actually complicated electronic devices carved by enslaved Long Ears – looking out to sea so as to enable the Lamurians to enter the human dimension and enslave mankind. She reveals that she was tasked by Uoke to bring Juan and Marcelo as an experiment to see how easy it is to kill humans. Since they are still alive, there is hope that they can destroy this evil god. In addition, the priestess says that the Long Ears are a source of accumulated energy, whereby anybody or object is divided into small molecules, which are absorbed and then transported to another place in a form of telekinesis (a method that was used in saving Juan and Marcelo from the Lamurians).

The Long Ears welcome the awaited warriors to their town of Viracocha, where one of their elderly members narrates Incan History and mentions the use of the rongo-rongo language that has never been deciphered. He reveals that this is a programming language and Juan and Marcelo are fascinated when listening to it being spoken by many of the islanders. Soon after, they find a constructed place full of gigantic toromiro, green lakes, golden beaches and salty air, all of which is artificial except for the water. It is there that Juan and Marcelo enter a volcano, which turns out to be Uoke, and, once inside his heart/head, they discover it is a magnificent machine. By using several grenades built by the Long Ears, they drown Uoke with water, which makes the machine short-circuit.

With their fantastic adventure complete, Juan and Marcelo together journey back to Easter Island with what they believe are their eggs. As a result, they are both proclaimed winners of the Tangata Manu contest. But then they discover they have pearls instead of eggs, so the third contestant to arrive is instead proclaimed the winner. During the celebration party Marcelo faints and the pearls are suddenly destroyed. The priestess emerges and is met by Juan. She tells him that with the help of the Long Ears’ energy, she has come to Juan’s dimension to thank the boys for their help in setting the Long Ears free. And apart from suggesting that Juan and María will be together, the lady concludes that no machine, even the most perfect one, will ever replace humankind.

Organised into seven quick chapters, not including the introduction and a conclusion, this short novel by Juan Ricardo Muñoz (member of the Chilean Society for Science Fiction and Fantasy) uses Easter Island’s birdman cult as the setting for a cautionary tale of technological dystopia. For a book that is relatively short there is an incredible amount of fantasy and adventure packed into the story, which manages to include lost worlds, sorcery and science fiction, alongside Rapanui traditions. The much-imagined Pacific lost continent of Mu is reinterpreted, with the Lemurians now the Lamurians and given the ability of flight, allowing them to become the tangata manu/the birdman . Giving these people the power of telepathy, and the Long Ears the power of telekinesis, pushes the story towards the world of superheroes, without developing either of these elements to any sophisticated degree. True, some of these ideas are original within moai fiction, but packed into this story are many others that have been imagined before. Undersea alternative worlds/ dimensions have appeared in moai fiction in comics such as Lion and Thunder (1973) and Bob Morane: The Giants of Mu (1975), whilst Rano Kau as a source of evil and destructive activity can be found in fiction as early as Edmond Hamilton’s short story, ‘Across Time’ (1926; reviewed above).

The book is dedicated to all the children on Easter Island with the muddled adventure unable to decide as to whether it is catering for young adults or for pre-teens. Moreover, it would appear to be aimed at a Chilean readership, as opposed to Rapanui youth, as the story exploits (instead of embraces) the island’s culture and traditions. This is seen most clearly in the many full-page black and white illustrations which are unattributed and include rich fantasies of spaceships, flying saucers and man-jets over Easter Island, as well as piranha fish in the surrounding ocean and the priestess adorned with a skull necklace. Elsewhere, names and places are altered – either deliberately or perhaps by mistake – removing a sense of place and identity, with ahu Tongariki becoming Tongo-Riki bay, Motu Nui and Motu Iti becoming Moto Nui and Moto Iti and Rano Kau becoming Rano-Kao. The Tangata Manu, which feature in the book’s title, are also misspelt.

Gerardo Rodríguez-Salas

Jump to contents

Rapa Nui - Leonore Fleischer
Italian language editions: (Milan: Sonzogno, 1994)
German language edition: (Düsseldorf: ECON Taschenbuch Verlag, 1994)
French language edition: (Paris: Pocket, 1994)

Leonore Fleischer's movie tie-in is based on Kevin Reynolds and Tim Rose Price's film script for the film Rapa Nui, which was directed by Kevin Reynolds in 1994 (see the review above). The novel does not depart from the film's original narrative and eco-political concerns, but Fleischer's novel does offer additional information on secondary characters and features a lengthier final battle between the two opposing clans – the Hanau Momoko/Short Ears and the Hanau 'E'epe/Long Ears – which led to the extermination of the latter clan. This time, the carnage is explicitly set in the Poike ditch – also known as Ko te Umu O Te Hanau 'E'epe or Hanau 'E'epe's Oven – a strategic geological site which, according to some historians, was used by the Hanau 'E'epe as a firewall to combat their enemy. The Hanau Momoko found a way around the fire-ditch and forced the Hanau 'E'epe to retreat in the blazing trap. Noro, the novel's protagonist, is the only Hanau 'E'epe to survive the slaying of his clan.

Fleischer sets the action in 1692. She offers more details on the birth of Rapanui and its lush landscape as well as on the arrival of its first inhabitants, with an emphasis on Hotu Matu'a, their chief. Upon dying, Hotu Matu'a prophesies that, like the birds who come to nest on Rapanui every spring, he will be reunited with his people and he predicts the future arrival of a white canoe, a prophecy which plays a central part in the narrative, principally for the dotting Ariki-mau, the present chief and direct descendant of Hotu Matu'a. Ariki-mau tries to achieve immortality by ordering the carving of giant moai to carry favours to the gods who, if pleased, will ask him to join them by sending a white canoe.

The Marxist narrative of one clan's exploitation by the other and its subsequent near-extermination echoes the gradual devastation of the island's environmental resources by its inhabitants. Fleisher insists on the loss of cultural knowledge – sailing, in particular – and the gradual mutation of spiritual worship into self-serving superstition. The moai, once venerated stone giants embodying the mana of their ancestors, are now seen as "monsters" feeding on the people and the dwindling vegetation of Rapanui as they reflect the greed and spiritual perversion of Ariki-mau and his clan. In an existential cry Make, Noro's childhood friend turned arch-enemy, asserts that gods are a human invention and that there is little else out there than the ocean surrounding them. This blasphemous outcry heralds the mounting anarchy of the battling clans.

The movie tie-in was published only in French, German and Italian editions, with the latter offering two publications (one for a book club) with different covers. Like the posters for the film's release it is significant how the images employed to promote the movie contrast. The Italian edition foregrounds the moai the most, centralising a carving that dwarfs the Rapanui who are hauling it into position. To the top left and right are the faces of the protagonists Noro and Ramana. Placed either side of the moai it forms a trio of heads. The German paperback essentially employs the same image but moves the moai down the page and in its place adds the face of Make to form a trio of human heads that best represents the film's love triangle. The Italian edition gives the incorrect impression that the relationship between Noro and Ramana has no competition. Meanwhile, the Italian book club edition of the novel removed all images of the moai and instead emphasised Noro in a full body shot, whilst placed against a background of village huts. This change conveys more of an ethnographic image and a human story and in doing so it appears closer in concept to the basic design for the French edition. The cover for the French edition echoes the poster for the film's French release and places Rapanui figures and a moai as silhouettes against a 'burning' skyline, suggesting a sun setting on a civilisation. The German edition is the only one to include images from the film – eight pages in colour and black and white – inside the book.

Anne Magnan-Park

Jump to contents

Headhunter – Uwe Timm (translated by Peter Tegel)
(New York: New Directions Publishing, 1994)

Peter Walter resides in his Spanish country house, a fugitive from his native West Germany, as a result of having fled from his trial for fraud and manipulation of trade. After he receives a phone call from his mother telling him that his uncle, a writer, wants to tell his story, Walter decides to write it himself due to a fear of being misrepresented. Walter writes about his life, starting with his childhood during and after World War II, up to his life as a stockbroker and his journey into crime.

The authorities eventually find Walter in Spain but he manages to flee again, leaving his family to return to Hamburg. From there, he carries on to Brazil before escaping arrest again in order to reach Rapanui, a place that he has been keenly interested in since his uncle had told him that his absent father was the king of the island. On Rapanui, Walter is once again pursued by police, and there he finally surrenders. But he asks to be given time to see the moai, a dream of his for many years. His wish is granted and he takes a tour with a local guide, which ends with a policeman waiting in a jeep as Walter views the moai.

Headhunter was originally written in 1991 in German by Uwe Timm, who continues to be one of the most successful authors in Germany. Throughout the book, Walter’s interest in Easter Island is presented in a number of ways. Before he starts writing about his own life, Walter attempts to write a book on the history of Rapanui. Extracts of this work are featured in chapters including stories of cannibalism and the violence inflicted by those who came to the island. These are used to draw comparisons to Walter’s own position in taking advantage of others through his work. Another recurring element in the story is a wooden carving of a birdman from Rapanui. After the initial phone call with his mother, Walter accidentally knocks it off his desk, smashing it into pieces. This is a major grievance for him, as he describes a number of times that even if it was repaired it would not be the same solid piece but instead an imperfect copy. He keeps a shard of wood from the carving after he escapes from Spain and leaves it in the hotel of Rapanui upon his arrest. When he contemplates that it will most likely be thrown away by the hotel staff, he realises that it does not really matter at all.

Regarding the moai, Walter is shown to believe that they were built by the short-ears on the orders of the long-ears. When the short-ears were later ordered to throw them all into the sea, they refused and both groups plotted to throw the other into a fire that was being planned in a great ditch. The short-ears become the victors, burning all of the long-ears and wiping them from the island. Here, the moai are believed to be representations of the long-ears created as figures of power and subjugation. But like so much else in this fiction, these aspects of Rapanui culture and history are distorted, which is a shame when the protagonist is meant to be researching the facts about the island.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

Professor Zamorra - Der Meister des Übersinnlichen [Professor Zamorra - The Master of the Supernatural]
‘Die Wächter der Verfluchten’ [‘The Guardians of the Cursed’] and ‘Der blutige Herrscher’ [‘The Bloody Ruler’] – Robert Lamont
(no.592 and 593, 4 and 18 February 1997, Bastei)

The story is set in both the past and the present. The story begins in the past, with the three-master ‘Fürst Romano’, under the command of Captain Heeremaas, severely damaged after being attacked by pirates and drifting helplessly at sea. Desperate to find sanctuary, the crew spies land, with the moai of Easter Island visible from afar on its hillsides. The surviving crew – among them the ship’s owner Van Dyke – reach the island as their ship breaks up, leaving them with the knowledge that there is little chance of an early rescue. As the crew gather on the beach, they are watched by the Indigenous islanders. Rapanui chief Takaroa asks his shaman Manaua how should they receive the strangers. Manaua and Takaroa decide that Van Dyke, whom they see as the half-brother of the god and demon Onnorotauo, should be killed. But they fail in their attempt.

At night, the ship’s stranded crew observe a unique spectacle. In a secluded spot, they see the moai come alive and dance alongside the Rapanui, causing earthquake-like pounding vibrations, with Manaua in charge of the ritual. When Manaua spots the strangers watching the action, he orders the Rapanui to attack them. Nine of the thirteen crew survive and they are overpowered and put into cages by the Rapanui. A fight ensues between Takaroa, a hanau-motoke (short ear), and Manaua, a hanau-eepe (long ear), with the castaways caught in between the warring factions. In an attempt to break out of the cages, some of the castaways are killed and are cannibalised by the Rapanui.

It is now 1997 and Zamorra, the well-known parapsychologist, demon hunter and adventurer is on Easter Island, together with Nicole Duval, the 500-year-old Robert Tendyke and his two companions Monica and Uschi Peters, who are first-class telepaths. They all form a good team and they are on Rapanui to explore a demon. It emerges that Tendyke had previously been on Easter Island in 1697, twenty-five years before Jacob Roggeveen, and now he has returned for the first time. Tendyke knows much about the island as he is in fact Van Dyke.

Whilst searching for the demon, Zamorra, Tendyke, Duval and Peters, accompanied by the Rapanui girl Loana, enter a cave. Unfortunately, the entrance to the cave collapses, trapping the explorers inside who have now awakened a demon by their presence. The demon, however, spares the group even creating for them a way out. Continuing their archaeological search on the island, the group find a tomb. As they start to open it, Tendyke whispers to his companions that this is his grave and that he was buried there three hundred years before. The grave is therefore empty but, to everyone's astonishment, as they open the tomb a skeleton is discovered inside. The story continues in the next issue of Professor Zamorra.

In the sequel, it is explained why Tendyke, alias Van Dyke, wanted to return to Easter Island. Namely, to prevent the awakening of the demon, which he had killed in 1697. It emerges that back then Manaua was using the power of the demon and god Onnorotauo to take revenge on the short-eared. Onnorotauo was also in competition with another demon and god, Asmodis, God of Hell, who is the father of Van Dyke/ Tendyke. During the battles of the castaways with the natives, most of the former were killed. Manaua was also killed, and Van Dyke only survived because Asmodis protected him. The latter’s adversary, however, Onnorotauo was struck by Van Dyke's dagger and appeared to die, but, being a demon, does not. Rather, the demon fell into a sleep lasting 300 years. And now the circle closes to the present. Tendyke is with Zamorra and the others on Easter Island to render the awakening Onnorotauo harmless forever. Onnorotauo materialises anew in human form via the skeleton and is surprised to recognise in Tendyke his former adversary. Tendyke wastes no time and kills Onnorotauo with a special gun, so that the spell is finally broken and the malicious god and demon can no longer use the Rapanui for his evil purposes.

Authored by Robert Lamont, the pseudonym of Werner Kurt Giesa, Professor Zamorra is the title of a German dark fantasy magazine series published fortnightly and that began in June 1974. Professor Zamorra is also the name of the series' main character, although in this two-part story he plays only a minor role. The story mixes horror with adventure, all reinforced by the cover of issue 592, with an Indiana Jones type figure and his companions crouching in secret behind a rock, whilst behind them what appears to be a pagan nighttime ritual with child sacrifices takes place in front of two moai.

The text is surprisingly complex with many competing characters involved – both in 1697 and in 1997; on the side of the outsiders and on the side of the Rapanui. The latter are portrayed as savages, cannibals associated with various forms of black magic, that incorporate aspects of other mythologies. For instance, Asmodis is borrowed from Asmodaeus, the name of a demon from Hebrew mythology. The title of the first issue, ‘The Guardians of the Cursed’, refers to the moai, who are seen as figures in the service of the demon Onnorotauo (“the bloody ruler”) and a tool to oppress the natives. Elsewhere, there is little engagement with Rapanui society or culture, though stone tablets with unreadable characters are mentioned several times, and are presumably rongorongo, whilst Makemake is referenced only once in the two issues.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

Motu-Iti: Die Insel der Möwen [Motu Iti: The Seagulls' Island] – Roberto Piumini
(Munich: Carl Hanser Verlag, 1997)

Originally published in Italian in 1989, this first German edition promoted the moai on the front cover in a way that had not been seen by previous editions. Presumably a decision was made that in order to maximise the sales of the book the moai presented the clearest reference for Easter Island. Unfortunately, the locating of the moai on a small hillside looking out to sea is a common error of positioning repeated across so many examples of moai fiction.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Navigator Kings Book II: The Princely Flower – Garry Kilworth
(London: Orbit, 1997)

The cover for the English language publication of this book (reused for the Czech edition), is very different to the covers employed for the French language translations (reviewed below). For the French imprint, the title was changed from the feminine sounding Princely Flower to a more masculine Les Temps des Guerriers (The Time of the Warriors). The dusky maiden that appears on the cover of The Princely Flower was replaced by male warriors for the covers of Les Temps des Guerriers. One of the French covers shows a highly masculine man, carrying a very sharp knife and a spear more akin to a harpoon, with what appears to be shrunken heads around his waist. This figure is far from being Polynesian, unlike the second French cover which has been inspired by Maori culture, and the moko, or tattooed features of the men. Most creatively, these facial features have been transferred into moai-like heads that perch on a rocky coastline, where these Maori-moai act as some form of lookout or beacon, with a Polynesian boat in the distance, navigating the ocean. The macho French cover, which locates the figure within thick jungle vegetation, does contain a stone head in the background, but this image is more deserving of a wizards and dragons fantasy novel. In contrast, The Princely Flower appears to be targeting a female readership. The female Polynesian on this cover is the intrepid navigator paddling to shore in a storm, with a large moai suddenly and magically rising up from the sea. Its eyes appear to be glowing red as if alive with its features copied from Hoa Hakananai'a, the moai held in the British Museum.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Weird Zone #8: Revenge of the Tiki Men! – Tony Abbot, illustrated by Lori Savastano
(New York: Scholastic, 1997; New York: Open Road, 2014)

Grover's Mill is an American small town where the weird occurs so often it is almost normal. It does not help that the town includes Baits Motel [sic] to the left, Humongous Horror Movie Studios to the South and a secret UFO facility to the north. On the first day of the summer vacation a group of children are playing baseball at the park when the earth begins to rumble and giant moai heads rise from under the ground. They are followed by a sleazy compere, Buddy Kool, who introduces a group of natives, the Mango Men, who wear skirts and headdresses made of grass and twigs. As the Mango Men beat a rhythm with their sticks, tropical plants, vines and trees emerge through the ground all over the town, soon growing over the streets and homes of Grover's Mill, transforming it into a jungle.

The jungle growth is regulated by the glowing eyes of the moai who are seeking revenge. For Grover's Mill was "centuries ago" thick jungle and surrounded by an ocean, and the stone carvings wish to return the land to its original appearance. The children are advised that they need to locate the 'Tiki Key' in order to save the town. This is a tablet with an inscription that is found by the children in a series of caves that are located under the baseball pitch. Buddy Kool, however, intervenes and steals from them the tablet that he had also been trying to locate. He takes the children to an underground world, called the Junga-Lounge, which is filled with sharks, alligators, caves, bridges and waterfalls. It is explained that the caves are ancient and are the home of the Mango Men.

The children manage to escape back above ground only to discover that five giant moai, with sparking and sizzling eyes, have formed themselves into a triangle surrounding the town. This is in order to commence its demise and complete the town's transformation back in time into a jungle island. The heads start to talk and walk scraping deep earth trenches. They also fire lasers from their eyes, blasting their surroundings, with "fiery flashes of incredible Tiki eyeball power". The townsfolk seek refuge on the town's highest hill as the moai, Mango Men and Buddy Kool advance ominously on the scared residents. One of the children manages to solve the riddle of the Tiki Key tablet which leads to the discovery of a giant millstone buried in the hill. The townsfolk dig it out and it is rolled down the hill bowling over the moai, who explode into millions of little pebbles. Buddy Kool and the Mango Men take cover in their underground system, but the millstone slams flat over the main cave entrance trapping them forever and allowing the town to return to its normal small-town appearance.

Part of a series of books meant for children that seem inspired by B movies, this slim paperback displays the wild imagination of author Tony Abbott, who draws on a number of clichés for a rather silly fiction. The moai popping up in an American small town employs the myth of presence, whilst the idea that the community was once a jungle island surrounded by ocean is conceptually eccentric. Moai with eyes that fire lasers have been imagined before and since, as has the idea that the skittle-like moai can be toppled with a giant 'ball' (see the review above of Mars Attacks! [1996], made just the year prior to this novel). The fantasy is more aligned to tiki culture – most explicitly the Mango Men have no connection to Rapanui – but the 'Tiki Key' could have been inspired by the rongorongo tablets. A 2014 Kindle re-release of the book presented a different cover which removed the children and just emphasised the moai erupting through the ground.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Area 51 – Robert Doherty
1997 – Area 51 (New York: Dell)
1998 – Area 51: The Reply (New York: Dell)
1999 – Area 51: The Mission (New York: Dell)
2000 – Area 51: The Sphinx (New York: Dell)
2001 – Area 51: The Grail (New York: Dell)
2002 – Area 51: Excalibur (New York: Dell)
2003 – Area 51: The Truth (New York: Dell)
2003 – Area 51: Nosferatu (New York: Dell)
2004 – Area 51: Legend (New York: Dell)
2018 – Area 51: Redemption (Cool Gus Publishing)

Easter Island is most prominent in the first three titles in this ten-book series. The first book, Area 51, sets up a network of characters who are drawn together by a number of mysterious events that centre around the notorious Area 51. Special Forces Captain Mike Turcotte, a tough, experienced military man, Werner Von Seekct, a nuclear physicist, and journalist Kelly Reynolds, who is looking for a friend who has gone missing, are brought together with the two men fleeing an incident at Nellis airbase. Dr Lisa Duncan is a presidential observer brought in to report on the top-secret Majestic-12 project and the latest attempt to fly the 'mothership', an enormous craft stored in an Area 51 hangar along with nine smaller ships or 'bouncers'. Easter Island is first mentioned when hieroglyphics expert, Professor Peter Nabinger, identifies a common ancient written language, or high runes, that link historical and mythological sites, from Egypt to Thule.

The book builds a complex picture of a secret project originating from the real Operation Paperclip to harness the potential of unexplained technology in the context of the Cold War. Between them, Turcotte, Seekct and Reynolds know too much, and are hunted by the formidable General Gullick who is determined to see Majestic-12 completed. In a dramatic break-in the group attempt to rescue Reynold's friend from a second base in Dulce, New Mexico, and Nabinger steals a rongorongo tablet which is stored there. His hurried translations indicate someone or something arriving, disagreements and a battle, and the risks of flying the mothership. To avert disaster, Turcotte successfully disables the craft in a daring assault and steals one of the bouncers.

Their next destination is Easter Island. The rongorongo tablet refers to beings from the sky with red hair who visited and left behind 'the guardian'. Nabinger points to Easter Island, focusing specifically on the volcanoes Rano Raraku and Rano Kau. He recounts some of the theories as to why the road leading away from Rano Raraku is lined with moai, but suggests that Rano Kau may be a more productive site to consider because it is the location of the sacred Orongo and is close to the island of Motu Nui. He briefly explains the cult of the birdman and the ritual of recovering the egg of a nesting tern. Meanwhile, the airplane they are in is joined by foo fighters that guide them into Rano Kau's crater. Inside is an intricate metal control panel and a twenty-foot high gold pyramid etched with high runes.

As Nabinger sets to work deciphering the ancient text, a glow appears above the structure from which tendrils then extend and connect with the archaeologist's head/brain in order to communicate its story. About ten thousand years ago, aliens called Airlia settled on an island in the Atlantic: the Atlantis of legend. From there they explored the planet and inhabited Earth for several millennia. This was disrupted by an interstellar battle with another species and the Airlia had to decide to stay or leave. This encouraged in-fighting between various factions and a commander called Aspasia moved their central computer, the guardian, to Easter Island and then destroyed Atlantis. The Airlia who rebelled against Aspasia attempted to contact their race utilising the materials at their disposal, which reveals the function of ancient pyramids to be space beacons. Meanwhile, outside the crater, Gullick's forces have gathered and despite a missile attack, the island appears to be protected by a forcefield. The epilogue describes the guardian powering up and beginning to transmit a signal: "Come. Come and get us". It ends with the ominous line: And there were other machines out there, and they were listening.

The second book, The Reply, opens on Easter Island, where Nabinger is still investigating the guardian. Duncan and Turcotte are dealing with the political repercussions of recent events, as well as broadening the investigation of potential Airlia sites and attempting to coordinate international co-operation to piece together the information and artefacts. A deep space communication centre begins to receive a stream of data from Mars. It appears to be responding to the guardian on Easter Island and the deciphered message declares that "we can come back now that you are ready". The number of astonishing revelations increase as various events and discoveries happen on Earth and beyond. Significantly, a new survey of the Cydonia region of Mars provides clearer close-up images of the mysterious face on its surface and confirms that the Martian structure is strikingly similar to the moai. On Mars, a second guardian computer begins to awaken the beings held there in stasis and tells Earth to prepare for their arrival. The guardian on Easter Island is rapidly communicating with the incoming alien ships, but Nabinger is killed before he can pass on vital information.

In order to protect the Earth, plans are initiated to evacuate all personnel from Easter Island and destroy the guardian. Reynolds, who has been continuing her own investigations in the US, arrives back at the Rano Kau crater to try to communicate with the aliens through the guardian. Turcotte, on board the now activated mothership, uses Reynolds to lure the aliens to him and detonates four nuclear warheads and escapes on a bouncer. Despite a sustained bombing raid, Easter Island and the guardian remain unharmed due to a powerful protective forcefield. On Mars, the Airlia observe. The epilogue ends with a warning: The first battle had been lost, but the war was far from over.

The third book, The Mission, explains that the moai were created as representations of the aliens. The journalist, Reynolds, remains attached to the guardian and it provides her with visons of ancient history. She is made aware of the true meaning of the moai and why the people of Rapanui carved and laboriously moved the huge statues: they were a warning for others to stay away. She sees how the last birdman allowed people to come over the sea in defiance of the moai warnings. The visitors talked to the birdman, who then went into Rano Kau for five days. When he returned the people had divided, one side wanting to continue warning others, the others, followers of the birdman, wanting to tear down the statues. Eventually both sides were killed by the Black Death and all the old ways and knowledge were lost.

Each of the books features an escalated confrontation between humanity and aliens and the protagonists, Turcotte and Duncan, who travel to disparate locations to unravel ancient enigmas (including The Arc of the Covenant, the Spear of Destiny, and Excalibur) and defeat the various, and increasingly complicated, alien factions. In book 7, The Truth, the guardian on Easter Island is shut down and the defensive shield is deactivated. It becomes clear that the island, using the volcanoes that formed it, has been rigged to be destroyed when the aliens depart. Catastrophe is averted when Turcotte negotiates with the aliens and the eruptions are locally contained. This ends the focus on Easter Island.

The Area 51 series by Robert Meyer, writing under the pseudonym Robert Doherty, consists of ten novels published between 1997 and 2018. Meyer comes from a military background and served in US Special Forces during the 1980s, that has clearly impacted upon his writing, which is interwoven with soldier protagonists and conspiracy theories. Doherty's work, which has similarities with other popular conspiracy-based fiction such as The X-Files and the work of Dan Brown, is engaged with world legends and mythologies, through which he uses Easter Island and the moai to connect disparate ancient mysteries and the arrival of aliens on earth. He draws upon the island's distinct geographical features – its craters and underground spaces to enhance the mystery and adventure. This includes the incorporation of fragments of Rapanui's history and culture, such as the rongorongo tablets – which are positioned as precious and easily translated – and the cult of the birdman, which leads to an alternative story about conversing with the aliens and the collapse of the moai.

Like several examples of moai fiction, the series links the Rapanui to intelligent, technologically advanced civilizations from outer space who had remained on Earth. The idea of a special computer left by the stranded aliens had appeared before in Agent 327 (reviewed above), a protective field surrounding Rapanui was a central part of the novel Les sphères de Rapa-Nui (reviewed above), whilst Rapanui as part of an interplanetary communication system had featured in Sakkara (reviewed above), the animation Saber Rider and the Star Sheriffs (reviewed above) and the animation The Adventures of Blake and Mortimer (reviewed above).

Andrea Wright

Jump to contents

Doctor Who: Eye of Heaven – Jim Mortimore
(London: BBC Worldwide Publishing, 1998)

It is 1842, and the archaeologist Horace Stockwood steals a stone tablet, featuring rongorongo, from Rapanui. After being pursued by both islanders and walking, stone moai, Stockwood escapes the island leaving his friend and co-worker, Alexander Richards, stranded. Thirty years later, Stockwood is an old man, considered a laughing stock within his profession due to his unlikely story and living with the guilt of leaving his friend behind on Rapanui. After telling his story to the Doctor and Leela, they agree to finance his journey back to the island. The Doctor leaves Leela with Stockwood, stating that he will need to get some gold for the journey.

Stockwood and Leela take a walk in the park, whilst discussing the doctor. When they arrive back at the former's home, they find that it has been ransacked with the rongorongo tablet missing. The Doctor arrives, however, stating that the butler was the thief and returns the rongorongo tablet to Stockwood. The Doctor leaves again as James Royston, a physician and friend of Stockwood's, appears at the door. He persuades Stockwood to let him accompany them on the journey to Rapanui. Leela, however, is suspicious of him and his motives.

During his visit to the docks, the Doctor hires a ship, called the Tweed, and a crew for the venture but is then taken prisoner by one of the dock workers. Meanwhile, Leela hears a noise within Stockwood's house and catches Royston just after he shoots the butler, who once again had tried to steal the rongorongo tablet. Leela attempts to attack Royston but is stopped by Stockwood. They decide to bury the butler in the grounds so that their sail to Rapanui will not be waylaid.

The next day, Leela and the two men go to a hotel in Portsmouth that they had been instructed to visit by the Doctor but they find he has not booked any rooms for them. Leela questions the Doctor's disappearance and searches for him around the town, following a scent of blood and questioning a girl to whom the Doctor had given some money. Aware that someone is following her, Leela takes out her knife. This leads to the townsfolk attacking her, under the assumption that she is a cutthroat, and allows her stalker to take her captive.

As Stockwood and Royston search for Leela and the Doctor they are also captured and the two of them awake, tied to wooden posts in a sewer with a rising tide. There they are reunited with the Doctor and Leela, although Leela still believes Royston to be allied with their enemies. Leela frees herself and the others. The Doctor and Leela track down their kidnapper, leaving Royston and Stockwood to make their way to the Tweed. The Doctor and Leela find the kidnapper and are chased back to the Tweed, whilst their attacker is shot by the police as he swims towards the boat. As they get back to the ship, however, they see that Stockwood and Royston are held at gunpoint by Jennifer Richards, the sister of the man Stockwood left behind thirty years ago.

During the ship's voyage, Leela overhears Royston and Richards talking and believes them to be in league. Later they emerge from a locked cabin together. After a storm, Leela tries to unlock the cabin but is stopped by Richards. She tries again and discovers Stump, the man who had tried to kill them in Portsmouth. Leela chases him across the ship and onto the surrounding ice. As the ice begins to crack, Leela runs back to the ship, leaving Stump to perish. Leela confronts Royston who states that, as a doctor, he has a duty to heal whoever is hurt. He was also bargaining with Richards in order to allow Stockwood to go back home.

Suddenly the ship is hit by a whale and a giant squid, locked in combat, causing Leela and Royston to fall into the shark-infested ocean. Leela kills a number of sharks with her knife and, after the battle with the squid is over, she pulls herself and an injured Royston onto the whale. They steer the whale east by covering up its eyes. As the whale dies, a tornado appears and the two climb into the dead mammal's mouth. The whale is taken up in the tornado and falls down on to dry land.

Stockwood, the Doctor, Richards and the surviving crew arrive at Rapanui. The Doctor examines a moai and states that their mass is fluctuating as they give off energy. They then hear the sounds of cannon fire and discover that the Tweed is under attack from Peruvian slavers. The Doctor is shot during the battle whilst Stockwood flees into the nearby caves. Within the caves, he finds Richards as well as the rescued Leela and Royston. Stockwood is recognised by one of the islanders and they bring forth Alexander Richards, still alive but riddled with madness. The islanders slit his throat in front of Stockwood as punishment for stealing the rongorongo.

Leela leads the islanders in an attack against the slavers as the Doctor uses an ancient Chinese method of healing to force the bullet out of his heart and recover. During the battle, Royston saves Leela's life but is mortally wounded, and the slavers are driven away. Leela returns to the caves to prevent Jennifer Richards from killing Stockwood whilst the woman who killed Alexander tells the doctor that Royston can be healed. They are led to a large moai within the caves that the Doctor identifies as a supercomputer. Reading the rongorongo, Leela, Stockwood and Royston are transported to another world, which is completely deserted. Royston is now healed whilst they travel to a number of empty alien cities via the moai. They eventually arrive at a library where the Doctor and Richards catch up with them.

The Doctor explains that the moai were created by an alien race, destroyed by war, in order to project their DNA to other galaxies so that their society could be rebuilt. A disease was contracted by one group of lifeform (possibly the Rapanui contracting European diseases) and brought back to the home planet, wiping out the species once again. As the Doctor works out how to prevent this using Leela's blood, Richards tries to kill Stockwood but instead manages to stab herself and dies. A doomsday device begins and the group flee back to Rapanui.

The Doctor grants the islanders a way to return to their home planet and sets sail with Leela, Royston and the crew of the Tweed. Stockwood decides to remain on the island protecting the people from the slavers and other foreign influences, watching the population get smaller throughout the years as the islanders journey to another world.

The Eye of Heaven is a Doctor Who spin-off novel featuring the fourth Doctor, played by Tom Baker in the television series. Written by Jim Mortimore, who has authored a number of stories featuring different versions of the Doctor Who character, it is positioned between the Doctor's 1977 television adventures The Talons of Weng-Chiang and Horror of Fang Rock, which places this imagined episode alongside stories of Gothic Victorianism/ Edwardianism. The book is written in the first person with different chapters coming from the perspective of a number of characters, although the majority are conveyed by Leela and Stockwood. The story is also told out of sequence, with every other chapter going forwards or backwards in time.

Parts of this fiction bear a similarity to the 1987 animation Saber Rider and the Star Sheriffs (reviewed above) and the 1997 animation The Adventures of Blake and Mortimer (reviewed above), which see outer space civilisations as the creators of moai-transmitters that have been scattered across the galaxy. The latter also shares with this Doctor Who novel the idea that the rongorongo tablets are so important that individuals will steal them and even kill for their possession. The moai in this Doctor Who adventure are portrayed as the significant technology of an alien race from which the Rapanui are descended. This is used to explain the diminishing population of Rapanui as well as the reason why the islanders have continued to build the stone figures. The statues also move slightly when they are activated, causing two characters to believe they are moving on their own. This causes the Doctor to check if they are Ogris – a creature seen in other Doctor Who adventures that often masquerade as stones – yet he proves that they are a tool of alien technology rather than a lifeform in their own right. The rongorongo is revealed to be a code for activating the moai, written in an alien language rather than one that originates in Polynesia, thus expanding on the idea of why it still cannot be deciphered.

Most of the story is set during the Peruvian slave raids of 1862 following which many Rapanui died after they were exposed to fatal foreign diseases. Just one other piece of moai fiction – Esclaves de L'île de Pâques (review forthcoming) – has been set during these raids, but in this Doctor Who story history is re-written and the time travellers manage to repel the Peruvian raiders. Doctor Who is known for its journeys of fantasy and the unknown but this fiction pushes the boundaries of the format with a fight between a whale and a giant squid, successful whale riding accomplished by covering the sea creature's eyes, and a whale sent airborne by a tornado. Such absurdity becomes a diversion within a narrative that presents endless moments of suspicion, treachery, pursuit and captivity.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

The Easter Island Incident – Terrance Dicks
(London: Piccadilly, 1999)

When an archaeologist is crushed by a moving moai on Easter Island, narrator Matthew and his father—paranormal researchers who work with British intelligence services—are sent to investigate. With help from local driver Carlos, Matthew and his father arrive at the site of the accident to find that the statue has gone. After questioning the archaeological team at the site about the accident, they are chased by a moai which subsequently rolls straight off the edge of the island. Matthew begins to believe that something is guiding the statues rather than them moving by their own volition. He believes the mana (power) that is said to have helped the natives originally create and move the moai must be a form of telekinesis.

Matthew starts to suspect Professor Abernathy, the leader of the archaeological dig. However, Anna, one of the archaeology students, tells the pair that the site was discovered by graduate student Mike Fallon, and that he had persuaded Abernathy to open a mound in the dig site at moonrise. When they arrive at the site, Professor Abernathy is chased by a gliding moai, and he is rescued just in time by Matthew.

The group then makes their way to the centre of the dig site to find Fallon dressed in traditional native costume. Fallon summons a figure from the mound. The figure is an alien on which the moai was modelled. Fallon tries to make the alien give him power but Matthew interjects, telling the alien of Fallon’s selfish and evil intentions. The alien then disappears and three moai glide toward Fallon, crushing him.

Matthew and his father conclude that Fallon must have stumbled upon an alien communication device at the dig site, and that the moai must originally have been created to try to bring the aliens back to the island. With Fallon dead and the site cordoned off, they believe the island is safe again.

This novel focuses significantly on the myth of movement, as the moai can roll, hover and glide to chase and kill people. Interestingly, however, is the focus on the fact that the moai are not alive but are controlled by a high priest. When Fallon tries to use this power for his own gain, he is thwarted, as mana should only be harnessed to move the moai for their original intention – to call the aliens back. With the moai associated with outer space, the novel also establishes a myth of creation. In this story the moai are said to be modeled on alien beings that gave the natives on the island power to create and move the huge statues.

This is an informative young adult novel, featuring facts about Easter Island. For example, when Matthew recommends traveling to Easter Island to investigate the moai, his father mentions Thor Heyerdahl’s research, stating it provides “perfectly rational explanations for the creation and transportation of those statues” . His father continues by saying that Matthewmust prefer Erich von Daniken’s writings which state, “that the statues were constructed by shipwrecked alien astronauts who set them up as a signal to any passing spaceships”.

The story focuses on the moai but it also approaches Easter Island as a whole, with Matthew and his father sight-seeing when they first arrive on the island. They travel to Rano Raraku to see where many of the moai were carved (although it is misspelled as Ranu Raraku) as well as visiting the fifteen moai at Tongariki and those at Anakena. Matthew also mentions that archaeologists restored of the moai at Tongariki that had been destroyed ‘by the sea”.There is also mention of the birdman as Fallon tells the group that he is ‘”Tangata Manu, the sacred birdman, ruler of the Rapanui” before he summons a figure from the mound. These facts as well as accurate descriptions of Easter Island’s climate, location and political system make The Easter Island Incident an informative and adventurous young adult novel.

The novel is part of a group of 12 children’s books of mystery, fantasy and adventure in a series titled ‘The Unexplained’. Titles include The Bermuda Triangle Incident, The Inca Alien Incident, The Transylvanian Incident, and The Pyramid Incident. All of these books are written by Dicks, who is most known for his work in relation to the Doctor Who television series.

Bree Tinsley

Jump to contents

Trini à l’île de Pâques [Trini Goes to Easter Island] – Pierrette Fleutiaux, illustrated by Anne Tonnac
(Paris: Gallimard Jeunesse, 1999)

Trini, a 13 year-old French orphan and a junior girl detective, who lives with her sister Serena (a young police officer), is about to go to a sailing summer camp in the south of France, with her friend William. Trini is upset when Serena is called up for a special mission and leaves her earlier than planned. But the following morning, she gets a phone call from her sister’s supervisor who asks her if she could travel to Paris to hear a special proposition. In Paris, Trini finds out that Serena’s mission is related to the theft of rare objects from an exhibition on Easter Island. Serena is to leave for Easter Island as an undercover officer pretending to join a French film crew working on a documentary about the history of the island. Trini accepts the invitation to pass herself off as Serena’s daughter.

On the way to Easter Island, Trini has the uneasy feeling that she and her sister are being followed. In the airport and later on the connecting flight to Rapanui she notices an unpleasant young man whom she immediately nicknames ‘Shark’. On the island, they are welcomed by a friendly local family who will be their hosts at a local bed and breakfast. They also meet Tom and Ross from the film crew who know the real reason for Serena’s presence. Trini and her pet mouse soon set out to explore the surroundings, while Serena refuses to divulge any details about her mission.

The following day Trini meets Galoup, a local teenager of French and Polynesian descent, who takes her on a horse ride around some of the sights. He reveals that he was working as an interpreter for Michel, a French archaeologist who disappeared ten days before and supposedly drowned in the lake in the volcanic crater of Rano Kao, after mentioning that he had discovered something weird. Trini tells Galoup that Serena is actually a police officer: they decide to trust each other and find out what is really going on. On the way back to the village, Trini comes across Shark who lives on the island but is obviously no ordinary fisherman. She suspects him of being involved in some shady business.

A day later, Serena drives Trini to ahu Vinapu to connect with Tom and Ross. Trini gets to see the impressive moai and to feel Easter Island’s mysterious atmosphere. Trini then notices a man on horseback watching them in the distance: Shark again! Serena tells Trini that Carlos (Shark’s real name) is probably a local Rapanui activist who does not like foreigners very much. Trini discusses this privately with Tom and tells him she thinks that the objects stolen from the exhibition have actually been brought back to the island, not for money but for “ideological” reasons. As rain starts to pour down, Carlos, who is sat astride his horse, starts shouting at them: ‘Revenge, the Aku aku’s revenge”. Carlos’s appearance is different: his hair has changed to a more tribal style and he is now displaying traditional Rapanui tattoos. Trini meets him and apologises for intruding rudely on his island. She realises that he knows nothing about the disappearance of the French archaeologist and they make a sort of uneasy peace. Trini feels she should also make peace with the local spirits. After a visit in the local church back in the village, she feels forgiven.

That same evening Trini meets her neighbours, a young local sculptor who lives with his Chilean girlfriend, who are both very good friends with Galoup. Suddenly the young people realise that Serena, who had gone for a motorbike ride, is missing. Together they go off to look for her in the night and eventually find her near a cliff with a head injury which thankfully turns out to be not too serious. The next day Serena sends Trini on to an excursion tour around the island. Trini finds herself stuck with a group of very strange and stern tourists who seem to be acting as if they are secret worshippers from a sect. When Serena returns home that day she announces that the thieves have been arrested, however, only two of the objects found in their possession were those stolen from the exhibition in France. Trini senses that her sister is not telling her the full story and that the investigation might not be quite over yet.

In the evening, Galoup arrives to take Trini on a secret ride to look for clues around the place of Serena’s injury, which was not in fact an accident. They find a hidden underground passage by following electrical cables attached to the nearby cliff and arrive at a cave where they discover the French archaeologist Michel, alive and held prisoner by mysterious people. Once his jailers have left, the teenagers learn from him that Carlos (Shark) is an activist who wants local artefacts to be returned to Rapanui, but that he is not involved with Michel’s kidnapping or anything truly criminal. The real danger comes from the people Trini met when on the excursion tour: a millennial suicide cult that has set up explosives all over the island to blow up the “navel of the world”, in order to trigger off the end of mankind. Trini, Galoup and Michel have very little time left as the detonation of the explosives will be just after the cult’s last prayer, which is scheduled that very day. As they desperately try to get out of the locked cave through a crack in the rocks, they become aware of voices: they sound like Trini’s friends William and Javier – the latter a boy she had met on the flight to Easter Island, and the former travelling from France in response to Trini’s request for help.

When Trini wakes up hours later, she finds herself back at the bed and breakfast, surrounded by all her friends. The epilogue unfolds. Everyone on the island had been looking for the missing teenagers, with William and Javier locating the opening in the cave. Carlos had then come to the rescue: he had in fact been watching over the kids all along, suspecting a rival gang of trying to rob treasures from the island. After a momentous chase and a fight that left Trini knocked out, the cult members were arrested. The novel ends on a final happy reunion, with the police saying they are ready to turn a blind eye to Carlos’s illegal activities – stealing from the exhibition to bring back the objects to Rapanui – because of his heroic fight against the villains.

Built around the central character of a teenage junior detective, Trini (and her pet mouse), this Young Adult fiction is told in a humorous mode and in a lively style. The story does not dwell too much on the description of Easter Island which is for once treated as a beautiful spot rather than an uncanny and frightening place. As with other French novels involving Easter Island – for example, Rapa-Nui (reviewed above) – the main local characters such as Galoup or the tour guide are partly of French descent and therefore able to communicate easily with the young heroine. Crucially, it positions the fiction, aimed at a French audience, within a context of France with its legacy as a colonial power within the Pacific. The detective story itself revolves around the millennium cult, which can be seen as an appropriate topic at the time of the book’s publication in 1999, although their apocalyptic ambitions appear shoehorned into a novel with less dramatic revelations.

The novel generally portrays the island and its inhabitants in a very positive light, with the most interesting character being ‘Shark’ (Carlos). First pointed out as the villain, Carlos is a committed Rapanui, an activist who seeks revenge on the foreign colonisers who have disenfranchised his people. In particular, he is focused on returning stolen cultural artefacts to Easter Island. And for a French published novel it is progressive that the focus is on objects removed and returned from an Easter Island exhibition in France. The novel appears to endorse Carlos’s actions in restitution and here he is quite reminiscent of the character Santana in The Hardy Boys: The Stone Idol (reviewed above), which also features an islander determined to see stolen artefacts returned to Rapanui. In fact, Trini à l’île de Pâques is also reminiscent of previous French novels, L’île des Géants (reviewed above), with its kidnappings, secret collectives and investigations, and Au Maléfice Du Doute (reviewed above), with its Rapanui activist. A basic pencil illustration appears at the start of each chapter within Trini à l’île de Pâques, with none of note except for one that depicts, in a single image, Trini surrounded by carvings of the birdman, moai kavakava and moai tangata.

Corinne David-Ives

Jump to contents

Motu-Iti – Roberto Piumini
(Madrid: Ediciones Sireula, 2000)

First published in Italy in 1989, and previously also available in German (reviewed below), this Spanish edition placed a moai head prominently to the side of the front cover, where it appears almost as a silhouette. One of the sooty terns that are central to the story flies past, with the cover connecting the moai to the island's birdlife that dominate Motu-Iti, the rocky islet located a short distance from Easter Island's mainland. Not all the editions feature moai on the cover, with the German printings the most explicit in selling the island's archaeology.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Rongo Rongo: Les bois qui parlent [Rongo Rongo: The Talking Wood] – Gérard Bianchi and Jean-Jacques Méar, illustrated by Jean-Claude Pinto
(Papeete: Les éditions le Motu, 2000)

On the island of Moorea, in French Polynesia, teenagers Teva and Mehiti meet with their adult friend, Tetua, at the house of a late elder, Mata Anaana. The old hermit had been a spiritual guide to Teva and Mehiti, teaching them the ancestral Polynesian navigational system based on reading stars. Instructed by Mata Anaana before his death, Tetua gives them a wooden plank with strange signs engraved upon it, which the elder brought back from his voyages decades ago. None of the three friends knows this is a Rongo Rongo tablet. It is a so-called “treasure”, Tetua explains, which the elder wanted to bequeath his young disciples who “would know how to make the best of it”. That night, Mehiti copies the obscure signs in her notebook. Children on Moorea are now receiving a western education in French, and Mehiti finds writing very useful to record everything she and Teva learned with their late spiritual guide. Her notebook has become an encyclopaedic account of Polynesian Indigenous knowledge. Yet, nothing helps her understand what this piece of wood holds.

Unlike Mehiti, Teva remembered that the odd calligraphy is that of the Rapanui people. So, he sails to Papeete the next day with the artefact in the hope of finding there a Rapanui expatriate. He is persuaded that the tablet consists of a map leading to a golden treasure. Initially bewildered by the buzzing life of the port, the young man finally finds an antique shop. Its owner, Klauss Von Reuchlin, quickly tricks Teva, takes the tablet, and throws the teenager out, making it look like Teva tried to rob him. Powerless and alone, Teva decides to stay on Tahiti to learn the dynamics of the city and to find a way out of the problem.

Two days later, Tetua and Mehiti arrive to look for their friend. They are accompanied by Teiki, Tetua’s brother, who is a Protestant deacon. According to Teiki, the influential German trader is actually a thief at the head of Indigenous art trafficking. Teiki then takes them to see a French friend of his, Paul Lemerrer, who is passionate about Easter Island. Paul tells them about the many mysteries of the place and advises them to go directly to Rapanui if they want to decipher the Rongo Rongo. The Tahitian friends agree and invite Paul to join them on their journey. Aboard Tetua’s large double outrigger the group sets out using the natural elements and the stars as navigational tools, estimating that it should take them a month to arrive at their destination. They make a stop at Mangareva in the Gambier Islands, where Paul disembarks to talk with the local priests. When the group sets out again, they discover that nearly all their food supplies have gone. Paul confesses that he gave them to the destitute people of Mangareva. After a few days of rationing, the tension escalates into a fight between the colossus brothers, Tetua and Teiki, and the double-hulled boat breaks into two. Swimming in the ocean, the friends manage to put a small raft together and carry on with their journey as best they can.

With the help of their dog smelling land, they finally arrive on Rapanui. Teiki and Tetua go on to explore the island only to find a horrible, treeless landscape scattered with village ruins and massacred bodies. But they are just in time to rescue a young girl, who is being pursued by ferocious, painted warriors. The girl is Vakai A Hiva, from the royal Honga Miru tribe. She explains that her attackers are from the Grand District in the east, whose people have slaughtered most of those living in Anakena, on the western side. She takes her saviours to the makeshift village of what remains of her tribe, on the slope of a volcano, and to her father, Kaimakoi, the King of Rapanui. The Tahitian brothers are shocked, for the frail and semi-naked survivors are living in appallingly reduced conditions, and, unlike other Polynesian villages, no pigs or dogs are to be found. Most importantly, Vakai A Hiva and the others seem completely unaware of other Pacific islands, such as Tahiti.

Meanwhile, on the beach, Mehiti and Teva are watching over Paul, who with his fragile health is recuperating from the shipwreck with difficulty. He confesses his real reason for coming to Easter Island: in 1842 his uncle and aunt departed from France aboard the ship the Marie-Joseph with Monseigneur Etienne Rouchouze, as part of a missionary expedition to Tahiti. But the ship was lost at sea. For fourteen years Paul had searched the Pacific for witnesses. Only recently could he find the truth: old men in the Gambier Islands and Tahiti told him that a western ship alighted on Rapanui and its crew was eaten by the Indigenous locals. Finally satisfied, Paul has no desire for revenge, as he wanted to visit Rapanui to learn more about its culture as well as to introduce its people to Christianity in order to stop their cannibalistic practices.

Upon hearing Mehiti and Teva’s story of the Rongo Rongo tablet that they inherited from Mata Anaana, King Kaimakoi decides to take them to Rano Raraku where the Rongo Rongo man, Ika, lives, who is also the keeper of traditional Rapanui knowledge. The next day, during their expedition, the Tahitians and the Frenchman reflect on a landscape of scattered moai statues, including the ahu of Tongariki. They are also shocked to see how their Rapanui hosts walk upon the fallen statues. Later as they walk upon the side of the volcano, the heroes glimpse the abandoned quarries where unfinished moai remain. The elder Ika was expecting the teenage Tahitians; he is the one who offered the tablet to Mata Anaana decades ago. In a rather enigmatic way, Ika explains that the treasure “sleeps out of carelessness. It is a treasure which no canoe can contain in its entirety, but which has travelled the Great Ocean from Samoa to Rapanui, from New Zealand to Hawai‘i, from the Austral Islands to the Marquesas Islands. It is the most precious treasure one can ever possess”.

Their discussion is interrupted by the arrival of a wounded Teiki. Despite his efforts, pirates kidnapped Vakai A Hiva on the beach at sunrise. He overheard the pirates saying they would leave the girl on the islet of Motu Nui. The Rapanui gasp as the birdman race to this rocky islet has already occurred, meaning no one may climb upon this sacred place for another year. It is therefore left for Teva to brave the elements and bring the princess back. The rescue goes smoothly until the pirates suddenly appear on the mainland, for theirs was a mischievous plan, leaving the princess on the islet as a bait to lure together as many Rapanui people as possible. The encircled Rapanui warriors can do nothing against the pirates’ guns. Their wicked captain, Juan Manuel Guzman y Guzman d’Alfarache, takes aim at Tetua and orders him to let go of the rope holding Teva and Vakai A Hiva. Ika protests in vain, and at the last moment before the captain fires, Paul throws himself between Tetua and the bullet. The warriors are roused to action by the Frenchman’s sacrifice, but their efforts are quickly thwarted. Out of spite, the captain throws Ika off the cliff. The pirates then gather their prisoners, almost the entire Honga Miru clan, including the Tahitian travellers, and board them upon their ship, the Micaella Miranda. Their plan is to sell them as slaves to work in the Peruvian guano mines.

Thus begins the terrible voyage to South America, with the islanders tightly chained together in the ship’s hold and fed only once a day with an indistinct gruel. People from the Austral Islands were already prisoners in the hold. Soon, however, Tetua and Teiki manage to break their chains and free the other captives, waiting for the cover of the night to attack the crew. However, King Kaimakoi and his warriors are blinded by revenge and do not follow the Tahitians’ idea that finding a way to escape the ship is the real priority. So, while the Rapanui attack and are subdued again by the pirates, the Tahitian friends discreetly leave aboard a rowing boat. In the bloody battle, King Kaimakoi dies while killing the captain; his vow not to die a slave has been granted. From the hold, the young Vakai A Hiva watches as the Tahitians escape unnoticed in the night. Heartbroken, Teva, Mehiti and their friends resolve to expose the on-going slave trade in the Pacific.

The following morning, the fugitives cross the path of the ship of their English friends, sailor John Showalter Jones and Captain Enoch Pyrame Copper Cliff. The ship is returning from Rapanui, where the captain heard of the slave traders’ recent raid. Incidentally, Thomas Eldrigde, General Consul to King Kamehameha of Hawai‘i, commissioned Cliff to deliver their entreaty to the Peruvian government to stop their slave trading, but the Peruvian Premier remained deaf to their pleas. So, Cliff is now heading to Tahiti to see French Bishop Etienne Tepano Jaussen, whose authority might be strong enough to make a difference. Mehiti and Teva accept to help the English captain in his mission.

It is now that Mehiti reflects that she has understood elder Ika’s message about the “treasure”. Ika had lamented how the Rapanui people have forgotten who they are and where they come from. Their unsustainable exploitation of the natural resources depleted the island of its trees and meant that the people forgot how to navigate the ocean. They withdrew into themselves and engaged in fratricide. Like Tahitian Mata Anaana, Ika had wanted to raise awareness of the cultural and spiritual connections existing between all the Pacific islanders spread across the Pacific Ocean. The “treasure” is this sense of belonging and collaboration within the largest extended family in the world. Ika hinted that the Rapanui people’s downfall should remind the other islanders that their physical and cultural survival depends on oceanic dialogues.

In Papeete, the young protagonists relate their adventures and brief experience of blackbirding to Monseigneur Jaussen. The latter immediately makes arrangements to meet with various officials. He also gives the Rongo Rongo tablet back to Teva and Mehiti, for he had purchased it from Klauss Von Reuchlin, unaware it had been stolen. Teva, Mehiti, Tetua and Teiki happily return to Moorea aboard Tetua’s new schooner. Mehiti and Teva notice that three new signs have been engraved onto their Rongo Rongo: a lizard representing Moorea, a moai, and a warrior wearing a helmet and representing the Hawaiian king.

This richly illustrated young adult book, with many full colour pages of supporting drawings, is a collaborative work by journalist and writer Gérard Bianchi, history/geography teacher Jean-Jacques Méar and painter Jean-Claude Pinto. A large format book, it is the second volume in a Polynesian-themed trilogy published by the three colleagues, and the Tahitian house ‘Le Motu’, which has now ceased trading. Rongo Rongo brilliantly immerses the reader into the local topography and cultures of Pacific islands, and in particular French Polynesia and Rapanui. The text has a distinctive didactic purpose, introducing its young readers to the history and indigenous practices of Tahiti and other islands. To this end, the text is richly annotated and includes many Tahitian idioms.

While non-Pacific readers are given the opportunity to discover this region, another aim of the book seems to remind Polynesian readers of their belonging to a transnational, pan-Pacific extended family and of the necessity to maintain enriching dialogues between its members. This clear message of unity does not necessarily imply an opposition to western culture. In the story, contacts – and often tensions – with westerners have now become inevitable, as the urbanisation of Papeete and its multicultural population in the mid-nineteenth century suggests. Yet, the authors show that the western import of writing as part of young islanders’ education may nevertheless prove useful, for it allows Mehiti to archive ancestral knowledge. In this novella, the rongorongo tablet, coupled with the fatal isolation of Rapanui, precisely invite Pacific people to collaborate and help each other, while remaining open to the rest of the world. By contrast, the moai statues play no role in the story, and the cult of the birdman remains very much in the background. As the story is set in the 1860s, this message of trans-oceanic mutual assistance appears all the more tragic that the downfall of Rapanui was already far advanced at the time.

The temporal context of the story is provided by the seminal feature of the book, namely its overt description of Peruvian blackbirding in Rapanui and other Pacific islands in the 1860s. King Kaimakoi’s death during the voyage and the uncertain fate of his daughter Vakai A Hiva sent to guano mines are noteworthy factors that further precipitated the social and cultural fragmentation of the Rapanui people. In view of its didactic purpose, the text alludes to real-life figures, such as Bishop Jaussen and various officials and dignitaries. Jaussen indeed acquired several rongorongo tablets, which he tried to decipher with the help of a Rapanui expatriate, Metoro Tau’a Ure. The shipwreck of the Marie-Joseph, which transported Monseigneur Rouchouze’s missionary expedition, is also a historical event, although the possibility that its crew were eaten by the Rapanui people was never recorded. Perhaps more problematically, the story compacts together a number of dramatic events and moments that in reality occurred within a broader or more complex period of time. The effect allows the protagonists to be present at each event but in doing so the story partly distorts history. In contrast, the English captain Copper Cliff seems pure fabrication. He appeared in the first volume of the trilogy and as a cross-cultural figure he helps Teva and Mehiti complement their Polynesian navigational knowledge with the sailing skills developed by Europeans.

Jessica Maufort

Jump to contents

Het mysterie van Paaseiland [The Mystery of Easter Island] – Bert Wiersema
(Barneveld: Uitgeverij De Vuurbaak, 2001)

Dutch Professor Lammers and his family are contacted by Herman Haanstra, a millionaire and recent widower, who asks them to accompany him on a journey while he tries to realise his dream of finding a submerged treasure. Haanstra believes to have found the location of a seventeenth-century Spanish galleon that sank off the coast of Easter Island. According to the records, the galleon was full of gold stolen from the Incas and Mayans. Lammers is a historian specialising in Rapanui history and readily accepts to help Haanstra.

The narrative relates the protagonists’ perilous adventures at sea aboard ‘The Ophirus’, as they are chased by Panamanian pirates who are also after the gold. Eventually, the Lammers family and Haanstra arrive on Rapanui and visit the moai as well as the birdman’s island. Lammers and a local guide, the last of Rapanui’s indigenous elders, comment on these mysterious artefacts and places. But it takes the protagonists several more weeks to find the sunken Spanish galleon, and when they do they discover that it is almost empty. They realise that on Easter Island they had previously observed the carved outline of a European ship on the chest of an unfinished moai, and beside it is the engraved shape of a turtle, which translates as “honu” in Rapanui language. Phonetically, honu was the closest form to the Spanish “Honuz”, which was the name of the captain of the Spanish galleon. For Lammers and Haanstra, these clues prove that the Spanish galleon and the indigenous inhabitants of the island had made contact at the time. So, part of the treasure might be buried near that incomplete moai, situated at the foot of the volcano of Rano Raraku.

Indeed, as they dig at the base of this moai they find a coffin containing Honuz’s remains and his ship’s log. The log entries relate how Honuz came to live on the island as the sole survivor of the shipwreck, and how the Rapanui people stopped making moai as a result of political unrest between the long-eared and short-eared communities. The enslaved short-ears were responsible for the creation and transportation of the moai to the place where they are now standing. The statues marked the location of a long-eared master’s tomb. Although he was on good terms with the long-ears’ king, Honuz also befriended the short-ears and suggested they could stop working as slaves. This eventually led to open rebellion and the long-ears’ king was slaughtered. The short-ears elected Honuz as their new king, but the Spaniard quickly tired of his difficult role. So, he invented a contest: the man who brought back a tern’s egg from a nearby islet would become the new ruler. Nearing the end of his life, Honuz reported that the indigenous people started to decimate the island forest at a dangerous pace. Finally, he explained that the gold originally contained in his galleon was transported to the island and concealed in a secret location.

The Lammers follow Honuz’s indications and find the treasure in a cave, but as they haul a few objects up to the surface, the pirates attack them. A final battle ensues, at the end of which the surviving pirates are arrested by the Chilean military. The Lammers and Haanstra resolve to ask the Chilean government for a reward for locating the lost treasure.

Dutch author Bert Wiersema authored numerous children and young adult books often organised into series. Het mysterie van Paaseiland is part of the ‘Logboek [Logbook] Lammers’ series, which was renamed ‘The de Wolff Adventure Series’ when two of its original titles were translated into English, for which Wiersema used the pseudonym Bert E. Wiseman. Most of his Dutch novels, including Het mysterie van Paaseiland, are published by Uitgeverij De Vuurbaak, a company previously associated with the ‘Reformed Churches in The Netherlands (Liberated)’ of Protestant creed. De Vuurbaak still targets a Christian market.

Het mysterie van Paaseiland is essentially an adventure story, focusing primarily on the quest for a lost treasure. Galleons, pirates and hidden gold treasure have appeared in moai culture on numerous other occasions, such as Super Friends (reviewed above), Predators, Yan and Mirka: The Lost Expedition (reviewed above) and Geronimo Stilton: The Treasure of Easter Island (reviewed below). Less frequent is the reference to a unique moai that can be found on Easter Island with a European ship carved on its chest. It appears as part of the narrative only in Rapa Nui. 2 Revelations (reviewed above), Disbelief: Incredible but True (1972, reviewed above) and Nachtelijk avontuur op Paaseiland (reviewed above). In Het mysterie van Paaseiland it is central to the story, featuring on the book’s cover and functioning as a marker to a grave and a historical record that is imagined as a source for answering the mysteries of Easter Island. The moai on which it is based, and which does exist, is a curiosity precisely for the ship carving and the vessel’s anchor which is indeed a turtle. Unfortunately, from that narrative foundation this novel then fantasies a story of a stranded European who becomes king and who has a crucial influence on the social and political affairs of the Rapanui.

Through the accounts in Honuz’s log, both the moai and the birdman cult find their explanation in very prosaic terms, with the latter simply invented by the Spaniard, Honuz, out of boredom. Meanwhile, the reasons for the forest felling are not specified, and the novel reorders this part of Rapanui history, positioning it a long while after the start of the birdman cult. Worse still, the introduction of a seventeenth-century Spanish galleon moves many actual Rapanui events backwards in time, not least the first encounter with Europeans.

Sadly, in establishing such prosaic explanations the Rapanui are denied their autonomy, a spiritual complexity or a cultural depth. Wiersema’s representation of the contemporary indigenous inhabitants continues in this frankly demeaning vein (even more so as the narrative appears set in the late twentieth century). Indeed, they are presented as both contributors and victims of western capitalism. They carve wooden statuettes and sell them at an exorbitant price. The millionaire Haanstra refuses to pay and proposes Coca-Cola t-shirts in exchange for the handicraft. The Rapanui sellers gladly accept, happy as they are with their new valued garments.

Samuel Pauwels and Jessica Maufort

Jump to contents

Motu-Iti: Die Insel der Möwen [Motu Iti: The Seagulls' Island] - Roberto Piumini
(Munich: Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag, 2002)

The story centers around the Motu Nui rowing race that decides who will be chief for the following year. Accompanied by the beating of the drums, young men from the village row their canoes to the little Island Motu Nui, from where they must return with a seagull's egg. Back at shore, they touch the egg to one drum after another. With each touch, a drum quietens until all are silent. This is the signal for everyone in the village and out to sea that a new chief has been found.

Tou-Ema has won this race every year and is a wise leader of his people. He knows how to read the ocean currents and the weather to cross the water the fastest. However, his easy wins rouse the jealousy of Kontuac, another man from the village. One year, Kontuac tries to rig the race in his favour by hiding one of the eggs ahead of time so he may find it faster. By a large margin, he is the first to get back into his canoe to row back to shore. Tou-Ema, however, uses his knowledge of the ocean's currents to surpass Kontuac and quietens the drums even before the other man can fully reach the shore.

Kontuac devises a plan to take the chieftainship from Tou-Ema. He begins to carve pictures of the birdman, tangata manu, into stones and trees all over the island. For the villagers, the pictures are mystical in their effect, almost taking over the viewer's mind in their intensity. The more pictures surface, the more aggravated the villagers become. One of the children finds an inscription carved into a rock-face and notifies the village elders. The elders agree that the inscription says Tou-Ema is makemake, the bird-deity who carries the earth in its claws and throws it into the abyss. Tou-Ema denies the claim, but as more carvings of the birdman and inscriptions claiming Tou-Ema to be makemake show up on the island, the villagers turn on him. At night, Kontuac and eight of his followers overpower Tou-Ema and throw him off a cliff into the ocean. The next morning, they claim that makemake flew away. Kontuac is named chief, and the village returns to peace.

Tou-Ema survives the fall and draws himself to shore on Motu Iti - a small Island that lies next to Motu Nui. On Motu Iti exists nothing but rock and seagulls. Tou-Ema survives on fish and oysters and slowly grows closer to the seagulls. In his loneliness, he starts to imitate their movements with his hands until the seagulls believe his hands are birds following the man's commands. Slowly, they begin to imitate the man's hands, following their every order. Tou-Ema, consumed by his need for revenge, teaches them to attack the village and the people living there, to destroy the houses and draw blood from humans and livestock.

The only one who holds true to Tou-Ema is Kintea-Ni, the woman he strives to marry. She holds a little white stone close to her heart that she calls Tou-Ema's soul. She keeps the stone warm and safe, while tirelessly singing to the villagers of Tou-Ema's kindness and wisdom. Over the years, however, her songs have become quieter and quieter as no-one listens. She stoically holds on to Tou-Ema's soul, in the hope of his safe return.

The seagulls' attacks worsen, leaving the villagers terrified for their lives. Eventually, Kontuac confesses to his devious plan and that he drew the carvings of the birdman. He is sent out to Motu Iti covered in ash to show his remorse and in a canoe full of gifts. Although Tou-Ema recognises the intent, the seagulls by now have become so accustomed to violence, that he can no longer control their bloodlust. Even though Tou-Ema tries to warn the approaching man, the birds murder Kontuac. Grieving, Tou-Ema commands the birds to fly high into the sky and then plunge themselves onto the rocks. Many birds die that day, and Tou-Ema swims back to Rapanui to ask his elders for forgiveness.

The villagers grant him forgiveness, but the birds do not cease their attacks on the village. No longer recognising Tou-Ema as their leader, he cannot stop them. To atone for his role in teaching them about violence and revenge, Tou-Ema retreats to the top of the volcano so he can signal impending attacks by the beating of a drum. Months go by, but the birds never cease in their attacks. Eventually, Kintea-Ni discovers that the birds are afraid of masks. The villagers begin to carry around wooden masks everywhere they go, and they relieve Tou-Ema of his position as a sentinel. Tou-Ema is reinstated as chief and he orders the carving of huge stone masks (the moai) that are then placed along the shoreline to protect the island from the birds.

The novel was originally published in Italian in 1989 and has been translated into several languages. Its success as a novel is perhaps due to its function as a moral tale, in which ultimately Tou-Ema recognises his errors and atones for them in solitude and in servitude to his people. Such a passage resembles the stories of Christian hermits who lived secluded from society, in servitude to God. Tou-Ema may only rejoin the community after righting and atoning for his sins.

Although historically the birdman cult is understood to have evolved as the carving of the moai was coming to an end, this novel takes artistic license and reverses the order, claiming a causal relationship between the two. The story stays relatively close to the birdman event, although the return of the seagull egg to quieten the drums is an embellishment. Meanwhile, the substitution of seagulls for the sooty tern could be a cultural adaptation. Makemake is rarely so present in moai fiction, with Au Maléfice du Doute (reviewed above) the only other instance in which the protagonist is seen as the living embodiment of the god. It is even more unusual for moai fiction to give such prominence to the birds of Easter Island, moreover to have them controlled and manipulated by a character within the story.

The reasons for the birds' fear of masks remains a little obscure, but the narrator muses that it could be the stillness of the masks that deeply unsettles the birds. He argues that birds have superior eyesight to be able to search the ocean for fish and in a sleeping human's face they still discover movement. In the masks, however, all they find is absolute stillness. Therefore, it does not matter which expression is carved into the masks and later the moai.

Sonja Mausen

Jump to contents

Easter Island – Jennifer Vanderbes
(London: Little Brown, 2003)

Set over two time periods – just before the outbreak of the First World War and the 1970s – Easter Island tells the stories of two women, their turbulent lives, loves and betrayals through accounts of their past and the present. The women's narratives are not the first to be presented, however, and in the opening pages there is a third strand introduced. It poses questions about the sinking of German warships at the Battle of the Falklands, under the command of Admiral Maximilian von Spee, during the early months of the First World War – specifically why the German fleet prior to the battle had briefly stopped at Easter Island.

After the death of her father, and despite her affection for von Spee, Elsa Pendleton makes a pragmatic decision to marry Professor Edward Beazely, a much older anthropologist. She is also the carer for her nineteen-year-old mentally impaired sister Alice. When Edward is offered a commission by the Royal Geographic Society to study the moai, they all make the long voyage from England to Easter Island.

In 1973, widowed American botanist, Dr Greer Farraday, whose late husband was an eminent but disgraced academic, arrives on Easter Island to undertake an eight-month study of the island's pollen. The geography of the island and the flora and fauna is vividly expressed from Greer's perspective and she likens the varied vegetation to the work of post-impressionist painter Henri Rousseau. She is rather underwhelmed by her first encounter with the moai, at ahu Tahai, which she describes as "debris" with their majesty "long gone". She encounters another visitor to the island, Dr Vincente Portales, a Chilean cryptographer, who is there to decipher the rongorongo tablets by researching the natural environment and its features. He notes that while the moai bring the tourists, rongorongo is more significant as it is one of only five examples of original written language in the world. Additionally, he hopes to track down several tablets, which he believes were stolen by a German fleet under the command of von Spee.

In 1912, Edward begins his work and is particularly drawn to Rano Raraku. Meanwhile, Elsa reads and daydreams, and Alice makes friends with a local boy nicknamed 'Biscuit Tin'. Elsa finds her purpose when Biscuit Tin presents Alice with a smooth tablet decorated with pictorial engravings that he has found in a cave. With the help of the boy, Elsa retrieves more than twenty tablets and begins to learn Rapanui. She becomes completely absorbed in recording the island's myths and legends and seeks out a man in the leper colony who can read rongorongo in order to decipher the ancient tablets.

The enigma of the German fleet is explained through Elsa's story and her former lover von Spee, who anchors at Easter Island in 1914 on his way to the Falklands. The German commander supposedly selected Easter Island as a safe and remote location to regroup his fleet in the Pacific. Elsa shares her exciting discoveries with von Spee before the fleet departs. The relationships between the characters has been further complicated by this point as it has become clear that Edward and Alice are in love. After a confrontation between the women, Alice disappears with Edward on a schooner, taking the tablets with her, and in pursuit of the German ships. A telegram uncovered by Portales confirms that von Spee had a "precious cargo" on board on 14 October 1914. The current whereabouts of the tablets remains allusive, although it is likely they sank with the German fleet, with their secrets unexplained. Elsa's own story ends abruptly, and the book leaves her in a rocky cove, accompanied only by Biscuit Tin, distraught that she has been abandoned by her sister and husband. The final line of her narrative, though, offers a sense of hope: "She closes her eyes, continues to tap her head against the rock, and feels, for the first time, his fingers clasp her hand".

Greer, meanwhile, has collected sediment samples for analysis and has sent some for radiocarbon dating. Portales, assisted by Dr Sven Urstedt, a Swedish meteorologist and amateur geologist, and British engineer Dr Randolph Burke-Jones, has been excavating a moai from the quarry at Rano Raraku. They want to test Burke-Jones's theory that the statues were moved using a system of stones and ropes. Geer's pollen samples confirm that the Triumfetta semitriloba tree, which was used widely across the Pacific for making rope, grew in the area. When Burke-Jones's experiment fails, it becomes clear that something else, most likely wood from tall, sturdy trees had originally been employed as part of the process. At the deepest level of the cores, Greer identifies a mystery fossilised pollen that is so plentiful, that the plant it came from would once have covered the island. These discoveries form the basis of a research paper that she submits to the International Conservation Society.

The debut book of American author Jennifer Vanderbes, this much-publicised historical novel presents a consistent focus on Easter Island's natural environment and its dramatic volcanic landscape. There is also a sense of isolation, and Greer's scientific endeavours suggest that the island faced ruin through the exploitation of the natural resources. Her discovery of a fossilised pollen proposes that a tall palm may once have grown on the island, thus providing the raw material to move the statues. She concludes that the obsession with building statues to honour the dead meant devastating the landscape and that this is the only known instance of a people destroying themselves by creating monuments. Moreover, she infers that the positioning of the moai facing inwards meant that the people were encircled by the past and tried to forget what lay beyond the shores. This sets the book apart from more fantastical and romantic explanations of the moai's existence often found in popular fiction. It seeks to weave through its fiction an understanding of how cultural practices surrounding mourning impacted the environment, by using scientific studies. It also reveals the research undertaken by Vanderbes, who clearly was aiming to create a novel with historical depth and reference.

The women's stories are linked at various points of the narrative, but most strongly through their shared admiration of Charles Darwin, who rarely emerges in moai fiction. At the end of the book, Elsa's first editions are passed to Greer just before her departure. The connection is underscored by Greer's discovery that the original owner had noted 'lovely' alongside her own favourite passage from Origin of the Species. Easter Island is interspersed with other historical and scientific accounts of the region that are read by the characters to aid their own understanding. Importantly, they also provide the reader with various insights and perspectives on Rapanui drawn from outside the fictional world of the text. For example, Greer reads from Jacob Roggeveen's 1722 expedition log when he arrived on Easter Day and Captain Cook's 1774 log. From their descriptions, it emerges that significant changes occurred during the intervening years, as while Roggeveen describes complete stone statues, Cook documents fallen moai.

Katherine Routledge, a pioneering anthropologist, who worked on Easter Island between 1914 and 1915, may have been the inspiration for the character of Elsa. The inclusion of the German fleet, which did briefly stop at Easter Island, apparently to take on board supplies of coal, complicates the narrative, whilst locating the story at a significant moment in time. The loss of a collection of rongorongo tablets, presumably on board the sunken German vessels, creates a fantasy for the carvings remaining forever undeciphered – their secrets buried at the bottom of the ocean. For the women in the narrative, Easter Island, and its often-foregrounded geographical remoteness, is a space where they achieve a sense of purpose. Elsa finds liberation and a sense of worth in her research and Greer's project validates her within the scientific community and allows her to distance herself from her husband's tarnished legacy. By centralising the female characters, the book offers an alternative to the more conventionally male historical and fictional explorers and scientists who are often responsible for significant discoveries.

Andrea Wright

Jump to contents

Racing for the Birdman – Katrina O' Neill, illustrated by Brenda Cantell
(Philadelphia: Chelsea House, 2005)

Experienced archaeologist, 'Uncle' Earl, travels to Easter Island, at the request of the mayor, to observe the recent outbreak of red rain. The mayor explains that the rain has the Rapanui people very concerned for the island. Accompanying Earl on his journey are his niece Mia and her friend Ricky. After the initial meeting with the mayor, Earl discovers that the islanders believe it is Makemake, the God of creation, that is the cause of the red rain. They think that the God has become upset and vengeful.

The following day, Mia and Ricky go for a bicycle ride around the island and visit the moai. Whilst standing next to one, Ricky receives what feels like an electric shock, and is left with a burn mark on his arm in the shape of the birdman. Ricky and Mia head to the local medicine woman, and she advises that the electric shock was a warning from Makemake about the upcoming birdman race. The medicine woman explains that Tameki, one of the islanders who plans to run for the birdman, has an older brother Rano, who intends to cheat in the race by employing an egg that has been obtained in advance. She believes that this has made Makemake angry and he has therefore brought about the red rain. She insists that Ricky must place the egg back on Motu Nui, the small rocky island, near to Easter Island, where the sooty tern nests. Ricky reluctantly agrees.

On the day of the race, Ricky is given the egg and wished good luck as he climbs down the steep cliff and he dives into the shark-infested ocean waters, for the swim to Motu Nui. There, he places the egg next to a rock carving of Makemake, for protection, before hastily leaving the area. After a struggle with Rano, Tameki captures the egg and is declared the birdman, accompanied by a cessation in the red rain. Mia and Ricky are both congratulated for their efforts and are presented with stone talismans as a reward, as the island celebrates.

This children's novel features many observations about Easter Island and it reveals a depth of research that is quite unusual for popular fiction drawn to this region of the Pacific. Yet, most notably, the moai are not a dominant focus within the book. Instead, the main focal point of the narrative is the birdman cult. The moai are not completely ignored, however, and they are referenced at various points and appear in several illustrations, whilst the electrical charge that Ricky receives from one statue establishes them as powerful constructs within the novel and conduits for the force and energy of Makemake.

The last birdman was proclaimed in either 1866 or 1867, with the details of this cult recorded in a way that is absent for the moai. Consequently, the book treats the birdman and the race for the egg very factually. The accurate cultural descriptions highlight the educational value of the book as a text for young children. The book presents a very clear and vivid image of Rapa Nui; indigenous names of places are used as well as descriptive passages that relate to the weather and climate of the island and the surrounding waters. Building upon this, the book contains a post-narrative section which discusses some of the customs of Easter Island, as well as providing a glossary for specific terms that had been used throughout the book.

Adam Crowther

Jump to contents

The Moai Murders – Lyn Hamilton
(New York: Berkeley Publishing Group: 2005)

For the first time that she can remember, Lara McClintoch is able to take a holiday. After her best friend, Moira, recovers from a number of hospital tests, both women are inspired to run their lives differently. Moira asks Lara to go to Rapanui with her, a place she has always wanted to visit since she was a child after reading about the adventures of Thor Heyerdahl.

Upon arriving on the island, they find that a conference – the First Annual Rapa Nui Moai Congress – is taking place in their hotel, with forty academics and enthusiasts having travelled from around the world. Dave Maddox, an engineer who has a paper on how the moai were moved from the quarry to their resting positions, manages to grant Lara and Moira access to the conference. After they meet Rory Carlyle, a professor working on an archaeological survey of Poike, they are approached by an indigenous man that Rory knows, Felipe Tepano. Felipe tells Rory that somebody will die very soon at the spot where they are standing.

The next day, Lana and Moira explore the island, encountering the moai as well as a production crew who are filming Jasper Robinson, the organiser of the conference, its keynote speaker and a well-known adventurer. After Robinson mocks the beliefs of the islanders on film, he is challenged by a grey-haired man with long braids. This turns out to be Gordon Fairweather, a professor specialising in Rapanui who studied under Bill Mulloy, part of Heyerdahl’s team. Although Fairweather has refused to be a part of the conference, Robinson invites him to attend his talk.

Lana and Moira follow the conference but are taken aback by the disdain and animosity existing between many of the academics for each other’s work. Needing a break from the drama, they explore the island again and meet several islanders preparing for the Tapati cultural festival, and learn about the competition to be the festival queen. Gabriella, one of the waitresses at the hotel, happens to be a contestant. Later that evening, Lana sees Gabriella slapped by Cassandra, an eccentric woman who is described as a gypsy.

Soon after, Lana attempts to confront Cassandra about her attack, but Cassandra denies it was her and states that she was filming an interview at the time, which is backed up by the producer of the documentary. They meet Gabriella’s aunt, Victoria, and find out that Gabriella is Fairweather’s daughter. Meanwhile, Gabriella has stopped talking and wants to withdraw from the contest. They later meet Fairweather again whilst also spending time with many of the conference attendees. That night, Lana discovers the body of Maddox lying dead exactly where Tepano had predicted.

The authorities believe it to be a tragic accident, with Maddox having apparently drunkenly ridden a horse and consequently been trampled to death. Lana starts to think things are not what they seem to be after she remembers the advice of her boyfriend who conveyed a different understanding of the behaviour of horses. She later finds the body of a horse over a cliff edge and, on closer inspection, it seems to have been shot dead.

It is then time for Robinson’s conference presentation in which he goads Fairweather and Carlyle for their work, where they have argued against settlement of Rapanui from South America. He then reveals that whilst in northern Chile, he discovered a rongorongo carving in a canyon side slip. He produces photographic evidence of his find before physically showing his audience the carving. Lana suffers from a migraine and has to leave and therefore misses the reactions of Gordon, Rory and others whose work has been publicly undermined. Later, a group from the congress travel to ahu Akivi where they find Robinson dead, leaning against the stone platform.

With two dead on the island, those staying at the hotels have their passports confiscated as a murder investigation commences. Fairweather goes into hiding due to his previous dispute with Robinson, which was recorded by the film crew, whilst Seth Connelly, an expert on rongorongo, hangs himself in his room, writing a note apologising for his past actions. Gabriella is also revealed to be in a coma. Before he died, Connelly told Lana that he thought somebody was going to kill him and that he and Maddox had agreed that the rongorongo was not from Chile.

Lana does her own investigating and deduces that the murders were achieved through poisoning and tattoo ink mixed with snake venom, with Gabriella, a potential victim, fortunate to escape death. She also finds that four of the academics involved have history. In fact, Maddox, Fairweather, Connelly and Robinson all knew each other as students. The gypsy lady Cassandra, turns out to be a fifth member of the group, a man called Andrew Jones, who has been acting in disguise for fear he could be killed.

Jones tells Lana about the time in 1975 when the five men had been on Rapanui. There, they had been close with an older couple who had a four-year-old daughter, Flora. Together, they had found a rongorongo carving and took a photograph with it, an image that Connelly brought with him to the conference at the behest of Maddox. The young men had been looking after Flora at the beach when they had had a falling out, leaving the location but tragically forgetting the young girl who subsequently starved to death in the caves. Jones believes these murders to be revenge for their negligence of the girl, with Gabriella being attacked as she is Fairweather’s child. One thing Jones does not know is the identity of the murderer.

Lana studies the photograph of the five men, who appear together with Tepano, Flora and the old couple, who are now presumed dead. None of them would appear to be the murderer but it must have been somebody who knew the tragic story. Lana then realises there must have been another person there to take the photograph. Noting that the shed where the film crew worked from has a view of the spots where Robinson and Maddox died, and where Gabriella was found, she realises it must have been one of the production team, who was an older sibling to Flora. Seeing Fairweather at the hotel, Lana spots the film crew’s van, which snatches Fairweather’s younger daughter, Edith. Moira manages to jump into the van before it speeds off, with Lana, Fairweather and Jones chasing after the vehicle.

They all arrive at the beach where Flora was lost long ago and enter the caves where she died. The murderer turns out to be Mike, the film’s director and older step-brother of Flora. He had planted the fake rongorongo in the Chilean cave for Robinson to find and had persuaded him to set up the conference and personally invite a number of the connected delegates. As he threatens to kill Edith, both Jones and Fairweather offer their lives to him instead. But Mike has not noticed Lana on the rocks above him, from where she jumps down and thwarts the filmmaker.

Lana returns home with Moira who tells her the tests were not quite as positive as she had first led her to believe and that she will soon be starting chemotherapy. Returning to her boyfriend with a new tattoo from Rapanui, Lana has a plan to vacation more.

The Moai Murders is one of eleven books written by Lyn Hamilton featuring the character Lara McClintoch, an antiques dealer from Canada who solves crimes that often feature archaeology. Throughout the series, she travels to different places around the world. The books were written between 1997 and 2007 with The Moai Murders the ninth title in the series. This particular story is rather reminiscent of Agatha Christie’s novel And Then Were None/ Ten Little Indians (1939) and John Willard’s play The Cat and the Canary (1922).

Murder mystery detective fiction is not uncommon within moai culture, with the isolation and containment of the small island of Rapanui providing a claustrophobic setting in which the culprit is not far away. Other explicit murder mysteries include The Reluctant Dead (reviewed below) and Murder on Easter Island (reviewed below). Unsurprisingly, given the vast extent of Rapanui’s archaeology, key characters in these stories are often academics and researchers, crucially foreigners who have come to the island with either scientific ambitions or a troubled past. Examples can be found in Caza Misterios (reviewed above), Doctor Who: Eye of Heaven (reviewed above) and The Easter Island Incident (reviewed above). In other fiction, popular figures such as Indiana Jones and Martin Mystère function as both archaeologist and detective.

Real life adventurer-archaeologist, Thor Heyerdahl, serves as a model for some of these characters with The Moai Murders directly referencing his work, theories and fellow researchers. In fact, at the start of the book, Hamilton even acknowledges and thanks the specific work of several Easter Island academics, including Heyerdahl – described in the story as “brave and handsome”, his adventures “incredibly romantic” – and Jo Anne Van Tilburg. Consequently, aspects of the history, knowledge and myths of Rapanui are mentioned in numerous places within the book, with characters explaining the theories, both popular and dismissed.

The dispute of where the islanders first came from is a main issue of debate and it motivates part of the story, with the novel ultimately appearing to support the idea that the settlers were Polynesian. There are mentions of the clan wars that took place and how this may have resulted in the toppling of the moai. The history of slavery and the spread of smallpox is also discussed, whilst the rumours of cannibalism are brought up with some of the academics such as Fairweather stating they do not believe this to be true. Cassandra – later revealed to be Andrew – foregrounds the legend of Mu or Lemuria, the supposed lost continent in the Pacific Ocean, of which she states Rapanui is the last remnant.

Within the story, the moai are not given more prominence than other aspects of Rapanui. They are one of the main reasons why Moira was drawn to visit the island and she states that one of her goals in life is to hug a moai. They are looked on in awe by the protagonists but have no real plot significance. The fascination with the moai from the perspective of the outsider is found most within the conference delegates and the presentations they are gathered to hear.

Most of the book is told from the perspective of Lana, yet there are two chapters – the prologue and a second almost midway in the book – which feature different primary speakers. The first is the story of a young girl, chosen to remain in the caves for the coming of the birds. She and other young girls had been kept there but nobody had come to feed them for three days. The second chapter features the girl’s brother who had been kidnapped by slavers but allowed to return to the island. However, in doing so, he brought smallpox to the people and now he regrets returning at all. These chapters draw parallels between the history of Rapanui and the experiences of characters much later: Flora in 1975 who starved to death in the cave, and both her brother and Seth, who tell Lana “we should not have come back”, thereby echoing the words of the young man from the past.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

Lara Croft Tomb Raider: The Man of Bronze – James Alan Gardner
(New York: Del Rey, 2005)

Perpetual adventurer Lara Croft is on the trail of a bronze leg missing from a bronze android, that is more than one thousand years old. According to a secretive society, the Order of the Bronze, finding the leg would complete the android and unlock its immense powers. Croft travels from Warsaw to Siberia, to the Sargasso Sea and then, in the last stages of the adventure, the Cape York Peninsula, North Queensland. There she finds herself journeying on an airboat along the Pennabong River, when she spies in the thick jungle bush a moai, "draped with vines and moss".

This moai is "eight thousand miles to the east" of Easter Island, and was placed there by Polynesians who used to trade with the Aborigines. The latter apparently had come into possession of part of the android – its bronze foot – and used its powers, which subsequently attracted the interest of Polynesian sailors who stole the treasure. But they found they could not go home; each time they tried to leave they encountered "ghosts or monsters" that forced them to turn back. They therefore created a Polynesian settlement on the Australian river, where they built a temple to the foot. This commenced a war between the Aborigines and the Polynesians over the precious artefact.

The moai they have found predates those on Easter Island, which were simply copies of this original that marked the site of the temple. The area is completely overgrown, forcing Croft and her companions to hack through the bush to reach the moai. The bronze foot has the power to create mutants and monsters and as the group reach the moai they are attacked by two giant spiders. Croft manages to splatter a spider under the moai, which she topples. The second spider is bigger still; the team flee to their airboat and journey further up the river, where they find the temple.

The entrance to the temple is guarded by five moai heads in a semi-circle. Acting like a combination lock, the heads can be turned in different directions and after numerous attempts the team manage to position them correctly. This results in a stone slab in front of the doorway sliding open. Croft goes inside the temple to retrieve the bronze foot, leaving her companions to stand guard outside.

The moai appear over sixteen pages of the novel, where as part of the myth of presence they have been relocated from Easter Island to Australia, and from where this story fantasises they first emerged. Like Indiana Jones, Croft's adventures are often fuelled by antiquities with great value or power. The temples that are seemingly waiting to be unearthed by budding explorers in jungles from South America to South-East Asia, create an easy template in this story for another shrine found deep within an overgrown land. The five moai heads as a puzzle that needs to be solved is typical Indiana Jones/ Lara Croft territory, with other moai that need to be 'unlocked' appearing in other Easter Island fiction such as The Adventures of Basil and Moebius (reviewed above).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Adiós, Rapa Nui [Farewell, Rapa Nui] – Olga Gil López, illustrated by Liliana Beatriz Menéndez
(Buenos Aires, Argentina: Ediciones del Eclipse, 2006)

Adiós Rapa Nui is a Chilean woman’s memoir in the form of a diary that, following the conventions of travel narratives, traces the protagonist’s return trip from Santiago de Chile to Rapanui in 1967, when commercial flights to the “fascinating and mysterious” island started. The female narrator’s only connection in Rapanui is a name, Tuki, written on a card, with the person turning out to be a big black islander with a broad smile. Tuki, his wife Delfina (who is described as “maybe the only islander of pure Rapanui ancestry”) and their daughters accommodate the Chilean visitor during her stay on the island and eventually become her new family.

Every fortnight, the island is visited by a Hercules plane and craftsmen are allowed to exchange pottery, wooden sculptures or necklaces for western goods, such as clothes, shoes or cigarettes. The use of Spanish and Rapanui is mixed with English, due to the regular presence of North Americans on the island. One of them, Jim, who has been living there for a year and is very close to Tuki, woos the narrator, who falls in love with him, despite their poor mutual understanding (she speaks no English and he speaks little Spanish) and his addiction to alcohol that makes him act violently at times. From this moment on, the narrative combines ethnographic research with the personal account of this intercultural romance. The narrator travels around the island, visiting places such as Orongo, Rano Raraku and Anakena. Jim proves to be an inscrutable character, but the narrative progressively reveals information about him that aims to justify his alcohol addiction and violent behaviour (for example, his participation in the Vietnam War for one year).

The departures of both Jim and the narrator to their places of origin almost coincide (Jim leaves for the States a day before). Both are marked by the island experience: just as Jim’s heart is divided between Rapanui and the States, the narrator’s final lesson will be the same. The story ends with the lovers’ long-awaited sexual encounter (“a man, a woman, the infinite. The eternal cycle of things fulfilled”). The book ends with the narrator’s heart broken, but “in Rapa Nui life flows like a boundless spring”. Her anagnorisis is revealed: “Now I know I love these people. Like a fruit that has ripened slowly. I know my shell has dropped. They are now in my life, my blood, they have planted their roots in me”. As she flies away from Rapanui, back home, “the island becomes a green spot, my warm heart”.

During her stay on Easter Island, and in spite of initial complaints (cockroaches, mice, claustrophobia), the narrator progressively embraces the Rapanui way of life rejecting urban habits: she “starts hating” the use of shoes, she uses windows for mirrors, wants to dress like native women, and she willingly rejects the use of the clock. Through this foreigner’s eyes she strives to empathise with the new culture, whilst offering a detailed description of island habits and everyday life with special emphasis on inter-culturality – such as the presence of night clubs on the island with western music like The Beatles or the presence of international music and customs, such as the tango or the Chilean cueca, and Rapanui songs with Italian and French melodies.

The book is well-documented, as the narrator takes the reader on a picturesque journey through Rapanui history. Historical names such as Jean-Baptiste Onésime Dutrou-Bornier (and his ambition to be King), Policarpo Toro Hurtado (who occupied the island in the name of Chile back in 1888), Father Sebastian Englert (a Capuchin priest who lived there for more than 30 years and wrote seminal ethnographic studies) or Tepano Jaussen (the Bishop of Tahiti, who managed to gather seven sacred rongorongo tablets) become slant but crucial references to the island’s past. A postcolonial message is given when the narrator states that Delfina was part of a commission that failed to persuade the Chilean president to help improve the miserable lives of Rapanui people.

In addition, Rapanui traditions are visualised in the text, with illustrations by Liliana Beatriz Menéndez, freely evoking Rapanui petroglyphs and floral and animal motifs. These range from the birdman cult (tangata manu) and the first sooty tern egg of the season from the rocky islet of Motu Nui, in which the spirit of Makemake (the supreme god) resides; the moai kavakava, a wooden carved figure with a skeletal body and short chin beard which, in this case, is marked by a visible phallus as a symbol of fecundity; the moko-miro, a figure with lizard head and tail, used in old times at the entrance of the house to banish bad luck; the gigantic moai and the theories about their transportation (the myth about walking moai is mentioned); and the rongorongo, un-deciphered sacred tablets that were carved with a shark’s tooth.

Although this short book includes a glossary of Rapanui terms, the reader’s final impression is that this Chilean female narrator, just like Gulliver, is unable to overcome her privileged colonial position. Her western slant is evident at times, as when she perceives the island as “an enormous museum that has not yet been classified”. Narrated in the present tense and with very short and simplistic sentences, it creates both a form of poetic expression and a sense of immediacy in the reader.

Gerardo Rodríguez-Salas

Jump to contents

The Day the Stones Walked – T. A. Barron, illustrated by William Low
(New York: Philomel Books, 2007)

The Day the Stones Walked presents the story of the young Rapanui boy Pico, and his encounter with a 'Great Wave', which strikes the island. Pico's mother warns of the coming of the wave and instructs him to inform his father of this and for both of them to head for higher ground. Pico finds his father near the island's edge, carving the final touches into a moai. Whilst adding these carvings the father speaks of the power of the moai and how, one day, when the people are in trouble, the figures will begin to move on their own to protect the people and the island. Pico finds his father's words to be foolish and insists that the moai are stone and nothing more. As Pico is gazing out to the surrounding waters the wave hits; submerging both him and the shoreline. As he reaches drowning point, Pico feels something at his feet; a force that seems to be pushing him upwards. It is the moai – it is as if they are walking, he thinks to himself. Once he is washed ashore, Pico's thoughts about the moai are changed because of this incident. He comments that he will never forget the day the stones walked.

T. A. Barron's book is one of few words and appears to be aimed at younger audiences. In place of a longer word count are hand painted illustrations provided by William Low, which adorn each page. These illustrations depict the island, its inhabitants and the moai. In specific places in the text Rapanui words are used such as mana (powerful) and hami (loin cloth). These words appear in such a way that suggest a cultural sensitivity and signals that there is an educational side to the fiction.

The story itself works with existing myths surrounding the moai, most notably, the myths of movement and power. Of course, even in the story the moai do not move on their own nor possess a power which saves Pico, it is simply the force of the wave and the levels of water. Nonetheless, the two myths are addressed and the boy's father and eventually Pico himself are convinced they are genuine. The idea that the moai can be moved by a flood of water is not a far-fetched notion and in the past at least one tsunami has struck Easter Island, pushing the moai in-land. A further myth, the myth of creation, is disregarded in the book as we see the boy's father actually working on a moai. This explains that they were created by the islanders and dispels other, quite fantastic creation theories.

In addition to the story featuring the moai and related myths, there is also a focus on the island's inhabitants. This aspect has often been disregarded altogether in other outlets of popular culture in order to make the island seem like a lost or fallen civilisation. Through both the written narrative and the illustrated pages, the islanders are presented performing everyday tasks such as hunting and preparing food. This creates a more accurate depiction of the indigenous islanders and one which is much less derogatory than many other publications.

Adam Crowther

Jump to contents

Les rois navigateurs Tome 2: Le temps des guerriers [The Navigator Kings Book 2: The Time of the Warriors] – Garry Kilworth
(Paris: Mnémos, 2007; Paris: Le Livre de Poche, 2008)

Two intertwined plotlines run through Kilworth’s fantastic universe full of magic and vengeful gods. One narrates the initiatory trip of Kumiki, a young man from Nuku Hiva. Kumiki sets out to find and take his revenge on Seumas, his biological father – apparently, the young man was born as a result of his mother’s rape by Seumas. The other plotline tells of the adventures of Seumas and his wife Dorcha, who live on Rarotonga. There, a young warrior prince, Kieto, tells them that he must fulfil his destiny and conquer the Land-of-Mists, or Albainn, as his visions have foreshown. Seumas The Pict and Dorcha The Scot originally come from that country; it is defended by fierce warriors who have guns and ride horses.

To vanquish them, Kieto decides to call on the services of the Maori, legendary warriors known for their military engineering. But no one knows where to find them. Only visions have revealed that Prince Ru of Raiatea would find during his voyages a new island, inhabited by giants, on which a magic portal gives direct access to the land of the Maori. Their plan resolved, Seumas, Dorcha, and Prince Kieto go to join Prince Ru, accompanied by their friends “Manwoman” priestess Kikamana, fisherman Polahiki, and a small crew. Once complete, the party begins its perilous voyage on board Ru’s ship, The Princely Flower, exploring undiscovered islands and fighting off god-sent storms as well as the evil spells cast by the vengeful Great Priest Ragnu.

Upon finally reaching Rarotonga, Kumiki discovers that Seumas has already departed. Kumiki instead encounters the Arioi, a much-loved company of artists reputed for their acrobatic exploits during their performances, which include disciplines such as wrestling, dancing and drumming. Kumiki (temporarily) forgets his vindictive intentions and joins their act. The talented young man soon becomes a “Painted Leg”, the highest title of the Arioi, rivalled only by the gods.

Meanwhile, the explorers of The Princely Flower continue their journey, fighting off the attacks of a giant lizard, discovering an atoll populated by spiders and lucifugus humanoids, and unmasking a traitor in their midst who was spying for Ragnu. Finally, they arrive on Rapanui, only to find that a violent war has erupted between the two tribes living there: the Long Ears and the Short Ears. The latter benefit from the help of very cruel warriors, the Birdmen. The two tribes also make use of magic to animate rock giants and send them onto their enemies. Red-hued giants are on the Long Ears’ side, and often wear a red tuft of sorts; the giants that are short-eared and painted in white are on the Short Ears’ side. The soldiers often manage to trap the giants in excavated holes; if they fall in up to their chest, the giants cannot get out and are petrified. Seumas and his friends manage to avoid the conflict and find the cave-portal that leads to another dimension. They manage to get past all the dangerous obstacles in the cave, including feelings of extreme hunger and thirst which are caused by the fact that time passes more quickly in the underground chamber.

When they reach the end of the cave, they are on Maori territory and welcomed by a group of warriors. Because this dimension exists in another space-time, the Maori have already met Captain James Cook and now possess a few firearms. Seumas and Manwoman spend their time hunting and running away from an ogress, while Kieto learns all the battling techniques and strategies of the Maori. When it is time to go back home through the cave, Polahiki decides to stay and an old Maori named Tangata joins the crew. Back on Rapanui, where the war is still raging, they sail away on-board Ru’s Princely Flower. On an unknown volcanic island that they find on route, Seumas’s dog dives in a pond and comes out as a puppy. Tangata, the Maori soldier, identifies the magic watering hole as the Life Pond. Seumas is very tempted to jump in himself, but his friends dissuade him and set their course again to Rarotonga. Before they land, Tangata’s body quickly loses its substance until the Maori warrior is suddenly replaced by a bewildered Polahiki: the two men could not live long in the other’s dimension.

On Rarotonga, Kumiki can finally confront Seumas and challenge him to a fight to the death. Seumas refuses and reveals that he did not rape Kumiki’s mother; he was forced by his enemies to make love to the wife of a chieftain, a very humiliating moment he had kept secret for years. Kumiki does not care and fiercely engages in the duel, but when he overpowers Seumas and is about to kill him, he lets him live. The two men decide to get to know each other better. Now joined by Kumiki and the Arioi, Seumas and his team sail to Ru’s island, Raiatea. Yet, one last trick by Ragnu destroys their flags, so that the king of Raiatea mistakes the flotilla for enemies. He entrusts his armada to the deceitful Ragnu, who hopes to take his revenge on Seumas. Thanks to the gods’ intervention, however, Ragnu finds himself isolated on a rowing boat; he is wounded by Kumiki and then killed by Seumas. The warriors of Raiatea then understand the Priest’s ploy and stop fighting. To celebrate this moment of new beginning, Seumas and Kumiki organise a concert, with Kumiki on drums and Seumas playing his bagpipes. At that moment the explorer Hiro arrives, who returns home with the incredible discovery he has made during his voyages: writing.

Garry Kilworth is an English writer of speculative fiction, fantasy and science fiction, historical war novels, and young-adult fiction. Originally entitled The Princely Flower, and published in English in 1997 (reviewed above), Le temps des guerriers is the French language edition of the second volume of the Navigator Kings trilogy. It is preceded by The Roof of Voyaging (1996) (translated as Le manteau des étoiles in French, 2006) and followed by Land-of-Mists (1998) (La terre de brumes, 2007). The trilogy displays a Eurocentric narrative, with its gods and spells belonging more to Greek myths and tales. Moreover, Kilworth has created a Lord of the Rings adventure for the Pacific, with voyaging, battles, caves and monsters encountered in the process of a quest that is begun by a cross-nation group of companions.

In creating his fantasy, Kilworth appropriates a diversity of Pacific elements, with names and cultures adopted and exploited. The inter-tribal war between the long ears and the short ears on Rapanui permits a moment of action and conflict. Like in J.R.R. Tolkien’s battles, giants fight alongside the humans, with the moai re-imagined as colossal warriors who have become petrified mid-conflict in pits, and buried up to their chests. It is a creative idea, but it does not explain the many moai on Rapanui that were never part buried and which were erected on ahu (platforms). The fantasy that a portal to another land is located in a cave on Easter Island has appeared in Indiana Jones and the Interior World (reviewed above), with a time portal appearing in Murder on Easter Island (reviewed below).

In changing the title of The Princely Flower, the French translation emphasises the art of warfare practised by almost all of the protagonists, and especially the Maori. When the heroes are not fighting, the narrative foregrounds the busy erotic lives of Polynesians. Although Kilworth’s fantasy world is set in the Pacific islands, the author adds the Celtic characters of Seumas and Dorcha, which allows him to underline cultural differences. Seumas, for instance, never gets to terms with the liberated – indeed public – sexuality of Polynesian women. Another non-Pacific cultural element is evoked through the magic pond: it recalls the myth of the Fountain of Youth, whose accounts predominantly emanate from European and Biblical sources. Yet the Maori Tangata strangely knows the existence of such rejuvenating waters. That said, some Polynesian stories mention life-giving waters in connection to Hina-uri.

Jessica Maufort

Jump to contents

Tixi Tigerhai und das Geheimnis der Osterinsel [Tixi Tigershark and the Mystery of Easter Island] – Thomas Lehr
(Berlin: Aufbau Verlagsgruppe, 2008)

The ten-year-old Tixi Tigerhai is incredibly smart and resourceful. She was abducted at the age of five but managed to escape her kidnappers during their flight over the Pacific by hiding inside a wooden crate and then throwing the crate out of the plane. The crate was caught mid-fall by the giant bird, Snir-Snar, who safely set her down on Easter Island where she befriended the chief-king of the Rapanui. The Easter Island people are divided into long-ears and short-ears and the two groups are constantly fighting with one another. The division occurred many years ago during "Haukopftag" (the day marking the completion of carving one of the stone heads on the island). These people carve the likeness of one of their own into stone, then celebrate for three days before calling upon the giant bird Snir-Snar by song to carry the head to a predetermined place on the island. It is during one of those days that they had seen what they named an Egg-Kangaroo, and, excited by the sight, decided to carve the egg-kangaroo's head into the next stone. However, they strongly disagreed on the length of the egg-kangaroo's ears to the point that they divided into the two groups – the long-ears and short-ears – who now constantly fight over anyone and everything (i.e. whether to call the giant bird "Snir" or "Snar", or their leader "chief" or "king"). Since that day, no further stone heads have been carved.

Five years later, Tixi is climbing one of the multi-colored, scarred, and eye-patch wearing stone heads, and is thrown into its cavernous inside as the head suddenly moves. There, she (literally) runs into Hänschen Haifischflosse (Little Hans Shark-Fin) who is searching the underground tunnel system for his friend Hubert, who is one of 39 Easter Bunnies worldwide. They each have their own headquarters and work under the leadership of the sole female, Marinda-Melinda-Manjares-Müller-Mümmelmann, to successfully deliver Easter eggs and sweets to children every year. Hubert is also the Egg-Kangaroo the Easter Island people saw years ago. He placed his sweet factory under a net of invisibility between the twelve-finger-cliffs off the island's coast, presumably safe from discovery since the Easter Island people themselves do not celebrate Easter.

Tixi and Hänschen quickly become friends and embark on an adventure to free the Easter Bunnies from Dr Bonzo and Schwarzbauch ("black-belly"), two brothers who have abducted children to their fortress in Tierra del Fuego to extort money from their parents. Their latest scheme involves the abduction of the Easter Bunnies to extort money from children all over the world who want to celebrate Easter. Tixi and Hänschen follow the kidnappers' trail to an underground cavern inside a volcano on Easter Island. On the way, they befriend the little monkey Griff-Graff, who can manipulate gravity by either sucking in or blowing out his cheeks – thus making himself incredibly heavy or light. At the entrance to the cavern, Tixi and Hänschen run into the chief-king Tiwi, and together they overwhelm the kidnappers and find the Easter Bunnies Hubert and Herbert inside. However, both are barely recognisable. Their ears have shortened, their skin has turned a sickly white pallor, and they have grown to human size. The group quickly realises that this is the effect of prolonged exposure to television programmes. Dr Bonzo and Schwarzbach have been forcing the Easter Bunnies to watch television for hours on end – effectively turning them into their puppets called "Smartmen" – and then employ them to guard the abducted children in Tierra del Fuego.

Two of the kidnappers manage to flee and use another giant bird – Snir-Snar's wife Snirine, who was presumed to be dead, and whom they control via an electric helmet – to fly to Tierra del Fuego. Under a piece of an invisibility net she had cut off, Tixi manages to jump onto Snir-Snar's back who immediately pursues his wife. Upon her arrival on Tierra del Fuego, Tixi befriends the abducted children while still disguised. With their help, she disrupts the Smartmen's nightly routine of forced television-watching and makes them susceptible to their original childlike Easter Bunny nature. Just as she is discovered by and forced to surrender to Dr Bonzo and Schwarzbauch, Hänschen, Tiwi, and their friends arrive in a fighter jet to save her, whilst Snir-Snar captures the villains and carries them away – never to be seen again.

The children are returned to their parents, and Tiwi reads stories to the Smartmen until they are all transformed back into Easter Bunnies. Tiwi and Hänschen are the only children whose parents cannot be found – so they decide to remain on Easter Island with Tiwi, Griff-Graff, Snir-Snar, Snirine, Herbert, Hubert, and the Easter Island people. The mystery of the length of the Egg-Kangaroo's ears is lifted, Tiwi is made chief in a democratic election, and the long-ears and short-ears make peace and resume carving stone heads.

Possibly the most surreal of all moai adventures, this German-language children's book is so full of narrative absurdities that it borders on deliberate nonsense. The idea of Easter bunnies on Easter Island is not new, neither is the notion that Rapanui is associated with Easter eggs. But so much else in this novel is a fantasy of unexpected absurdity, which meshes fact and fiction about Rapanui and provides its own unique take and answers to the stories of the tribal divisions and the questions as to how the moai were moved. For instance, the novel only refers to one volcano crater called Te Pito o te Henua – the navel of the world, of which there is no such volcano in reality. In the novel, Te Pito o te Henua is feared by the island's inhabitants due to its strong gravitational pull. It is also revered as the center of the world. In fact, on Rapanui there is a special magnetic stone that the islanders call Te Pito o te Henua, which is clearly the origins for the fantasy volcano.

For the movement of the moai, the giant bird Snir-Snar is responsible for flying the newly-carved statues into position. This arguably develops into a variation of the birdman. Instead of racing for a bird egg to be proclaimed birdman, the chief has a special connection to the giant bird and is the only one able to speak its language. The Rapanui can communicate with Snir-Snar by showing it a map of the island with a big 'X' where the statue is supposed to go – but they cannot communicate with him beyond that. There is also a "birdsong" that the Rapanui sing to call the bird and which mirrors a spiritual ritual to call a deity.

Within the adventure the Rapanui language is often referenced. Tiwi and his people also speak "Egg-Spanish", which is a specific Easter Island version of Spanish in which all the vowels in words are replaced by 'ei' (also the German word for 'egg'). It is shown to not be exclusive to Easter Island, since Dr Bonzo also replaces all his vowels – though with the umlaut 'ö'. The "ei" in Easter Island Spanish references the Easter Eggs and is specific to them. The novel also alludes to the fact that the Easter Island people varied their Spanish to make it more "their own", thus subtly problematising the question of language and variety in the colonial context.

Sonja Mausen

Jump to contents

Histoires Vraies [True Histories]
‘Le mystère de l’île de pâques’ [‘The Mystery of Easter Island’] – Sophie Crépon, illustrated by Cyrille Meyer
(no.186; Paris: Fleurus Presse, July 2009)

The story takes place in the 1600s where we learn that a draught has struck the island, which causes the old king, Ana kou, to fear an imminent famine. As he meditates to find a solution to the predicament faced by his people, he recalls the island’s ancestors who found a new land, bringing with them taro, sweet potatoes, bananas, and sugar cane. A council is due to take place with the king forced to give in to the demands of the war chiefs. But Ana kou is the only individual bestowed with the ability to communicate with the ancestors and gods, so the islanders hope he will devise a strategy to conjure up a period of rain. Ana kou shares with the clan that the gods have not answered his prayers, so he launches into a rain dance in which he is joined by others.

A war chief named Kainga expresses his profound doubt as to the usefulness of the dance. He reasons they should, instead, offer sacrifices to the gods, whilst a priest ventures that the gods need more beautiful and powerful statues. Eager to buy some time, the king reluctantly agrees to the building of more moai. However, by doing so and because of the draught, trees become scarce on the island. Consequently, the islanders resort to developing new ways of growing small crops in moist underground gardens or inside craters. Meanwhile, more moai are carved from the flanks of a volcano. As the draught continues, a northern clan commits an ominous and sacrilegious act: after attacking a neighbouring clan, they topple their rival’s moai.

This threatens to destroy peace on the island. A war chief confronts the king, telling him that his prayers and statues have been in vain. The king has a vision of his island left to its own demise, without a king to maintain peace. He leaves as he invokes the rongorongo tablets which contain the history of the ancestors. Kainga announces that the new god has visited him. His name is Makemake: he has the body of a man and the head of a bird. Kainga interprets the return of the frigates as a sign of the god’s presence on the island. Makemake will answer their prayers providing they oust the king and replace him with a birdman. It is decided that to become a birdman one has to bring back to the island the first egg laid by the frigates, braving the shark-infested ocean and besting the other fierce contenders.

The king steps down and goes to live in a cave. Ceremonies ensue to determine who will be the leading birdman, with Kainga the first to return with an egg: he is therefore declared the new king. Will the gods answer his prayers? The narrative leaps a hundred years to 1722, and presents an excerpt from the log book of the Dutch Admiral Jacob Roggoveen. He describes how desolate-looking the island appears. Roggeveen is astounded by the statues, several of which lay shattered on the ground. He wonders how its inhabitants were able to build such monumental structures without wood, and he ponders on their functions. The epilogue of this story reinforces these questions. It is concluded that Easter Island has yet to reveal many of its secrets.

Part of a bi-monthly, educational and well-illustrated series, this French pocket book had a target readership of children aged between eight and twelve years old. It features a 24-page story followed by 20 pages of supporting information and games, that include facts and images of moai kavakava. In those supporting pages the book’s inspiration is most clear – the successful British series of publications, Horrible Histories (reviewed above) – bringing the past to a young readership through engaging stories, images and facts, but without the latter’s desire to resort to humour.

The Mystery of Easter Island features portraits of the protagonists, as well as a map to situate Easter Island in relation to Australia and South America (Chile). It also offers a chronology listing ten major events and key periods, starting with the arrival of the first people on Easter Island (1000-1100) and ending with Chile’s ending of the sheep farm on the island (1953). The prologue of the story provides general information about Easter Island, emphasising its geographical isolation, the inhospitable character of its landscape, the moai, and the mysterious decline of Rapanui society.

The narrative is presented as an exploration of what may have happened to Easter Islanders before the landing of Jacob Roggoveen in 1722. Like other educational books, the story comes with helpful footnotes to elucidate the vocabulary that may be unfamiliar to readers outside of the Pacific (terms such as taro and tapa). It is worth noting that the moai, which are prominently featured throughout the story, are not referred to as moai but simply as “statues”. The visual representation of the characters is fairly stereotypical and obviously simplified for the young readership: Kainga, the warrior-aggressor, is painted red and looks mean, whereas the king aligns with the moai from the beginning as the illustrator depicts him in their protective presence, in the same shade of blue. In this respect, the story reads as a cautionary tale, for Kainga’s greed leads to the depletion of natural resources which leads to chaos and the collapse of a culture.

Overall, the story draws on a mixture of facts, conjecture and legends, whilst emphasising the ecological devastation that was triggered by the deforestation of the island to provide the logs necessary to move the moai from their carving sites. However, there are also a number of errors, with Cook not Roggeveen being the first visitor to record toppled statues.

Anne Magnan-Park

Jump to contents

Danger sur l'île de Pâques [Danger on Easter Island] - Pascale Perrier
(Paris: Oskar, 2010)

An American billionaire, John-John Deslestruy, invites scriptwriter Albin Chamoiseau, director Peter Standish, and historians Ian Silver and Urbano Delacanta to Easter Island to produce an innovative docudrama. Chamoiseau is requested to bring his children, Nathan and Pauline, with him. On the plane, the crew learns that the only actor, Richard Freeland, is lost at sea. At his villa on Rapanui, the billionaire tells the young Nathan that he registered him for the Make-Make, the ancient birdman race, which has been adapted for children (the eggs are now concealed by elders). When Nathan finds the egg, he is brutally attacked by the other contestants and the egg breaks.

During the race, he also finds Freeland's ripped t-shirt at the foot of a sea cliff; the actor is declared officially dead. Nathan and Pauline then meet with Delacanta on the Rano Kau volcano. The historian has just found evidence suggesting that the Rapanui people used the moai as an astronomical calendar. Delacanta is later found dead, crushed under a moai. Although the police suspect an accident, a rope and the mysterious red letters "PITO" written next to the body suggest otherwise. The next day Ian Silver is poisoned by some pineapple juice that had been offered to him by Delestruy.

Nathan notices that the first initial of each invited guest's name form the word 'Rapa Nui', and discovers that Delestruy wants to film the death of each person and the survivors' emotions in real time. The billionaire is obsessed with everything symbolic, which explains his meticulous selection of a filming crew and location. When put together, the words found besides the bodies form the phrase 'TE PITO O TE FENUA', which literally translates as 'the navel of the earth'. While they all fear for their lives, Delestruy is unexpectedly bitten by a black widow spider. One of the indigenous children gives Nathan the letter Delestruy had sent them months before. It reveals that Delestruy was dying of cancer and wanted to make a ground-breaking film before his passing. So, he paid the local children to help him set up this creative, albeit macabre, project. Although cooperative at first, the Rapanui children later placed the deadly spider into the billionaire's car to put an end to the list of murders.

Based in Paris, Pascale Perrier is a prolific writer of young children, middle-grade and young adult literature. Her books range across a vast array of subjects and historical periods with some – the co-authored titles Disparitions dans l'atelier de Gauguin (2011) and Naufrage à Vanikoro (2009) – also taking place on Pacific islands. Reflecting the fact that many of her books are publicised as potential personal readings at French schools, Danger on Easter Island presents Rapanui history, culture, and environment in a rather didactic fashion. This is a short book with one sixth taken up by a dossier at the back containing facts and a glossary. There are, however, some errors and the repeated phrase 'Te pito o te fenua' has been taken from Tahitian language. The correct Rapanui phrase is 'Te pito o te henua'.

Boiled down there is little that is original about this adventure, which borrows the much-repeated fiction of a wealthy villain based on Rapanui (a theme that appears within moai comics) and a series of murders of visitors/ tourists to the island (a theme to which many novels have turned). The idea that the death of each victim will be recorded in real time adds an unexpected 'snuff film' aspect to a children's book.

Jessica Maufort

Jump to contents

Keroro Gunso the Super Movie 5
(Tokyo: Kadokawa Shoten, 2010)

The Japanese language tie-in novel to the animated film of the same year (see the review above). Occasional half page black and white illustrations support the text, but the main image is on the book's cover, which presents an assembly of key characters from the film against a backdrop of moai. Keroro Gunso (Sgt Frog) sits on top of Fuyuki's head giving instructions from a guide to Rapanui. At the same time, Fuyuki strides out from the frame that contains the image, and towards the reader.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents



Reluctant Dead – John Moss
(Toronto: Dundurn, 2011)

After ten years of working with Detective David Morgan in Toronto, Detective Miranda Quin has decided to take extended leave on Easter Island to write a mystery novel. Her preparatory reading includes Thor Heyerdahl's Aku-Aku, a gift from her boss, Alex Rufalo. On the flight to São Paolo she encounters an Englishman who is reading an older, annotated copy. While waiting for a transfer to a hotel for the night, Quin realises that he has exchanged their books. Inside the cover is an indecipherable signature accompanied by an equation: 4/5=00. Back in Canada, Morgan is called in to investigate when the body of a Brazilian heiress, Maria D'Arcy, is found on a yacht owned by her husband, Harrington.

That night, Quin is awoken by two men at the end of her hotel bed. They question her about a man called D'Arcy believing that she has his book. Before she can learn any more, they disappear. On arrival at Hanga Roa, the mysterious Englishman turns up again bleeding profusely. This prompts Quin to call her partner and they begin to piece together the connections. The man, Thomas Edward Ross, is recovering but remains evasive, he does reveal, though, that the annotated copy of Heyerdahl belonged to Maria D'Arcy.

Continuing his investigations, Morgan visits the D'Arcy's home where he finds a paddle-shaped piece of wood carved with rongorongo and a stone moai. A photograph taken on board a yacht called Tangata Manu confirms that the couple had sailed in the South Pacific. Harrington, meanwhile, has gone missing on his way to Baffin Island in the Artic. Morgan tracks down the Tangata Manu and sailor Rove McMan, who has been entrusted to look after the vessel's cargo, a carefully wrapped collection of rare toromiro wooden rongorongo tablets. McMan tells Morgan that the tablets contain the Rapa Nui Declaration of Independence, the political legacy and equivalent of the Doomsday Book. As the mystery intensifies, Morgan travels with D'Arcy's business partner, Gloria Simmons, in search of the millionaire. Eventually, and not without considerable risk to their own lives, they find him, but he dies, seemingly of exposure.

In Hanga Roa, Quin is abducted by a man called Matteo. He tells her he is tiaki ana, a guardian of the cave and that Maria was his sister. They are direct descendants of the final ariki (chief), Humberto Rapa Haoa, who was the last person able to read rongorongo. They are also part of an independence movement with allegiances to a far-right Chilean group. The copy of Aku-Aku becomes central again, and Quin deciphers the equation on the inside cover as map coordinates to a location somewhere near Gibraltar. Quin is forced to make a covert escape from Rapa Nui on board a ship, with her passage funded by Ross.

Simmons, who is of Inuit decent, confides in Morgan that the D'Arcy's business interests in Baffin Island were linked to the discovery of a rich vein of natural resources. The foreign investors they were working with were the Chilean government and a right-wing political faction of Pinochet supporters. The fascist group's aim, though, is to take control of the resources and topple the government.

It becomes evident that Quin's trip to Easter Island and receipt of Aku-Aku via Rufalo had been engineered by the D'Arcys. Together, Quin and Morgan return to the Tangata Manu and this time McMan shows them another collection of wooden pieces that Quin instinctively forms into a small box shape. It is covered with engravings of birds, people and the sea. Its origin, they deduce from the rosewood-type material, is not from Rapa Nui, but Peru. Matteo and Maria's ancestor, who returned to his homeland after time as a slave, had hidden the precious artefact. It then passed to the D'Arcys via the siblings' mother who is currently based in Toronto. Eventually the plan is to return the treasures, along with Matteo's twins, who are at school in Chile, to Easter Island.

In a final confrontation between the detectives, and Ross and Simmons, there is an admission by Simmons that she murdered the D'Arcys. She killed Maria because of her loyalty to Rapa Nui and her connections to the fascist group, and Harrington because he, out of loyalty to his wife, would have ensured that his company backed out of the Baffin Island deal for which the Inuit and the Chilean government have an interest. Ross meanwhile admits that he is involved with dealing antiquities on the black market and that the site in Gibraltar has already been relieved of its treasure, which is a rongorongo equivalent of the Rosetta stone, carved by Humberto Rapa Haoa. It was passed for safekeeping by one of his descendants, Jean Akarikitea, to anthropologist Katherine Routledge, just before the First World War. After Routledge's death, a copy of her book, The Mystery of Easter Island, was uncovered and returned to Jean's son, Matteo. It contained coded notations, but they were not decipherable. In the 1950s, Heyerdahl took Routledge's book in exchange for an autographed copy of Aku-Aku and Maria's grandfather copied Routledge's code into Heyerdahl's book, thus making it crucial to the puzzle. Eventually, it was acquired by the D'Arcys, thus closing the circle.

Reluctant Dead is the third book in the police procedural series written by Canadian author John Moss, which is centred on the investigations of homicide detectives Miranda Quin and David Morgan. The book takes Easter Island into an arena of global politics with Inuit and Chilean economic interests and a group of Pinochet supporters introduced, where just one book of moai fiction has gone before – see Au Maléfice du doute (reviewed above). Here, the book's focus on Rapanui politics and sovereignty is interesting but rather muddled and it is secondary to the intricate web of personal relationships and commitments. The ending is also rather inconclusive and seems to wistfully suggest that eventually there will be a cultural resurgence and independence. Once again, rongorongo is an antiquity for which people are prepared to go to extreme lengths to acquire – see also Doctor Who: Eye of Heaven (reviewed above) and The Adventures of Blake and Mortimer (reviewed above). The notion that there is a Rosetta stone equivalent of rongorongo would open all possibilities for its translation, but alas it is part of the story's fiction. Heyerdahl is referenced occasionally in moai fiction, especially as a source of knowledge, but by comparison Routledge is neglected and appears in just one other publication, The Adventures of Piratess Tilly (reviewed below), a short book of poetry written for children in Haiku.

Andrea Wright

Jump to contents

Joufou et les Piratfous – tome 3: Á l’Île de Pâques [Joufou and the Piratfous – volume 3: On Easter Island] - text and illustrations by Guy Dyotte
(Quebec: Les Productions Dyotte, 2011)

It is 1542 and Joufrasque L'Amuser, a French sailor from Saint-Malo in Brittany, has been travelling the seas impressing the people of the new worlds with his magic tricks, juggling and acrobatic skills. He did this to enable exchanges of his performance tools for merchandise from these foreign lands, which he brought back to the king of France, in order to finance new voyages. On a fateful journey home in 1559, his ship was struck by a terrible storm, which led to three treasure chests of precious material being thrown into the sea. Joufrasque never saw the treasure chests again. Before his death he asked that his descendants undertook a search for the lost treasure.

1723 and Joufou le Malouin (aka Joufou) and Joufrousse LeBorgne (aka Joufrousse), both descendants of Joufrasque, have been given permission by the king of France to find the treasure chests. They set sail from Saint-Malo with a crew called the Piratfous. After travelling halfway around the world and finding themselves in the Pacific Ocean, they are tired, cold and starting to become hungry. Suddenly they spy land and it is the west coast of Easter Island. Unbeknown to them, at the very same time on the south coast of Easter Island, a Spanish ship manned by the Ragadasses, sworn enemies of the Piratfous, also spy land. To the east, Dutch sailors, called the Troulouxes and sworn enemies of the Spanish also spy Rapanui. All three ships are searching for the lost treasure chests.

The French are the first to make landfall, where the Rapanui and their chief, Ranodépo, warmly greet them on the beach. Ranodépo conveys that the year before, the Dutch, under Admiral Jacob Roggeveen, were the first Europeans to make contact with the Rapanui. The Dutch had wanted to see the giant moai and it was Roggeveen who gave the land the name of Easter Island. The Rapanui demonstrate for the visitors a string game and show them their exceptional talent for carving. A traditional Rapanui festival of music and dance follows, and later the visitors are shown rongorongo tablets. Ranodépo says the characters on the tablets - which they recognise represent man, daily objects, fish, lizards and birds - resemble Egyptian hieroglyphics but unfortunately nobody knows anymore what they mean exactly. Taken next to see more of the moai, Ranodépo explains that his people, who are Polynesian, have a fascinating history. The moai represent their ancestors and they face inwards to the villages in order to transmit their energies and protect each clan.

Whilst Ranodépo is explaining his culture the Dutch Troulouxes silently climb the slopes of Orongo in search of the lost treasure. At the same time, the Spanish Ragadasses have secretly entered the moai quarry at Rano Raraku, where they have failed to find the treasure chests. They therefore decide to hide around and upon a giant moai and wait for the Piratfous and their Rapanui guide to arrive so they can obtain more information. Meanwhile, the Dutch keep looking for the treasure without any luck, and Ranodépo shows the French more of the island's heritage without knowing that there are additional foreign sailors lurking close by.

Ranodépo takes Joufou and his crew to the cliffs of Orongo where there are petroglyphs of tangata manu and where he explains the importance of the annual birdman competition. It is there, amongst the rocks of Orongo, that the Piratfous discover a Dutch soldier in hiding. The punishment is severe and inspired by the birdman he is thrown off the cliff and into the sea. Following the birdman rules, he will next have his head shaved and be placed in a cave for a year under strict conditions. Ranodépo continues to explain the moai: how they were constructed, the row of seven statues at ahu Akivi, and the pukao (topknots) made of red scoria. But he says that the methods for transporting and erecting the moai remain unknown.

The Dutch and the Spanish cannot be kept apart any longer and they come face to face in a battle (one of many over more than a century of fighting). The French along with the Rapanui attend to the battle between the Dutch and the Spanish before the French sail way from Easter Island towards the Atlantic Ocean and other adventures in search of the treasure chests.

Part of a series of French-Canadian children's books featuring Joufou - a pirate-like figure, complete with an eyepatch and pegleg - the near A4 size pages are dominated by black and white images, which are available for children to colour-in as an additional activity to reading the adventure. The story exhibits a base level of research, which is relayed through Ranodépo, who acts as an educational guide, but there are also a number of misunderstandings and distortions. That said, this is a children's book that does not take itself too seriously.

It would be impossible for three large foreign sailing ships to arrive at different points of Easter Island and remain undetected and unknown to each other. The pukao are here described as hats when they represent topknots of hair and the Rapanui of 1723 would have had no knowledge of Egyptian hieroglyphs. Contrary to the story, in 1723 the Rapanui would have known how to read rongorongo and had knowledge of the ways in which the moai were transported. Politically, the story is strikingly accommodating and sympathetic to the French, with the end battle concluding too abruptly. But most interestingly, the Rapanui are depicted as humans, whilst the visiting French, Spanish and Dutch are an assortment of anthropomorphised animals.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Le fils de l'Homme-Oiseau [The Son of the Birdman] – Catherine C. Laurent, illustrated by Bénédicte Nemo
(Nîmes: Grandir, 2013)

Written as a first-person narrative, this short book relates the story of 10-year old Riro, who lives on Rapanui, the only place he has ever known. He enjoys riding his horse and admiring his moai friends, the protective figures filled with mana which stand proud on his island. The story takes place during the 10-day modern-day festival of Tapati Rapa Nui, in which Riro's father performs. For he appears as Tangata Manu – the birdman – and he dances with Riro, whilst inspired by the spirit of Makemake, the supreme god and protector of migratory birds. Riro briefly describes the ceremony and marvels at the birdman tradition still being alive. He states how proud he is of sharing these traditions with the tourists who come to visit his island during Tapati, and how glad he is that they will purchase the souvenirs he has been crafting for a month with his fellow islanders.

Riro reflects on the first European explorers and their spoils, among them the wooden rongorongo tablets and carvings of moai kavakava. He moves on to the Peruvian traders who enslaved islanders to work in guano mines, and the subsequent devastating effects of imported diseases and the loss of sacred knowledge and high-ranking people. He later acknowledges the Tahitian priest – without naming him – who helped bring some of the people back to the island. Riro then focuses on the wool trade which took over his land and forced the population to be contained behind barbed wires in Hanga Roa, and the massive import of sheep who ate the toromiro on which ancient tales were carved. He ends with the annexation of his island by Chile in 1888. Riro wonders, "je ne sais pas pourquoi nous ne sommes pas morts" [I do not know why we aren't dead], but adds that he is proud his culture remains alive.

Riro's descriptions are succinct but nevertheless provide key factual details and information, with the book moving between historical and contemporary periods and making it clear that despite the past this is a living culture. Just one other example of moai fiction (Varua, reviewed below) incorporates the Tapati festival – an important contemporary celebration of Rapanui culture – and in doing so it highlights the resilience of the Rapanui, with an approach that is both respectful and political. Compared with another book that is centred on a Rapanui boy, the romanticised Orongo. The Child from Easter Island (reviewed above), this is a vastly different text and shows how over time such publications have altered to demonstrate cultural sensitivity. It is a shame that The Son of the Birdman did not explore the normal daily life of Riro, but at least it avoids the heavily staged and simplified anthropology of Orongo. The Child from Easter Island.

Of the 33 pages that are in French, 25 are devoted to the story (the 8 pages at the back provide supporting contextual information and photographs). Of those 25 pages for the story, the text is minimal, resembling that of a free-verse poem. Alongside the text are many pages of full and double-page colour illustrations, which look like they have been made from a folk-craft process of block cuts, a printmaking technique which uses materials such as metal, linoleum, stone or wood as a relief surface. These are bold images which foreground Rapanui culture through dance, costumes, body paint, the buildings at Orongo, petroglyphs, the birdman, rongorongo, and the carvings on the back of a moai in the island landscape – albeit this moai is Hoa Hakananai'a, which has long been held in the British Museum in London.

The book was released by Grandir (later called Lirabelle), a small publishing house based in Nîmes (France), that specialises in children's literature from around the world. It is worth noting that their books have featured a range of stories in the Japanese visual tradition of kamishibai and several folktales in audio versions. They reflect the publisher's mission to promote beautifully crafted illustrated tales that provide insights into western and non-western storytelling traditions. This book is to be saluted for calling attention to the power of cultural traditions and laying out in simple terms the negative effects of colonisation.

Anne Magnan-Park

Jump to contents

The Flying Saucers Have Landed – George Adamski and Desmond Leslie
(Lilburn, GA: New IllumiNet Press, 2014)

Originally published in 1954, as authored by Desmond Leslie and George Adamski, The Flying Saucers Have Landed became a best seller and a key text for common believers in earthly encounters with UFOs and aliens. Adamski's experiences were written by Leslie in this first of three books which would include Adamski's UFO visits to the moon and beyond. The experiences apparently began in 1946 near Adamski's ranch in California and he subsequently produced photographs which purported to evidence his stories and which then formed the basis of public lectures. What Adamski relayed was often so detached from science and accepted knowledge that even Ufologists joined the critics that labelled his accounts a hoax. It is for these reasons that this book review has been included under Fiction. The Flying Saucers Have Landed included Leslie's own accounts/records of Earth visitation which in part had been developed from an 1898 work of fiction by William Scott-Elliot, The Story of Atlantis and the Lost Lemuria, itself inspired by the Mu fiction of James Churchward. This probably explains why the publisher of this edition only foregrounded on its cover a UFO hovering above moai, but the connection between this image and the book's contents is tenuous with just a very brief mention of Easter Island on one page.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents



Der Traum von Rapa Nui [The Dream of Rapa Nui] - Carla Federico
(Munich: Knaur, 2014)

The story is set between the years 1886 and 1893. Still unmarried at the age of twenty-six, Katharina Steiner, the daughter of German expatriates living in Chile, decides to answer a newspaper announcement from a farmer, Barnabas Wilkinson, who is searching for a wife and mother for his two children. Barnabas lives on Easter Island and Katharina leaves her family behind to set sail on the next ship. On board, she meets missionary Aaron Hayes and they fall in love. Aaron's travels originate in Tahiti, where he rescued the Rapanui Tane from brutal plantation owners and promised to bring him back to his home island. Tane's parents had been two of the many slaves brought to Tahiti from Rapanui and the former slave relies on the pastor for protection. Despite their romantic feelings for each other, Aaron rebuts Katharina. His life is committed to missionary work and he has no intention to marry. Upon their arrival on Easter Island, Katharina searches out Barnabas and they marry soon after. The story thus continues over several years on the island.

Rapanui belongs to the sheep farmers Alex Salmon and John Brander, whose fathers also own the plantation in Tahiti, where Tane was forced to work as a slave. The Rapanui on the island far outnumber the white settlers, but live secluded in their own village, Hanga Roa, while the white settlers live in Vaihu. The occupational history and violence towards the Rapanui build a continuous background to the story. Even during her first carriage ride to her soon-to-be husband's farm, Katharina is shocked by the skeletons of Rapanui on the road. Her stepson jokes that they had been killed by the white settlers, but the father amends that they fell sick and died. Thanks to Aaron's teachings during the ship journey, Katharina is aware that both statements are equally true.

Tane is reunited with his extended family - among them his grandmother Ika, his cousins Roro and Hina and their sister Nani. Nani is later kidnapped by Archibald Smythe, a white settler on the island, to be a domestic slave. Archibald is married to Laurentine, a native beauty who describes herself as a cannibal's daughter. Her father saw the error of his cannibalistic ways when he was baptised and wanted to see his daughter married to a white man, for this was the only reasonable future in his opinion.

Archibald is extremely abusive towards his wife and continually fantasises about raping other women on the island. When he follows Hina home one night, her brother Roro steps in to offer protection. Tane arrives on the scene as well and the argument turns violent. Both Roro and Tane are shot, but only the latter survives his wounds. Archibald is not persecuted and Tane secludes himself while he recovers. He radicalises in his attitude towards the white settlers, and even turns against his former friend Aaron. He wants all the settlers off the island. When Roro's body goes missing before the funeral, the situation almost comes to a violent head. Archibald is unmasked as the body thief at the last moment, and a war is narrowly avoided between the Rapanui and the white settlers. Hina falls in love with the white man Rufus and after three years of hiding their affair, she becomes pregnant. She dies of "bloody coughs" (likely consumption) after giving birth, and the father is left with the baby. Katharina and Aaron cannot completely ignore their feelings for each other and begin an affair that is revealed when, during a failed marriage ceremony, Aaron's fiancé Theresa (who is also Katharina's sister) announces it to the congregation.

Meanwhile, tensions between the Rapanui and the white settlers rise, Chile is in negotiations with Salmon and Brander to buy the island, and more Chilean settlers arrive. The history of the island is referenced as one of dispossession and political interests of western nations. Tane's time in seclusion has turned him into the leader of the "Ring of Hotu Matua", who attack the farms and their stock, and ultimately plunder a shipwrecked supply ship that arrives closes to shore. In an effort to cause the war he so desperately needs to become the sole "king of the island", Archibald consorts with another Chilean settler - Ezequiel - and has him shoot Barnabas and kidnap Katharina. Due to the tensions, this is first blamed on Tane with the Rapanui and the settlers coming to an armed stand-off. Aaron and Theresa try to defuse the situation, even going so far as to step in front of the guns. The Rapanui women arrive and try to talk their men into laying down their arms. Archibald loses patience and tries to shoot the Rapanui catechist Nicholas Pakarati, but is stopped by Barnabas, who has finally come to accept his wife's stories about the Rapanui being good but wronged people. Barnabas dies, but Katharina is rescued and she decides to stay on Rapanui, living with Aaron and her children, working towards a better future for the island - now firmly under Chilean jurisdiction.

This lengthy story of 650+ pages belongs to the genre of historical romance and like Jennifer Vanderbes's more successful novel, Easter Island (reviewed above), it takes actual people and events and weaves around them fictional characters and situations. As with Vanderbes's novel, not only is romance a central narrative thread, but there is a romantic triangle involving sisters. The similarities are such that it is tempting to suggest that Vanderbes's novel has acted as an inspiration or even a template for Der Traum von Rapa Nui.

In her afterword, Federico states that she has tried to shine a light on the tragic history of the Rapanui on Easter Island and the violence to which they have been subjected. She repeatedly calls attention to the unjust dispossession of the Rapanui. There was indeed a despicable sheep-farming company, Williamson-Balfour, on Rapanui at the time this story was set and its Scottish owners included John Brander and Alexander Salmon, Jr. The main villain in this novel, Archibald Smythe, who works for Brander and Salmon, and is presumably Scottish, did not exist and in reality he was the Frenchman Jean-Baptiste Dutrou-Bornier, who arrived on Rapanui in 1868, took a native woman as his wife and tried to proclaim himself 'king'. The 1914 novel, La Reina de Rapa Nui (reviewed above), also took inspiration from the life and crimes of Dutrou-Bornier for its story. Elsewhere, the Williamson-Balfour company has appeared notably in just a few other examples of moai culture: Mr No (no.61, reviewed above), and I Predatori.

Unfortunately, Federico falls prey to some of the same stereotypes that were used to justify the enslavement and colonisation of Pacific islanders and indigenous peoples - such as the use of the term, "hotheaded native", and the need for the story to have a white (missionary) saviour. Tane, an activist, is the one presented as a hothead. During the ship journey, he is also fearless of the sea and invigorated by the storm, and instead of boarding the smaller boats to be rowed to shore, he jumps ship once he is close enough and swims to land. Here he carefully waits for the island to welcome him before he walks further inland. Hanga Roa is walled in and the huts are poorly made in comparison to the settler's homes, with wooden lizard figurines (moko miro) guarding the entrances. Upon his arrival, Tane's hatred towards the white settlers mounts and he intends to fight for equal rights and the freedom of his people.

Meanwhile, Aaron is the white saviour character who has found his mission in rescuing Tane and by extension the Rapanui people. He asks Tane to teach him his language and is aware of the history of occupation and slavery in the South Pacific. Nonetheless, he sees little wrong in missionary work, for as long as the natives are treated with respect. Contrary to the author's stated intent in the afterword that "he represents the kind of person Easter Island would have needed at that point in history", he is still culpable of an act of colonialism. Although Tane calls him out on his culpability, Tane is represented as too emotional and vengeful for his allegations to leave a lasting impression.

Whilst on Tahiti, Tane prays to Makemake as do some of the Rapanui left on Easter Island. A large number, however, have been converted to Christianity. The birdman cult is also mentioned in the novel, as is the race to Motu Nui to bring back the first egg of the season. The first man to bring the egg to the king would be named tangata manu, the intermediary between Makemake and the Rapanui. The tangata manu would go into seclusion for the first six months after winning the race to strengthen his bonds with the god. Structurally, the mentioning of the story coincides with Tane's seclusion from his family. However, his violent search for revenge ends abruptly towards the end of the novel, when he encounters his niece for the first time.

There is in the story another interesting character, an archeologist Lucius Grey, who lives on the island studying the Rapanui. He does so by trying to read rongorongo and exploring the ritual sites but refuses to actually speak to the living Rapanui since he considers them too ignorant. Since all the Rapanui with the ability to read rongorongo were kidnapped for the slave trade, they remain a mystery to Tane and his people as well. In fact, Grey is an outsider who targets and exploits the island's culture, as he reproduces the rongorongo tablets and sells them off to unsuspecting white settlers in Tahiti and Chile and he shows a general disregard for the sacredness of the sites as he tries to excavate them with dynamite.

Sonja Mausen

Jump to contents

Murder on Easter Island: A Daniel "Hawk" Fishinghawk Mystery - Gary D. Conrad
(Highland City, FL: Rainbow Books, 2014)

A series of gruesome murders, involving cannibalism, begins on Easter Island. The killer is only targeting tourists, and with visitors suddenly afraid to visit, the Chilean police call in Daniel Fishinghawk for help. Daniel is a detective with the NYPD, famed within his department for his Sherlock Holmes-esque powers of deduction. Much of his success rests on his ability to listen to his senses, something derived from skills taught to him by his Cherokee grandfather.

Arriving on the island, Daniel soon makes friends with the locals. A shaman on the island, Tiare, begins teaching him to speak Rapanui, and she teaches him of the island's history and customs. She suspects the involvement of Hitirau, an akuaku or spirit of the dead. When the killer targets Tiare and badly wounds her, Daniel realises he needs to move his investigation along. He heads to Puna Pau, the source of the red stone used to make the moai pukao. There, he has an encounter with the spirit but survives the experience.

Daniel goes to the museum on the island and discovers carvings of akuaku, here referred to as moai kavakava. He recognises Hitirau's likeness among them and becomes convinced Hitirau is somehow involved in the murders. Later, Daniel notices the same scent as that of Hitirau near Tiare's home. Daniel follows the scent which leads him through a cave system, whereupon he emerges on Anakena beach. He is overpowered by Rapanui men and when he regains consciousness he realises that he has travelled back in time to the period before the arrival of Jacob Roggeveen in 1722. Hotu Matu'a is the chief of the tribe that has found Daniel. Daniel is 'adopted' by a local couple and he proves himself as a mighty warrior during a raid on the village by a rival clan. He falls in love with Hotu Matu'a's daughter, Mahina, who takes him on a tour of the island. During the tour, he discovers that she can read the rongorongo tablets, and he confides that he is a detective from the future, something at which she scoffs.

Returning from his tour with Mahina, he discovers the village shaman has named him as a contestant in the birdman race. Daniel uses the contest as an opportunity to investigate other men as potential suspects in his twenty-first-century murder case. A jealous competitor, Atamu falls under suspicion when Daniel finds his lighter in his possession. His status as a warrior puts him close to the practice of cannibalism. When Daniel tussles with him during the birdman race, Atamu falls from a cliff to his death. Daniel believes his case to be closed and heads back to the twenty-first century. He offers Mahina the opportunity to join him but she declines, choosing to stay with her family.

Daniel struggles to locate the time cave and remembers the advice that the moai have the answers to all questions. In meditation, he communes with the moai and learns the location of the cave. Once on the other side, he encounters the shaman and realises Atamu was not the killer after all. The shaman had seen visions of the island's future and created the portal to serve his own ends. He intended to keep killing until Chile handed the island back to the Rapanui. Having also seen Daniel in a vision, he used the portal to kill Daniel's grandfather, although he missed his chance to kill Daniel too. Mahina appears from the time cave and helps dispatch the shaman.

Returning to modern day Hanga Roa, Daniel explains his five-month absence to Salvador Diaz, the chief of Chilean police and head of the murder investigation. Daniel takes Diaz to the shaman's body and Diaz decides to believe Daniel's fantastical story. In return for solving the murder, Daniel gets official identification papers for Mahina, and Tiare conducts their wedding ceremony before the moai. Having secreted two rongorongo tablets in a cave, Mahina suggests they sell one to raise the funds to build an institute dedicated to preserving the Rapanui language and history. Daniel quits the NYPD to remain on the island with Mahina.

Unlike so many other examples of moai fiction this novel demonstrates significant evidence of research and it includes Rapanui history that is normally ignored or glossed over in other texts. Far from being an isolated Pacific island, Rapanui is portrayed as a vibrant and modern community, with emphasis placed on relations with Chile. Gary D. Conrad engages with island politics, whilst the inclusion of the birdman race anchors the novel within Rapanui culture, though it seems unusual that Mahina does not share her ability to read rongorongo with the wider world. The moai are largely reduced to set dressing, providing a recognisable backdrop for the action, and only included when Daniel needs guidance (a more surrealistic example appearing in Hewligan's Haircut, reviewed above), drawing on the supposed mythical presence of these monumental carvings. Segments of the novel are less important to the narrative, though it is notable that much of this information is shared by the modern shaman, demonstrating a continued interest by the Rapanui in their ancestry.

In order to dramatically connect the present with the past, Conrad introduces a time travel element, with a cave acting as a portal. It is a plot device that has been employed several times before in Time Warp Trio (reviewed above), Operation Peril (reviewed above), The Adventures of Ogu, Mampato and Rena (reviewed above) and Hewligan's Haircut. As with The Adventures of Ogu, Mampato and Rena, moreover Time Warp Trio, time travel facilitates an exploration of Rapanui culture and heritage in arguably its richest form in a pre-colonial period, when the moai were being carved and rongorongo could be read. Detective fiction enables an investigation and exploration of Rapanui culture whilst solving the many murders that somehow beset the Rapanui in the novels that are located on the small island. Conrad's next novel, Murder at Stonehenge (2018, reviewed below), begins with Fishinghawk working and living with Mahina on Rapanui, before he relocates to England to solve a new mystery.

Laura Sedgwick

Jump to contents

Bat Pat Superexploradores. El Engima de las Cabezas de Piedra [Bat Pat Super-Explorers. The Mystery of the Stone Heads] – Roberto Pavanello, illustrated by Ivan Bigarella
(Barcelona: Montena, 2014)

Writer and explorer, Bat Pat – proud member of an ancient line of bat poets and writers – joins three siblings, Martin, Rebecca and Leo Silver, and their Uncle Charlie in traversing the globe. The team takes their submarine to Easter Island. There, they are met by Uncle Charlie's friend, Oma Rei, an islander who acts as their host and guide. Oma wakes the team early the following day. "There's a right way to be introduced to the moai", Oma explains, jumping in his jeep, as they drive several kilometres in the gloom. The team arrives at ahu Tongariki, just as the sun rises. Oma slams on the brakes and points: "I wanted them to be the ones to welcome you". Fifteen enormous statues stand in a line casting long shadows while the sky behind them burns.

"What do the moai represent?", Uncle Charlie turns to Oma, "do people think that they are local gods?". "Some archaelogists do", their guide replies, "but the majority agree that they represent the ancestors of grand local families and were intended to look after their descendants. Look how they are turned away from the sea, their gaze directed towards the island's interior where, in the past, the people used to live". "Their gaze?", queries Rebecca, "but they have no eyes!". Oma Rei smiles, "Excellent observation, young lady, and worthy of a seasoned archaeologist! I promise that, before the morning's end, you'll have a detailed answer to your question".

Leo points at one statue with a great slab of dark crimson rock on its head: "What's it got on its head? A life-saver!". Oma bursts out laughing, "no, that's called a pukao; some think it's a hat, others say that it's just a strange hairstyle. You see, it's made of tuff, a red volcanic rock taken from the crater of Puna Pau, about ten kilometres from where the statues were sculpted". Martin asks how without cranes or trucks the native islanders could have carried the moai there. Again, Oma is happy to see his guests so inquisitive: "some archaeologists have shown how a hundred people can carry these statues long distances using wooden logs and braided ropes made from palm". "And what about magic?!", intervenes Rebecca wide-eyed. "Ah", Oma smiles back, "well, if you speak to the islanders, they will tell you that the moai arrived at their places by walking there". "Walking!", the visitors splutter in unison. Leo is indignant: "that can't be. You're just trying to scare us…".

After leaving the fifteen moai guardians, the team drives over to ahu Tahai, which is close to the village of Hanga Roa. To satisfy Rebecca's curiosity, Oma takes them to a rather special moai nearby. "Now, this one can protect the island with its gaze", Rebecca blurts out, as she stares up at the two giant eyes that gaze out from under its pukao. "Why is this the only one with eyes?". Oma shrugs, "Actually, all the moai had eyes. But they've been lost. This one's eyes have been replaced to show how they must have looked". After breakfast in the village, Oma warns the group that, in order to see the sights of the island, they now have plenty of walking to do. The team hikes up to Puna Kau [i.e. Puna Pau] where the red rock used to make the pukao was quarried. Then they walk to the second great volcano, Rano Kau, by which time Leo is huffing and puffing: "I'm not going another step until you tell me the reason for this hellish walk!". "Why, we're going into the volcano, young man", Oma replies, flashing a smile. "Inside this volcano are dozens of caves. We don't know how many, but we believe that the tribal leaders know and guard their secret jealously. They were places for the dead to be laid to rest, at least that's what the skeletons we've found tend to suggest". Growing pale, Leo repeats the word "skeletons" to himself. "Right", Oma carries on oblivious of the young man's discomfort, "but it was also a place for cultic worship, with reliefs carved into the stone… Follow me and watch where you put your feet".

Entering the volcano, Bat Pat has no problems navigating in the dark. Oma's torch lights up the passageway to reveal beautiful carvings etched into the rock – disturbing characters, their colours not yet faded, peer with enormous eyes at the visitors. "Who are they?", Rebecca asks drawing close. "You see this figure?" – Oma points at a carving in which a moai floats in the air while carrying a figure on its back. "It looks like someone's decapitating a moai!", Uncle Charlie remarks grimly. Well, Oma responds, "you see the figure perching on the moai's back, it's wearing a bird mask and an amulet as a necklace. So, he's a priest carrying out a sacred ritual". "What about the three figures below?", Martin asks, "they seem to be holding tablets in their hands". "This is a mystery I'd like to talk to you about", Oma looks at his guests. "We know for sure that the ancestral cult of the moai was, at some point, abandoned. It was replaced by the birdman cult, which venerated a strange being – half-man, half-bird […] but what are the other three figures doing, and what are they holding in their hands?". "A toaster", quips Leo. Martin steps in: "I suppose that the figures are looking at these inscriptions on these tablets". "You're going to be an archaeologist!', Oma congratulates Martin. "But, look even closer at the tablets' edges, you'll find they fit together like jigsaw pieces. We believe that, when joined, this forms a single ancient tablet written in rongorongo". "Rongorongo", breathes Uncle Charlie, "the undeciphered language of the Easter Island people?!". Oma looks at him steadily, "the very same, there are only twenty-six tablets in the world and, until now, nobody has managed to translate them". But, he continues, "if our theory is correct, there may be another example of rongorongo that the followers of the birdman cult destroyed and hid… maybe in one of these passages. Can you help me look?!".

At a party that night, the visitors are told that the islanders are planning to host the traditional birdman "Egg Hunt". Whoever is nominated is given a conch crown and braided palm leaves. Martin is chosen to accept the challenge. "Poor Martin, he has no idea of the trouble he's in!". The following day, Oma Rei takes them to the grand quarry at Rano Raraku where the statues were made. Next, Oma shows his guests the biggest of all the island's moai. Lying sprawled on the ground, the giant statue would have been twenty-one metres in height and one hundred and fifty tonnes in weight had it been finished.

Each of the team pairs off with a new friend. Bat Pat explores the tunnels of Rano Kau with another bat, Pascualin (whom he met during his previous visit to the tunnels). Using echolocation to navigate, they go looking for other bats in the dark passageways. They find themselves in a slightly lit cave and Bat Pat gets a shock as he almost flies into a giant figure with enormous menacing eyes. This moai is a stern looking guardian, with a spear in one hand and his right leg slightly bent. Bat Pat recovers his wits and flies down for a closer look. Suddenly one of the moai's eyes flashes. It is probably just a ray of sunlight, but Bat Pat loses his grip on the wall and tumbles down carrying Pascualin with him. They finish up lying, face to face, on the cave floor, infront of an enormous foot. The bats find something remarkable trapped under the foot. Bat Pat hurtles back to tell his friends. Oma Rei cannot believe his eyes: "It's a miracle!" he says, tears streaming down his face as he runs to the exit. "This script is rongorongo!... I'm sure this is one of the three tablets we're looking for… now only two are missing!"

A volcanic eruption throws the traditional Egg Hunt competition into mayhem. Martin is temporarily lost at sea. Rebecca finds him clinging to a piece of wood. Despite the shock, he is grinning from ear to ear. Martin hands the wood – a curved breastplate – to Oma Rei who immediately recognises it. "This is miraculous! It's a Rei Miro! But, covered with rongorongo inscriptions, this is much more than a simple Rei Miro". Martin explains how, when off balance, he had grabbed onto the Rei Miro as it lay wedged between two rocks. Whoever threw it away, Martin adds, must have thought that it would sink to the ocean floor.

Back at base, Oma Rei takes the newly discovered tablet out of his safe and lines it up with the Rei Miro. They fit together perfectly. But Leo and the others are worried. It looks like a tsunami will follow the volcanic eruption. Oma Rei seems less worried than the others, "what if my people are right? What if the prophecy is true?!". "But, you said that it's only a legend", Uncle Charlie replies anxiously. "Yes, I did say that", Oma answers hesitantly. He closes his eyes and recites from memory: "Destruction will ravage the earth and man must begin again./ One small island, at the centre of the world, will remain./ This the sea will swallow and the end must follow". "If only we had more time to locate the last piece of the tablet", Rebecca murmurs. "And how would that help?!", Leo retorts furiously, "we'd still end up keeping the fish company!". Reminded of his recent fishing expedition with his new friend Nau Nau, Leo digs the odd looking fish they caught out of the freezer. "Doesn't this look a bit like Martin's Rei Miro? … It's just bigger, that's all!". "For the love of my ancestors!". Oma's voice is low, disbelieving. He grabs hold of Leo's 'fish' and brushes the frost off it. Mouths agape, the team realises that, rather than hooking a fish, Leo has actually found the third and final tablet. Oma smiles in amazement: "we've been combing the island, inch by inch, for years. You've just arrived and have already made the discovery of the century!". They look at the final piece of the tablet. The inscriptions are in rongorongo. Oma takes it to the table and joins it to the other two pieces.

"Here are the three pieces that are represented in the cave's relief", Oma says with emotion in his eyes. The followers of the birdman cult broke the tablet into three pieces and scattered these across the island. Now, at last, Oma Rei can read the language of his ancestors: "Only when the giant rises will you be able to retake your seat,/ When once again you can feel, look to the sea,/ Only when you look to the sea will it heed you". As Oma speaks these words, a silence fills the room. Nothing moves. The words are meant for someone, they understand, who is able to command the ocean. Perhaps, Oma Rei ponders, the tablet's meaning still eludes them. News of the tsunami breaks. Tourists flee to the airport; but the islanders remain. Oma speaks of their amazing discovery and reads the tablet out to his audience. "Maybe these words can help us". "Maybe they can save us from the coming catastrophe!". Leo, by contrast, is thoroughly fed up of the island and everything on it: "what giant? The only big things I've seen on this trip are those damn moai! And I really don't know how a pile of old stones are going to help us out now!" As Leo says the words, the faces of the others light up. Of course, they say in unison, "the moai!".

The team returns to the largest of the moai, the sleeping giant in the quarry of Rano Raraku. It takes only a quarter of an hour to reach the place. "It's not even finished", says Uncle Charlie. "Right", Martin replies, "perhaps we can break it out of the rock and get it to the sea". Rebecca is less hopeful: "I hope his stare is enough to calm the ocean's fury!". As the giant moai has no eyes, this seems unlikely. Bat Pat suddenly remembers Pascualin who does not know about the tsunami. Finding him asleep, Bat Pat garbles out the story of the broken tablet from beginning to end. Unflustered, Pascualin has an idea: "will that statue we found in the dark passageways do the trick? He has two giant eyes!". They prise the eyes out of the hidden moai from the passageways and put them on the face of the giant moai lying in the quarry. The bats are congratulating themselves on a job well done when a violent tremor shakes the island. The moai awakens. The gigantic figure breaks free from the mountain and unsteadily lurches off in the direction of the sea. Uncle Charlie, the Silver siblings, Bat Pat and Oma Rei are frozen to the spot. Oma repeats the same words over and over: "my ancestors were right: the moai can walk! The moai can walk!". The giant statue gets to the ocean's edge just in time. With thunder in the air, the waves have swollen to a gigantic height and now tower over the island. Petrified, they forget the prophecy and run. The moai does not move. When the waves crash down, Bat Pat is still there, next to the giant stone statue as it looks out and holds back the sea.

They find themselves safe and sound. The tsunami has passed. The islanders flock back to the beach to find the moai standing motionless on the shore. A miracle. The team prepares to leave the island. The last one to do so is Martin. Before he does so, Oma Rei gives him a small egg. "You have won the Egg Hunt, Martin. You are this year's birdman!". Martin beams as he receives his crown of feathers. Pascualin arrives with a colony of other bats and Bat Pat says farewell from the submarine.

Bat Pat Superexpladores contains an unusual amount of detail for a children's illustrated book and on the whole shows an impressive level of research. Compared to many other examples of moai fiction, this novel is keen to convey historical, geographical and archaeological facts. The story is established by meticulously listing and explaining the relevance of many key Rapanui features, including the birdman cult, the pukao and, unusually for moai fiction, the reimiro. Two of the main characters are even shown wearing t-shirts displaying the flag of Rapanui. The book's aims are therefore partly educational and in this context it not a surprise that the story permits the children to be the heroes who discover the long-lost rongorongo artefacts. This they do with some fortune, but the story is keen to establish the children as amateur archaeologists who can both understand and aid the local culture.

Alongside the facts, the novel employs a number of local legends for dramatic effect, with the eyes of the moai and a moai that walks literally bringing alive the heritage for a spectacle in which rongorongo is central. There are indeed 26 surviving rongorongo tablets, to which this story adds a very important 27th that has to be reconstructed. Broken into three parts, these pieces of the 27th tablet allow the story to further examine unique aspects of the island's archaeology, with a reimiro and fish carving introduced (there is in fact a reimiro featuring rongorongo, albeit with less hieroglyphs than the one in this adventure, that is held by the British Museum).

This is not the first story to introduce a tsunami into the action, with The Mighty Thor (reviewed above), The Adventures of Ogu, Mampato and Rena (reviewed above), Captain Starbuck (reviewed above), Les sphères de Rapa-Nui (reviewed above), The Day the Stones Walked (reviewed above), and Flint the Time Detective (reviewed above) having been there before. In Flint the Time Detective the moai had also acted as guardians for the island against the destruction of the almighty wave. Less common is the notion that a contemporary Rapanui islander (here, Oma) can read and decipher rongorongo – this has only occurred before in The Adventures of Blake and Mortimer (reviewed above) and Au Maléfice du Doute (reviewed above). Oma is a man of both science and belief. He refers frequently to archaeologists and to "scientific certainties" and he is happy when the children ask intelligent questions. The same questions serve as an easy way to introduce topical, academically informed debates. Such as what symbolic meanings are carried by the moai? How were they transported across the island? What happened to the eyes of the moai? And what is rongorongo>?

That said, this children's book does take some liberties (perhaps understandably given its readership). From the active and anthropomorphised Bat Pat to the walking moai the adventure is sprinkled with fantasy. The cave relief of a birdman figure riding a flying moai is also pure fiction as is the giant seated cave moai complete with legs, toes and toenails.

Richard Gauvain

Jump to contents

When the Moai Walked: A Rapanui Legend – illustrated by Daniela Montané T.
(Santiago: Amapola Editores, 2015)

With the death of master sculptor Have-Have, the knowledge of how to carve moai is left with two of his disciples: Tani Teako A'Hotu and Miru A'Hotu. The two disciples extend the work producing bigger moai, which when finished walk across the island to their ahu (ceremonial platforms). As the disciples grow older they take on assistants, Ute-Uka and Manu-Ataki, who carve whilst "singing ancient songs". The masters tell them that in order to learn how to create the moai they need to look at themselves. It was only when the assistants go swimming and see their reflections that they realise the advice of the masters.

Yet, when they try to carve a moai in their likeness it is incredibly ugly and leads to ridicule from their fellow Rapanui. It is only on their third attempt that they carve a perfect statue, which they call 'Have'. They command the statue to walk and to "their delight, the statue moved slowly toward the cove". But they had hired an elderly woman to guide them in sculpting the moai, and they did not know that she was "an evil witch".

Ute-Uka and Manu-Ataki went fishing sometime after, and initially caught nothing. They tried one last time at nightfall and caught a large turtle in their net. They cooked and ate all of the turtle's meat, which "was very special because it provided extraordinary intelligence, long life, and great strength to anyone who ate it". The old woman/witch arrived the next day and was angry that none of the meat had been saved for her. In revenge, she made sure that the moai that were walking would no longer move and would stand "paralysed forever". And she toppled those moai which were positioned on the ahu. As the witch tried to escape she was crushed by a falling moai, whilst nobody has ever heard of the sculptors again.

Part of a series of books, 'Chilean Legends for the World', this title was originally published in Spanish, English and French. It is a short and simple illustrated children's book, with just a few characters – the carvers of the moai are only ever in pairs in this story when in reality it took entire teams – and a narrative built around the legend that the moai walked into position. This particular story adds a witch who is responsible for the moai freezing midway on the landscape and for others being toppled. There is a 2 page helpful introduction to Rapanui at the start of the story, but beyond a supposed legend and the depiction of moai there is little engagement with Rapanui culture.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

YooHoo & Friends: Abenteuer auf der Osterinsel [YooHoo & Friends: Adventure on Easter Island]
(no. 4; Hamburg, Nelson Verlag, 2015)

YooHoo and his friends live on the paradisiacal planet Yootopia where there exists the magical Tree of Life. The protagonists are the galago monkey YooHoo, the leader, as well as the red squirrel Chewoo, the desert fox Pammee, the lemur Lemmee and the capuchin monkey Roodee. When the Green Seeds of the magical tree – essential for the existence of Yootopia – are swept away by the wind, the five friends set off for Earth on their gliders made of leaves. They carry with them a magical seed bag – transformed from the tree – whose ray of light guides them to find the missing seeds.

In this adventure, they arrive on Easter Island where they encounter the pesky meerkat brothers who desire the seed bag for themselves in order to reach Yootopia. The leader of the meerkats, Pookee, aided by Poppee and Peepee, ties the entire YooHoo team to a moai. Then with the help of the stolen seed bag the meerkats arrive at a cave where they discover a precious Green Seed and “an enormous pile of shimmering, glittering gemstones”. In the meantime, the five YooHoo friends break free of their bonds and work out a plan to recover the magic bag. As the meerkats pass the moai, with their newly acquired treasure, one of the stone figures speaks in a deep voice to the thieves: "Give back the things you have stolen from us”. The meerkats tremble with fear and flee, leaving the seed bag behind. The YooHoo team retrieve the bag before flying away from Easter Island.

Intended for very young children, this 17-page full-colour book captures a story that had first appeared as a South Korean television animation in 2009 (reviewed above). Later published as a book in English in 2014 as YooHoo & Friends: Meerkat Mayhem, this German-language edition appeared the following year. The book makes a number of fascinating changes to the television animation. First it mentions the Rapanui people, which the animation does not – Roodee reads from his encyclopedia that the moai “were built by the people who lived here to honour their tribe leaders and ancestors”. That said, both the book and the animation depict the island as entirely uninhabited.

Second, the animation establishes Easter Island as a place of magical powers, with moai that emit energy and a wooden carving that glows and activates a cave door. The book, however, removes all of these references to the island’s secret power. Here, where the animation had a moai using its energy to release the YooHoo team from a rope that binds them to the carving’s torso, the book instead has Chewoo gnaw through the rope. Where the moai appear to come alive in the book is actually trickery performed by the protagonists.

Beyond the moai, Rapanui culture is barely visible in the book with small hieroglyphics on a stone by the cave only realised as rongorongo if the animation is watched first. More explicitly, the animation presents rongorongo on a wooden fish carving outside the cave entrance. This carving carries a crucial narrative function in the animation with the theft of the cave jewels activating its powers that leads to the closing of the cave door and the trapping of the thieving meerkats (in a style reminiscent of Indiana Jones). In comparison, the book shows the fish carving, devoid of its hieroglyphs and gives it no function or narrative value, allowing the meerkats to freely exit the cave.

Hermann Mückler

Jump to contents

Geronimo Stilton: The Treasure of Easter Island – Elisabetta Dami
(New York: Scholastic, 2015)

Geronimo Stilton, the publisher of The Rodent's Gazette, receives a letter from his sister Thea, who has gone missing on Easter Island. She was searching for treasure and has sent Geronimo a map with clues. Geronimo flies to Easter Island with his cousin Trap, Susie Shuttermouse, the paper's official photographer, and the adventurer Wild Willie. They land at Mataveri International Airport, where they are greeted by a local called Vaitea, who presents each of the travellers with a lei/ a garland of flowers. That evening after dinner, they observe a cultural show of dancing and music, with Susie taking many photos.

The next day, with Vaitea as their guide, they begin their search of the island following the clues on the map, which takes them first to the "majestic sight" of the row of fifteen moai at ahu Tongariki. From there, the clues direct them to a dry crater lake and then to the row of moai at ahu Akivi, which here are said to represent "the seven young explorers who left Polynesia to look for new land, and finally reached Easter Island". As Trap begins to pace out a series of steps from this ahu, he ends up at a rock that is actually a hole, which he falls down. The others follow into the underground passage where they find in a cave a secret saltwater lagoon. Wild Willie realises that they are now under the crater of Rano Kau.

The gang are not alone in the cave and quickly hide as a group of pirates arrive, talking about their captives – Thea, "a nosy little mouse", and an archaeologist, Professor Von Dustyfur – and their treasure, which they must start loading on to their ship. Once the pirates have gone, Geronimo and his friends release Thea and the Professor. Thea reveals that the treasure of Easter Island is seven ancient canoes, "woven from reeds", which seven young Polynesian explorers first used to travel to Rapanui. The canoes were found in the secret lagoon, but there is another treasure, which the pirates are attempting to steal, which is of a large moai made of solid gold.

As the pirates start to load the golden moai on to their ship, the intrepid friends take the seven canoes and paddle out of the cave, into the ocean, and to a nearby beach. Willie decides to light a fire to send a signal for help. Unfortunately, it attracts the pirates who fire cannons at the "spies", but this does not last long as the pirate ship begins to sink under the weight of the golden moai. Soon a helicopter, vehicles and boats arrive, having seen the fire with its SOS signal, and they capture the pirates. The seven canoes are given to the islanders who are delighted with such "precious historical treasure". As a thank you they organise a beach party with singing and dancing. Mission accomplished, the team leave Easter Island on Wild Willie's plane and back home they publish the story on the front page of The Rodent's Gazette. The narrative informs that the team's next adventure will be Machu Picchu in Peru.

Originally published in Italian in 2013, this is number 60 in a series of highly popular and well-illustrated children's books that have been translated into numerous other languages. Geronimo Stilton and his friends are mice, with Stilton in particular fond of cheese. For this adventure, they are joined by Wild Willie, a mouse who bears a passing resemblance to Indiana Jones, a daring voyager who has been the inspiration for many other moai fiction. Here, Geronimo Stilton could have been inspired by the 1990s television animation, Montana Jones (reviewed above), with its characters all of the cat family. Meanwhile, the Geronimo Stilton books appear to have inspired other children's adventures, such as the Hungarian novel The Treasure of The Long Ears (reviewed below), with the main characters appearing as varieties of dogs.

The Geronimo Stilton book does attempt to be educational (in part), with Rapanui words introduced and presented mid-narrative in a glossary, and details provided for ahu Tongariki and ahu Akivi, although the moai at the latter location are shown on a map facing north instead of aligned east to west. There is also a good degree of cultural sensitivity with the clear message that artefacts need to remain on the island – thefts of Rapanui objects should be punished and any new discoveries of antiquities should be left with "the inhabitants". Trap thinks of climbing a moai and is rightly scolded: "Please, you shouldn't even touch it! This is my ancestors' sacred burial ground", says Vaitea. Later, Trap wants to chip off a "teeny-tiny piece" of the golden moai and is again chastised.

It is always good to see fiction that does not present the island as uninhabited, and whilst the islanders in this story are anthropomorphised mice, their cultural dress and performances are alas confused with Hawai'i. Pirates have stolen solid gold moai before in the 1978 television animation Super Friends (reviewed above), with the Italian comic I Predatori (1986) also imagining a treasured large golden moai.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Les mystères de l’île de Pâques [The Mysteries of Easter Island] - Sophie Crépon
(Montrouge: Bayard Editions, 2016)

This children's novella tells the adventures of three generations of the male Loti family visiting Rapanui. Before he dies, patriarch Pierre Loti, the French sailor and writer, relates his Rapanui voyage to his son Samuel and grandson Pierre. As a cadet in the French navy aboard the ship 'La Flore', Pierre Loti landed on Rapanui in 1872, when he was aged twenty-one. At the time, the Rapanui were living on the rugged island in rudimentary homes. Pierre quickly befriended them. A French admiral announced that, on the French Ministry's order, the crew would be removing one of the moai and transporting it to France. Pierre's drawing of the chosen moai in its natural environment would be included in the admiral's report. Despite the locals' protestations, the French crew journeyed to a remote and deserted sanctuary in the interior, guided by the sole European inhabitant on the island – a Danish man - and some of Pierre's indigenous friends. Arriving on site, the French found the promised moai lying down on the ground. The crew pulled each one of them out, chose the best-preserved statue, and sawed off its head to be taken away to France.

As he tells this story fifty years later, Pierre deeply regrets the removal and decapitation of the moai, which he regards as a desecration. He also feels guilty vis-à-vis his indigenous friends. So, he asks his son, Samuel, to bequeath his drawing books of his time on Rapanui to its people. He finally asks him to trace down his first love, Iouaritaï, whom Pierre had to abandon when the ship sailed back to Europe.

A few weeks after the patriarch Pierre dies, Samuel secures his passage to Rapanui on a boat commissioned by the French government and on which are travelling Belgian archaeologist/ ethnologist Henri Lavachery and Swiss anthropologist Alfred Métraux. Samuel's twelve-year old son, Pierre, manages to board without his father's notice. They land on the island in July 1924, only to find that most of the land has been cleared for sheep farming and rented to the Williamson & Balfour company. The remaining indigenous people who escaped the earlier slave traders' raids are now forcefully confined to the village of Hanga Roa. Samuel, Pierre, Lavachery and Métraux quickly discover a network of underground tunnels full of petroglyphs displaying half-man and half-bird creatures, turtles, giant octopuses, as well as monkeys, condors and cougars. The amazed men also find traces of recent occupation in the tunnels in the form of underground vegetable gardens.

One night, Pierre Loti's drawing books are stolen from Samuel's room. The young Pierre discreetly follows the thief, who is actually Lotu, an indigenous servant at the Chilean governor's house. She goes back to the underground tunnels and, in a large room carved out of rock, she gives the drawings to an old priest. He and other elders standing in the dark suffer from leprosy. They begin a sad-sounding chant and focus their attention on a giant moai, which is standing on an ahu in the middle of the cave, is painted in white and red, and wears a red pukao. They proceed to take the mana away from the statue, the old man's ancestor, with other lepers helping to tip the moai over, so it falls face down into the ground. Lotu removes the coral eyes of the moai, and sculptors carve bird-man figures on its body. The elders then bury it under rocks. The sculptors start carving new, two-dimensional moai on the rock walls of the room.

The next day, the young Pierre explains what he saw to his father and the two scientists. Furious, Samuel heads to Lotu's house in order to get his father's drawing book back. Inside, the same old priest tells the story of his ancestors, hoping that Lavachery and Métraux will be able to better understand and educate the world about Rapanui culture. Legends have it that the island was originally inhabited by the short-ears people, who were the first to migrate there, and the long-ears, who arrived later from the east. Intermarriage ensued and the long-ears became the masters. For Lavachery, this confirms the hypothesis that the Incas had travelled to Easter Island and mingled with the Polynesian first inhabitants. The construction of the moai and the ahu were initiated by the Inca, who are renowned for their architectural skills. The old priest, called Atamou, is the last living descendant of the long-ears. He is actually one of the late Pierre Loti's indigenous friends, whom he had met fifty years before. Atamou and the other lepers escaped Chilean rule and the Williamson & Balfour company by secretly living in the underground tunnels, with Lotu's help.

A few days later, Atamou invites the European visitors to a gathering with the surviving Rapanui people, held inside the underground cave in which the younger Pierre had witnessed the mysterious ceremony. Atamou announces that his death is near and that soon he will no longer be able to pass his ancestors' artistic and cultural knowledge on to the younger generations. The latter will have to turn to Samuel, Lavachery and Métraux, who all expressed a desire to help unearth the history of Rapanui. To this end, Atamou and Lotu entrust the Europeans with sculpted artefacts and rongorongo tablets. Atamou explains that he wants to be buried according to the ancestral rituals, i.e. under the moai which used to watch over his tribe. Unfortunately, that moai was taken away by the French in 1872. So, the white and red painted moai in the middle of the room was made as a replica, following the traditional practices and ceremonial rituals. Nevertheless, no one could read the rongorongo tablets anymore, so they could not animate the moai. For once animated by their mana, which was "activated" by the signs on the rongorongo, the statues literally used to walk out of the volcano's quarries and take their places where they now remain. Atamou hopes that Lavachery and Métraux will find a way to decipher rongorongo.

At the very end, Atamou confides in Samuel that Lotu is actually the love child of Pierre Loti - Samuel's father - and Iouaritaï. The epilogue of the novel is narrated by Samuel's son, Pierre, in 1987. He explains that his family kept in touch with their cousin Lotu, who eventually left for Tahiti after Atamou's death. In this way, she joined the numerous Rapanui people who emigrated there at the end of the nineteenth century. Pierre invites her to France on a regular basis, meanwhile on Rapanui archaeological excavations continue, with research revealing that an immense forest once covered the land.

Sophie Crépon is a French journalist and a writer of children's novels and documentaries, with Les mystères de l’île de Pâques published in the series ‘Les grandes énigmes de l’Histoire’ [History's Great Enigmas]. The narrative introduces young readers to Rapanui history and culture, and the result is admirable, especially for such a short book. The text blends historical and fictional elements but in a careful manner. Crépon acknowledges using many scholarly and historical sources for her narrative and it is clear that she has read Loti's diary from his visit to the island. In the diary, a "pretty girl" called Iouaritaï and a "young boy" called Atamou are mentioned, but the novel unfortunately takes the opportunity to fictionalise a romance between Loti and the girl, which results in a love-child (Crépon has admitted such a character was an invention), with Atamou later in the narrative becoming a priest. By contrast, Samuel and Pierre were indeed the son and grandson of Pierre Loti, and there was a Danish "Crusoe" living on the island, who befriended Loti and the French crew. Space is also found for the oppressive sheep farming company of Williamson-Balfour and the rarely mentioned lepers of Easter Island.

Rongorongo is imagined giving the moai power and bringing them alive and the island's petroglyphs are now fictionalised to include cougars and condors in order to validate the myth that the island had been settled from South America. Elsewhere, a moai head, faced down into the ground, was indeed sawn from its body and transported to France in 1872 where it is now exhibited at the Quai Branly in Paris. To have Loti expressing his regret at such an act of vandalism and theft is a progressive touch by the novel to address the archaeological raids of the past. But Crépon has also admitted to taking liberties with the chronology, as the scientists Henri Lavachery and Alfred Métraux travelled to Easter Island not in 1924, but from July 1934 to January 1935, as part of the French-Belgian expedition aboard the ship the 'Mercator'. From that voyage, the moai called Pou Hakanononga was brought back to Belgium by Lavachery, and can be seen today at the Musée du Cinqantenaire in Brussels.

Jessica Maufort

Jump to contents

The Moai Island Puzzle – Alice Arisugawa
(New York: Locked Room International, 2016)

Three members of the Eito University mystery club, Maria Arima, Alice Arisugawa and Jiro Egami, spend a part of their summer on an island where Maria’s uncle, Ryuichi Arima, owns a villa. The villa was once owned by Maria’s grandfather who had hidden a stash of precious jewels on the island and devised a treasure hunt as part of his will. The puzzle had almost been completed by Maria’s cousin, Hideto, three years before but he had mysteriously drowned on the island before it was solved. Before his death, he had told Maria that the key to the treasure involved the moai statues that their grandfather had placed around the island.

During their first day on the island, the three detective fiction fans meet all of the other inhabitants. There are only two houses on the island. In one resides an artist, Itaru Hirakawa, whilst the other holds Maria’s uncle and his eleven guests. The majority of these people are related to Maria, such as her uncle’s brother-in-law as well the brother and fiancée of the dead Hideto. With the exception of Arisugawa and Egami, everybody on the island was present three years ago during Hideto’s hunt for the treasure.

On the second night, with a storm raging outside, a drunken party is held in the main villa. Everyone attends the party, but afterwards the guests discover two of their number, Ryuichi’s brother in law and his daughter, killed in a locked room. With everybody a suspect and communication with the outside world having been cut off, the three detective fans try to solve the case. In the days that follow, two more victims appear: the artist Hirakawa and Kazuto, Hideto’s brother. The three also solve the moai puzzle left by Maria’s grandfather and discover that the jewels have already been taken.

Later, in their room, Egami tells Arisugawa that he has solved the case and explains that, three years before, Hideto solved the moai puzzle but was killed by his brother after finding the jewels. Two of the later victims witnessed this and sold their silence for part of the treasure. Egami then reveals to Arisugawa that the murderer is, in fact, Reiko, Hideto’s fiancée, killing anyone involved with the latter’s death. Ryuichi’s brother-in-law is revealed to have been in the wrong place at the wrong time, with no involvement in the events three years prior. After Egami finishes his conclusions, a knock on the students’ door is heard and Reiko enters. She calmly listens to Egami’s claims and even clears up some of his missing knowledge. Egami tells Reiko that others are aware that she is the murderer by now and the police will be able to work it out when they arrive. The next morning, Reiko’s body is washed ashore, drowned, near where Hideto was found. Egami and Arisugawa return to their university, whereupon they discover that Maria has dropped out from her studies.

Originally written in Japanese in 1989 and translated into English in 2016 by Ho Ling-Wong, this is the second novel by Arisugawa in his mystery series following Jiro Egami, a student in his late twenties who is part of a club that enjoys detective fiction. The stories are told through the perspective of a younger student named after the author and in support of the text the novel features diagrams and maps to assist the reader in solving the case. With the protagonists being fans of detective fiction, a number of mystery novels are discussed within the story, bringing a metatextual element to the writing.

The moai in this story differ from those on Rapanui. Here, they are described as being a metre tall and as thin as a telegraph pole. They are also made of wood and have moai faces etched on to them but not very accurately. Maria states that they look more like Enkū statues than those from Rapanui. The moai of Rapanui are not ignored altogether, however, as the differences between the statues on the two islands is a clue to the treasure. Whilst on Rapanui the statues all look outwards from the island, the moai that are central to this story all face in different directions. When mapped out, the lines of sight of the moai create shapes that, when put together to create a three-dimensional model, reveal a shape that is similar to one of the coastal rocks on the island where the jewels are hidden. Whilst the moai are integral to the puzzle within the story, they do not hold any other relevance within the book.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

A hosszúfülűek kincse [The Treasure of the Long-Ears] - Péter Nyulász, illustrated by Ottó Ritter
(Budapest: Berger Kiadó Kft, 2017)

Two thieves steal the tomb sculpture of the pirate Black Dog from a museum in Budapest. According to legend, the statue leads its owner to an incredibly precious treasure: the eye of the moai. If you place the statue on the pirate's grave, at midnight on Easter Sunday, Black Dog begins to sing showing the way to the treasure.

Detective agency BerGer is tasked with traveling to Australia by the Pointerpol task force that operates secretly in Budapest. It is believed that Black Dog's grave lies at a desert oasis in Australia, where it is hoped the thieves will be intercepted. Detective Bugac Pongrác (a Mudi dog), secretary Juli Puli (a Poodle) and the Pumi twins Maxi and Trixi are scheduled to travel there disguised as a family. The records of the South Sea researcher Professor Lord Osis should help them on their journey.

Arriving in Australia, the detectives board a hot-air balloon to locate the grave. However, due to bad weather they crash and land in the Pacific ocean where they are rescued by a military submarine and taken to Easter Island. To their surprise, they find Professor Osis on Easter Island, who reveals to them the true story.

Black Dog hid the treasure, a red-eyed moai figure, in a cave that Lord Osis had managed to discover many years later on Easter Island. To keep treasure hunters out and in the hope that no one would rob the grave, he and the long-eared natives of the island, invented and spread the legend of the singing statue.

It is expected that the thieves will come to the island that evening for the big festival of Tango Manu. The four detectives dress as long-eared natives and participate in the traditional dance at ahu Tongariki, so as not to be recognised. The thieves arrive disguised as ice cream sellers with the stolen sculpture in their ice cream cart. They are subsequently arrested, with the statue returned to the museum and the detectives praised for their great work.

This well illustrated children's book – which is the only known original piece of fiction about Easter Island in Hungarian – is populated by a series of anthropomorphised characters that are either dogs or rabbits. All the characters except the natives of Easter Island are dogs and they range across a diversity of breeds (each detailed and explained at the end of the book), with their universe filled with a canine culture that includes posters advertising 'He-Dog and the Masters of the Universe', and cocktails served in doggie bowls. The dog protagonists are part of a series of Hungarian children's books that feature them in different adventures.

The drawings are highly creative and contain a number of in jokes, some of which are surely aimed at knowing adults. In one full-page image, set in the home of Professor Osis, a number of items of the esoteric can be seen. These include on a shelf at the back of the room a copy of the unique and very distinct Necronomicon, an anthropodermic book that would otherwise be found only in the world and mythology of the controversial Evil Dead horror films.

In contrast to the canine world, the natives of Easter Island are represented by rabbits, which in the context of the fiction creates a rather interesting exotic other to the dog protagonists, who are associated with the city and modernity. This is not the first time that the name Easter Island has inspired drawings of rabbits and eggs in popular fiction for reimagining the local inhabitants and culture (see, for instance, the review above for Sir Pyle S. Culape and the above review for Captain Carrot and His Amazing Zoo Crew!). The fiction in this novel is, however, the first to combine images of rabbits with Polynesian culture, which also draw on the fact that the long ears (seen here as bunny ears) were one of the Easter Island tribes. These rabbits wear feathers in their hair, carry spears, display facial tattoos and wear necklaces of stone and jade with koru patterns, albeit more influenced by the culture of the Māori of New Zealand.

In reality, it was discovered in 1978 that the moai of Easter Island featured eyes made of white coral and red scoria that were the final part of the carving. Once inserted, they brought the icon alive. In this children's book, the precious eye of the moai is the treasure that is also made of coral. As Professor Osis explains at the end of the book: "The eye of the moai is made of red coral, from which the Long-Ears use a secret procedure to make the red dye for their Easter eggs".

Rita Gratzer, Hermann Mückler, Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Varua, A Boy of Easter Island/ Ko Vārua, he poki o Rapa Nui – Céline Ripoll, illustrated by Daniela Cytryn
(Hanga Roa: Moai Editions, 2017)

Varua, a young boy living on Rapanui, plays truant from school. He meets his grandfather, who tells him about island traditions and the importance of the soil for growing crops. Returning home, Varua is scolded by his mother who tells him how important it is that he attends school. Varua believes he does not need the lessons of school to help him be a farmer like his grandfather.

At school, Varua is scolded by his teacher for his laziness, and contrasted with Carolina, a more committed pupil. The teacher tells Varua that he will end up a cave-dweller, like his ancestors. Varua, dashes out of the classroom and rides his horse to meet his grandfather. Varua's grandfather tells him not to worry and he invites Varua to go fishing with him the next day. Unfortunately, his grandfather drowns whilst saving Varua's cousin from a strong tide. Varua and his mother are devastated by the loss and prepare the home for a wake. Varua wonders who will now teach him what he needs to know.

In the days that follow, Varua works hard performing his daily agricultural chores, but he is then so tired at school that he falls asleep in the classroom and dreams of his grandfather, his guardian who tells him stories as he takes him across the land. Varua's teacher is unhappy at Varua's poor performance in class and shouts at him. The bright student, Carolina, recently arrived from Chile, takes pity on Varua, and completes his classwork for him.

In return, Varua invites Carolina to join him on a horse ride. The two friends soon make journeys together after class, where they play and talk next to the "watching" moai; Varua "thought he heard voices, but when he looked at the statues, their mouths remained silent". On another day, Varua and Carolina travel to Ana Kakenga cave, where they look out at the ocean.

Varua performs badly in his exams, and is chastised by his teacher. An upset Varua decides he would rather work on the land, where he can be free, than be at school. But it is now the school holidays and Carolina is a candidate for the queen of the Tapati festival. She wants Varua to be part of her team and compete for her in the horse race. The two friends practise hard so they can be serious competitors in the festival. As the festival starts, competitors are scored for different expertise in traditional cultural practices: fishing, dancing, chanting, plaiting, sculpting.

With Carolina narrowly off first place, the last day of the competition is to include a 500 metre horse race and a cultural quiz. Varua's horse wears a leather plait made by his grandfather and he speeds past the other boys to win the race. Everything now comes down to the quiz and standing on stage Carolina wins by answering a question about Ana Kakenga cave. She is crowned Queen of Rapanui for the year. Carolina vows to help Varua study more for school: "I won't abandon you after all that you taught me about your ancestors!". Varua passes his next exam and each morning he picks up Carolina and rides the two of them on his horse to school.

The only bilingual publication of moai fiction and available in three versions – English and Rapanui, French and Rapanui, or Spanish and Rapanui – this richly illustrated children's book has a strong educational and cultural message. It is notable for being one of a growing body of published novels and comics that are being produced on Rapanui by the indigenous population (see also Vaero Roa [reviewed above] and Varua Rapa Nui [reviewed above]).

The book promotes the importance of cultural knowledge, practice and traditions and the need to also do well in school education for being able to succeed in today's world. Carolina has a Chilean father and a Rapanui mother and she wishes to connect with her island heritage through learning more from Varua, who has a stronger relationship to nature and the land. Meanwhile, Varua needs to learn more about grammar and arithmetic and Carolina becomes his youthful tutor. In this well-thought-out book, the two children assist each other in enriching their futures whilst not overlooking their ancestry. The moai, such as those at ahu Tahai, appear on several pages as silent guardians of an ancient culture that remains alive through the annual Tapati festival (covered previously in The Son of the Birdman, reviewed above), but also through the children's practising, performances, spirit and energy. The final two pages of the book explain some of these cultural aspects – 'Language', 'Dances', 'Horses', 'Moai' – in short but clear sections.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

A Queda Dos Moais – Blandina Franco, Patricia Auerbach, illustrated by José Carlos Lollo
(São Paulo: Brinque-Book, 2018)

Review forthcoming.

Jump to contents













Geronimo Stilton: The Treasure of Easter Island
(Leicester: Sweet Cherry Publishing, 2018)

First published in English in 2015 (reviewed above), this new edition presents a different cover that both removes the female companion and pushes a row of moai into the background and as a fragment peaking out over Geronimo Stilton's shoulder. These alterations allow the new cover to increase Geronimo Stilton's presence and dominate the image, where changes make him appear more the tourist. Now around the hero's neck is a Polynesian lei (garland) of flowers that relates to just one scene within the book. The title of the book appears at the bottom upon an airmailed envelope – with a moai stamp in its corner – that adds to the tourist narrative.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Adventurous Little Dragons: The Giant Statues on Easter Island – Lu Yang
(Shanxi China: Hope Publisher, 2018)

The Adventurous Little Dragons have been following a series of clues that were written on seven sheepskin rolls. These rolls were previously hidden inside a rock and were given to the team leader by an old man. Each of the seven rolls relates to one of seven mysterious sites in the world. The five young members of the Adventurous Little Dragons team have discovered that, behind these mysterious sites, there are hidden secrets. They use their summer holiday to explore these wonders of the world, encountering many adventures along the way.

In this adventure, the team arrive on Easter Island, where the indigenous people welcome them as gods. The team learn from the Chief that a long time ago giants landed from the sky, in a golden 'boat' the size of a little island, and taught the indigenous people many advanced technologies. Before they left, the giants gave the indigenous chief stone figures wearing hats. Immediately after they left, the indigenous people started to build giant stone replicas of these figures and faced them in the direction where the aliens' spacecraft had landed. The indigenous people worshiped these giant statutes every day, wishing these gods could return to the island.

Just as the team believe they are unlocking the secrets of Easter Island, the captain of the team, Qin Xiaolong, mysteriously disappears. Yet, such disappearances on Easter Island are not uncommon. In the summer of 1686, a voyager from England called Edward Davis arrived at Easter Island after a long journey. He had voyaged to uncover the mysteries surrounding his father's disappearance thirty years before; his mother had told him that his father had been eaten by the moai. On the night of his arrival, the indigenous chief asked Edward not to venture to the moai in the darkness, but he heard a voice calling. Following the voice, he saw a moai walk towards him, who then threw him into a large bottomless cave. The next day, all that remained of Edward was his gun and red blood around a moai's mouth. The horror story of the moai taking the lives of humans has since spread around the world.

Qin Xiaoxiao, due to his extraordinary Gongfu (or Kung Fu) skills, has survived. He tells the team that he was thrown into a cave where he encountered numerous two-headed insects, who put him in a near-death situation. The team decide to explore the cave and so board a spacecraft called 'The Discovery'. Unfortunately, during its journey the spacecraft plunges into a large hole in a volcanic lake, and crashes. When the Little Dragons awaken, they realise that they are resting on the surface of a huge and soft, dark red object which resembles a meatball. However, the meatball is actually a monster which immediately opens its hundreds of eyes, and extends its snake-like tentacles that wrap around the five Little Dragons. Thankfully, the Little Dragons have brought with them explosives which they throw into the mouth of the monster. The creature explodes and the five Little Dragons escape.

The team find a bone in the mouth of the dead monster - the bone of a long-haired beast more than five-metres high and five tonnes in weight. The Little Dragons have no time to pause as they notice an army of double-headed insects heading their way. These creatures are pulling behind them strange wooden boards upon which are several of these long-haired beasts which are to be sacrificed to the meatball monster. The equivalent of their King Bee, the two-headed insects are devastated to find it has been destroyed and they scream in anger. The two-headed insects discover the five Little Dragons hiding behind a tree and so they immediately launch an attack. At this critical moment, an expedition consisting of worldwide scientists breaks through into this underground world and kills the double-headed insects.

Melissa, a member of the expedition, tells the Little Dragons that they have been conducting research on Easter Island for more than a decade and found that a passage to the centre of the earth exists on Easter Island. They also found that some of the moai are mobile and have sophisticated mechanical devices inside them. These two-headed insects are actually the slaves of intelligent alien creatures. In ancient times, they followed the intelligent aliens to Earth and landed on Easter Island. The intelligent aliens were worshipped by the island's indigenous people. They taught the island people how to engrave the stone figures, and ordered their slaves, the double-headed insects, to build secret underground bases beneath the moai, in which to store the aliens' scientific knowledge. Their intention was that one day humans would unlock the mystery of Easter Island and open a container which held the aliens' knowledge, allowing humans to use the advanced technology to make a great leap forward in civilisation. The reason why people keep going missing on Easter Island is that the two-headed insects have been continuing to execute the orders left by the intelligent aliens. They regularly trap humans in order to send them for analysis to determine humans' degree of evolution. Now that the secret of Easter Island has been resolved, the Adventurous Little Dragons head to their next destination/ adventure.

This Chinese-language fiction is part of The Adventurous Little Dragons series by the prolific Lu Yang, a children's book writer who has published more than 100 titles; about 20 of which have been translated into other languages. The protagonists of this book are five teenagers with distinctive personalities and each with a unique skill: martial arts expert Qin Xiaoxiao; the clever and humorous 'Little Doctor', Zhang Zimo; the flying dragon 'King Kong', Ding Hu; master of disguise, the ever-changing 'Thousand-faced Girl', Yu Tian; and fast talking 'Global Pass', Dai Lili.

On one level this story is very creative, imagining an entire underground world beneath the surface of Easter Island. The two-headed insects and their colony committed to sacrificing creatures and experimenting on humans is unique within moai fiction. The story, however, is an amalgamation of classic science-fiction and shows a debt to the novels of H.G. Wells and Jules Verne. The latter imagined an interior world, within our own, in his novel Journey to the Centre of the Earth (1864), which was later incorporated into moai fiction in the novel Indiana Jones and the Interior World (1992; reviewed above). And Wells's novel First Men in the Moon (first published in 1900) described an intelligent race of insect-like aliens, the Selenites, living beneath the moon's surface. The description and culture of the insects living beneath Easter Island in this Chinese fiction is not that different from Wells's Selenites.

Moai fiction rarely incorporates English buccaneer Edward Davis into the fantasy - see Lion and Thunder (reviewed above) and Konga (reviewed above). Davis Land was apparently sighted in December 1687, and led to Dutch explorer Jacob Roggeveen finding Easter Island in 1722. This novel has Davis actually setting foot on Easter Island (a year before in Summer 1686) and apparently whilst searching for his father who had been there even earlier. Bloodthirsty moai that eat humans are also rare in moai fiction and can be found most explicitly in I Sanguinari. Moai that move with the aid of a mechanism is a more common fantasy and can be seen across numerous examples of Easter Island fiction.

There is an educational aim to the adventure with some information on Rapanui culture, but this is lost within a fiction packed with perhaps too many ideas that includes spaceships, dinosaurs, giant aliens with moai-like heads, and a wooden tablet containing hieroglyphs that appears inspired by rongorongo. The book is well-illustrated with many images of a science-fiction nature, which helps bring the fantasy to life.

Lingling Mao

Jump to contents

Storytime
‘Myths and Legends: Voyage to Easter Island’ – Felipe Rodriguez Rodriguez
(no.56, 2019, Luma Works)

King Hotu Matu’a and his wife Queen Vakai live on the Polynesian island of Hiva, “at the edge of the Pacific Ocean”. Hau-Maka, a wise man, has a vision of a great flood destroying Hiva, with their god, Make-make, leading the people to a new land. The seven main clans on Hiva each give their eldest child to set sail together and paddle east, packing “a large double canoe with supplies, including plenty of yams”. After several weeks at sea, they found the land described by Hua-Maka, which was “rich and green”. The seven adventurers planted seeds and yams in the island’s fertile soil before returning to Hiva. Next, all of the people of Hiva sailed to this new island, where the crops were now ready to harvest. Hotu Matu’a called the island Rapanui and in honour of the seven courageous adventurers, seven moai were constructed, which “looked west towards Hiva”.

There is a pleasing trend for recent books and magazines to present stories from the perspective of Rapanui culture and legends. These have been produced by Rapanui or Chilean authors (see, for instance, Varua, A Boy of Easter Island, reviewed above), or by French writers (see, for instance, The Son of the Birdman, reviewed above). This monthly children’s magazine is the first British publication to adopt a similar perspective and in taking the legend of Hotu Matu’a and the discovery of Rapanui it connects with books such as Te Pito o Te Henua (reviewed below) and Varua: El hundimiento de Hiva (reviewed above). Generally, this story of Rapanui is faithful to the legend, albeit simplified, but the seven moai, which are at ahu Akivi, were built much later and cannot possibly be part of the myth which has been circulating.

Considering the readership, the stories in this magazine – which includes fairytales from Germany and Hungary – are understandably short. The Rapanui story covers four pages which are dominated by large and brightly coloured images that are partly reminiscent of 1950s popular art. On another level, however, this story of Rapanui legends emerges on a popular Polynesian wave that has been generated by the vibrant animation of Disney’s blockbuster Moana.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Murder at Stonehenge: A Daniel “Hawk” Fishinghawk Mystery – Gary D. Conrad
(Highland City, FL: Rainbow Books, 2019)

Since his success at solving the murders on Rapanui, Daniel ‘Hawk’ Fishinghawk has remained on the island, setting himself up as a local private investigator. He is, however, interested when a call comes from the UK involving several murders in Salisbury, that are connected to Stonehenge. Daniel initially plans to travel to Britain with his new wife, Mahina, but after they meet with the island’s shaman, Tiare, it is revealed that Mahina is the best person to replace the 95-year-old and should begin her training as soon as possible. They therefore decide that Daniel should travel to the UK alone.

Daniel bids farewell to his wife and friends at the airport when Roberto Ika, a native islander who is believed to be mentally unstable, arrives. He tells Daniel and the others of people inside the earth’s core and introduces them to a gecko named Spirit that he found when he woke up. Daniel humours him, whilst Roberto whispers to the detective that he will watch over Mahina and Tiare during his absence.

Daniel travels to Salisbury and helps solve the murder case, revealing a secret group of intellectuals that have managed to create a Philosopher’s Stone, amassing wealth that eventually leads to inevitable betrayal. Daniel finds the killers and the stone is subsequently destroyed. During his time abroad, Daniel senses each time when Mahina and Tiare are in trouble. At one point, he dreams that he is back on ancient Rapanui where he discovers that Paoa, the Shaman that he and Mahina had previously defeated, still exists in spirit form and poses a threat to those on the island.

Meanwhile, on Rapanui, Mahina trains under Tiare. She finds her spirit animal and that she can communicate with her long-dead relatives whom she parted from when she journeyed to the present with Daniel. An evil presence is also discovered on the island, resulting in Tiare coming under the attack of a death prayer – giving her three days to live. The two discover that it is the spirit of Paoa that is attacking them and they prepare for the final conflict. Paoa appears in the form of a mass of insects and Tiare and Mahina battle him using their powers. Mahina appears stronger but Paoa attacks the helpless Tiare, causing Mahina to protect her and leave herself open to attack. As the dark powers that have allied themselves with Paoa prepare to feast on Mahina, she is saved by Roberto and his gecko, which breathes fire. The two defeat Paoa and bind him. They then turn their attention to Tiare and, together, free her from the death curse.

In their spiritual bodies, Mahina and Roberto escort Paoa to the otherworld where a large presence of light advises that they will help him realise that his soul has been misguided. Later, when Mahina asks Roberta about his mentality, he explains that he was diagnosed with paranoid schizophrenia and sometimes he cannot keep the voices from the spirit world out of his head. After he is finished in Britain, Daniel returns to Rapanui with the fee for his work, which is used to fund the Hotu Matu’a Institute, a project that will aid Rapanui in dealing with the problems of the modern world. Reunited with Mahina, Daniel is able to find some peace before his next adventure.

Murder at Stonehenge is the second mystery novel by Gary D. Conrad to feature Daniel Fishinghawk, following 2014’s Murder on Easter Island (reviewed above). Daniel’s adventure in Salisbury is told concurrently with Mahina’s spiritual journey on Rapanui with each chapter changing to the other’s perspective. The Rapanui storyline is also shown through the perspective of Tiare in some chapters, whilst other characters such as the villain Paoa are given small parts where the world is seen through their eyes.

Like Daniel Fishinghawk’s previous adventure, the moai do not play an integral part in the plot. They are, however, shown to be an instrument that can help a shaman to enter the spirit world. Tiare tells Mahina that this is because their age connects the native islanders to their ancestors. When traversing to the spiritual plain, Mahina travels from the base of the moai, ahu Ature Huki, and through it in order to gain entrance to the upper world.

With the plot of the Rapanui storyline focusing on the powers of the shamans, elements of Rapanui culture are utilised such as the importance of ancestry. Here, each of the main characters meets their spirit animals during the story and each holds a connection to the protagonist’s parents or other relatives but they are not their literal reincarnation. Mahina also manages to spiritually reunite with her family and is told that through her powers she will be able to converse with them once again. It is unusual but significant for an example of moai fiction to directly engage with this aspect of Rapanui culture.

Felix Hockey

Jump to contents

The Adventures of Bella & Harry: Let’s Visit Easter Island! – Lisa Manzione, illustrated by Kristine Lucco
(Delray Beach, Florida: Bella & Harry, LLC, 2019)

Two chihuahua dogs, Bella and Harry, travel to Easter Island in the next instalment of their world adventures. As the sun rises they dash to ahu Tongariki, to see the row of 15 moai. Harry explains to Bella about the moai figures; she jokingly asks if the Rapanui people sing Rap songs. She also wonders if the island’s name means Easter eggs are found there, but Harry yet again corrects her with the story of Dutch explorer Jacob Roggeveen. Harry explains the location and geography of the island, as well as the pukao, and the positioning of the moai. The two dogs visit the quarry at Rano Raraku and finish with an umu feast of food cooked in the ground. Post meal, Harry dresses as a competitor in the birdman race before they depart the island on a cruise ship.

Number 23 in a series in which the two dogs had already travelled to places such as Istanbul, Berlin, Florence, Cairo, Beijing and Malta, this is a book that is light on text and heavy on illustration. The narrative is a basic visiting of specific island sites with an emphasis on relaying facts and data about Rapanui. Generally, the author has researched well, with discussion of why the moai, other than those at ahu Akivi, have their backs to the sea. Elsewhere, care is made to present the pukao as topknots. However, Hoa Hakananai’a is shown on the island, when it is in the British Musuem, Iorana (which means ‘hello’) is written as Lorana, and the buried bodies of the moai are far too large. Moreover, the Rapanui people are briefly mentioned on one page, but they are never shown. In fact, this is a strangely abandoned island with just two grazing horses appearing midway, and no tourists, despite the large cruise ship on which the dogs depart at the end (having been there for just one day).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

La Sorprendente Isola di Pasqua [The Amazing Easter Island] – Simone Frasca and Sara Marconi
(Monte San Vito: Raffaello Libri, 2020)

Big Town is buzzing with excitement as the local museum is about to re-exhibit the famous seventh Rongorongo Tablet, one of two silver tablets written in the mysterious language of Easter Island that the institution holds. As the members of the Agenzia Enigmi (the Enigma Agency) – Nera Cat, (a black cat), Frank Capra and his nephew Junior (two goats) – discuss the event, they receive a phone call from Miss Audrey Squirrel, the museum’s director, asking for their help. The Enigma team rush to the museum where they discover that the other rongorongo tablet, the sixth, had been stolen the previous day and switched with a copy. Audrey fears that the thief might attempt to steal the seventh tablet during the museum’s party that will be hosted the next evening. She hires the Agenzia Enigmi to capture the thief and recover the lost tablet.

On the night of the party all seems quiet, until Frank and Junior catch a glimpse of a shadow furtively walking towards the case displaying the seventh tablet. Despite their attempts at stopping the rabbit thief, the latter jumps out of the window and disappears with the tablet into the night. Luckily, Frank had been able to substitute the original with a copy. Nonetheless, there is no time to waste, argues Audrey. A mysterious letter addressed to Audrey from the Guardians warns them that the thief has stolen six of the seven tablets and if he manages to get hold of the seventh the world could be destroyed. To prevent all of this, the Enigma team and Audrey must travel to Easter Island.

Upon landing on Easter Island, Junior notes that the hordes of tourists usually swarming around the sites are leaving. He also notes the arrival of a big jet plane carrying the logo of the famous television show, Mega Chef. Waiting for them is one of the locals dressed up as a big moai head, who drives them to a fantastic five-star hotel in Hanga Roa, where they are welcomed as special guests by the inhabitants of the island (all rabbits). The hotel will host one episode of Mega Chef in the presence of the celebrity judge Conigliacciuolo, who has arrived on the island after having visited several world cities where the other tablets were hosted. Indeed, Junior suspects he might be the rongorongo thief and starts to tail him.

While attempting to follow the celebrity judge, Junior leaves the city and walks along a dusty road and up a hill called Ahu-Akivi. But Junior loses Conigliacciuolo, so he decides to go back to the hotel, and just as a storm begins to rage all around him. So, he decides to seek refuge on the hilltop and, as the storm passes, he sees the shining sun illuminating seven giant moai lined up facing the sea. As he stands in awe at the moai, Junior runs into a strange bulldog taking photographs who explains that these are the oldest statues on the island and the only ones facing seawards. A taxi arrives and drives the two back to the hotel. Once Junior catches up with Audrey, she reveals that on that same spot, at Ahu-Akivi, many years ago she had found a mysterious hook-shaped pendant.

That night, events take a turn. Junior discovers Audrey secretly leaving the hotel with the case containing the tablet and a letter carrying the seal of the Guardians and decides to follow her. They reach the top of Ahu-Akivi where, in the shadow of the moai, six caped figures stand holding a crook. These are the Guardians. Once again, a storm rages on the island, with the moon now shining off the top of the hill. Suddenly, the bulldog appears from behind a moai and pointing a gun at the Guardians, Junior and Audrey he starts addressing the Elders by their first names. Then, taking off his bulldog mask the villain reveals himself to be the Sixth Guardian and that he had stolen the tablets – the original inhabitants of the island, who had come from outer space had entrusted them to the Guardians – to restore order and peace in the world. His mission is to destroy the world so that it can go back to a time when carrots were white rather than orange. He places each tablet in front of the moai who suddenly come alive and lift themselves from the ground revealing their true nature: they are alien flying robots who respond to the orders of the keeper of the tablets. Conigliacciuolo arrives in an attempt to stop the chaos and knocks the Sixth Guardian unconscious.

The moai reach the sea and are on the verge of flying towards the seven corners of the world to bring havoc and destruction. All seems to be lost, but the Guardians reveal that the hook pendant – the same pendant that Audrey had come across many years ago – could actually stop them. She takes out the pendant and discovers it really is a whistle. So, she starts to blow and, on her second attempt, the moai fly back to their initial positions and deactivate themselves. With the world safe, the members of the Enigma team, Audrey and the Guardians go back to Hanga Roa to celebrate. Audrey says she will remain on the island to try and decipher the language of the mysterious rongorongo tablets, whilst the Enigma team fly back to Big Town on Conigliacciuolo’s private plane.

This Italian language Easter Island adventure was published as part of the Agenzia Enigmi book series, which was created to offer primary school children engaging stories revolving around the most intriguing mysteries of the world. To make it more appealing to children the protagonists are all animals. Other books in the series focus on Atlantis, the Bermuda Triangle, the pyramids and on the mystery of crop circles. At the end of each book, a mini dossier is included providing historical and descriptive facts about the places and the enigmas at the heart of the story.

In this particular book, the enigma of both the moai and rongorongo are the focus of a richly-illustrated story, which unfortunately is not particularly original. The idea that the moai are Earth-destroying robots made by extra-terrestrials, had appeared in the comic Where Creatures Roam (1970); moai activated by the rongorongo tablets had featured in the children’s book Les mystères de l’île de Pâques (2016) (reviewed above); a special metal rongorongo tablet was fictionalised in the 1996 children’s television series, The Real Adventures of Jonny Quest (reviewed above); and the row of seven moai at Ahu Akivi, as a site of drama and revelation, has occurred in a number of adventures, not least Geronimo Stilton: The Treasure of Easter Island (2015) (reviewed above). In fact, the widely popular Geronimo Stilton books (first published in Italy) appear to be a direct source of inspiration for Agenzia Enigmi, with both depicting global-travelling, mystery-solving anthropomorphised animals packaged for young readers. The impact of the Geronimo Stilton books has led to other imitators, such as A hosszúfülűek kincse, a Hungarian children’s book that also imagines the inhabitants of Easter Island to be anthropomorphised rabbits (reviewed above). In one image in La Sorprendente Isola di Pasqua, there is the bizarre scene of a bunny rabbit islander managing a ‘Rapa Burg’ stall and selling a hamburger to Junior, a baseball cap wearing young goat, who sits upon a moai head shaped wooden stool to eat his takeaway food. The idea of an Easter Islander donning a full-size moai outfit to greet the tourists and then drive them to their hotel (whilst still wearing the costume) is equally surreal.

La Sorprendente Isola di Pasqua makes no attempt at imagining what the rongorongo inscriptions say, nor do the protagonists offer any explanations for the glyphs. However, one small drawing of a tablet tries to replicate the original glyphs in a rather realistic way. Easter Island is described as rather barren and desolated; however, Junior notes the excessive presence of tourists and the commodification produced by mass tourism, symbolised by the use of the moai head as a logo for several businesses and souvenirs. Yet, apart from mentioning the town of Hanga Roa and ahu Akivi, no other places on the island appear in the story. The mini dossier at the end of the booklet provides some rather accurate, though not extremely detailed, geographical and historical information on the island, on the enigma of its deforestation and, naturally, on the mystery surrounding the moai and their construction. Still, it fails to provide further information on the rich traditions of the island, despite the presence of photographs (without captions) showing the petroglyphs of the birdman, the constructions at Orongo, and an image of a child wearing a feathered headband and a turtle pendant, his body covered in white body paint and brown symbols.

The reference to the television program Master Chef and one of its most popular judges, Antonino Cannavacciuolo, does not bring any added value to the story, in fact it has no connection whatsoever with Rapanui. Moreover, Sixth’s reason for unleashing the moai appears rather pointless. Compared to many other children’s books and comics that focus on Easter Island, La Sorprendente Isola di Pasqua fails to develop the potential it seems to have in its early chapters.

Alessandra De Marco

Jump to contents

Ruin Hunters and the Easter Island Egg Hunt – Rob Beare
(Expedition Books, 2021)

The Ruin Hunters – the young children River, Tru and Faith and their famous archaeologist father, Professor Riddick – are on Easter Island and experimenting with raising and moving a moai. With ropes tied around it, the Ruin Hunters, aided by a group of locals, manage to move the large moai from a quarry by using a toggle method where ropes are tugged in sequence. It gives the appearance of the upright moai ‘walking’, but one of the ropes suddenly snaps leading to the statue toppling down and narrowly missing the young boy, River. From his prone position, River is able to see that there are petroglyphs on the moai’s back with one in the shape of Easter Island itself. On this map carving is a nest plus three eggs, each bearing the image of the birdman, and accompanied by glyphs. Next to one egg is the image of a moai on its side, another egg is beneath a carving of two birds facing each other, whilst a third is depicted within a drawing of a whale. River takes a picture of the petroglyphs and suggests that “it’s a map for an Easter Island egg hunt”. The three youngsters have until 5pm that day to solve the puzzle, before their airplane departs the island.

The map first takes them to the beach at Anakena, where there are seven moai in a row, and only two bearing pukao. There they find a weathered moai head on its side built into the platform on which the moai stand. Behind this head they find a black egg made of obsidian, bearing a birdman carving. Next, they travel to Mount Terevaka, and to the highest point on the island, where they discover under a pile of rocks, marked by a horse’s skull, an ancient stone cylindrical box with three ring carvings. In the centre of the artefact is the face of a moai and upon aligning the rings, following the correct order for a series of glyphs, the three intrepid youngsters manage to open the box whereupon inside they find a second obsidian egg. Soon after they meet two Rapanui boys, Rere and Kai – with matching ‘Rapa Nui Rush’ baseball caps – who offer to help the Ruin Hunters in their quest.

Rere and Kai have hang gliders which the Ruin Hunters use to descend from the mountain top towards the volcanic crater at Rano Kau, whilst the Rapanui boys drive alongside in their jeep. From Rano Kao, River then follows in the footsteps of the birdman competitors by climbing down the rock face and then paddling out to the rocky outcrop of Motu Nui, by using a pora, a surfboard-like raft made of reeds. Chased by a shark, River paddles fast and reaches the outcrop just in time. Looking for the whale motif he makes a connection between a natural blowhole and the puzzle and realises that he needs to go beneath the waves to reach the final obsidian egg. Following an underwater cavern, he finds a moai on the seabed directly beneath the blowhole with the obsidian egg clasped in its hand. Grabbing the obsidian carving he returns to the mainland where the team conclude that the three eggs collected have to now be placed together in a nest.

The carving of Makemake, that appears on the map, and that unusually has an open mouth, gives them a clue as to where they should head next. The team realises that the open mouth is a cave entrance, which they locate in an overgrown sunken garden where the islanders once grew crops. Scurrying down a tree, they discover on the floor a stone slab bearing Makemake’s image. Pulling out the slab, River finds behind it the entrance to a dark and damp cave, an old lava hole, which he climbs inside. Tru and Faith follow and further along they encounter a cavern of hot lava in a rectangular pit across which face “rows of stone pillars”, each with a petroglyph on top. This is the ‘Temple of the Moai’. There are four moai made of obsidian on each side of the pit; eight moai in total. On the far side is the stone nest and behind it a 100ft tall moai, “the largest Moai ever made”. The team believe that this moai was built for the first king, Hotu Matu‘a, whilst one of the obsidian moai was for his wife, Vakai, and the other seven represent the first explorers who were sent by Hotu Matu‘a to find Easter Island. The Ruin Hunters regard the lava pit as representing the ocean crossing, with the stone nest – as big as a bathtub – in the shape of Easter Island. To get across the pit and to the nest they have to successfully navigate the stone pillars, stepping on them in the right order based on the glyphs that they bear. Each wrong or backwards move results in the pillars sinking down and disappearing into the lava.

The Ruin Hunters quickly realise that in order to succeed they must work together as a team. Eventually managing to place the three obsidian eggs in the nest pushes it down into the ground and makes the room start to collapse with the moai leaning forwards. This exposes an ancient pulley system, which the team has to master before the ever-increasing flows of lava fill the room. Meanwhile, a gap opens in the roof above the Hotu Matu‘a moai, as it is slowly raised upwards on a platform. On the back of this giant moai are more glyphs each the size of a small boy and as the Ruin Hunters manage to solve this final puzzle, turning a series of wheels in the process, they halt the lava flow which is cooled and solidified with a rush of incoming water. The Hotu Matu‘a moai has now reached the surface, leaving everyone, in particular Professor Riddick, amazed at the sight. Tru, Faith and River “bask in the glory of discovery” with their adventure all concluded just before the 5pm deadline. River is sure that the moai have many more secrets to reveal.

Written by Rob Beare, an adventurer-traveller, with a degree that focused on archaeology, it is perhaps unsurprising that there is an element of Indiana Jones to this young adults book, with its treasures, hidden pulleys, caves, pits and floors that give way. The adventure – crammed all into one day – is also reminiscent in places of computer games, with levels establishing challenges and clues to a goal, most strikingly in the last task with its echoes of Lara Croft/Tomb Raider. There is, elsewhere, an originality to the idea of obsidian eggs as part of the treasure, even if it does veer a little too close to the popular western fantasies imagining links between Easter Island and the hunting of Easter eggs.

The inclusion of petroglyphs and rongorongo characters are numerous and employed as figures that are part of a code for unlocking the puzzle. They are handled well and supported by several illustrations within the book showing their form or the task ahead. In this context and elsewhere, the book does exhibit some Rapanui research. That said, there are the inevitable mistakes with, for instance, just two moai at Anakena said to have pukao, when it is actually four. The adventure carries a message which is flagged at the start when the siblings are required to work together as a team to move the moai. The addition of the two Rapanui boys is also positive, though they are marginalised as brief facilitators within the story.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Te poki ‘iti-‘iti o te ‘Ariki – Antoine de Saint-Exupéry (translated by Maria Eugenia Tuki Pakarati)
(Rapa Nui: Moai Editions, 2022)

Moai Editions is a publisher based on the island of Rapa Nui that is releasing significant titles. Its fiction releases have been either original children’s books in Rapanui/ bilingual or in this case a translation into Rapanui of a famous example of world literature. Translating The Little Prince into Rapanui is an inspired choice. The Little Prince is apparently the second most translated book in the world (behind just the Bible) having been published in more than 500 languages. The back cover of the Rapanui translation features an addition of a moai standing behind the little boy. This iconic image has been altered to reflect the indigenous voice for this famous story, where the boy is no longer alone on a distant planet but now accompanied – even protected – by a moai. It bears a strong connection to Rapa Nui, an isolated island/ rock, populated by moai and on which the Indigenous population are never alone, the spirit, power and prestige of their ancestors everywhere.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Poetry

Weird Tales
'Easter Island' – Robert E. Howard
(vol.12, no.6, December 1928, Weird Tales)

Robert E. Howard was best known for his creation Conan the Barbarian. At the age of 22 he wrote a 14-line poem for Weird Tales; eight years later at the age of 30 he was dead having committed suicide. In this poem, Howard dwells on the enigmatic moai, who are "Gazing forever out beyond the tide". He sees Easter Island as a "forgotten land" and the idols "impotent" standing "alone". Howard's view of Easter Island is surprisingly negative and he sees the moai as "uncouth things" without giving any reasons why. Time has moved on – "many weary centuries have flown" – with the moai very much associated here with the past. They are figures that had once been worshipped, with Howard imagining human sacrifices – a practice that was South American and not Polynesian: "Before these gods what victims bled and died?". Weird Tales was to revisit Easter Island for at least one other poem, in 1949 (reviewed below).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Weird Tales
'The Heads on Easter Island' – Leah Bodine Drake
(vol.41, no.2, 26 January 1949, Weird Tales)

Within a magazine devoted to fiction of horror and the uncanny there is a relatively short 14 line Easter Island poem that fills half a page and is supported by a sketch of a moai. This was not the first time Weird Tales had published a poem about Easter Island (see the review above), and clearly the moai were considered sufficiently arcane to meet the remit of the writing in this magazine.

Unlike Pablo Neruda's celebrated poem that considers the moai as carved by the wind, Leah Bodine Drake states from the first line that "human hands carved these lean faces". Drake is drawn to their ceremonial function and their pagan worship as gods, with food brought to the moai as offerings and the Rapanui, of the "brown-limbed races", performing at their base, where they "Danced to the shaking drums in sea-birds' plumage". For Drake, the moai have a "sense of the unearthly" as they live on beyond their creators. These "timeless things" hold the traveller in "awe", but the poem ends with a warning that these stone carvings may actually be "sleeping".

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Rutherford and Other Poems – Douglas Stewart
'Easter Island'
(Sydney: Robertson & Angus, 1962)

Within a landscape that has borne witness to inter-tribal war, the narrator (a Rapanui) considers the moai that were supposed to protect the islanders. All around the "fire and blood" there are dead men and women and "homes still burning". The moai, "the kings of stone" remain standing, "Titanic still, rising beyond the slaughter". The narrator sees the moai as figures marching from the hill to the sea, but marching where?

The stone statues are then toppled – "crash face-downward in the grass/ Never again to look on the light of the Sun" – their pukao of red hair rolling down "like boulders" and into the sea. With so many islanders dead, the narrator reflects on the life of those once living – the women, who "walked by coconut and hibiscus bloom".

The islanders previously lived in a land of "temples of gold", where the sun was worshipped. Those temples are in ruins following a massacre and the land now disappeared under the ocean waves. The narrator has taken part in the brutality of the inter-tribal war and has even practised cannibalism, his mouth "still greasy from gnawing at my brother's flesh".

Many examples of moai fiction have referenced the island's civil war, but few have used it as the siting of the text. New Zealand born, Australian poet Douglas Stewart wrote this long poem of 31 stanzas of 7 lines each, which covers the time when Rapanui experienced inter-tribal warfare. In this period, it is believed that many Rapanui were killed, moai toppled and cannibalism practised. It provides a fertile ground for Stewart's thoughts as he contrasts a land of life with one now associated with death. The poem mythologises the Rapanui and associates them with both an Inca-like society and a possible lost land similar to Mu.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Separate Rose – Pablo Neruda
(translated by William O'Daly, Washington: Copper Canyon Press, 2005 [1972])

Across one long poem written in twenty-four sections that alternate between 'Men' and 'The Island', the modern world is juxtaposed with Rapanui, and the inhabitants with the twentieth-century tourist. The author is a "pilgrim" to the island who having left behind the damage and disappointment of the urban and the modern, with its "poor devils", is searching "for something" amongst Rapanui's ancient heritage and natural environment. He considers those who have arrived today and before on voyages of discovery, with the island viewed as pure; everything there an "altar".

The author first visits Rano Raraku, "with its eyelids of slime and old green lips", a "toothless crater" of a mouth, and imagines it as a deathly site, one where he dreads what will happen if he fell "into the green fear". Creation is associated with the wind, from which "all the islands of the sea" were borne. On Rapanui, the wind "parceled out his dominion" and also carved the moai, the first out of "damp sand", the second "out of salt", and finally on a third attempt out of "granite", which was the form that survived. The result is a "miracle" of a "portrait": "Great pure heads,/ tall necks, grave faces,/ their immense square jaws". The moai, "children of lava", having multiplied then walked into their positions across the island. Those moai that remained unfinished "weren't able to raise themselves up:/ their arms still unformed".

On an island of solitude, the moai that are standing do so in "silence", whilst those that are toppled are "defeated" giants, "kissing the sacred ash". The Rapanui are innocent folk connected to life and nature: "the boys on horseback", a woman who "nurses her newborn", and the lobster fishermen/divers "who plunge their bodies into the ocean". The previously disillusioned author leaves the island re-energised, "wrapped in light"; "I come away clean, […]/ I awaken to life". Unlike the troubles of the wider world – the "bitter feuds,/ uprisings, wars, disease" – Rapanui offers the author a "final purity", a "truth". Rising from the "trampled bush", Rapanui flowers alone. On other islands, the author experienced "threads/ of fertility"; on Rapanui a "separate" and "secret rose", a "rose/ of purification" blossoms.

The eminent Chilean poet and 1971 winner of the Nobel Prize in Literature, Pablo Neruda, visited Rapanui towards the end of his life in January 1971. The accompanying documentary Historia y geografía de Pablo Neruda, was filmed for Chilean television. Originally, the poetry La rosa separada [The Separate Rose] was published in Paris in 1972 as a limited edition book. More widely available editions were first published in 1973 after Neruda's death that year, with this English translation first appearing in 1985. There had been political turmoil in Chile, with a US-backed right wing government replaced in 1970 by a socialist government, which the communist and once exiled Neruda supported. The situation marks Neruda's visit to Easter Island, where he arrives drained and with deteriorating health, but he then appears to leave spiritually transformed.

In the process, Neruda mythologises and romanticises Rapanui, and whilst some islanders are included the general impression is of a land of emptiness and solitude. The moai, as always, are the main attraction, with Neruda drawn also to nature. Surprisingly, however, Neruda is less interested in the culture and community of the inhabitants. Employing a myth of creation, the moai are constructed by the wind, not the islanders, and they walk themselves into position. From this poetic perspective the craftsmanship, resourcefulness and immense labour of the Rapanui is erased.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Their Backs to the Sea – Margaret Randall
(San Antonio, Texas: Wings Press, 2009)

The poet arrives on the island and has many questions. She imagines the first arrival of the Rapanui, braving "oppositional winds,/ waves overpowering dual hulls", with Hotu Matua landing at Anakena. Her questions begin – why did they leave their home elsewhere in Polynesia, and when did they arrive? The geology of the island is assessed and queried – the power of the weather ("winds attacking"), the land ("dangerous rock"), the soil, and the ocean ("the hissing sea") – for being able to offer a suitable new home. But rats were introduced, "much later/ sheep: tens of thousands, but not for you"; the palm trees were cut down, followed by tribal wars and cannibalism. Then Jacob Roggeveen arrived in 1722, ahead of foreign voyagers including the Peruvian slavers in 1862.

Stanzas are devoted to Eugène Eyraud, the sheep station, Katherine Routledge, Alfred Métraux, William Mulloy and Thor Heyerdahl, "who worked so hard/ to prove his forced hypothesis", as well as the popular myths created by outsiders: "Those who arrived and looked and fled,/ invented stories for the world:/ reverse migrations to fit poor theory:/ Inca travellers, aliens from outer space,/ Lemuria's lost continent/ or a Third Race of Giants/ appearing, disappearing, then rising again". In admiration for the islanders' perseverance, the poet asks how did they survive, "How did you nourish yourself/ with scant rain, thin soil, no coral reef".

Moving on to the moai, these are detailed in terms of their numbers. The poet climbs over the unfinished moai, and sees the process of their carving as a birthing. Their eye sockets are vacant, but some "once held eyeballs:/ coral, obsidian, red scoria". Those moai that have been toppled have earth filling their sockets and "mana streaming from their eroding eyes". The poet asks why were the moai, each one unique, toppled. Reflecting on the ravaging of the island, the poet is critical of outsiders, too many of whom "took sacred relics,/ leaving nothing but trinkets/ and disease". Rongorongo is described as "yet deciphered", "though some recite clan boundaries/ or broken genealogies". Other culture includes the string game of kai kai, which was "unnoticed by early explorers".

The winds at Orongo assault the poet who considers the rocky "guano-spattered" outcrop of Motu Kao Kao, and Motu Nui, "where brave ghosts/ swim back with eggs held high". There are the petroglyphs of Makemake, holding "court on rock face weathered/ by years, wind, rain and a chant". The birdman cult, which replaced the moai, "also bowed/ to depletion of time/ and all the old ways faded/ beneath the weight of unrecorded history". Dogs now "roam the streets" of Hanga Roa, where "Rider-less horses gallop dusty sidewalks". Being on Easter Island though has a profound effect on the poet who is left with the experience imprinted "on the underside of skin".

Margaret Randall is a much-travelled and prolific writer of poetry who has a particular attachment to Latin America, where she resided in several countries. A social activist, this long poem devoted to Easter Island reveals her political perspectives, showing a concern for the plight of the Rapanui and the numerous challenges and injustices that they have faced. She has many questions but concludes that "we cannot unravel/ your lost world/ without having lived its life".

This is a well-researched poem which emerges from a visit Randall made to the island in 2007, with her black and white photographs supporting the words. Clearly there has been much reading and studying of the history and culture of the island, covering a wide range of subjects and which is neatly woven into the verses and stanzas. What is written is largely correct though rongorongo has not been conclusively confirmed to include clan boundaries or genealogies. The greatest shame (and surprise) is the focus on the past and a neglect of the lives of the present inhabitants of Rapanui. The impression given is that the island is empty and primitive. Hanga Roa is a town of dogs and horses, but not of people and there is no mention of modernity or civilisation – the cars, shops, the craft makers, the services in support of the tourist industry, or the church. This would appear to be intentional, as all bar one of the photographs are devoid of people (and even then, these are minute figures in the distance) in effect adding to the myths which Randall elsewhere seems keen to avoid.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

The Adventures of Piratess Tilly: Easter Island – Elizabeth Lorayne, illustrated by Karen Watson
(Newburyport, MA: White Wave Press, 2017)

Tilly, a young girl, is on board her ship Foster, accompanied by her faithful companion, Yuki, the human-like koala. They have set sail for Easter Island with a crew of seven young orphan boys that, like Yuki, were rescued by Tilly. In Tilly's cabin she has a prominent picture of Katherine Routledge on one wall facing another of Charles Darwin. Arriving at Easter Island they launch their dragon boat and first explore the shoreline, then the surrounding sea in their scuba gear, and finally the island itself where they have a picnic amongst horses at Orongo. From there they observe a pirate ship approaching past the rocky islet of Motu Nui.

The pirates are interested in the eggs of the sooty tern which they collect in large numbers. The sooty terns encourage Tilly to intervene and she and Yuki hang-glide to Motu Nui where they manage to retrieve the stolen eggs and take them to the safety of her own ship. Tilly is happy at another successful rescue as the eggs are handed back to the terns in baskets.

The adventure is written entirely in haiku, the Japanese form of short poetry. Dominating the book are the full-page watercolour images which depict a world devoid of adults and unfortunately also the indigenous Rapanui. Here, the island's horses "roam freely" and are present in a story that romanticises Easter Island as a children's adventure complete with sharks, pirates and picnics. Pioneering archaeologist Katherine Routledge is a likely 'pin-up' adventurer that inspires Tilly's visit to Easter Island. Yet unlike Routledge, Tilly makes no contact with the islanders and shows no real interest in the culture or the archaeology.

Instead, the story loosely engages with the birdman cult, depicting the petroglyphs (rock art) at Orongo and foregrounding the importance of the eggs of the sooty tern, which here become treasure. The birdman cult is not directly mentioned in the story but is explained towards the back of the book alongside an account of Darwin and Routledge and a supporting glossary. Tilly has featured in one other adventure to date, with the author viewing her heroine in the context of "girl-empowerment".

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Te Pito o Te Henua/ El Ombligo del Mundo [The Navel of the World] – text and illustrations by Bernadita Romero
(Santiago: Editorial Amanuta Limitada, 2017)

The narrator is Tu’u Maheke and he introduces the reader to his island, with its “mysterious landscape” in the middle of the Pacific. The story begins on the Polynesian island of Hiva, where the chief, Hotua Matua, gave the order for his tribe to sail before a furious sea-storm arrived. That same night, an islander, Hau Maka, had a dream of an island paradise, a fertile land of palm and toromiro trees, which would save his people.

Without maps or compasses, they navigated by the wind looking for this dreamt of land. They followed the birds, dolphins and whales, the sea currents and the whispers of their ancestors. The journeyed for 3641 kilometres and finally arrived, boats filled with craftsmen, sculptors, soldiers, priests and fishermen, and carrying crops such kumara and sugarcane. Tu’u Maheke’s father was Hotua Matua and his mother was a princess. He was born on the beach at Anakena, with much mana, or power, and his birth was marked with a great festival of song and dance, with people moving their bodies to the rhythm of instruments that included the ukulele. The celebrations included a feast of food that had been cooked in the ground. As he grew up, Tu’u Maheke’s father taught him everything he needed to know for the day when he would become the chief’s successor. Meanwhile, his mother taught him how to use natural resources – such as wood and flowers – to craft.

The giant stone moai, built to protect the islanders from strangers, were carved from the volcano of Rano Raraku, while surrounded by the “naughty spirits” called aku aku. All of the rocks shape the islander’s lives, from the minerals that they hold to the petroglyphs that the Rapanui carve. Then one day the great chief died, and wearing his crown of feathers and on his boat of treasures he made another journey across the sea. But with the spirit of the chief by his side, Tu’u Maheke was ready and he carried on the legacy of his father.

Originally published in 2014, this slim publication is part of a series of children’s books based on the myths, legends and beliefs of the cultures of the Americas, pre-European contact. The aim is to introduce children to the traditions and practices of these cultures. The Spanish text is written as poetry and structured in groupings of three to eight lines that cleverly manage to have a clear rhythm whilst conveying the origins of Rapanui culture.

The book is like a growing number of other modern texts designed for children, such as Varua, A Boy of Easter Island (reviewed above) and The Son of the Birdman (reviewed above) that show greater interest and respect in capturing contemporary or historical life on Easter Island, as opposed to stories driven by science fiction, horror, superheroes, super-villains and European adventures of exploration and encounter. However, this Chilean text, like others, problematically contains the Easter Island of today as part of the Americas when it is undoubtedly Polynesian. Interestingly, it presents the islanders bringing kumara with them from their Polynesian island of Hiva, when the kumara, or sweet potato, has been shown to have originated in South America.

The story is progressive, promoting heritage and lineage, with the chief’s son continuing the leadership of the Rapanui people. Crucially, it has none of the narratives of death, warfare, cannibalism, disease, colonialism, slavery and demise that have been a part of Rapanui’s history and that have dominated so many other examples of moai fiction. Cultural practices such as sailing and navigation, singing, dancing and feasting are central to this book, in which community is clearly important. This is also conveyed in the illustrations with people often working as a collective. Woven into these images are aspects of Rapanui craft and culture, such as rongorongo characters introduced as a background design on one page, birdman petroglyphs ‘etched’ across a sea as a boat voyages to its destination on another page, and on a third, a birdman figure dancing aboard a boat that rides on the back of a whale. Rapanui words are spread throughout the text and are supported by a glossary on the book’s final pages.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Music

The Moody Blues
'Go Now!'
7" EP; France: Decca, February 1965
UK rhythm and blues

'Go Now!' was the second single by The Moody Blues, and it reached number 1 in the UK charts. Originally a rhythm and blues band, by 1967 and the release of their second album The Moody Blues' style of music had changed to a combination of rock and classical and an early form of progressive rock.

In 1965, a few months after the UK success of 'Go Now!', the band was introduced to the French market, with an EP that added two tracks to the UK single. The cover alone to the EP is the only connection to Easter Island. It features the five members of the band standing next to Hoa Hakananai'a when the moai was positioned underneath the portico at the front of the British Museum, in London. The photo is typical of publicity images of musicians in the 1960s, with the artists often taken to an outdoors location – a park, tree, wall, fence or part of a building – and had their picture taken in a composed shot.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Peter Thomas Sound Orchestra
‘Chariots of the Gods?: Original Motion Picture Soundtrack’
Vinyl album; US: Polydor Records, 1974
Film soundtrack

Peter Thomas is a German composer with a career spanning over fifty years in which he has produced a great many soundtracks for films and television series. He has been very influential on other big band leaders and arrangers such as James Last, who has recorded a selection of Thomas’s compositions. His work was also used as part of the soundtrack for George Clooney’s directorial debut film Confessions of a Dangerous Mind (2002).

The film (reviewed above) is based on Erich von Däniken’s best-selling book, which was largely responsible for magnifying the idea that aliens could have been involved in both the creation and positioning of the moai. The cover art reproduces the film’s poster.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Listen Featuring Mel Martin
'Listen Featuring Mel Martin'
Vinyl; USA: Inner City Records, 1977
Jazz fusion

Mel Martin died in 2017 having spent sixty years as a jazz musician, including backing jazz stars such as Dizzy Gillespie and Ella Fitzgerald. He was a multi-instrumentalist and on this release he plays soprano and tenor saxophone, flute and piccolo. There are no lyrics and no reference to Rapanui and moai, apart from the cover art.

The cover depicts a basic artistic impression of four moai on a hillside. Three remain standing and the fourth has fallen and is lying on its back. Interestingly, this image is framed by a long series of rongorongo characters, which appear to have been employed for their form and oddity.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Styx
'Pieces of Eight'
Vinyl; USA: A&M, 1978
Melodic rock

Styx is a US rock band formed in 1972 who achieved significant commercial success in the late 1970s and early 1980s. Four of the albums they produced during this period reached multi-platinum sales. They have an eclectic style combining power ballads with a harder edged rock guitar sound, plus 'progressive' synthesiser solos. This has allowed them to crossover between a broad range of audiences.

Although there is no lyrical reference to Rapanui or moai, the final track on this album is an instrumental entitled 'Aku-Aku'. The cover art shows four women in close-up, one facing the viewer and three in profile. Each of them are wearing earrings in the shape of moai. As was common for rock records produced at this time it is packaged in a gatefold sleeve. The inside cover also has close-up images of the members of the band, all facing the viewer. No earrings are visible here but two moai carvings can be seen in the background. The moai earrings satisfy the myth of presence but beyond that it is difficult to position their meaning.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Kris Kristofferson
'Easter Island'
Vinyl; USA: Monument Records, 1978
Country rock

Singer songwriter Kris Kristofferson has produced several songs that have been widely covered by other artists, notably 'Help Me Make it Through the Night' and 'Me and Bobby McGee'. He has also developed an acting career with leading roles in film such as A Star is Born (1976) and Convoy (1978). He was also a member of the country music supergroup The Highwaymen alongside Johnny Cash, Waylon Jennings and Willie Nelson.

The lyrics of the title track of this album portray the moai as esoteric cult figures, "Guarding the carcass, we stripped and divided/ […] Keeping the secret the rest have forgotten/ And staring in silence from sockets of stone/ Built and obeyed with the best of intentions". The moai are anthropomorphised, "lost" and "survivors" that are viewed as cultural remnants on an island devoid of people. The back cover shows four moai standing on the stone platform at ahu Tahai.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Evidence
‘The Evidence’
Vinyl, cassette tape; France: Philips Records, 1978
Disco funk

The Evidence only produced one album but one of the members, Gilbert Chemouny (aka Copperman), was also involved with several other disco funk projects such as Moon Birds and the Disco Baby Band. Although a relatively obscure band outside of France they gained increased international attention when a section of their music ‘The Evidence (Normal version)’ was sampled by the Chemical Brothers for their track ‘Come With Us’ (2002). It was a spoken-word section with the repeated refrain of ‘Behold – they are coming back’. This is open to interpretation, but given the science fiction style of the album cover artwork this could be a reference to an earlier alien visitation.

The striking artwork is notable for employing stylistic tropes more closely associated with progressive rock than disco funk. They include a naked warrior woman carrying a sword which has a shimmering power source. At her feet is a kneeling supplicant, possibly a defeated foe, with blue skin and wearing a horned helmet. Whilst behind her and to her side is an army, that includes warrior-baboons, holding shields and wielding spears and scimitar swords. These figures are all at the top of a grand staircase which descends far below and on which moai appear as ornaments at intervals, overlooking an alien blue landscape. Other planets or moons are also visible, as is a passing spacecraft. The relocation of arcane or archaic imagery from Earth’s history on to the surface of a faraway planet can be observed on numerous occasions in moai culture (see, for instance, Saber Rider and the Star Sheriffs, reviewed above, and Superboy and the Legion of Super-Heroes, reviewed above). In doing so, the mythologies of Easter Island are extended, creating the implication that Earth’s history is much greater and that the moai are evidence of interplanetary connections between humans and alien lifeforms.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

Easter Island
'Easter Island'
Vinyl album; USA: Baal, 1979
Progressive rock

The debut album by Easter Island, a band which had been formed by guitarist Mark Miceli in 1973. The cover artwork is an unusual depiction of a moai as it appears to be crying. At first glance, it also appears to be encased in some sort of transparent globe, similar to the helmet of a spacesuit. On closer inspection, this could also be the representation of a moon or planet in the background. There is a second, smaller orb with what appear to be human figures close by. The back cover is a continuation of the artwork on the front cover and it shows that the island appears to be suspended in space as the tears from the moai fall from the floating island. The same image was used on a 2016 Japanese CD reissue, which added four tracks, including two live versions of songs from the first album. The album was reissued in 1991 and 1997 with different covers (see the review below).

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

Christian Zuber
‘Ile de Paques’
Vinyl album: France; Not on label but soundtrack available via Galapagos Films, 1980
Field recordings

Zuber (1930 – 2005) was a French documentary filmmaker who specialised in ‘exotic’ international subject matter located in Africa, Tahiti, the Galapagos Islands and Rapa Nui. This recording was for his film Les Mysteres de l’ile de Paques. It features the two-sided track ‘8 Morceaux du Folklore de l’lle des Géants’ (8 Pieces of Folklore of the Island of the Giants), with accompanying narration in French.

The artwork shows a single moai silhouetted against a sunrise, or sunset. This image is then replicated so that it appears five times in total, as if emanating ray-like from the central image, or in a kaleidoscope pattern.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

Zot
‘Zot’ (also released as ‘Uranium’)
Vinyl album; US: Elektra Records, 1985
Pop rock

Active in the early 1980s, Zot only produced one album but had significant exposure on the MTV music channel with the video for the lead track ‘Uranium’. The video features footage of the launch of an intercontinental ballistic missile and attempts to tap into the second Cold War narrative of the time and the threat of mutually assured destruction in the event of a nuclear exchange between the US and the USSR. The band were led by the singer and main songwriter Randy Wayne. They supported several groups that were more popular at that time including Huey Lewis and the News, Night Ranger and Culture Club.

There are no lyrical references to either moai or Rapanui. The dayglo cover art, by Bob Defrin, features a large, pink moai in profile positioned in a green landscape with a background image of a spiral galaxy of stars. The album was reissued as a CD in Hong Kong in 2018.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

Brian May
‘Sky Pirates: Original Motion Picture Soundtrack’
CD; Australia: oneMone Records, 1989
Film soundtrack

Not to be confused with the guitarist for the rock band Queen, this Brian May had a distinguished career composing numerous film soundtracks during his lifetime (1934–1997). His best-known works were the soundtracks for Mad Max (1979) and Mad Max 2 (1981). He also produced the soundtracks for Missing in Action 2: The Beginning (1985) and Freddy’s Dead: The Final Nightmare (1991).

Sky Pirates (aka Dakota Harris), was an Australian feature film released in 1986 (reviewed above), starring John Hargreaves as Lt Harris, a figure seemingly modelled on the popular Indiana Jones. The cover reproduces the film’s poster, with a row of moai depicted in the background. Two of the tracks are titled ‘To Easter Island’ and ‘Easter Island / Inner Secrets’.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

Strange Boutique
'Easter Island'
12" EP; USA and Canada: Bedazzled, 1989
Post-punk/Goth

Formed in 1987, Strange Boutique's first release was this four track EP. The band were influenced by Goth bands such as The Cure and Killing Joke, whom they supported on a tour of the UK. The cover art features a single, stark black and white image of moai Hoa Hakananai'a – the exquisite moai held within the British Museum – replicated sixteen times. It is evocative of the pop art associated with Andy Warhol's portrayals of the heads of famous people, such as Marilyn Monroe and Chairman Mao. One of the images of the moai is also reproduced on the A side label of the record.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Ripped
'Easter Island'
Cassette tape EP; USA: Wild Rags Records, 1991
Thrash death metal

Formed in 1988, initially as R.I.P.T., Ripped released two full length albums and this EP. It consists of five short tracks, all less than three minutes in length, with the total running time of each side being under thirteen minutes. Side A and side B are identical. Helpfully the inside cover provides the largely indecipherable lyrics. This confirms there are no references made to Rapanui or moai in the songs.

The cover art shows moai that are unusually menacing. Their faces are skull-like with accentuated cheekbones and downturned mouths revealing pointed teeth.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rüdiger Lorenz
‘Pazifica’
CD; Germany: Syncord Records, 1991
Electro-ambient

Originally a pharmacist, Rüdiger Lorenz also collected modular synthesisers. His experiments with electronic soundwaves led to a significant output, often collected together on albums with a loose connection to various parts of the world including, but not exclusively, the Pacific region. For example, ‘Atoll’ (1992), ‘Coral Sea’ (1993) and ‘Ozeania’ (1997). He was a self-contained, independent artist who composed, produced and performed his work, which he also recorded at his own Lorenz-Park studio.

Although an instrumental, the titles of some of the tracks on this album do refer to moai and the broader mythology of Rapanui. These include ‘Rongorongo’ and ‘Moai’. Interestingly, there is also a track entitled ‘Drums of Nuka Hiva’, which is an island in French Polynesia where there are other stone statues that have inspired mysteries and speculation as to their origins. The cover artwork shows a row of five moai, with the central statue featuring a superimposed image of Lorenz’s head.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Easter Island
'Now and Then'
Vinyl album; USA: Baal, 1991
Progressive rock

Easter Island's 1979 album (reviewed above) was reissued in 1991 as a 'compilation' entitled 'Now and Then'. It is essentially the same album with two additional tracks, but with different cover artwork. On this release, there is still a moai in profile with a spherical shape in the background, but no more tears. There was another vinyl only limited edition re-release of the original album in 1997. Again, the artwork was quite different. On this occasion, there is a single moai facing the viewer with a striking red and yellow colour scheme.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

Conehead Buddha
'Easter Island Vacation'
Cassette tape; USA: Independent release, 1993
Latino ska

Initially produced by the band on cassette only, this album was later released on CD. The band formed in 1993 in New York state and quickly gained a reputation for their exuberant live performances. None of the songs reference Rapanui but the cover art depicts a moai with an extended conical skull. 1993 was also when the comedy science fiction film Coneheads, starring Dan Ackroyd, was released. This film was based on characters that first appeared on television in 1977 on Saturday Night Live. It is likely that the long-standing popularity of these characters, and the resurgence of interest in them with the release of a feature film, influenced the naming of the band.

The setting of the moai with a ringed planet in the background, possibly Saturn, and the green colour of the sky presents an unearthly location. The moai is humanised: it has eyes and pupils and is wearing a thoughtful expression.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jestofunk
‘Say it Again’
12" single; Italy: Rec in Pause Records, 1993
Acid jazz funk

Jestofunk have often featured moai on their cover art (see, for instance, their ‘Anthology’ release, reviewed below). This track later appeared on the band's album ‘Love in a Black Dimension’ (reviewed below). The cover art shows a stylised and racialized blackened moai with, unusually, bright read lips. With its open mouth, and employing the myth of movement, it speaks the title of the song.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Jestofunk with Ce Ce Rogers
‘Can We Live’
CD single; Italy: Rec in Pause Records, 1994
‘Can We Live 2016, Niko Favata and Teo Lentini remixes’,
CD single; Italy: Irma Records, 2016
Acid jazz funk

This track was the second of three singles to appear on the band's 1994 album ‘Love in a Black Dimension’ (reviewed below). The artwork for the initial 1994 release is minimalist with splashes of primary colours that resembles the artwork of 1980s electronica bands such as New Order. The 2016 remix has a very different cover with three moai at Rano Raraku in a bleached image that could be read as an apocalyptic setting.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

Cool Jerks
‘Fantabulous Crime’
CD, vinyl album, cassette tape; Spain: La Fabrica Magnetica, 1994
Soul

Miguel Angel Julian formed Cool Jerks in Torrejon de Ardoz in the late 1980s. This is one of ten albums released over a very productive decade before Julian relocated to the UK and formed another band, Soul Tellers. The cover features the eight-piece band, including the horn section with their instruments, posed next to a basic model of a moai. There are no lyrical references to moai or Rapanui.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Wishbone Ash
'Blowing Free: The Very Best of Wishbone Ash'
CD compilation; UK: Nectar under license from MCA, March 1994
UK classic rock

Wishbone Ash have been the subject of numerous 'best of' compilation albums. This one is named after one of their most famous songs, drawn from the album 'Argus'. The twin guitar sound of Andy Powell and Ted Turner formed a musical template that was followed by numerous other rock bands of the 1970s, such as Thin Lizzy.

The cover depicts a line of statues at ahu Akivi. It is simply a convenient stock image with no connection to any of the tracks featured on this compilation.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pink Floyd
'A Great Day'
Double CD; Italy: Banzai, 1994
Progressive rock

This is not an official Pink Floyd release but a bootleg of the first US date of their tour to promote 'The Division Bell' album, recorded at the Joe Robbie Stadium in Miami on 30 March 1994. It was the second time the band had toured America following the departure of founder member Roger Waters, which had resulted in a lengthy legal battle over the use of the band's name and certain iconic stage props, including the famous flying pig. At the time, this tour held the record as the highest grossing in history with revenue of over $100 million in the US alone.

The packaging is a box-set design with images of moai on the front and reverse and is undoubtedly a take on the heads that appear on the cover of 'The Division Bell', released March 2004. The cover opened out depicts four moai facing each other within a strange watery landscape. There is a single planet or moon visible in the sky. This could be another representation of the moai as unearthly or arcane. 'The Division Bell' cover has seemingly inspired other Pink Floyd bootleg releases of live concerts (see the review for Pink Floyd - 'Melbourne' below).

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

Swamp Zombies
'Hamburg versus the World'
CD single; USA: Doctor Dream Records, 1994
Alt country folk

Formed in 1985 by brothers Josh and Travis Agle, Josh is now better known as the successful artist Shag. He has produced numerous album covers for bands such as The Bomboras and The Martini Kings and many more pieces in a tiki style. He also created the artwork for this single, which features two highly stylised moai, one facing the viewer and the other in profile. They are looming over an equally stylised old automobile. There is also a screen of what could be a drive-in movie theatre. Significantly, this screen is showing what appears to be a science fiction film as there is the image of a flying saucer. In a union of 1950s popular culture there is, once again, a fantasised connection between moai and aliens.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stewart Copeland
'Rapa Nui'
CD; Switzerland: Milan Records, 1994
Original film soundtrack

Stewart Copeland is most well-known as the drummer with The Police. He has also produced the music for several film soundtracks, including Rumblefish (1983), Wall Street (1987) and Rapa Nui (see the film review above). Musically, the rhythms here are drawn more from Africa rather than the indigenous beats associated with Polynesia. Several of the titles make explicit reference to moai, including 'Carving the Mysteries' and 'Topple Moai'.

The CD cover is a truncated version of the main film poster. If seen in full portrait format it would show many more islanders at the base of the moai. Unfortunately, they have been cut from this image leaving just two islanders clinging on. The result of a practical need to shorten the poster to fit on the CD the effect is to once again remove most of the indigenous population from a moai-centric narrative.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Jestofunk
'Love in a Black Dimension'
CD; Italy: Dancepool, 1994
Acid jazz funk

Formed in 1992 by two Italian DJs – DJ MozArt and DJ Blade – this is their first album and features US vocalist CeCe Rogers. It achieved considerable commercial success and is considered a pioneering template for similar collaborations in this genre. One track is called 'Moai Message', although it is an instrumental so the possible meaning of the message remains unclear.

The cover art is a picture of a row of moai at ahu Akivi, with a stylised red on black colouring that could imply a spectacular sunset or eclipse. The same row of moai has appeared on a CD by Terra Mystica (see the review below) and in 1994 on a CD compilation of music by Wishbone Ash (see review above). Jestofunk also released in 1997 'Love in a Gold Dimension', with the same image but in black and gold. In addition, there are several remix versions of the album which has had releases in different countries – Italy (Irma,1997), US (IRMAmerica,1998) and Russia (TME, 2002). Each of these releases features the same row of moai, with some variation in colouring. Oddly, despite this cover imagery, the remixed versions do not include 'Moai Message'.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

Krispy 3
‘Herd Out Da Gate’
CD, vinyl album, cassette tape; UK: Kold Sweat Records, 1994
Hip hop

Krispy 3 are a UK-based duo from Chorley, Lancashire. They are brothers Michael Finlayson (aka Mikey D.O.N.) and Richard Finlayson (aka Mr Wiz). Formed in 1987, Krispy 3 have been one of the more consistent and successful UK hip hop acts supporting high profile performers such as Naughty by Nature. There are no lyrical references to either moai or Rapanui but the front cover of the album features a trio of neon-coloured moai, with one of these replicated on the back.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

Throat Culture
‘Acappella Head’
CD; US: self-released, 1994
A cappella

Not to be confused with a post-punk hardcore band of the same name from Albany, New York, this is a group of singers from Columbus, Ohio. They began busking in 1990 on a street corner in the Short North area of the city. Since then they have produced two albums of original material and an eclectic range of cover versions of songs by James Brown, Jimi Hendrix and AC/DC. Although not touring extensively themselves they have opened shows for Dionne Warwick and The Beach Boys.

This album features a song entitled ‘Easter Island Head’, by Stefan Farrenkopf, which has since been covered by a number of school singing groups, whose performances appear on YouTube. The song refers to someone who sees a postcard showing moai and fantasises about having a big stone head - ‘I want a head like the heads you see on Easter Island […] I want to stare at the seaside and do nothing’. The lyrics begin by saying he is a man with an ‘ordinary head’, ‘typical life’, ‘ordinary job’ and has a ‘typical wife’. He aspires to ‘stand up tall’ and have a ‘big strong forehead’ like a moai. This man is clearly dissatisfied with his life and says ‘I want to be rock hard./ I want to be stone./ I want to be mysterious,/ and always left alone’. The moai offer an alternative life of imagined solitude, specialness and resilience. The song is an island fantasy and includes monkey and jungle noises which exoticise Rapanui in a comical but inappropriate manner. The artwork for the album is a painting by Denny Griffith showing a line of moai, possibly at ahu Akivi, against a dark sky.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

Mana Rapa Nui
'Moai'
12" single; Netherlands: Versailles, 1995
Electronic /Trance

Featured on this 12 inch single are two slightly different versions of a single track, 'Moai Club Mix'. There is virtually no information available regarding this release other than it was written by F. Le Calvez, about whom little is also known. It is likely that this is a track that was aimed at the growing House and Trance DJ market rather than the promotion of a particular band or artist. Both mixes are instrumental so, apart from the title, there is no lyrical reference to Rapanui or moai.

The cover art is a colourful artistic representation of several green moai set on an alien or post-apocalyptic purple and red landscape dotted with green rocks, with the scene illuminated by an orange planet/moon in a bright red sky. The back cover replicates a small section of the front cover and features two of the moai that are topped by pukao.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Jestofunk
‘For Your Precious Love’
12" single; Italy: Rec in Pause Records, 1995
Acid jazz funk

This is the third single to be taken from the band's 1994 album ‘Love in a Black Dimension’ (reviewed above) to feature moai on the cover. See ‘Say it Again’ (reviewed above) for the other 12” single by Jestofunk. The cover art shows the row of moai at ahu Akivi, as they appeared too on the ‘Love in a Black Dimension’ release, but with the image this time reversed. As with other Jestofunk releases the image has been tinted giving it a pop art appearance.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Mato Grosso
'Moai'
12" EP; Italy: B4 Before, 1995
Electronic Euro dance

Mato Grosso is an Italian dance project formed by Marco Biondi, Graziano Pegoraro and Claudio Tarantola. The title track, and two remixes on the B side, include a rap by Dinamo, with the lyrical content directly referencing moai. Dinamo claims 'I rap in Rongo-Rongo', which is an original statement, and the chorus includes the lyrics 'Moai man against the nature. Nature versus the man. Moai game until the end of human being'.

The cover art, by Oscar B, shows a row of moai. Three appear to be carved from a type of marble whilst the fourth is of similar proportions but quite different in appearance: coloured bright purple and with an orange pukao. It is also wearing a pair of glasses and has orange lips with its appearance easily betraying its computer-generated origins.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

The Bomboras
'Forbidden Planet'
7" single; USA: Dionysus Records, 1995
Surf rock

The Bomboras formed in 1994, taking their name from the classic surf rock instrumental 'Bombora' by The Surfaris, which was released in 1963. This three- track single also features the songs 'Moon Probe' and 'Time Bomb'. None of them reference Rapanui or moai.

The cover art of this release is particularly noteworthy as it is an early example of album design by Josh Agle, better known as the celebrated pop artist Shag. He was a member of the band Swamp Zombies, who played in a similar style to The Bomboras. He has since designed several other album covers and more general artwork in a tiki style. The moai on this cover are represented in a 1950s science fiction homage, in tune with the title of the album, floating above a planet wearing space suits. One is firing a laser weapon and there is a space rocket passing in the background. It continues the pervasive myth of creation that imagines the moai as aliens.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

The Bomboras/ Lord Hunt and His Missing Finks
'A Fight to the Death on Seven Inches of Vinyl'
7" EP; USA: Screaming Apple, 1995
Surf rock

Two bands are featured on this EP: The Bomboras and Lord Hunt and his Missing Finks. Lord Hunt was also a member of The Bomboras. In line with other Bomboras releases, such as 'Savage Island!' and 'Forbidden Planet' also from 1995 (see review above), moai are a central feature of the cover art. In this case there is a classic moai head in profile, accompanying their trademark irreverent humour in which a boxer is presented with a moai head. These images appear on the reverse, with the front of the record aligned to Lord Hunt and His Missing Finks, who are accompanied by an image of luchadores, or masked Mexican wrestlers. None of the titles or lyrical content refer to Rapanui or moai.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Bomboras
'Savage Island!'
CD; USA: Dionysus Records, 1995
Surf rock

For their live shows The Bomboras would dress as Mexican Day of the Dead figures. In 1997, they gained more exposure when they were signed by Rob Zombie to his Zombie a Go-Go label. Some of the liner notes, which are probably mean to be ironic, could be viewed as offensive as they refer to 'the forbidden ceremonies of primitive peoples in far off savage lands' and 'the madness and fervor so expressive of these peoples'. Nowhere in these notes or within the lyrics of the songs are Rapanui or moai referred to directly.

The cover art features a single moai figure in rich pop art colours that place the image firmly within tiki culture. In the background is a steaming volcano, which is an Easter Island fantasy. The CD itself also has a representation of moai. In this case there are two grimacing caricatures of moai who are both open-mouthed and showing pointed teeth.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Dimbulb
‘Smaller Easter Island’
CD; US: Galaxy Records, 1996
Rock

This Dimbulb were a rock band based in Portland, Oregon and active between 1992-1996. They are not to be confused with a band of the same name from Cleveland, Ohio who were also recording and performing during this period. The Portland group comprised of Nate Storm Snell on guitar and vocals, with Billy Galaxy on bass and Rob Duncan Jr on drums.

There are two covers for this album, but only one features moai. One shows a smouldering volcanic island with a single palm tree as its only discernible feature. Presumably, this is the Smaller Easter Island. The other cover (for a promo) does not show an island but does have two sketched moai framed against a circle, which could represent the moon.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

Various
‘Super Sonic Punks’
7” EP; Japan: Konchi Wrenchi/ Roadside/ 205 Records, 1996
Punk rock

This is a limited-edition punk rock compilation with only five hundred pressings. It features four bands: Spread, Jerk Off Regrets (two tracks each), and Stupid Plots and Silky (three tracks each). There is no lyrical content referring to either moai or Rapanui. The only connection is the cover which is a basic black and white photo of four moai at Anakena, complete with pukao and eyes.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Sleeper
'Statuesque'
CD single; UK: BMG/Indolent Records, September 1996
Indie Britpop

Sleeper formed in the early 1990s and are associated with a wave of 'Britpop' bands, including Oasis and Blur. Sleeper's lead singer Louise Wener gained much press attention at a time when female-fronted bands were still considered unorthodox.

There are two version of this single with differing additional tracks. None of the song titles or lyrics reference Rapanui or moai. The covers have the same image with a close-up of a moai face against an open sky background. The difference is in the colouring, with one showing a natural colour moai against a blue sky. The other cover is more abstract, with the moai tinted red and the sky green. The presence of the immobile moai figure on the cover is presumably an illustration of the CD title 'Statuesque'.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

G.E.N.E.
‘Magic Island: The Mystic of Rapa Nui’
CD; Germany: Innovative Communication, 1997
New Age, Ambient

G.E.N.E (Grooving Electronic Natural Environments) purports to be the creation of a French-Canadian composer Cléo de Mallio. ‘She’ is even quoted in the liner notes for this album. In fact, Mallio is an alias for the German composer and writer Michael Weisser, who is also quoted and credited as the producer of this album. Weisser has produced numerous projects under different pseudonyms, including Eylin de Winter.

Although an instrumental album there are numerous references to Rapanui and its mythologies in the titles of the tracks that appear in English and alongside in Rapanui, such as ‘Wind Over Rapa Nui’, ‘The Voice of Rano Raraku’ and ‘The Love of the Birdman’. The front cover artwork shows a single moai framed by clouds and a blue sky. Above this image there is a row of six cartoon dolphin-like creatures with unusual dorsal fins. Interestingly, there is also a small insert photograph of the rocky outcrops Motu Nui, Motu Iti and the sea stack Motu Kau Kau, which are a reference to the annual birdman competition. The back cover also features a single moai flanked by a further two moai that are partially obscured. The liner notes include a relatively detailed map of the island indicating where various moai are positioned.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Monica Ramos
'Moai'
CD; Sweden: Divine, 1997
Ambient techno, with harp

Chilean-born Monica Ramos moved to Sweden with her family at the age of ten. She graduated from the Royal Academy of Music in Stockholm in 1995. A classically trained harpist she has found popular success via a 'cross-over' approach to her instrument combining her performances with samples and techno beats. This album features a track entitled 'Moai' but it is instrumental so, other than the title, there is no lyrical reference to either Rapanui or moai. The cover art is quite subdued with washed-out colours, to the point that the moai on the right side of the image is not immediately obvious.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Various Artists
'Jungle Jive!'
CD compilation; USA: Del-Fi, 1999
Exotica lounge

This compilation draws on Del-Fi's back catalogue of recordings from 1958 to 1963. It contains two previously unreleased tracks, 'Bongo Twist' by Preston Epps and 'Terror' by The Grippers. The cover features a moai figure in a jungle setting complete with crocodile and toucan. The accompanying model is the actress Kari Wuhrer, who has appeared in the movies Anaconda, Eight Legged Freaks and Sharknado 2: The Second One. The text on the cover invited the consumer to 'Go Exotic' with Wuhrer, who is wearing a leopard-skin bikini, and is reminiscent of the costumes and poses of the 1950s 'Queen of the Pin-ups' Bettie Page. Although Wuher adds no musical or lyrical content to this compilation she was signed to Del-Fi and released one album with them, 'Shiny', in 1999. The image connects the 1950s style of Page to the tiki culture of the period, with its sub-interest in jungle locations. Apart from the cover photograph there is no reference to Rapanui or moai in the titles or lyrics of the songs, most of which are instrumentals.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

Easter Island
'Mother Sun'
CD; USA: Telesterion, 1999
Progressive rock

Formed by guitarist Mark Miceli in 1973, Easter Island released their debut eponymous album in 1979. By 1999, Miceli was the only founding member still in the band. As with their first album (see the review above), moai feature prominently on the cover of 'Mother Sun', but not in the song titles or lyrical content. For this cover, three moai stand silhouetted against a large fiery sun. On the back cover moai are depicted on a grassy hillside under a tinted red sky with a star shining brightly above. Both the front and back images have an otherworldly feel that connects with the astrological leanings and mysticism of much progressive rock.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Midori
'The Magic of Easter Island'
CD; UK: New Beginnings, 2001
New age relaxation

Midori (aka Medwyn Goodall) is a multi-instrumentalist and prolific producer of new age music. Since his first album, 'Emergence' released in 1986, he has recorded nearly eighty albums. Most of them are themed on aspects of spiritualism or mythical legends, such as his five volume Arthurian Collection. As instrumentals, there is no lyrical content referring to Rapanui, although there is one track entitled 'Idols' which could be referring to the moai.

There are two version of the cover art for this CD, one for the 2001 release and another for a 2007 reissue. Both depict three moai, although with slightly differing facial features. The 2001 version shows the moai leaning at angles in quite long grassland. In the 2007 image the moai appear in a more parched landscape and are looking in unison out beyond a hillside. 'Tranquility music' has been added to the 2007 cover text and is reflected in the placid moai.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

Merge
‘Lost Heroes’
CD; Germany: Bloodline Records, 2001
Electro synth-pop

Very similar in style to synthesiser bands such as Depeche Mode, this CD features programmed electronic beats and anthemic vocals. The front cover shows a row of four moai photographed in greyscale, which gives intensity to the bright white of their staring eyes. The background is blurred which helps to foreground the carvings. On the CD’s reverse the same figures are shown, but from a slightly different angle and with less emphasis on their eyes. In the foreground, there is an additional fifth moai that does not have its eyes highlighted.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Various Artists
Blue Planet – Rapa-Nui Mystik der Osterinsel
CD; Germany: Delta Music, 2001
Electronic ambient

The CD is part of a series of Blue Planet releases that are loosely themed around distinctive ecological locations, including Tierra del Fuego and the Galapogas Islands. This particular release is a compilation album with six tracks by Eric Andrescu, two by Dave Miller and two by L.A. Tom. They are all of a similar style – electronic instrumentals. The final track on this album is entitled 'Moai – Magie der Steinkolosse'. As an instrumental, there is no further lyrical reference to Rapanui or moai, and as with other CDs, the album cover favours an image of the row of moai at ahu Akivi.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

IC 434
‘The Banished’
CD; Belgium: Body Records, 2002
Dark electronica

IC 434 is a project led by Belgian musician and vocalist Geert de Wilde. The project is named after the Horsehead Nebula in the constellation of Orion. The music is formed around the distinctive sound of the Korg M1 programmable keyboard.

Moai feature on both the front and rear cover art and there is one track entitled 'Easter Island'. It includes the lyrics “Easter Island You lie alone,/ Volcanic rocks Coastline with statuaries,/ Once three hundred/ More not ready yet,/ Only made by men with simple implements?”. The question mark suggests that there is a sense of mystery surrounding how the moai were carved and moved into position. Although not explicitly referred to there is the implication that some alien force may have been involved, which is in-line with the cosmic themes explored in other works by this artist.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Tummler
'Early Man'
CD; USA: Small Stone Records, November 2002
US stoner rock

Tummler formed in Illinois in 1999. They were part of a burgeoning stoner rock scene and played at many of the key festivals promoting and developing this form of music in the early 2000s. This was their second and final album. One track is entitled 'Planet Moai', which is an eleven minute epic featuring a Black Sabbath-like doom-laden riff. The nature of this genre means that the lyrical content of this track is quite indistinct, although it would be reasonable to assume that the themes explored are equally doom-laden.

The cover art appears to be a reference to both the track 'Planet Moai' and the album title 'Early Man', as it features two moai behind a figure wearing a spacesuit. This connects moai with science fiction, space travel and a primal civilisation. It can also, therefore, imply the moai are connected to a distant or alien race.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

DJ Misja Helsloot
‘In Trance We Trust 007’
CD; Netherlands: In Trance We Trust, 2002
Electronic trance

This is the seventh in a series of trance music collections. It has been compiled by the Dutch DJ Helsloot and features tracks by artists including Firewall, Green Martian and Tangled Universe, plus one track by Helsloot, titled ‘First Second (Ralphie B Remix)’.

None of the tracks refer to moai or Rapanui directly, but there are several images of moai on both the front and back covers and on the sleeve notes. The front shows a fairly ordinary image of two moai on the slopes of Rano Raraku, framed by a clear, blue sky. The back appears to be the same location but taken from a different angle. The inside sleeve note image shows a line of fifteen moai at ahu Tongariki.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Pascal Gaillard
Île De Pâques: Rapa Nui’
CD; Oceania Records, 2002
Electro-ambient

Pascal Gaillard has produced several albums that are loosely themed around Pacific Islands, including Fiji, the Cook Islands and Wallis and Futuna. This one has tracks that all reference some aspect of Rapanui such as ‘Rongo Rongo’, ‘Make Make’ and ‘Los Sietes Moai’ [‘The Seven Moai’]. The front cover image shows a row of five maoi at ahu Tahai.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Truus
'Muzotica'
CD; USA: Dewclaw Ditties, 2003
Electronic exotica

Truss, aka Geertruda M. De Groot, relocated from the Netherlands to the US in 1981. She now produces electronic instrumental albums, often with rhythmic patterns that evoke those found in the indigenous music of the Pacific region. Her partner is the tiki culture visual artist Bosko, who produced the artwork for this album. None of the track titles refer to either Rapanui or moai.

The cover art shows a cocktail bar scene, drawing direct parallels between moai and tiki culture, of which they are part. The tiki bar décor is enhanced by the dried puffer fish hanging from the ceiling on the left side of the image, whilst the pink elephant sharing a drink with the moai suggests inebriation and hallucination and that the moai may have drunk too much. The CD also features cartoon caricatures of moai, positioned in the manner of spokes within a wheel.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Evolver
‘ëdin’
CD EP; New Zealand: BMG Records, 2004
Reggae lite/ Pop dub

Formed in Dunedin in 2000, Evolver's sound crystalised with the arrival in 2002 of front-woman singer and pianist Emmanuelle Gomez. Rhythmically the music is based on reggae and dub patterns, although with a smoother and more mellow presentation than some of the heavier beats often associated with these genres.

The cover art, designed by Neil Bond, reimagines a row of five moai representing an evolution from an ape-like figure through to a moai wearing a futuristic outfit with buttons and helmet with an eye visor reminiscent of the one worn by Robocop. The humorous and creative image centralises the ancient archaeology of the moai and imagines it back and forward in time.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Cigar Store Indians
‘Built of Stone’
CD; US: Overall Records, 2005
Rockabilly

Formed by Ben Friedman in Crabapple, Georgia in 1991, this is the band's fourth and final album to date. There have been numerous line-up changes over the years with Friedman and some former members continuing to play occasional concerts. The front cover art shows four nearly identical moai with pukao at Anakena, with the stylised rays of a rising or setting sun behind them. The back cover depicts a single moai, face-on with one side of the face lit and the other in shadow.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Jestofunk
'Anthology'
CD; Italy: Irma, 2005
Acid jazz funk

Several of the tracks on this compilation are drawn from the band's debut album, 'Love in a Black Dimension', released in 1994 (see the review above). Surprisingly this does not include the track 'Moai Message', from that album, despite moai featuring prominently on all the associated releases. In 2005 the Italian version was released in both a CD format and in 'DJ-friendly' double vinyl. There is also a 2005 Ukrainian release and a German release from 2007. The Italian and Ukrainian releases have the same image of one moai in profile facing another moai, which is only shown in outline. The German release is more colourful with a moai in the foreground silhouetted against a blue sky. Furthermore, there is a row of moai at ahu Tahai visible in the background.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

Locals Only
‘Localism’
CD; Netherlands: Sindependent Records, 2005
Melodic skate punk

Not to be confused with an American group of the same name, who also play a similar type of music, this Locals Only were a Dutch band active between 2001 and 2010. The artwork for the album was created by Otto Schmidinger, an Australian-based artist who has also created the artwork for albums by TISM and Machine Gun Fellatio.

This image shows a campsite next to a partially excavated moai. There are another two moai in the background framed against a stylised ocean scene with large breaking waves. Where the moai has been excavated the lower part of the body is revealed in a seated position. It is holding a plate-shaped object in front of its body, although what this might be and its use are unclear. Underneath this disc there is a blazing campfire and a bed laid out for the evening. However, there is no sign of a human visitor, which adds to the mysterious nature of the scene. The image continues the fantasies of many other illustrators, who have explored what may be found beneath the ground if the moai are excavated, with the visible heads just part of an extensive hidden body. Thor Heyerdahl was the first archaeologist to conduct extensive excavations of the moai and, in doing so, the work that he documented and photographed helped fuel the public’s imagination in what lies beneath.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

The Hexxers
'Buried Alive!'
CD; USA: Golly Gee Records, November 2005
Garage punk/rockabilly

This live album presents two concerts by the Hexxers recorded in April and June 2005. The cover art was produced by Shawn Dickenson and Noah Snodgrass, who are also known for their work on the 'Untamed Highway' comics. Accompanying the release was a comic they had also drawn that featured a moai called Big Tiki Dude (see the review above). The front cover of the CD features a crazy concert in a jungle setting. There are palm trees with shrunken heads and an audience of wild-eyed characters, many with piercings and bones through their noses. The reverse of the cover features a moai surrounded by skulls, bones and demonic 'tribal' masks. The artwork is a mixture of ideas that unite garage punk, rockabilly, tiki culture and the 1950s.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Los Kahunas/ The Invisible Surfers
‘Waves of Reverb, Sea of Fuzz’
CD; US: No Fun Records, 2005
Surf rock

This album features two surf rock guitar-driven instrumental bands. One half of the album includes tracks by Los Kahunas, who are from Argentina and formed in 2003. They have toured widely outside of Latin America enjoying success on the live international surf rock and rockabilly circuit. The other half contains tracks by The Invisible Surfers from Greece. They formed in 1996 following the disbanding of the Greek rockabilly band The Blue Jeans. Although predominantly a surf rock band their repertoire is more varied then many such bands in this genre. They also reference traditional Greek music. None of the tracks by either band reference Rapanui or moai.


The cover artwork borrows from Rapanui and Hawai‘i, with a surfer featured riding a rising wave against a background of a volcano and palm trees. The dominant figure is a large moai shown in profile, humanised with both its eyes visible. An image on the inner sleeve also references moai, but in a very different artistic style. This moai is depicted with angular arms and legs reminiscent of a character from an early computer game.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Marco Stroppo with Florian Hoelscher
‘Miniature Estrose: Libro Primo’
CD; Italy: Stradivarius Records, 2005
Classical

This collection of solo piano pieces was composed by Marco Stroppo and performed by Florian Hoelscher. There is one track titled ‘Moai’ but, as an instrumental, there are no other references to Rapanui. The cover art shows four moai at ahu Nau Nau, Anakena, complete with pukao and white, staring eyes.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Pink Floyd
'Melbourne'
Double CD; Germany: Red Devil, 2007
Progressive rock

The second of two known bootleg CD releases of Pink Floyd concerts to feature moai in the cover art (see the review above for the earlier CD). This double CD release is a recording of Pink Floyd's February 1988 concert in Melbourne, Australia. As with the CD covers for Wishbone Ash and Terra Mystica, the moai at ahu Akivi seem to hold the greatest appeal for graphic designers. The cover art for this release is divided between an earthly realm (with an airplane flying in the background), and an outer space realm of distant planets and moons. It unites Pink Floyd's music and the moai with astrology and science fiction.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

 

 

 

Peggy Lee, Margaret Whiting and Gordon MacRae
'The Best of Broadway Vol.1: South Pacific and Kiss Me, Kate'
CD; USA: Capital Records, 2008
Broadway musicals

This is a double CD reissue of two Broadway musicals. Kiss Me, Kate was originally released in 1949 and South Pacific in 1950. The songs from South Pacific, several of which became all-time classics, were written by Richard Rodgers and Oscar Hammerstein, with the musical based on James A. Michener's collection of short stories, Tales of the South Pacific. A film version of the production was released in 1958.

Neither the original text nor the subsequent adaptations reference Rapanui or moai. Despite this, a moai does appear on the cover art wearing a US soldier's helmet. The musical South Pacific became popular shorthand for many myths of the region in the 1950s and led to a variety of images being blended together to create a fantasy of a singular Pacific/Polynesian culture. The moai on this cover is part of that appropriation and is simply employed for its human qualities and ability to display a helmet that belongs to the military presence within the play.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Truus
'Rancho Exotica'
CD; USA: Tikibosko, April 2009
Experimental electronic exotica

Truus is an alias for the Dutch musician Geertruda de Groot. She has undertaken an eclectic musical journey initially associated with the Dutch punk scene of the 1970s before relocating to New York. There she began in the 1980s playing in a Euro-beat band but then became part of the country rockabilly scene as a member of Trigger and the Thrill Kings. During the 1990s she moved to Seattle. She married the acclaimed Tiki-style artist Bosko in 1998 and moved to California. The cover art for this album is by Bosko. It depicts a moai farmer bearing a pitchfork with a home in the background – perhaps in a nod to Grant Wood's famous painting American Gothic. Also in the background are two further moai in silhouette form. They appear to be inside a flying saucer and are in conversation.

This is an instrumental album. There is some vocalising but no lyrical content. As such any connection to Rapanui is implied rather than made explicit in verse. There is one track entitled 'Mystery Isle', which could be a reference to Rapa Nui. Another is simply called 'Visitors'. Here, a connection could be made to the spacecraft on the cover and the fantasy that the moai are representations of aliens.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

The Impellers
'Robot Legs'
CD; UK: Freestyle Records, July 2009
Funky soul

The Impellers are a twelve-piece musical collective based in Brighton, UK. This CD features both moai represented as part of the cover art and also in a song title, 'Last Dance of the Moai'. The lyrics to 'Last Dance of the Moai' do not refer explicitly to either moai or Rapanui. However, the theme of the song is environmental degradation ('See the mess we've made... It's the last dance'). This may be referring to Jared Diamond' theory that Rapanui's civilisation collapsed due to the non-sustainable use of resources.

The illustrations on the front and back cover of the album include two moai mixed in with several other images of a chicken, a wristwatch, a fire, a break-dancer and a fairground helter skelter. Each of these relate to one of the tracks on the album.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Moai Corp
‘10 A.D.’
CD Album; Spain: Nat Team Media, 2009
Rock

There is very little information available regarding this band, but this album appears to be their only release. It is sung in Spanish with some English language sampling. The cover artwork features a stylised moai in profile with angular features. The design makes the image seem like a logo for a company, which is reflected in the band’s name.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Asche
‘The Easter Island Phenomenon’
CD, vinyl album; Germany: Ant-Zen Records, 2010
Industrial, rhythmic noise

Asche is a solo project of the German musician Andreas Schramm. He has been involved with numerous other bands including Ars Moriendi, KYAM and Monokrom. Asche translates as Ash, but is also a reference to the artist’s initials combining letters from his first name and surname. There are no lyrical references to Rapanui or moai on this album. The cover art depicts a line of moai at ahu Akivi, but out of their usual context as the background shows a highly congested, urbanised landscape of high-rise buildings, suggesting contrasting civilisations.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Johnny Aloha
‘Lavapalooza’
CD, vinyl album; US: Coverage Records, 2010
Lounge parody

This is a variation on Mark Jonathan Davis' alter-ego Richard Cheese, and his band Lounge Against the Machine. Various rock and rap songs are reimagined as 'Hawaiian-style Tiki music versions'. These include such unlikely contenders as 'Paradise City', originally by Guns N’ Roses, and SisQo's 'Thong Song'.

The cover art is notable as it is illustrated by Josh Agle, also known as Shag, whose work has appeared on other music releases such as those by Swamp Zombies (reviewed above) and The Bomboras (reviewed above). Shag has a very distinctive style based on the tiki and cocktail culture that gained popularity in the US during the 1950s and 1960s. The cover art for this album shows a cocktail bar featuring tiki mugs (including one in the shape of a moai), drinks served in coconut shells and a bartender with the head of a moai. It connects with another serving moai for the CD release by St Mix (reviewed below), and likewise is reminiscent of the art of Max Ernst, which displayed moai heads on human bodies.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Los Coronas
‘El baile final… de los locos y los cuerdos’ [‘The Final Dance…of the Mad and the Sane’]
Vinyl album; Spain: Tritone Records, 2010
Surf rock

Formed in Madrid in 1995 and including members of another Spanish band, Sex Museum, Los Coronas’ sound is guitar-driven surf rock, but with a greater depth of production than many bands in this genre. The fullness of their sound is augmented by a prominent horn section.

The same cover art, by noted illustrator Jorge Alderete, was also used for a Mexican CD version of this album released in 2009 by Isotonic Records. It is drawn in a style reminiscent of 1950s art/ tiki culture and features a stylised dancing couple, presumably enacting the final dance referred to in the album’s title. The background landscape is sparse but with a distinctive cactus tree suggesting an arid desert. There is also the familiar moai/ 1950s connection to space with a falling meteor shown shortly before impact. The song titles do not reference Rapanui or moai but instead focus more on surf culture with tracks such as ‘Big Wave Riders’, ‘Soul Surfer’ and ‘Hang Five’.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

St Mix
'Your table Awaits…at the Rapa Nui Lounge'
CD; USA: Birdwaves media, 2010
Soft jazz rock

St Mix is essentially a one-man band with some additional musicians drafted in for this home studio recording. Tony Jillson plays acoustic, electric and bass guitars, keyboards, drums and drum programmes. The opening track is entitled 'Les Tetes', which could be a reference to the stone 'heads' of Rapanui. There are no other lyrical references to Rapanui or moai, apart from the final track 'This Boat is Sailing', which details the departure from a degraded land.

The cover art includes a cartoon waiter with the head of a moai, complete with napkin draped over one arm. This is an unusual depiction of moai, partly because this one has a human body. It is reminiscent of the surrealist art of Max Ernst which placed moai heads on the bodies of humans in collages.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

Rhythms Del Mundo
'Revival'
CD; UK: APE Vision, 2010
Afro-Latin style covers

Artists Project Earth was formed in 2005 following the devastating Indian Ocean tsunami. Its aim is to raise funds and awareness with regard to natural disaster relief and climate change alleviation. As part of this project Rhythms Del Mundo is a musical collective that works with established artists reworking some of their more successful songs in a distinctive Afro-Latin style. 'Revival' is RDM's third collection and raised funds for projects in Chile, Haiti and the Tibetan plateau. It is notable for including the first ever authorised remix of Bob Dylan's 'A Hard Rain's A Gonna Fall'.

The cover art shows two moai on a grassy hillside looking out to sea in a rather painterly interpretation. The moai in the foreground is unusual as its base is surrounded by flowers in a splash of colour that follows the bursts of orange and red behind the CD title.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Dyscontrol
'Mo'ai Melodies'
Cassette; Canada: Sewercide Records, 2012
Punk / Post-punk

Based in Halifax, Nova Scotia, Dyscontrol are a three-piece band that formed in 2012. They have also released the album 'Living Without' (2016), with their style fairly generic punk rock. None of their songs on this cassette refer to either Rapanui or moai, leaving the basic cover image rather detached from the tracks.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ex-Easter Island Head
‘Mallet Guitars Two/ Music for Moai Hava’
Vinyl album; UK: Low Point Records, 2012
Rhythmic experimental

Ex-Easter Island Head were formed in Liverpool in 2009. They use a variety of percussion instruments but are notable for taking solid-body electric guitars, pre-tuning them and then striking the strings with wooden mallets. This is a similar method for producing sound as used in a piano, but without the aid of a keyboard.

The cover art for this album shows Moai Hava, with the photographer placed immediately in front of the statue but at quite a low angle, helping to convey more the angle at which the statue is staring skywards or, possibly, the space beyond. Moai Hava was taken from Rapanui in 1868 (along with Hoa Hakananai’a) and transported to the UK on HMS Topaze. The British Museum took possession of the statue but in recent years it has been displayed in both Liverpool and Manchester museums. In 2001, Ex-Easter Island Head performed this piece in the Liverpool World Museum in the space where this moai was being exhibited.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Taikonauts
‘Mysteriis Alienis Mundi’
CD, vinyl album; France: Dirty Witch Records, 2013
Surf rock

The Taikonauts are a French surf rock band formed in 2008. They have released two albums that both highlight a fascination with science fiction. Their first album was ‘Surf Music from Outer Space’ (2010), whilst this, their second album, features the track ‘The Moai Walk’. It is an instrumental so there is no lyrical reference to either moai or Rapanui.

The front cover art shows an astronaut in a volcanic landscape with an image clearly reflected in the visor of his or her space helmet. Reflected is a view containing pyramids and at least six flying saucers, emphasising a connection between an ancient wonder and an outer space presence. Perhaps engaging with the common myth that the pyramids were built by aliens. The theme continues on the back, where two moai on the slopes of Rano Raraku are now featured prominently in the foreground, as part of a composite image made to look singular.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

JK Lloyd
'Moai'
CD; Italy: Onirikalab Records, 2013
Electronic trance

JK Lloyd is one of several aliases adopted by the Sardinia-born Giancarlo Loi. He is a musician, sound engineer and arranger who has produced a significant number of his own releases and remixed the work of other artists in a trance-dance style. He is unusual in this genre as he also performs live with samplers and sequencers reproducing and remixing his music in real time. Sonically, his style is similar to that of Jean-Michel Jarre, but with a more driving techno-beat.

The artwork for this album features a single moai in profile against an ominous landscape with dark, potential thunder clouds. This contrasts with many other images of moai that often portray them framed against a bright, blue sky.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13th Magic Skull
‘Sungazing in Rapa Nui’
Vinyl album; Spain: Burladero Records, 2014
Surf guitar

13th Magic Skull are a Spanish surf guitar band. The cover of this album features a triptych with a central image of a single moai set against a star blast. The two burlesque women that flank the moai are reverse images of each other, with their eyes replicating those of the stone figure. The style borrows from 1950s/ 1960s exotica with a suggestion of mysticism and the moai as a hypnotic force.

There are no lyrical references to moai or Rapanui on the album tracks. Although, on a subsequent release – 'Brave Coast Wild Recordings' (Burladero Records, 2015), for which the cover art does not depict moai – one of the tracks is titled 'Carved Heads'.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Neter
'Idols'
CD; Russia: Metallic Media / Black Plague Records / Satanath Records, 2015
Death metal

Neter are a Spanish band that formed in 2004. They have self-released two demonstration records and three full-length albums 'Nec Spe Nec Mutu' (2009), 'Idols' (2015) and 'Inferus' (2018). The 'Idols' album features the track 'Fallen Moai'. Although this song does have lyrical content the nature of this genre means that it is difficult to discern any meaning or potential reference to Rapanui or moai. The inner sleeve includes the lyrics to the title track and also some images of moai.

The main cover art is by Davi Orellana and shows two giant moai or 'idols' that connect with the title of the album. Unlike much of moai culture that depicts futuristic images of the carvings, this CD turns to a period in the eighteenth century when the moai were toppled. The ahu, or platform, on which the group of moai would have been positioned, is absent, whilst a fallen moai in the background is intact, unlike many in reality that were broken at the neck as they fell.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Various artists - 'Britxotica'
‘Britxotica: London’s Rarest Primitive Pop and Savage Jazz’
Vinyl album; UK: Trunk Records, 2015
Jazz exotica

This is the first in a short series of compilation albums featuring an eclectic mix of big band arrangements of jazz, exotica and a poetry recital with musical accompaniment. All were originally recorded in the 1960s and are presented here as nostalgic oddities. For example, jazz trombonist and big band leader Ted Heath is featured alongside a track by orchestra conductor Edmundo Ros and another by the actor Harry H. Corbett reading John Milton Hayes’ poem ‘The Green Eye of the Little Yellow God’. Subsequent releases in this series include ‘Britxotica Goes East: Persian Pop and Casbah Jazz from the Wild British Isles!’ (2016), ‘Tropical Britxotica: Polynesian Pop and Placid Jazz from the Wild British Isles!’ (2017) and ‘Britxotica Goes Wild’ (2018).

There are no title or lyrical references to Rapanui or moai, but the album cover features two moai wearing bowler hats. There is a knowing juxtaposition of the mysterious and exoticised statues with headgear that is widely associated with traditional, straight-laced British society. These hats are also featured prominently in the artwork of the covers of the other releases in this series.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

La Bergerie
‘Transhumance’
Vinyl album, CD; France: Specific Records, 2018
Rap

La Bergerie are a French rap group based in Strasbourg, and this, their debut album, features a track entitled ‘Moai’, that references Easter Island. The album cover artwork is an unusual collage of images, in which there appears to be a coastal area and one or two islands (although one could be a boat or the mainland). On one there is a bricolage of items including a record turntable, a speaker system, microphones, a television on a skateboard, a wolf and a pair of birds both wearing top hats. This surreal imagery continues on the second island where there are large bags containing keyboards, two castle-like towers (one converted into a cocktail glass complete with straw and paper umbrella) and a trio of palm trees. A single moai gazes out from the island with a sheep standing on its head.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

Terra Mystica
'Easter Island'
CD; Austria: Esovision, n.d.
Electronic / New Age

Terra Mystica is a series of compilation albums with each release having a loose theme, usually associated with aspects of an ancient civilisation. Similar releases are entitled 'Cheops Pyramid', 'Pompeii', 'Oracle of Delphi' and 'Coliseum'. This release includes 'Moais – Idols of Stone' by Ryszard Szermeta. As an instrumental track there are no lyrical references to Rapanui or moai. There is also a track entitled 'The Golden Tears of Viarcocha' by Paul Hertel, which refers to an Inca deity. This, and the accompanying liner notes, highlight a potential connection between Rapanui and Peru. It has been suggested, but also scientifically disproved, that Rapanui was settled from Latin America.

The cover artwork shows the moai at ahu Akivi. It is similar to the CD cover released by Wishbone Ash (see the review above) however this is a negative with light-coloured moai silhouetted against a dark sky.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Brian Setzer Orchestra
‘The Ultimate Collection Recorded Live: Volume 1 and 2’
Vinyl; US: Surfdog Records, 2020
Rockabilly/Swing

Brian Setzer, a founder member of the Stray Cats, has also pursued a solo career with his ‘big band’ orchestra. Split over two double albums this collection gathers live recordings of Stray Cats material and classic swing and rockabilly tracks. The track listing is the same as the original 2004 CD release, but with reworked artwork for this vinyl re-issue. For the 2004 release, a moai featured on the cover but less prominently.

The two double albums contain the same artwork, but with different colour schemes. Volume 1, subtitled ‘I think We’re On To Somethin’, shows a stylised moai facing forward surrounded by tropical leaves and plants. The dominant colour of this cover is orange, with the vinyl itself being green. For Volume 2, subtitled ‘Oh Yeah Baby!’, these colours are reversed with the cover being predominantly green and the vinyl orange. The moai continues the ‘exotic’ theme of several of the songs which reference Hawai‘i, Java and voodoo.

Roy Smith

Jump to contents

 

 

Board Games

Hotu Matua
By Reinhold Wittig
(Göttingen: Edition Perlhuhn, 1989)
Players: 2

Hotu Matu’a was a king and a great voyager, who according to legend sailed from the Marquesas and first settled Easter Island, where he became its ariki mau (paramount chief). Players in this game move pieces that are abstract representations of Polynesian craft (eight in total; four for each player), on a board that looks slightly like an old maritime navigational chart for voyagers that followed the stars. Gaming pieces include five glass ‘pearls’ that act as “conquered islands”, as well as ten dice.

The numbers on the dice when rolled show the line that a boat must take with an island/ ‘pearl’ conquered when the craft is in a neighbouring field and can form a chain with its associated vessels. The game is won when a player conquers three pearls.

Stylistically this game is a refreshing alternative to others focused on Easter Island, with the pieces for playing well-crafted and solid. Essentially, the game is one of oceans (the Pacific) and voyaging, as opposed to land-based decision making.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Tintin et le piege du totem dhor [Tintin and the Plight of the Golden Totem]
By Dominique Tellier
(Gentilly, France: Jeux Nathan, 1992)
Players: 2 to 4
Ages: 7 to 77

Eight ebony totems and a prestigious golden totem, vestiges of a very ancient civilisation, have been stolen from a Museum of Ethnography by a man called Rastapopoulos. Tintin and his companions travel around the around to retrieve the objects. There are twenty ebony totems in the game, with the eight genuine ones only revealed with the aid of a magic key. The game is ultimately won when the golden totem – brought into play near the end – is retrieved. Choosing a central figure – Tintin/Snowy, Captain Haddock, Thomson and Thompson or Professor Calculus – players travel around the board/ world to countries such as Peru, India, Morocco and Switzerland. Influencing play are 55 adventure cards that include 5 hydroplanes that move the player to an Ocean corner of the board; 38 character cards, that can assist or hinder; and 12 weapon cards that range from a machine gun to a banana skin.

Moai or Easter Island are never mentioned in this French-language game, moreover Tintin never ventured to the island in any of the associated fiction. However, the totem in this game is clearly inspired by the moai. It appears in the game as 21 plastic pieces – 20 ‘ebony’ and one ‘golden’ – which are placed on the board on moai-like spots (the golden moai is isolated and sits on its own plinth). The moai-like totem also appears as the pattern on the back of the adventure cards and as an image on two of the six faces of a dice. There are, in reality, numerous moai worldwide in museums of ethnography, with popular culture imagining these precious artefacts as either stolen for or from exhibition galleries.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Die Osterinsel [Easter Island]
By Alex Randolph and Leo Colovini
(Berlin: Blatz, 1993)
Players: 3 or 4
Playing time: 30 minutes
Ages: 10+

Each player has a large hollow plastic moai, which can be filled with rocks (actual gravel is supplied). The moai are moved up and down (there and back) on a board divided by lines, with the player filling their statue through the top with the gravel as per the number of stones depicted on the playing cards. Stones can be added to the player’s own moai or an opponent’s moai. If added to the former then an opponent moai must be moved according to the same number of the stones. If added to the latter, a player can move their own moai accordingly. Bonus boulders along the route add to the score, with the game ending when the first moai arrives back at the start. The winner is the heaviest moai/ the one with the most gravel inside.

A very simple German language racing game set on a board that makes no attempt to capture the geography of Rapanui. There is an element of strategy to the game, with the large plastic moai and the gravel making it a rather unusual but engaging experience.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Rapa Nui (2005)
By Ingo Althöfer and Reinhold Wittig
(Kalletal, Germany: Giseh Verlag, 2005)
Players: 2 to 4
Playing time: 30 minutes
Ages: 6+

Players take it in turns to place wooden pieces (‘platforms’) on a wooden board shaped similar to the outline of Rapanui. There are three phases to the placements, defined as ‘Settlement’, ‘Culture’ and ‘Population’, with vacancy and pressure on areas the motivation for player decisions. A player is removed once they have no more space around their ‘settler’. This continues until a winner is achieved.

A strategy game of space and movement that was originally a computer game, but like Easter Island (reviewed below) and Sneaky Statues (reviewed below) is played on a board slightly reminiscent of solitaire. The game uses the notion that a small island will eventually become too crowded and lead to the demise of a settler. As an island, Rapanui has a simple triangle shape which can be replicated well for a game board (see also Sneaky Statues). Astonishingly, there are 39 die to the game, with enough for one to be placed on each ‘platform’. Packaged in an entirely black box, it sadly comes with no supporting images.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Easter Island
By Odet L’Homer and Roberto Fraga
(Cold Spring, Kentucky: Twilight Creations, 2006)
Players: 2
Playing time: 30-40 minutes
Ages: 8+

Two very powerful wizards built the moai and gave them beams as weapons which they fire from their eyes. The island became the board in the wizards’ giant game, which players are invited to re-create with plastic moai figures and cardboard sun discs/tokens. The moai are positioned at intersections on the board with the discs placed on sun spots located on a circle that frames the island. Statues are placed strategically to avoid the sun tokens, or to direct their power at a statue which can be destroyed from the front or back. Receiving the sun ray from the side allows the moai to re-direct the power in the direction that their eyes are facing. Destroyed statues are removed from the board, with the winner being the person with the final remaining moai.

This strategy game in essence is quite simple with aspects reminiscent of solitaire, Go and draughts. The island becomes the board but it looks little like Rapanui. The game employs the myth of power, turning the moai into weapons, which is captured in the cover art that fantasises the statues positioned on the edges of high cliffs looking out to sea. Twilight Creations, the maker of the game, now almost solely produces horror board games with a particular focus on zombies.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Hatu Matu – Chief of Easter Island
By Aaron Lauster and Doug Eckhart
(Montclair, VA: StrataMax, 2006)
Players: 3 to 4

Compared to other games this appears a disappointment as it is little more than a laminated piece of paper for the board and generic plastic tokens – lots of them – in the form of discs and pawns. More substantial are the instructions, which extend to five pages.

This is another bid and build game, but with none of the sophistication of Giants (reviewed below) or Moai (reviewed below). Players each receive a territory card, 20 simple pawns that represent moai, five islander chips that represent the Rapanui, with one for each occupation – farmer, labourer, craftsman, forester and fisherman – food, timber, tool and labour chips. Event cards are also involved and, bizarrely, the player “with the biggest head goes first”.

Players increase their population, assign people to a role and consequently gain resources, determined by the die and their colours. An event – Quarry, Famine, or Disaster – occurs after a counter reaches three or four and each is resolved through bidding and the use of resource chips. Quarry leads to the building of moai with ‘logs’ removed from the game to allow this to occur (further tokens are spent in order to erect the quarried moai). Famine leads to bidding with food tokens and results in the loss of islanders. A disaster event leads to the loss of half the resource tokens for each player. Island population can be increased by spending tokens, but players can have no more than three people in the same occupation. A Divine Favour (leading to a bonus dice) is received after a player erects their first, fifth and tenth statues.

When the last timber token has gone from the forest part of the board or a player has 20 moai from the quarry, civilisation on the island starts to crumble, bringing the game to an end. The player with the most erected moai is the winner and becomes ‘Hatu Matu’, or the paramount chief of the island.

The game attempts to follow the build and decline assumptions that exist around Rapanui with a fixation on quarrying moai, population increase/loss and the removal of trees on the island leading to a collapse of society. Beyond the moai there is little that the game draws from Rapanui, and it even gets the name of Hotu Matu’a wrong. As a strategy activity, which requires some imagination to translate the generic pieces into moai or people, it was possibly designed more for the active community of dedicated gamers.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Rapa-Nui
By Pere-Pau Llistosella (2007)
Players: 3 to 5
Playing time: 60 minutes
Ages: 12+

A print and play web-produced game that focuses on the building of the moai using men, palm trees, slaves and quarrying. Counters are acquired and added to a grid that spells ‘Moai’ as the construction develops. The game is located on a map of Rapanui, upon which homes are added and it references the birdman, the Tapati festival, Rano Raraku and Makemake.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Moai chess set
Handmade, 2007

Made with the intention of being displayed in the Moai Culture travelling exhibition, which began in 2010, this hand-crafted chess set features pieces that are differentiated by their height and a pukao (topknot), which establishes their importance or higher value.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Moai (2007)
By Adrian Dinu
(Providence, RI: Face2Face Games, 2007)
Players: 2 to 5
Playing time: 90+ minutes
Ages: 12+

The introduction to this game tries to present an educational context, explaining that scientists, counter to the theories of Thor Heyerdahl, now “generally agree” that Easter Island was settled from Polynesia and not South America. However, it also states that there are just a few weekly flights “from mainland South America and the occasional cargo ship visit”, which ignores the flights also from Tahiti and the many cruise ships which dock at the island.

Like other games, players lead a clan, and here they have a number of objectives including moai construction, but crucially they “must cope with ecological disaster better than anyone else”. The game ends when Dutch explorer Jacob Roggeveen arrives (which he did in 1722). The distinctive triangular shape of Easter Island once again serves as the bold geographical outline for the board – with five zones, ranging from a “palm forest” and “fields”, to “volcano”, “ocean” and “Orongo cliff” – but compared to Giants (reviewed below), it is notably simplified.

In contrast, the instructions for the game are more complex with play directed by 40 “Rapa Nui cards” and 36 “Epoch cards” as well as more than 100 markers – including 18 “Rapa Nui” markers for each player, plus 14 wood tokens and 16 disaster markers, distinguished by skulls – and 21 moai tiles indicating different heights for the carvings that range from 4 to 10 metres tall. In addition, the player that becomes Birdman, receives a miniature card standee image that reproduces the mythical one that appears on the box cover.

The game consists of five rounds: Birdman phase, Epoch phase, Work phase, Resolution phase and Refreshing phase. Cards are drawn from the Epoch deck, with wood tokens placed in the forest space depending on the appearance of a palm tree on the card. Players then make offers from the cards they hold and the highest bidder becomes the next Birdman. In the Epoch phase a disaster card means a player selects another clan/player to face that action, whilst a boat card permits its construction and the feeding of their tribe.

In the Work phase, players place counters face down on zones on the board, which correspondingly allow for tree felling, food harvesting, stone carving and fishing. In the resolution phase, the counters are turned over and their strength revealed. This determines who claims the forest zone and its resources. Any ties are decided by the Birdman. In the volcano zone, the counters determine the height of the moai to be built and require payment of a wood token for the transportation of each moai built. If a player has no wood tokens, the moai is left “unfinished or abandoned”. In the fields and ocean zones, clan strength is also decided and an underfed worker can be saved with a “Raid card” (from raiding another clan; originally a cannibalism mechanism in the game prototype which was subsequently removed). In the Refreshing phase new clan members can be “birthed”, and boats built in return for wood tokens, amongst other actions. Beyond the Refreshing phase, a new round begins, unless the Roggeveen card is exposed, which brings the game to an end. The winner has the highest clan score, which is a combined total of the height of its moai, the number of markers/ clan members “still alive”, and the wood tokens that a player still possesses.

Produced the year before the excellent Giants, Moai is one of the best and most engaging of the Rapanui board games. Conceptually it shares numerous traits with the build and bid game, Giants, whilst it is superior to Orongo (reviewed below), which compared to Moai is less connected to the Birdman – despite its claims and title. Like Giants, this is a highly visual game with well-illustrated packs of cards. Giants, however, does have the advantage of plastic miniature figures for the Rapanui people and the moai and their pukao (topknots), which makes it a more tactile game; Moai’s people are, by comparison, wooden discs and its moai are cardboard images. Both packages are commendable in their attempts to translate the cultural and social practices of the Rapanui into a board game, though Moai encourages players to be nastier in the game process.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Giants
By Fabrice Besson
(Paris: Les Editions du Matagot, 2008)
Players: 3 to 5
Playing time: 60 minutes
Ages: 10+

Set during Rapanui’s “Golden Age”, each player is made a tribal chief and has the ultimate aim of building – sculpting and transporting – as many moai as possible and often with the aid of other clans. Final scores are defined by the position of each moai and their size (the bigger the better). This all occurs on a gaming board that geographically represents Easter Island and is divided into hexagonal segments. It is very similar to the board for the later game Orongo (reviewed below), which appears to have borrowed certain design elements, not least the island outline and dividers, as well as the ideas, such as the bidding process for building the moai. The board for Giants is more detailed than Orongo and features the volcanic crater of Rano Kau, Polynesian boats, the beach at Anakena, and the quarries at Puna Pau (for carving the pukao/ topknots) and at Rano Raraku, where most of the moai were ‘birthed’. However, the board does erroneously present three beachy landings around the island, Puna Pau and Rano Raraku are highly simplified, and the homes of the islanders are wrong appearing as long houses and, one in place, as part of a fortified community, raised above the landscape and surrounded by fencing.

Each player is given a number of plastic figures of Rapanui people – one chief, one sorcerer and six workers. Players also each begin with card bases and plastic tribe markers, discs that bear a face that resembles Makemake – these along with the plastic figures of the Rapanui are placed behind a screen, each one different and depicting an island vista, that provides the player with privacy for their pieces. Other pieces that support the game include 30 cardboard “rongo half tablets”, 27 wooden pegs that represent “wooden logs”, and 25 plastic 3D moai figures of three different sizes along with 14 pukao (referred to here as “headdresses”).

Players can increase their population – adding further plastic figurines – and then assign their work duties, either sculpting or transporting. Each player’s sorcerer can provide additional power as can the pieces of rongorongo, which are incantation tablets. Moai are transported from the quarries to ahu (platforms) positioned and numbered around the edges of the board. This can sometimes be aided by the logs. Each turn of the game sees moai taken from the quarry (defined by the number of moai on a dice). Players then bid to build their moai based on the tribe markers and the number of workers they possess (the number needing to be equal or greater than the designated value – 1, 2 or 3 – given to each moai in order of size). The bigger the moai, the more workers are required. The third phase sees players planning the transporting of the moai which is defined by the use of workers (even those belonging to other players, if they are on route), the sorcerer and the chief, plus tribe markers, the logs and the rongorongo tablets. “Topping” the moai (giving them a pukao) scores extra points.

Of all the moai games this is the most sophisticated, and has the largest number of playing pieces. Several other games such as Rapa Nui (reviewed below), Moai (reviewed above), Volcanic Isle (reviewed below) and the inferior Orongo and Hatu Matu (reviewed above), concentrate on moai construction. Giants is one of the few (alongside the game, Moai) that considers the range of actions necessary – from quarrying a moai through to erecting it on a platform – with the game designer incorporating a broad range of playing pieces and decisions to compete successfully in the task. Much care has been taken in producing the game which includes individual figurines of the Rapanui, and rongorongo tablets (with its hieroglyphs repeated underneath the title of the game on the packaging and instructions and in big characters on the reverse of the board). Unlike most other games, the instructions include a page of educational information about Rapanui and the moai.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Rapa Nui
By Klaus-Jürgen Wrede
(Stuttgart: Kosmos, 2011)
Players: 2 to 4
Playing time: 40 minutes
Ages: 10+

In this compact German-language game, players advance their society by selecting community figures from a pack of cards and building moai. This is a strategy game with the cards that are drawn and stacked either featuring a moai or one of three types of people – priests, tree cutters, hunters and gatherings – with each acquired with the aim of accumulating resources and/or erecting another statue. Here, decisions are made about food cards – fish, fruit and vegetables – that are collected then offered (sacrificed)/ placed on a card representing a ceremonial stone, in order to allow a moai to be constructed (only once a moai card has been played). The game concludes when the cards have all been played with the winner not necessarily the person who has managed to build the most moai, as points are also awarded at the end for the number of priests each player has, and for the gathering of the most of each resource item. There is no board, but there are many counters representing wood as well as tokens featuring bird petroglyphs. The hunters and gatherers are subdivided into four types – fisherman, harvester of grain, farmer of sweet potato and a collector of paper mulberry fruit. On the reverse of the people card packs is a rongorongo pattern.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Moai (2012)
By Rey Alicea
(Alicea Games, 2012)
Players: 2
Playing time: 15 minutes
Ages: 10+

This basic web-produced (print and play) abstract game of strategy and territory bears no connection to Rapanui other than the cover image of a row of moai at ahu Akivi. As with the games Easter Island (reviewed above) and Rapa Nui, 2005 (reviewed above), players each move one pawn that represents a moai. Here, they push and pull them towards and away from counters that each player takes turns to position. The winner is the last player able to still place a counter on the board and move their ‘moai’. The game’s legend views the moving of the pawns as representing the moai being able to walk.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Orongo
By Reiner Knizia
(Würenlos, Switzerland: Ravensburger, 2014)
Players: 2 to 4
Playing time: 30-45 minutes
Ages: 10 to 99

On a board that presents the geographical outline of Easter Island, there are numerous hexagonal spaces with many representing palm trees and 60 others numbered and featuring a range of images: sweet potatoes, a nesting manu tara (sooty tern), a Rapanui man/ birdman in ceremonial dress standing over a bird’s nest containing an egg, and curiously a tattooed male Maori face and a part-Inca temple, both of which are definitely not from Rapanui culture. Each player is given a quantity of tokens, wooden 3D shaped moai, and small plastic conch shells – the latter placed behind a screen which features moai with pukao (topknots). In turn, players take resource tiles from a supply and these are placed on a corresponding numbered space on the board. Coloured tokens, corresponding to a player, are also placed on the board to claim space ‘ownership’.

Like other bid and build games, Rapanui with its limited geographical area and resources functions as a site for game players to compete over space. In this game, spaces are acquired with shells that are used as part of a bidding process. The oldest player is initially given an amulet – a card depicting a reimiro, or Rapanui ceremonial breastplate signifying high status – and this is then passed to the player who wins a bid of shells. The amulet is used to make decisions where players are tied and the rotation of play.

The aim is to erect moai on coastal palm tree spaces, which can be done by satisfying the placement of a combination of resource tiles. The player also needs to have enough shells which are simultaneously placed on the tokens. Once a player has erected all of their moai, they can then aim to erect the “ceremonial moai” – which is the same as the others, but was isolated at the start of the game. Upon erecting that final moai, the game is won.

Designed by prolific game designer Reiner Knizia, on the surface, this seems an engaging board game, with a bold design for the box cover and many visual pieces inside, made of wood, plastic and card. Unfortunately, the name Orongo is misleading as the game is focused on the moai and not the birdman, which does appear on a number of spaces. Rongorongo adorns the bottom of each page of the game instructions and around the lettering of Orongo on the cover of the box. The board also features Polynesian craft sailing around the island and whales swimming past. But these are a casual series of references with the Maori tattooed face and the part-Inca temple belonging to another game. The large coral reef island in the bottom corner of the board, sited a short distance from mainland Easter Island, is another bizarre anomaly which undermines the value of the game.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Monopoly
Here & Now – World Edition (Hasbro, 2015)
Chile Edition (Hasbro, 2011 and 2017)
Players: 2 to 4
Ages: 8+

Hasbro has released many editions of its famous board game. These have included special country editions, with one devoted to Chile and here the 2011and 2017 versions featured a square depicting moai, as well as moai adorning the centre board. The 2015 Here & Now – World Edition asked the public to vote on their favourite tokens – the metal objects with which a player moves around the board. Original pieces included a boot, thimble and an iron. As Hasbro looked to maximise the game’s appeal new pieces were introduced including a penguin, Pikachu and Captain Kirk’s chair from Star Trek. For the 2015 Here & Now – World Edition the public voted for the Eiffel Tower, the Statue of Liberty, the Sphinx and a moai. This was not the first time a moai had appeared as a token in Monopoly, with the statue available as a special addition several years prior.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Sneaky Statues of Easter Island
By Mark Fuchs and Hansan Ma
(Mequon, Wisconsin: Maranda Enterprises, 2015)
Players: 2
Ages: 8+

Players have a set of four moai each, one set numbered odd and the other even. Taking it in turns, a moai is placed on a plastic board, a 3D shaped and simplified version of Easter Island. The winner is the first to place their moai in an unbroken row of four. A dial in the bottom left corner of the board (where Rano Kau would be), with a moai as the handle, is turned after each statue is placed on the board to keep track of the next move.

Like the 2006 board game Easter Island (reviewed above) this is a strategy game, with some aspects reminiscent of solitaire and others evoking Connect 4. Conceptually, this is a very simple game, which has been manufactured well with solid pieces of plastic and resin. The moai dial adds to the physical and tactile element of the game but it is not necessary.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Eldritch Horror – Strange Remnants expansion
(Roseville, Minnesota: Fantasy Flight Games, 2015)
Players: 1 to 8
Playing time: 2 to 4 hours
Ages: 14+

Inspired by their own Arkham Horror, Fantasy Flight created another Lovecraftian cooperative board game, Eldritch Horror, in 2013. This strategy game is supported by many add-ons with the Strange Remnants expansion released in 2015 (the third of eight expansions so far) supplying a range of cards (such as 86 Encounter Cards and 16 Spell Cards) and a series of tokens (such as 6 Monster Tokens and 4 Sanity Tokens). In the game as a whole, players (termed “investigators”) travel the globe solving clues and working together to defeat the coming of an almighty evil called the Ancient One. The Strange Remnants expansion provides a new Ancient One and four new investigators. This particular expansion set is focused on ancient stone monuments, which are the sources of power for the Ancient Ones. The secrets of these monuments need to be unlocked as the original architects “foresaw the coming of the Ancient One and their work may yet hold the key to humanity’s survival”.

These monuments include Stonehenge, the Great Wall of China and the moai of Easter Island, with five cards for each relic and two main functions/effects on each one. If the player draws the first of these moai cards they are informed that an ancient text is found within a deep chasm, and with a statue of Cthulhu sitting on top of a monolithic statue. This can lead to the opening of doors between worlds or, if the player fails, a loss of sanity. A second effect for this card sees tentacle-like smoke wrap around the player with failure at this point resulting in a “Head Injury Condition”.

The second moai card involves conversing with the spirits of dead priests buried under the ahu. In the first function, failure results in an attack from “dozens of fish-like creatures” and the loss of two sanity points. Alternatively, a moai is found to “open portals between worlds!” and the player has to topple it – failure leaves the player with a “Back Injury Condition”.

On the third moai card, a “submerged chamber just off the island of Moto [sic] Nui” is revealed. A player can find lost treasure in the chamber, gaining a “Relic Unique Asset” card. There is also writing on the cavern walls. The fourth card deals with “arcane power” and “magical energy” stored within the moai. Here, moai open their eyes and the player needs to control the statues or be “subjected to its will” leading to an “Amnesia Condition”. Finally, the fifth of these moai cards is set on the slopes of Ranu Kau [sic] volcano in “the cave of the Tangata-Manu, where a high priest once lived”. Another “Relic Unique Asset” card can be gained at this location, but the player needs to be wary of a following “large bird”. Alternatively, the player asks an elderly man for help, who either reveals he is the Tangata-Manu, resulting in a “Relic Unique Asset” card, or he “steals your memories” leading to an “Amnesia Condition”.

Whilst the moai are one of four different ancient monuments within the expansion, they are the only ones featured on the cover to the game box, perhaps because of all the options their distinct carved facial features make them the most enigmatic. The cover image depicts a foggy Easter Island, with small torchlights penetrating the gloom. The swirling fog creates a watery effect which bleeds into a moai lying prone in the foreground and at a pool’s edge, from which a tentacled creature emerges through the statue’s hollow mouth. The image has a dated feel, set in a Gothic past presumably around the interwar years when H.P. Lovecraft was active as a writer of horror and occult fiction, with the look close to the dark re-imaginings of dieselpunk, a retro culture that is the cousin of steampunk. Within this setting, the board game unites the Lovecraftian themes of indomitable monsters from other domains, arcane and ancient worlds, powerful and mystical objects, and hallucinations and insanity.

This is certainly not the first time that the life, work and mythos of Lovecraft has inspired popular culture in imagining his fiction as either based in real experience or being able to step out from the stories themselves. The supposed esoteric nature of the moai, with the imagined scenarios that they are the creation of other-worldly super-beings, were built for a reason beyond the knowledge of mankind, or are functioning as portals to other realms, suits well the work of Lovecraft and his followers who have turned to Easter Island as a place where their dark worlds can be evolved. See, for instance, The Web of Easter Island (reviewed above), and Atómica/ Manu-Tara Containment Group (reviewed above).

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Mask of Moai
By Takashi Hamada
(Tokyo: Gift Ten Industry, 2016)
Players: 2 to 6
Playing time: 30 minutes
Ages: 10+





The instructions for the game begin with a legend that the Moai were a group of people that lived in the Pacific Ocean and who worshipped sacred animals called the Rapa Rapas. Easter Island is the only surviving land of that civilisation. Wars followed on Easter Island between the surviving Moai, with the population declining. It led to some of the Moai travelling into outer space to find a new home. Their descendants have now returned as Moai astronauts to explore their past civilisation. Players will be part of that expedition, and will explore the bottom of the ocean where there is an ancient Moai temple in which the Rapa Rapa are believed to be sleeping. The Rapa Rapa need to be guided out of the temple, gathered together and taken into space in the Moai spaceship.

Science fiction is a major element of moai fiction, as are the fantasies of Rapanui being the remnant of a lost sunken Atlantis-like continent. Surprisingly this is the only board game to engage with science fiction and one of only two to incorporate the theme of a sunken lost continent (see Volcanic Isle, reviewed below). Compared to the other Easter Island board games this features a very original concept, and it is unique in employing virtual reality, a mobile phone app (with degrees of difficulty), and clay, with which players mould yellow critters.

Players wear VR goggles made of card and velcro, to which they attach a smartphone, and that allows them an immersed view of the moai temple with its hexagonal rooms – part submerged and part free of water/ in an air pocket. If the player jumps up and down they will see both areas. And in the submerged parts of the temple are rooms with tiki-like faces, which dictate certain aspects of the game. Players then have to construct a map of the temple, locate the three Rapa Rapas that are inside, “lurking in passages”, and recreate their form out of clay. The game is won when the map has been correctly built and the Rapa Rapa have been gathered together, following a series of directions.

The map is built using hexagonal tiles for the submerged and ‘land’ parts. Wall and connecting pieces (for non-wall sections) are included, as are view markers displaying any numbers found in the temple, Rapa Rapa markers, indicating their position, and other markers showing the direction in which they are facing (to be added to the clay model to form a face). Hint cards and challenge cards aid players or expand the game to make it more difficult, as do the permitted number of sequences and time allowed in the temple, but players work together to construct the map, with the wearer of the mask relaying to others what they see.

There is an eccentricity to the game, as can sometimes be expected by Japanese popular culture when viewed from the outside. The player that goes first is decided by who was most recently at the seaside, whilst the idea of finding hidden critters through a mobile phone app is reminiscent of the Japanese phenomenon Pokemon. The incorporation of clay-making into the game borrows from the popular Cranium and Pictionary games, and it adds a fun craft-activity element to the play process. The idea of an associated Rapanui underwater temple has appeared elsewhere in moai culture – see Bob Morane: The Giants of Mu, and The Adventures of Basil and Moebius (reviewed above). However, such temples are not a part of Rapanui culture, nor are the wall carvings found in this game, some of which are directly borrowed from Hawai’i. Where Easter Island is foregrounded is in the back story, the moai-shaped masks that players have to wear, and the use of words such as moai and rapa.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Volcanic Isle
By Andrea Mainini and Luciano Sopranzetti
(Milan: Pendragon Game Studio, 2019)
Players: 2 to 5
Playing time: 45 minutes
Ages: 8+

Easter Island appears in this fantasy as the only remnant of the lost continent of Mu. In the accompanying legend, ancient explorers built moai to please the gods but the volcanic land was unstable and the construction of the statues and settlements created an imbalance. It led to volcanic eruptions and deep fractures within the land that eventually resulted in the continent breaking up and sinking beneath the sea. Each player in this game controls a number of the survivors, who live in villages on Rapanui. The focus is to build moai, whilst making sure that the only land that sinks belongs to your opponent.

Originally titled Moai of the Lost Continent, this game contains 8 3D volcanoes, 30 villages, 70 moai, and counters representing lava flow and boats. The moai have to be built to appease the gods and halt the eruptions (triggered by a role of the dice) in a given sector of the island. Lava flows help build moai and villages but they can lead to cracks and parts of the island (which interlock) breaking away and ‘sinking’. Villages in the path of a lava flow can only be saved by prayer tokens. Of all the Easter Island board games this is one of just two (see Mask of Moai, reviewed above) which draws inspiration from the myth of Mu. In doing so, Rapanui’s extinct volcanoes are awakened for a game of construction and destruction.

Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Computer and Video Games

Super Mario Land
Year: 1989
Platform: Nintendo Game Boy
Developer: Nintendo
Publisher: Nintendo
Genre: Platformer

Super Mario Land was the first handheld version of Nintendo’s renowned Super Mario franchise. This is a platformer game in which the player must help Mario traverse various levels, avoiding pitfalls, traps and enemies before fighting a boss at the end of the third level of each world. Mario must make it to the end of the final world in order to save the kidnapped Princess Daisy.



Moai appear in World 3 of the game as an enemy. The first form is a Moai with arms and legs that throws projectiles at Mario. The second form is a Moai with just legs, who rushes towards Mario with the aim of creating damage. The third form is a Moai with wings, which bounces around the screen. Mario must dodge all of these; in order to defeat them he must jump on their heads.

Adam Crowther

Jump to contents

Tomb Raider III: Adventures of Lara Croft
Year: 1998
Platform: Sony Playstation/PC/Mac
Developer: Core Design
Publisher: Eidos Interactive
Genre: Action Adventure

Tomb Raider III: Adventures of Lara Croft is the third instalment of the vastly successful Tomb Raider franchise. It is an action adventure game in which the player takes control of the protagonist Lara Croft as she globetrots in search of ancient artefacts. The player must navigate obstacles, fight enemies and solve an array of increasingly complex puzzles.



Moai are present in the opening scene of the game, which provides exposition to the narrative. Here, the statues are simply discovered in a snowy landscape by a group of research scientists.

Adam Crowther

Jump to contents

Konami Krazy Racers
Year: 2001
Platform: Nintendo Game Boy Advance
Developer: KCEK
Publisher: Konami
Genre: Kart Racer

Konami Krazy Racers is a kart racing game in the same vein as Mario Kart, featuring characters from a variety of other Konami franchises. The aim of the game is simply for the player to win the race. As well as racing skill, each character can also utilise a set of attacks to assist them in winning. Each racer has a different set of attacks based upon their character type and the game in which they originally appeared. This moai character originally appeared in the Konami shooter Gradius.



Adam Crowther

Jump to contents

Animal Crossing: New Leaf
Year: 2012
Platform: Nintendo 3DS
Developer: Nintendo
Publisher: Nintendo
Genre: Simulation

Animal Crossing: New Leaf is the fourth instalment of the popular Animal Crossing series. The game is a life simulator in which the player must take control of characters and items within the game and help develop the village they live in as well as assist the other villagers.



Moai in the game are present as furniture that can be purchased with game currency. The moai statue can be used to decorate a garden or included in an exhibition. In some ways the game is copying real life in which moai statues can be acquired to adorn private gardens.

Adam Crowther

Jump to contents

Magazines

This selection of magazine covers demonstrates the ubiquity and power of images of the moai. They act as images of wonder and the unknown that can seemingly appeal to readers and draw them into a publication that may not even have Easter Island content beyond the cover. Most common is the theme of encounters – from explorer Jacques Cousteau to alien spaceships – which either act as a simple enticement or the basis of a promised revelation about the moai.

The magazines here are from the UK, USA, Mexico, Spain, West Germany, East Germany, Australia and Belgium and range from television guides (the Radio Times and The Register) and a literary journal (Overland) to science fiction journalism (Contactos Extraterrestres, Espacio y Tempio and UFO Report).


Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Lux-Lesebogen
(no.82, Murnau: Verlag Sebastian Lux, 1950)

Jump to contents

 

Fate
(vol.4, no.1, Evanston, Illinois: Clark Publishing Company, January 1951)

Jump to contents

 

The Lamp
(vol.5, no.3, Standard Oil Company, June 1953)

Jump to contents

 

Zeit im Bild – Illustrierte
(no.9, Dresden: Sächsische Zeitung, 2 April 1957)

Jump to contents

 

UFO Report
(vol.5, no.4, New York: Gambi Publications, March 1978)

Jump to contents

 

The Register
(Santa Ana, California, 3 December 1978)

Jump to contents

 

Kadath
(no.34, Brussels: Prim'Edit, September-October 1979)

Jump to contents

 

Contactos Extraterrestres
(no.96, Tizapán, San Ángel, Mexico City: Editorial Posada, 3 September 1980)

Jump to contents

 

Radio Times
(vol.257, no.3358, London: BBC Enterprises, 9 April 1988)

Jump to contents

 

Espacio y Tiempo
(no.4, Madrid: Espacio y Tiempo, June 1991)

Jump to contents

 

L'Ignoto
(no.14, Hobby & Work Italiana Editrice, 1992)

Jump to contents

 

Overland
(no.176, Melbourne, Victoria: O L Society, 2004)

Jump to contents

 

Grands Reportages
(no.279, Grenoble: Éditions Niveales, April 2005)

Jump to contents

 

Miracles & Mysteries of Planet Earth
(no.11, Moscow: Egmont, 2008)

Jump to contents

 

National Geographic – 100 Greatest Mysteries Revealed
(New York: Time Inc., 2013)

Jump to contents

 

De Morgen
(no.141, Brussels: De Persgroep, 21 June 2014)

Jump to contents

 

Pulmeras & Puros
(no.3, Spain, 2016)

Jump to contents

 

Arkéo
(no.248, Éditions Faton, February 2017)

Jump to contents

 

Trade Cards and Cigarette Cards

From the mid-nineteenth century onwards, trade cards became a significant medium not only for advertising consumer products and maintaining consumer loyalty, but also for circulating information and for popular forms of collected images of foreign lands. Significantly, they were also used for the promotion and distribution of propaganda such as ideas of colonisation. Trade cards and later cigarette cards with explicitly South Seas motifs appeared, with Britain, France and – with some delay – Germany, starting to divide the South Pacific among them into spheres of influence.

Duke’s Cigarettes
‘Holidays’
(from a set of 50, USA, ca. 1888)

Actien-Gesellschaft für automatischen Verkauf
‘Kulturdenkmäler’ [‘Cultural Monuments’]
(series 249, Germany, ca. 1910)

Comparing trade cards from Britain and the US with those from France and Germany, the printing quality of the latter is by far better. German technology was superior and its chromolithography offered an intensity of colour and brightness unknown to competing forms of mass print media of the time. Formats and sizes were also different. The French and German trade cards, issued from 1853 on, were often bigger in size (11x7cm), the typical ‘Sammelbilder’ or ‘carde commerciale’. The prototype for this format is the so-called ‘Liebig-Kaufmannsbild’, named after the famous Liebig Company, the producer of a meat extract, invented by the German chemist Justus von Liebig. The British and Americans tended to produce a smaller format ‘cigarette card’ (7x3.5cm), which would fit into a cigarette pack and were often produced in greater numbers. Cigarette cards – which could also be photographic and which had a much wider subject matter that typically included flora, fauna, images of industry and film stars and sporting celebrities – were acquired by an audience that was typically more working class than the continental trade cards.

W.D. & H.O. Wills
‘Wonders of the Past’
(no.14 of 50, UK, 1926)

Erdal-Kwak
(no.1 of 6, series 99, Germany, ca. 1928)


Generally, the trade cards depicting the South Pacific can be divided into four sub-categories: 1) those which provide ethnographic information about the people and cultures of the Pacific islands 2) those which underline a colonial claim over particular islands 3) those which convey stereotypical South Seas images and clichés and 4) those images which show animals, plants, and topographic features. Sometimes, two or more aspects appear in one image.

Produits Liebig
‘Monuments Préhistoriques’ [‘Prehistoric Monuments’]
(no.3, France, ca. 1931)

Churchman’s Cigarettes
‘World Wonders Old and New’
(no.12 of 50, UK, 1937)


Of the twelve known cards that depict Easter Island, three are German, three British, two Australian, two French, one Italian and one American. Unsurprisingly, the moai are the focus of the majority of the cards, and whilst they generally show some awareness of the form of these carvings the cards also distort and adjust the figures. The placement of people or horses in the images alongside the moai is designed to emphasise the enormity and wonder of the statues. Moreover, there is a degree of repetition to the approach, with a German cigarette card from the 1960s borrowing the same image from an earlier British cigarette card from 1926. The German card removes a path from behind the moai in the earlier image and adds a bush to the bottom right corner, presumably to argue that its design is original and not a direct copy. This card also appeared in a near identical series for UK sweet cigarettes in 1962.

Sanitarium Weet-Bix
‘The Story of the Pacific’
(no.47 of 60, Australia, 1954-5)

Sanitarium Weet-Bix
‘The Story of the Pacific’
(no.48 of 60, Australia, 1954-5)


A most interesting card is the fanciful image produced by the French company Laboratoires Servier (founded in 1954) from Orléans, which imagines the moai in a mountainous landscape, and on a cliff edge. The card, which calls the moai “weird” and “giants”, borrows directly from an 1878 French illustration by A, de Bar. This illustration was later copied for the cover of a French comic, Big Boss (1980) (reviewed above). Jean-Louis Morelle employed the image, which was further modified, for his cover art for the 1990 edition of Jimmy Guieu’s novel Les sphères de Rapa-Nui (reviewed above). These book cover images remove the people that had appeared on the trade card – from both the cave entrance and in front of the moai. In doing so, they de-populate the island.

Laboratoires Servier
(France, ca. 1960s?)

‘Le Meraviglie del Mondo’ [The Wonders of the World]
(Italy, ca. 1960s?)


Only two of the twelve known cards make any genuine attempt to capture Rapanui culture beyond the moai. On the German card for Erdal-Kwak, given away with shoe polish, the hieroglyphics of rongorongo dominate the image, above a landscape of moai, one of which has its back covered in carvings. In the distance, and on a flat terrain, there also appears to be a representation of a building that can be found at the cliff-edge of Orongo. Considering the rongorongo shown here is a reasonably good rendition, it is a shame that the moai are an imagined scene, with the carvings on the back of a moai an amateurish attempt to recreate the markings that are on the back of Hoa Hakananai’a, the unique moai held in the British Museum. Twenty-six years later, the Australian producer of the breakfast cereal Weet-Bix also included rongorongo one of two cards it released featuring Easter Island. In a highly imagined scene, a Rapanui man inscribes on planks of wood large (and simplified) versions of the hieroglyphs, whilst being observed by early European explorers, in a moment of knowledge exchange that was never documented as having occurred.

‘Wudner der Welt’ [Wonders of the World]
(no.37 of 50, Germany, ca. 1960s?)

Barrett & Co
‘Wonders of the World’
(no.37 of 50, UK, 1962)


The card by Laboratoires Servier connects with another produced around 1910 by a German company, with both presenting visits to the island by foreign voyagers. The crew in the French card take shelter in a cave where they have built a fire. The German card shows a more prepared crew, with a tent erected and a modern ship in the background hinting at colonialism. The most fascinating of these examples is an early American cigarette card, published by Duke’s Cigarettes around 1888, which depicts a female conducting a ceremony, beneath which appear the words “Idol Worship”. The card was part of a series titled ‘Holidays’, in which each image presented a woman dressed in a national costume associated with a regional ceremony or festivity. There is an ethnographic aim to the series, but with a seemingly desperate desire to include an unusual place, the artist manufactured a new culture – fashion and practice – for Easter Island. According to this card there are fire sacrifices to the moai, which curiously are absent from the image, with the focus firmly on the performing woman.

Hermann Mückler and Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Advertising

The myths that circulate around Easter Island have led to a range of magazine and television adverts that have used the moai to sell anything from cars and airlines to headphones, alcohol, hair care products, toothpaste and washing-up liquid. Despite the commercial diversity, the ways in which the moai have been employed within the adverts remains quite consistent and engages with all four of the moai myths: the myth of creation, myth of movement, myth of power and the myth of presence.


With the exception of three early examples all of the known advertising is post 1985, and covers more than twenty-five ads. Within them, Easter Island is populated foremost by the moai with only an important Chilean advert for Quix washing-up liquid presenting the Rapanui, the people of the island. The adverts can be divided between 1) commercials for domestic and consumable products targeting a specific foreign market, and 2) commercials for service industries often addressing an international market.


Moai are frequently humanised, or given movement within the adverts – significantly within a comic context. Sony headphones, Iodosan toothpaste, Smirnoff vodka, Qantas airlines, EDF energy and Elations dietary supplements re-imagine the static rock monoliths as agile, energised and animated, and with the ability to smile, hear, dress hip, perform handstands and become pregnant.


The moai are so iconic there is a powerful effect in remodelling them or placing products next to the real thing. The effect suggests that the products are of equal wonder, strength, quality or longevity, as can be observed in the British television advert for Organics hair care, and a later Sony advert that emphasises the ‘monumental range’ of their headphones.


The second earliest known advert for Easter Island, for Canadian Club Whisky, in 1939, appeared long before the remote island became more accessible with organised tourism starting in the late 1960s. This whiskey advert perceives a visit to Easter Island as a great adventure, a unique experience of male bonding and camaraderie that is aided by a “ship’s store of Canadian Club”; “we had the time of our lives”.


Easter Island’s geographical isolation is worked into adverts for packaging, couriering and travel, with promotionals for the Container Corporation of America, DHL and Suva travel insurance, making it clear that these companies are not thwarted by distance and that they cover all parts of the globe.


The immense size and weight of the colossal moai is also exploited in adverts that are designed to convey capacity. Commercials for the Fiat Ducato, DHL and Emirates are clearly designed with the moai as immobile statues that have somehow managed to be removed from the island thanks to the generous space and carriage offered by a van, a courier, and an airline.


As ancient or prehistoric carvings, the moai are imagined within popular culture myths as silent observers of time and markers of history. In a 1999 television advert for the UK’s Millennium Dome, and a French advert (television and magazine) for EDF energy, the moai point to both the past and the future.


Ian Conrich

Jump to contents

Kosmos
(advert for a magazine subscription)
(1934, Germany)

Jump to contents

 

Canadian Club Whisky
'Change today, as thousands have'
(1939, USA)

Jump to contents

 

Container Corporation of America
‘No land is strange to U.S. paper packages today’
(1944, USA)

Jump to contents

 

Copperhead Cider
'Knock it on the head'
(1986, UK)



 

Sony headphones
‘Listen to your head’/ ‘Monumental range’
(1989, UK)

Jump to contents

 

Leffe beer
'Si la cache des choses vous fascine, savourez [If the hidden side of things fascinates you, enjoy]
(1990, France)

Jump to contents

 

Isuzu Stylus
(1990, USA)

Jump to contents



 

Dristan
'The Sinus Cold Calls for Dristan'
(1994, USA)

Jump to contents



 

Pontiac Sunfire
(January 1995, USA)

Jump to contents



 

Organics, from Elida Hair Institute, hair care
(1996, UK)

Jump to contents



 

Kinko’s
‘Have you been getting a less than enthusiastic response to your presentations lately?’
(February 1998, USA)

Jump to contents

 

Heineken
(1998, Hong Kong)

Jump to contents

 

Viña San Pedro
‘There are two things that you know about Chile’
(July 1998, Chile)

Jump to contents

 

Smirnoff vodka
(1999, UK)

Jump to contents

 

Millennium Dome Experience
(1999, UK)

Jump to contents



 

Fiat
‘Heavy load? Fiat Ducato’
(October 2001, Brazil)

Jump to contents

 

Elations dietary supplements
‘Joy for joints’
(December 2001, USA)

Jump to contents

 

Qantas
(July 2002, Brazil)

Jump to contents

 

Kellogg's Mini-Wheats (vanilla)
(2003, Canada)

Jump to contents



 

Suva accident insurance
‘Medical assistance around the world’
(November 2003, Switzerland)

Jump to contents

 

American Express
‘When you earn miles faster, everything gets closer’
(March 2004, Canada)

Jump to contents

 

Musée du quai Branly
‘Cultures are made for dialogue’
(January 2006, France)

Jump to contents

 

Emirates airline
‘Extra baggage allowance’
(October 2006, Germany)

Jump to contents

 

EDF
‘For future generations, we develop the energies of tomorrow’
(2006, France)







Jump to contents



 

Iodosan toothpaste
‘A healthy smile for everyone’
(2007, Italy)

Jump to contents

 

Visa
'Nutzen Sie Ihre Chance beim. "Visa-Oster-Gewinnspeil"!' ['Take your chance. "Visa-earn-money"!']
(2008, Austria)

Jump to contents

 

TAM Airlines
‘Fly faster’
(November 2010, Chile)

Jump to contents

 

Quaker Oats
‘Quaker Up’
(2013, USA)



Jump to contents



 

Qantas Oneworld
‘See the world with a single fare’
(June 2013, Australia)

Jump to contents

 

DHL
‘Some things should never be shipped separately’
(March 2014, Brazil)

Jump to contents

 

Tichy
(ice cream specialty restaurant, Vienna)
(2014, Austria)

Jump to contents

 

Chocolate Moai
(September 2016, Japan)

Jump to contents



 

The Abs Company, Ab Solo, abdominal exercise machine
‘Compared to this, sculpting abs is easy’
(USA)

Jump to contents

 

Quix washing-up liquid
(n.d., Chile)

Jump to contents

 

Kopparberg cider
'Outside is Ours'
(2018, UK)

Jump to contents



 

Jeep
‘Make History’
(November 2018, Brazil)

Jump to contents



 

WeFlip
(December 2018, UK)

Jump to contents